Bibliotheca Polyglotta

qinṭāriyūn قِنْطارِيون , var. qinṭāriyyūn

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNṬR

n.

centaury (Erythrea centauricum; bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Rolland2014: qinṭāriyūn ‘centaurée’, from Grk κενταύρειον kentaúreion ‘centaur-like, wild’, from kéntauros ‘centaur’, of unknown origin.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

–

QNʕ قنع

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNʕ

“root”

▪ QNʕ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ QNʕ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be content; to be convinced, to persuade, temperance; greed; to crane the neck in submission; camel hump; mask, veil, to mask’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

qanāʕaẗ قَناعَة

ID 718 • Sw – • BP 3171 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNʕ

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

ʔiqnāʕ إِقْناع

ID 717 • Sw – • BP 3301 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNʕ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

muqtaniʕ مُقْتَنِع

ID 719 • Sw – • BP 4523 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNʕ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

QNF قنف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QNF

“root”

▪ QNF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QNF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QNF_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘despair, to fall into despair, be despondent’

▪ …

–

.

–

QNFḎ قنفذ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNFḎ

“root”

▪ QNFḎ_1 ‘hedgehog’ ↗qunfuḏ
▪ QNFḎ_2 ‘…’ ↗ …

▪ See ↗qunfuḏ

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

qunfuḏ قُنْفُذ , pl. qanāfiḏᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNFḎ

n.

hedgehog – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan 2011 reconstructs protWSem *ḳunpuḏ‑ ‘hedgehog’.

▪ …

▪ MilitarevKogan2005#133, Kogan 2011: Ebl ḳì-pá-šúm/šum (= Sum ‘PÉŠ’), Hbr qippōd ‘hedgehog’, Syr qupdā (quppədā), Ar qunfuḏ, Gz qʷənfəz ‘hedgehog, porcupine’.

▪ Kogan 2011 reconstructs pWSem *ḳunpuḏ- ‘hedgehog’, based on the Hbr, Syr, Ar and Gz forms. The form ḳì-pá-šum/šúm found in Ebl may suggest an original presence of the word also in ESem.

–

► qunfuḏ al-baḥr or qunfuḏ baḥrī, n., sea urchin (Echinus; zool.); porcupine fish (Diodon; zool.)

QNW قنو

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNW

“root”

▪ QNW_1 ‘spear, lance; shaft; tube, pipe; canal; channel’ ↗qanāẗ
▪ QNW_2 ‘to acquire, appropriate’ ↗qanā (var. qanà, √QNY)
▪ QNW_3 ‘bunch of dates’ ↗qunw, var. qinw
▪ QNW_4 ‘deep(-red), blood(-red)’ ↗qān⁽ⁱⁿ⁾ (√QāN, QNY), qāniʔ (√QNʔ)
▪ QNW_5 ‘technique’ ↗tiqn (√TQN)

Cf. BAH2008#QNW/Y: ‘to acquire livestock primarily for breeding, to possess; to cause to acquire wealth, to be content; rivulet; a spear shaft, branch, stalks of dates with or without the dates’

▪ The origin of QNW_1 is, with all probability, the Akk qanû ‘reed’, from protSem *qanaw‑ ‘reed’ (Huehnergard2011).
▪ QNW_2 ‘to acquire, appropriate’ and QNW_3 ‘bunch of dates’ both seem to depend on QNW_1: the bunch of dates because of its similarity with stalks of reed, the vb. ‘to acquire, appropriate’ being taken from the meaning of ‘measuring rod’, and hence also ‘scales’, of the n.
▪ QNW_4 : from Tu kan ‘blood?’
▪ QNW_5 : unrelated to √QNW.
▪ Taken from the same source as corresponding Sem items, many European words, like Engl cane, can, canister, canal, channel, canyon, canon, cannon, are indirectly related to Ar words from this root, cf. ↗qanāẗ and ↗qānūn.

–

▪ QNW_1 : Akk qanû ‘reed; (a fragrant reed); arrow; tube, pipe; measuring rod; (a measure of length); plot of land’, Hbr qānêʰ ‘tube, pipe; scales’, Ar qanāẗ ‘spear, lance; shaft; tube, pipe; canal; channel’
▪ QNW_2 : Akk qanû, Hbr qānāʰ, Aram qənā, Ar qanā, SAr qny, Gz qanaya ‘to buy, acquire’.
▪ QNW_3 : probably as QNW_1.
▪ QNW_4 : ↗qān⁽ⁱⁿ⁾ (√QāN, QNY), qāniʔ (√QNʔ)
▪ QNW_5 : ↗tiqn (√TQN)

▪ QNW_1 : Zimmern1914 thinks that the Hbr, Aram, and Ar forms all go back to the Akk n. qanû with the basic meaning (accord. to CAD) of 1 ‘reed’, and hence also 2 a type of fragrant reed (cf. Ar ↗qinnaẗ),¹ 3 an arrow, 4 a tube or pipe, 5 a measuring rod, hence also 6 a measure of length, and 7 a plot of land. The Akk term may itself be a borrowing from Sum gi, but others reconstruct Sem *qanaw‑ ‘reed’. — The borrowing of Akk qanû into Hbr as qānêʰ, meaning not only ‘reed’ but again also a specific type of aromatic reed, ‘tube, pipe’, a measure of length of 6 cubits, a ‘beam of scales’, and hence ‘scales’, is, accord. to Zimmern, secured. — The same Akk qanû (or the Hbr word) was probably also loaned into Grk, from where it passed, via Lat, into many European languages, see WESTLANG below.
▪ QNW_2 : Zimmern1914 takes a dependence (as denominative formation) of ‘to buy, acquire’ on QNW_1 in the specialised sense of ‘scales’ for granted. The only thing that is not clear to him is whether the non-Akk vb.s are directly from the Akk n. or only via the n.s that are borrowed from the Akk one. Against this direct borrowing speaks the fact that, accord. to the author, Akk qanû, unlike Hbr qānêʰ, usually does not mean ‘scales’, but only ‘measuring rod’. There is, however, also the Akk vb. qanû ‘to buy, acquire’. But this is attested not earlier than in nAss and thus may itself be a (re-)borrowing from WSem.
▪ QNW_3 : Probably dependent on Ar qanāẗ : ‘shaft’ > ‘shaft with dates’ > ‘bunch of dates’.

1. Hbr qānê haṭ-ṭôb ‘fragrant calamus’ is probably directly influenced by Akk qan ṭuppi (qanṭuppu, qarṭuppu) ‘reed stylus’.

▪ A number of words in European languages (e.g., Engl cane, can, canister, canal, channel, canyon, canon, cannon) go back to the Sem word for ‘reed; (and hence also:) tube, pipe’ (QNW_1). For details cf. ↗qanāẗ and ↗qānūn.

–

qanā / qanaw‑ قَنا، قَنَوْـ , u (qanw , qunūw , qunwaẗ , qunwān)
qanà, qanay‑ قَنَى، قَنَيْـ , i (qany , qunyān)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNW, QNY

vb., I

▪ qanā : to acquire, appropriate, make one’s own; to possess, own, have;
▪ qanà : to acquire, gain
– WehrCowan1979.

The Sem verbs listed below in the COGNATES section may all depend on a n. (perhaps the Akk qanû or Sem *qanaw‑) with the basic meaning of ‘reed, cane’, which also came to be employed in the sense of ‘measuring rod’, and hence also ‘scales’. (The same word is at the origin of Ar ↗qanāẗ and ↗qānūn as well as items like cane, can, canister, canal, channel, canyon, canon, cannon in Engl, with correspondances in many other Eur langs.)

▪ eC7 (^†ʔaqnà, vb. IV, to cause to possess, to cause to have property; to cause to be content) Q 53:48 wa-ʔanna-hū huwa ʔaġnà wa-ʔaqnà ‘that it is He who enriches and causes to possess/to be content’

▪ BDB1906: Akk qanû ‘to gain, acquire’, Hbr qānāʰ ‘to get, acquire’, Ar qanā, qanà ‘to acquire, procure’, Sab qny ‘to acquire, possess; property’, Gz qanaya ‘to acquire, subjugate’, Aram Syr qᵊnâ ‘to acquire’

▪ Zimmern1914 takes a dependence (as denominative formation) of ‘to buy, acquire’ on QNW_1 in the specialised sense of ‘scales’ for granted. The only thing that is not clear to him is whether the non-Akk vb.s are directly from the Akk n. or via the n.s that are borrowed from the Akk one. Against a direct borrowing from the Akk n. speaks the fact that, accord. to the author, Akk qanû, unlike Hbr qānêʰ, usually does not mean ‘scales’, but only ‘measuring rod’. There is, however, also the Akk vb. qanû ‘to buy, acquire’. But this is attested not earlier than in nAss times and thus may itself be a (re-)borrowing from WSem.

–

► ĭqtanà, vb. VIII, to acquire; to get, procure, purchase: autobenefactive.

► qunwaẗ, qinwaẗ, n.f., appropriation, acquisition: vn. I (QNW); property in livestock, wealth, fortune, possessions, property: by semantic extension.
► qunyaẗ, qinyaẗ, n.f., acquisition, property: vn. I (QNY), and with meaning extended from vn. to its object.
► ĭqtināʔ, n., purchase, acquisition: vn. VIII.
► qānin, det. qānī, pl. qāniyaẗ, n., possessor, owner: nominalized PA. — See also ↗qān⁽ⁱⁿ⁾ .
► muqtanan, det. muqtanà, pl. muqtanayāt, n., thing acquired, acquisition: PP VIII.

qanāẗ قَناة , pl. qanan (det. qanà), quniyy , qināʔ , qanawāt , qanayāt

ID … • Sw – • BP 844 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNW

n.f.

spear, (bamboo) lance; shaft; tube, duct, pipe; — (pl. ʔaqniyaẗ, qanawāt) canal; stream, waterway – WehrCowan1979.

From Sem *qanaw‑ ‘reed’.

▪ …

BDB1906, Huehnergard2011: Akk qanû ‘reed’, Hbr qānǟʰ, Aram Syr qanyā ‘stalk, reed’, Ar qanāẗ ‘spear-shaft’, Gz qanot ‘goad’

▪ Huehnergard2011 reconstructs Sem *qanaw- ‘reed’.

▪ DUDEN1963, Kluge2002, Huehnergard2011, DeCaprona2013, EtymOnline: The same Akk qanû to which Ar qanāẗ is akin, was taken into Grk as kánna ‘pipe, reed’. The latter produced also the derivative Grk kánistron (also kánystron, kánastron) ‘basket made from reed’, which we find again in Lat canistrum ‘wicker basket (for bread, fruit, flowers, etc.)’ (> Engl canister ‘lC15 basket; 1711 metal receptacle’; Ital canestro ‘basket’ > Ge Kanister ‘C18 basket, C19 canister’;¹ Ge Knaster, a word that seems to have taken the modern meaning of ‘low-quality tobacco’ in C18 student circles, was originally, when it entered Ge in c1700, probably a word for ‘fine tobacco’ shipped in a small reed basket, probably came in via Span canastro, from Grk kánastron ‘basket made of reed’ – Kluge2002). — Either directly from the Sem source or a modification of the same Grk kánna ‘pipe, reed’ is also Grk kanṓn ‘any straight rod; (later:) measure, rule; (finally, in the papyri of C4 and C5) assessment for taxation; imperial taxes; tariff’, cf. Ar ↗qānūn. — Grk kánna ‘reed; pipe’ was taken into Lat as canna, which became the main basis for further development and borrowing. One of the earliest such occasions may be the shift of meaning in lLat from canna ‘reed; pipe’ to ‘container, vessel’, inspired perhaps by a type, in Roman pottery, of cans that had a pipe (cf. also Ar ↗qannīnaẗ). lLat canna ‘container, vessel’ may then have passed into Germ-speaking regions, for which some etymologists reconstruct a protoGerm *kanna as the source of what now is Engl can (oEngl canne ‘a cup, container’), Ge Kanne (C11 oHGe channa, mHGe kanne), etc. (cf. oSax oNo Swed kanna, mDutch kanne, Dutch kan).² — In its original form and meaning, Lat canna ‘reed, cane’ also passed into Span as cano ‘tube’, which produced the augmentative (Span) cañon ‘pipe, tube; deep hollow, gorge’ that in MexSpan was extended in meaning to encompass also a ‘narrow valley between cliffs’.¹ ³ The dimin. formation Fr cannelle ‘little pipe’ from Fr canne is the origin of the modNo kanel ‘cinnamon’ (so called after the cinnamon sticks).⁴ — The dimin. formation Lat cannula ‘small reed or pipe’, from Lat canna ‘reed, pipe’, lives on in Fr canule, which gave (C19) Ge Kanüle ‘cannula’ – Kluge2002. Engl cannula, canula, is attested already in the 1680 s in the modern surgical sense – EtymOnline. — Lat canna also lived on in Ital canna ‘reed; pipe, tube’ where an augmentative formation gave Ital cannone ‘large tube, barrel’. This cannone was taken, in C16 (Kluge2002), into Ge as Kanone, but already two centuries earlier (C14) into oFr as canon, hence Anglo-Fr canon and, finally (c1400), Engl cannon ‘tube for projectiles’. The meaning ‘large ordnance piece’, the main modern sense, is from 1520 s – EtymOnline. — Not an augmentative but a diminutive of Ital canna is Ital cannello ‘small thin tube, pipe’. Adding again the augmentative suffix ‑one to the diminutive in ‑ello, we get Ital cannellone ‘big thick tube, pipe’, the pl. of which, cannelloni, is used to designate a form of stuffed pasta. — Another group of European words can be traced back to the adj. formation, from Lat canna, of Lat canālis ‘formed like a pipe’ which, when used as noun, meant ‘water pipe, groove, channel’. In the latter meaning, the word was taken into Ital as canale, which in turn was loaned (in C15) into Ge as Kanal ‘canal, channel’ – DUDEN1963, Kluge2002. Engl canal came in (eC15) via Fr canal, chanel ‘water channel, tube, pipe, gutter’ (C12). Originally in Engl ‘a pipe for liquid’, its sense was transferred by the 1670 s to ‘artificial waterway’ – EtymOnline. Also from Fr chanel ‘bed of a waterway; tube, pipe, gutter’ is Engl channel (eC14) ‘bed of running water’, from oFr, from Lat canalis ‘groove, channel, waterpipe’. channel was given a broader, figurative sense (of ‘information, commerce, etc.’) in the 1530 s; the meaning ‘circuit for telegraph communication’ (1848) probably led to that of ‘band of frequency for radio or TV signals’ (1928) – EtymOnline.

1. It was Engl that brought the semantic expansion in Ge from ‘basket’ to ‘container, can’ – DUDEN1963, Kluge2002. 2. There is, however, also the hypothesis that the word is of Germ origin (cognate of oNo kani ‘bowl’) – Kluge2002. 3. Sense of ‘walking stick’ in Engl is 1580 s – EtymOnline. 4. Engl cinnamon, in turn, was loaned in lC14 from oFr cinnamone (C13), which, like also Ge Zimt (C11, oHGe zi(na)mīn, cinamon, cinimin, mHGe zi(ne)min, zinment, zinmint) goes back to Lat cinnamum, cinnamomum ‘cinnamon’ (also used as a term of endearment), from Grk kinnámōn, from a Phoen word akin to (thus EtymOnline) or directly from (Kluge2002), Hbr qinnāmōn. The latter is believed to go back, ultimately, to Malay kayu manis ‘sweet cane, liquorice’ (kayu ‘wood, cane’, manis ‘sweet’) – Kluge2002.

► qanāẗ Bānamā, n., Panama Canal
► qanāẗ al-Suwēs, n., Suez Canal.
► qanāẗ damʕiyyaẗ, n.f., lachrymal canal.
► qanāẗ al-ʕalam, n., flagpole; lānat qanātu-hū, vb. I, to soften, relent; to yield, give in.

► qannà, vb. II, to dig (a canal): denom.
► qanāyaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., small stream, rivulet, runnel, canal:…
► qunayyaẗ, n.f., cannula: dimin., neolog.

qunw , qinw قُنْو، قِنْو , pl. ʔaqnāʔ , qunwān , qinwān , qunyān , qinyān

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNW, QNY

n.

bunch of dates – WehrCowan1979.

Probably dependent on Ar ↗qanāẗ in the sense of ‘shaft’ > ‘shaft with dates’ > ‘bunch of dates’. qanāẗ itself is believed to go back either to Akk qanû ‘reed’, or to Sem *qanaw‑ ‘reed’.

▪ eC7 (^†qinwān, pl. of qinw, clusters of date-carrying stalks) Q 6:99 wa-min-a ’l-naḫli min ṭalʕi-hā qinwānun dāniyatun ‘and from the date palm, from its pollen, [spring] low-hanging clusters of dates’

No direct cognates, but cf. ↗qanāẗ.

▪ …
▪ …

–

QNY قني

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNY

“root”

▪ QNY_1 ‘to acquire, appropriate’ ↗qanā (√QNW), var. qanà (√QNY)
▪ QNY_2 ‘hooked, acquiline (nose)’ ↗ʔaqnà
▪ QNY_3 ‘deep(-red), blood(-red)’ ↗qān(in) (√QāN, QNY), qāniʔ (√QNʔ)

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

qanà / qanay‑ قَنَى / قَنَيْـ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNY

vb., I

Variant of ↗qanā (√QNW).

↗qanā (√QNW).

▪ …

↗qanā (√QNW).

–

↗qanā (√QNW).

ʔaqnà أقْنى

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNY

adj.

bent, curved, crooked, hooked – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► qaniya a (qanan, det. qanà), vb. I, to be hooked, aquiline (nose): denom. (?)

qāniⁿ , det. qānī قانٍ/قاني

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QNY

adj.

↗qān(in) (√QāN).

▪ …

↗qān(in) (√QāN).

–

QHR قهر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QHR

“root”

▪ QHR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QHR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QHR_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to conquer, subjugate, compel, subdue; to be scanty’

▪ Ar root √QHR ‘to conquer, vanquish’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Cairo, from Ar al-qāhiraẗ ‘the conquering one’, PA f. of qahara, vb. I, ‘to conquer, vanquish’.

–

QHW قهو

ID 720 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QHW

“root”

▪ QHW_1 ‘coffee; wine; ^† milk; dark, dim, faint, dull; weak; bad breath; to show o.s. submissive, obedient’ ↗qahwaẗ .
▪ QHW_2 See also ↗√QH .

▪ From CSem *√QHW, also *√KHW, ‘to be(come) weak, dim, dull, dark’ – Huehnergard2011.

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Any relation between √QHW and √QHY‑ ? Huehnergard2011 seems to regard Sem *QHW, *QHY, *KHW and *KHY as almost interchangeable. His lemma qhw starts with “Also [!] khw ” and continues saying that Ar qahwaẗ‑ ‘coffee’ < ‘wine’ (originally perhaps ‘dark stuff’) is “akin to” Ar kahiy‑ ^†‘to be(come) weak’, Aram kəhā, qəhā, Hbr kāhâ, qāhâ ‘to be(come) dim, faint, dull’. He reconstructs the value ‘to be(come) weak, dim, dull, dark’ for Central Sem.

▪ Engl café, cafeteria, caffeine, coffee ↗qahwaẗ.

–

qahwaẗ قَهْوَة

ID 721 • Sw – • BP 1840 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QHW

n.f.

1 coffee. – 2 (pl. qahawāt and qahāwī) cafe, coffeehouse | q. sādaẗ coffee without sugar – WehrCowan1979.

“Of uncertain etymology […]. Originally a name for wine […], this word was transferred towards the end of the 8th/14th century in the Yemen to the beverage made from the berry of the coffee tree. The assumption of such a transference of meaning is not, it is true, accepted by some who consider ḳahwa—at least in the sense of coffee—as a word of African origin and seek to connect it with the alleged home of the coffee tree, Kaffa, although they also assume contamination with ḳahwa ‘wine’ […]. On the other hand, it should be noted that the holders of this view do not prove that coffee was exported from Kaffa as early as 1400, and do not quote a similar word in the languages of Ethiopia and adjoining lands, while the usual word for coffee there (būn for tree, berry and beverage […]) has passed in the form ↗bunn (in rhyme also būn) as a name of the tree and berry into Arabic. But as it is probable that the drinking of coffee spread in the Yemen out of Ṣūfī circles and a special significance was given to wine in the poetical language of the mystics, a transference of the poetic name for wine to the new beverage would not be at all impossible” – van Arendonk.
From Kaffa in East Africa, coffee was exported to Southern Arabia (main port al-Muḫà, hence Mokka) on the Red Sea coast. By 1550 the first coffee-houses emerged in Istanbul. In Europe, coffee came to be known by the turn from lC16 to eC17 via Venetia where it had arrived in 1580 – Osman2002.

▪ …..

See DISC below.

▪ Like van Arendonk1974, also Kaye1986 excludes a relation with Kaffa, the region in the highlands of southern Ethiopia where coffee was grown, mainly for two reasons: a) phonologically, a development from kafa‑ (as Kaffa is in Eth languages) to Ar qahwah‑ is highly unlikely, since there is no reason why /k/ and /f/ should have become /q/ and /w/, respectively; b) in the local languages, the word for ‘coffee’ is bunn‑ or būn (qawa‑ and ʔawa also occur, but these are loans from Ar).
▪ Kaye1986 reports that according to The Oxford English Dictionary, qahwaẗ “is said by certain Arab lexicographers to have originally meant ‘wine’ or ‘some kind of wine’, and to derive from a verbal root qahiya ‘to have no appetite’” [↗qahiya ], coffee like wine taking away the appetite. The author accepts the transfer of meaning ‘wine’ > ‘coffee’ (among Sufi circles in Yemen), but not the relation to qahiya. Instead he connects it to a “Proto-Central Semitic” *√qhh ‘dark’ which still occurs in Hbr qāhā(h), Aram Syr qehā ‘to be blunt, dull’, Hbr qehɛ(h) ‘dark’ as in kɔħol qehɛ(h) ‘dark blue’, wine being *‘the dark one’. In a similar vein, Huehnergard2011 thinks that Ar qahwaẗ ‘coffee, < wine’ “originally perhaps [was] ‘dark stuff’”. He sees a confusion of Sem *qhw and *khw (lemma starts: “qhw. Also khw [!]”) and connects qahwaẗ to Ar kahiy‑ ^†‘to be(come) weak’, Aram kəhā, qəhā, Hbr kāhâ, qāhâ ‘to be(come) dim, faint, dull’, all of which may go back to Central Sem *q/khw ‘to be(come) weak, dim, dull, dark’.

▪ v1 From Ar, the word passed into Tu (kahve), from there via Venetian traders into Ital (caffè), and from there C17 into Fr (café), and via Fr into Ge. (Ru kófe is either from Engl coffee or Du koffie) – Kluge, EtDUD.
▪ v2 eC17 According to Osman2002, the oldest attestation of the use in Europe of the loan-word for a ‘coffee-house’ dates from 1601 (France). In this meaning, Fr café was loaned into Ge; however, the earliest attestation there is as late as 1833.

► qahwātī, qahawātī, pl. ‑iyyaẗ, n., (syr.) coffeehouse owner : nsb-adj. made from pl.
► qahwaǧī, pl. ‑iyyaẗ, n., coffeehouse owner; coffee cook: n.prof.sfx ‑ǧī.
► maqh^an, ‑à and maqhāẗ, pl. maqāhⁱⁿ, ‑ī, n., café, coffeehouse: n.loc.
► maqhāyaẗ, n., (yem.) café, coffeehouse: n.loc.

qahiy‑ قَهِيَ , a (qahaⁿ)

ID 722 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QHY

vb., I

[always:] q. min al-ṭaʕām to have little appetite – WehrCowan1979.

Etymology unclear. Related to ↗√QHW ?

▪ …..

See DISC below.

▪ The lexicons differ in their treatment of items with the root consonants QHW/Y. Some keep ↗√QHW disctinct from ↗√QHY, others treat all items under one root. Among those who keep the two apart, there is no unanimity as to the grouping of individual items either under QHW or QHY. There may also be overlapping with, or contamination by, ↗√KHY and ↗√KHH. As long as the situation remains such confused, it is impossible to decide what should be regarded as cognates.
▪ For the Arab lexicographers, the notion of ‘taking away o.’s appetite’ is the reason why wine, and then also coffee, were called ↗qahwaẗ. Therefore, they regard qahwaẗ‑ as a derivative of qahiy‑.

▪ If qahwaẗ is dependent on qahiy‑, then the latter is the etymon also of our coffee.

► ʔaqhā, vb. IV, min al-ṭaʕām = I : intensive (?) of I, or denominative from qāhⁱⁿ‑ ?
► qāhin, adj., supplied with provisions: PA I

QWB قوب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QWB

“root”

▪ QWB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWB_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to dig, hollow out, uproot, break open, peel off; short span, a distance, to be quite near, imminent’

▪ …

–

.

–

QWT قوت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QWT

“root”

▪ QWT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWT_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘food, sustenance, to feed, subsist; to sustain, guard over’

▪ …

–

.

–

QWD قود

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWD

“root”

▪ QWD_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ QWD_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ From WSem *√QWD ‘to lead’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–..

▪ …
▪ …

–

qād‑ / qud‑ قادَ / قُدْـ

ID 723 • Sw – • BP 1289 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWD

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

QWS قوس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWS

“root”

▪ QWS_1 ‘bow; arc (geom.); arch, vault (arch.); violin bow; (du.) parantheses; Sagittarius, the Archer (astron.); etc.’ ↗qaws
▪ QWS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ QWS_3 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘bow, arch, to shoot a bow; to bend, to curve; hermitage; hard times’

▪ QWS_1 : From protSem *ḳawš‑ ‘bow’.
▪ QWS_2 : …
▪ QWS_3 : …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

qaws قَوْس , pl. ʔaqwās, qusiyy, qisiyy

ID … • Sw – • BP 4347 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWS

n.m./f.

1 bow, longbow; 2 arc (geom.); 3 arch, vault (arch.; of a bridge); 4 violin bow, fiddlestick; 5 semicircular table; 6 qawsān, n.du., parantheses (punctuation marks); 7 al‑qaws, n.def., Sagittarius, the Archer (sign of the zodiac; astron.); 8 the ninth month of the solar year (Saudi Ar.; cf. ↗ḥamal – WehrCowan1976.

▪ From protSem *ḳawš‑ ‘bow’.
▪ The entry suggests that qaws is the etymon proper, while the vb. is derived.
▪ In the course of time, the original meaning ‘bow’ has been transferred also to geometry (‘arc’), architecture (‘arch, vault’), music (‘violin bow’) and to other objects of a similar shape, among which also parantheses. While these meanings appear to be younger, the usages as an astronomical term (‘Archer’), or with a meteorological meaning (month in the solar year; rainbow) aren probably older.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘bow’) Akk qaštu, Hbr qéšeṯ, Syr qeštā, Gz qast.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1560: Akk qaštu, Hbr qešet, Gz qast. – Outside Sem: cognates in 2 CCh languages (kese ‘arrow'; kise ‘bow’) and perh. also in ECh forms like kēse, kese, kɛsɛ, which may however be borrowed from Ar. Cf. also the form ḳasa‑mato ‘arrow’ in a Rift idiom.

▪ All cognates in Sem show fem. ending.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994 1560 reconstruct: protSem *ḳawš‑ ‘bow’, CCh *kyas‑ < *k[a]yas‑, perh. also ECh *kyas‑ < *k[a]yas‑ (unless borrowed from Ar), cf. perh. also Rift *ḳas‑ ‘arrow’. All from hypothetical AfrAs *ḳawaṣ‑ / *ḳayaṣ‑ ‘bow, arrow’.

…

►qaws qazaḥ, n., rainbow
►qaws al‑naṣr, n., triumphal arch
►lam yabqa fī qaws ṣabrī minzaʕ, expr., my patience is at an end (lit.: there is no arrow left for the bow of my patience)

►qawisa, a (qawas), vb. I, to be bent, curved, crooked: prob. denom.
►qawwasa, vb. II, 1 = I; 2 to bend, curve, crook; 3 to shoot: D‑stem.
►taqawwasa, vb. V, 1 = I; 2 to bend: Dt‑stem.
►qawwās, n., 1a bowmaker; 1b bowman, archer; 2 kavass, consular guard: n.ints./prof.
►quwaysaẗ, n.f., sage (bot.): dim.f., so called because of the shape of the leaves?
►muqawwas, adj., bent, crooked, curved, arched: PP II.

quwaysaẗ قُوَيْسة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWS

n.f.

sage (bot.)– WehrCowan1976.

▪ dim.f., from ↗qaws ‘bow’, so called because of the shape of the leaves?

▪ …

See ↗qaws ‘bow’?

See above, section CONC.

…

QWʕ قوع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QWʕ

“root”

▪ QWʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘lowland, plain or level land, marshland, bottom; courtyard’

▪ …

–

.

–

QWL قول

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

“root”

▪ QWL_1 ‘to speak, say, tell; utterance, saying, word; treatise, article’ ↗qāla, ↗qawl, ↗maqālaẗ
▪ QWL_2 ‘to fabricate lies, spread rumors’ ↗taqawwala
▪ QWL_3 ‘garrulous, talkative; itinerant singer and musician’ ↗qawwāl
▪ QWL_4 ‘category’ ↗maqūl
▪ QWL_5 ‘contractor, entrepreneur’ ↗muqāwil

▪ Cf. also ↗QYL.

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 speech, talk, to speak, say, tell, attribute; 2 to fabricate lies, gossip, spread rumours; 3 king, leader;¹ 4 to surmise; 5 to demand; 6 to exchange’

1. Treated in WehrCowan1979 s.r. ↗QYL, not QWL.

▪ Values QWL_2-5 are all dependent on QWL_1, which goes back to Sem *ḳawl- /*ḳāl- ‘voice’, *ḳwl ‘to say’ (Kogan2015), which in turn possibly can be traced to AfrAs *ḳa(wa)l- ‘to speak’ (Militarev2006).

–

▪ Militarev&Stolbova1994#1541: Hbr qōl, Aram qāl, Gz qāl ‘voice, sound’. – Outside Sem: ya-kolo, ye-kuwələ ‘to cry, shout’; kol, kole ‘to speak, call’ in some ECh languages, and (SaAf:) Afar -ḳal- ‘to say, think’.
▪ Zammit2002: Ug Phoen ql ‘voice’, Hbr qōl ‘sound, voice’, BiblAram qāl ‘voice’, Syr qālā ‘voice, sound, noise, clamour’, SAr qwl ‘to be qayl over’, qwl, qyl ‘member of the leading clan in a šʕb ’, Gz qāl ‘vox, sonus’, Ar qāla ‘to say, speak’.
▪ Militarev2006#594 (in StarLing): Ug Phoen ḳl, Hbr ḳōl, Syr ḳāl-, Mand ḳala ‘voice’, Ar ḳwl [-u- ] ‘to speak’, SAr ḳwl ‘speaker’, Gz ḳāl ‘voice; saying, speech; word’, Te Tña Amh ḳal ‘word’, Gur ḳal ‘voice’. – Outside Sem: [2 WCh langs:] qwal ‘to say’, kwalala ‘war-cry’; [CCh] Buduma=Yedina ke-lakō ‘words, speech’, [ECh: forms like] ya-kóló ‘to cry’, ye-kuwǝlǝ ‘to speak’ [?], kwal, kel ‘words, speech’, kol, kol-, kòlè, kòlí ‘to call’, [SaAf] Af (Danakil) -ḳal- ‘to think, say’, [LEC] Or qaalii ‘word’.
▪ Kogan2015: Ug ḳl ‘voice, shout, cry’, Hbr ḳōl ‘voice’, Syr ḳālā ‘vox’, Ar qwl ‘to say’, qawl ‘the thing said’, Gz ḳāl ‘voice, word’.

▪ Militarev&Stolbova1994#1541: from Sem *ḳūl- ‘to speak’ (related to Sem *ḳāl- ‘voice’). Together with reconstructed ECh *kawal- ‘to cry, shout; to speak, call’ and SaAf *ḳal-, the Sem word goes back to AfrAs *ḳal- /*ḳawal- ‘to speak’.
▪ Militarev2006#594 (in StarLing): Sem *ḳ˅w˅l- ‘voice; to say, speak; saying, speech; word’; WCh *ḳwal- ‘to say; war-cry’, CCh *kilakw- ‘words, speech’, ECh *ḳ˅wal- ‘to speak; to call; to cry; words, speech’, SaAf *ḳal- ‘to think, say’, LEC *ḳa[w]al- ‘word’, all from AfrAs *ḳa(wa)l- ‘to speak’.
▪ Kogan2015: from Sem *ḳawl- /*ḳāl- ‘voice,’ *ḳwl ‘to say.’ – »The widespread equation between this root and Akk ḳâlu ‘to become silent, stay quiet’ is hard to justify semantically.«

–

qāl‑ / qul‑ قالَ / قُلْـ

ID 724 • Sw 71/127 • BP 15 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

vb., I

1 to speak, say, tell (s.th., li- to s.o.; s.th. ʕan, fī about or of), utter, voice (s.th.); 2 to speak of, deal with, treat of (ʕan); 3 to state, maintain, assert, propound, teach, profess, advocate, defend (bi‑ s.th.); 4 to support, hold (bi‑ a view), stand up (bi‑ for), be the proponent (bi‑ of a doctrine or dogma); 5 to allege (bi‑ s.th.); 6 with ʕalà : to speak against s.o., speak ill of s.o., tell lies about s.o. – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From Sem *ḳawl- /*ḳāl- ‘voice’, *ḳwl ‘to say’ (Kogan2015), from AfrAs *ḳa(wa)l- ‘to speak’ (Militarev2006).

▪ eC7 qāla 1 (to speak, say) Q 5:12 wa-qāla ’llāhu ʔinnī maʕa-kum ‘and God said, “I am with you”’; 2 (to testify, voice and opinion) Q 6:152 wa-ʔiḏā qultum fa-’ʕdilū wa-law kāna ḏā qurbà ‘and if you speak/testify, be just, even if he [the person you testify against/for] is kin’; 3 (to instruct, command) Q 24:30 qul lil-muʔminīna yaġuḍḍū min ʔabṣāri-him ‘[Prophet] command believing men to lower their gaze’; 4 (to inspire) Q 18:86 qulnā yā-ḏā ’l-qarnayni ʔimmā ʔan tuʕaḏḏiba wa-ʔimmā ʔan tattaḫiḏa fī-him ḥusnan ‘We inspired/said, “Dhū’l-Qarnayn, you may either punish or adopt [a policy of] good treatment with them”’; 5 (to submit, fall into a system) Q 41:11 ṯumma ’stawā ʔilà ’l-samāʔi wa-hiya duḫānun fa-qāla la-hā wa-lil-ʔarḍi ’tī-nā ṭawʕan ʔaw karhan qālatā ʔataynā ṭāʔiʕīna ‘then He turned to the sky, while it was smoke, and said to it and to the earth, “Come, willingly or unwillingly!” They submitted, “We come, obedient”’; 6 (to confess a belief in) Q 22:40 allaḏīna ʔuḫriǧū min diyāri-him bi-ġayri ḥaqqin ʔillā ʔan yaqūlū rabbu-nā ’llāhu ‘those who have been driven unjustly from their homes only for believing [declaring], “Our Lord is God”’; 7 (with li- : to describe, call or label as) Q 2:154 wa-lā taqūlū li-man yuqtalu fī sabīli ’llāhi ʔamwātun bal ʔaḥyāʔun wa-lākin lā tašʕurūna ‘and do not call those who are killed in the way of God “dead”; indeed, they are alive, only you do not perceive [it]’; 8 (with ʕalà : to attribute falsely, say something false against) Q 2:80 ʔam taqūlūna ʕalà ’llāhi mā lā taʕlamūna ‘or are you attributing to God things of which you have no knowledge?’. — taqawwala (to falsely attribute a statement to s.o., fabricate) Q 69:44 wa-law taqawwala ʕalay-nā baʕḍa ’l-ʔaqāwīli ‘if he [the Prophet] had attributed some fabrications to Us’. — qawl: ↗s.v.. — qīl (saying, speaking) Q 56:26 ʔillā qīlan salāman salāman ‘only agreeable speech [will they hear there] [lit., but saying “Peace, peace”]’. — qāʔil 1 (one who speaks) Q 33:18 qad yaʕlamu ’llāhu ’l-muʕawwaqīna min-kum wa’l-qāʔilīna li-ʔiḫwāni-him halummā ʔilay-nā wa-lā yaʔtūna ’l-baʔsa ʔillā qalīlan ‘God may know [take to task] the hinderers among you, those who say to their brothers, “Come join us,” and they come to battle but little’; 2 (speaker) Q 37:51 qāla qāʔilun min-hum ʔinnī kāna lī qarīnun ‘a speaker of them said, “I had a close companion [on earth]”’.
▪ Hava1899 still has some forms that seem to have come out of use during C20: ^†qawwala, vb. II, ‘to attribute false reports to s.o., forge out false reports (ʕalà on)’; ^†taqāwala, vb. VI, ‘to confer together (fī upon)’; ^†qawālaẗ, ^†qawūl, ^†qawwūl, ^†tiqwalaẗ, ^†tiqwālaẗ, ^†miqwal, ^†miqwāl (pl. maqāwīlᵘ) ‘loquacious, eloquent’; ^†miqwal (pl. maqāwilᵘ) ‘tongue’.

▪ Zammit2002: Ug Phoen ql ‘voice’, Hbr qōl ‘sound, voice’, BiblAram qāl ‘voice’, Syr qālā ‘voice, sound, noise, clamour’, SAr qwl ‘to be qayl over’,¹ qwl, qyl ‘member of the leading clan in a šʕb ’,² Gz qāl ‘vox, sonus’, Ar qāla ‘to say, speak’.
▪ Militarev2006#594 (in StarLing): Ug Phoen ḳl, Hbr ḳōl, Syr ḳāl-, Mand ḳala ‘voice’, Ar ḳwl [-u- ] ‘to speak’, SAr ḳwl ‘speaker’, Gz ḳāl ‘voice; saying, speech; word’, Te Tña Amh ḳal ‘word’, Gur ḳal ‘voice’. – Outside Sem: [2 WCh langs:] qwal ‘to say’, kwalala ‘war-cry’; [CCh] Buduma=Yedina ke-lakō ‘words, speech’, [ECh: forms like] ya-kóló ‘to cry’, ye-kuwǝlǝ ‘to speak’ [?], kwal, kel ‘words, speech’, kol, kol-, kòlè, kòlí ‘to call’, [SaAf] Af (Danakil) -ḳal- ‘to think, say’, [LEC] Or qaalii ‘word’.
▪ Kogan2015: Ug ḳl [Tropper2008: /qâlu/? < *qawalu, or /qôlu/ < *qawlu ] ‘voice, shout, cry’, Hbr ḳōl ‘voice’, Syr ḳālā ‘vox’, Ar qwl ‘to say’, qawl ‘the thing said’, Gz ḳāl ‘voice, word’.

1. Ar ↗qayl is treated s.r. QYL, not QWL, in WehrCowan1979. 2. dto.

▪ Militarev&Stolbova1994#1541: from Sem *ḳūl- ‘to speak’ (related to Sem *ḳāl- ‘voice’). Together with reconstructed ECh *kawal- ‘to cry, shout; to speak, call’ and SaAf *ḳal-, the Sem word goes back to AfrAs *ḳal- /*ḳawal- ‘to speak’.
▪ Militarev2006#594 (in StarLing): Sem *ḳ˅w˅l- ‘voice; to say, speak; saying, speech; word’; WCh *ḳwal- ‘to say; war-cry’, CCh *kilakw- ‘words, speech’, ECh *ḳ˅wal- ‘to speak; to call; to cry; words, speech’, SaAf *ḳal- ‘to think, say’, LEC *ḳa[w]al- ‘word’, all from AfrAs *ḳa(wa)l- ‘to speak’.
▪ Kogan2015: from Sem *ḳawl- / *ḳāl- ‘voice,’ *ḳwl ‘to say.’

▪ Tu kalûbelâ ‘creation of the world, past eternity’: 1437 ʕÖmer b. Mezîd, Mecmūʕatü'n-neẓāyir. The expression is taken from Q 40:50 qālū ʔa-wa-lam taku taʔtī-kum rusulu-kum bi-’l-bayyināti qālū balà qālū fa-’dʕū wa-mā duʕāʔu ’l-kāfirīna ʔillā fī ḍalālin ‘They say: Came not your messengers unto you with clear proofs? They say: Yea, verily. They say: Then do ye pray, although the prayer of disbelievers is in vain’ – Nişanyan05Aug2015.
▪ Tu kilükal (OttTu also ḳıylükal) ‘gossip’: 1330 ʕĀşıḳ Paşa, Ġarīb-nāme : ne gerekdür mācerā vü ḳāl u ḳīl – Nişanyan27Apr2015.

► qāla bi-raʔsi-hī, vb. I, to motion with the head, signal, beckon
► qīla fī ’l-maṯal, expr., the proverb says
► wa-lā yuqālu ʔinna…, expr., one cannot say that…, let no one say that…
► ʔaw qul, expr., or, or rather, or say even…
► wa-qul miṯla hāḏihī fī…, or wa-qul miṯla-hū fī…, or wa-ka-ḏālika qul fī…, expr., the same must be said about…, the same can be said of…, the same applies to…

► qāwala, vb. III, 1 to confer, parley, treat, negotiate (DO with s.o.); 2 to dispute, wrangle, argue; 3 to haggle, bargain (DO with s.o., about the price); 4 to make a contract; 5 to conclude a bargain, make a deal (DO with s.o.): L-stem, associative.
► taqawwala, vb. V, 1 to fabricate lies, spread rumors (ʕalà about s.o.); 2 to pretend, allege, purport: tD-stem, cf. ↗s.v.. | ~ al-ʔaqāwīl, vb. V, to talk foolishly.
► ĭstaqāla, vb. X, 1 to render (voice by radio): Št-stem, request./autoben.-caus. – 2 ↗ʔaqāla.
► qāl wa-qīl and qīl wa-qāl, expr., 1 long palaver; 2 idle talk, prattle, gossip: nominalized verbal expr., lit. *‘he/it said and was said’
► qālaẗ, n.f., speech, talk: resultative | sūʔ al-~, n., malicious gossip, backbiting, defamation.
► ^BP#320qawl, pl. ʔaqwāl, ʔaqāwīlᵘ, n., 1 word, speech, saying, utterance, remark; 2 statement, declaration; 3 report, account; 4 doctrine, teaching; 5 pl. ʔaqwāl also: testimony (in court); ʔaqāwīlᵘ : 6 sayings, locutions; 7 proverbs: vn. I, lexicalized in resultative, quasi-PP meaning (*‘what is said, uttered, stated’) | ~an wa-ʕamalan or bi’l-~ wa’l-fiʕl, expr., by word and deed; ʔaqwāl al-šuhūd, n.pl., testimonies, depositions, evidence; ʔaʕṭà ~a-hū, vb. I, to make one’s bid (at an auction); ~ maʔṯūr, n., proverb; al-~ bi’l-ʔiʕǧāz, n., doctrine of the inimitability of the Koran.
► qawlaẗ, n.f., 1 utterance, remark, word; 2 pronouncement, dictum: n.vic.
► quwalaẗ, n.f., garrulous, voluble, loquacious, talkative, communicative: quasi-ints., n.f. used as adj.
► qawwāl, adj., 1 garrulous, voluble, loquacious, talkative, communicative: ints.; 2 n., itinerant singer and musician: n.prof.
► miqwal, pl. maqāwilᵘ, n., phonograph, gramophone, talking machine: n.instr., neolog.
► ^BP#1022maqāl, n., 1 speech; 2 proposition, contention, teaching, doctrine; 3 article; 4 treatise; 5 piece of writing: quasi-n.loc., *‘place where s.th. is said, stated, etc.’
► ^BP#1022maqālaẗ, pl. -āt, n.f., 1 article; 2 essay; 3 treatise; 4 piece of writing: f. of maqāl, quasi-n.un. | ~ ĭftitāḥiyyaẗ, n.f., editorial, leading article
► muqāwalaẗ, n.f., 1 talk, conversation, parley, conference; 2 dispute; – (pl. -āt) 3 contractual agreement, mutual agreement (ʕalà on a job to be done); 4 agreement; 5 closing of a business deal: vn. III | bi’l-~, adv., by the job, by the contract, by piece (work).
► taqawwul, pl. -āt, n., talk, rumor, gossip: vn. V.
► ^BP#718qāʔil, pl. quwwal, 1 adj., saying, telling; 2 n., teller, narrator; 3 advocate, proponent (bi‑ of s.th.): PA I. — Cf. also ↗qaylūlaẗ.
► maqūl, pl. -āt, n., 1 that which is said, utterance, saying; 2 word(s), speech: PP I | al-~āt al-ʕašr, n.pl., the ten categories (philos.)¹
► ^BP#3340maqūlaẗ, n.f., a word (= short talk or written statement about s.th.): PP I f.
► muqāwil, pl. -ūn, n., contractor, (specif.) building contractor: PA III.

For the value ‘wing of an army, army corps’ see ↗qūl. – Cf. also ↗QYL.

1. namely, ↗ǧawhar ‘substance’, ↗kam ‘quantity’, ↗kayf ‘quality’, ↗ʔiḍāfaẗ ‘relation’, ↗ʔayn ‘place’, ↗matà ‘time’, ↗waḍʕ ‘collocation’, ↗milk ‘possession’, ↗fiʕl ‘action’, and ↗ĭnfiʕāl ‘passion’.

taqawwala تَقَوَّلَ (taqawwul)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

vb., V

1 to fabricate lies, spread rumors (ʕalà about s.o.); 2 to pretend, allege, purport – WehrCowan1979.

▪ t-stem of obsol. D-stem ^†qawwala ‘to attribute false reports to s.o., forge out false reports (ʕalà on)’ (Hava1899), from ↗qāla ‘to say’, or denom. from ↗qawl ‘word, saying, utterance’.

▪ …

↗qāla.

–

► taqawwala al-ʔaqāwīl, to talk foolishly.

► taqawwul, pl. -āt, n., talk, rumor, gossip: vn. V.

For other values of the root cf. ↗QWL and ↗qāla. Cf. also ↗QYL.

qawl قَوْل , pl. ʔaqwāl , ʔaqāwīlᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP 320 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

n.

1 word, speech, saying, utterance, remark; 2 statement, declaration; 3 report, account; 4 doctrine, teaching; 5 pl. ʔaqwāl also: testimony (in court); ʔaqāwīlᵘ : 6 sayings, locutions; 7 proverbs – WehrCowan1979.

▪ vn. I, lexicalized in resultative, quasi-PP meaning (*‘what is said, uttered, stated’), from ↗qāla ‘to say’, from Sem *ḳawl- /*ḳāl- ‘voice’ (Kogan2015), perh. from AfrAs *ḳa(wa)l- ‘to speak’ (Militarev2006).

▪ eC7 qawl 1 (s.th. said, what is said, statement) Q 24:51 ʔinna-mā kāna qawla ’l-muʔminīna ʔiḏā duʕū ʔilà ’llāhi wa-rasūli-hī li-yaḥkuma bayta-hum ʔan yaqūlū samiʕnā ‘the saying of the believers, when they are summoned to God and His messenger so that He may judge between them, is only, “We hear and we obey”’, Q 11:53 wa-mā naḥnu bi-tārikī ʔālihati-nā ʕan qawli-ka ‘and we will not forsake our gods [merely] on the strength of your word’; 2 (message, teachings) Q 73:5 ʔinnā sa-nulqī ʕalay-ka qawlan ṯaqīlan ‘We shall cast upon you a weighty message’; 3 (sentence, verdict) Q 11:40 qulnā ’ḥmil fī-hā min kulli zawǧayni ’ṯnayni wa-ʔahla-ka ʔillā man sabaqa ʕalay-hi ’l-qawlu ‘We said, “Carry on it a pair of each [species], and your own family—except those against whom the sentence has already been passed”’; 4 (punishment) Q 27:85 wa-waqaʕa ’l-qawlu ʕalay-him bi-mā ẓalamū fa-hum lā yanṭiqūna ‘indeed, the punishment will befall them because of their wrongdoing: so they will not speak’; 5 (opinion) Q 51:8 ʔinna-kum la-fī qawlin muḫtalifin ‘indeed, you are of opposing opinions’; 6 (pl. ʔaqāwīl : falsely fabricated statements) Q 69:44 wa-law taqawwala ʕalay-nā baʕḍa ’l-ʔaqāwīli ‘if he [the Prophet] had attributed some fabrications to Us’.

↗qāla.

▪ Tu kavil ‘agreement, accord; word, assertion’: 1069 Kutadgu Bilig : sözi çın kerek bolsa ḳavlı bütün ‘his word shall be right and what he says shall be comprehensive’ – Nişanyan02Apr2015.

qawlan wa-ʕamalan or bi’l-qawl wa’l-fiʕl, expr., by word and deed
ʔaqwāl al-šuhūd, n.pl., testimonies, depositions, evidence
ʔaʕṭà qawla-hū, vb. I, to make one’s bid (at an auction)
qawl maʔṯūr, n., proverb
al-qawl bi’l-ʔiʕǧāz, n., doctrine of the inimitability of the Koran.

For other items, see ↗qāla.

qawwāl قَوَّال

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

adj.; n.

1 adj., garrulous, voluble, loquacious, talkative, communicative; 2 n., itinerant singer and musician

▪[v1] can be regarded as an ints. formation, while one may interpret [v2] as a n.prof., both from ↗qāla ‘to say, speak’ or ↗qawl ‘word, saying, utterance’.

▪ …

↗qāla.

▪ Tu kaval ‘shepherd’s pipe, flageolet’: 1680 Meninski, Thesaurus : ḳavvāl, ḳaval (…) çoban ḳavali = ‘fistula pastoris’ – Nişanyan11Nov2014.

–

maqālaẗ مَقالة , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP 1022 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

n.f.

1 article; 2 essay; 3 treatise; 4 piece of writing – WehrCowan1979.

▪ quasi-n.un. of maqāl, quasi-n.loc. of ↗qāla ‘to say’.

▪ …

↗qāla.

▪ Tu makale 1 ‘speech, word’ 1432 Mercimek ʔAḥmed, Kābūsnāme terc.; 2 ‘article (in a newspaper, etc.) 1900 Şemseddīn Sāmī, Ḳāmūs-ı Türkī : maḳāle = ‘bir madde hakkında söylenilen veya yazılan şey – hıfzısıhha hakkında uzun bir maḳāle yazdı’. The latter (current) meaning seems to have emerged from usage in newspapers towards the end of the 19th c. – Nişanyan02Sept2014.

► maqālaẗ ĭftitāḥiyyaẗ, n.f., editorial, leading article.

maqūl مَقُول , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

n.

1 that which is said, utterance, saying; 2 word(s), speech; 3 (pl.) al-~āt al-ʕašr, the ten categories (philos.)

▪ Morphologically a PP I, from ↗qāla ‘to say’.
▪ The ten categories are ↗ǧawhar ‘substance’, ↗kam ‘quantity’, ↗kayf ‘quality’, ↗ʔiḍāfaẗ ‘relation’, ↗ʔayn ‘place’, ↗matà ‘time’, ↗waḍʕ ‘collocation’, ↗milk ‘possession’, ↗fiʕl ‘action’, and ↗ĭnfiʕāl ‘passion’ – Hava1899.

▪ …

↗qāla.

▪ Tu makule ‘sort, kind, (coll.) contemptible thing; (log.) category’: 1546 Laṭīfî, Teẕkīretü'ş-Şuʕarâ : Ṭabaḳāt-i şuʕarāda vasaṭ maḳūlesiydi ‘he was in the middle category of ranking among the poets’, from Ar maqūlaẗ, which translates the tech. term in logic, Grk katēgoría – Nişanyan25Sep2014.

–

muqāwil مُقاوِل , pl. ‑ūn

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

n.

contractor, (specif.) building contractor – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Morphologically a PA, from qāwala, vb. III, in the meaning [v4] ‘to make a contract’, L-stem of ↗qāla ‘to say’ or denom. from ↗qawl ‘word, saying, utterance’, associative (*‘to exchange words, converse’).

▪ …

↗qāla.

▪ Tu mukavele ‘mutually conversing and coming to an agreement; agreement; contract’: 1680 Meninski, Thesaurus : muḳāvelet = ‘condictio, compactum’ – Nişanyan04Nov2014.

Cf. also corresponding vb. and vn.:

► qāwala, vb. III, 1 to confer, parley, treat, negotiate (DO with s.o.); 2 to dispute, wrangle, argue; 3 to haggle, bargain (DO with s.o., about the price); 4 to make a contract; 5 to conclude a bargain, make a deal (DO with s.o.): L-stem, associative.
► muqāwalaẗ, n.f., 1 talk, conversation, parley, conference; 2 dispute; – (pl. -āt) 3 contractual agreement, mutual agreement (ʕalà on a job to be done); 4 agreement; 5 closing of a business deal: vn. III | bi’l-~, adv., by the job, by the contract, by piece (work).

qūl , var. qōl قُول

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWL

n.

wing of an army, army corps – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Rolland2014a: qūl ‘corps (d’armée)’, from Tu kol ‘bras, branche, corps (d’armée)’.

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

–

► ṣāġ/ṣōl qōl ʔaġāsī, n., (Tu sağ/sol kol ağası) ↗ṣāġ, ↗ṣōl.

For other values of the root √QWL, cf. ↗QWL and ↗qāla (with DERIV). – Cf. also ↗QYL.

QWM قوم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

“root”

▪ QWM_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ QWM_2 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to stand, halt, stand up, rise; to revolt, resist, rebel; to erupt, outbreak; to set up, to reside, location, to be constant; to be straight, to estimate, value, justice; backbone, to support, pillar, substance, overseer, to guard over, guardian, leader’. al-Suyūṭī suggests that the word qayyūm might be a borrowing from Syr.

▪ From WSem *√QWM ‘to (a)rise, stand (up)’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl sycamine (? and sycamore) ↗qāma.

–

qām‑ / qum‑ قامَ / قُمْـ

ID 725 • Sw 69/151 • BP 102 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl sycamine, from Grk sūkámīnos ‘mulberry tree’, from a Sem source akin to Qat sqmt (prob. to be read *suqāmat ‘planted’ < *‘made to stand’, pass.adj.f. of *Š-stem of *qāma ‘to stand’, cf. Ar qāma), whence also Ar sawqām, a type of fig tree, and Aram šiqmâ and Hbr *siqāmâ ‘sycamore fig (Ficus sycomorus)’. – sycamore, from Grk sūkómoros ‘sycamore fig’, perh. folk-etymological alteration of a word borrowed from the same Sem source as above (influenced by Grk sûkon ‘fig’, and móron ‘black mulberry’).

►

qāwam‑ قاوَمَ

ID 726 • Sw – • BP 3708 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

vb., III

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

qawmiyyaẗ قَوْمِيَّة

ID 727 • Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 4326 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

qiyāmaẗ قِيامَة

ID 728 • Sw – • BP 2678 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

n.f.

resurrection; tumult, turmoil, upheaval, revolution, overthrow; ‎guardianship – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Loaned from ChrPal QYāMtā, which is a calque for Grk anástasis.

▪ eC7 Q : Occurs some seventy times, cf. 2:85.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Jeffery1938: »It occurs only in the expression yawm al-qiyāma, which is a technical eschatological term for the Last Day. – The Muslim authorities naturally relate it to the root √qāma ‘to stand’ or ‘rise’, but it has been pointed out many times, that as an eschatological term it has been borrowed from Christian Aramaic.² In the Edessene Syriac we find QYMā commonly used, but it is in the Christian-Palestinian dialect, where it translates [Grk] anástasis (Schwally, Idioticon, 82), that we find QYāMtā which provides us with exactly the form we want.«

2. Cf. Pautz, Offenbarung, 165, n. 1; Mingana, op. cit., 85. Horovitz, JPN, 186, notes that the phrase is not Jewish.

–

muqāwamaẗ مُقاوَمَة

ID 729 • Sw – • BP 567 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QWM

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

QWMS قومس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 22May2024

√QWMS

"root"

▪ QWMS_1 ‘depths of the sea; (pl.) mishaps, misfortunes, adversities’ ↗qawmas; ‘to dip, immerse, soak, steep’ ↗qamasa
▪ QWMS_2 ‘dictionary’ ↗qāmūs
▪ QWMS_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ [gen] : via the form ʔuqyānūs ‘ocean’ borrowed from Grk Okeanós ‘Okeanos (god of the sea), Atlantic Ocean’, itself of unknown etymology – Rolland2014. The “root” is also given as ↗QMS.
▪ [v1] : The vb. qamasa is prob. denom., although it “dropped” the “root” cons. W.
▪ …

▪ …

–

▪ …

▪ Engl ocean, »(c. 1300) occean, ‘the vast body of water on the surface of the globe’, from oFr occean ‘ocean’ (C12, modFr océan), from Lat oceanus, from Grk ōkeanos, the great river or sea surrounding the disk of the Earth (as opposed to the Mediterranean), a word of unknown origin; Beekes suggests it is pre-Grk. Personified as Oceanus, son of Uranus and Gaia and husband of Tethys« – etymonline.com.
▪ …

–

qawmas قَوْمَس , pl. qawāmisᵘ

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 22May2024

√QWMS, QMS

n.

1 depths of the sea; 2 pl. mishaps, misfortunes, adversities – WehrCowan1976

▪ Via the form ʔuqyānūs ‘ocean’ borrowed from Grk Okeanós ‘Okeanos (god of the sea), Atlantic Ocean’, itself of unknown etymology. The “root” is also given as ↗QMS.
▪ Cf. also the var. ↗qāmūs ‘ocean; dictionary’.
▪ …

▪ …

–

▪ …

▪ ↗QWMS

►qamasa, u, i (qams), vb. I, to dip, immerse, soak, steep (s.th. fī in): prob. denom. (dropping the “radical” W).

▪ Cf. also ↗qāmūs.

qāmūs قاموس , pl. qawāmīsᵘ

ID – • Sw – • BP 4577 • APD … • © SG | 22May2024

√QWMS, QMS, QāMūS

n.

1 ocean; 2 dictionary, lexicon – WehrCowan1976

▪ via the form ʔuqyānūs ‘ocean’ borrowed from Grk Okeanós ‘Okeanos (god of the sea), Atlantic Ocean’, itself of unknown etymology – Rolland2014. – For more details see below, section DISC.

▪ …
▪ See also below, section DISC.

–

▪ »The word ḳāmūs/ḳawmas [↗qawmas], from the Greek Ωχεανός, appeared in Ar, at the latest at the time of the Prophet, with the meaning of ‘the bottom, the very deepest part of the sea’. Nevertheless, following Ptolemy, the Arab geographers borrowed the Grk word again, in the form Uḳiyānūs, and applied it to ‘the mass of water surrounding the earth’, more particularly the Atlantic Ocean, which was called Uḳiyānūs al-muḥīṭ, then more simply al-Ḳāmūs al-muḥīṭ. As this latter term was employed in a metaphorical sense by al-Fīrūzābādī as the title of his great dictionary, ḳāmūs eventually came to be a common noun denoting a dictionary, though it still carried some sense of ‘fullness, exhaustiveness’, incontrast to muʕdjam [↗muʕǧam], ‘lexicon’. This distinction, however, was neither general nor absolute, so that nowadays muʕdjam tends to be used in the same sense as ḳāmūs. In classical Arabic, the concept of ‘dictionary’ was not covered by any single term, each lexicographical work bearing its own title. A number of these titles included the word lugha [↗luġaẗ], ‘language’, and lexicography was called ʕilm al-lugha ‘the science of language’. Sometimes this was confused with ‘philology’, which today is called fiḳh al-lugha, an expression already employed in the Middle Ages by Ibn Fāris in the title of his celebrated Ṣāḥibī. The neologism muʕdjamiyyāt is now tending to gain currency« – J.A. Haywood, art. »Ḳāmūs«, in EI².
▪ …

▪ See ↗QWMS.

Cf. also ↗qawmas.

QWY قوي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QWY

“root”

▪ QWY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QWY_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘strength, to be, or become, strong; seriousness; barren land, to be without food or provision, be forsaken, be desolate’

▪ …

–

.

–

QYTR قيتر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 28Oct2021

√QYTR

“root”

▪ QYTR_1 ‘guitar; lute’: qītār, var. ↗qīṯāraẗ
▪ QYTR_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

…

–

QYṮR قيثر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 28Oct2021

√QYṮR

“root”

▪ QYṮR_1 ‘guitar; lute’ ↗qīṯāraẗ
▪ QYṮR_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

…

qīṯāraẗ قِيثارة , pl. qayāṯīrᵘ
var. qītār, pl. qayātīrᵘ, and qīṯār, pl. qayāṯīrᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 28Oct2021

√QTR, QṮR, QYTR, QYṮR

n.f.
var. n.m.

1 guitar; 2 lyre – WehrCowan1979.

▪ There are only few direct borrowings in Ar from Grk in early times (e.g., ↗ʔiblīs, ↗burǧ, ↗sīmāʔ, ↗fulk, ↗qalam, ↗qamīṣ). Most other loanwords of ultimately Grk origin entered the language via Syr (e.g., ↗ʔusquf, ↗ʔazmīl, ↗barqūq, ↗EgAr buqsumāt, ↗¹siqālaẗ, ↗²siqālaẗ ~ saqqālaẗ, EgAr ↗ṭarabēẓaẗ, ↗mangalaẗ) or, later, via Mediterranean trade. Qīṯār(aẗ) goes back, via Syr qîṯāra, qîṯār ‘stringed instrument, harp, cithern, lyre’ (PayneSmith2003) (and/or a Romance form, in Andalusia?) to Grk κιθάρα kitʰára ‘cithara, lyre’. The Grk word may in its turn be related to (or borrowed from?) Pers setār (*seh tār) (or čahār tār?) ‘(instrument with) three (resp. four) strings’, and perh. even the Indian sitar. While Grk kitʰára passed into Syr and from there into Ar, it also gave rise to Lat cithara and, ultimately, Engl cither, Ge Zither, etc. The Ar word is either the origin of Span guitarra or, as others think, borrowed from there. In any case, Spain is the ‘home country’ of all Eur words for ‘guitar’.
▪ The differing opinions just mentioned can perh. be synthecized into one two-stringed history. In this, the Grk > Syr > Ar chain constitutes an early development in which Syr-Aramaic (and then Ar) borrowed the term for the original Grk lyre-like instrument (the word was used, e.g., to render Biblical terms for ‘lyre/harp’). Independently from this tradition, the Grk term also went into Lat and from there into the Romance languages. Thus, when the Arabs arrived in Southern Spain in mC8, their term met the Romance term, and the two melted again into one.
▪ It seems that the Andalusian qitāraẗ~qīṯāraẗ / guitarra then had to compete with the ↗ʕūd ‘lute’ that the Arab invaders brought with them. We may assume that the ʕūd was considered an instrument of the ruling elite and the palaces while the qiṯāraẗ/guitarra became associated with more popular culture. Some medieval paintings show a »guitarra morisca« (ʕūd-like, with rounded body and no bonds) competing with a »guitarra latina« (with a guitar-like “waist”, a flatter body, and bonds).
▪ …

▪ In ClassAr dictionaries, the main form is given as qītār.
▪ Freytag1835: qītār ‘Hbr kinnôr¹ organum (Genes. IV, 21)’; BK1860: qītār ‘cithare, guitare’; Lane: – ; Bustānī1869: main entry (s.r. √QYTR) qītār ‘stringed instrument for ṭarab’, var. qīṯār, qīṯāraẗ.
▪ Grk kitʰára appears in the Bible (NT) four times (1 Cor. 14:7, Rev. 5:8, 14:2 and 15:2), and is usually translated into English as ‘harp’.
▪ …

1. Freytag gives ʕûgab, but this is ‘flute’ while the word rendered as ‘harp’, ‘lyre’ or ‘musical instrument’ in translations of Genes. IV, 21, is kinnor. Corrected by myself – SG.

▪ PayneSmith2003: Syr qîṯāra, qîṯār ‘stringed instrument, harp, cithern, lyre’.
▪ …

▪ Shiloah2012: »a musical instrument of the lyre family. It first appears in Arabic literature on music in the 3^rd/9^th c. to denote a Byzantine or Grk instrument of this type. It was made up of a richly-decorated rectangular sound box, two vertical struts fastened together by a yoke and strings which were left free at their greatest width«« (art. »Ḳit̲h̲āra, Ḳitarā [sic!]« in EI²). – Ibn Ḫurradāḏbih in K. al-Lahw and in his account appearing in Murūǧ al-ḏahab of al-Masʕūdī: »They (sc. the Byzantines) […] also have the qiṯāraẗ with twelve strings«; al-Ḫʷārazmī in Mafātīḥ al-ʕulūm: »the qitāraẗ is one of their instruments, and resembles the ṭunbūr (lute with a long neck)«. – The qiṯāraẗ was similar to the lūrā: two variations of the same instrument type en vogue since classical times and up to the first centuries of Islam. »The lūrā was a smaller instrument played by beginners and by amateurs, whereas the qiṯāraẗ was the instrument for professionals who towards the Islamic period used it to show off a virtuosity frequently displayed freely. […] It seems that, at a later period, the term is used to denote a different instrument, the guitar […]« (ibid.).
▪ Chantraine1968-80: the Grk kitʰára was a stringed instrument – « qui ne se distingue pas nettement de la λύρα, perfectionné par Terpandre qui aurait portée; le nombre des cordes à 7 […] ; la forme la plus anciennement attesté […], dont l’accentuation a été considérée comme eolienne […]«
▪ Accord. to Freytag1835, Ar qītār seems to have rendered the Hbr word for ‘harp, lyre’ in Ar translations of Gen. IV, 21.
▪ …

▪ Opinions differ as to the involvement of Ar as a mediator betw Grk kitʰára and Western words for ‘guitar’. While Littmann and others hold that the Eur words go back to Andalusian Ar, others (e.g., EtymOnline) would not exclude the reverse, i.e., a dependence of the Ar word on the Span one (< Lat < Grk). Details:
▪ Littmann1924, 90-91: Ge Gitarre, ultimately from Ar qīṯāra, qittāra (< Aram < Grk kitʰára). The Grk word, which prob. is related to an old Oriental Wanderwort, not only gave the Ar term, but also Ge Zither etc.
▪ DWDS (< W. Pfeifer1989–): Ge Gitarre (eC17) < Span guitarra < SpanAr qītāraẗ < Grk kitʰára ‘Zupfinstrument, eine Art Lyra’ (cf. Zither⁵ ). Early attestations such as Kitarre (1615), Chitarron (1619) and prob. also Chitarre (1824) are likely to go back to the Grk word, either directly or via It chitarra. In C18 and C19, the form Guitarre supersedes. From C18 until eC19, Gitarre is soften used in the sense of Zither.
▪ In contrast, EtymOnline reports that »[t]he Ar word is perh. from Span […], though often the relationship is said to be the reverse«. Accordingly, no Ar form is mentioned in the etymology of Engl guitar (1620s): from Fr guitare, which was altered by Span and Prov forms from oFr guiterre, earlier guiterne < Lat cithara < Greek kitʰára ‘cithara’, a triangular seven-stringed musical instrument related to the lyre, perh. from Pers sihtār ‘three-stringed’, from si ‘three’ (oPers tʰri‑, cf. Engl three) + tār ’string’, from protIndEur root *ten- ‘to stretch’ (cf. Engl tension). »In post-classical times, the ancient instrument developed in many varieties in different places, keeping a local variant of the old name or a diminutive of it. Some of these local instruments subsequently became widely known, and many descendants of kitʰára reached Engl in reference to various stringed, guitar-like instruments.«
▪ The two theories may be harmonized by assuming a development of two chains of borrowing that met again when the Arabs arrived in Spain – see above, section conc.
▪ Accord. to Kasha1968, the Grk kitʰára had only four strings when it was imported into Greece. In the author’s view, the etymon is not seh-tār (‘three strings’) but Pers čahār tār ‘four strings’.⁶
▪ The name of the North-African kwitra (kouitra, quitra), a 4-stringed plucked instrument in the lute family which »[t]oday […] is associated almost exclusively with the Arabo-Andalusī musical traditions […], particularly in schools in the border region between Algeria and Morocco«, originally means a ‘small qītāraẗ‘, from the dimin. quwaytiraẗ, »a Mozabarabic term for plucked, stringed instruments, which came to North Africa with Andalusian migrants«.⁷
▪ …

5. Engl zither (1850) < Ge Zither < eNHGe Cither, Zitter, Citter (lC16) < lmHGe zitterlein (dimin., 1430) < OHGe zithara (C9) < Lat cithara, Grk kitʰára. In older times, the word meant the ‘lyre’ or a ‘harp’ or some other stringed instrument, similar to a lute, used to accompany singing – DWDS (< W. Pfeifer1989–), EtymOnline. 6. Michael Kasha, “A New Look at the History of the Classic Guitar,” Guitar Review, 30 (Aug. 1968): 3-12. 7. Tony Langlois, “Kwitra”, in EI³, online 2020.

–

QYRWN قيرون

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYRWN

“root”

▪ QYRWN_1 ‘caravan’ ↗qayrawān
▪ QYRWN_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

qayrawānᵘ قيْروانُ , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYRWN (*QRY, *QRW)

n.

caravan – WehrCowan1979.

From Pers kārbān ~ kārvān ‘caravan’ < mPers kārvān ‘do.’, perhaps from Akk ḫarrānu ‘highway, road, path; etc.’

▪ In ClassAr, the meaning was still more varied: 1. caravan, 2. army, camp, 3. market, fair. From these values, only the first has survived into MSA.
▪ In Tu, the word is first attested, as kârbān ~ kârvān, in ʕĀşıḳpaşa’s Ġarīb-nāme, 1330.

See DISC.

▪ Not related to QRW or QRY, but
▪ a loan from Pers kārbān ~ kārvān ‘caravan’ or < mPers kārvān ‘do.’, which is perhaps from Akk ḫarrānu ‘highway, road, path; trip, journey, travel; business trip; caravan; business venture; business capital; military campaign, expedition, raid; expeditionary force, army; corvée work; service unit; (etc.)’ – NişanyanSözlük (as of 15Sept2014). The fact that the spectrum of meanings in ClassAr resembles very much the one in Akk, lets a direct loan seem not impossible.
▪ Lokotsch1927 #1075 supports the Pers background (kārvān, kärvān), but tends to make the latter dependent on Skr karabha ‘(young) camel’ (prop. ‘possessing celerity’).

In Engl, the word caravan is attested since the 1580 s. According to EtymOnline, it came in via mFr caravane < oFr carvane, carevane ‘caravan’ (C13) or mLat caravana, picked up during the Crusades from Pers kārvān ‘group of desert travelers’ (which Klein connects to Skr karabhah ‘camel’). In Ge it is attested since C16. According to Kluge2002, it is taken via Ital carovana from Pers kārvān (with additional vowels inserted probably for ‘euphonic’ reasons).

–

QYS قيس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYS

“root”

▪ QYS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ QYS_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

qiyās قِياس

ID 730 • Sw – • BP 2834 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYS

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

QYḌ قيض

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 3May2023

√QYḌ

“root”

▪ QYḌ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QYḌ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ QYḌ_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘egg shells, to hatch, crack; to barter, compensate; to foreordain, destine; to assign, facilitate, prepare’

▪ …

–

.

–

QYL قيل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYL

“root”

▪ QYL_1 ‘princeling, chief’ ↗qayl
▪ QYL_2 ‘midday nap, siesta’ ↗qaylūlaẗ
▪ QYL_3 ‘to abolish, cancel, dismiss’ ↗ʔaqāla
▪ QYL_4 ‘hydrocele (med.)’ ↗qīlaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include:

QYL_ ‘’ : ^†

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the noon, siesta, to take a midday nap, a midday resting place; to annul; to help out of difficulty; chief’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

–

ʔaqāl‑ / ʔaqal‑ أقالَ / أقَلْـ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYL

vb., IV

1 to abolish, repeal, annul; 2 to cancel, abrogate, rescind, revoke (s.th., esp. a sale); 3 to depose, dismiss, discharge (s.o.; also with min al-manṣib from his office); 4 to free, release, exempt (s.o., min from an obligation) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

–

► ʔaqāla ’ḷḷāhu ʕaṯrata-ka, expr., may God regard your offense as undone
► ʔaqāla-hū min ʕaṯrati-hī, to steady one who has stumbled

► ĭstaqāla, vb. X, 1 to demand the cancellation, seek the abrogation (DO of a sale); 2 to ask (s.o.) for exemption, release, or annulment; 3 to request to be released from office, tender one’s resignation, resign (min or ʕan from an office); 4 to resign one’s commission, quit the service; 5 to ask s.o.’s (DO) pardon, apologize (to s.o.): Št-stem, requestative.
► ʔiqālaẗ, n.f., 1 cancellation, abrogation, rescission, revocation (esp. of a sale); 2 abolishment, abolition, repeal, annulment; 3 deposition, dismissal, discharge from an office: vn. IV.
► ^BP#3023ĭstiqālaẗ, n.f., 1 resignation, withdrawal (from office); 2 retirement; 3 (pl. -āt) withdrawal, voluntary elimination (sport): vn. X.
► mustaqīl, adj., resigned from office, retired, discharged: PA X.

qayl قَيْل , pl. ʔaqyāl

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYL

n.

1 princeling; 2 chief, chieftain – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

–

…

qaylūlaẗ قَيْلولة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYL

n.f.

1 siesta; 2 midday nap – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

–

► qāla, i (qayl, qāʔilaẗ, qaylūlaẗ, qīl), vb. I, 1 to take a midday nap; 2 to hold siesta: denom. (?).
► qayyala, vb. II, = I: D-stem, denom.

► maqīl, n., resting place, halting place: n.loc., from qāla ‘to take a midday nap, hold siesta’.
► qāʔilaẗ, n.f., 1 midday nap; 2 noon, midday: PA I, f., lit. *‘s.th. that makes stop, make halt, take a rest’.

qīlaẗ قِيلة , also ~ māʔiyyaẗ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√QYL

n.f.

hydrocele (med.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

–

…

–

kāf كاف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√

R₁

The letter k of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl kaph, from Hbr kap ‘kaph’; kappa, from Grk kappa ‘kappa’; both from Phoen *kapp ‘palm of the hand; eleventh letter of the Phoen alphabet’, cf. Ar ↗kaff.

►

KʔS كأس

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KʔS

“root”

▪ KʔS_1 ‘cup’ ↗kaʔs

♦ ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): No verbal root. kaʔs is considered to be an early borrowing, perh. from Aram, wine, a cup or glass containing wine (not when it is empty).

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kaʔs كَأْس , var. kās , pl. kuʔūs , kiʔās , kaʔsāt

ID 731 • Sw – • BP 840 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KʔS

n., f.

cup (also victory trophy); drinking glass, tumbler; goblet; chalice, calix; calyx (bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ eC7 Q 37:45, 52:23, 56:18, 76:5,17, 78:34 ‘cup’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#Kʔ/WS: Akk kās , Ug ks, Hbr kōs, Aram kāsā ‘coupe, gobelet’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1401: Akk kāsu ‘vessel for beer’, Hbr kōs ‘bowl’. – Outside Sem: Eg k3s ‘vessel’, Hausa kōc̣ō ‘kind of drum’, and CCh words like kwasa-ra, kwiči-te, kwes-tə, kwaʒa, koso-ro, kwoso-to, kwəʒa, kwāʒa.
▪ TB2007 #253: (Sem forms like in Orel&Stolbova1994). Outside Sem: (late) Eg k3s ‘vessel’; WCh: Hausa kṑc̣ó; CCh: kùčè-ta (in 3 languages), kwàʒa (3 lang.), kwaʒà (2 lang.), and kwǝšà-rà, gwâdǯa, kwǝ̀ǯa, kùsù-re, kóso-ró (1 lang. each); ECh: kɛ̀-kɛ́ɛsè ‘pot, mug’ (1 lang.)

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#Kʔ/WS: »La forme étymologique est-elle kaʔs… ou kās ? Edzard a suggéré que kaʔs serait secondaire, analogique de raʔs.
▪ Jeffrey1938, 245-6: »It is found only in early passages in descriptions of the pleasures of Paradise. – This is not a SSem word, as it is entirely lacking in Eth [Gz] and without a root and of uncertain pl. in Ar. There can thus be little doubt of its Aram origin.³ – The Hbr word is kōs, while in the Ras Shamra texts we have ks, and in Aram kwsʔ, ksʔ, and kwzʔ (cf. Arab kūz), and Syr kāsā.⁴ As the Syr kāsā seems to be the source of the Pers kāseh ⁵ , we may take it as most probable that the Ar also was borrowed at an early period⁶ from the same source.«
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1401 reconstructs Sem *kaʔs‑ ‘vessel for beerbowl’, WCh *kwac‑ ‘kind of drum’ (contracted from *kaʔwac‑), CCh *kwac‑ (contraction from *kaʔwac‑ ?) ‘quiver’. As an AfrAs ancestor the authors reconstruct AfrAs *kaʔoc‑ ‘vessel’.
▪ TB2007 reconstruct: Sem *kaʔs- ¹‘vessel for beer’, ²‘bowl’, Eg k3s ‘vessel’, WCh *k˅ʔwac‑ ‘¹kind of a drum; ²gourd-dipper’, ECh *k˅-k˅s‑ ‘pot, mug’, all from AfrAs *kaʔ/wac- ‘vessel, receptacle’

3. Fraenkel, Fremdw, 171; Zimmern, Akkad. Fremdw, 34. D. H. Müller, however, WZKM, i, 27, thinks that the medial Hamza proves it to be genuine Ar. 4. Cf. also the ks of the Elephantine papyri (Cowley, Aramaic Papyri, No. 61). 5. Addai Sher, 131. The Pers Lexicons take this to be the source of the Ar word, cf. Vullers, Lex, ii, 769: » kās moʕarrab-e kāseh ast« 6. It occurs in the early poets, e.g. Al-Aʕšā and ʕAlqama.

–

► kaʔs al-ʕālam, n., world cup

KBː (KBB) كبّ/كبب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KBː (KBB)

“root”

▪ KBː (KBB)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBː (KBB)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBː (KBB)_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to overthrow, topple, knock to the ground; to apply o.s.; skein of wool; detachment of horses; crowdedness; hillock of rippled, moist sand’. – See also: ↗KBKB.

▪ [v1] : From ESem *√KBB¹ ESem ‘to burn, char’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ [v2] : ▪ From WSem *√KBB² ‘to encircle, overturn’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl shish kebab, from Ar ↗kabāb ‘cooked meat in small pieces’, prob. from Aram kabbābā ‘burning, charring’, from kabbeb ‘to char, roast’, prob. from Akk kabābu ‘to burn, char’.
▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl kibbeh, from Ar ↗kubbaẗ ‘ball, meatball’ (by association with kabāb kebab’.

–

KBāRīH كباريه

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBʔRYH

“root”

▪ KBʔRYH_1 ‘cabaret’ ↗kabārēh

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kabārēh كباريه , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBʔRYH, KBR

n.

cabaret – WehrCowan1979.

From Fr cabaret.

▪ …

–

See CONC.

–

For other items of the “root” cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kabar, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabūriyā.

KBT كبت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KBT

“root”

▪ KBT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBT_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘knocking down, to crush, to humiliate, to supress’

▪ …

.

KBD كبد

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBD

“root”

▪ KBD_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KBD_2 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘liver, the interior, heart, centre, the zenith; content; the earth’s metals; hard boulder; great hardship, struggle, to suffer, to afflict’

▪ KBD_1 : (Kogan2015 Sw#48:) from protSem *kabid‑ ‘liver’ (SED I #141). Passim except Akk, Amh and some of Gur.
▪ KBD_2 : …
▪ KBD_3 : …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kabid كَبِد

ID 732 • Sw 53/91 • BP 3082 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBD

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#48): from protSem *kabid‑ ‘liver’ (SED I #141). Passim except Akk, Amh and some of Gur.
▪ …
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘liver’) Akk kabittu, Hbr kāḇēḏ, Syr kaḇdā, Gz kabd.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KBR كبر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR

“root”

▪ KBR_1 ‘(to be) large, big, numerous, old (of age, person); (fig.) important, powerful, eminent, mighty; notable, chief, head’ ↗kabīr
▪ KBR_2 ‘capers’ ↗kabar
▪ KBR_3 ‘bridge’ ↗kūbrī
▪ KBR_4 ‘cabaret’ ↗kabārēh
▪ KBR_5 ‘crab’ ↗kabūriyā (eg.)
▪ KBR_6 ‘asafoetida, devil’s dung (pharm.)’: ʔabū kabīr, cf. perh. ↗kibrīt

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to grow big, to increase, to augment, to gain significance, to grow tall; majority, magnitude; to become old, to become infirm; honour, pride, to show pride; to become serious; to be awed; worst part of s.th., great sin, great crime; dignitaries, leaders, chiefs; praise, exaltation, glorification, deference, regard’

▪ Out of the 5 values listed for the Sem root KBR in DRS, only 1 is represented in Ar (#1 = KBR_1): ‘(to be) large, big, numerous, old (of age, person)’, hence the fig. use as ‘important, powerful, eminent, mighty; notable, chief, head’.
▪ Values KBR_2 to KBR_5 are clearly borrowings (from Grk, Tu, and Fr, respectively).
▪ The value KBR_6, appearing only in the name ʔabū kabīr for asafoetida, has perhaps to be put together with ↗kibrīt ‘sulfur’ due to the herb’s fetid smell.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KBR-1 Akk kabāru ‘être gros, large, vigoureux, épais, gras’, Ebl kabar - ‘massif’, Hbr hikbīr ‘multiplier’, oAram kbr ‘multiplier’, ya. kbr ‘abonder’, hkbr ‘rendre nombreux’, Syr kᵉbar ‘être nombreux’, Mand kbar ‘être grand, puissant, dominer’, Ar kabura ‘être gros, grand’, Gz kabra ‘être honoré, glorieux’, Amh käbbärä ‘être honoré’, Arg akäbbärä ‘honorer, célébrer’, Gur käbbärä ‘devenir riche’, Tña käbärä ‘honorer’. – Sab kbr ‘rendre abondantes (les récoltes), rendre fertiles (les champs)’, kbr ‘richesse, abondance’, Mhr məkbīr ‘tas, pile’; Sab Qat kbr ‘magistrat’; Sab kbr ‘contrôler, superviser’, Qat ‘diriger, administrer’, Soq kber ‘regarder, aller voir, examiner; mettre’; Mhr əktēbūr, Jib əkətēr ‘se conduire de manière arrogante’.³ – Akk kabr - ‘gros, gras’; Hbr kabbīr ‘fort, puissant’, Ar kabīr-, Sab kbr ‘grand’, Jib kēr ‘cheikh, vieil homme’, Soq keber ‘vieillard’. – Aram kabbīrā ‘nombreux, grand’; Gz kəbūr ‘honoré, noble’, Amh kəbər, käbbärte, Arg kəbər ‘riche’. – Ar kābara ‘ravir, emporter par la force’. -? 2 Hbr kᵉbār, JP kᵉbar ‘déjà, depuis longtemps’, Syr kᵉbar, ʔakbar ‘déjà, depuis longtemps, peut-être, presque’, Mand kbar ‘déjà, auparavant’. -3 Akk kibarr - ‘sorte de bateau’, Hbr kābīr ‘entrelacs’, makᵉbbēr ‘natte’, mikᵉbbār ‘treillis’, ? kebārāh ‘tamis’, Mhr katber, Jib kōr ‘se blottir, se recroqueviller (de honte, de peur)’, kotber ‘s’enrouler autour’, Jib ekber, Śḥr kber ‘retourner de la ville à la montagne’. -4 Ar kabar, SudAr kəbūr, Gz kabaro, Te Tña Amh Gaf kabäro ‘tambour’. -5 Mhr kbūr ‘aller voir des gens pour boire du lait chez eux’, kber ‘aller voir, regarder, examiner’.

3. Cf. also Ḥrs metkabber ‘arrogant, prétentieux’ < Ar mutakabbir.

▪ KBR_1: Nişanyan (Sözlük 14.05.2015, #kebir) holds that Ar kab˅ra is related to Sem GBR⁷ ‘to be(come) strong, prevail, work’ (cf. Akk gabru ~ gapru ‘strong’, Aram gəbar ‘be strong, overpower’, Ar ↗ǧabr) – an idea that is not found elsewhere. – Outside Sem: According to DRS (#KBR-1), Cohen1969#179 »propose un rapprochement avec l’Eg čmʔ ‘être puissant’ […]. Le Cush connaît des formes apparentées: Af Sa kabaro, Bed kabūr, Ag kiriwi (voir Leslau EDG III /334)«.
▪ The non-Ar forms of KBR_1 have been connected to l’Eg čmʔ ‘to be powerful’ and some forms in Cush langs.
▪ KBR_2: < Grk káppari ‘capres’.
▪ KBR_3: < Tu köprü ‘bridge’.
▪ KBR_4: < Fr cabaret ‘cabaret’.
▪ KBR_5: perh. < Grk kaboúras ‘crawfish, crab, lobster’.
▪ KBR_6: perh. akin to Ar kabrīt (*stinking like sulphur).

7. Identified by Huehnergard2011 as a WSem variant, assimilated from Sem GPR.

–

kibriyāʔᵘ كِبْرِياءُ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR

n.

1 grandeur, glory, magnificence, majesty; 2 pride, haughtiness, presumption, arrogance – WehrCowan1979.

Etymologically related to ↗kabīr etc., but itself (according to Jeffery1938) perhaps a loan from Gz kəbər ‘gloria, honor; magnificentia, splendor’.

▪ eC7 (pride, greatness, glory) Q 45:37 wa-la-hu ’l-kibriyāʔu fī ’l-samawāti wa’l-ʔarḍi ‘true pride in the heavens an the earth is His’

Cf. DISC and ↗kabīr

▪ Jeffery1938: »The root is common Sem, cf. Akk kabāru ‘to become great’, Hbr hikbîr ‘to make many’, Aram kᵊḇar, Syr kᵊḇar, Eth [Gz] kabəra ‘to honour’, and cf. Sab kbr ‘large; prince’ (Hommel, Südarab. Chrest, 127; Rossini, Glossarium, 167). – The usual theory is that the Qurʔānic word is a development from the Ar kabura ‘to become great, magnificent’, but as it was in Eth [Gz] that the root developed prominently the meaning of ‘gloriosum, illustrum esse’, we may perhaps see in the Eth [Gz] kəbər, commonly used as meaning ‘gloria, honor’ (= [Grk] dóxa) and then ‘magnificentia, splendor’ (Dillmann, Lex, 846), the source of the word (cf. Ahrens, Christliches, 23; Muḥammad, 78).«

–

For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kabar, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabārēh, ↗kabūriyā.

kabīr كَبير , pl. kibār , kubarāʔᵘ

ID 733 • Sw 13/11 • BP 65 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR

adj.; n. (nominalized adj.)

1 great, big, large, sizable; bulky, voluminous, spacious; extensive, comprehensive; 2 significant, considerable, formidable, huge, vast, enormous; 3 powerful, influential, distinguished, eminent; important; 4 old; 5 (with foll. gen.) head, chief (in compounds) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

eC7 kabura 1 (to be great, be awesome) Q 17:50-1 qul kūnū ḥiǧāratan ʔaw ḥadīdan ʔaw ḫalqan mim-mā yakburu fī ṣudūri-kum ‘say, “Be [as hard as] stone, iron, or any other substance that may inspire awe in your bosoms”’; 2 (with prep. ʕalà : to cause distress; to be burdensome, be intolerable, become too much to bear) Q 6:35 wa-ʔin kāna kabura ʕalay-ka ʔiʕrāḍu-hum ‘and if their turning away has greatly distressed you’. – kabīr I (quasi-PA) 1 (great, much) Q 2:219 yasʔlūna-ka ʕan-i ’l-ḫamri wa’l-maysiri qul fī-himā ʔiṯmun kabīrun ‘they ask you [Prophet] about intoxicants and gambling: say, “There is great sin in both”’; 2 (intense, grave, serious, heinous) Q 2:217 yasʔlūna-ka ʕan-i ’l-šahri ’l-ḥarāmi qitālin fī-hi qul qitālun fī-hi kabīrun ‘they ask you [Prophet] about fighting in the prohibited month; say, “Fighting in it is a grave offence”’; 3 (old infirm) Q 28:23 wa-ʔabū-nā šayḫun kabīrun ‘and our father is an old man’; II (n.pl., kubarāʔ, chief, leader, dignitary) Q 33:67 ʔin-nā ʔaṭaʕnā sādata-nā w-kubarāʔa-nā fa-ʔaḍallū-nā ’l-sabīlā ‘We obeyed our leaders and our nobility, so they led us astray from the guidance [lit. path]’. – kabīraẗ I (quasi-PA f.) 1 (great, much) Q 9:121 yunfiqūna nafaqatan ṣaġīratan wa-lā kabīratan wa-lā yaqṭaʕūna wādiyan ʔillā kutiba la-hum ‘and they do not spend a little or a lot [for God’s cause], nor traverse a mountain pass, but all is recorded to them [lit. the reward is credited to them]’; 2 (hard, difficult) Q 2:45 wa-’staʕīnū bi’l-ṣabri wa’l-ṣalāẗi wa-ʔinna-hā la-kabīraẗun ʔillā ʕalà ’l-ḫāšiʕīna ‘seek help with steadfastness and prayer—though this is hard, indeed, for anyone but the humble; II (n.pl., kabāʔir, great sin) Q 4:31 ʔin taǧtanibū kabāʔira mā tunhawna ʕan-hu nukaffir ʕan-kum sayyiʔāti-kum ‘if you avoid the great sins of the things We have forbidden you, We will wipe out your [minor] misdeeds’. – kibriyāʔ: see s.v.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KBR-1 Akk kabāru ‘être gros, large, vigoureux, épais, gras’, Ebl kabar - ‘massif’, Hbr hikbīr ‘multiplier’, oAram kbr ‘multiplier’, ya. kbr ‘abonder’, hkbr ‘rendre nombreux’, Syr kᵉbar ‘être nombreux’, Mand kbar ‘être grand, puissant, dominer’, Ar kabura ‘être gros, grand’, Gz kabra ‘être honoré, glorieux’, Amh käbbärä ‘être honoré’, Arg akäbbärä ‘honorer, célébrer’, Gur käbbärä ‘devenir riche’, Tña käbärä ‘honorer’. – Sab kbr ‘rendre abondantes (les récoltes), rendre fertiles (les champs)’, kbr ‘richesse, abondance’, Mhr məkbīr ‘tas, pile’; Sab Qat kbr ‘magistrat’; Sab kbr ‘contrôler, superviser’, Qat ‘diriger, administrer’, Soq kber ‘regarder, aller voir, examiner; mettre’; Mhr əktēbūr, Jib əkətēr ‘se conduire de manière arrogante’.⁴ – Akk kabr - ‘gros, gras’; Hbr kabbīr ‘fort, puissant’, Ar kabīr-, Sab kbr ‘grand’, Jib kēr ‘cheikh, vieil homme’, Soq keber ‘vieillard’. – Aram kabbīrā ‘nombreux, grand’; Gz kəbūr ‘honoré, noble’, Amh kəbər, käbbärte, Arg kəbər ‘riche’. – Ar kābara ‘ravir, emporter par la force’.

4. Cf. also Ḥrs metkabber ‘arrogant, prétentieux’ < Ar mutakabbir.

▪ Nişanyan (Sözlük 14.05.2015, #kebir) holds that Ar kab˅ra is related to Sem GBR⁸ ‘to be(come) strong, prevail, work’ (cf. Akk gabru ~ gapru ‘strong’, Aram gəbar ‘be strong, overpower’, Ar ↗ǦBR, ↗ǧabr) – an idea that is not found elsewhere. – Outside Sem: According to DRS (#KBR-1), Cohen1969#179 »propose un rapprochement avec l’Eg čmʔ ‘être puissant’ […]. Le Cush connaît des formes apparentées: Af Sa kabaro, Bed kabūr, Ag kiriwi (voir Leslau EDG III /334)«.
▪ …

8. Identified by Huehnergard2011 as a WSem variant, assimilated from Sem GPR.

–

► kabīr al-ʔaṭibbāʔ, n., head physician
► kabīraẗ al-ḫadam, n.f., female head of the household staff
► kabīr al-ʔasāqifaẗ, n.f., archbishop
► kabīr al-sinn, adj., old
► kabīr al-quḍāẗ, n., chief justice, chief magistrate
► ʔabū kabīr, n., asafetida, devil’s dung (pharm.): perh. not belonging here but to ↗kibrīt.
► kull ṣaġīraẗ wa-kabīraẗ, expr., every single detail
► kibār al-ḍubbāṭ, n.pl., senior officers
► kibār al-muwaẓẓafīn, n.pl., senior officials
► kibār al-hayʔāt, n.pl., the leading personalities of public corporations

► ► kabara u (kabr) to exceed in age (bi‑ by), be older; — ^BP#1925kabura u (kubr, kibar, kabāraẗ) 1 to be or become great, big, large; to grow, increase, augment, become greater, bigger or larger; to become too great, too big, too large (ʕan for s.th.); 2 to become famous, gain significance, become important; 3 to disdain (ʕan s.th.); 4 to become too oppressive, too painful, too distressing, too burdensome; to appear intolerable (ʕalà to s.o.); to become too difficult, too hard (ʕalà for s.o.), appear insurmountable (ʕalà to s.o.): prob. denom. | kaburat nafsu-h, expr., he felt emboldened, he was, or became, proud and courageous.
► kabbara, vb. II, 1 to make great(er), big(ger), large(r), enlarge, magnify, enhance, aggrandize; to extend, expand, widen, amplify; to increase, augment; to intensify; 2 to exaggerate, play up; to aggravate, make worse; 3 to praise, laud, extol, exalt, glorify, celebrate: D-stem, caus.; 4 to exclaim allāhu akbar : denom. from ʔakbarᵘ.
► kābara, vb. III, 1 to treat haughtily, with disdain, with contempt (s.o.); 2 to seek to excel, try to surpass, strive to outdo (s.o.); to contend, vie, strive, contest with; 3 to oppose, resist, contradict; to renege, renounce, offend against, act contrary to; 4 to stickle, insist stubbornly on one’s opinion: L-stem, assoc.
► ʔakbara, vb. IV, 1 to consider great, deem significant, regard as formidable (s.th.); 2 to praise, laud, extol (s.o.); 3 to show respect, be deferential toward; 4 to admire: Š-stem, declar. | ʔakbara šaʔna-hū (or ~ min šaʔni-hī), expr., to extol s.o.
► takabbara, vb. V, and takābara, vb. VI, to be proud or haughty, give o.s. airs, swagger; to be overweening, overbearing (ʕalà toward s.o.): tD-stem, intr./refl. of II.
► ĭstakbara, vb. X, 1 to deem great or important (s.th.); 2 to be proud, haughty, display arrogance (ʕalà toward s.o.): Št-stem.

► ^BP#3569kibr, n., bigness, largeness, magnitude; greatness, eminence, grandeur; significance, importance; standing, prestige; nobility; pride, haughtiness, presumption, arrogance: quasi-vn., may itself be the etymon proper.
► kubr, n., 1 greatness, eminence, grandeur; bigness, largeness, magnitude; size, bulk, extent, expanse; 2 power, might; 3 glory, fame, renown, standing, prestige; 4 nobility; 5 main part, bulk: quasi-vn., may itself be the etymon proper.
► kibar, n., 1 bigness, largeness, magnitude; greatness, eminence, grandeur; 2 old age: quasi-vn., may itself be the etymon proper.
► kabraẗ, n.f., old age: vn.f., from kabura.
► kabīraẗ, pl. ‑āt, kabāʔirᵘ, kubur, n.f., great sin, grave offense, atrocious crime: nominalized adj. f., fig. use.
► kubār, kubbār, adj., very great, very big, huge: ints. formation (?).
► kibriyāʔᵘ, n.f., grandeur, glory, magnificence, majesty; pride, haughtiness, presumption, arrogance: etymologically related to kabīr etc., but itself perhaps a loan, cf. ↗s.v.
► ^BP#195ʔakbarᵘ, pl. ‑ūn, ʔakābirᵘ, f. kubrà, pl. kubrayāt, adj., greater, bigger, larger; older; senior-ranking: elat. | ~ sinnan, adj., older, more advanced in years; al-duwal al-kubrà, n.pl., the Big Powers; al-muftī al-~, n., grand mufti; ʔakābir al-qawm, n.pl., the leaders of the people; al-ʔakābir wa’l-ʔaʕyān, n.pl., the grandees and notables; al-ʔakābir wa’l-kubrayāt, n.pl., seniors (male and female), adult age class (sport; Tun.); ibn ʔakābir, f. bint ʔakābir, n., s.o. from a respected family.
► takbīr, n., 1 enlargement, increase, augmentation, magnification; enhancement, aggrandizement; intensification, amplification; exaggeration; 2 augmentative (gram.); 3 praise, laudation, extolment, exaltation, glorification; 4 the exclamation allāhu ʔakbar : vn. II.
► mukābaraẗ, n.f., 1 haughtiness, superciliousness, overweening, overbearingness; self-importance, pomposity; 2 stubbornness, obstinacy, self-will: vn. III.
► ʔikbār, n., admiration; deference, respect, regard, esteem: vn. IV.
► takabbur and takābur, n., pride, haughtiness, presumption, arrogance: vn. V.
► mukabbir, pl. ‑āt, n., amplifier (el.): nominalized PA II. | ~ al-ṣawt or ~ ṣawtī, n., loud-speaker (radio); megaphone; naẓẓāraẗ ~aẗ, n.f., magnifying glass.
► mukabbiraẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., magnifying glass: nominalized PA II f., short for naẓẓāraẗ ~aẗ.
► mukabbar, adj., enlarged, magnified: PP II. | ṣūraẗ ~aẗ, n.f., enlargement, blowup (phot.); bi-ṣūraẗ ~aẗ, adv., increasingly, on a larger scale, to an increasing degree.
► mukābir, adj., 1 presumptuous, arrogant, supercilious, haughty, overweening; 2 quarrelsome, contentious, cantankerous; 3 self-willed, obstinate, stubborn; stickler: PA III.
► mutakabbir, adj., proud, imperious, high-handed, haughty, supercilious, overweening: PA V.

For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabar, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabārēh, ↗kabūriyā.

kabar كَبَر

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR

n.coll.

capers; caper shrub – WehrCowan1979.

From Grk kápparis (of unclear origin) – Lokotsch1927, Kluge2008.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Lokotsch1927#978: Ar kabbār (which is from Grk) gave (with art. al-) Span Port alcaparra, It caparra.
▪ The words for ‘capers’ in other Eur langs are akin to Ar kabar (~ kabbār), though not borrowed from the Ar word itself. Rather, they go back to Lat capparis (like the Ar term from Grk): Fr câpres; Engl capers, Ge Kapern, Kappern; Ru kapersy, Bulg kapari, Serb kapre, kapra, Cz kapary, kaparky, Pol kapary, kaparki [vgl. nGrk kapárr)].

No derivates. – For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabārēh, ↗kabūriyā.

kūbrī كُوبْري , var. kubrī , pl. kabārī

ID 734 • Sw – • BP 7046 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR, KWBRY, KBRY

n.

bridge; deck – WehrCowan1979.

From Tu köprü ‘bridge’.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ From Tu köprü ‘bridge’, first attested in Uygh Maniheaen texts, before 900, as oTu köprüg ‘bridge’, from oTu köpür- ‘to grow, become inflated, fat, increase’.
▪ …

–

For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kabar, ↗kabārēh, ↗kabūriyā.

KBūRYā كبوريا

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBūRYā

“root”

▪ KBūRYā_1 ‘crab’ ↗kabūriyā

▪ Perh. from nGrk kábouras ‘crayfish’.

–

▪ KBWRYʔ_1: Perh. from nGrk kábouras ‘crayfish’ (but cf. also, with metathesis, nGrk karabída ‘freshwater lobster’; Got kárabos, Lat carabus ‘sea crab, lobster’, accord. to Kluge2002 from an unknown source, gave oNor krabbi, oEngl crabba > Engl crab).

–

For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kabar, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabārēh.

kabūriyā كبوريا

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBR, KBWRYʔ

n.

(eg.) crab (zool.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Perh. from nGrk kábouras ‘crayfish’ (but cf. also, with metathesis, nGrk karabída ‘freshwater lobster’; Got kárabos, Lat carabus ‘sea crab, lobster’, accord. to Kluge2002 from an unknown source, gave oNor krabbi, oEngl crabba > Engl crab).

▪ …

–

For other items of the root cf. ↗KBR, ↗kabīr, ↗kabar, ↗kūbrī, ↗kabārēh.

KBRT كبرت

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBRT

“root”

▪ KBRT_1 ‘sulfur’ ↗kibrīt

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kibrīt كِبْريت

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KBRT, KBR

n.

sulfur; matches – WehrCowan1979.

▪ (Accord. to Zimmern1914) Via Aram kebrītā from Akk kibrītu (~ kubrītu) ‘sulphur’ (related to Akk kupru ‘bitumen’?).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#K/GB/PRT: Akk kibrīt-, kubrīt-, JP kubrētā, Syr kibrītā, Ar kibrīt, Soq kibrīt, Mhr kebrīt, Śḥr kirit, Hbr goprīt, Syr guprētā, Mand gubrutai, Gz kabarīt (forme de pl.) ‘soufre’.

▪ Zimmern1914: 60: Akk kuprītu ‘sulphur’ prob. gave Hbr goprît and Aram guprītā, kuprītā, kebrītā, whence Ar kibrīt. According to the author, Akk kuprītu is perh. a development from Akk kupru ‘bitumen’ (> Hbr kōper, Aram kuprā > Ar kufr), which belongs to Akk kapāru ‘to wipe off; to smear on (a paint or liquid)’. According to Huehnergard2011, the latter is from Sem KPR ‘to wipe clean, polish, purify, cover’ (cf. Ar ↗kafara ‘to cover, hide’, Hbr yôm kippûr ‘Yom Kippur, day of atonement’, from kippā̈r ‘to cover over (fig.), pacify, atone, make propitiation’).
▪ Is also the plant-name ʔabū kabīr ‘asafoetida, devil’s dung’ (KBR_6 s.v. ↗KBR) related? There is no obvious semantic relation between the plant and the adj. ↗kabīr, but there is perh. one between the asafoetida herb’s fetid smell and sulfur. Given that the etymon of Ar kibrīt, Akk kuprītu, is likely to be based on Akk kupru ‘bitumen’, a relation between ʔabū kabīr and the source of kabrīt should perh. be considered.

–

► ʕūd kibrīt, n., matches, a match.
► kibrīt ʔamān, n., safety matches.

► kabrata, vb. I, to coat with sulfur; to sulfurize, sulfurate; to vulcanize: denom.
► kibrītaẗ, n.f., match, matchstick: n.un.
► kibrītī, adj., sulfureous, sulfurate, sulfurous, sulfuric: nsb-adj. | ḥammām ~, n., sulfur bath; yanbūʕ ~, n., sulfur spring.
. ► kibrītāt, n., sulfate (chem.): neolog.
► kibrītīd, n., sulfide (chem.): neolog.
► kibrītīk: ḥāmiḍ ~, n., sulfuric acid (chem.): neolog.

KBKB كبكب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KBKB

“root”

▪ KBKB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBKB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KBKB_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(also see ↗KBː(KBB)) to throw s.th. face down, throw in a pit, throw on top of one another; to be wrapped up, be mixed up, a great number’

▪ …

.

KTB كتب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KTB

“root”

▪ KTB_1 ‘to write; book; to prescribe, determine; to subscribe’ ↗kataba
▪ KTB_2 ‘(esp. Qur’anic) school’ ↗kuttāb
▪ KTB_3 ‘squadron’ (from ClassAr ^†‘to bring together, bind, draw together’) ↗katībaẗ
▪ KTB_4 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to gather together, layers of material; to put letters together (i.e. to write), to write down, book, letter, record; army regiment; to ordain, prescribed, decreed, to impose, to contract; a set amount’

As Kerr2014 rightly states, »writing is a relatively new phenomenon in human history. Its first beginnings hearken back to S Mesopotamia of the fourth millennium BC, and then somewhat later in Egypt. Our own alphabet developed under Egyptian influence and its origins are to be found among Sem miners in the Sinai during the first half of the second millennium BC. Consequently, the original meaning of this root cannot logically have been ‘to write’.« Rather, the ComSem √KTB seems to have carried a meaning like *‘to prick, cut’ (Huehnergard2011: WSem *√KTB ‘to prick, cut; later, to write’) or *‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’, preserved in several ClassAr derivations as well as in MSA katībaẗ [v3]. This KTB is possibly based on a biconsonantal root *KT ‘to be/make tight, tie together, conjoin’ etc. or (Bohas) an etymon {b,k}. Whether the notion of ‘writing’ [v1] is derived from this *KTB, and if so, how, is still not clear (but cf. suggestions in DISC, below). In any case, it seems to be a NWSem innovation which later was borrowed into Ar and SSem. If it is not a development from ‘to draw, bind together’, one can think of Akk takāpu ‘to pierce, puncture, stich; to cover with dots, spots’ as its most likely ancestor. – [v2] ‘school’ is traditionally seen to be derived from [v1] ‘to write’, as a transfer from the pl. of the PA I (‘the writing ones’) to the place where pupils sit and are tought how to write. But this seems doubtful and a derivation from ‘to draw, bind together’ (as in the case of katībaẗ) should not be excluded beforehand.

–

▪ For v1 ↗kataba
▪ For v3 ↗katībaẗ

▪ Nöldeke1905⁹ thought that “KTB ist ursprünglich wohl ‘stechen’, daher [v1] ‘einritzen, schreiben’ (wie [Gr] gráphein); Syr maḵtəbā ‘Pfriem’ (noch heute im Ṭūr ʕAbdīn üblich, Priem-Socin 132). Von ‘Stechen’ kommt man zum [v3] ‘Nähen’; daher das maghrebinische maktūb ‘Tasche’ (s. Dozy).”
▪ In a similar vein, Huehnergard2011 thinks the meaning of *KTB, which he classifies as a WSem root, was ‘to prick, cut’, and from there [v1] ‘to write’.
▪ [v3] Fleischer1927¹⁰ argues that a comparison of the roots KTː (KTT), KṮː (KṮṮ), KTB, KṮB, KTF, KṮF, KTM, KṮM, etc. unquestionably suggests, for the biconsonantal base KTː, KṮː, a basic meaning of ‘dicht sein und machen, anschließen, verbinden, zusammenhalten, zusammenbringen usw.’
▪ [v3] Bohas2012: ‘nouer et serrer fortement avec une ficelle ou une courroie l’orifice de l’outre; boucler une femelle, c.-à-d. lui mettre une boucle sur le derrière pour l’empêcher de recevoir le mâle’: from etymon {b,k}.
▪ On the question how [v1] ‘to write’ may have developed from [v3] ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’—Jeffery1938 mentions that already Buhl tried to connect the two values¹¹ —, Rolland2014 suggests that it was »[p]robablement par un glissement de sens comparable à celui que nous avons relevé plus haut pour le latin lego et le grec λεγω [legô]. / Hasardons une explication: l’acte d’écrire se caractérise par le fait qu’il consiste à relier des lettres les unes aux autres, des mots les uns aux autres, des phrases les unes aux autres, pour constituer un texte, c’est-à-dire, littéralement, un tissu. Lorsque, plus tard, viendra le moment de relier les uns aux autres des feuillets écrits, on voit que la langue arabe aura deux bonnes raisons de recourir à la racine K-T-B pour désigner cette activité.«¹²
▪ However, it may be simpler to think of a book or another piece of writing as a ‘record’ in which the writer ‘(re-) collects’ information, thoughts etc. or where these are ‘brought/sewn together’.
▪ The problem poses itself differently, and can perhaps be solved in an easier (and more convincing?) way if we assume, with Nöldeke1905 and Huehnergard2011, that the original meaning of the root is ‘to prick, cut’ (for which we would also have to compare, with metathesis, Akk takāpu ‘to pierce, puncture, stich; to cover with dots, spots’). Should this be true then both [v1] ‘to write’ and [v3] ‘to sew (together)’ could be seen as developed from there, the first as ‘to prick’ > ‘to carve (signs into stone, wood, etc.)’ > ‘to write’; the second as ‘to prick’ > ‘to perforate (leather, textiles, etc.)’ > ‘to sew’ > ‘to sew together’ (whence, on yet another level, ‘to bind together, conjoin’ > ‘squadron’).

9. ZDMG 59 (1905): 419, fn. 1. 10. In J. Grill, “Ueber das Verhältniss der indogermanischen und der semitischen Sprachwurzeln”, ZDMG 27 (1873): 427, fn. 1. 11. Jeffery1938: 249, fn. 1, however, does not give a reference to Buhl but to Fleischer in ZDMG, xxvii, 427, n., adding that »[F]rom this [s.c. ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’] we have katībaẗ ‘squadron’.« 12. J.C.R., “Hypothèses sur l’étymologie de l’arabe كتيبة katība ”, article s’inspirant d’une intervention faite au cours de la séance de la SELEFA le 20 mars 2014.

–

katab‑ كَتَبَ , u (katb , kitbaẗ , kitābaẗ)

ID 735 • Sw – • BP 357 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KTB

vb., I

1 to write, pen, write down, put down in writing, note down, inscribe, enter, record, book, register, (ʕanhu from s.o.’s dictation). – 2 to compose, draw up, indite, draft. – 3 to bequeath, make over by will (s.th. li‑ to s.o.). – 4 to give written orders (bi‑ to do sth.). – 5 to prescribe (s.th. ʕalà to s.o.). – 6 to foreordain, destine (s.th. li‑ or ʕalà to s.o.; of God) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The traditional view, based on Jeffery’s analysis, sees the notion of ‘writing’ as a borrowing from Aram, perhaps (or probably) with kitāb ‘scripture’ as the primary borrowing from which all other related items derive.
▪ Within Sem, the meaning ‘to write’ of the root KTB seems to be WSem (Huehnergard) or, more specifically, a NW Sem invention. (It is found also in SSem—a fact that lets Pennacchio think it may be ComSem—but the SSem forms are with all probability loans from Ar.)
▪ Where the NW Sem value ‘to write’ had its origin is still unclear. While there have been attempts to derive it from ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’ (a meaning preserved in ClassAr), without however fully convincing explanations as to the semantic relation between both, Huehnergard2011 and before him Nöldeke1909, hold that it developed from an earlier meaning ‘to prick, cut’ (cf. ↗KTB).
▪ Should that be the case, this would be a nice bridge to yet another suggestion, which connects Ar kataba ‘to write’ with (by metathesis) Akk takāpu ‘to prick, puncture, perforate; to sew; to cut a cuneiform sign’.
▪ One could think of katībaẗ ‘squadron’ as derived from ‘to write’ (< ‘conscription’, or ‘to inscribe o.s. in an (army-) list of recipients of stipends and maintenance’), but this is generally rejected, see ↗katībaẗ.
▪ v2 through v6 are later specialisations and fig. use, developed from v1.

lC6 ‘to write’ already in pre-Islamic poetry (Polosin1995).
▪ eC7 Of frequent occurrence in the Q, always meaning ‘to write’. – »Besides the verb we should note the derived forms in the Qurʔān – kitāb a ‘book, writing’ (pl. kutub), kātib ‘one who writes’, maktūb ‘written, ĭktataba ‘to cause to be written’, and kātaba ‘to write a contract of manumission’.« (Jeffery1938)

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KTB: Ug ktb, Phn ktb, Hbr kātab, oEmpAram Palm Nab *ktb, JP kᵉtab.⁵
▪ Apart from a possible derivation from kataba in the extinct meaning of ^†‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’, Rolland2014 mentions Akk takāpu ‘piquer, percer, perforer; coudre; imprimer un signe cunéiforme’ as “probable cognate, if not ancestor” of Ar kataba in the sense of ‘to write’. Cf. also CAD, s.v. tikpu ‘dot, spot’: tikip santakki ‘cuneiform writing’.

5. The authors also list Mhr Ḥrs ketōb, Śḥ ktob ‘écrire’, Gz kətāb ‘écriture, écrit; amulette écrite’, Te kätba ‘écrire, vacciner, écrire des amulettes’, Amh kättäbä ‘écrire une amulette, vacciner’. But the SSem forms are probably from Ar, as e.g. Kerr2014 (n.25) holds: The word »is not documented in Sab and Qat. Gz kataba in this sense with derivations like kətāb ‘book’ (< *kitāb !) etc. are borrowed from Ar.«

▪ Jeffery1938: »The word appears to be a NSem development and found only as a borrowed term in SSem. Hbr kāṯaḇ, Aram kṯaḇ, Syr kṯaḇ, Nab ktb, and Phoen ktb all mean ‘to write’, and with them Buhl compares Ar kataba ‘to draw or sew together’.¹³ – The borrowing was doubtless from Aram,¹⁴ and Fraenkel, Fremdw, 249, thinks that the borrowed word was kitāb, which like Eth [Gz] kətāb came from Aram ktbʔ, Syr kətābā, and that then the verb and other forms developed from this. The borrowing may have taken place at al-Ḥīra, whence the art of writing spread among the Arabs,¹⁵ but as both nominal and verbal forms are common in Nab (cf. RES, ii, 464; iii, 443), it may have been an early borrowing from NArabia.«
▪ EALL (Retsö, »Aramaic/Syriac Loanwords«¹⁶ ): Ar katab‑ ‘to write’ loaned from synonymous Syr kᵉṯaḇ.
▪ Pennacchio2014 contends Jeffery’s view and holds that, given the wide distribution of the meaning ‘to write’ in Sem and its development in Ar, it may be Common Sem. In any case, if it is a borrowing it is pre-Islamic.
▪ If not from Aram but from Akk, (Mesopotamian cuneiform) ‘writing’ would originally have been addressed as the ‘dots, spots’ with which a clay tablet was ‘sprinkled’ (like, e.g., a skin of a leopard). The metathesis that we would have to assume in this case (Akk tkp > Ar ktb) is unproblematic since it is a common phenomenon (found already in Akk itself).

13. Vide Fleischer in ZDMG, xxvii, 427, n. From this we have katībaẗ ‘squadron’. 14. BDB, 507; D. H. Müller, WZKM, i, 29; Horovitz, KU, 67; Fischer, Glossar, 112; Künstlinger in Rocznik Orjentalistyczny, iv, 238 ff. 15. Vide Krenkow in EI, ii, 1044. 16. following Jeffrey 1938.

–

► kataba kitābahū, vb. I, to draw up the marriage contract for s.o., marry s.o. (li‑ to): Given the fact that the vn. used in this connection is katb rather than kitābaẗ, the drawing up of a marriage contract may originally have had less to do with signing a written document but with bringing two people together (the older/other meaning of kataba, preserved in ClassAr, cf. ↗katībaẗ.)
► kutiba, vb. I pass., to be fated, be foreordained, be destined (li‑ to s.o.) | kutiba ʕalà nafsihī ʔan, vb. I pass., to be firmly resolved to…, make it one’s duty to…

► kattaba, vb. II, to make write: caus.; to form or deploy in squadrons (troops): denom. from ↗katībaẗ.
► kātaba, vb. III, to keep up a correspondence, exchange letters, correspond (‑hū with s.o.): assoc.
► ʔaktaba, vb. IV, to dictate, make (s.o.) write (s.th.): caus.
► takātaba, vb. VI, to write to each other, exchange letters, keep up a correspondence: recipr.
► ĭnkataba, vb. VII, to subscribe: *‘to write o.’s name (into a list), or denom. from ↗katībaẗ ?
► ĭktataba, vb. VIII, to write (s.th.); to copy (s.th.), make a copy (of s.th.): autobenefactive; to enter one’s name; to subscribe (li‑ for); to contribute, subscribe (bi‑ money li‑ to); to be entered, be recorded, be registered: from kataba or denom. from ↗katībaẗ ?
► ĭstaktaba, vb. X, to ask (s.o.) to write (s.th.); to dictate (s.th. to s.o.), make (s.o.) write (s.th.); to have a copy made (by s.o.): requestative.

► ^BP#196kitāb, pl. kutub, n., piece of writing, record, paper; letter, note, message; document, deed; contract (esp. marriage contract); book; al-kitāb, n.def., the Koran; the Bible: a loan from Aram/Syr? See DISC above. | ʔahl al-kitāb, n., the people of the Book, the adherents of a revealed religion, the kitabis, i.e., Christians and Jews; kitāb al-zawāǧ, n., marriage contract; kitāb al-ṭalāq, n., bill of divorce; kitāb taʕlīmī, n., textbook; kitāb al-ĭʕtimād credentials (dipl.); dār al-kitāb, n.f., library
► kutubī, pl. ‑iyyaẗ, n., bookseller, bookdealer: nsb-adj from kutub, pl. of kitāb.
► kitābḫānaẗ and kutubḫānaẗ, n.f., library; bookstore: composed of Ar kitāb ‘book’ + Pers ḫāne ‘house’.
► kuttāb, pl. katātībᵘ, n., kuttab, Koran school (lowest elementary school): ?
► kutayyib, pl. ‑āt, n., booklet: dimin. of kitāb.
► ^BP#966kitābaẗ, n.f., (act or practice of) writing; art of writing, penmanship; system of writing, script: lexicalized vn. I; inscription; writing, legend; placard, poster; piece of writing, record, paper: resultative; secretariat; written amulet, charm; pl. kitābāt, writings, essays; kitābatan, adv., in writing.
► kitābī, adj., written, in writing; clerical; literary; scriptural, relating to the revealed Scriptures (Koran, Bible); kitabi, adherent of a revealed religion; the written part (of an examination): nsb-adj from kitāb.
► ^BP#2711katībaẗ, pl. katāʔibᵘ, n., 1 squadron, brigade; battalion (Eg., Syr., Jord., mil.); corps; (Eg.) name of Islamic youth groups: from ‘to write’ or and earlier offspring? See separate entry ↗katībaẗ. – 2 (piece of) writing, record, paper, document; written amulet: pseudo-PP.f.
► katāʔibī, adj., pertaining to the Phalange Party (Leb.): nsb-adj from katāʔibᵘ, pl. of ↗katībaẗ (1), see above.
► ^BP#565maktab, pl. makātibᵘ, n., office; bureau; business office; study; school, elementary school; department, agency, office; desk: n.loc.
► maktabī, adj., office (in compounds) : nsb-adj from maktab, see above.
► ^BP#1830maktabaẗ, pl. ‑āt, makātibᵘ, n., library; bookstore; (writing) desk; literature: n.loc.
► miktāb, n., typewriter: n.instr.
► mukātabaẗ, n.f., exchange of letters, correspondence: vn. III.
► ĭktitāb, n., enrollment, registration, entering (of one’s name); — (pl. ‑āt) subscription; contribution (of funds): vn. VIII.
► ĭstiktāb, n.,dictation: vn. X.
► ĭstiktābī, adj.: nsb-adj from ĭstiktāb, see above | ʔālaẗ ĭstiktābiyyaẗ, n., dictaphone.
► ^BP#719kātib, pl. ‑ūn, kuttāb, katabaẗ, n., writer; scribe, scrivener; secretary; clerk typist; office worker, clerical employee; clerk, registrar, actuary, court clerk; notary; writer, author: nominalized lexicalized PA I.
► kātibaẗ, pl. ‑āt, woman secretary; authoress, writer: nominalized lexicalized PA I.f.
► ^BP#1835maktūb, adj., written, written down, recorded; fated, foreordained, destined (li‑ or ʕalà to s.o.); n., s.th. written, writing; — (pl. makātībᵘ) a writing, message, note; letter : PP I.
► mukātib, n., correspondent; (newspaper) reporter: nominalized lexicalized PA III.
► muktatib, n., subscriber: nominalized lexicalized PA VIII.

kuttāb كُتّاب , pl. katātībᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KTB

n.

kuttab, Koran school (lowest elementary school) – WehrCowan1979.

The traditional explanation as a figurative use of the pl. of the PA of ↗kataba —‘writing ones, writers’ > ‘place where people/pupils who write are to be found, school’—cannot be accepted without some hesitation. On the other side, the nominal pattern FuʕʕāL for a n. in the sg. is rare and would be difficult to explain.

lC8 Ḫalīl b. ʔAḥmad, K. al-ʕAyn : maǧmaʕ ṣibyān al-muʕallim, cf. also Asās 386 b 17f.; Ibn Saʕd III 2, 103, 7.9; Buḫ. IV 326, 1; etc. (WKAS).

…

▪ Lane summarizes the Class lexicographers’ opinions as follows: »‘school, place where the art of writing is taught’; accord. to Mbr and F, the assigning this signification to the latter word is an error; it being a pl. of kātib and signifying, accord. to Mbr, the ‘boys of a school’: in the A it is said, this word is said to signify the boys, not the place: but al-Šihāb says, in the Šarḥ al-šifa, that it occurs in this sense in the classical language, and is not to be regarded as a postclassical word: it is said to be originally a pl. of kātib, and to be fig[uratively] employed to signify a ‘school’.«
▪ This explanation seems to be doubtful. But to regard the word as a genuine sg. of the FuʕʕāL type is not much more convincing either since the pattern is very rare and, alongside with kuttāb, there exists, with almost identical meaning, the n.loc. maktab. A plausible explanation would have to account for this parallelism and the choice of the FuʕʕāL pattern. In any case, if the traditional etymology should not be true, then one could think of a derivation, like that of katībaẗ, from kataba in the sense, now extinct, of ‘to draw together, bind together’ (similar to ǧāmiʕaẗ, lit. ‘the uniting one’, for ‘university’), see ↗katībaẗ.

–

katībaẗ كَتِيبَة , pl. katāʔibᵘ

ID 736 • Sw – • BP 2711 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KTB

n.f.

1 squadron, brigade; battalion (Eg., Syr., Jord., mil.); corps; (Eg.) name of Islamic youth groups – WehrCowan1979. – 2 For another meaning see DERIV of ↗kataba .

From kataba in the sense (now extinct) of ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’, cf. ↗KTB.

lC6 Huḏ. 38,9; 74,27; 143,1 etc. (WKAS). – ʕAntarah b. Šaddād 5,5: fawqa kulli katībatin liwāʔun; 7,8: nulāqī katībatan tuṭāʕinunā; 19,10; 23,13; 32,2: wa-katībatun labbastuhā bi-katībatin šahbāʔa bāsilatin; 32,12; 143, 22: law ʔannī laqītu katībatan sabʔīna ʔalfan mā rahibtu liqāhā; pl. 5,5; 19,10; 47,14: lā kuḥla ʔillā min ġubāri ’l-katāʔibi – (all): ‘group of warriors, horsemen’ (отряд воинов, всадников: Polosin1995).

▪ ClassAr has preserved the older meaning of kataba (obsolete in MSA) of ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’. Besides the vb. I which is often used in connection with female camels or mules and then means ‘to conjoin the oræ of the mule’s vulva by means of a ring or a thong, to close the camel’s vulva (and put a ring upon it, conjoining the oræ, in order that she might not be covered’, ‘to sew (s.th.) together with two thongs, close (s.th.) at the mouth, by binding it round (with s.th.), so that nothing (of its contents) should drop from it’, cf. e.g., kattaba, vb. II, (al-nāqaẗ) to tie the udder of the camel; takattaba, vb. V, to gird o.s. and draw together o.’s garments upon o.s.’; ĭktataba (vn. ĭktitāb or kitbaẗ), vb. VIII, (inter al.), to be suppressed (urine); to be constipated, or costive, suffer from constipation’; kutbaẗ, pl. kutab, n., 1. thong with which one sews s.th., esp. also that with which the vulva of a camel (or a mule) is closed in order that she may not be covered; 2. seam, suture (in a skin or hide, made by sewing together two edges so that one laps over the other]; qirbaẗ katīb skin that is sewed with two thongs, closed at the mouth, so that nothing [of its contents] may drop from it (Lane vii).

Rolland2014¹⁷ : from kataba in the proper sense of ‘to draw together, bring together, conjoin’, cf. ↗KTB. “Comme la legio latine, [katībaẗ ] est une troupe dont les membres sont ‘reliés, attachés, liés’ les uns aux autres […], un groupe d’hommes fortement unis autour d’un chef, et avec un objectif commun”.

17. J.C.R., “Hypothèses sur l’étymologie de l’arabe كتيبة katība ”, article s’inspirant d’une intervention faite au cours de la séance de la SELEFA le 20 mars 2014.

–

► katībaẗ al-salām, n., Peace Corps.
► katībaẗ naǧdaẗ, n., military auxiliary corps.
► ḥizb al-katāʔib, n., the Phalange Party (Leb.).
► katāʔibī, adj., pertaining to the Phalange Party (Leb.): nsb-adj from katāʔibᵘ, pl. of katībaẗ.

► kattaba, vb. II, to form or deploy in squadrons (troops): denom. – For another meaning see ↗kataba.

Perhaps also
► ĭnkataba, vb. VII, to subscribe: perhaps denom. from katībaẗ rather than pass. of ‘to write’. – For another meaning see ↗kataba.
► ĭktataba, vb. VIII, to enter one’s name; to subscribe (li‑ for); to contribute, subscribe (bi‑ money li‑ to); to be entered, be recorded, be registered: perhaps denom. from katībaẗ rather than refl. of ‘to write’? In ClassAr it has the meaning, among others, of ‘to register o.s. in the sultan’s army-list, or stipendiaries’. – For other meanings see ↗kataba.
► ĭktitāb, n., enrollment, registration, entering (of one’s name); — (pl. ‑āt) subscription; contribution (of funds): vn. VIII.
► muktatib, n., subscriber: nominalized lexicalized PA VIII.

maktabaẗ مَكْتَبَة

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 1830 • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023

√KTB 

n.f.

.

▪ n.loc.f

▪ …

.

KTM كتم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KTM

“root”

▪ KTM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KTM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KTM_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to hide, to conceal; to restrain, to suppress, to smother; to be silent’

▪ …

.

KṮB كثب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KṮB

“root”

▪ KṮB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KṮB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KṮB_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘nearness, proximity, to approach; to heap up, to collect; sand dunes; small amount’

▪ …

.

KṮR كثر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KṮR

“root”

▪ KṮR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KṮR_2 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to increase in number, to outnumber, to happen frequently; to show pride in wealth and/or children; to be rich, plentiful, abundance; river’

▪ From protSem *√KṮR ‘to succeed, achieve, be(come) suitable, proper’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl kosher ↗kaṯīr.

–

kaṯīr كَثِير

ID 737 • Sw 10/95 • BP 55 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KṮR

adj.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl kosher, from Ashkenazic Hbr kóšer ‘proper’, from Hbr kāšēr ‘dto.’, from kāšēr ‘to succeed, be(come) proper, suitable’, akin to Ar ↗kaṯīr.

►

KḤL كحل

ID 738 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

“root”

▪ KḤL_1 ‘(to be/make) dark, black; to blind; (to apply) antimony (to the eyelids); ^†tar, pitch; horse of noblest breed; alcohol, spirit, essence; medial arm vein’ ↗kaḥ˅l‑ (kaḥl, kaḥal), kuḥl .
▪ KḤL_2 ^†‘to be infertile’ : ↗^† kaḥl .
▪ KḤL_3 ‘black’ (sometimes ‘green; blue’) ↗ʔakḥalᵘ .
▪ KḤL_4 ‘a variety of blueweed (Echium cericeum V.; bot.) [Natterkopf]’ ↗kaḥlāʔ (EgAr).
▪ KḤL_5 ‘pointing, filling or grouting [Verfugung] of the joints [Fugen] (of a wall; masonry)’ ↗kuḥlaẗ (EgAr).
▪ KḤL_6 ‘anklebone’ ↗kāḥil .

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ The distinction made here between KḤL_1 and KḤL_3 follows DRS‑ 10 (2012), s.v. kḥl, who separates the values ‘antimony; to apply antimony’ and ‘black; (sometimes also) green, blue’) as kḥl-1 and kḥl-2, respectively. Etymologically, however, the two may be related, or even essentially one item, given the fact that in earlier times kuḥl‑ was not necessarily a black substance but “a general term for any eye cosmetic” and, when denoting a mineral, referred to a lead ore or a mixture of several minerals, e.g., “galena, pyrolusite, brown ochre or malachite” (Wiedemann/Allan), rather than antimony sulphide, ↗kuḥl. – DRS does not mention the values ‘infertile’, ‘anklebone’, ‘blueweed’, and ‘pointing, filling or grouting the joints’. Semantic relation between KḤL_1 and these remains unclear.
▪ KḤL_2 is probably figurative use of KḤL_1 or KḤL_3, an infertile year being a ‘black/dark’ year.
▪ KḤL_4 may be related to the ‘dark colour’ of KḤL_1 or, more probably even, the ‘green‑, blueness’ of KḤL_3, the plant having its name from its colour (cf. also the morphological aspect: kaḥlāʔ is the f. of ʔakḥal).
▪ KḤL_5 and KḤL_6 may have the same etymon, *‘to connect (two or more parts), bridge (the gap between them)’. Any relation to KḤL_1 and/or KḤL_3?

▪ Engl kohl, alcohol ↗kuḥl.

–

kaḥ˅l‑ كحل , kaḥal‑ كَحَلَ : u , a (kaḥl); ^†kaḥil‑ كَحِلَ : a (kaḥal)

ID 739 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

vb., I

kaḥal- u, a (kaḥl): to rub, paint or smear with kohl (the edges of the eyelids) – WehrCowan1979.; ^†to put out, blind (an eye with a heated nail etc.), blind “en faisant passer entre ses paupières, après l’avoir fait rougir au feu, le poinçon d’argent […] que l’on emploie ordinnairement pour appliquer sur les yeux la galène ou sulfure de plomb, kuḥl, destinée à leur donner plus d’éclat et de brillant”¹ – Dozy; ^†to be infertile (year); ^†to bring misery, harm the people (an infertile year) – Freytag.
^† kaḥil- a (kaḥal): to have (by nature) black eyelids (or eyes) (that do not need to be coloured with kohl) – Lane.
For other meanings ↗ʔakḥalᵘ .

Usually held to be denominative from ↗kuḥl. But while kaḥal‑ indeed is most likely to be dependent on kuḥl, the intransitive vb. kaḥil‑ is perhaps better to be connected to ↗ʔakḥalᵘ than to ↗kuḥl, a distinction inspired by the separation of kuḥl and ʔakḥalᵘ in DRS.

C6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād 78,2 lā kuḥilat ʔaǧfānu ʕaynī bi’l-karā (Polosin 413).

Cf. ↗kuḥl , ↗ʔakḥalᵘ .

Most dictionaries and relevant studies regard the verb(s) kaḥ˅l‑ as denominatives from ↗kuḥl. It is true that the modern transitive kaḥal-‑ seems to be very close to an intransitive kaḥil‑, now obsolete. Yet, while the former quite probably is such a denominative, the latter, though showing a great deal of semantic overlapping, may ultimately go back to a different etymon, ↗ʔakḥalᵘ. (often not ‘black’, but ‘blue’ or ‘green’).
The semantic connection between the ‘blackness/darkness’ of kuḥl and the old values of kaḥal‑, noted by Dozy and Freytag, of ^†‘infertility’ and, hence, ‘misery, calamity’, is not explained in the dictionaries, but it seems unproblematic to assume figurative use of the language.

–

► kaḥḥala II, vb. to rub, paint or smear with kohl (the edges of the eyelids): ↗kuḥl. – ^†to prevent from seeing, blind s.o. : as a consequence of the application of kuḥl, or of the “poinçon d’argent” mentioned by Dozy (see above), or figurative use, i.e. *make (the world appear) black (for one’s eyes)?.
► takaḥḥala, vb. V, to color the edges of one’s eyelids with kohl, smear one’s eyelids with a salve of antimony, etc.; to have eyelids that are coloured with kohl : ↗kuḥl; to be refreshed, enlivened: ↗ʔakḥalᵘ; ^†to be covered with freshly blossoming plants: ↗ʔakḥalᵘ, ↗kaḥlāʔᵘ.
► iktaḥala, vb. VIII: = V.
► (unless itself the etymon) kuḥl , n. antimony; kohl : ↗s.v.
► kaḥal, n. black coloring (of the edges) of the eyelids : vn. of kaḥil‑.
► kaḥil, adj., pl. kaḥlā, kaḥāʔilᵘ darkened with kohl, dyed black (eyelids) : deverbative, or from ↗kuḥl‑ ?.
► kuḥl, n. antimony, kohl : probably the etymon of kaḥal‑, perhaps also of kaḥil‑.
► kuḥlī, adj. dark blue, navy blue: nsb-adj. from ↗kuḥl‑.
► ʔakḥalᵘ, adj., f. kaḥlāʔᵘ, pl. kuḥl, black (eye); al-ʔakḥal n. medial arm vein: ↗s.v..
► kaḥīl, adj., pl. kaḥāʔilᵘ, ^†kaḥlā, black, dyed black, darkened with kohl (eyelid): ints. adj.; n. horse of noblest breed: so called because of its blackness, or the blackness of its eyes?.
► kuḥūl, n. alcohol, spirit: ↗s.v..
► kuḥūlī, adj. alcoholic, spirituous: nsb-adj. from ↗kuḥūl.
► ^†kuḥayl, n. tar, pitch (Wahrmund: Erdpech) (in the dialect of Ḥiǧāz: lane): *the dark black thing (?).
► kuḥaylī and kuḥaylān, adj.,n., pl. kuḥāl, kaḥāʔilᵘ horse of noblest breed: nominalized nsb-adj. and ints. formation, from ↗^†kuḥayl, i.e., < *the tarry one, or *the horse with the dark black eyes (?).
► kiḥāl, n. antimony powder, eye powder:.
► kaḥḥāl, n. eye doctor, oculist (old designation): n.prof. from ↗kuḥl‑.
► mikḥal and mikḥāl n. kohl stick, pencil for darkening the eyelids: n.instr. from ↗kuḥl‑.
► mukḥulaẗ, n.f., pl. makāḥilᵘ kohl container, kohl jar: ↗kuḥl; solar quadrant: ↗s.v.; (syr.) rifle, gun: ↗s.v..
► takḥīl II, vn. treatment of the eyes with kohl: ↗kuḥl.

kaḥl كَحْل

ID 740 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.

^OBSinfertile year, year of draught, barrenness, dearth; hard year; calamity, misery. Lane, Wahrmund. – For ‘sky’ ↗ʔakḥalᵘ .

Distinct from ↗kaḥ˅l‑, ↗kuḥl, and ↗ʔakḥalᵘ, or going back to the same etymon? If the latter, kaḥl would be figurative use, an infertile year being a ‘black’ or ‘dark’ year.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

–

► ^†kaḥala, a, vb. I, to be infertile (year) and cause damage to the people: denominative?

kuḥl كُحْل , pl. ʔakḥāl

ID 741 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.

antimony; kohl, a preparation of pulverized antimony used for darkening (the edges of) the eyelids; any preparation for coloring the eyelids – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The word is either a common Sem n. (Huehnergard2011: *kux̣l‑, *gux̣l‑ ‘powder of antimony’) or a WSem term (from which Akk guḫl‑ then would be a loan). Semantic relation with the colour adj. ↗ʔakḥal ‘black’ (sometimes also ‘green; blue’) is likely, but still rather unclear.
▪ The unclarity may stem from the usual identification of kuḥl with black, or dark, colour, which however is not necessarily the case, as Wiedemann/Allen1980 show in their entry in EI². kuḥl, they say, is “synonymous in the Arabic and Persian geographical sources with ↗iṯmid and surma”, a mineral mined at the time mainly in Iran. Quite significantly, none of the geographical sites where antimony is mined today is identical with the places where the primary sources of kuḥl were located in the past. There is reason to believe, therefore, that kuḥl originally is not necessarily antimon, but something else, most probably some lead ore, or a mixture of several minerals. “In this connection it should be noted,” Wiedemann/Allen continue, “that while it had generally been assumed that eye-paint in ancient Egypt had an antimony base, A. Lucas (Ancient Egyptian materials and industries, revised by J. R. Harris, 1962, 195-9) showed by analysis that it in fact consisted of galena, pyrolusite, brown ochre or malachite, and only in one instance, of antimony sulphide.” Cf. also Dozy who, on the authority of a French source of 1849,¹ defines kuḥl as: “la galène ou sulfure de plomb. […] C’est à tort que plusieurs auteurs ont traduit le mot […] par antimoine”.
kuḥl “also had a specifically medical function as an eye unguent, particulars of which are to be found in Ibn al-Bayṭār and other such writers. From this function comes the idea of al-kaḥḥāl, ophthalmist” – Wiedemann/Allen1980.
kuḥl is also the Arabic source of our alcohol. “From a fine powder used to stain the eyelids, it came by extension to mean any fine impalpable powder produced by trituration or sublimation, and hence was applied to fluids of the idea of sublimation—an essence, quintessence or ‘spirit’ obtained by distillation or rectification.”
▪ See also ↗kuḥūl.

1. Prax, Commerce de l’Algérie avec la Mecque et le Soudan, Paris 1849.

C6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād 47,14: lā kuḥla ʔillā min ġubāri ’l-katāʔibi ’▪ …’ (Polosin 413).

DRS 10 (2012), s.v. kḥl‑1, groups the n. Hbr koḥel, kuḥlā, JP kōḥᵃlā, Ar kuḥl ‘fard pour les yeux’, Akk guḫl‑ ‘pâte d’antimoine’ and Mhr kēḥel, Ḥars eḥel, Soq keḥel ‘kḥol, antimoine’, together with the vb. Hbr kāḥal ‘se farder les yeux’, Te käḥala, Tña kʷäḥalä, Amh kʷalä ‘enduire ses paupières avec de l’antimoine’, but sees this value distinct from kḥl‑2, represented only by Ar ↗ʔakḥal ‘black’, sometimes also ‘green; blueʷ’ (and the f. ↗kaḥlāʔ , a ‘blueweed’).

▪ While Huehnergard2011 holds that the word goes back to a Sem n. *kux̣l‑, also *gux̣l‑ ‘(powder of) antimony’, DRS 10 (2012) seems to regard it as a WSem term (from which the Akk form probably is a loan).
▪ In contrast, Halloran¹⁸ holds that Akk guḫlu is a loan from the Sum expression for ‘Evil Eye’ which is composed of igi ‘eye’ and ḫul ‘bad, evil; hated; hostile, malicious’, so that one could think of the Akk term as the result of a loan with transfer of meaning from ‘Evil Eye’ to the powder/substance that was used to protect against it. Should this be correct, the WSem words would be dependent on the Akk term. Difficult to proove.

18. “Sumerian Eye Makeup Prevented Conjunctivitis, the ‘Evil Eye’, , accessed 18Oct2014.

▪ Engl kohl ‘powder used to darken eyelids,’ 1799, from Ar kuḥl (EtymOnline).
▪kuḥl is also the ultimate source of our alcohol. “From a fine powder used to stain the eyelids, it came by extension to mean any fine impalpable powder produced by trituration or sublimation, and hence was applied to fluids of the idea of sublimation—an essence, quintessence or ‘spirit’ obtained by distillation or rectification.”

► kaḥala, u, a (kaḥl), vb. I, to rub, paint or smear with kohl (the edges of the eyelids), and kaḥila, a (kaḥal), vb. I, to have eye(lid)s that are coloured with kohl: probably denominative. – For other meanings ↗kaḥl, ↗ʔakḥalᵘ.
► kaḥḥala, vb. II = I : denominative
► takaḥḥala, vb. V, to color the edges of one’s eyelids with kohl, smear one’s eyelids with a salve of antimony, etc.; have eye(lid)s that are coloured with antimony: reflexive of II; to be refreshed, enlivened: from kuḥl (*‘feel/look fresher, as a result of the application of antimony), or from ^†kaḥl (a green plant) (↗ʔakḥalᵘ) (?)
► iktaḥala vb. VIII = V.
► kaḥil, adj., pl. kaḥlā, kaḥāʔilᵘ darkened with kohl, dyed black (eyelids): from kuḥl, or deverbative, from ↗kaḥVl‑ ?
► ^†kuḥayl, n. tar, pitch (Wahrmund: Erdpech): *the little dark black thing (?), according to WKAS diminuitive (“ursprünglich humorist. Demin. zu kuḥlun, s. Fünf Moʿall. II 36 oben”).
► kuḥlī, adj. dark blue, navy blue: nsb-adj.
► kuḥaylī and kuḥaylān, adj.,n., pl. kuḥāl, kaḥāʔilᵘ horse of noblest breed: nominalized nsb-adj. and ints. formation, from ↗^†kuḥayl, i.e., < *the tarry one, or *the horse with the dark black eyes (?)
► kaḥḥāl, n. eye doctor, oculist [old designation]: denominative n.prof.
► mikḥal and mikḥāl, n. kohl stick, pencil for darkening the eyelids: n.instr.
► mukḥulaẗ, n.f., pl. makāḥilᵘ kohl container, kohl jar: n.instr.; solar quadrant: ↗s.v.; (syr.) rifle, gun: ↗s.v.
► takḥīl II, vn. treatment of the eyes with kohl’: denominative.

kuḥlaẗ كُحْلَة

ID 742 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.f.

(EgAr) pointing, filling or grouting of the joints (of a wall; masonry). WehrCowan1979.

Any connection with ↗kāḥil ‘anklebone’?

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

Any connection with ↗kāḥil ? One could imagine the values ‘filling the joints (of a wall)’ and ‘anklebone’ being semantically related via the idea of connecting two separate items (bricks and bones, respectively) by some kind of “bridge”.

–

► ^†kaḥḥala, vb. II, to point, fill or grout the joints (of a wall; masonry) (Wahrmund): denominative.

kuḥūl كُحُول

ID 743 • Sw – • BP 6953 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.

alcohol, spirit – WehrCowan1979.

The word seems to be re-imported into Arabic during lC19 / eC20 from some European language, probably English, after it had been loaned from Ar (al‑) ↗kuḥl into mLat and Span in Andalusia.

No entry in Freytag, Lane, Dozy, Wahrmund, Kazimirski. Cf. also the fact that Bocthor, in his Dictionnaire français–arabe (vol. 1, 1828), still suggests the descriptive rūḥ al-ʕaraq, obviously coined after Fr esprit de vin pur, which is given as the second meaning of alcohol while the first is still ‘poudre très-fin’ (rendered as kuḥl).
lC19? First attestation in Ar still needed.

…

▪ The word does not seem to be attested in Ar dictionaries before C20 and is therefore with all probability either a direct loan from a European language (Engl Fr alcohol ?) or an Ar creation, inspired by the European word, but made in awareness of the latter’s ultimately Ar etymology. The European words all go back to Ar (al‑) ↗kuḥl ‘(powdered ore of) antimony’ which was loaned into mLat and Span in Andalusia. While the original meaning is still preserved in mLat, the definition has already broadened in Span alcohol to ‘any fine powder produced by sublimation, powdered cosmetic’, and it is with this value that the word first appears in Engl in the 1540s (eC16 as alcofol). It broadened again in the 1670s “to ‘any sublimated substance, the pure spirit of anything’, including liquids.” The “modern sense of ‘intoxicating ingredient in strong liquor’ is first recorded 1753, short for alcohol of wine, which was extended to ‘the intoxicating element in fermented liquors.’ In organic chemistry, the word was extended 1850 to the class of compounds of the same type as this” – etymonline. When Ar kuḥl was replaced with kuḥūl is difficult to tell. In any case, Wiedemann/Allan think that “the more complicated process needed for the production of alcohol was probably introduced into the Islamic world from Europe, where it was first discovered in the 12th century.”
▪ According to Osman2002, the extension of meaning from ‘fine powder’ to ‘spirit of wine’ took place already “bei den arabischen Alchimisten in Spanien”, and the word is first attested in German with this meaning in 1616. From Wiedemann/Allan1980 we would have to infer that the extension had taken place already before lC10 in Andalusia, since “[s]ublimation and the distillation of drugs was known to K̲h̲alaf b. ʕAbbās al-Zahrawī (Abulcasis)”. Kluge2002, however, maintains that German Alkohol, when loaned from Span alcohol, still meant ‘fine powder’, and that it was Paracelsus (eC16) with whom it is first attested, initially as ‘s.th. fine, subtle’, then ‘essence’, as in alcohol vini ‘spirit of wine’, from where it spread and became part of international terminology.

-

► kuḥūlī alcoholic, spirituous : nsb-adj.

ʔakḥalᵘ أَكْحَلُ , f. kaḥlāʔᵘ , pl. kuḥl

ID 744 • Sw –/14 • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

adj.

black (eye); al-ʔakḥal the medial arm vein² – WehrCowan1979.

2. Wahrmund1887 has ‘Vena mediana der Hand [!]’

Etymology not clear: derived from ↗kuḥl, or a distinct item? Probably the latter. – The ‘medial arm vein’ seems to have got its name after its dark colour.

C6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād 54,16 ʔaḥwaru ʔakḥalu ʔazaǧǧu, 113,7 ʔan yabīta ʔasīra ṭarfin ʔakḥalī (Polosin1995: 413)

▪ …
▪ …

DRS 10 (2012) separates this value (as kḥl-2) as distinct from ‘(to apply) antimony (to one’s eyelids’ (as kḥl-1) (↗kaḥ˅l‑, kuḥl), obviously on account of the fact that ʔakḥal often also is ‘green; blue’. Cf. also ^†kaḥil‑ vb. I (and also IV, V, VIII, XI) ‘mit eben grünenden Pflanzen bedeckt sein’, the f. ↗kaḥlāʔᵘ which denotes a (mostly) blue plant (a variety of the borage or forget-me-not family, Boraginaceae), as well as ^†kuḥaylāʔᵘ ‘Ochsenzunge’ and ^†kaḥl pl. ʔakāḥilᵘ ‘ein Grüngewürz’ (Wahrmund). Interesting also the old value ^†‘sky’ (ibid.). – Procházka2006 seems to take the relation ʔakḥal < kuḥl ‘antimony’ for granted (as did already Fischer1965: 60, fn. 4: “von kuḥl ‘schwarze Augenschminke’ abgeleitet”), and Wahrmund defines ʔakḥal in the first place as ‘wer die Augenlider mit kuḥl schwarz gefärbt […] hat’; but this may only be a secondary phenomenon, a result of semantic interference and/or overlapping. Wahrmund also has the more general meaning ‘schwarzäugig; schwarz’ which is not necessarily connected to kuḥl, and ^†‘chrysoprase’, which is a greenish mineral.
The ‘medial arm vein’ seems to be called al-ʔakḥal on account of its colour (thus Fischer1965: 284).†

–

► ^†kaḥila, a (kaḥal), vb. I (and also forms IV, V, VIII, XI), to be covered with fresh green plants: denominative, or itself the etymon of ʔakḥal‑ ?
► ^†ʔakḥala, vb. IV = ^†kaḥila a (kaḥal) above.
► ^†takaḥḥala vb. V = ^†kaḥila a (kaḥal) above.
► ^†iktaḥala vb. VIII = ^†kaḥila a (kaḥal) above.
► ^†ikḥālla vb. XI = ^†kaḥila a (kaḥal) above.
► kaḥlāʔᵘ f. a variety of blueweed: *the (dark) blue one (plant) (?) ↗s.v.
► ^†kuḥayl, n. tar, pitch (Wahrmund: Erdpech): *the dark black thing (?); dimin. from ʔakḥal, ↗kaḥVla, or ↗kuḥl ?
► kuḥaylī and kuḥaylān, adj.,n. horse of noblest breed: nominalized nsb-adj. and ints. formation, from ↗^†kuḥayl, i.e., < *the tarry one, or *(the horse) with the dark black eyes (?)

kaḥlāʔᵘ كَحْلاءُ

ID 745 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.

(EgAr) a variety of blueweed (Echium cericeum V.; bot.) [Natternkopf] – WehrCowan1979. [Wahrmund1887: Ochsenzunge]

Feminine of ʔakḥalᵘ, the plant being called after its colour. (The borage or forget-me-not family, Boraginaceae, tends to have bluish flowers.)

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

The form is obviously a feminine form of the colour adj. ↗ʔakḥalᵘ, the plant being called after its (blue) colour. – Cf. also ^†kaḥaylāʔᵘ ‘Ochsenzunge’ and ^†kaḥl pl. ʔakāḥilᵘ ‘ein Grüngewürz’ (Wahrmund).

▪ See DISC.

► takaḥḥala, vb. V, ^†to be covered with freshly blossoming plants (Wahrmund1887): rather from ↗ʔakḥalᵘ than from kaḥlāʔᵘ.

kāḥil كاحِل , pl. kawāḥilᵘ

ID 746 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḤL

n.

anklebone – WehrCowan1979.

Etymology unclear.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

Any connection with other items of √KḤL ?

–

KḪY كخي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḪY

“root”

▪ KḪY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KḪY_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kāḫiyaẗ كاخِيَة , var. kiḫyaẗ , pl. kawāḫiⁿ

ID 747 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḪY

n.f.

butler, steward – WehrCowan1979.

A loan (via Turkish ketḫüdā ?) from nPers katḫudā < mPers kat(ak)ḫ^watāi, a village chief or representative of a landowner among the farmers.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

Via Turkish ketḫüdā (‘1. A steward in a great man’s household, also a manager of a farm or estate. 2. A warden of a guild. 3. A bailiff of a village or ward. 4. An officious meddler’ – Redhouse1890) from NPers katḫudā‑ < mPers kat(ak)ḫʷatāi, a ‘village chief, or representative of a landowner among the farmers’. Another chain of tradition, mentioned by Eilers1962, resulted in a form with h‑ rather than ḫ:‑ ↗kāhiyaẗ‑.

–

kiḫyaẗ كِخْيَة , var. kāḫiyaẗ , pl. kawāḫiⁿ

ID 748 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KḪY

n.f.

butler, steward – WehrCowan1979.

Short for kāḫiyaẗ, a loan (via Turkish ketḫüdā ?) from nPers katḫudā < mPers kat(ak)ḫ^watāi, a village chief or representative of a landowner among the farmers.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

↗kāḫiyaẗ‑.

–

KDḤ كدح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023

√KDḤ

“root”

▪ KDḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KDḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KDḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to scratch or scrape off the skin; to bite; to scratch a living; hardship; drudgery’

▪ …

.

KDR كدر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KDR

“root”

▪ KDR_1 ‘turbidity, muddiness’ ↗kadar
▪ KDR_2 (KāDR) ‘cadre’ ↗kādir
▪ KDR_3 ‘Agadir’ ↗ʔAkādīr
▪ KDR_4 ‘…’ ↗…

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be muddy, grimy, dreary; to b-~ troubled; cloud of dust; to assail, to scatter’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kadar كَدَر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021

√KDR

n.

1 turbidity, muddiness, cloudiness, opaqueness, roiledness; 2 worry, sorrow, grief, distress, vexation, irritation, annoyance – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪…
▪…

–

► kadura, u, and kadira, a (kadar, kadāraẗ, kudūra, kudūr, kudraẗ), vb. I, to be turbid, roily, muddy, roiled (liquid)
► kadira, a, vb. I, 1 (kadar, kudraẗ) to be muddy, cloudy, blackish, clingy, flat, swarthy, grimy (color); 2 (kadar, kudūraẗ) to be dreary, unhappy (life); 3 to be angry (ʕalà with s.o.)
► kaddara, vb. II, 1 to render turbid, to roil, muddy (s.th.), trouble, disturb, spoil, ruffle (s.th., ʕalà for s.o., e.g., s.o.’s peace of mind): D-stem, caus.; 2 to grieve, worry, trouble, vex, irritate, annoy, molest, disturb, distress: fig. use of [v1].
► takaddara, vb. V, 1 to be turbid, roily, muddy, roiled, troubled: Dt-stem, intr. of kaddara; 2 to be angry, be sore (min at s.th.), feel offended, be annoyed, be displeased (min by s.th.), be peeved (min at, about): fig. use of [v1].
► ĭnkadara, vb. VII, 1 to become turbid, muddy, dull, flat; 2 to swoop down (bird)

► kudrat ̈, n.f., 1a turbidity, muddiness, cloudiness, roiledness, impurity; 1b dingy color, dinginess: …
► kadaraẗ, n.f., clod of dirt, filth
► kadir and kadīr, adj., 1a turbid, muddy, roily, roiled; 1b dull, flat, dingy, grimy (color); 2 worried, troubled, disturbed
► ʔakdarᵘ, f. kadrāʔᵘ, pl. kudr, adj., dingy, swarthy, dark-colored
► takdīr, n., 1 roiling, troubling, ruffling; 2 offending, offense, affront, indignity: vn. II.
► mutakaddir, adj., angry, sore, peeved (min at), annoyed, irritated, offended (min by): PA V.

kādir كادِر , pl. kawādirᵘ

ID 749 • Sw – • BP 2840 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KDR, KāDR

n.

1a (Fr cadre) cadre (of a military unit, of a governmental agency, of a corporation, etc.), skeleton organization; 1b qualified and politically trained staff of personel (party); 1c (EgAr) payroll group (of officials, employees); 1d (AlgAr) functionaires, administrative officers – WehrCowan1979.

Loanword, from Engl cadre, from Fr cadre (see section WEST, below).

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Cf. Engl cadre, n., ‘permanently organized framework of a military unit’ (the officers, etc., as opposed to the rank-and-file), 1851; earlier ‘framework, scheme’ (1830); from Fr cadre, lit. ‘a frame of a picture’ (C16), so, ‘a detachment forming the skeleton of a regiment,’ from It quadro, from Lat quadrum ‘a square,’ which related to quattuor ‘four’ (from protIE root *kwetwer‑ ‘four’). The communist sense ‘group or cell of workers trained to promote the interests of the Party’ is from 1930 – EtymOnline

►

KDY كدي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KDY

“root”

▪ KDY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KDY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KDY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘big boulder; obstacle; to deny assistance, be mean, (of water or plants) to cease to give, be sluggish’

▪ …

.

KḎB كذب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KḎB

“root”

▪ KḎB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KḎB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KḎB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to lie, to deceive; to refute, to accuse of lying, to give the lie to; to run away from battle; to be wrong, to be wasted on, to fail to be up to a job; to be compulsory’

▪ …

.

*K-R- كـ ــ رــ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 22Jan2023
√*KR-

2-cons. root nucleus

▪ DRS: « Séquence biconsonantique representée dans plusieurs racines ayant parmi leurs valeurs celles de

(1) ‘être rond, tourner’: KWR, KRR, KRKR;
(2) ‘creuser’: KRB, KRW/Y, KRR, KWR, KMR;³
(3) la même sequence est à la base de racines exprimant des sons ou des cris;
(4) la séquence peut être relevée aussi dans des racines liées à des termes concernant les membres et des parties du corps attenantes ; ces racines se différencient sémantiquement, les unes caractérisant les membres supérieurs (KRN et ses variantes, v. s. KRN(ʕ)), les autres les membres inférieurs (KRʕ et ses variantes). »
▪ …

3. Voir sous GR-, QR- pour des formations analogues.

▪ See above, section ENGL.
▪ …
…

–

▪ According to DRS, the 2-cons. sequence is at the basis of several 3-cons. extensions:

(1) ‘être rond, tourner’: ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRKR, ↗KWR;
(2) ‘creuser’: ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRB, ↗KRW/Y, ↗KMR, ↗KWR;
(3) racines exprimant des sons ou des cris: ↗KRKR;
(4) membres et parties du corps (membres supérieurs: ↗KRN et variantes; membres inférieurs: ↗KRʕ et variantes).
▪ …

KRː (KRR) كرّ/كرر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 22Jan2023, last update 2Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

“root”

▪ KRː (KRR)_1 ‘to rattle in the throat’ ↗¹karra
▪ KRː (KRR)_2 ‘to turn around and attack; to return, come back, recur; one time’ ↗²karra
▪ KRː (KRR)_3 ‘to clarify, purify, refine’ ↗karrara
▪ KRː (KRR)_4 ‘hundred thousand’ ↗karraẗ
▪ KRː (KRR)_5 ‘pantry, storeroom; cellar’ ↗karār
▪ KRː (KRR)_6 ‘spool, bobbin, reel’ ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include (WKAS I 1970, Hava1899, BK1860)
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_7 ‘corde tressée de feuilles ou de fibres (līf) de palmier (BK); rope, cable (for ascending the palm-tree) | rope used as a ladder; en général, corde, cordage, câble | cable’: ^†²karr (pl. karār, kirār, kurūr, ? ʔakrār); cf. also (=?) ^†³karr, n., (pl. ʔakrār) ‘cord, thong which holds together the two extremities of the camel’s saddle’
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_8 ‘carpet, mat | natte, drap ou tapis sur lequel on fait la prière’: ^†⁴karr (pl. ʔakrār, kurūr)
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_9 ‘cistern, subterranean reservoir | well | terrain un peu encaissé, creux dans le sable où l’eau demeure stagnante; puits; vivier’: ^†¹kurr (var. karr; pl. kirār)
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_10 ‘(dry measure equal to 60 qafīz or 6 ass-loads)’: ^†²ᵃkurr (pl. kirār)’; hence (?) also ^†²ᵇkurr ‘ass foal’?
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_11 ‘(a kind of stuff, coarse linen) | vêtement’: ^†³kurr
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_12 ‘(burnt) camel’s dung into which coats of mail are put for protection against rust | fiente pourrie des bestiaux employée pour polir les cuirasses’: ^†kurraẗ
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_13 ‘cowrie used as an amulet | boule ou coquillage porté en guise de charme pour fasciner et se concilier l’amour’: ^†kirār (Hava1899) ~ ^†karār (BK1860)
▪ ^†KRː (KRR)_ ‘…’: ^†krr
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr according to BAH2008: ‘to return, repeat, turn around, day and night; to assail; to be undecided; cough’

▪ [gnrl] : The values attached to root √KRː (KRR) display a rather varied mixture of related and unrelated items. We can prob. identify three major complexes: (a) an onomatopoetic (?) one, imitating the *‘sound of rattling in the throat’, etc. (see value [v1]); unless simply a phon. var. of similar items with initial ǧ- instead of k- (see complex (c)), this complex may have been influenced (with regard to the recurrence/repetition implied in the rattling etc.) by a second complex, one expressing the basic idea of (b) *‘repetition, reiteration, returning, circularity’ (see [v2] > [v3],[v4], ?[v6], ?[v13]); a third complex has to do with (c) a *‘cord’, or ‘rope’, and/or ‘knitting’ (see [v7], ?>[v6], ?[v8],[v11]). The other values seem to be either loanwords ([v5], [v10]) or variants of words with initial ǧ- (so perh. also (a)) or of items that generally are ascribed to √KRW, √KRW/Y, or √KRY (see, e.g., [v9], ?[v13]), or are of obscure etymology (if reliably attested at all) (see [v12]).
▪ [v1] : The sound of a ‘rattle in the throat’ is not only expressed by ¹karra but also by the reduplicated stem ↗²karkara (also ‘to rumble’, said of the stomach, and ‘to murmur’, said of running water); as onomatopoetic imitations of a certain type of sounds, ¹karra and ²karkara are also close to ↗ǧarǧara ‘to gargle, rumble, clatter’ and ↗ġarġara ‘to gargle, gurgle, simmer, bubble’. With such meanings, the root is attested in Ar and EthSem (see DRS #KRR-9) and classified by Leslau among roots expressing « la voix ».²
▪ [v2] : If DRS (#KRR-1) is right, this value, too, has cognates only in EthSem where the Ar meaning ‘revenir sur ses pas, revenir à la charge’ (cf. also Tham kr ‘ramener, revenir’) is paralleled by the notions of ‘rouler (vers le bas)’ (Te kärara), ‘être rond’ (Tña kärärä), and ‘échafauder, mettre l’un sur l’autre’ (Amh kʷärrärä). DRS thinks that ²karra etc. « est une forme qui appartient aux usages oraux » and that it prob. is a var. of items usually grouped under ↗KRW or ↗KWR. This might be true especially for Ar kurraẗ ‘ball’ (Te korit ‘balle’, Amh kʷärät ‘caillou’) which usually appears as ↗kuraẗ ‘id.’ and is grouped s.r. ↗KRW.
▪ [v3] ‘to clarify, purify, refine’: As a D-stem, karrara has as its basic meaning the caus. ‘to make come back, repeat, reiterate’, from [v2] ²karra ‘to come back, return’, thus particularly describing processes of clarifying through repeated filtering etc. In MSA, the item is mainly used in connection with oil (or water, sugar, etc.) refinery.
▪ [v4] : The value ‘hundred thousand’ (found only in WehrCowan, thus prob. peculiar to MSA as a rather recent development) seems to be based on the notion of *‘repetition’, thus dependent on [v2]. Nevertheless it is strange to observe that karraẗ, which usually only means ‘one time, once’ also can take value [v4]. One may imagine a development via adverbial use in karraẗᵃⁿ ‘one time, once’: *‘… > repeatedly > often > very frequently > [exaggerating] many many times > a hundred thousand times > a hundred thousand’.
▪ [v5] : loanword; the var. kalār leads to the etymon, modGrk kellári ‘pantry, storeroom; cellar’ (so also BadawiHinds1986).
▪ [v6] : WehrCowan1976 lists an EgAr word spelt kurrāriyyaẗ (with rrār ) meaning ‘spool, bobbin, reel’, which fits very nicely the meaning the vb. I karr (u, vn. karr, kararān) has in EgAr, namely ‘to unravel, unwind’ (BadawiHinds1986).³ These values look as if they could be related either to [v2] ‘to return, come back, repeat’ (implying a circular movement)⁴ or, perh. even more likely, to ^†[v7] ‘rope, cable, cord’ (where it could be a nsb-formation based on the pl. kirār, with ki- > ka and an original meaning of *‘thing belonging to the ropes/cables/cords’). In contrast, BadawiHinds1986 also registered an EgAr kurā̆riyyaẗ (with rā̆r ) meaning ‘ball (of string, wool etc.)’. The latter meaning combines that of ‘roundness’ with that of ‘spooling, winding, etc.’
▪ ^†[v7] : If ClassAr ^†²karr (pl. kurūr, ? ʔakrār, kirār) ‘rope, cable (for ascending the palm-tree) | rope used as a ladder’ and ^†³karr (pl. ʔakrār) ‘cord, thong which holds together the two extremities of the camel’s saddle | cable’ has cognates in Sem at all, then (according to DRS #KRR-10) perh. only in Amh kärrärä ‘to become hard, stiff; be tense, tight, taut’ and/or Amh Arg kərar ‘lyre with 5-6 strings’. As these are far from obvious and rather doubtful, ^†²karr may in fact be a development peculiar to Ar. Within Ar, however, it seems to be related to [v6] which, with EgAr kurrāriyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel’ and the corresponding vb., EgAr karr ‘to unravel, unwind’, has items that seem semantically close to ‘rope, cable’. – As ropes or cables are produced by twisting several strings into one, there might also be a distant connection to items showing reduplication of a 2-rad. root nucleus, such as ^†⁴karkara ‘to collect, pile up, heap up, blow into a ball (wind the clouds)’, ^†⁵karkara ‘to squash, grind’, etc. (see ↗^†KRKR_4), a notion that is also found in Amh kʷärrärä ‘to scaffold, put one over the other’ (see below, section COGN, DRS #KRR-1). Cf. also the next two items, ^†[v8] ‘carpet, mat’ and ^†[v9] ‘cistern, subterranean reservoir’.
▪ ^†[v8] : If the attestation of ^†⁴karr as ‘carpet, mat’ in Hava1899 is reliable, the value may be related, like ^†[v7] and ^†[v9], to the basic idea of *‘collecting, piling up, heaping up, amassing’. But this is highly speculative. No cognates listed in DRS.
▪ ^†[v9] : ^†¹kurr is reliably attested in several dictionaries as ‘cistern, subterranean reservoir | well | terrain un peu encaissé, creux dans le sable où l’eau demeure stagnante; puits; vivier’, but does not seem to have direct cognates in Sem. The initial description quoted in BK1860 – ‘terrain un peu encaissé, creux … où l’eau demeure stagnante’ – could hint to a connection either with ↗karā/à ‘to dig’ (√KRW/Y) or with the basic idea of *‘collecting, amassing’ encountered also in values ^†[v7] ‘rope, cable, cord’ and ^†[v8] ‘carpet, mat’, perh. also in [v6] ‘spool, bobbin, reel’.
▪ ^†[v10] : According to Fraenkel1886: 207, the Ar word for a ‘dry measure equal to 60 qafīz or 6 ass-loads’ (DRS: « en usage en Iraq ») is from Aram kōrā, Hbr kōr ‘(a measure, usually dry)’, which, according to Zimmern1914, goes back to Akk kurru ‘ein Getreidemaß’⁵ (»wohl < Sum gur«).⁶ According to some scholars, the Hbr/Aram word was borrowed also into Grk as kóros ‘name of a measure of capacity for grain, flour, etc. (Beekes2016) | Maß von 6 attischen Medimnen (Gmoll1965)’; see also BDB1906.⁷ – DRS distinguishes this value (given as #KRR-7) from another one with the value ‘ass foal (Ar, YemAr), 6-year-old horse (MġrAr)’ (given as #KRR-8), assuming that ^†²ᵃkurr is from Aram kōrā ~ Hbr kōr while ^†²ᵇkurr ‘ass foal’ might be (as with Dozy thinks) from Pers ḫar ‘ass’.
▪ ^†[v11] : ^†³kurr is registered in WKAS also as the word for ‘a kind of stuff, coarse linen’. The reference is with all probability reliable, though the value is not among those listed in DRS. Etymology obscure. The value that comes closest to ^†³kurr in DRS would be #KRR-11, with Akk karr indicating a ‘vêtement de deuil | ragged or dirty piece of apparel worn as a sign of mourning (CAD)’.
▪ ^†[v12] : The value ‘(burnt) camel’s dung into which coats of mail are put for protection against rust’ for the n.f. ^†kurraẗ is given in WKAS and thus prob. reliably attested. But its etymology remains obscure.
▪ ^†[v13] ‘cowrie used as an amulet’: ^†kirār (Hava1899) ~ ^†karār (BK1860). – Ullmann (WKAS I 1970) lists the item as karāri and analyses it as a »concretized imperative ‘Bringback, one who brings back’, designation of a pearl, shell used as a love-charm in the spell yā karāri kurrī hi ʔin ʔadbara fa-ruddī hi«, quoted in BK1860 in a slightly extended version, as yā karāri kurrī-hi wa-yā hamraẗu ’hmirī-hi ʔin ʔaqbala fa-surrī-hi wa-ʔin ʔadbara fa-ḍurrī-hi ‘Ô boule! ramène-le; ô boule! amène-le; s’il vient, réjouis-le, et s’il se détourne, fais-lui du mal’. Ullmann’s reading suggests a derivation from [v2] ²karra ‘to (make) return, come back, etc.’, while de Biberstein Kazimirski (with his ‘ô boule!’) seems to see a connection rather with ↗kuraẗ ‘ball’.
▪ …

2. EDG III: 350, according to DRS, comment on #KRR-9. 3. E.g., bi-ykurr il-ḫēṭ min il-bakaraẗ ‘he’s unwinding the thread from the spool’; fig., ‘to spill out, spout forth’, e.g., saʔalt-u ʕan ʔanwāʕ is-samak in-nīli q͗ām karr-ĭ-li talătīn ʔism ‘I asked him about the varieties of Nile fish and he upped and rattled off thirty names’. As an intr. vb., EgAr karr means ‘to become unravelled’, as in il-tirikōh karr ‘the knitting has become unravelled’, or ‘to run (of a stocking)’ – BadawiHinds1986. 4. Cf., e.g., the ClassAr ^†karrār ‘qui revient souvent, qui se répète; qui dans le combat a l’habitude de simuler la fuite et puis de revenir à l’attaque’ (BK1860). 5. CAD: ‘a measure of capacity; the amount of barley in one such unit’; from oAkk on. 6. ? Cf. also Akk kurkurru ‘a bowl or container’ – CAD. 7. For discussion, DRS refers to Lewy Fremdwörter, 116, and Nöldeke, in ZDMG 40 (1886): 734.

…–

▪ DRS #KRR-1 Ar karra ‘revenir sur ses pas, revenir à la charge’, karrara ‘répéter, réitérer’, Tham kr ‘ramener, revenir’, MġrAr karrar ‘répéter une leçon, repasser le Coran dans une recitation ininterrompue’, Sab kr ‘répéter (une action)’⁶ ; Te kärara ‘rouler (vers le bas)’, Tña kärärä ‘être rond’, Amh kʷärrärä ‘échafauder, mettre l’un sur l’autre’. - Ar kurraẗ, Te korit ‘balle’, Amh kʷärät ‘caillou’.⁷ -2 Te kärra ‘couvrir, tirer un rideau’. -3 Akk kerr-, kirr- ‘clavicule (et la région autour)’, Syr kᵊrā ‘articulation de l’épaule’, Arg kərra ‘bras, coude’, Har kuruʔ ‘coudée’, Gur kərrä ‘bras, coude’. -4 Akk kirr-, Ug kr ‘bélier’, Hbr kar ‘(jeune) bélier’. -5 ‘prairie, pâturage’; ? Akk kirū ‘verger’. -6 Hbr kar ‘bât (de chameau)’. -7 Hbr kor, Aram kōrā : mesure de capacité (pour les choses sèches), Ar kurr : mesure en usage en Iraq. -8 Ar kurr, YemAr karrūt ‘ânon’, MġrAr kārər ‘cheval de 6 ans’. -9 Ar karra ‘faire entendre un râle’, Te kərir bela ‘dire des inepties’, Tña kärärä ‘se mettre à chanter’, kärari ‘soliste’, Amh (an)kʷarrärä ‘parler d‘une voix forte’, Har kärära ‘bavarder sans arrêt’, Gur ənkʷarrärä ‘ronfler’. -10 Ar karr ‘corde (par exemple pour monter sur les palmiers)’, ? Amh kärrärä ‘se raidir, se racornir ; être tendu, serré (par exemple : lacet)’. - ? Amh Arg kərar : lyre à 5 ou 6 cordes. -11 Akk karr‑ : vêtement de deuil. ‑12 kār‑ ‘quai, port’. -13 YemAr karūr : sorte de pâtisserie.
▪ …

6. Not in SabaWeb! 7. La racine est considérée comme commune au Sem et Cush par Leslau qui cite : Sa Bil karkar ‘être rond’, Or kururre ‘balle de bois’, emprunté par le Gur sous la forme kurure. – Voir aussi M. Cohen, Essai, 114.

▪ …
▪ …

…–

¹karr- / karar- كَرَّ/كَرَرْـ, a (karīr)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023, last updated 6Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

vb., I

to rattle in the throat – WehrCowan1976

▪ The sound of a ‘rattle in the throat’ is not only expressed by ¹karra but also by the reduplicated stem ↗²karkara (also ‘to rumble’, said of the stomach, and ‘to murmur’, said of running water); as onomatopoetic imitations of a certain type of sounds, ¹karra and ²karkara are also close to ↗ǧarǧara ‘to gargle, rumble, clatter’ and ↗ġarġara ‘to gargle, gurgle, simmer, bubble’. With such meanings, the root is attested in Ar and EthSem (see DRS #KRR-9) and classified by Leslau among roots expressing « la voix ».⁸
▪ Is this value somehow related to that of ↗KRː (KRR)_2 ‘returning, repetition’, given the repetitive notion in the vibrations of rattling, rumbling, murmuring, etc.?
▪ …

8. EDG III: 350, according to DRS, comment on #KRR-9.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ DRS #KRR-1-8 […]. -9 Ar karra ‘faire entendre un râle’, Te kərir bela ‘dire des inepties’, Tña kärärä ‘se mettre à chanter’, kärari ‘soliste’, Amh (an)kʷarrärä ‘parler d‘une voix forte’, Har kärära ‘bavarder sans arrêt’, Gur ənkʷarrärä ‘ronfler’. -10-13 […].
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►karīr, n., rattle in the throat: vn. I
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗²karra, ↗karrara, ↗karraẗ, ↗karār, and ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

²karr- / karar- كَرَّ/كَرَرْـ , u (karr, kurūr, takrār)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023, last update 6Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

vb., I

1 to turn around and attack (ʕalà s.o., s.th.); 2 to return, come back, recur; 3 to withdraw, retreat, fall back; 4 to attack (ʕalà), bear down (ʕalà upon) – WehrCowan1976

▪ If DRS (#KRR-1) is right, the value has cognates only in EthSem where the Ar meaning ‘revenir sur ses pas, revenir à la charge’ (cf. also Tham kr ‘ramener, revenir’) is paralleled by the notions of ‘rouler (vers le bas)’ (Te kärara), ‘être rond’ (Tña kärärä), and ‘échafauder, mettre l’un sur l’autre’ (Amh kʷärrärä). DRS thinks that ²karra etc. « est une forme qui appartient aux usages oraux » and that it prob. is a var. of items usually grouped under ↗KRW or ↗KWR. This might be true especially for Ar kurraẗ ‘ball’ (Te korit ‘balle’, Amh kʷärät ‘caillou’) which usually appears as ↗kuraẗ ‘id.’ and is grouped s.r. ↗KRW.
▪ The value of *‘ returning, repetition, reiteration, circularity’ etc. is the chief value attached to ↗√KRː (KRR). This basic notion may also be underlying the two other basic semantic complexes attached to the root, namely (a) *‘rattling in the throat’ (↗^†¹karra), and (b) *‘cord’, or ‘rope’ (^†²karr) and/or ‘knitting’ (^†⁴karr ‘carpet, mat’), the common denominator being repetitivity (in the sound of rattling, murmuring, rumbling, etc., as well as in the way ropes are twisted or carpets knitted).
▪ Clearly based on ²karra ‘to come back, return’ is the D-stem ↗karrara. Its value ‘to clarify, purify, refine’ has developed from the basic caus. meaning ‘to make come back, repeat, reiterate’, describing particularly processes of clarifying through repeated filtering etc. (oil, water, sugar, etc.).
▪ See also below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ ^†makarr 1 ‘return; making to attack’: vn. I; 2 ‘place of attack, battle-field’: n.loc.; ^†mikarr ‘violent in attacking, eager to attack’ – WKAS I 1970.
▪ …

▪ DRS #KRR-1 Ar karra ‘revenir sur ses pas, revenir à la charge’, karrara ‘répéter, réitérer’, Tham kr ‘ramener, revenir’, MġrAr karrar ‘répéter une leçon, repasser le Coran dans une recitation ininterrompue’, Sab kr ‘répéter (une action)’⁸ ; Te kärara ‘rouler (vers le bas)’, Tña kärärä ‘être rond’, Amh kʷärrärä ‘échafauder, mettre l’un sur l’autre’. - Ar kurraẗ, Te korit ‘balle’, Amh kʷärät ‘caillou’.⁹ -2-8 […]. -9 Ar karra ‘faire entendre un râle’, Te kərir bela ‘dire des inepties’, Tña kärärä ‘se mettre à chanter’, kärari ‘soliste’, Amh (an)kʷarrärä ‘parler d‘une voix forte’, Har kärära ‘bavarder sans arrêt’, Gur ənkʷarrärä ‘ronfler’. -10 Ar karr ‘corde (par exemple pour monter sur les palmiers)’, ? Amh kärrärä ‘se raidir, se racornir ; être tendu, serré (par exemple : lacet)’. - ? Amh Arg kərar : lyre à 5 ou 6 cordes. -11 Akk karr‑ : vêtement de deuil. ‑12-13 […].
▪ …

8. Not in SabaWeb! 9. La racine est considérée comme commune au Sem et Cush par Leslau qui cite : Sa Bil karkar ‘être rond’, Or kururre ‘balle de bois’, emprunté par le Gur sous la forme kurure. – Voir aussi M. Cohen, Essai, 114.

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ Related to ‘returning, coming back, repetition’ may also be EgAr ↗kurrāriyyaẗ ~ kurā̆riyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel’ and perh. even ^†¹kurr ‘cistern, subterranean reservoir | terrain un peu encaissé, creux dans le sable où l’eau demeure stagnante; puits; vivier’, cf. ↗^†KRː (KRR)_9.
▪ The obsol. ^†kirār (Hava1899) ~ karār (BK1860) ‘cowrie used as an amulet’ is given by Ullmann (WKAS I 1970) as karāri and analysed as a »concretized imperative ‘Bringback, one who brings back’, designation of a pearl, shell used as a love-charm in the spell yā karāri kurrī hi ʔin ʔadbara fa-ruddī hi«,¹⁹ which suggests a derivation from ²karra ‘to (make) return, come back, etc.’.
▪ …

19. BK1860: yā karāri kurrī-hi wa-yā hamraẗu ’hmirī-hi ʔin ʔaqbala fa-surrī-hi wa-ʔin ʔadbara fa-ḍurrī-hi ‘Ô boule! ramène-le; ô boule! amène-le; s’il vient, réjouis-le, et s’il se détourne, fais-lui du mal’.

–

►^BP#2635karrara, vb. II, 1a to repeat, reiterate, do again, do repeatedly; b to pose over and over again (a question, ʕalà to s.o.), ask (ʕalà s.o.) repeatedly (a question); 2a to rectify, purify; b to clarify, filter; c to refine (sugar, etc.): D-stem, caus. (and fig. use); see also s.v.
►^BP#2489takarrara, vb. V, 1 to be repeated, be reiterated, recur; 2 to be rectified, be purified, be refined: tD-stem, quasi-pass. of vb. II
►¹karr, n., attack, charge: vn. I | al-karr wa’l-farr, attack and retreat (in battle); bayna karr wa-farr, adv., alternately, intermittently, by fits and starts, by jerks; ʕalà karr al-duhūr\al-zaman, adv., in the course of time
►karraẗ, n.f., 1 attack; 2 return, comeback, recurrence; – 3 (pl. ‑āt) one time ( = ↗marraẗ); 4 a hundred thousand: n.vic. | karraẗᵃⁿ, adv., 1 once; 2 sometimes, at times; 3 at a time; karraẗᵃⁿ ʔuḫrà, adv., a second time, once more; karraẗᵃⁿ baʕdᵃ karraẗ, adv., repeatedly, time and again
►karār, n., see ↗s.v.
►kurūr, n., 1 return, comeback, recurrence; 2 succession, sequence, order: vn. I
►EgAr ku(r)rāriyyaẗ, n.f., pl. ‑āt, spool, bobbin, reel: nominalized nsb-adj., lit. *‘returner, belonging to the act of unwinding, unraveling’?; see also s.v.
►makarr, pl. ‑āt, n., reel: n.instr., see also ↗ku(r)rāriyyaẗ
►takrīr, n., 1 repetition, reiteration; 2a clarification, rectification, purification, refinement; b refining: vn. II | maʕmal takrīr al-sukkar, sugar refinery
►^BP#2628takrār, n., repetition, reiteration: vn. I/II | takrārᵃⁿ, adv., repeatedly, frequently, quite often; mirārᵃⁿ wa-takrārᵃⁿ, adv., repeatedly, time and again
►mukarrar, adj., 1a repeated, reiterated; b following twice (number), bis (after a number); c a multiple; 2 rectified, purified, refined: PP II | sukkar mukarrar, refined sugar; ṣ. 37 mukarrar, page 37b
►^BP#2829mutakarrir, adj., 1 recurring, recurrent, reiterated, reiterative; 2 repeated, frequent: PA V.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karra, ↗karrara, ↗karraẗ, ↗karār, and ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

karrar- كَرَّرَ (takrīr)

ID … • Sw – • BP 2635 • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023, last updated 6Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

vb., II

1a to repeat, reiterate, do again, do repeatedly; b to pose over and over again (a question, ʕalà to s.o.), ask (ʕalà s.o.) repeatedly (a question); 2a to rectify, purify; b to clarify, filter; c to refine (sugar, etc.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ [v1] : ↗²karra ‘to turn around and attack; to return, come back, recur; one time’
▪ [v2a-c] : As a D-stem, karrara has as its basic meaning the caus. ‘to make come back, repeat, reiterate’, from ↗²karra ‘to come back, return’, thus particularly describing processes of clarifying through repeated filtering etc. In MSA, the item is mainly used in connection with oil (or water, sugar, etc.) refinery.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ ↗²karra.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►^BP#2489takarrara, vb. V, 1 to be repeated, be reiterated, recur; 2 to be rectified, be purified, be refined: tD-stem, quasi-pass. of vb. II
►takrīr, n., 1 ↗²karra; 2a clarification, rectification, purification, refinement; 2brefining: vn. II | maʕmal takrīr al-sukkar, sugar refinery
►mukarrar, adj., 1 ↗²karra; 2 rectified, purified, refined: PP II | sukkar mukarrar, refined sugar
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karra, ↗²karra, ↗karraẗ, ↗karār, and ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

karraẗ كَرَّة , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 22Jan2023, last update 7Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

n.f.

1 attack; 2 return, comeback, recurrence; – 3 (pl. ‑āt) one time ( = ↗marraẗ); 4 a hundred thousand – WehrCowan1976

▪ [gnrl] : n.vic. of ↗²karra ‘to turn around and attack; to return, come back, recur; to withdraw, retreat, fall back; to attack, bear down (ʕalà upon)’.
▪ [v3] is originally *‘one instant of returning, one recurrence’, hence ‘once’.
▪ [v4] probably developed from adverbial use of [v3]: *‘once > every now and then > often > very frequently > [exaggerating] many many times > a hundred thousand times > a hundred thousand’.
▪ …

▪ eC7 karraẗ (turn, another chance, another time; assailment, overrunning an enemy) Q 17:6 ṯumma radadnā la-kum-u ’l-karraẗa ʕalay-him ‘then we returned the scales and allowed you a turn against them [lit., then We gave back the turn to you against them]’.
▪ …

▪ ↗²karra
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►karraẗᵃⁿ, adv., 1 once; 2 sometimes, at times; 3 at a time
►karraẗᵃⁿ ʔuḫrà, adv., a second time, once more;
►karraẗᵃⁿ baʕdᵃ karraẗ, adv., repeatedly, time and again
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karra, ↗²karra, ↗karrara, ↗karār, and ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

EgAr ku(r)rāriyyaẗ كُراريّة , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 22Jan2023, last updated 7Feb2023
√KRː (KRR)

n.f.

spool, bobbin, reel – WehrCowan1976 | ball (of string, wool etc.) – BadawiHinds1986

▪ ? nominalized nsb-adj., lit. *‘returner, belonging to the act of unwinding, unraveling’ (cf. also the n.instr. makarr ‘reel’ which clearly is from ↗²karra), or based on ClassAr ^†²karr ‘rope, cable’ and/or ^†³karr ‘cord, thong’ ? In any case, the word seems to be dependent, in one way or other, on ↗²karra ‘to return’ (incl. ↗karrara ‘to repeat’, ↗karraẗ ‘one time’, and other related items). – See below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ ↗²karra ▪ …

▪ WehrCowan1976 lists a (specifically EgAr) word meaning ‘spool, bobbin, reel’ as kurrāriyyaẗ (with -rrār-), while the (obviously same) word is spelt kurā̆riyyaẗ (with -rā̆r-) and said to mean ‘ball (of string, wool etc.)’ in BadawiHinds1986. The value ‘spool, bobbin, reel’ fits very nicely the meaning ‘to unravel, unwind’ given for the EgAr vb. I karr (u, vn. karr, kararān) in BadawiHinds1986.²⁰ ‘Spool, bobbin, reel’ and ‘to unravel, unwind’ look as if they could be related either to ↗²karra ‘to return, come back, repeat’ (implying a circular movement, as also seems to be the case in the n.instr. makarr ‘reel’ which is s.th. like a fuṣḥà parallel to EgAr kur(r)āriyyaẗ)²¹ or, perh. even more likely, to the obsol. ^†²karr (pl. kurūr, ? ʔakrār, kirār) ‘rope, cable (for ascending the palm-tree) | rope used as a ladder’ and/or ^†³karr (pl. ʔakrār) ‘cord, thong which holds together the two extremities of the camel’s saddle | cable’. – In contrast, the value ‘ball (of string, wool etc.)’ given in BadawiHinds1986 for EgAr kurā̆riyyaẗ (with rā̆r ) may also point in the direction of the reduplicated 2-rad. root ^†⁴karkara ‘to collect, pile up, heap up, blow into a ball (wind the clouds)’ (see ↗^†KRKR_4), and ↗kuraẗ ‘ball’ in general (a notion, though, that one may also sense in ‘rope, cable, cord’ as well as in ^†‘carpet, mat’ and ^†‘cistern, subterranean reservoir’, see root entry ↗KRː (KRR), due to the folding, scaffolding, twisting, heaping up, gathering, etc. implied in these items).
▪ Cf. also the obsol. ClassAr ^†karāri ‘cowrie used as an amulet’, analyzed by Ullmann (WKAS I 1970) as a »concretized imperative ‘Bringback, one who brings back’, designation of a pearl, shell used as a love-charm in the spell yā karāri kurrī hi ʔin ʔadbara fa-ruddī hi«, based on ↗²karra ‘to (make) return, come back, etc.’. BK1860 quotes the same spell in a slightly longer version, translating the initial yā karāri as ‘ô boule!’, thus insinuation a connection with ↗kuraẗ ‘ball’.
▪ …

20. E.g., bi-ykurr il-ḫēṭ min il-bakaraẗ ‘he’s unwinding the thread from the spool’; fig., ‘to spill out, spout forth’, e.g., saʔalt-u ʕan ʔanwāʕ is-samak in-nīli q͗ām karr-ĭ-li talătīn ʔism ‘I asked him about the varieties of Nile fish and he upped and rattled off thirty names’. As an intr. vb., EgAr karr means ‘to become unravelled’, as in il-tirikōh karr ‘the knitting has become unravelled’, or ‘to run (of a stocking)’ – BadawiHinds1986. 21. Cf., e.g., the ints. formation ClassAr ^†karrār ‘qui revient souvent, qui se répète; qui dans le combat a l’habitude de simuler la fuite et puis de revenir à l’attaque’ (BK1860).

–

►makarr, pl. ‑āt, n., reel: n.instr., from ↗²karra.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karra, ↗²karra, ↗karrara, ↗karraẗ, and ↗karār, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

KRāR كرار

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 8Feb2023
√KRāR

“root”

▪ KRāR_1 ‘pantry, storeroom; cellar’ ↗karār
▪ …

▪ [v1] : from Grk kellári ‘cellar’

–

– (loanword)

–

▪ cf. Engl cellar

–

karār كَرار , var. kalār, pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023
√KRāR

n.

pantry, storeroom; cellar – WehrCowan1976

▪ BadawiHinds1986: from Grk kellári ‘id.’
▪ …

.

▪ cf. EgAr proverb yiḥarras iI-quṭṭ ʕalà muftāḥ ik-karār ‘(lit., to make the cat the guardian of the storeroom key) appointing the fox to guard the chickens’.
▪ …

▪ Cf. Engl cellar, eC13, "store room", from Anglo-Fr celer, oFr celier "cellar, underground passage" (C12, modFr cellier), from Lat cellarium "pantry, storeroom", lit. "group of cells", which is either directly from cella "small room, store-room" (from protIE root *kel- (1) "to cover, conceal, save"), or from noun use of neuter of adjective cellarius "pertaining to a storeroom", from cella. The sense "room under a house or other building, mostly underground and used for storage" gradually emerged in late mEngl and early modEngl -- EtymOnline.

For values attached to root KRː (KRR) under which karār is sometimes grouped, cf. ↗¹karra, ↗²karra, ↗karrara, ↗karraẗ, and ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRː (KRR). – Cf. also ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.
▪ …

KRB كرب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KRB

“root”

▪ KRB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KRB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KRB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to twist together, tighten, enclose; to depress, oppress; grief, distress; supporting ropes; the broad base of palm tree leaves’

▪ …

.

KRTN كرتن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√KRTN

“root”

▪ KRTN_1 ‘to put under quarantine’ ↗kartana
▪ KRTN_2 ‘cardboard, carton’ ↗kartūn
▪ KRTN_ ‘...’ ↗...

▪ …

–

.

–

kartan- كَرْتَنَ , -kartin- (kartanaẗ)

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√KRTN

vb., I

to put under quarantine, to quarantine (s.o.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ denom. from karantīnaẗ ‘quarantine’, from Fr quarantaine ‘id.’, deriv. from quarante ‘forty’, from Lat quadraginta ‘forty’, lit. *‘four tens’, composed of quadra-, der. from quattuor ‘four’, and ginta, der. from decem ‘ten’, IE *kʷetwer + *dekm – Rolland2014. »The name is from the Venetian policy (first enforced in 1377) of keeping ships from plague-stricken countries waiting off its port for 40 days to assure that no latent cases were aboard« (EtymOnline, s.v. quarantine).

.

– (loanword)

.

► takartana, vb. II, to be put under quarantine, be quarantined: t-stem, quasi-pass.

kartūn كَرْتون , var. kartōn, kārtūn, kārtōn, pl. karātīnᵘ

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√KRTN

n.

1 cardboard, pasteboard; 2 carton – WehrCowan1976

▪ Rolland2014 (s.v. ḫarīṭaẗ) : < Fr carton < It cartone, augmentatif de carta ‘papier’ < Lat c(h)arta ‘id.’ < Grk χártē < χártēs ‘rouleau de papyrus’ (perh., with metathesis, from Eg sḫr.t ‘bundle of papyrus rolls, scroll’). – Cf. also ↗ḫarīṭaẗ, ↗qirṭās, and ↗ḫarṭūš(aẗ).
▪ …

.

– (loanword)

.

–

KRZ كرز

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRZ

“root”

▪ KRZ_1 ‘to hide, seek refuge’ ↗karaza
▪ KRZ_2 ‘preacher; to preach, spread (the Gospel)’ ↗kāriz
▪ KRZ_3 ‘cherries’ ↗karaz
Other values, now obsolete or dialectal, include

^†KRZ_4 ‘to lean towards (Hava1899), to stoop, bend down, crouch (WKAS, DRS)’: karaza, i (kurūz).
^†KRZ_5 ‘verser, répandre (de l’eau); égorger un mouton’: EAr karaz – DRS.
^†KRZ_6 ‘shepherd’s bag, knapsack; (? hence also: worthless fellow, lazybone)’: kurz (pl. kirazaẗ). – Deriv: karraza ‘to sew the eyes of a falcon (DRS), to put the falcon during the moulting-season into the kurz (WKAS)’ (whence also: kurriza ‘to moult, cast o.’s feathers’ – WKAS, Freytag iv 1837), MġrAr karraz ‘to close, sew a full bag’ (DRS); karrāz, pl. karārīzᵘ, n., ‘ram carrying the ḫurǧ / kurz of the pastor, ram carrying the shepherd’s bag, or the bell’.
^†KRZ_7 ‘vile, worthless fellow, lazybone, miser; noble; intelligent, sharp-sighted, skilled, masterly, ingenious; falcon, hawk’: kurraz. Also kurrazī and mukarraz.
^†KRZ_8 ‘jug, narrow necked gugglet; flask, vial’: kurāz (pl. kirzān), karrāz, kurrāz.
^†KRZ_9 ‘sour cheese (Hava1899), curds, cottage cheese (WKAS)’: karīz. Hence: kariza, a (karaz), vb. I, ‘to eat much of the soft sour cheese called karīz or ʔaqiṭ ’.
^†KRZ_10 ‘carnival’: karīzaẗ.
KRZ_11 ‘outbreak, crisis’: EgAr kirīzaẗ (BadawiHinds1986)
^†KRZ_12 ‘woolen turban’: MġrAr kurziyyaẗ (WKAS).

▪ KRZ_1 karaza ‘to hide, seek refuge’: In ClassAr realized as vb. III, ^†kāraza ‘to hurry towards, flee towards’, derived from vb. I, karaza in the sense, now obsolete, of ‘to stoop, bend down, crouch’ (KRZ_4). There is no obvious reason to treat this value (as does DRS) as etymologically distinct from KRZ_4. (Or should there be any link to Pers gurez, goriz ‘flying; flight’, from goriḫtan ‘to fly, flee, run away, escape’?)
▪ KRZ_2 kāriz ‘preacher’: (? via Aram kārôz ‘herald’) from Grk kêryx ‘herald, messenger’.
▪ KRZ_3 karaz ‘cherries’: according to Rolland2015 probably from the same Sem source as Grk kerásion and Akk girīṣu. For more details see main entry ↗karaz.
▪ KRZ_4 karaza ^†‘to lean towards (DRS, Hava1899), to stoop, bend down, crouch (WKAS)’: This is probably the primary value, now obsolete, of KRZ_1.
▪ KRZ_5 EAr karaz ‘verser, répandre (de l’eau); égorger un mouton’ (DRS): mentioned only in DRS; of unknown etymology.
▪ KRZ_6 ^†kurz ‘shepherd’s bag, knapsack’: (via Aram kurzā ?) from Pers ḫurǧ ‘id.’ (cf. Lane vii 1885 on kurz : ‘double bag/sack called ḫurǧ ’; Fraenkel1886).⁹ – ClassAr ^†karraza, vb. II, ‘to sew the eyes of a falcon (DRS), to put the falcon during the moulting-season into the kurz (WKAS)’ seems to be denom. from kurz. – The vb. II pass. ^†kurriza ‘to moult’ thus is, literally, *‘to be put into a kurz (during the moulting-period)’, while MġrAr karraz ‘to close, sew a full bag’ (DRS) evidently is a generalization of the former. – Derived from kurz is also ^†karrāz in the meaning of ‘ram carrying the ḫurǧ / kurz of the pastor, ram carrying the shepherd’s bag, or the bell (Hava1899)’.¹⁰ – According to Freytag iv 1837, ^†kurz is also ‘worthless fellow, lazybone’, i.e., the same as ^†kurraz (see next item); should this be correct, we would be dealing with fig. use here.
▪ KRZ_7 : In WKAS, the basic meaning of ^†kurraz is given as ‘one or two year old (hunting-) falcon in moult’. These semantics suggest a relation to the pass. vb. II kurriza ‘to moult’ (which is from ^†kurz = KRZ_6). But Ullmann follows Ǧawālīqī in assuming an origin in a Pers kurrah, without giving the meaning of the latter. According to Steingass1892, however, kurrah is not a ‘falcon’, but ‘colt of a horse, camel, or ass (one or two years old)’. Thus, if Ǧawālīqī is right, the tertium comparationis that made the shift of meaning ‘colt > falcon’ possible would be the age of the animal/bird. – Another theory assumes the value ‘falcon’ to be secondary, transferred to the bird from what originally is ‘cunning, wicked, sly, artful’. This value is listed in DRS as the primary one (without mentioning ‘falcon’ at all), and in Freytag1837 and WKAS as another value that comes in addition to ‘falcon’ (and the latter’s ‘sharp-sightedness’). This theory, too, assumes a Pers origin, either in a word written krw (not identfiable in my sources) or karaš (as the editor of Ǧawālīqī’s Muʕarrab, F. ʕAbd al-Raḥīm, has it – ʕAbdalraḥīm1990: 537). This does not seem unlikely, both from a phonological and a semantic point of view, since Pers karš, karaš, var. kuras, kurus, is (? originally ‘scurf, dirt of the body’, hence also) ‘deceit, meanness, baseness’ (Steingass1892). – Be that as it may, other values given in several sources in addition to those already mentioned, like ‘noble; intelligent’ (DRS), ‘skilled (fī ṣināʕati-hī, in one’s work)’ (Hava1899), ‘impeditus in sermone, non distincte loquens’ (Freytag iv 1837), are specific uses of either ‘falcon’ or ‘cunning, wicked, sly, artful’. – To the same semantic complex belong also kurraziyy and mukarraz, adj., ‘vile, contemptible (Hava1899), worthless fellow, miser (Wahrmund1887).
▪ KRZ_8 : DRS, though grouping the two items together as one etymological unit, makes a distinction between ^†kurāz ‘flask’ and ^†karrāz ‘jug, narrow-necked gugglet’. ^†kurāz is also in WKAS (with the variants ^†kurrāz and vulg. ^†kurāzaẗ) ‘water-flask’ and classified as a borrowing from Aram karrāzā (as in PayneSmith1903, but meaning ‘earthen water-jar with narrow orifice’). Rolland2014 says kurāz ‘flask’ either is from a Pers kurāz ‘id.’ (which, however, is not to be found in Steingass1892 – SG), or it is the other way round. – ^†karrāz ‘jug, etc.’ is missing from WKAS, but listed by Freytag iv 1837 and said to stem, again, from a Pers kurāz. As mentioned, the latter is not in Steingass1892, we only find Pers karrāz, meaning (among other things) both ‘jug’ and ‘flask’ and said to be of Ar origin!
▪ KRZ_9 ^†karīz ‘sour cheese (Hava1899), curds, cottage cheese (WKAS)’: of unknown etymology; just a simple var. of ^†karīṣ ‘fromage aigrelet et tendre mêlé d’herbes ṭarāṣīṣ et ḥ˅mṣīṣ ’ (Kazimirski),¹¹ and/or related to ^†qariṣa ‘to become sour (milk)’, or ↗qarīš ‘sour cheese, kind of cottage cheese’? – The vb. I ^†kariza, a (karaz), ‘to eat much of the soft sour cheese called (Wahrmund1887: karīz or) ʔaqiṭ (Freytag iv 1837)’ is clearly denominative.
▪ KRZ_10 ^†karīzaẗ ‘carnival’, ^†karraza ‘to hold carnival’: only in Wahrmund1887; etymology unclear, but may be related to karaza ‘to preach’ (KRZ_2).¹²
▪ KRZ_11 EgAr kirīzaẗ ‘outbreak, crisis’: from Fr crise.
▪ KRZ_12 MġrAr ^†kurziyyaẗ ‘woolen turban’: mentioned only in WKAS.
9. There is also Ar ↗ḫurǧ ‘saddlebag, portemanteau’, which is directly from the Pers etymon. 10. Steingass1892, s.v. Pers karrāz (which the author says is from Ar): ‘the ram on which the shepherd lays his wallet’. 11. As suggested by J.C. Rolland, personal communication, 27Jul2015. Thank you, JCR! 12. Thus assumed by J.C. Rolland, personal communication, 27Jul2015.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KRZ–1 Ar karaza ‘s’incliner, se pencher, s’accroupir’. –2 EAr karaz ‘verser, répandre (de l’eau); égorger un mouton’. –3 Aram kurzā, kurstā, Ar kurz : sorte de sac, de besace, karraza ‘coudre les yeux d’un faucon’, MġrAr karraz ‘fermer, coudre un sac plein’, Te kärräza ‘coudre dans un sachet de cuir’. –4 Ar kāraza ‘fuir qn et se cacher’. –5 Ar kurraz ‘vil; noble; intelligent, sagace’. –6 Ar kurāz ‘flacon’, karrāz ‘cruche à goulot étroit’. –7 karaz ‘cerises’.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ KRZ_8 : Ar karrāz ‘jug, narrow-necked gugglet’ (to keep water fresh/cold), with preceding def.art. al-, gave Span Portug alcarraza ‘earthen jug, vessel used to cool water’ (as also albarrada is from Ar al‑ ↗barrād), which in turn gave Prov alcarazas, Fr alcarazas – Lokotsch1927#1101.⁸
8. Cf. also http://www.cnrtl.fr/etymologie/alcarazas on the Fr alcarazas : first attestation in Fr 1798 (Annales de chimie, 25:167: “Sur les Cruches rafraîchissantes, ou Alcarazas d’Espagne”), from Span alcarraza ‘vase de terre dans lequel les liquides rafraîchissent par évaporation’, attested from C16 (as carraço already in 1330), from Ar al-karrāz ‘jarre à goulot étroit’.

–

karaz‑ كَرَزَ , i (kurūz)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRZ

vb., I

to hide, seek refuge (ʔilà with) – WehrCowan1979.

What in MSA is the value of form I now was that of form III in ClassAr: karaza meant ^†‘to stoop, bend down, crouch’ (WKAS), and kāraza was, literally, the action expressed in vb. I, directed towards some place or person (associative). It seems that form I lost its proper meaning in the course of time and “took over” from form III, especially after the latter had increasingly been used with the directional preposition ʔilà instead of a DO. Note, however, that DRS seems to distinguish karaza ^†‘to stoop, bend down, crouch’ from kāraza ‘to flee from [sic!] s.o. and hide’ etymologically (no reason given).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KRZ–1 Ar karaza ‘s’incliner, se pencher, s’accroupir’. –4 Ar kāraza ‘fuir qn [sic!] et se cacher’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012) lists the modern value ‘to hide, seek refuge in’ as a value that is distinct from ‘to stoop, bend down, crouch’. But there is no reason for not considering the former a derivation from the latter.
▪ Or is Pers gurez, goriz ‘flying; flight’ (from goriḫtan ‘to fly, flee, run away, escape’) involved here in any way?
▪ If not, then the modern value ‘to hide, seek refuge’ has to be regarded as a secondary value, developed from earlier ‘to stoop, bend down, crouch’.

–

kāriz كارِز (var. ^†kārūz – Hava1899)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRZ

n.

preacher – WehrCowan1979.

While the obs. var. ^†kārūz seems to be directly from the Aram Syr n. kārôz ‘herald’ (which, according to most sources, is from Grk kêryx ‘herald, deputy, ambassador, public messenger, envoy, crier who makes proclamations’), the MSA form kāriz is probably a secondary formation, a PA from the vb. karaza ‘to preach, spread (the Gospel)’, itself probably denom. from the obsol. ^†kārūz.

▪ …

See DISC below.

▪ The item is missing from DRS, probably on account of the fact that it is not of Sem origin (which in other cases however does not prevent DRS from listing “Semiticised” items).
▪ Hava1899 marks karaza ‘to preach the Gospel’, karz, kirāzaẗ ‘sermon’, and kāriz, var. kārūz, ‘preacher’ as LevAr forms, which would point to an origin of the Ar words in Aram/Syr.
▪ Freytag iv 1837 mentions a “Chald” vb. kᵊraz, which however is absent from PayneSmith1903, where only extended vb. stems (D-, tD-,…) are listed. The n. Syr karôz, kārôz ‘herald’ is nevertheless listed as a deriv., not made the main entry.
▪ Klein1987 (neither mentions Ar karaza nor kāriz, but) says that the lHbr vb. kāraz ‘to announce, proclaim’ is denom. from lHbr kārôz ‘herald’, which is a loan from BiblAram kārôzā, cf. Aram Syr kārôz.
▪ BDB1906 traces this Aram kārôz(ā) back to Grk kêryx ‘herald, deputy, ambassador, public messenger, envoy, crier (who makes proclamations)’, vb. (inf.) kērýss-ein ‘to be a kêryx ’.
▪ Rolland2015 makes karaza, vb. I, his main entry and says it is from Grk (1sg.prs) kērýss-ō ‘to be a herald, a public crier, to cry out aloud, make publicly known’, itself from Grk kêryx ‘herald, deputy, ambassador, public messenger, envoy, crier (who makes proclamations)’, a word that corresponds neatly to Skr kārú ‘singer, poet’, from IE *kar‑ ‘to praise, vaunt in a loud voice’.
▪ In contrast, Klein1987 thinks that Aram kārôz probably is borrowed from oPers krausa ‘caller’.

–

► karaza i (karz), vb. I, to preach, spread (bi’l-ʔInǧīl the Gospel): denom. (unless itself the etymon proper from which kāriz is derived).
► karz and karāzaẗ (Hava1899: kirāzaẗ), n., sermon, preaching of the Gospel: vn. I | al-karāzaẗ al-marqusiyyaẗ, n., the missionary province of St. Mark, the Jurisdiction of the Coptic Patriarchate.
► takrīz, pl. takārīzᵘ, n., consecration, benediction (Chr.): vn. II, from an obsol. vb. II, *karraza.

karaz كَرَز

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRZ

n.coll. (n.un. ‑aẗ)

cherry – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Rolland2015: probably from the same Sem source as Grk kerásion ‘cherry’ and Akk girīṣu (see DISC below).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KRZ-7: Ar karaz ‘cerises’, without cognates in other Sem langs.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KRZ-7, like many other sources, traces Ar karaz ‘cherry’ back to Grk kerásion ‘id.’.
▪ Rolland2015: Ar karaz ‘cherry’ and Grk kerásion ‘id.’ are probably from the same Sem source (as also Akk girīṣu ²² ).
▪ Hava1899 marks Ar karaz with a “T”, signaling Tu origin. According to Nişanyan (18Aug2014), Tu kiraz ‘cherry’²³ is from Grk kerási ‘cherry’, from oGrk kerasós ‘bird cherry, hackberry’, from IE *ker-5 ‘cherry (or similarly red fruit)’.
▪ BadawiHinds1986: EgAr kirēz, kirēzaẗ, kirezāyaẗ ‘cherry’ are from Tu kiraz ‘id.’.
▪ Cf. also ↗qarāṣiyaẗ (var. qarāṣiyā, qarāsiyā).
22. CAD: ‘(a tree); Akk loan-word in Sum. – The Akkadian Dictionary of the Association Assyrophile de France suggests Fr ‘cerise’ / Engl ‘cherry’, with a question mark. Rolland thinks we are dealing with ‘cornel cherries’ here (personal communication, 27Jul2015). 23. First attested in 1300 as Chiras ‘cerasum’ in the Codex Cumanicus, then as kerasyā, P[ers] kirās or kires ‘ceresa’ in Meninski’s Thesaurus, 1680.

▪ Words for ‘cherry’ in Western langs (e.g. Engl cherry, which is from Fr cerise, Ge Kirsche, etc.), all go back, via Lat cerasus, to Grk kerásion. Not related to the n.prop.loc. Giresun. The Grk word is assumed to be of non-IE (Kluge2008) or Sem (Rolland2014) origin, or from a Thrak or oAnat lang (Nişanyan18Aug2014).

► karazī, adj., cherry-red: nsb-adj.

KRSY كرسي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRSY

“root”

▪ KRSY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KRSY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008, s.r. KRS): ‘a mass of animal droppings, to stick together, multi-layered; to become matted; group; root; seat, throne’. The word kursiyy, which is derived by Arab philologists from this root, is considered to be a borrowing from either Aram or Syr.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kursiyy كُرْسِيّ

ID 750 • Sw – • BP 1749 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRSY

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KRŠ كرش

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRŠ

“root”

▪ KRŠ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KRŠ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kirš كِرْش

ID 751 • Sw 49/10 • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRŠ

adj.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *kariś‑ ‘stomach’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘belly’) Akk karšu, Hbr kārēś, Syr karsā, Gz karš.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KRʕ كرع

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17Feb2023
√KRʕ

“root”

▪ KRʕ_1 ‘foot, trotter (esp. of animals); leg; extremity’ ↗kurāʕ; cf. also ↗kāriʕ ‘foot, trotter; ankle, anklebone; pl. (EgAr) kawāriʕᵘ, dish prepared of sheep’s trotters’
▪ KRʕ_2 ‘to sip’ ↗karaʕa ~ kariʕa
Other values, now obsolete, include (WKAS I 1970, Hava1899):
▪ ^†KRʕ_3 ‘long, stony tract of land, slope’ ^†²kurāʕ
▪ ^†KRʕ_4 ‘professional singer, dancer; loose woman’ : ^†karrāʕaẗ
▪ ^†KRʕ_5 ‘rain-water’ : ^†¹karaʕ
▪ ^†KRʕ_6 ‘low, vulgar people; vile, contemptible (pl.)’ : ^†³karaʕ
▪ ^†KRʕ_ ‘...’ : ^†krʕ

▪ [gnrl] : All values in this root, except perh. ^†[v6], may go back to [v1] which, originally, was the ‘shank, shinbone’. Closely associated with the shanks or shinbones was their ‘thinness’, hence prob. fig. use in ^†[v3] ‘long, stony tract of land, slope’ (? *‘tract of land as thin as, or shaped like, a shank/shinbone’?) and ^†[v4] ‘professional singer, dancer’ (? *‘the thin-legged one’?). – Ultimately, also [v2] ‘to sip’ perhaps developed from [v1], as many animals kneel down when drinking from a source of water. Yet, while the vb. kar˅ʕa ‘to sip’ could be denom. from kurāʕ ‘shank, shinbone’, the other value that has to do with ‘water’ and ‘drinking’ – ^†[v5] ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’ – does not look like a secondary development. – ^†[v6] is homonymous with ^†[v5] but there is no obvious semantic link between the two.
▪ [v1] : perh. the etymon of all other values (except ^†[v6]?), cf. [gnrl], above; original meaning: ‘shank, shinbone’; accord. to SED (I #157) from protSem *kʷirāʕ ‘knee and shin-bone; lower leg (of animal)’ (cf., however, EthSem and modSAr with forms that make this reconstruction slightly doubtful). Closely associated with the shanks or shinbones was their ‘thinness’ (historically attested in Ar ^†²karaʕ ‘thinness of the shank’ and the adj. ^†ʔakraʕᵘ ‘thin-legged, thin-armed’; semantically and phonologically close to ^†²kariya ‘to have thin and parted legs’ and ^†karāⁿ‘thinness of the shank’, cf. ↗^†KRY_5), hence prob. fig. use in ^†[v3] and ^†[v4]. – [v2] ‘to sip’ and ^†[v5] ‘rain-water’ may be derived from [v1] via the idea of *‘kneeling down to drink from a water-source’.
▪ [v2] : ‘To sip’ is either denom. from ^†[v5] ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’ (so Ullmann in WKAS I 1970) or a development, together with the latter, from [v1] ‘shank, shinbone’ via the idea of *‘kneeling down to drink from a source of water’.
▪ ^†[v3] ^†²kurāʕ ‘long, stony tract of land, slope’: prob. fig. use of [v1] ‘shank, shinbone’ (*‘tract of land as thin as, or shaped like, a shank/shinbone’).
▪ ^†[v4] ^†karrāʕaẗ ‘professional singer, dancer; loose woman’: prob. fig. use of [v1] ‘shank, shinbone’ (*‘woman with as thin as shanks/shinbones, or with thin shanks/shinbones’). Cf. also the name al-ǧarādatān ‘the two grass-hoppers’ (↗ǧarād) given to two well-known pre-Isl singing girls; here, too, singers/dancers are associated with thin legs.
▪ ^†[v5] ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’ : perh. the etymon of [v2] ‘to sip’, though itself perh. dependent on [v1], see above [gnrl], [v1], and [v2].
▪ ^†[v6] ^†³karaʕ ‘low, vulgar people’ : etymology obscure; homonymous with ^†[v5], but without obvious semantic relation.

–

▪ [gnrl] DRS #KRʕ-1 Ug krʕ ‘jarret, articulation’, Hbr kāraʕ ‘plier les genoux, s’agenouiller’, kᵊraʕ ‘jambe, péroné’, kᵊrāʕīm ‘pattes’, JudPalAram kᵊraʕ ‘se baisser, s’agenouiller’, karʕā ‘genou, jambe’, Mnd kraia ‘pied, jambe, patte’, Syr kᵊrāʕā ‘jambe’, Ar kurāʕ ‘pied de mouton ou de bœuf; bas de la jambe, tibia (chez l’homme)’, kirʕān ‘extrémités’, Sab krʕ ‘patte de chameau’, Jib kermoʕ (pl. kurūʕ) ‘talon’, Soq šerʕan, šerḥan, šerʕehan (pl.), Mhr śərayn (pl. śərōn). - ? 2 Ar karaʕa ‘boire sans le secours des mains ; boire (animal)’ ; EAr karraʕ ‘boire avec excès’, karʕaẗ ‘gorgée’, YemAr karaʕ ‘eau de pluie qui remplit les fossés et les creux’, karraʕ ‘répandre, disperser, disséminer’. -3 Ar kuraʕ ‘crête de montagne’, karaʕa ‘s’engager dans les montagnes, traverser les hauteurs’, Te kəräʕ ‘montagne, pré de montagne’.¹⁰ -4. Gz kʷarʕa, kʷarrəʕa ‘donner des coups de poing ou des soufflets à la tête, frapper violemment’, Tña kʷaraʕ ʔabälä ‘frapper sur la tête’.¹¹ -5 Gz kʷarʕa ‘être fier, arrogant’, Tña kʷarʕa, Amh kʷärra ‘être fier, vaniteux’.
▪ [v1] MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #157: Akk kurītu ‘shin (of animals)’, Ug krʕ ‘jarrete, artejo’, Hbr kᵊrāʕayim (du.) ‘lower leg, fibula’, JudAram karʕā, krʕ, pl. krʕyn, kwrʕn ‘knee, leg’, Syr kᵊrāʕā ‘crus’, Mnd kraia ‘foot, leg’, Ar kurāʕ ‘partie la plus mince de la jambe entre le pied et le genou; os du tibia | shank, shinbone; leg’, DaṯAr kirʕān ‘tibia de l’homme et jambe de la bête’, Sab krʕ ‘leg of a camel’, Gz kʷərnāʕ ‘elbow, forearm’, Tña kʷərnaʕ ‘gomito’, Amh kərn ‘elbow, point of the elbow’, Arg kərra ‘arm, elbow’, kərn ‘elbow’, Har kuruʔ ‘cubit, arm’, Sel kəre, Wol həri, Zwy hərə ‘arm, cubit, arm below the elbow’, Gog Sod kərrä, Muh Msq ḫərrä, Cha ḫənä, Eža ḫənnä, Enn Gye ḫənʔä, Msq ḫənnä ‘id.’
▪ ...

10. DRS asks: « Rapport avec #1? Pour l’Ar, Lentin Atti VIII IAAC signale faraʕa ‘monter sur une hauteur, gravir une montagne’, comme trace possible d’une labiovélaire. – Te < Ar. » – My (S.G.) personal hypothesis: The notion of ‘mountain’ comes prob. in via fig. use of the pl. of [v1] kurāʕ ‘foot, leg; extremity’ in the expression ʔakāriʕ al-ʔarḍ ‘the remotest areas of the earth’. 11. DRS suggests to compre Ar ↗qaraʕa ‘frapper qn à la tête (avec un bâton)’. – My (S.G.) personal hypothesis: As the evidence of obsol. ^†ʔakraʕᵘ ‘thin-legged, thin-armed’ shows, items from this root may occasionally also mean ‘arm’. The ‘blows’ of EthSem could be blows with an ‘extremity’, thus belonging to [v1].

▪ [gnrl] DRS #KRʕ-1: «La racine KRʕ est à la base de plusieurs racines sur lesquelles sont construits divers termes liés à la désignation des membres inférieurs, voir sous KRR, KRSʕ, KRN, KRNʕ, KRN/R(ʕ).
▪ [v1] Comparer Ar ↗rakaʕa ‘s’incliner profondément, se courber’. – Les formes du modSAr manifestent une certaine complexité. Celle du singulier en Jib kermoʕ ‘talon’ comporte un -m- absent du pl. kuruʕ, lequel se rattache directement au radical krʕ ; en Soq alors que le sg. śab est relié à une autre racine (v. s. Šʔ/YP), les pl. šerʕan, šerḥan, šerʕehan, pourraient témoigner d’une prépalatalisation de la première consonne, mais reproduisent dans leur structure une forme analogue à celle de l’Ar kirʕān. Le sg. en Mhr s̃orayn ‘jambe’, s’il ne correspond pas à une racine qui ne nous est pas connue, peut être un fait (non évident) de dérivation régressive. SED 141 #157 propose une forme reconstruite *kʷirāʕ- ‘genou et tibia ; partie inférieure de la patte d’un animal’. Mais on ne peut pas ne pas tenir compte de l’existence en Sem d’une racine ŠRʔ/Y/W : Akk šerʔān-, šerḫān- ‘ligament, articulation, tendon, veine, artère’, Syr šārtītā ‘articulation’, šeryānā ‘articulation, artère’ > Ar ↗šaryān ‘artère’ ; Gz šerw ‘tendon, nerf, muscle’ signifie aussi ‘racine, origine, etc.’ ; c’est probablement la raison pour laquelle on l’a rattaché souvent à ŠRR, ŠRŠ (par exemple Leslau CDG 535); voir cependant sous ces racines.
▪ [v1] SED: »Note the widespread verbal root ↗RKʕ ‘to kneel’ (Hbr, Ar, Ug) that is likely related to this nominal root. ... -n- in some of the EthSem examples may be an old suffix incorporated into the stem (cf., however, modSAr). ... Cf. also Jib kɛrmóʕ, pl. kurūʕ, ‘heel’ with a plausible meaning shift (and -m- < *-n-?). Other modSAr forms possibly related to the present root with metathesis (and loss of -ʕ ?) are: Mhr Qishn rḗkən ‘joint’ and Soq rékin ‘os | poignet; coude; épaule; phalange; articulation; os’ ....«
▪ [v2] DRS: « Lié probablement au précédent : ‘boire en se penchant sur l’eau courante’, la forme MġrAr karraʕ est définie par Beaussier 859 : ‘boire à même une rivière, une mare, étant penché, couché ou à genoux’.
▪ See also above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

kurāʕ كُراع, pl. ʔakruʕ, ʔakāriʕᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 17Feb2023
√KRʕ

n.m./f.

1a foot, trotter (esp. of sheep or oxen); b leg; 2 extremity – WehrCowan1976

▪ MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I #157) reconstruct protSem *kʷirāʕ- ‘knee and shin-bone; lower leg (of animal)’ as the “ancestor” of the Ar word and its cognates. Cf., however, EthSem and modSAr with forms that make this reconstruction slightly doubtful (see COGN and DISC).
▪ Closely associated with the shanks or shinbones was their ‘thinness’, cf. the historically attested n. ^†²karaʕ ‘thinness of the shank’ and the adj. ^†ʔakraʕᵘ ‘thin-legged, thin-armed’. Semantically and phonologically close are also ^†²kariya ‘to have thin and parted legs’ and ^†karāⁿ ‘thinness of the shank’ (cf. ↗^†KRY_5). The idea of ‘thinness’ is prob. the basis for fig. use in ^†²kurāʕ ‘long, stony tract of land, slope’ as well as ^†karrāʕaẗ ‘professional singer, dancer; loose woman’.
▪ For ‘to sip’ as possible derivation (< *‘to kneel down on the kurāʕ to drink from a water-source’), see ↗karaʕa ~ kariʕa.
▪ Cf. also ↗rakaʕa ‘to bend the body, bow (esp. in prayer); to kneel down, drop to one's knees’. According to MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I), »the widespread verbal root ↗RKʕ ‘to kneel’ (Hbr, Ar, Ug) […]is likely related to this nominal root«.
▪ …

▪ ^†¹kurāʕ (f., also m.) ‘shank, shinbone; leg’, ^†²karaʕ ‘thinness of the shank’, ^†karraʕa ‘to cut off s.o.’s shanks’, ^†ʔakraʕᵘ ‘thin-legged, thin-armed’
▪ ...

▪ DRS #KRʕ-1 Ug krʕ ‘jarret, articulation’, Hbr kāraʕ ‘plier les genoux, s’agenouiller’, kᵊraʕ ‘jambe, péroné’, kᵊrāʕīm ‘pattes’, JudPalAram kᵊraʕ ‘se baisser, s’agenouiller’, karʕā ‘genou, jambe’, Mnd kraia ‘pied, jambe, patte’, Syr kᵊrāʕā ‘jambe’, Ar kurāʕ ‘pied de mouton ou de bœuf; bas de la jambe, tibia (chez l’homme)’, kirʕān ‘extrémités’, Sab krʕ ‘patte de chameau’, Jib kermoʕ (pl. kurūʕ) ‘talon’, Soq šerʕan, šerḥan, šerʕehan (pl.), Mhr śərayn (pl. śərōn) | Outside Sem: Dem gr.t ‘pied’, ^SCopt čra ‘jambe’. - ? 2 Ar karaʕa ‘boire sans le secours des mains ; boire (animal)’ ; EAr karraʕ ‘boire avec excès’, karʕaẗ ‘gorgée’, YemAr karaʕ ‘eau de pluie qui remplit les fossés et les creux’, karraʕ ‘répandre, disperser, disséminer’. -3-5 ....
▪ MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #157: Akk kurītu ‘shin (of animals)’, Ug krʕ ‘jarrete, artejo’, Hbr kᵊrāʕayim (du.) ‘lower leg, fibula’, JudAram karʕā, krʕ, pl. krʕyn, kwrʕn ‘knee, leg’, Syr kᵊrāʕā ‘crus’, Mnd kraia ‘foot, leg’, Ar kurāʕ ‘partie la plus mince de la jambe entre le pied et le genou; os du tibia | shank, shinbone; leg’, DaṯAr kirʕān ‘tibia de l’homme et jambe de la bête’, Sab krʕ ‘leg of a camel’, Gz kʷərnāʕ ‘elbow, forearm’, Tña kʷərnaʕ ‘gomito’, Amh kərn ‘elbow, point of the elbow’, Arg kərra ‘arm, elbow’, kərn ‘elbow’, Har kuruʔ ‘cubit, arm’, Sel kəre, Wol həri, Zwy hərə ‘arm, cubit, arm below the elbow’, Gog Sod kərrä, Muh Msq ḫərrä, Cha ḫənä, Eža ḫənnä, Enn Gye ḫənʔä, Msq ḫənnä ‘id.’
▪ Cf. also ↗rakaʕa.
▪ ...

▪ DRS #KRʕ-1 : « Les formes du modSAr manifestent une certaine complexité. Celle du singulier en Jib kermoʕ ‘talon’ comporte un -m- absent du pl. kuruʕ, lequel se rattache directement au radical krʕ ; en Soq alors que le sg. śab est relié à une autre racine (v. s. Šʔ/YP), les pl. šerʕan, šerḥan, šerʕehan, pourraient témoigner d’une prépalatalisation de la première consonne, mais reproduisent dans leur structure une forme analogue à celle de l’Ar kirʕān. Le sg. en Mhr s̃orayn ‘jambe’, s’il ne correspond pas à une racine qui ne nous est pas connue, peut être un fait (non évident) de dérivation régressive. SED 141 #157 propose une forme reconstruite *kʷirāʕ- ‘genou et tibia ; partie inférieure de la patte d’un animal’. Mais on ne peut pas ne pas tenir compte de l’existence en Sem d’une racine ŠRʔ/Y/W : Akk šerʔān-, šerḫān- ‘ligament, articulation, tendon, veine, artère’, Syr šārtītā ‘articulation’, šeryānā ‘articulation, artère’ > Ar ↗šaryān ‘artère’ ; Gz šerw ‘tendon, nerf, muscle’ signifie aussi ‘racine, origine, etc.’ ; c’est probablement la raison pour laquelle on l’a rattaché souvent à ŠRR, ŠRŠ (par exemple Leslau CDG 535); voir cependant sous ces racines. »
▪ MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I #157): » -n- in some of the EthSem examples may be an old suffix incorporated into the stem (cf., however, modSAr). ... Cf. also Jib kɛrmóʕ, pl. kurūʕ, ‘heel’ with a plausible meaning shift (and -m- < *-n-?). Other modSAr forms possibly related to the present root with metathesis (and loss of -ʕ ?) are: Mhr Qishn rḗkən ‘joint’ and Soq rékin ‘os | poignet; coude; épaule; phalange; articulation; os’ ....«
▪ See also above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

►ʔakāriʕ al-ʔarḍ (pl.), the remotest areas of the earth
►kāriʕ, pl. kawāriʕᵘ, n., 1a foot, trotter; b ankle, anklebone; c pl. (EgAr) dish prepared of sheep’s trotters
►takarraʕa, vb. V, 1 to wash one’s feet, perform the partial ablution of the legs (in preparation for prayer); 2 to belch, burp, eruct
For other meanings attached to the root, cf. ↗karaʕa ~ kariʕa as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√KRʕ.

kāriʕ كارِع, pl. kawāriʕᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 17Feb2023
√KRʕ

n.

1a foot, trotter; b ankle, anklebone; c pl. (EgAr) dish prepared of sheep’s trotters – WehrCowan1976

▪ Var. of ↗kurāʕ, with slightly different spectrum of meanings. Possibly a secondary formation.
▪ …

▪ ^†¹kurāʕ (f., also m.) ‘shank, shinbone; leg’, ^†²karaʕ ‘thinness of the shank’, ^†karraʕa ‘to cut off s.o.’s shanks’, ^†ʔakraʕᵘ ‘thin-legged, thin-armed’
▪ ...

▪ ↗kurāʕ.
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

►kurāʕ, n.m./f., pl. ʔakruʕ, ʔakāriʕᵘ, 1a foot, trotter (esp. of sheep or oxen); b leg; 2 extremity | ʔakāriʕ al-ʔarḍ, the remotest areas of the earth
►takarraʕa, vb. V, 1 to wash one’s feet, perform the partial ablution of the legs (in preparation for prayer); 2 to belch, burp, eruct
For other meanings attached to the root, cf. ↗karaʕa ~ kariʕa as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√KRʕ.

karaʕ- كَرَعَ and kariʕ- كَرِعَ , a (karʕ, kurūʕ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 17Feb2023
√KRʕ

vb., I

to sip – WehrCowan1976

▪ ‘To sip’ is either denom. from (now obsol.) ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’ (so Ullmann in WKAS I 1970) or a development, together with the latter, from ↗kurāʕ ‘shank, shinbone’ via the idea of *‘kneeling down to drink from a source of water’.
▪ …

▪ (Hava1899:) ^†kar˅ʕa ‘to lean upon (a vessel) for drinking’
▪ (WKAS I 1970:) ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’; denom. karaʕa ‘to find rainwater, give (cattle) rainwater to drink’, ^†ʔakraʕa ‘to let drink, sip’, ^†makraʕ ‘water-hole’, ^†kāriʕ ‘drinking; (pl.f. as a design. of palm-trees) standing at the edge of water’, ^†mukraʕ, ^†mukriʕ ‘having a water-hole, standing at the edge of water’
▪ ...

▪ DRS #KRʕ-1 Ug krʕ ‘jarret, articulation’, Hbr kāraʕ ‘plier les genoux, s’agenouiller’, kᵊraʕ ‘jambe, péroné’, kᵊrāʕīm ‘pattes’, JudPalAram kᵊraʕ ‘se baisser, s’agenouiller’, karʕā ‘genou, jambe’, Mnd kraia ‘pied, jambe, patte’, Syr kᵊrāʕā ‘jambe’, Ar kurāʕ ‘pied de mouton ou de bœuf; bas de la jambe, tibia (chez l’homme)’, kirʕān ‘extrémités’, Sab krʕ ‘patte de chameau’, Jib kermoʕ (pl. kurūʕ) ‘talon’, Soq šerʕan, šerḥan, šerʕehan (pl.), Mhr śərayn (pl. śərōn) | Outside Sem: Dem gr.t ‘pied’, ^SCopt čra ‘jambe’. - ? 2 Ar karaʕa ‘boire sans le secours des mains ; boire (animal)’ ; EAr karraʕ ‘boire avec excès’, karʕaẗ ‘gorgée’, YemAr karaʕ ‘eau de pluie qui remplit les fossés et les creux’, karraʕ ‘répandre, disperser, disséminer’. -3-5 ....
▪ ...

▪ ^†¹karaʕ ‘rain-water’ is perh. the etymon of kar˅ʕa ‘to sip’, unless itself dependent on ↗kurāʕ ‘shank, shinbone’.
▪ DRS #KRʕ, too, think that ‘to sip’ is possibly related to ‘shank, shinbone’. As an indication for this, they quote the definition of the vb. in some dictionaries as ‘boire en se penchant sur l’eau courante’ as well as MġrAr karraʕ which « est définie par Beaussier 859 : ‘boire à même une rivière, une mare, étant penché, couché ou à genoux’ ».
▪ See also above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

►karʕaẗ, n.f., sipping, sip, swallow: n.vic.
►takrīʕaẗ, n.f., belching, eructation: n.vic. of vn. II.
For other meanings attached to the root, cf. ↗kurāʕ and ↗kāriʕ as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√KRʕ.

KRKR كركر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9Feb2023
√KRKR

“root”

▪ KRKR_1 ‘to repeat, reiterate, do repeatedly’ ↗¹karkara
▪ KRKR_2 ‘to rumble (stomach); to laugh (loudly)’ ↗²karkara
▪ KRKR_3 ‘to tickle’ ↗³karkara
Other values, now obsolete, include (WKAS, Hava1899):
▪ ^†KRKR_4 ‘(tr.) to collect, blow into a ball (wind the clouds) | to pile up (s.th.); to heap up and drive the clouds (wind); (intr.) to withdraw, return’: ^†⁴karkara; cf. also ^†⁵karkara ‘to squash, grind’ and ^†kirkiraẗ (pl. karākirᵘ) ‘callosity on the breast of the camel (and other hoofed animals); mass, crowd, troop of horsemen’
▪ ^†KRKR_5 ‘a hot dish which is drunk (in the cold season to warm the body); soup’: ^†kurkūr
▪ ^†KRKR_ ‘…’ : ^†krkr
For other, presumably onomatopoetic meanings or values dependent on the idea of *‘repetition, reiteration, usw.’, see ↗¹karkara.

▪ With the exception, perhaps, of [v5] (the etymology of which remains obscure), all values attached to the reduplicating root √KRKR in Ar seem to be related to two basic notions of the 2-cons. protSem nucleus ↗*KR-, namely *‘to be round, turn, return’ and *voice/crying (DRS)
▪ From among the 8 values listed s.v. KRKR in DRS, only the first (#KRKR-1) is relevant to the Ar evidence.
▪ [v1] seems to be an intensified version of ↗²karra ‘to return, come back, etc.’, similar to the reduplication in the latter’s D-stem, ↗karrara.
▪ [v2] : The values ‘to rumble (stomach); to laugh (loudly)’ are with all likelihood onomatopoetic imitations of sounds heard as repetition of a basic *kar-, (↗²karra), i.e., ↗²karkara (historically also the ‘murmuring’ of water, etc.); cf. also the – likewise onomatopoetic – 2-cons. ↗¹karra ‘to rattle in the throat’.
▪ [v3] : prob. same as [v2], although, if valid, the cause, ‘tickling’, would then fall together with its result, the ‘bursting out into laughter’.
▪ ^†[v4] : The obsol. value ‘to collect, blow into a ball (wind: the clouds); to pile up; to heap up and drive the clouds (wind)’ is closest to the idea of ‘rolling’ expressed, among others, in ↗kuraẗ ‘ball’. Other obsol. items such as ^†kirkiraẗ (pl. karākirᵘ) ‘callosity on the breast of the camel (and other hoofed animals); mass, crowd, troop of horsemen’ most likely belong here.
▪ ^†[v5] : As long as we do not know details about the ‘hot dish, soup’ called ^†kurkūr we cannot know which of its aspects may be responsible for the association of its name with the root √KR(KR). The pattern FuʕLūL (or rather FuʕFūʕ) indicates the intense presence of a quality expressed by √KR(KR) in this dish.
▪ …

–

▪ DRS #KRKR-1 Ug krkr ‘enrouler, entortiller; faire tournoyer (doigts)’, Hbr *kirkēr ‘aller rapidement, courir, bouger de ci de là, danser’, JudPalAram kirker ‘tourner autour’, Ar karkara ‘tourner (la meule), amasser, entasser (des objets)’, takarkara ‘hésiter’; MġrAr karkar ‘traîner derrière soi’ ; Gz ʔankʷarkʷara ‘rouler, tourner autour’, Tña kärärä, ʔənkʷərkʷər bälä, ʔankʷäraräyä ‘être rond’, Te kärkära ‘rouler’, ʔänkʷärkʷära ‘dégringoler’, Amh tänkʷäräkkʷärä ‘rouler’; kʷäräkkʷärä ‘fouiller avec le doigt dans l’oreille pour en retirer le cérumen’. - ? Te kärkär bela ‘faire du bruit’, Amh täkärakkärä ‘se quereller’. -2 Te kärkära ‘moudre grossièrement’, Gur (tä)kʷräkkʷärä ‘être grumeleux (farine)’. -3 Gz ʔankʷarkʷara ‘amincir’. -4 Amh käräkkärä ‘entailler, entamer, équarrir’. -5 Sab krkr ‘mesure de poids’. -6 Hbr kirkārāʰ ‘chamelle? char?’. -7 Amh kärkar ‘louage des bêtes de somme’. -8 Amh kärkärro, Arg karkaro ‘sanglier’.¹²
▪ Outside Sem: DRS #KRKR-1 : Gordon UT 423 #1034 rapproche Copt (B) skerker ‘s’enrouler’, (S) skorkr ‘rouler’, considérant ces forms comme des causatifs à préfixe s-, la base étant krkr, ce qui n’est pas l’interprétation habituelle. V. Vycichl, DELC 344. - En Cush, Sa et Bil présentent une forme karkar ‘être rond’ – Leslau EDG III: 349, CDG 292.
▪ …

12. Les formes éthiopiennes sont d’origine Cush : Or Som karkaro.

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

¹karkar- كَرْكَرَ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023
√KRKR

vb., I

1 to repeat, reiterate, do repeatedly; 2 ↗²karkara; 3 ↗³karkara

▪ Reduplicating the 2-cons. nucleus of ↗²karra ‘to turn around and attack; to return, come back, recur’
▪ The latter is prob. also underlying the values (now obsolete; see below section HIST) of ^†‘detaining, withholding s.o.’ (< *‘successfully returning on s.o., attacking and thus detaining s.o.’) and ^†‘removing s.th. (ʕan from)’ (< *‘coming back on s.th.’), but also of ^†‘to hover (bird, cloud); to bestir one’s self (fī in an affair)’ (< *‘to move to and fro’) and ^†‘to call (hens)’ (< *‘to repeat the call, imitate the clucking of hens’ – but this may also be from ↗²karkara ‘to rattle, rumble, murmur, etc.’).
▪ …

▪ In addition to [v1] and [v2], dictionaries (here Hava1899 and BK1860) registered karkara with the values (now obsolete) ^† ‘to collect, blow into a ball (wind: the clouds), pile up, heap up and drive the clouds (wind) | amonceler, entasser (se dit du vent qui entasse les nuages en les poussant de differents points sur un seul) ; ramasser, reunir’ (cf. ↗^†KRKR_4), ^†‘ faire aller, tourner (la meule, le moulin)’, ^†‘to detain, withhold s.o. | retenir qn (et l’empecher d’aborder qn)’, ^†‘to remove s.th. (ʕan from)’, ^†‘to call (hens) | appeler (les poules)’, and ^†‘to hover (bird, cloud); to bestir one’s self (fī in an affair)’.
▪ …

▪ DRS #KRKR-1 Ug krkr ‘enrouler, entortiller; faire tournoyer (doigts)’, Hbr *kirkēr ‘aller rapidement, courir, bouger de ci de là, danser’, JudPalAram kirker ‘tourner autour’, Ar karkara ‘tourner (la meule), amasser, entasser (des objets)’, takarkara ‘hésiter’; MġrAr karkar ‘traîner derrière soi’ ; Gz ʔankʷarkʷara ‘rouler, tourner autour’, Tña kärärä, ʔənkʷərkʷər bälä, ʔankʷäraräyä ‘être rond’, Te kärkära ‘rouler’, ʔänkʷärkʷära ‘dégringoler’, Amh tänkʷäräkkʷärä ‘rouler’; kʷäräkkʷärä ‘fouiller avec le doigt dans l’oreille pour en retirer le cérumen’. - ? Te kärkär bela ‘faire du bruit’, Amh täkärakkärä ‘se quereller’. -2-8 […].
▪ Outside Sem: DRS #KRKR-1 : Gordon UT 423 #1034 rapproche Copt (B) skerker ‘s’enrouler’, (S) skorkr ‘rouler’, considérant ces forms comme des causatifs à préfixe s-, la base étant krkr, ce qui n’est pas l’interprétation habituelle. V. Vycichl, DELC 344. - En Cush, Sa et Bil présentent une forme karkar ‘être rond’ – Leslau EDG III: 349, CDG 292.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗²karkara and ↗³karkara as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRKR. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

²karkar- كَرْكَرَ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023, last update 9Feb2023
√KRKR

vb., I

1 ↗¹karkara; 2 to rumble (stomach) | karkara fī ’l-ḍaḥk, to burst into loud laughter, roar with laughter; 3 ↗³karkara – WehrCowan1976

▪ onomatopoetic, imitating several types of sound: the rumbling of a stomach, roaring laughter, (obsol.) murmuring water, etc.; cf. also the 2-cons. ↗¹karra ‘to rattle in the throat’ and the obsol. ^†karkara ‘to call (hens)’.
▪ Prob. related to the notion of ‘returning’, ‘repetition’ inherent in this type of sounds; if valid, ²karkara may be related to ¹karkara ‘to repeat, reiterate, do repeatedly’, itself based on ↗KRː (KRR).
▪ …

▪ Hava1899: karkara, (also:) ^†‘to murmur (water)’; karkaraẗ ‘stomach rumble, borborygmus’
▪ …

▪ ↗¹karkara, ↗¹karra.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►karkaraẗ, n.f., 1 loud laughter; 2 rumbling (of the stomach): vn./n.vic.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karkara and ↗³karkara as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRKR. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

³karkar- كَرْكَرَ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 26Jan2023
√KRKR

vb., I

1 ↗¹karkara; 2 ↗²karkara; 3 to tickle – WehrCowan1976

▪ Prob. simply extended use of ↗²karkara, esp. in the expression karkara fī ’l-ḍaḥk ‘to burst into loud laughter, roar with laughter’, hence (?) also ‘action producing laughter’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ ↗²karkara
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹karkara and ↗²karkara as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRKR. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

KRM كرم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRM

“root”

▪ KRM_1 ‘vine(yard), grapes’ ↗karm
▪ KRM_2 ‘(to be) noble, generous’ ↗karam
▪ KRM_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be generous, to be hiġ-minded, to be noble-hearted, to honour, to do favours, to treat with hospitality, obliging, beneficent, precious; (of land) to be fertile; thoroughbred, noble; vine and grapes’

▪ According to DRS, the root KRM shows 7 values in Sem. 3 or 4 of these are relevant for Ar. The value ‘season of rain’ in the Eth languages may (acc. to Leslau) be connected to ‘be generous’, the rain season being the period of the year in which the sky ‘is noble’ and spends ‘generously’. This would reduce the number of values to six, three of which relevant for Ar. Out of these, only two have survived into MSA, the item karmaẗ ‘head of thigh bone (femur) turning in the hip bone’ (Freytag1837-IV: vitis; caput ossis femoris quo in acetabulo coxae vertitur) having become obsolete.
▪ The two surviving values – ‘vine(yard)’ and ‘nobleness, generosity’ – are hardly related to each other.
▪ While ‘vine(yard)’ can be traced back into AfrAs, the same does not seem to be possible for ‘nobleness, generosity’.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012): KRM–1 Akk kirimm‑ ‘flexion des bras; relâchement, détente’, Ar ^†karmaẗ ‘tête de l’os du fémur qui tourne dans l’os de la hanche’, MġrAr krūma ‘vertèbre; cou, nuque; maillon d’une chaîne’, Amh kʷərma, Gur Selti kirmāyo, ? Har kurumbäy ‘coude’. –2 Ug krm, Hbr kęręm ‘vignoble’, korem ‘vigneron’, Ph Amm EmpAram krm, JP karmā ‘vignoble’, Syr kᵉram ‘tailler’, Ar karm ‘cep de vigne’, EAr ‘terre plantée en vignes, en pistachiers ou en figuiers (qui n’ont pas besoin d’irrigation)’, karmaẗ ‘vigne’, MarAr kṛəm ‘figuiers’. – Outside Sem, cf. also Eg kʔm ‘vigne, jardin, avec des arbres, des fleurs, des légumes’; mEg kʔmw ‘verger, vignoble’, kʔnw ‘vignoble’, Dem kʔm ‘jardin, kʔm ʔrry ‘vigne’. –4 nPun ʔkrmʔ ‘rivaliser de générosité’, Ar karuma ‘être noble, généreux; donner beaucoup d’eau (ciel, nuages)’; MġrAr krāma ‘banquet offert par un groupe pour remercier et honorer un de ses membres ayant accompli un acte louable’; Mhr kōrem, Śḥ kurum, Ḥrs. kërem ‘être généreux envers’, Te käramät ‘aumônes’. –5 Gz kərämt, Tña krämti, Te käräm, Amh Arg kərämt, Gaf krämtä, Har kirmi, Gur kärm, ḫərəm, hənəw ‘saison des pluies’. – This value seems to have cognates in Cush, perhaps also Berb: Sa karma, Bedja kerinti, Som keran, Qabenna kärmi ‘saison pluvieuse’; Cohen1969#185 ajoute le Berb du Sous kᵘrəm ‘être froid’.¹³
13. Three other values have no Ar representatives. #3. Akk kurummat ‘alimentation, ration’. #6. Amh mäskäräm = nom du premier mois (correspondant à septembre). #7. Te kärma ‘interrompre, séparer, disperser’, Tña kärräma ‘diviser un animal abattu’.

▪ Out of the 7 values listed in DRS 10 (2012), Ar is involved only in three, though a forth one may be relevant too:
▪ According to Leslau1987, Gz karama, karma (yəkrəm, yəkram) ‘spend the rainy season, spend the winter, be of the preceeding year (wine)’ is connected with Ar karuma ‘be generous > yield rain’ […]. Note that Dillmann’s statement »Ar karuma ‘pluviam profundit (nubes)’; deinde ‘beneficus, generosus fuit’« should read »‘beneficus, generosus fuit’; deinde ‘pluviam profundit (nubes)’«. Leslau thus holds that ‘yield rain’, ‘rainy season’ etc. are secondary.²⁴
▪ ‘Vine(yard)’ seems to have cognates in Eg. Unless this is a loan from Sem, or vice versa, we could then assume an AfrAs dimension.
▪ The value ‘season of rain’, realised as such only in Eth (but perhaps connected to, or dependent on, ‘be generous’), seems to have cognates in Cush, perhaps also Berb. So this is either an East African regional development from an AfrAs *‘be generous’, or we are dealing, against the above assumption, with a value in its own right.
24. Is also Eth karm ‘spring (of water)’ related?

–

karm كَرْم, pl. kurūm

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRM

n.coll.

vine, grapes, grapevines; vineyard; garden, orchard – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protCSem *karm‑ ‘vineyard’ < protSem *k˅rm‑ ‘hill, mound’.
▪ …From CSem *karm‑ ‘vineyard’, akin to (or from?) PSem *k˅rm‑ ‘hill, mound’. There may also be an AfrAs dimension (but parallels in Eg may be borrowings). A connection to KRM_2 ‘be noble, generous’ is not likely.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012): KRM –2 Ug krm, Hbr kęręm ‘vignoble’, korem ‘vigneron’, Ph Amm EmpAram krm, JP karmā ‘vignoble’, Syr kᵉram ‘tailler’, Ar karm ‘cep de vigne’, EAr ‘terre plantée en vignes, en pistachiers ou en figuiers (qui n’ont pas besoin d’irrigation)’, karmaẗ ‘vigne’, MarAr kṛəm ‘figuiers’. – Outside Sem, cf. also Eg kʔm ‘vigne, jardin, avec des arbres, des fleurs, des légumes’; mEg kʔmw ‘verger, vignoble’, kʔnw ‘vignoble’, Dem kʔm ‘jardin, kʔm ʔrry ‘vigne’.
▪ BDB1906 (s.v. käräm): perhaps connected also to Akk karānu ‘vine’, but dubious. The connection seems, however, more natural, obviously, to Leslau1987, who gives not only Hbr käräm ‘vineyard’, but also Akk karānu, Ug krm, Syr karmā ‘wine, grapevine, grapes’.¹⁴
▪ Kogan2011 thinks that also Akk karmu ‘mound, heap’ and Mhr kərmáym ‘mountain’ are related.
14. Acc. to Leslau, Gz kərm ‘vine, grapeyard’ is a loan from the Ar karm.

▪ BDB1906 (s.v. käräm) mentions that Gesenius compares this item also to Ar karuma ‘be noble, generous, fertile’ ↗karam, but BDB is eager to add that this seems »precarious«.
▪ Kogan2011 reconstructs CSem *karm‑ ‘vineyard’ and assumes a connection to PSem * k˅rm‑ ‘hill, mound’ (reconstructed from the Akk and Mhr evidence).
▪ Unless the Eg parallels are borrowed from Sem, or vice versa, we could then assume an AfrAs dimension.

–

► bint al-karm, n., wine: fig. use.
► karmaẗ, n.f., grapevines, vine:.
► karrām, pl. ‑ūn, n., winegrower, vinedresser: n.prof.
For the semantic complex ‘be noble, generous’ see ↗karam.

karam كَرَم

ID 753 • Sw – • BP 4332 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRM

n.

noble nature; high-mindedness, noble-mindedness, noble-heartedness, generosity, magnanimity; kindness, friendliness, amicability; liberality, munificence –WehrCowan1979.

▪ Grammatically, the word is a vn. I of the vb. karuma, which however probably is denominative (from karam or karīm).
▪ On account of the Eth evidence where the main value of KRM is ‘rain season’, but also because of the meaning ‘(to give) plenty of water’ that the vb. karuma can take in ClassAr, there is a theory that derives the notion of ‘generosity’ from the "generosity" of a sky/clouds giving plenty of rain. But it may also be the other way round, ‘generosity’ being the primary meaning from which ‘(to give) plenty of water/rain’ is a metaphorical extension.
▪ A key concept of Arab culture and civilisation that comprises a number of virtues such as “generosity, forgiveness, patience, reliability, caring for the neighbours, protection of honour, prevention of injustice, courage/braveness”.¹³ Related concepts: ↗saḫāʔ, ↗ǧūd; counter-concepts: ↗buḫl, ↗luʔm.

13. Approximative translation of what Nanah1987:24 lists as “Freigebigkeit, Verzeihung, Geduld, Verläßlichkeit, die Sorge um die Nachbarn, Schutz der Ehre, Verhindern von Ungerechtigkeit und Tapferkeit”.

ʕAmr b. Q. 5,9 ʕalà karamin wa-ʕalà naǧdatin, Huḏ. 108,6 ḏawū karamin wa-ṣidqin ²
2. WKAS.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KRM –4 nPun ʔkrmʔ ‘rivaliser de générosité’, Ar karuma ‘être noble, généreux; donner beaucoup d’eau (ciel, nuages)’; MġrAr krāma ‘banquet offert par un groupe pour remercier et honorer un de ses membres ayant accompli un acte louable’; Mhr kōrem, Śḥ kurum, Ḥrs. kërem ‘être généreux envers’, Te käramät ‘aumônes’. –5 Gz kərämt, Tña krämti, Te käräm, Amh Arg kərämt, Gaf krämtä, Har kirmi, Gur kärm, ḫərəm, hənəw ‘saison des pluies’. – This value seems to have cognates in Cush, perhaps also Berb: Sa karma, Bedja kerinti, Som keran, Qabenna kärmi ‘saison pluvieuse’; Cohen1969#185 ajoute le Berb du Sous kᵘrəm ‘être froid’.

▪ According to Leslau1987, Gz karama, karma (yəkrəm, yəkram) ‘spend the rainy season, spend the winter, be of the preceeding year (wine)’ is akin to Ar karuma ‘be generous > yield rain’. Note that Dillmann’s statement »Ar karuma ‘pluviam profundit (nubes)’; deinde ‘beneficus, generosus fuit’« should read »‘beneficus, generosus fuit’; deinde ‘pluviam profundit (nubes)’«. Leslau thus holds that ‘yield rain’, ‘rainy season’ etc. are figurative use and, thus, secondary.
▪ The value ‘season of rain’, realised as such only in Eth (but perhaps connected to, or dependent on, ‘be generous’), seems to have cognates in Cush, perhaps also Berb. So this is either an East African regional development from an AfrAs value *‘be generous’, or we are dealing, against the above assumption of metaphorical use, with a value in its own right.
▪ Nanah1987: 24, fn.28, claims that the root KRM is attested in other Sem langs but signifies ‘to keep away, keep off’, etc. there. The corresponding notion in Akk is krb (with R3 = b from < *m, as often) ‘to pay respect, venerate’. karābu ‘to pronounce formulas of blessing, praise, adoration, homage, greeting’ (CAD).

–

► k. al-ʔaḫlāq, n., noble-mindedness, noble character
► karuma, u (karam, karamaẗ, karāmaẗ), vb. I, to be noble, high-minded, noblehearted, magnanimous, generous, liberal, munificent; to be precious: probably denominative (either from karam or karīm).
► karrama, vb. II, to call noble and high-minded; to honor, revere, venerate, treat with deference; to exalt, bestow honour upon:.
► kārama, vb. III, to vie in generosity; to meet reverentially, with deference, politely:.
► ^BP#3917ʔakrama, vb. IV, to call noble and high-minded; to honour; to treat reverentially, with deference, politely, hospitably, bestow honours upon; to prove o.s. to be high-minded and generous; to honour, present (s.o. with):.
► takarrama, vb. V, to feign generosity; to show one’s generous side; to be noble; to be friendly, kind, kindly; to be so kind, have the kindness (bi‑ to do s.th.); to present, graciously bestow:.
► kurmatan laka, kurmānan laka, adv., for your sake, as a favour to you, in your favour: mafʕūl min ʔaǧlih of obsolete vn.s kurmaẗ and kurmān.
► C ^BP#1822karāmaẗ, n.f., dignity, honour; generosity ↗s.v.
► ^BP#556karīm, pl. kuramāʔᵘ, kirām, adj., noble; generous; precious: adj. formation.
► karīmaẗ, pl. karāʔimᵘ, n., precious thing, object of value, valuable; vital part (of the body; esp. eye); daughter: f. of nominalized adj. karīm.
► ʔakramᵘ, pl. ʔakārimᵘ, adj., nobler, more distinguished; more precious, more valuable; most honorable; very high-minded, very noblehearted, most generous: elat.
► makram and makramaẗ, pl. makārimᵘ, n., noble trait, excellent quality | makārim al-ʔaḫlāq noble characteristics, noble traits of character.
► makrumaẗ, pl. makārimᵘ, n., noble deed:.
► ^BP#2670takrīm and takrimaẗ, n.f., honoring, respecting, tribute, honour (bestowed on s.o.): vn. II.
► ʔikrām, n., honour, respect, deference, tribute; hospitable reception, hospitality; kindness; honorarium: vn. IV.
► ʔikrāmiyyaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., honorarium; bonus: nsb-adj from ʔikrām.
► ^BP#3125 mukarram, adj., honoured, revered, venerated; venerable: PP II; Makkaẗ al-mukarramaẗ Holy Mecca.
For derivatives of the etymon ‘vine, grapes, vineyard’ see ↗karm.

karāmaẗ كَرامَة

ID 752 • Sw – • BP 1882 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KRM

n.f.

1 nobility; high-mindedness, noble-heartedness; generosity, magnanimity; liberality, munificence. – 2 honor, dignity; respect, esteem, standing, prestige. – 3 mark of honor, token of esteem, favor. – 4 (pl. ‑āt) miracle that God works through a saint or allows to happen to him (Islamic popular belief) – WehrCowan1979.

For etymology see ↗KRM_2 and ↗karam.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KRH كره

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KRH

“root”

▪ KRH_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KRH_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KRH_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hardship; to dislike, loathe, antipathy; to force; calamity’

▪ …

.

KRW كرو

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 21Feb2023
√KRW

“root”

▪ KRW_1 ‘globe, sphere; ball’ ↗kuraẗ ▪ KRW_2 ‘(a variety of) curlew, plover (Oedicnemus crepitans)’ ↗karawān
▪ KRW_3 ‘to dig’ ↗karā, also karà, hence grouped under ↗KRW/Y
▪ KRW_4 ‘caraway’ ↗karawyā (↗KRWYā)
▪ KRW_5 : see also ↗KRW/Y and ↗KRY
Other values, now obsolete, include (WKAS I 1970, Hava1899, BK1860):
▪ ^†KRW_6 ‘to round s.th.; to line (a well) with wood | garnir de troncs d’arbres l’intérieur (un puits)’: ^†karā (u, karw)
▪ ^†KRW_7 ‘to walk or prance in a particular manner (as an innate defect, of a horse)’: ^†²karā (impf. u); cf. also ^†mukarriⁿ, mukāriⁿ ‘walking or prancing in a particular manner (of a camel)’ (WKAS)
▪ ^†KRW_ ‘…’: ^†...

▪ [gnrl] : Many values in the defective root KRW can be analyzed as extensions of the 2-cons. root nucleus ↗*KR , the “purest” reflex of which are ↗KRː (KRR) and the reduplicating ↗KRKR but which also reappears in KRW, ↗KRW/Y, ↗KRY, ↗KWR, and others (cf. DRS #KR ).
▪ [v1] : The 2-cons. kuraẗ is usually analyzed as from 3-cons. √KRW. But the basic idea of *‘roundness’ is already present in the 2-cons. root nucleus ↗*KR , the “purest” reflexes of which are ↗KRː (KRR) and the reduplicating ↗KRKR. – Within √KRW, the closest relative is the (now obsol.) vb. ^†karā (u, karw) ‘to round s.th.; to line (a well) with wood’ (↗KRW). However, ‘ball’ can also be analyzed as the result of ‘piling up, heaping up’, as found in ^†⁴karkara ‘to collect, blow into a ball (wind the clouds); to pile up (s.th.)’ (↗^†KRKR_4), a specialised development from ↗²karra ‘to return with the aim of resupplying o.s. with ammunition/troops’.¹⁴ Cf. also EgAr ↗ku(r)rāriyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel (WehrCowan1976); ball (of string, wool etc.) (BadawiHinds1986)’. – In DRS, other Sem items meaning ‘ball’ etc. do not appear sub √KRW but ↗√KRː (KRR) (cf. below, section COGN).
▪ [v2] : Accord. to Asbaghi1988, Ar karawān ‘(a variety of) curlew, plover’ is from Pers kārwānak.¹⁵ – Ḍinnāwī2004 and Rolland2014, too, think the word is of Pers origin, but give the etymon as Pers kerwān. Rolland2014 would not exclude an inverse dependence, though, i.e., Pers < Ar, in which case one may assume a relation to ^†[v7] and/or sup>†²kariya (a, karàⁿ) ‘to have thin and parted legs | avoir les jambes minces et écartées’, on account of the thinness of the bird’s legs (↗^†KRY_5).
▪ [v3] : Like *‘roundness’, also *‘to dig’ is a basic notion of the 2-cons. nucleus ↗*KR . In Ar, its reflexes show both W and Y as R₃, therefore karā ~ karà is grouped under ↗KRW/Y in this dictionary.
▪ [v4] : karawyā ‘caraway’ is a borrowing and therefore treated separately, see ↗KRWYā.
▪ ^†[v6] : see above, [v1] ‘ball’.
▪ ^†[v7] : ^†²karā (u) ‘to walk or prance in a particular manner (as an innate defect, of a horse)’ seems to be akin to, or perh. even identical with, sup>†²kariya (a, karàⁿ) ‘to have thin and parted legs | avoir les jambes minces et écartées’ (↗^†KRY_5, with also ^†karāⁿ ‘thinness of the shank’), listed s.r. √KRW in DRS (see COGN below, DRS #KRW-4) and compared to ^†karaʕ ‘thinness of the shank’ by Ullmann in WKAS I 1970 (↗√KRʕ); further related is possibly also ^†karà (i, kary) ‘to run swiftly | se mettre à courir à toutes jambes, courir en ramassant, pour ainsi dire, rapidement ses pieds’ (↗^†KRY_6), and perh. also [v2] (unless borrowed from Pers).
▪ …

14. Cf. also ^†kirkiraẗ ‘callosity on the breast of the camel etc.; mass, crowd, troop of horsemen’ – in a broader sense, all these clouds, crowds, troops, callosities, etc. are “balls”… . 15. Following Moḥammad Ḥoseyn Ḫalaf Tabrizi Borhān, Borhān Qāṭeʕ (Dictionnaire de la langue Persane), ed. Moḥammad Moʕin, 5 vols., Teheran 1964.

–

▪ DRS #KRW-1 Akk karū, Syr kᵊrā, kᵊrī ‘être court, devenir court’ [↗KRY]. -2 kurwah ‘champ ensemencé’. -3 Ar karā ‘jouer à la balle’. -4 karāⁿ ‘minceur des jambes’ [↗KRY]. -5 karawān : nom d’un oiseau (courlis ? pluvier ?).
▪ Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR) and ↗KRKR.
▪ ...

DISC ▪ [v1]/[v2] DRS ad #KRW-3/4: Nöldeke NBSS:158 does not think that kuraẗ ‘ball’ and ^†karāⁿ ‘thinness of the shank’ are related.
▪ [v7] : For some reason (unclear to me – S.G.), BK1860 analyzes an animal’s (but also a woman’s) ‘walking or prancing in a particular manner’ (‘marcher en posant les pieds tout droit et roide sur le sol’) as extended use (« de là ») of ↗karā/à (√KRW/Y) ‘to dig |creuser la terre, creuser un canal)’.
▪ …

–

kuraẗ كُرة , pl. -āt, kuràⁿ

ID 754 • Sw – • BP 501 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 21Feb2023
√KRW

n.f.

1 globe, sphere; 2 ball – WehrCowan1979

▪ The 2-cons. kuraẗ is usually analyzed as from 3-cons. ↗KRW. But the basic idea of *‘roundness’ is already present in the 2-cons. root nucleus ↗*KR , the “purest” reflexes of which are ↗KRː (KRR) and the reduplicating ↗KRKR.
▪ Within √KRW, the closest relative is the (now obsol.) vb. ^†karā (u, karw) ‘to round s.th.; to line (a well) with wood’ (↗KRW). However, ‘ball’ can also be analyzed as the result of ‘piling up, heaping up’, as found in ^†⁴karkara ‘to collect, blow into a ball (wind the clouds); to pile up (s.th.)’ (↗^†KRKR_4), a specialised development from ↗²karra ‘to return with the aim of resupplying o.s. with ammunition/troops’. Cf. also EgAr ↗ku(r)rāriyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel (WehrCowan1976); ball (of string, wool etc.) (BadawiHinds1986)’. – In DRS, other Sem items meaning ‘ball’ etc. do not appear sub √KRW but ↗√KRː (KRR) (cf. below, section COGN).
▪ …

▪ WKAS I 1970: ^†¹karā, u ‘to play ball’: denom.
▪ …

▪ DRS #KRW-1-2 ... . -3 Ar karā ‘jouer à la balle’. -4-5 ....
▪ DRS #KRR-1 Ar karra ‘revenir sur ses pas, revenir à la charge’, karrara ‘répéter, réitérer’, Tham kr ‘ramener, revenir’, MġrAr karrar ‘répéter une leçon, repasser le Coran dans une recitation ininterrompue’, Sab kr ‘répéter (une action)’¹⁵ ; Te kärara ‘rouler (vers le bas)’, Tña kärärä ‘être rond’, Amh kʷärrärä ‘échafauder, mettre l’un sur l’autre’. - Ar kurraẗ, Te korit ‘balle’, Amh kʷärät ‘caillou’.¹⁶ -2-13 ....
▪ DRS #KRKR-1 Ug krkr ‘enrouler, entortiller; faire tournoyer (doigts)’, Hbr *kirkēr ‘aller rapidement, courir, bouger de ci de là, danser’, JudPalAram kirker ‘tourner autour’, Ar karkara ‘tourner (la meule), amasser, entasser (des objets)’, takarkara ‘hésiter’; MġrAr karkar ‘traîner derrière soi’ ; Gz ʔankʷarkʷara ‘rouler, tourner autour’, Tña kärärä, ʔənkʷərkʷər bälä, ʔankʷäraräyä ‘être rond’, Te kärkära ‘rouler’, ʔänkʷärkʷära ‘dégringoler’, Amh tänkʷäräkkʷärä ‘rouler’; kʷäräkkʷärä ‘fouiller avec le doigt dans l’oreille pour en retirer le cérumen’. - ? Te kärkär bela ‘faire du bruit’, Amh täkärakkärä ‘se quereller’. | Outside Sem: (Cush) Sa Bil karkar ‘to be round’ – Leslau EDG III: 349, CDG 292.¹⁷ -2-8 ....
▪ …

15. Not in SabaWeb! 16. La racine est considérée comme commune au Sem et Cush par Leslau qui cite : Sa Bil karkar ‘être rond’, Or kururre ‘balle de bois’, emprunté par le Gur sous la forme kurure. – Voir aussi M. Cohen, Essai, 114. 17. DRS #KRKR-1 : « Gordon UT 423 #1034 rapproche Copt (B) skerker ‘s’enrouler’, (S) skorkr ‘rouler’, considérant ces forms comme des causatifs à préfixe s-, la base étant krkr, ce qui n’est pas l’interprétation habituelle. V. Vycichl, DELC 344. »

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

▪ If Nourai 247 is right, Pers ǧarreʰ ‘jar’ is reimported from Ar ǧarraẗ, which, the author claims, is from Pers koreʰ ‘sphere, planet, ball’, in its turn allegedly from Ar kuraẗ ‘id.’.
▪ …

►kuraẗ al-ʔarḍ and kuraẗ ʔarḍiyyaẗ, n.f., terrestrial globe, globe;
►kuraẗ al-ṯalǧ, n.f., snowball;
►kuraẗ al-sallaẗ, n.f., basketball;
►kuraẗ al-ṭāwulaẗ, n.f., table tennis;
►kuraẗ al-qadam, n.f., football, soccer;
►kuraẗ al-kawākib, n.f., celestial sphere;
►kurāt laḥm, nonhum.pl., small meatballs;
►kuraẗ al-māʔ, n.f., water polo;
►kuraẗ al-yad, n.f., (European) handball;
►niṣf al-kuraẗ, n., hemisphere
►kurayyaẗ, n.f., 1 globule; 2 pellet: dimin. | al-kurayyāt al-ḥamrāʔ\al-ḥumr, the red corpuscles, erythrocytes
►kurī and ^BP#4691kurawī, adj., globular, globate, globose, ball-shaped, ball-like, spherical: nsb-adj.
►kurawiyyaẗ, n.f., globosity, sphericity, roundness: abstr. formation in ¬-iyyaẗ | kurawiyyaẗ al-ʔarḍ, the sphericity of the earth
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗karawān, ↗karā/à (√KRW/Y), and ↗karawyā (√KRWYā), as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRW. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRKR, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

karawān كَرَوان

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 22Feb2023
√KRW

n.

(a variety of) curlew, plover (Oedicnemus crepitans) – WehrCowan1976

▪ Accord. to Asbaghi1988 from Pers kārwānak.¹⁶
▪ According to Ḍinnāwī2004 and Rolland2014, who also think the word is of Pers origin, the etymon is Pers kerwān. Rolland2014 would not exclude the inverse, though, i.e., Ar > Pers.
▪ …

16. Following Moḥammad Ḥoseyn Ḫalaf Tabrizi Borhān, Borhān Qāṭeʕ (Dictionnaire de la langue Persane), ed. Moḥammad Moʕin, 5 vols., Teheran 1964.

▪ …

▪ DRS #KRW-1-3 .... -4 karāⁿ ‘minceur des jambes’ [↗KRY]. -5 karawān : nom d’un oiseau (courlis ? pluvier ?).
▪ Cf. perh. also ↗^†KRW_7 and/or ↗^†KRY_5.
▪ …

▪ …

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗kuraẗ, ↗karā/à (√KRW/Y), and ↗karawyā (√KRWYā), as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRW. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRKR, ↗KRW/Y, and ↗KRY.

KRW/Y كرو/ي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 21Feb2023
√KRW/Y

“root”

▪ KRW/Y_1 ‘to dig’ ↗karā\à
▪ KRW/Y_2 ‘caraway’ ↗karawyā (treated sub ↗KRWYā)
▪ KRW/Y_3 ↗KRW and ↗KRY

▪ [v1] : Kogan2015: (Ar KRY) from WSem *KRY ‘to dig’. – See also below, section DISC.
▪ [v2] : see sub ↗KRWYā

–

▪ DRS #KRW/Y-1 Ug kry, Hbr kārāʰ, Pun krʔ, JudPalAram kᵊra, Mnd kra, Syr kurkᵊyā, Ar karā ‘creuser’, Gz karaya ‘creuser la terre, faire des trous, faire des incisions’, Te kära ‘détacher en creusant’, Amh kärräya ‘creuser, labourer’, Har ḫara, Gur käre ḫänä ‘creuser un trou’.¹⁸ | Outside Sem: Copt čri ‘le fait de creuser la terre, paysan, agriculteur’. -2 Gz karaya ‘remuer, exciter, inciter; se mettre en colère’, kʷaraya ‘se mettre en colère’ ; Tña kʷärräyä ‘devenir enragé’. -3 Gz makrit ‘épée’, Amh kara ‘couteau, coutelas’. -4 Hbr kārāʰ ‘donner un repas de fête’, kerāʰ ‘festin’. -5 Syr kārwāyā, Ar karawiyā, karawyāʔ ‘carvi’.
▪ [v1] : Kogan2015: 118 #13 Ug kry, Hbr kārā, JBA kry, Ar kry, Gz karaya ‘to dig’. – DRS : Pour ‘creuser’, comparer s. ↗*KR-, ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRB, ↗KMR, ↗KWR.
▪ [v2] : see sub ↗KRWYā

18. DRS : Sab krwm, parfois interprété comme ‘fosse pour capturer le gibier’ est un nom divin, voir W.W. Müller, Abady 3 (1986): 101; Leslau EDG III: 347.

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ [v1] : Klein1987 thinks that »the orig. meaning of this base was ‘to make round’«, associating Hbr kārāʰ ‘to dig’ with Ar kuraẗ ‘globe, sphere, ball’, Aram kᵊrēʸ, Syr keryā ‘to heap’, and Syr kᵊrā ‘be short’, lit. ‘be rounded off’. These juxtapositions look a bit far-fetched; but if valid, [v1] will have to be seen as forming a unit with KRW (↗kuraẗ), KRː (KRR) (↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ), KRKR (↗^†KRKR_4), and KRY (≙ DRS #KRW-1; ?cf. also ↗^†KRY_7 ‘to decrease, dwindle’?).
▪ …

–

karā / karaw- كَرا/كَرَوْـ , u (karw), and karà / karay- كَرَى/كَرَيْـ , i (kary)

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 21Feb2023
√KRW/Y

vb., I

to dig (s.th.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ Kogan2015: (Ar KRY) from WSem *KRY ‘to dig’
▪ …

▪ WKAS I 1970: karā, u, and karà, i, ‘to dig a bed for a river, regulate a river’
▪ …

▪ Kogan2015: 118 #13 Ug kry, Hbr kārā, JBA kry, Ar kry, Gz karaya ‘to dig’
▪ DRS #KRW/Y-1 Ug kry, Hbr kārāʰ, Pun krʔ, JudPalAram kᵊra, Mnd kra, Syr kurkᵊyā, Ar karā ‘creuser’, Gz karaya ‘creuser la terre, faire des trous, faire des incisions’, Te kära ‘détacher en creusant’, Amh kärräya ‘creuser, labourer’, Har ḫara, Gur käre ḫänä ‘creuser un trou’.¹⁹ | Outside Sem: Copt čri ‘le fait de creuser la terre, paysan, agriculteur’. -2-5 ....
▪ …

19. DRS : Sab krwm, parfois interprété comme ‘fosse pour capturer le gibier’ est un nom divin, voir W.W. Müller, Abady 3 (1986): 101; Leslau EDG III: 347.

▪ …

–

►karw, n., digging, excavation: vn. I
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗karawyā (treated sub ↗KRWYā), as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRW/Y. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, and ↗KRY.

KRWYā كرويا

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 21Feb2023
√KRWYā

“root”

▪ KRWYā_1 ‘caraway’ ↗karawyā

▪ [v1] : via Syr from Grk, see ↗karawyā
▪ …

–

▪ [v1] see ↗karawyā
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ [v1] Engl caraway, Fr It carvi ‘id.’, Du karwij, Ge Karve, Karbe, Span carvi, alcaravea, Port alcaravia ↗karawyā.
▪ …

–

karawyā كَرَوْيا , var. karāwiyā, karawiyāʔ

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 22Jan2023
√KRWYā

n.

caraway (Carum carvi L.; bot.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ from Syr krawyā, karwāyā, from Grk karuía (sic Ullmann in WKAS I 1970; Beekes gives only káron and the prob. older, perh. pre-Grk karṓ). – DRS KRW/Y-5 Emprunt du grec káron, karṓ ‘carvi, cumin des prés’, lui-même d’étymologie non assurée.
▪ …

▪ Variants in ClassAr: karawyāʔᵘ, karwiyāʔᵘ, karawiyyaẗ – WKAS I 1970.
▪ …

▪ (loanword) Grk > Syr > Ar, see above, section CONC.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Engl caraway, plant of southern Europe, the aromatic seeds of which are used in cooking and baking, lC13, carewei, via oFr caroi from oIt or mLat carui, from Ar karāwiyā, which is of unknown origin but suspected to be somehow from Grk karon ‘cumin’. Also as AngloLat carvi, oFr carvi. oSpan had alcarahuaya, alcaravea – EtymOnline.
▪ Cf. also Lokotsch1927: Ar karawiyāʔ ‘Feldkümmel, Carum carvi L.’, perh. from Grk káron, Lat careum, hence Fr It carvi ‘Wiesenkümmel’, Du karwij, Engl caraway ‘Feldkümmel’, Ge Karve, Karbe, Span carvi, alcaravea, Port alcaravia.
▪ …

For values attached to the root KRW/Y under which karawyā is sometimes grouped, cf. ↗karā\à as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRW/Y. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRKR, ↗KRW, and ↗KRY.

KRY كري

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 21Feb2023
√KRY

“root”

▪ KRY_1 ‘to rent, lease, let, let out, etc.’ ↗kirāʔ
▪ KRY_2 ‘to sleep, be asleep, slumber’ ↗¹kariya
▪ KRY_3 ‘to dig’ ↗karā\à (KRW/Y)
▪ KRY_4 ‘curry’ ↗karrī
Other values, now obsolete, include (WKAS I 1970, Hava1899, BK1860)
▪ ^†KRY_5 ‘to have thin and parted legs | avoir les jambes minces et écartées’: ^†²kariya (a, karàⁿ); ? ^†karāⁿ ‘thinness of the shank’, cf. ↗KRʕ (WKAS)
▪ ^†KRY_6 ‘to run swiftly | se mettre à courir à toutes jambes, courir en ramassant, pour ainsi dire, rapidement ses pieds’: ^†karà (i, kary)
▪ ^†KRY_7 ‘to decrease, dwindle’: ^†³kariya (a, karàⁿ); also vb. III, ^†kārà (WKAS), and vb. IV, ^†ʔakrà (Hava) ‘to decrease, diminish, lessen | diminuer, être en déchet’
▪ ^†KRY_8 ‘to increase | augmenter, s’accroître ; to prolong (a discourse) | allonger, prolonger (p.ex. son entretien) ; différer, remettre à plus tard’ : ^†ʔakrà (IV) contr. of preceding; (WKAS:) ^†kārà (III) ‘to delay, postpone’
▪ ^†KRY_9 ‘to keep sacred vigils | passer des nuits dans l’insomnie et en actes de devotion’ : ^†ʔakrà (IV)
▪ ^†KRY_ ‘…’ ↗kry

▪ [v1] (≙ DRS #KRY-1): The value ‘to rent, lease, let, let out, etc.’ is well attested in Sem (Ar, modSAr, Te Amh; Hbr with the slightly differing meaning ‘to buy, trade, run a business’). While the EthSem forms may be from Ar, the modSAr ones look rather genuine. In MSA, the corresponding vb. I has become obsolete, but the n. kirāʔ and vb.s III kārà and IV ʔakrà are still in use with the same meaning. – Any relation to ^†[v8] in the sense of ‘to prolong, postpone’ (a contract?)?
▪ [v2] : According to DRS (#KRY-3), Ar ¹kariya ‘to sleep, be asleep, slumber’ is without obvious cognates in Sem. – Any relation to ^†[v9] ^†ʔakrà which, in BK1860, means ‘passer des nuits dans l’insomnie…’; should ‘passing the night in sleeplessness’ have developed into ‘slumber’?
▪ [v3] Accord. to Kogan2015, Ar KRY ‘to dig’ is from WSem *KRY ‘to dig’ (see s.r. ↗KRW/Y). – Klein1987 thinks that »the orig. meaning of this base was ‘to make round’«, associating Hbr kārāʰ ‘to dig’ with Ar kuraẗ ‘globe, sphere, ball’, Aram kᵊrēʸ, Syr karyā ‘heap’, and Syr kᵊrā ‘be short’ (Klein: lit., ‘be rounded off’). These juxtapositions look a bit far-fetched; but if valid, [v3] will have to be seen as forming a unit with KRW (↗kuraẗ), KRː (KRR) (↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ), and KRKR (↗^†KRKR_4).
▪ [v4] : karrī ‘curry’ is from Engl curry, ultimately from SInd lang.s. (mKan, mTam, Malayalam).
▪ ^†[v5] (≙ DRS #KRW-4, ? DRS #KRY-4): It is not totally clear, though rather likely, that ^†²kariya ‘to have thin and parted legs’ is akin to, perh. even identical with, ^†karāⁿ ‘thinness of the shank’, which latter Ullmann (WKAS I 1970) suggests to compare to ↗KRʕ ‘id.’.
▪ ^†[v6] : In rendering Ar ^†karà ‘se mettre à courir à toutes jambes’ with an explanatory ‘courir en ramassant, pour ainsi dire, rapidement ses pieds’, BK1860 seems to suggest that the value ‘to run swiftly’ should be seen in relation with the basic notion of *‘piling up, heaping up, collecting, assembling’ as reflected, for instance, in kuraẗ ‘sphere, ball’ and ^†karā ‘to round s.th.’ (↗KRW), or ^†⁴karkara ‘to collect, blow into a ball (wind the clouds)’ (↗^†KRKR_4), as well as in EgAr ↗ku(r)rāriyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel; ball (of string, wool etc.)’.
▪ ^†[v7] : DRS does not register ^†³kariya (also III and IV) ‘to decrease, deminish, dwindle, lessen’ among their #KRY values, nor among other phonetically close ones. Should one compare DRS #KRW-1 ‘être court, devenir court’ (Akk, Syr)?
▪ ^†[v8] : The value ‘to increase; to prolong (a discourse)’ (^†ʔakrà) seems to contradict the preceding one. Within Ar, it is prob. akin to, perh. even identical with, ^†kārà ‘to delay, postpone’. – Is it also related to [v1] ‘to rent, lease, let, let out’ (? < *‘to prolong the right to use s.th., postpone the date of calling s.th. back’)?
▪ ^†[v9] ^†ʔakrà ‘to keep sacred vigils | passer des nuits dans l’insomnie et en actes de devotion’ : poss. extended use of ^†[v8] ‘to increase, prolong’. – Any relation to [v2] ‘to sleep, be asleep, slumber’?
▪ …

–

▪ DRS #KRY-1 Hbr *kārāʰ ‘acheter, marchander, traiter une affaire, négocier’, Ar kārā ‘louer, donner à loyer’, Mhr škēri, Ḥrs škēr, Śḥr škereʔ ‘louer, employer’, Te təkārạ̄, Amh (tä)kärrayä ‘louer’. -2 Akk karū, nHbr kᵊri, JudPalAram Syr karyā ‘tas de céréales, de froment ; mesure de capacité’.²⁰ -3 Ar kariya ‘sommeiller’. -4 karā ‘marcher à allure forcée’. -5 Amh käre ‘os iliaque’. -6 kurye ‘mare, eau stagnante’.
▪ DRS #KRW-1 Akk karū, Syr kᵊrā, kᵊrī ‘être court, devenir court’. -2 kurwah ‘champ ensemencé’. -3 Ar karā ‘jouer à la balle’. -4 karāⁿ ‘minceur des jambes’. [?]-5 karawān : nom d’un oiseau (courlis ? pluvier ?).
▪ …

20. DRS #KRY-2: Aram < Akk < Sum.

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

kariy- كَرِيَ , a (karàⁿ)

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 25Jan2023, last update 21Feb2023
√KRY

vb., I

to sleep, be asleep, slumber – WehrCowan1976

▪ Within the spectrum of semantic values attached to the root ↗KRY, the value ‘to sleep, be asleep, slumber’ seems to be rather isolated, as it can hardly be connected to ‘renting, leasing, letting’ (↗kirāʔ) or ‘digging’ (↗karā\à), nor to now obsolete notions like ‘to have thin and parted legs’ (↗^†KRY_5), ‘to run swiftly’ (↗^†KRY_6), and others. A certain overlapping may, perhaps, be observed in the case of ^†ʔakrà ‘to keep sacred vigils | passer des nuits dans l’insomnie et en actes de devotion’ (↗^†KRY_9), though this latter may rather be based on ‘to prolong, delay, postpone’ (↗^†KRY_8) rather than on ‘sleep, slumber’.
▪ According to DRS (#KRY-3), Ar ¹kariya ‘to sleep, be asleep, slumber’ is without obvious cognates in Sem.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ DRS #KRY-1-2 .... -3 Ar kariya ‘sommeiller’. -4-5 ....
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►takarrà, vb. V, to sleep, be asleep, slumber: tD-stem, self-ref.
►karàⁿ, n., sleep, slumber: vn. I.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗kirāʔ, ↗karā\à (√KRW/Y), and ↗karrī, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRY. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, and ↗KRW/Y.

kirāʔ كِراء

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 25Jan2023, last update 21Feb2023
√KRY

n.

1a rent, hire, hiring; b lease; c rental, hire; 2 wages, pay – WehrCowan1976

▪ kirāʔ is the vn. of a (now obsol.) vb. I, *karà, with prob. the same sense as the L- and *Š-stems (kārà and ʔakrà) that are still in use. Accord. to DRS #KRY-1, this value is well attested in Sem (Ar, modSAr, Te Amh; Hbr with the slightly differing meaning ‘to buy, trade, run a business’). While the EthSem forms may be from Ar, the modSAr ones look rather genuine. It seems quite safe therefore to assume a deeper (WSem?) dimension and a relatively old age of this value.
▪ Yet, within the semantic spectrum attached to ↗KRY, the value ‘to rent, lease, let, let out, etc.’ can hardly be connected to any of the other values – certainly not to ‘sleep, slumber’ (↗¹kariya), nor to ‘thinness of the shank; to have thin and parted legs’ (↗^†KRY_5) or to ‘decrease, dwindle, diminish, lessen’ (↗^†KRY_7). It looks conceivable, though, to assume a relation betw. ‘to rent, etc.’ and ‘to prolong, postpone’ (↗^†KRY_8) if we, for instance, think of leasing, letting out, etc., as a kind of prolongation of the right to use s.th.
▪ If the latter should indeed be related, then one may speculate even a bit farther and think that ‘to prolong, postpone’ possibly has s.th. to do with the idea of *‘collecting, assembling, piling up, heaping up’, reflexes of which are found in ↗kuraẗ ‘globe, sphere, ball’, ↗kur(r)āriyyaẗ ‘spool, bobbin, reel | ball (of string, wool etc.)’, and others. Klein1987 even thinks that »the orig. meaning of the base KRY was *‘to make round’«. If this should be valid, we would get a hypothetical development along the line *‘to make round > to collect, pile\heap up > to delay, postpone > to rent, hire, lease’. But this sounds highly speculative (and perh. also little likely…).
▪ …

–

▪ DRS #KRY-1 Hbr *kārāʰ ‘acheter, marchander, traiter une affaire, négocier’, Ar kārā ‘louer, donner à loyer’, Mhr škēri, Ḥrs škēr, Śḥr škereʔ ‘louer, employer’, Te təkārạ̄, Amh (tä)kärrayä ‘louer’. -2-6 […].
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►kārà, vb. III, and ʔakrà, vb. IV, to rent, lease, let, let out, farm out, hire out (s.th. to s.o.): L- and *Š-stem, assoc. and caus., respectively
►ĭktarà, vb. VIII, and ĭstakrà, vb. X, 1a to rent, hire (s.th.); b to lease, take on ease (s.th.), take a lease (of s.th.); 2 to hire, employ, engage (s.o.), engage the labor or services (‑h of s.o.): Gt- and *Št-stem, respectively, both self-ref.
►ʔikrāʔ, n., 1a renting, rent; b leasing, letting on lease, farming out: vn. IV
►ĭktirāʔ, n., 1a renting, rent; b leasing, taking on lease; 2 hiring: vn. VIII
►mukāriⁿ, pl. -ūn, n., 1 hirer (esp. one of horses, donkeys, mules, etc.); 2 donkey driver, muleteer: PA III
►mukriⁿ, n., 1 hirer, lessor; 2 landlord: PA IV
►mukràⁿ, adj., rented, let, hired out, let on lease: PP IV
►muktariⁿ, pl. -ūn, n., and mustakriⁿ, pl. -ūn, n., renter, tenant, lessee: PA VIII | muktariⁿ ṯāniⁿ, subtenant, sublessee
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗kariya, ↗karā\à (√KRW/Y), and ↗karrī, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRY. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, and ↗KRW/Y.

karrī كَرّي

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 25Jan2023
√KRY

n.

curry – WehrCowan1976

▪ Rolland2014, EtymOnline: from Engl curry ‘a kind of Indian dish or the sauce used upon it’ (1590s, as carriel), »prob. adopted into Engl via Port caril and its pl. caris, and ultimately derived from mingling of various SInd (Drav) words including mKan, mTam and Malayalam kari, often indicating s.th. ‘black in colour’ or ‘burnt’, and thus applied broadly to spices and meats. In modern Indian cookery, curry refers to spice blends with turmeric as their key ingredient; spice blends without turmeric are called masala.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ no cognates (loanword).
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

▪ About the underlying Engl curry, EtymOnline says: »Of Eur dishes spiced after the Ind style, 1747 in BritEngl. As the spice blend used in making the sauce, 1780. Extended to exotic, spicy sauces from outside of India (Thai curry, Indonesian curry, etc.) by 1680s. The vb. meaning ‘flavour with curry’ is by 1839. The Murraya koenigii or Bergera koenigii is called curry tree, in Engl by 1822, prob. through one of the Sind languages. The kari name of the plant comes from the perceived blackness of the leaves […].«
▪ …

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗kariya, ↗kirāʔ, and ↗karā\à (√KRW/Y), as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗KRY. – Cf. also ↗KRː (KRR), ↗KRW, and ↗KRW/Y.

KSB كسب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KSB

“root”

▪ KSB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to earn one’s living, to profit, acquire; to gather, acquisition; birds of prey’

▪ …

.

ĭktisāb اِكْتِساب

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KSB

n.

.

▪ vn. of vb. VIII, ĭktisaba, Gt-stem

.

KSD كسد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KSD

“root”

▪ KSD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(of the market) to be dull, market depression, be sluggish, be stagnant’

▪ …

.

KSR كسر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KSR

“root”

▪ KSR_1 ‘to break’ ↗kasara
▪ KSR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪
▪ KSR_n ‘elixir’ ↗ʔiksīr

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kasar‑ كَسَرَ , i (kasr)

ID … • Sw – • BP 2163 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KSR

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

…

kāsir كاسِر , pl. kawāsirᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KSR

adj.

1 breaking, shattering, etc.; 2 (pl. kawāsirᵘ) rapacious, ferocious, savage (predatory animal) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► kāsir al-ḥaǧar, n., saxifrage, stonebreak (bot.)
► ṭayr kāsir, n., bird of prey
► kawāsir al-ṭayr, n.pl., predatory birds

KSL كسل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KSL

“root”

▪ KSL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KSL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘laziness, to be sluggish, be idle, be negligent’

▪ …

.

KŠF كشف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KŠF

“root”

▪ KŠF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KŠF_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to peel away, peel off, flay, scratch off’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kašaf‑ كَشَفَ

ID 755 • Sw – • BP 772 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KŠF

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

ĭktišāf اِكْتِشاف

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 2183 • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KŠF

n.

.

▪ vn. of vb. VIII, ĭktišafa, Gt-stem

.

KẒM كظم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KẒM

“root”

▪ KẒM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KẒM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KẒM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to suppress, conceal, keep silent; to be oppressed, put a stop to; breathing tract’

▪ …

.

KʕB كعب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KʕB

“root”

▪ KʕB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KʕB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KʕB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘ankle, ankle bone, heel; cube, dice, to fold in a square shape, square building; honour; the Ka’ba; busty, (of women) well-formed; to speed up’

▪ From WSem *√KʕB ‘to increase, swell’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Kaaba, from Ar ↗kaʕbaẗ ‘cube, cubic structure’, from ↗kaʕaba, vb. I, ‘to swell, be full’ (said of breasts).

.

KʕK كعك

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KʕK

“root”

▪ KʕK_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KʕK_2 ‘…’ ↗…
↗kaʕk

↗kaʕk

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kaʕk كَعْك (n.un. ‑aẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KʕK

n.coll. (n.un. ‑aẗ)

cake; designation of various kinds of pastry, also of small baked goods; pretzel (syr.) – WehrCowan1979.

Like also Pers kāk, Ar kaʕk probably goes back, via Aram forms, to an Eg word for a type of bread or cake (cf. Copt čaače, čooče, kaake etc. ‘baked loaf, cake’, Demot kʕkʕ(.t) ‘[a type of bread]’).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KʕK: nHbr kaʕak, JP Syr kaʕkā ‘galette, gateau’, Ar kaḥk, kaʕk ‘craquelins sucrés’, MġrAr kaʕʕak ‘rouler une corde en anneaux’, kaʕwək ‘tortiller et mettre en rond’. Voir aussi KKʕ. – Outside Sem (as suggested by others): ? Eg ʕkk; ? Copt čaače ‘(perhaps a type of cake)’; ? Grk kákeis, kakeîs ‘(type of Egyptian bread)’.
▪ Littmann1924 thinks that Ge Kuchen ‘cake’ and Pers kāk, Aram kaʕkā and Ar kaʕk, all designating some type of bread or cake, must »somehow« be related to each other (cf. also Grk kakeîs and Copt kake) and that this conglomerate »perhaps« goes back to the form kʕkʕ, attested in Eg.

▪ LA explains the meaning as ‘dry bread’ and attributes it to a Pers origin.
▪ Fraenkel1886 thinks the closest cognate from which the Ar word is likely to have been borrowed, is Aram KʕKā, Syr kaʕkā ‘cake’.
▪ Littmann1924 is of the opinion that Ar kaʕk, together with Pers kāk, Aram kaʕkā, Grk kakeîs and Copt kake ‘type of bread or cake’, »somehow« must be related to each other and »perhaps« ultimately go back to the form kʕkʕ, attested in Eg. Details obscure.
▪ Rolland2014 (with Nourai and Corriente): (together with also Pers kāk ‘round, dry and hard bread’) probably from Eg [no details given] via Aram kak, gag [sic!] ‘id.’
▪ Crum1939: 843b juxtaposes Ar kaʕkaẗ and Copt čaače, var. čače, kake (Thebes), čooče S, čače DM ‘baked loaf, cake’. ▪ Youssef2003: from Eg kʕk, Copt kaake, an Egyptian cookie.
▪ Youssef’s “Eg” kʕk and Littmann’s kʕkʕ are neither to be found in ErmanGrapow1921 nor in ThLAeg. But ThLAeg (BBAW) mentions Dem kʕkʕ(.t) (a type of bread)²⁵ , while ErmanGrapow1921 has Eg ʕqw ‘income; food; bread’ (Copt oeik).
▪
25. Erichsen, Glossar 561.

▪ Rolland2014, like before him Littmann1924, suggests that also Engl cake (Littmann: Ge Kuchen) is from the same old Eg source as Ar kaʕk. Dictionaries of modern Eur languages keep silent about a possible Oriental connection:
▪ EtymOnline, for example, says that Engl cake (eC13; until eC15 meaning ‘flat, round loaf of bread’) is from oNor kaka ‘cake’, from WGerm *kōkōn‑. Earlier theories that had believed the word to be related to Lat coquere ‘to cook’ were not to be upheld any longer. The oNor etymon is given in Kluge2002, too, who also states that the word’s history before oNor is obscure. Some believe it is s.th. like children’s language; others hold that the oNor form is borrowed from a Romance language and thus goes back to eRom *coca, which is from Lat cochlea ‘snail shell’ (from Grk kóχlias ‘snail; screw’ etc., from kóχlos ‘spiral shell’, perhaps related to kónχos ‘mussel, conch’), so that a ‘cake’ ultimately would be a piece of dough formed like a snail or a spiral shell. A similar idea, however, seems also to lie in the Oriental words mentioned in the DISC section: most of them designate a round bread/cake, often in the form of a spiral shell; cf. also the notion of ‘rolling’ as attested in the MġrAr forms.

–

KFː (KFF) كفّ / كفف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFː (KFF)

“root”

▪ KFː (KFF)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KFː (KFF)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘palm of the hand, to take by the hand, to cease, to fend off; (of eyesight) to be lost; to gather together, the masses; to ask for alms, modest means’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl kippah ↗kaffa.

–

kaff كَفّ , pl. kufūf, ʔakuff

ID 756 • Sw –/66 • BP 2476 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFː (KFF)

n.f.

palm of the hand; glove; paw, foot, claw (of an animal); slap; scale (of a balance); handful; quire; bar (of chocolate) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *kapp‑ ‘palm of the hand’. – Cf. also the synonymous of *rāḥ‑at‑ (> Ar ↗rāḥaẗ).
▪

▪ …

▪ Zammit 2002, DRS 10 (2012)#KPP– 3: Akk kapp‑ ‘palm (of the hand)’, Ug *kp ‘palm(s), hand(s)’, Hbr kap ‘hollow, flat of the hand, palm, sole of the foot’, Pun kpp ‘to put away, take away’ (?), Deir ʕAlla kp, Aram kappā ‘palm, hand’, Syr kappā, Mand kapa, ‘palm, hollow of the hand’, Mhr kaf ‘palm’, kəff ‘back of the hand’, Ḥrs kəf ‘palm’, Jib Ḥrs keff ‘palm, back of the hand’, Jib keff (vb.) ‘to hold back, stop’, Ar kaff ‘(palm of the) hand’, kaffa ‘to withhold, restrain, keep back, (ʕan) abstain (from)’, Gz kāf ‘palm of the hand; sole of foot’ (< Hbr), Amh kaf ‘palm of the hand; sole of foot; heel’

See section "Concise", above.

▪ Not directly from Arabic, but ultimately from the related Phoenician *kapp ‘palm of the hand, eleventh letter of the Phoenician alphabet’ are Engl Kaph (via Hbr kap ‘kaph’) and Engl Kappa (via Grk kappa ‘kappa’) – Huehnergard 2011.

► kaff Maryam (eg.), n.f., agnus castus, chaste tree (Vitex agnus-castus; bot.); rose of Jericho, resurrection plant (Anastatica hierochuntica L.; bot.)
► kaff al- ʔasad, n.f., lion’s-leaf (bot.)
► al- kaff al- ǧaḏmāʔᵘ, n.f., star α in the constellation Cetus
► al- kaff al- ḫaḍīb, n.f., star β in Cassiopeia
► waḍaʕa ḥayātahū ʕalà kaffih, expr., to risk one’s life
► ĭstadarra ’l- ʔakuffa, expr., to secure generous contributions
For other items from the “root”, see ↗√KFː(KFF) as well as ↗k-f-f, ↗k-f-f.

KFʔ كفأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFʔ

“root”

▪ KFʔ_1 ‘to turn over, reverse, invert’ ↗kafaʔa
▪ KFʔ_2 ‘(to be/come) equal, on a par, alike, adequate, appropriate’ ↗k˅fʔ
▪ KFʔ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘equality, capability, credentials; to reward; peer, alike; to turn over face down, to tilt, to shield; yield’

Among the four values given in DRS for the Sem root KPʔ/P, three are relevant for ClassAr; of these, two survived into MSA. Although listed as separate items here and in DRS, the two may be related etymologically, the ‘turning over’ (and, hence, also ‘folding’) of KFʔ_1 implying a ‘putting over each other of equal halfs’.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPʔ/P–1: Akk kapāpu, kepū, kapū ‘plier, courber’, Hbr kāpap ‘courber, incliner’, Aram kᵉpap, kᵉpā ‘incliner, courber, renverser’, Ar kafaʔa ‘renverser, retourner, détourner vers une nouvelle direction’. –2. Ar kāfaʔa ‘égaler, être égal à; rétribuer qn pour ce qu’il a fait’. […] –4. Ar kāff, kafūf ‘qui a les dents usées de vieillesse’, Eth kafəʔa ‘s’émousser, s’affaiblir’, Tña käfʔe, Te käfʔa, Amh käff ‘être mauvais’, täkäffa ‘être mal disposé, prendre en aversion’, Amh Gur kəfu ‘mauvais’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1431: Ar kfʔ a ‘to go away’ has cognate in the form kop ‘to come’ in a WCh language.

▪ BAH2008 gives the values of the root in ClassAr as: ‘equality, capability, credentials; to reward; peer, alike; to turn over face down, tilt, shield; to yield’.
▪ KFʔ_1 often shows overlapping with ↗KFY.
▪ For KFʔ_1, Orel&Stolbova1994 reconstruct Sem *k˅paʔ‑ ‘go away’ and WCh *kap‑ (loss of auslaut laryngeal), both from AfrAs *kapaʔ‑ ‘to go away’.
▪ Any relation between KFʔ_1 and KFʔ_2 ? Gabal2012 suggests a derivation of KFʔ from a biconsonantal nucleus with the basic meaning of ‘to grasp the loose part (of s.th.) and, by folding it, return it so that it is not loose/spread any more’ (qabḍ al-ṭaraf al-muntašir wa-ṯanyuh wa-radduh fa-lā yantašir), and the essential meaning of KFʔ/W is ‘to fold in order to cover the open back side of s.th.’.
▪ Ehret1995 does not mention KFʔ but derives the biconsonantal Ar kaffa ‘to avert, stay; to desist, refrain’ from a pre-PSem root *KP ‘to stop, cease’

–

kafaʔ‑ كَفَأَ , a (kafʔ)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFʔ

vb., I

to turn around, turn over, reverse, invert; to turn away, turn aside, turn back (min from) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPʔ/P-1: Akk kapāpu, kepū, kapū ‘plier, courber’, Hbr kāpap ‘courber, incliner’, Aram kᵉpap, kᵉpā ‘incliner, courber, renverser’, Ar kafaʔa ‘renverser, retourner, détourner vers une nouvelle direction’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPʔ/P-1: cf. also ↗KF: (KFF).
▪ Cf. also ↗KFʔ and ↗k˅fʔ ‘(to be/come) equal, alike’. An etymological relation between these items and kafaʔa ‘to turn over, reverse, invert’ cannot be excluded.
▪ There is some overlapping also with ↗KFY.
▪ For Ar kafaʔa a ‘to go away’ (cf. form VII below, section DERIV), Orel&Stolbova1994 reconstruct Sem *k˅paʔ‑ ‘to go away’ and WCh *kap‑ (loss of auslaut laryngeal), both from AfrAs *kapaʔ‑ ‘to go away’.
▪ Gabal2012 suggests a derivation of KFʔ from a biconsonantal nucleus with the basic meaning of ‘to grasp the loose part (of s.th.) and, by folding it, return it so that it is not loose/spread any more’ (qabḍ al-ṭaraf al-muntašir wa-ṯanyuh wa-radduh fa-lā yantašir), and the essential meaning of KFʔ/W is ‘to fold in order to cover the open back side of s.th.’.
▪ Ehret1995 does not mention KFʔ but derives the biconsonantal Ar ↗kaffa ‘to avert, stay; to desist, refrain’ from a pre-PSem root *KP ‘to stop, cease’

–

► ʔakfaʔa, vb. IV, to turn over, reverse, invert:…
► ĭnkafaʔa, vb. VII, 1 to be turned away, be turned aside; 2 to be changed, be altered; 3 to recede, change, fade (colour); 4 to turn back, withdraw, retreat, fall back, give way; 5 to be inverted, be reversed, be turned around or over; 6 to fall down, tumble, topple: quasi-pass. or, in some values, a separate item?

k˅fʔ : kafʔ كَفْء , kifʔ كِفْء , kufʔ كُفْء

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFʔ

¹adj.; ²n.

equal, alike; adequate, appropriate, suitable, fit (li‑ for); equal (li‑ to s.o.), a match (li‑ for); qualified, capable, able, competent, efficient – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ eC7 kufuw (equal, peer) Q 112:4 wa-lam yakun la-hū kufuwan ʔaḥadun ‘and equal to Him there is none’

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPʔ/P-2: Ar kāfaʔa ‘égaler, être égal à; rétribuer qn pour ce qu’il a fait’. No direct cognates given. But cf. also ↗KFʔ and ↗kafaʔa.
▪ Zammit2002 #KFʔ: no cognates at all.

▪ Like Zammit, DRS does not give any direct cognates. But there may be a relation between ‘(to be/come) equal, alike, etc.’ and ↗kafaʔa ‘to reverse, inverse, turn over’, cf. ↗KFʔ.

–

► kāfaʔa, vb. III, to reward; to requite, return, repay, recompense (s.th. bi‑ with); to compensate, make up (for s.th. bi‑ with); to be similar, equal (DO to s.th.), to equal, be commensurate with; to measure up, come up to, compare favorably with: associative.
► takāfaʔa, vb. VI, to be equal, be on a par; to (counter)balance each other, be perfectly matched: T-stem of III.
► kufūʔ, kufuʔ, n., equal, comparable (li‑ to), a match (li‑ for):…
► kifāʔ, n., an equivalent:…
► kafāʔ, n., equality; adequacy, adequateness: quasi-vn. I.
► ^BP#2085 kafāʔaẗ, n.f., equality; adequacy, adequateness; comparableness; fitness, suitability, appropriateness; competence, efficiency, ability, capability: quasi-vn. I; pl. ‑āt, qualifications, abilities, capabilities | šahādat al-~, n., certificate of competence (for practice of a trade, Alg.; formerly for school teachers, Eg.).
► ^BP#4475 mukāfaʔaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., requital; recompense, remuneration; compensation, indemnification, indemnity; reward; stipend; premium (ʕalà for): vn. III.
► takāfuʔ, n., mutual correspondence, equivalence; homogeneity, sameness; equality: vn. VI | ~ al-furaṣ, n., equal chances, equal opportunity; ~ al-ḍiddayn, n., ambivalence.
► ĭnkifāʔ, n., retreat, withdrawal: vn. VII.
► mukāfiʔ, adj., equal, (a)like, of the same kind, homogeneous, corresponding, commensurate, equivalent: PA III.
► mutakāfiʔ, adj., alike, (mutually) corresponding, commensurate, equivalent, equal: PA VI.

KFT كفت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KFT

“root”

▪ KFT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KFT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KFT_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to alter, change; to detain, hiding place, place for burying things/people; to compete; difficulty; livelihood; small cooking pot, to sheathe; death’

▪ …

.

KFR كفر

ID 757 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

“root”

▪ KFR_1 ‘to cover, hide; be irreligious, infidel’ ↗kafara
▪ KFR_2 ‘village’ ↗kafr
▪ KFR_3 ‘camphor’ ↗kāfūr
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to cover, to hide, to cover seed in the soil, to plant seeds, planter; to wear a garment over the shield; to be ungrateful, to hide God’s existence, to deny God, not to believe, to blaspheme, to be an infidel; darkness of night, night; the sea; great valley; rain; to prostrate, to show humility’. – Al-Suyūṭī quotes an opinion that kaffir is a borrowing from either Nab or Hbr.

While kafr ‘village’ and kāfūr ‘camphor’ are loanswords, the vb. kafara in its meaning ‘to cover, hide’ is older (Huehnergard2011: protSem *√¹KPR ‘to wipe clean, polish, purify, cover’). The figurative meanings attached to this vb. and some of its derivations, however, may be Hebraisms or Aramaisms. This is evidently the case with ‘expiation’. But it is less obvious with ‘to be irreligious, infidel’. The latter may be a genuinely Ar innovation – unless the ‘infidel’ originally is the *‘villager’ (as Huehnergard2011 has it), in which case ‘to be irreligious, infidel’ belongs to KFR_2, not KFR_1.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPR: With 14 values, this root is one of the most complex in Sem. Out of these 14, however, only 4 are realized in Ar: –1 kafara ‘couvrir, recouvrir; renier les bienfaits reçus, être ingrat envers; être infidèle, incrédule, nepas croire en un dieu unique’. –2 kafr ‘village’. –7 kāfūr ‘camphre’. –13 (Moroccan) kafūra ‘groin’. – For cognates see the entries referred to in the "Nutshell" section above. The dialectal value has no correspondence in MSA, thus no entry.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Capernaum ↗kafr. – Engl giaour, kafir, Kaffir, takfir, takfiri ↗kāfir, ↗kafr.
▪ Engl cyprinid, cyprinodont: cf. perh. Ar ↗kafara.

–

kafar‑ كَفَرَ , i (¹kafr ; ²kufr , kufrān , kufūr)

ID 760 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

vb., I

v1 (vn. ¹kafr): to cover, hide
v2 (vn. ²kufr, kufrān, kufūr): to be irreligious, be an infidel, not to believe; kafara bi-’llāh also: to blaspheme God, curse, swear; to renege one’s faith, become an infidel; to be ungrateful (for a benefit) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The vb. kafara in its meaning ‘to cover, hide’ (v1) is old, going back to a Sem vb. that must have meant s.th. like *‘to wipe, clean, polish, purify, cover’ (Huehnergard2011).
▪ The figurative meanings attached to it and a number of derivations, however, may be Hebraisms or Aramaisms. This is evidently the case with the notion of ‘expiation’, as in kaffara ‘to expiate’ (vb. II), kaffāraẗ ‘penance, expiation; (hence also:) expiatory gifts’ and the vn. II takfīr in the sense of ‘expiation, atonement, penance (for a sin)’.
▪ The case of v2 ‘to be infidel’, however, is doubtful. Jeffery connects it to a Hbr-Syr context, while Huehnergard2011 considers it to be derived from kafr ‘village’; in this theory, an ‘infidel’ would thus be, originally, a *‘villager’. But the sense of ‘to deny one’s religion’ is not too far from ‘to cover, hide’, so it may well be a genuinly Ar innovation.

▪ eC7 Used very frequently in Q in the sense of ‘to deny the existence of God’, then also ‘to be an unbeliever’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPR-1: Akk kapāru ‘étendre, essuyer (en frottant)’, ? Ug kpr ‘essuyer (?)’, JP kəpar ‘essuyer, nettoyer’; Akk kuppuru ‘purifier’, kāpir : un ouvrier du temple, Hbr kipper ‘expier’, JP kapper ‘expier’, Sab kfr ‘pardonner (un péché)’, Palm kprh, Nab kprʔ, Liḥy kafr‑ ‘tombeau, sépulcre’.

▪ Jeffery1938, 250: »In its various forms it is of common use in the Qurʔān, and the root is undoubtedly Ar, but as a technical religious term it has been influenced by outside usage. – The primitive sense of kafara ‘to cover or conceal’, corresponds with the Aram כפר; Syr kfr, and a derivative from this primitive sense occurs in the Qurʔān, 57:20, in the word kuffār ‘husbandmen’, i.e. ‘they who cover the seed’. The form kaffara, however, corresponds with the Hbr kippēr, Aram kappēr, and means ‘to cover’ in the sense of ‘atone’.²⁶ In this sense it is used with ʕan, and al-Suyūṭī, Itq, 324; Mutaw, 56, tells us that some early authorities noted this kafara ʕan as derived from Hebr or Nabataean. The commoner use, however, is with bi‑, in the sense of ‘to deny the existence or goodness of God’, and this use with bi‑ is characteristic of Syriac. The form kāfir, an ‘unbeliever’, and kufr ‘unbelief’, may indeed be independent borrowings from the [Talm]Hbr kōp̄ā̈r, Syr kāp̄ōrā and kāp̄ōrūṯā (Ahrens, Christliches, 41), though a kpr as a proper name seems to occur in the Thamudic inscriptions (Ryckmans, Nom propres, i, 115). The form [Ar] kaffāraẗ may, however, be a direct borrowing from the Jews, cf. Horovitz, JPN, 220. – Hirschfeld, Beiträge, 90; Horovitz, KU, 59, and Torrey, Foundation, 48, 144, would have the dominant influence on the Ar in this connection from the Jewish community, and Pautz, Offenbarung, 159, n.; Mingana, Syriac Influence, 86, stand for a Christian source. Again it is really impossible to decide (cf. Ahrens, Christliches, 21).«
▪ Pennacchio2014: 138 follows Jeffery in assigning vb. II, kaffara to Hbr Aram kippär ‘to expiate’, while she thinks that kaffāraẗ ‘expiation’ is not a borrowing from late [Talm] Hbr kappārā ‘expiation’, but must be earlier (from where? – Ahrens1930: 22 excluded BiblHbr kappōräṯ ‘propitiatory’, a late technical term from ‘to cover over sin’…).
▪ In contrast to all other references, Huehnergard2011 connects the meaning ‘to be infidel’ to ↗kafr ‘village’ (‘infidel’ < *‘villager’). For further discussion, see ↗kāfir.
26. The SAr kfr seems also to have this meaning; cf. Rossini, Glossarium, 170.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl cyprinid; cyprinodont, from Grk kuprīnos ‘carp’, perh. from kúpros ‘henna’ (from the fish’s color), prob. from a Sem source akin to Ug kpr and Hbr kōper ‘henna’ (perh. ultimately from √KPR in the meaning ‘to wipe, cover’ > ‘to cover with dye’, cf. Ar ↗kafara).
▪ Not from Ar, but from Hbr (to which the Ar vb. is akin), is Yom Kippur, the name of the Jewish holiday. According to EtymOnline, the word came into English by mC19 (first attested 1854) from Mishnaic Hbr yôm kippûr (BiblHebr yôm kippûrîm), lit. ‘day of atonement,’ from yôm ‘day’ + kippûr ‘atonement, expiation.’

v1
► kaffara, vb. II, to cover, hide: ints.
v2
► kaffara, vb. II, 1 to expiate; to do penance, atone, make amends; to grant remission (of one’s sins); to forgive, grant pardon: probably a Hebraism-Aramaism; 2 to make an infidel, seduce to unbelief: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr.
► ʔakfara, vb. IV, to make an infidel; to call an infidel, accuse of infidelity: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr.
► kafr, n., village ↗s.v.
► ^BP#3044C kufr, kufrān, n., unbelief, infidelity ↗kufr
► kafar, pl. ‑āt (saud.-ar., Eg.), n., rubber tire (for cars, bicycles): ?
► kaffār, n., infidel, unbeliever: ints.
► kaffāraẗ, n.f., penance, atonement (for a sin), expiation; reparation, amends; expiatory gifts, expiations (distributed to the poor at a funeral):
► takfīr, n., 1 expiation, atonement, penance (for a sin); 2 seduction to infidelity; charge of unbelief
► ^BP#3646C kāfir, pl. ‑ūn, kuffār, kafaraẗ, kifār, adj./n., irreligious, unbelieving; unbeliever, infidel, atheist; ungrateful: PA I (but see "Discussion").
► kāfūr, n., camphor ↗s.v..

kafr كَفْر , pl. kufūr

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

n.

small village, hamlet – WehrCowan1979.

Probably from Aram kaprā ′village’, from protSem *kapar‑ ′village’.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPR-2: Akk kapr‑, Hbr kāpār, koper, oEmpAram kpr, JP kaprā ‘village’.
▪ Unrelated to ↗kafara ‘to hide; (but also to ′be an unbeliever’?) and ↗kāfūr ‘camphor’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KPR: »L’arabe est probablement un emprunt à l’araméen.«
▪ Huehnergard2011: from Aram kaprā ‘village’, from Sem *kapar ‘village’.
▪ Huehnergard2011 derives the figurative meaning of the vb. kafara, ‘to be infidel’, not from the vb.’s basic value ‘to hide, conceal’ but from kafr, the ‘infidel’ being, originally, the *‘villager’. For further discussion, see ↗kāfir.

▪ Kluge2002: Ge Kaff ‘awful hole, godforsaken place’ (C19), from Rotwelsch, from Romani gāw ‘village’, influenced by older Rotwelsch kefar ‘village’, from WYid kefar, from Hbr kāp̄ār ‘village’.

Derivational situation not clear yet. Should Huehnergard2011 be right in connecting ‘infidelity’ to ‘village’ then the following items may be derived from kafr :
► kafara, i (kufr, kufrān, kufūr), vb. I, to be irreligious, be an infidel, not to believe: denom. from kāfir or kufr (?).
► kaffara, vb. II, to make an infidel, seduce to unbelief: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr. – For another value see ↗kafara.
► ʔakfara, vb. IV, to make an infidel; to call an infidel, accuse of infidelity: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr.
► ^BP#3044C kufr, kufrān, n., unbelief, infidelity.
► kaffār, n., infidel, unbeliever: ints.
► takfīr, n., seduction to infidelity; charge of unbelief: vn. II. – For another value see ↗kafara.
► ^BP#3646C kāfir, pl. ‑ūn, kuffār, kafaraẗ, kifār, adj./n., irreligious, unbelieving; unbeliever, infidel, atheist; ungrateful: PA I (but see "Discussion").

kufr كُفْر

ID 761 • Sw – • BP 3044 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

kāfir كافِر , pl. ‑ūn , kuffār , kafaraẗ , kifār

ID 758 • Sw – • BP 3646 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

¹adj.; ²n.

irreligious, unbelieving; unbeliever, infidel, atheist; ungrateful – WehrCowan1979.

▪ C
▪ Either simply a PA I from the vb. ↗kafara (′one who conceals his belief’), or from TalmHbr kōp̄ēr ′unbeliever’ (Horovitz), or inspired by Syr kāp̄ōrā ′unbeliever’, kāp̄ōrūṯā ′unbelief’ (Ahrens), or derived from, or akin to, Ar ↗kafr ′village’, an ′infidel’ originally being a *′villager’ (Huehnergard).

▪ …

Depending on how the etymological situation is viewed, (indirect) cognates (via the non-Ar words from which the etymon of kāfir is borrowed) belong to the complexes of KFR_1 or KFR_2, see ↗KFR.

▪ Huehnergard2011 derives the figurative meaning ‘to be infidel’ of the vb. kafara not from the vb.’s basic value ‘to hide, conceal’ but from ↗kafr, the ‘infidel’ being, originally, the *‘villager’. Huehnergard is the only reference who makes this connection. But cf. the extra-Sem evidence, see section "Loans into Western languages", below.

▪ Kluge2002: Ge Kaffer ‘silly person, idiot’ (attested since C18), from Rotwelsch kaffer, from WYid kaf(f)er ‘peasant, villager’, from post-TalmHbr kafrī ‘rural’, akin to WYid kefar ‘village’, from Hbr kāp̄ār ‘village’.
▪ Huehnergard2011: from Ar kāfir are Engl giaour ⁹ , kafir, Kaffir ¹⁰ , takfir, takfiri.
9. In contrast, EtymOnline says: »1560s, Turkish term of contempt for non-Muslims, from Pers gaur, var. of gabr ‘fire-worshipper,’ originally applied to the adherents of the Zoroastrian religion.« 10. Cf. also EtymOnline : »1790, from Arabic kāfir ‘unbeliever, infidel, impious wretch,’ with a literal sense of ‘one who does not admit the blessings of God,’ from kafara ‘to cover up, conceal, deny, blot out.’ Technically, ‘non-Muslim,’ but in Ottoman times it came to be used almost exclusively for ‘Christian.’ Early English missionaries used it as an equivalent of ‘heathen’ to refer to Bantus in South Africa (1792), from which use it came generally to mean ‘South African black’ regardless of ethnicity, and to be a term of abuse since at least 1934.«

Derivational situation not clear yet. Should kāfir, as Huehnergard2011 thinks, be from kafr ′village’, then the following items must be considered derivations that ultimately go back to kāfir (otherwise they belong to the vb. kafara on which then also would depend):
► kafara, i (kufr, kufrān, kufūr), vb. I, to be irreligious, be an infidel, not to believe: denom. from kāfir or kufr (?).
► kaffara, vb. II, to make an infidel, seduce to unbelief: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr. – For another value see ↗kafara.
► ʔakfara, vb. IV, to make an infidel; to call an infidel, accuse of infidelity: caus., denom. from kāfir or kufr.
► ^BP#3044C kufr, kufrān, n., unbelief, infidelity.
► kaffār, n., infidel, unbeliever: ints.
► takfīr, n., seduction to infidelity; charge of unbelief: vn. II. – For another value see ↗kafara.

kāfūr كافور

ID 759 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFR

n.

camphor, camphor tree; (EgAr) blue gum (Eucalyptus ‎globulus Lab.; bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The word is ultimately of East Asian origin. Camphor came to the Arabs ‎via India, and to Europe via Arab physicians. In East Asia and India, it had been used since ancient times as a fumigant in religious rituals and other ceremonies. In the Qur’an it is mentioned as a cooling agent or flavouring for the drinks of the blessed in heaven. Arab physicians introduced camphor in the West as a drug. In C11 Italy and C12 Germany it is used as a remedy against gout and rheumatism (mentioned, among others, by Hildegard of Bingen) – Osman 2002.

♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘[n.] camphor; a mixture of chosen scents; a name of a spring in Paradise’
▪ C6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād bayna šifāhihā miskun ʕabīrun wa-kāfūrun yumāziǧuhū mudāmū (Polosin1995)
▪ eC7 al-Aʕšā wa-bāridin ratilin ʕaḏbin maḏāqatuhū | ka-ʔannamā ʕulla bi’l-kāfūri wa-’ġtabaqā ‘und ein kühles, schönes (Gebiß), von süßem Geschmack, gleich wie wenn es getränkt wäre mit Kâfūrwein und einen Abendtrunk getan hätte’ (Geyer1905: 61-2).
▪ eC7 Q 76: 5-6 ʔinna ’l-ʔabrāra yašrabūna min kaʔsin kāna mizāǧuhā kāfūran | ʕaynan yašrabu bihā ʕibādu ’ḷḷāhi yufaǧǧirūnahā tafǧīran “Die Frommen (dagegen) trinken (im Paradies Wein) aus einem Becher, dessen Mischwasser (mit) Kampfer (gewürzt) ist, | von einer Quelle, an der die (auserwählten) Diener Gottes trinken, und die sie unausgesetzt (oder: stark) (aus der Erde hervor)sprudeln lassen” (Paret)

see DISC section below.

▪ According to Jeffery1938, »The verse [Q 76: 5] is an early one ‎descriptive of the joys of Paradise, where the Commentators were uncertain whether kāfūr was ‎the name of the fountain from which the Blessed drink, or the material used to temper the drink ‎‎(cf. Ṭab. and Bayḍ. on the verse). – It is usually taken as an Ar word (LA, vi, 465), but the ‎variety of spellings – kāfūr, qāfūr, qafūr, and qaffūr – would suggest otherwise, and several ‎of the early authorities noted it as a loan-word from Pers. The ultimate source ‎is probably to be found in the Munda dialects of India, whence it passed into Dravidian, e.g. Tamil karppūram, Malayalam kappūram, and into Skr, cf. karpūr. It passed also into Iranian, where we find Phlv kāpūr, which gives the modPers kāfūr, and Arm ‎k'ap'owr, and into Aram where we find Syr ‎qapūrā and Mand ‎גופארא‎. – It is very probable that the Syriac like the Grk kaphourá is from the Iranian, and Addai Sher, 136, would make the Ar also a ‎borrowing from the Persians. The probabilities are, however, that it, like the Eth [Gz] kəfūr,²⁷ is to ‎be taken as derived from the Syriac. We find the ‎word in the early poetry (e.g. in al-Aʕshā), but the story ‎told by Balādhurī (ed. de Goeje, 264), that the Arab soldiers who conquered Madā’in found stores ‎of camphor there and took it for salt, would seem to show that the article was not widely known in ‎Arabia«.
▪ Geyer1905: 61-62: »Es ist schwer zu sagen, ob wir unter kāfūr wirklich stets den heute bei uns nur mehr medizinal gebrauchten Kampferwein oder auch anderweitig gewürzten Wein zu verstehen haben (vgl. die einander widersprechenden Angaben bei Lane, s.v.). Er wird ziemlich häufig genannt, am häufigsten wohl bei ʕUmar ibn ʔAbī Rabīʕah [lC7/eC8], und zwar VI 19, X 16, XVI 14, CLXXI 6, CLXXXIII; an den Stellen XXXII 1 und CXV 12 bezeichnet kāfūr‑ nur den Riechstoff, und es ist nicht auszuschließen, daß dies auch an einer oder der anderen von den früher angeführten der Fall ist«.
▪No relation whatsoever with the many KFR roots ‎‎(↗√KFR).
27. Stefan Weninger informs me that kəfūr is wrong and should definitely be kafūr, which is a loan from Ar. Jeffery’s opinion that Syr played a roll in the transfer of the word to Gz is therefore to be refuted – Personal communication, 07Jan2014.

▪ Kluge2002: A loan, ultimately, from an ‎Austroasian word (cf. Khmer kāpōr etc.). The many inlaut consonsants (Ge Kampfer, ‎nEngl camphor, Ital canfora, Ar kāfūr, oInd karpū́ra-) can be explained, probably, as a ‎variation that goes back to different prefixes.
▪ Ar kāfūr gave mLat ‎camphora, oItal cafura, Fr camphra, SpanPort cánfora, alcanfor, mHGe gaffer (C13) ‎and campher. Later attestations in Ge: 1556 Gampher (Frisius), 1616 Campher ‎‎(Henisch) – Osman2002.

–

KFL كفل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KFL

“root”

▪ KFL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KFL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KFL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘posterior, rump, buttocks; to undertake, guarantee, provide for, sponsor, guardian; share, equal amount; kiflayn, twice the amount’; considered by some philologists to be a borrowing from Gz’

▪ …

.

–

KFY كفي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFY

“root”

▪ KFY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KFY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KFY_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

ĭktafà / ĭktafay‑ اِكْتَفَى / اِكْتَفَيْـ

ID 762 • Sw – • BP 2893 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFY

vb., VIII

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

kifāyaẗ كِفايَة

ID 763 • Sw – • BP 3027 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KFY

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KLː (KLL) كلّ / كلل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLː (KLL)

“root”

▪ KLː (KLL)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KLː (KLL)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to fatigue; the blunt side of a knife; to be childless, to die without leaving children to inherit; to be a burden on s.o.; head gear, crown, to surround’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kull كُلّ

ID 764 • Sw 9/1 • BP 19 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLː (KLL)

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#1): from protSem *kal‑/*kull‑ ‘all’ (CDG 381).
▪ From protSem *√KLL, also *√KLY ‘to complete’, WSem *kull‑ ‘whole, all’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ Cf. Fück1950: 34.
▪▪ …
▪▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘whole, all’) Akk (kullatu), Hbr kōl, Syr kul, Gz kʷell.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

kilā كِلا , f. kiltā; obl. kilay, f . kiltay

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLā

pron.

(with dependent genit. or suffix) both (of) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KLʔ/W/Y, KLL, KLKL-1 Akk kilallān, f. killatān, Ug klat, Hbr kilʔayim, Ar kilā ‘les deux’, Sab klʔy, Soq keʔala ‘les deux, l’un et l’autre’, Gz kəlʔe, Te kəlʔot, Tña kələtte, Har koʔot, kōt, Arg ket, Amh hulätt, Gur kʷett, hʷett, hoyt, wərʔət, ōšt ‘deux’; Arg kiya, Amh haya, häa, Gaf hayä ‘vingt’. – Outside Sem: En Eg on relève čnw ‘nombre, chaque (fois que)’, čnwt ‘nombre, quantité’. – Le Berb présente avec des valeurs analogues une forme réduite: Kab ako ‘tous, tout’, Tam akʷ, Tua ak ‘chaque’. – Cush: Bedja -ka, Ag Bil -k, Dembya Qwara kī ‘tout, chaque’, à quoi s’ajoute en Bedja une forme autonome triconsonanti- que (kāris, kars, kass). – LACAU 94 souligne le rapport entre la racine examinée ici et les formes Ar kulyaẗ, kulwaẗ ‘rein, rognon’ et met en évidence un parallèle Eg: zmʔ ‘poumon’ et le vb. “homographe” ‘lier deux objets ensemble’. || -2–5 cf. s.v. ↗KLʔ.

…

KLʔ كلأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last update 15Feb2023
√KLʔ

“root”

▪ KLʔ_1 ‘to hold back; to guard, protect’ ↗kalaʔa
▪ KLʔ_2 ‘grass, herbage, pasture’ ↗kalaʔ
▪ KLʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pasture, vegetation, herbage; to guard over; to stay awake at night; shore, to bring a boat in to port’

▪ Any relation betw. KLʔ_1 and KLʔ_2?

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KLʔ/W/Y, KLL, KLKL-1 […] ↗kilā. -2 Akk kalū, oAss kalāʔu ‘arrêter, retenir, refuser’, Hbr kālāʔ ‘retenir’, JudPal kᵊlā ‘retenir, empêcher’, Ar kalaʔa ‘différer, remettre à plus tard; surveiller, veiller sur, protéger’, kallāʔ ‘port’, kallaʔa ‘retenir, détenir, contenir’, Hbr kālā, Syr kᵊlā, Gz kalʔā, Te kälʔa, Tña kälʔe, Amh källa, Gur källa, ḫänʔa; Te källäla, kälkäla, Tña kälkälä, Amh Gaf käläkkälä, Arg käläkkäla ‘empêcher, interdire, refuser’. – Akk kill-, kīl-, Hbr keleʔ ‘détention, emprisonnement’; nikᵊlāʔ ‘enclos’. – Akk kalū ‘barrage’, Ar mukallāʔ, YemAr kallāʔ ‘rive de fleuve’, kilāʔ ‘terrasse’; nomades d’Orient čālī ‘bord escarpé’.²¹ -3 Ar kalaʔ ‘pâturage’, Sab ʔklʔ (pl.) ‘pâturages’, klwt ‘champs en terrasses (?), mur de barrage (?)’.²² -4 Hbr ‘se gonfler, se remplir d’air’, kalkal- ‘poitrine; flanc’; kilkal ‘embrasser, comprendre, tenir, contenir; pourvoir’. -5 […].
21. Pour čālī, Meissner, cité par Landberg rapproche de l’éthiopien qalāy ‘abîme’, v. Leslau CDG 432. 22. Le sens du Sab klwt n’est pas assuré; il peut être en rapport plutôt avec KLʔ/W/Y.

See above, section CONC.

…

kalaʔ‑ كَلَأَ , a (kalʔ, kilāʔ, kilāʔaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLʔ

vb., I

to guard, preserve, watch, protect – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Any relation to ↗kalaʔ ‘grass, herbage, pasture’?

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KLʔ/W/Y, KLL, KLKL-1 […] ↗kilā. -2 Akk kalū, oAss kalāʔu ‘arrêter, retenir, refuser’, Hbr kālāʔ ‘retenir’, JudPal kᵊlā ‘retenir, empêcher’, Ar kalaʔa ‘différer, remettre à plus tard; surveiller, veiller sur, protéger’, kallāʔ ‘port’, kallaʔa ‘retenir, détenir, contenir’, Hbr kālā, Syr kᵊlā, Gz kalʔā, Te kälʔa, Tña kälʔe, Amh källa, Gur källa, ḫänʔa; Te källäla, kälkäla, Tña kälkälä, Amh Gaf käläkkälä, Arg käläkkäla ‘empêcher, interdire, refuser’. – Akk kill-, kīl-, Hbr keleʔ ‘détention, emprisonnement’; nikᵊlāʔ ‘enclos’. – Akk kalū ‘barrage’, Ar mukallāʔ, YemAr kallāʔ ‘rive de fleuve’, kilāʔ ‘terrasse’; nomades d’Orient čālī ‘bord escarpé’.²³ -3–5 […] (cf. ↗√KLʔ).
…
23. Pour čālī, Meissner, cité par Landberg rapproche de l’éthiopien qalāy ‘abîme’, v. Leslau CDG 432.

See above, section CONC.

…

►ĭktalaʔa, vb. VIII, to find no sleep (eye)
►kalūʔ, adj.: kalūʔ al‑ʕayn, sleepless, awake
► al‑Mukallā, n.geogr., Mukalla (seaport in S Yemen): *‘the one with the barrage (or: terrasses)’?
For other meanings of the root, cf. ↗kalaʔ and, for the general picture, ↗√KLʔ.

kalaʔ كَلَأ , pl. ʔaklāʔ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLʔ

n.

grass, herbage, pasture – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Any relation to ↗kalaʔa ‘to hold back; to protect’?
▪ …

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KLʔ/W/Y, KLL, KLKL-1 […] ↗kilā. -2 […] ↗kalaʔa. -3 Ar kalaʔ ‘pâturage’, Sab ʔklʔ (pl.) ‘pâturages’, klwt ‘champs en terrasses (?), mur de barrage (?)’.²⁴ -4–5 […] (cf. ↗√KLʔ).
24. Le sens du Sab klwt n’est pas assuré; il peut être en rapport plutôt avec KLʔ/W/Y.

See above, section CONC.

…

For other meanings of the root, cf. ↗kalaʔa and, for the general picture, ↗√KLʔ.

KLB كلب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLB

“root”

▪ KLB_1 ‘dog’ ↗kalb
▪ KLB_2 ‘rabies’ ↗kalab
▪ KLB_3 ‘hook; cramp’ ↗kullāb, var. kallāb
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘dog, any wild animal, to train animals and birds for hunting; to become fierce; rabies; to fight over; hanging hook; gluttony’

▪ KLB_1 : (Kogan2015 Sw#18:) from protSem *kalb‑ ‘dog’ (SED II #115). Passim except SEthSem.
▪ Both KLB_2 ‘rabies’ and KLB_3 ‘hook; cramp’ may depend on KLB_1 ‘dog’.
▪ …

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLB-1 Akk kalb‑ , Ug klb, Hbr keleb, Phn klb, Aram kalbā, Ar kalb, Sab klb ‘dog’, Śḥr kob ‘wolf’, ekob ‘dog’, Mhr kawb ‘wolf’, Soq kalb, Gz kalb, Te kälb, Tña kälbi ‘dog’. -2 […] -3 Hbr kᵉlūb, Aram kulbāšā, Gz karabō ‘corbeille’. – nHbr kᵉlūb ‘cage’, nSyr kwlb ‘cruche’, Ar ^†kulbaẗ ‘boutique de marchand de vin’. -4 Ar kalaba ‘éperonner’, kullāb ‘harpon, grappin, aiguillon, éperon, serre’, YemAr maklab ‘dard d’insecte’. -5 […].-6 […].

▪ Is kalb ‘dog’ derived from kalab ‘rabies’, or vice versa?
▪ kullāb, var. kallāb ‘hook; cramp’: figurative from kalb (*‘like a dog’s mouth’)?
▪ For ^†kulbaẗ cf. Grk klōbós [‘bird-cage’].

–

►

kalb كَلْب , pl. kilāb

ID 765 • Sw 21/30 • BP 1267 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLB

n.

dog – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#18): from protSem *kalb‑ ‘dog’ (SED II #115). Passim except SEthSem.
▪ Was the animal eponymous for the disease (rabies), or vice versa? ↗√KLB
▪ …

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: Akk kalbu, Hbr kéleḇ, Aram kalb.ā, Gz ‎‎kalb ‘dog’.
▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLB–1 Akk kalb‑ , Ug klb, Hbr keleb, Phn klb, Aram kalbā, Ar kalb, Sab klb ‘dog’, Śḥr kob ‘wolf’, ekob ‘dog’, Mhr kawb ‘wolf’, Soq kalb, Gz kalb, Te kälb, Tña kälbi ‘dog’.

▪ Diakonoff1998 thinks the word may be segmented into a root *kal‑ plus AfrAs »key ‎consonant« *‑b for strong and/or dangerous animals, cf. also ↗ʔarnab, dubb, ḏiʔb, ḏubāb, labb, ʕaqrab, ṯaʕlab
▪ See also √KLB for kalab ‘rabies’.
▪ Outside Sem, kalb may be akin to biconsonantal themes like *KL, *KR, or*KN, in Cush and/or Chad, cf. Orel&Stolbova 1994 s.v. ‘dog’ in the index. – »Vicichl Delc 79 cite le copte kalōpou ‘petit chien’, qu’il estime probablement sémitique. – L’histoire de ce nom qui, au moins dans une certaine mesure, doit recouvrir, celle de l’animal lui-même, si anciennement domestiqué, est certes complexe, et les rapprochements opérés ne peuvent prendre sens qu’avec d’autres études […]. Il n’en reste pas moins qu’il semble difficile de passer sous silence la forme indo-européenne représentée en latin par canes, canis et en Grk kyṓn, et dont la structure pose quelques problèmes«.

–

► al-kalb al-ʔakbar the constellation Canis Major with its main star Sirius:.
► ‎al-kalb ‎al-ʔaṣġar the constellation Canis Minor with its main star Procyon:.
► kalb al-baḥr shark:.
► kalb al-māʔ otter; beaver:.
► kalbaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., bitch: f. of kalb.
► kalbī, adj., canine: nsb-adj.
► kullāb, var. kallāb, pl. kalālībᵘ, n., hook; cramp: figurative (like a dog’s mouth)? Rolland2014a thinks the word is probably a loan from Pers kalab ‘bec (d’oiseau)’.
► kullābaẗ, var. kallābaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., (pair of) pincers, tongs, forceps: f. of kullāb /kallāb and thus figurative from kalb ? Or from Pers kalab ‘bec (d’oiseau)’ (as Rolland2014a thinks likely)?

kalab كَلَب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLB

n.

rabies, hydrophobia; burning thirst; greed – WehrCowan1979.

Ultimately from ‘dog’? Cf. ↗kalb and ↗√KLB.

▪ …

▪ Cf. ↗kalb ?

Ultimately from ‘dog’? Cf. ↗kalb and ↗√KLB.

–

► kaliba, a (kalab), vb. I, to be seized by hydrophobia; to become mad, crazy; to covet greedily: denominative?
► kallaba, vb. II, to stir up, rouse (s.o. against s.th.): ultimately from kalb ? If so, the animal was eponymous for the disease it used to be infected with and therefore was identified with.
► takālaba, vb. VI, to rage, rave, storm; to fall, pounce, rush in, assail (s.o.); to assail each other, rush against each other:.
► ĭstaklaba, vb. X, to be raging, raving, rabid, furious, mad, frenzied, possessed.
► kalib, adj., affected with rabies, rabid; mad; greedy
► kalīb, pl. kalbā, adj., affected with rabies, rabid, raging: quasi-PP I.
► taklīb, n., agitation, incitement: vn. II.
► takālub, n., 1 fierce struggle, dogfight, free-for-all, melee, brawl; 2 avidity, greed: vn. VI.
► maklūb, adj., rabid, frenzied, crazed, possessed: PP I.

kullāb كُلّاب , var. kallāb , pl. kalālībᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLB

n.

hook; cramp – WehrCowan1979.

Figurative from ↗kalb ‘dog’ (*like a dog’s mouth)?

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLB-4: Ar kalaba ‘éperonner’, kullāb ‘harpon, grappin, aiguillon, éperon, serre’, YemAr maklab ‘dard d’insecte’. – Note that this item is listed separately from other values of ↗KLB.
▪ But it may depend on ↗kalb ‘dog’.

–

► kullābaẗ, var. kallābaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., (pair of) pincers, tongs, forceps: f. of kullāb and thus figurative from ↗kalb ‘dog’?

KLF كلف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KLF

“root”

▪ KLF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KLF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KLF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘freckles, vitiligo; to be fond of; cost, task; to take the trouble; to be keen, be in charge; to feign’

▪ …

.

–

takalluf تَكَلُّف

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KLF

n.

.

▪ vn. of vb. V, takallafa, tD-stem

.

KLFL كلفل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KLFL

“root”

▪ KLFL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KLFL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KLFL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘scowling, frowning, to be grave, austere; hardship, famine; succession of thunderbolts’

▪ …

.

–

KLM كلم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLM

“root”

▪ KLM_1 ‘wound, cut, slash’ ↗kalm
▪ KLM_2 ‘to speak, talk; word, speech, saying; disputation; (Isl.) theology’ ↗kalimaẗ, ↗kalām
▪ KLM_3 ‘kilim, carpet, rug’ ↗kalīm
Not from KLM but sometimes looked up under the lemma are:

KLM_4 kulla-mā ‘whenever’ ↗kull
KLM_5 k-l-m ‘km’ (abbreviation of ‘kilometer’) ↗kīlūmitr
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 to cut, wound; 2 speech, utterance, word, to speak, conversation’

▪ Out of the 3 values that the root KLM, according to DRS, can take in Sem, only two are represented in Ar: ‘to wound’ and ‘speech, to speak’.
▪ KLM_2 ‘to speak, speech’ seems to be an exclusively SSem, if not only Ar phenomenon, while KLM_1 ‘(to) wound’ has a deeper Sem dimension. Are the two related etymologically? See DISC below.
▪ A third value, KLM_3 ‘kilim, carpet, rug’, is of Tu origin.

–

▪ Out of the 3 values that the root KLM, according to DRS, can take in Sem, only two are represented in Ar: ‘to wound’ and speech, to speak’.
▪ KLM_2 ‘to speak, speech’ seems to be an exclusively SSem, if not only Ar phenomenon, while the KLM_1 ‘(to) wound’ has a deeper Sem dimension. Are the two related etymologically? See DISC below.
▪ A third value (KLM_3 ‘kilim, carpet, rug’) is of Tu origin.

▪ While KLM_3 clearly is of foreign origin, KLM_1 and KLM_2 have cognates in Sem. The question is: Are the two related etymologically? – The value ‘speech, to speak’ (KLM_2) seems to be an exclusively SSem development, while the value ‘to wound, humiliate’ (KLM_1) is found in Ar as well as in Can (Hbr, Aram). There is also an ESem value: Akk kullumu means ‘to show, point out, indicate, produce evidence; to expose, reveal, exhibit’. DRS groups the Akk item together with Ar Can ‘to humiliate, wound’, but it is not clear why it should not belong to the SSem group. In fact, it may be the link between both and the primary meaning: One could imagine a development from an original *‘to show, indicate’ to the meanings (1) ‘to humiliate’ (by showing s.th. disgraceful, making humiliating statements or proposals) > (by extension) ‘to wound’, and (2) ‘speech, to speak’, i.e., a generalisation of the more specific ‘to put forward, show, indicate, produce evidence’. One could also think of a line ‘to show, point out, expose, reveal, exhibit’ > ‘to speak (i.e., to show, reveal verbally)’ > ‘to humiliate (by words, improper speech)’ > ‘to wound (in general)’. Another semantic chain could be: ‘to show, point out, expose, reveal, exhibit’ > ‘to humiliate, wound (by pointing to s.th.)’ > ‘to make a humiliating utterance’ > ‘to utter, express’ > ‘to speak’. Which of these, if any, is the right one is impossible to decide.

–

kalimaẗ كَلِمة , pl. ‑āt (coll. kalim)

ID … • Sw – • BP 173 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLM

n.f.

1 word; 2 speech, address; 3 utterance, remark, saying; 4 aphorism, maxim; 5 brief announcement, a few (introductory) words; 6 short treatise; 7 importance, weight, influence, authority, ascendancy, powerful position – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Etymologically, Ar kalimaẗ belongs to the SSem theme ‘speech, utterance, to speak’. A relation with (ESem) Akk kullumu ‘to show, indicate, point out’ and/or Hbr Aram ‘to humiliate’, and with this also to Ar ↗kalm ‘wound’, is not impossible, but difficult to prove; see DISC s.v. ↗KLM.
▪ In the expression kalimaẗ Allāh, kalimaẗ means ‘a’ (single) divine utterance. It has to be distinguished from ↗kalām Allāh ‘the Word of God’ – EI², art. »kalām« (L. Gardet). »[kalimaẗ ] ‘the spoken word, utterance’, can be extended to mean ‘discourse’ and ‘poem’. The falāsifaẗ prefer to limit their discussion to the problems of grammar and logic: thus in the preamble to the Naǧāẗ (Cairo² 1357/1938: 11) Ibn Sīnā defines kalimaẗ as “a single word (lafẓaẗ) which refers to an idea and the length of time that this idea is applied to any indeterminate subject whatsoever; for example, when we say ‘he walked’.” Cf. also Manṭiq al-mašriqiyyīn, Cairo 1328/1910: 57-8, and 66, where kalimaẗ is given as a synonym for ‘that which grammarians call fiʕl ’. But according to the ʔIšārāt (ed. Forget, Leiden 1892: 11), logicians use kalimaẗ to apply to any wholly descriptive spoken word, noun or verb, which designates an indeterminate entity in a fixed period of time. (Cf. A. M. Goichon, Lexique de la langue philosophique d’Ibn Sīnā, Paris 1938, and Fr. tr. of ʔIšārāt, Paris 1951: 84, n.l.). / The term kalimaẗ and the pl. kalimāt occur frequently in the Qurʔān. It is used on numerous occasions in the very general sense of ‘spoken word’, good (14:24, 48:26) or bad (9:74, 14:26, 18:5, 23:100). Yet it most frequently pertains to the realised Word of God. ‘The words of God cannot be altered’, says the Qurʔān, 10:64. Subsequently kalimaẗ acquires a sense closely akin to ʔamr ‘decision’, ‘order’, or indeed qadar ‘decree’. R. Blachère frequently translates kalimaẗ by ‘arrêt ’. There are numerous references (e.g., 6:115, 7:137, 10:33, 96, 11:119, etc.; in the pl.: 6:34, 115, 18:109, 31:26, etc.). In 43:28 it is said of Abraham: ‘and he made it an everlasting word (kalimaẗ^an bāqiyaẗ^an) among his descendants’. The commentators (see al-Bayḍāwī, ed. Fleischer, ii: 237, 25) usually emphasised that this referred to an affirmation of the Oneness of God, the equivalent of the ‘first šahādaẗ ’, as is suggested in 43:26-7. One of the most frequently cited passages of the Qurʔān is 3:39 and 45, where Jesus is proclaimed as ‘a word coming from God’. The commentators regarded this kalimaẗ Allāh who is Jesus as a divine word linked to the creative kun (‘be!’; cf. 3:47) and subsequently related the creation of Jesus to that of Adam: ‘Yes, in the case of Jesus God acted just as He did with Adam: God created the earth, then He said ‘be!’ and there he was’ (3:59). / Thus kalimaẗ is not an attribute of the Word [see ↗kalām ] but its expression, through which divine decisions are formulated and communicated. Qurʔānic commentaries discuss it with particular reference to the verses concerning Jesus, and also in the ‘professions of faith’ (ʕaqāʔid), e.g., La Profession de foi d’Ibn Baṭṭaẗ, ed. and Fr. tr. H. Laoust, Damascus 1958: 58/107-8).« – EI², art. »kalima« (L. Gardet / D.B. MacDonald).

▪ kallama (to speak, talk to) Q 6:111 wa-law ʔanna-nā nazzalnā ʔilay-him-u ’l-malāʔikata wa-kallama-hum-u ’l-mawtà ‘even if We sent the angels down to them, and the dead spoke to them’.
▪ kalām 1 (speech, talk, utterance, spoken words) Q 2:75 wa-qad kāna farīqun min-hum yasmaʕūna kalāma ’llāhi ṯumma yuḥarrifūna-hū min baʕdi mā ʕaqalū-hu ‘when a group of them used to hear the words of God and then pervert them, [even] after they had understood them’; 2 (the act of speaking) Q 7:144 qāla yā Mūsā ʔin-nī ’ṣṭafaytu-ka ʕalā ’l-nāsi bi-risālāt-ī wa-bi-kalām-ī ‘He said, “Moses, I have chosen you over the people by [giving you] My messages and by my speaking [to you]”’.
▪ kalimaẗ 1 (word) Q 14:24 kalimatan ṭayyibatan ka-šaǧaratin ṭayyibatin ‘a good word is like a good tree’; 2 (mere words, empty talk) Q 23:100 laʕall-ī ʔaʕmalu ṣāliḥan fī-mā taraktu, kallā, ʔinna-hā kalimatun huwa qāʔilu-hā ‘“that I might act righteously in the things I neglected”, no indeed!, this is a [mere] word [only words] he is saying’; 3 (advise, message, instruction) Q 43:27 wa-ǧaʕala-hā kalimaẗan bāqiyaẗan fī ʕaqibi-hī laʕalla-hum yarǧiʕūna ‘and he bequeathed this advice to his descendants that they might return [to God]’; 4 (decree) Q 10:33 ka-ḏālika ḥaqqat kalimaẗu rabbi-ka ʕalā ’llaḏīna fasaqū ʔanna-hum lā yuʔminūna ‘in this way, your Lord’s decree about those who defy [the Truth] has come true—they do not believe’; 5 (status, position, cause) Q 9:40 wa-ǧaʕala kalimaẗa ’llaḏīna kafarū ’l-suflā wa-kalimatu ’llāhi hiya ’l-ʕulyā ‘and He brought down the cause of the disbelievers; God’s cause is always uppermost’; 6 (promise) Q 6:115 wa-tammat kalimaẗu rabbi-ka ṣidqan wa-ʕadlan lā mubaddila li-kalimāti-hī wa-huwa ’l-samīʕu ’l-ʕalīmu ‘the words of your Lord have com to pass in truth and justice: no one can change His words’; 7 (direct creation, miraculous creation – an epithet for Jesus) Q 4:17 kalimaẗu-hū ‘His Word’
▪ kalim (pl. of kalimaẗ) 1 (words) Q 35:10 ʔilay-hi yaṣʕadu ’l-kalimu ’l-ṭayyibu ‘to Him ascend good words’; 2 (revelation) Q 4:46 min-a ’llaḏīna hādū yuḥarrifūna ’l-kalima ʕan mawāḍiʕi-him ‘some of those who are Jews distort words [of revelation] out of their contexts’
▪ taklīm (vn. II, used adverbially for emphasis: the act of speaking) Q 4:164 wa-kallama ’llāhu Mūsā taklīman ‘and to Moses God spoke directly’

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLM -1 Akk kullumu ‘montrer, indiquer’, Hbr hiklīm ‘importuner (une femme), insulter par des propos; faire honte’, niklam ‘avoir honte de’, kᵉlimmāh ‘injure, outrage’, JP ʔaklem ‘faire honte, humilier’, Ar kalama ‘blesser’, kalm ‘blessure’. -2 […] -3 Ar kallama ‘parler à, adresser la parole à’, kalmaẗ, kilmaẗ, kalimaẗ ‘mot, parole’, kalām ‘discours, langage’, Sab klm ‘mot, discours, message’, Te kälam ²⁵ ‘discours, voix’.
▪ Zammit2002: Ar kallama ‘to speak to or with’, SAr klm ‘word, speech, message, utterance’, Gz kēlamāṭē ‘language’²⁶
25. Probably from Ar kalām. 26. Zammit: From Ar?

▪ Obvious cognates exist only in SAr Sab (Te and Gz items are probably from Ar). – For the question whether the idea of ‘word, speech, language; to speak, talk’ is related to ‘(humiliation), wound’ (Can, Ar) and ‘to show, indicate, point out’ (Akk), see section CONC above as well as DISC s.v. ↗KLM.

–

► kalimaẗan fa-kalimaẗan, adv., word by word, literally
► bi-kalimaẗ ʔuḫrà, adv., in other words
► ʔalqà kalimaẗan, vb. IV, to make a speech, give a public address
► lī kalimaẗ maʕa-k I’ve got to talk to you
► ǧamaʕū kalimata-hum ʕalà, expr., they decided unanimously to…, they were unanimous about…
► ĭǧtamaʕat kalimaẗu-hum, expr., they united, joined forces, came to an agreement
► ĭǧtamaʕat kalimaẗu-hum ʕalà, expr., they were agreed that…
► ǧamʕ al-kalimaẗ, tawḥīd al-kalimaẗ, n.f., union, joining of forces, unanimity
► ĭttiḥād al-kalimaẗ, n.f., concord, agreement, harmony
► taqsīm al-kalimaẗ, n.f., dissension, variance, disunion
► ʔaʕlà kalimata-hū, vb. IV, to raise the prestige of s.o.
► ʕuluww al-kalimaẗ and al-kalilmaẗ al-ʕulyā, n., supremacy, hegemony
► qāla kalimata-hū, expr., he said what he had to say, he had his say
► kalimaẗ allāh, n.f., the word of God, the Holy Scriptures
► kalimaẗ al-murūr, n.f., password, watchword, parole
► al-kalimāt al-ʕašr, n.pl., the ten Commandments
► kalimaẗ tamhīdiyyaẗ, n.f., preface
► kalimaẗ al-sirr, n.f., parole, password, watchword, countersign
► kalimāt mutaqāṭiʕaẗ, n.pl., crossword puzzle
► ^BP#2986kallama, vb. II, to address (s.o.), speak, talk (DO to or with s.o.): denom. (from kalimaẗ or kalām).
► kālama, vb. III, to speak, talk, converse (DO with s.o.): associative.
► ^BP#926takallama, vb. V, to speak, talk (maʕa with or to s.o., ʕan or ʕalà about, of); to utter, express, voice, say (bi‑ or DO s.th.) : denom. (from kalimaẗ or kalām).
► ^BP#242kalām, n., 1a talking, speaking; b speech; c language, mode of expression, style; 2a talk, conversation, discussion; b debate, dispute, controversy; 3a words, word, saying, utterance, statement, remark; b aphorism, maxim, phrase, idiom, figure of speech; c (gram.) sentence, clause: quasi-vn. I | bi’l-kalām, adv., orally, verbally; fataḥa fama-hū bi’l-kalām, vb. I, to open one’s mouth in order to say s.th., prepare to say s.th.; kalām fāriġ, n., idle talk, prattle, poppycock, bosh, nonsense; ṭarīqaẗ al-kalām, n.f., manner of speaking, diction; ʕilm al-kalām, scholastic theology (Isl.); kaṯīr al-kalām, adj., talkative, loquaoious, garrulous; luġat al-kalām, n.f., colloquial language, everyday speech.
► kalāmī, adj., of or pertaining to speech or words, speech-, word (in compounds), verbal; spoken, oral; scholastic, theological: nsb-adj., from kalām | mušāddaẗ (or maʕrakaẗ) kalāmiyyaẗ, n.f., battle of words, dispute, altercation.
► kalīm, 1 see ↗kalm. 2 (pl. kulamāʔᵘ), n., a person addressed; b speaker, spokesman, mouthpiece: quasi-PP I | kalīm allāh, epithet of Moses.
► kalīm, see also alphabetically.
► kalmānī, kalamānī, killimānī, adj., eloquent; n., fluent speaker: ints. adj.
► tiklām, tikillām, tiklāmaẗ, adj., eloquent; n., good talker, conversationalist; adj., talkative, loquacious, garrulous:…
► ^BP#2226mukālamaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., talk, conversation, discussion: vn. III | ~ tilīfūniyyaẗ, n.f., telephone conversation.
► takallum, n., speaking; talk, conversation; speech: vn. V.
► mutakallim, 1 adj., speaking (act. part.); 2 n., speaker, spokesman; 3 first person (gram.): PA V; 4 Muslim theologian, scholastic: denom., from kalām.
For other items of the root cf. ↗KLM, ↗kalm, ↗kalām, ↗kalīm.

kalm كَلْم , pl. kulūm , kilām

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLM

n.

wound, cut, slash – WehrCowan1979.

▪ A closer relation exists between Ar kalm ‘wound’ and the Can (Hbr, Aram) idea of ‘humiliation, to insult, offend, put to shame’. DRS links these also to the ESem notion of ‘to show, indicate, point out’ as represented in Akk kullumu. For the question whether any, or all, of these may be akin to the other main value attached to KLM in Ar, namely ‘to speak, talk; word, speech, language’ (↗kalimaẗ, ↗ kalām), cf. section DISC below as well as ↗KLM.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLM-1 Akk kullumu ‘montrer, indiquer’, Hbr hiklīm ‘importuner (une femme), insulter par des propos; faire honte’, niklam ‘avoir honte de’, kᵉlimmāh ‘injure, outrage’, JP ʔaklem ‘faire honte, humilier’, Ar kalama ‘blesser’, kalm ‘blessure’. -2 […]. -3 Ar kallama ‘parler à, adresser la parole à’, kalmaẗ, kilmaẗ, kalimaẗ ‘mot, parole’, kalām ‘discours, langage’, Sab klm ‘mot, discours, message’, Te kälam ²⁷ ‘discours, voix’.
27. Probably from Ar kalām.

▪ The relation between Ar kalm ‘wound’ and Hbr ‘(N-stem) to be ashamed; (Š-stem) to put to shame, insult, humiliate’ seems to be obvious. DRS sees the Ar and Can value together with Akk kullumu ‘to show, indicate, point out’, while the latter could also belong to Ar (and SAr) ‘to speak, talk; word, speech, language’ (↗kalimaẗ, ↗ kalām). For the question of a possible connection between ‘wound, humiliation’, ‘speech’, and ‘to show’, see DISC in ↗KLM.

–

► kalīm, pl. kulmà, adj., 1 wounded, injured; n., sore: quasi-PP I. — 2 and 3: For other meanings see ↗kalimaẗ and ↗kalīm.
For other items of the root cf. ↗KLM, ↗kalimaẗ, ↗kalām, ↗kalīm.

kalām كَلام

ID 766 • Sw – • BP 242 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLM

n.

1a talking, speaking; b speech; c language, mode of expression, style; 2a talk, conversation, discussion; b debate, dispute, controversy; 3a words, word, saying, utterance, statement, remark; b aphorism, maxim, phrase, idiom, figure of speech; c (gram.) sentence, clause – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Etymologically, Ar kalām belongs to the SSem theme ‘speech, utterance, to speak’ (see ↗kalimaẗ, ↗KLM). A relation to (ESem) Akk kullumu ‘to show, indicate, point out’ and/or Hbr Aram ‘to humiliate’, and with this also to Ar ↗kalm ‘wound’, is not impossible, but difficult to prove; see DISC s.v. ↗KLM.
▪ kalām ‘speech’ »is defined by the grammarians as such utterance (↗lafẓ) with the voice as is compound (murakkab), not single words, and which conveys a meaning by convention, not nature (waḍʕ, not ṭabʕ; as in exclamations; θέσις not φύσις). So the ʔĀǧurrūmiyyaẗ; the Mufaṣṣal (§ 1) says it must be a complete sentence, however simple, and Ibn ʕAqīl (Šarḥ al-ʔAlfiyyaẗ) distinguishes in detail between it and kalim (a compound of three or more words, not necessarily giving a complete sense) and ↗kalimaẗ (a single word with a meaning by convention) and ↗qawl which covers them all.« – D.B. Macdonald, in EI¹.
▪ »[kalām ], in the sense of kalām Allāh ‘the Word of God’, must […] be distinguished from 1) kalām meaning ʕilm al-kalām ‘defensive apologetics’, or ‘the science of discourse’ (on God); and 2) ↗kalimaẗ which, in the expression kalimaẗ Allāh, means ‘a’ (single) divine utterance.« – L. Gardet, in EI².

▪ eC7 1 (speech, talk, utterance, spoken words) Q 2:75 wa-qad kāna farīqun min-hum yasmaʕūna kalāma ’llāhi ṯumma yuḥarrifūna-hū min baʕdi mā ʕaqalū-hu ‘when a group of them used to hear the words of God and then pervert them, [even] after they had understood them’; 2 (the act of speaking) Q 7:144 qāla yā Mūsā ʔin-nī ’ṣṭafaytu-ka ʕalā ’l-nāsi bi-risālāt-ī wa-bi-kalām-ī ‘He said, “Moses, I have chosen you over the people by [giving you] My messages and by my speaking [to you]”’

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KLM -1 Akk kullumu ‘montrer, indiquer’, Hbr hiklīm ‘importuner (une femme), insulter par des propos; faire honte’, niklam ‘avoir honte de’, kᵉlimmāh ‘injure, outrage’, JP ʔaklem ‘faire honte, humilier’, Ar kalama ‘blesser’, kalm ‘blessure’. -2 […] -3 Ar kallama ‘parler à, adresser la parole à’, kalmaẗ, kilmaẗ, kalimaẗ ‘mot, parole’, kalām ‘discours, langage’, Sab klm ‘mot, discours, message’, Te kälam ²⁸ ‘discours, voix’.
▪ Zammit2002: Ar kallama ‘to speak to or with’, SAr klm ‘word, speech, message, utterance’, Gz kēlamāṭē ‘language’²⁹
28. Probably from Ar kalām. 29. Zammit: From Ar?

▪ See section CONC above.

–

► bi’l-kalām, adv., orally, verbally
► fataḥa fama-hū bi’l-kalām, vb. I, to open one’s mouth in order to say s.th., prepare to say s.th.
► kalām fāriġ, n., idle talk, prattle, poppycock, bosh, nonsense
► ṭarīqaẗ al-kalām, n.f., manner of speaking, diction
► ʕilm al-kalām, scholastic theology (Isl.)
► kaṯīr al-kalām, adj., talkative, loquaoious, garrulous
► luġat al-kalām, n.f., colloquial language, everyday speech
► ^BP#2986kallama, vb. II, to address (s.o.), speak, talk (DO to or with s.o.): denom. (from kalām or ↗kalimaẗ).
► kālama, vb. III, to speak, talk, converse (DO with s.o.): associative.
^BP#926takallama, vb. V, to speak, talk (maʕa with or to s.o., ʕan or ʕalà about, of); to utter, express, voice, say (bi‑ or DO s.th.) : denom. (from kalām or ↗kalimaẗ).
► kalāmī, adj., 1 of or pertaining to speech or words, speech-, word (in compounds), verbal; spoken, oral; 2 scholastic, theological: nsb-adj., from kalām | mušāddaẗ (or maʕrakaẗ) kalāmiyyaẗ, n.f., battle of words, dispute, altercation.
► kalmānī, kalamānī, killimānī, adj., eloquent; n., fluent speaker: ints. adj.
► tiklām, tikillām, tiklāmaẗ, adj., eloquent; n., good talker, conversationalist; adj., talkative, loquacious, garrulous:…
► ^BP#2226mukālamaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., talk, conversation, discussion: vn. III | ~ tilīfūniyyaẗ, n.f., telephone conversation.
► takallum, n., speaking; talk, conversation; speech: vn. V.
► mutakallim, 1 adj., speaking (act. part.); 2 n., speaker, spokesman; 3 first person (gram.): PA V; 4 Muslim theologian, scholastic: denom., from kalām.
For other items of the root cf. ↗KLM, ↗kalimaẗ, ↗kalm, ↗kalīm.

kalīm كَليم , pl. ʔaklimaẗ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLM

n.

kilim, carpet, rug (usually long and narrow) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From Tu kilim, from Pers gilīm ‘cover, blanket, bed cover’, akin to Aram galīmā, galīmtā, from Grk kálymma ‘coat, cover’, from Grk vb. kalýptō ‘to cover’ – NişanyanSözlük_30Jun2015.

▪ …

…

▪ The Tu word is first attested around 1300, and in the Codex Cumanicus (1303).

▪ Not from Ar kalīm, but from the same Tu source is Engl kilim: from Tu kilim, from Pers gilīm ‘garment made of wool or goat hair, blanket, rug’; perh. akin to Akk gulēnu ¹¹ and Aram glīmā ‘cloak’ – Huehnergard (in AHDEL, 5th ed., 2015).
11. CAD: gulēnu, var. gulānu, (a coat), prob. a loanword from WSem.

For other items of the root cf. ↗KLM, ↗kalm, ↗kalimaẗ, ↗kalām.

KLW / KLY كلو / كلي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLW / KLY

“root”

▪ KLW/Y_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KLW/Y_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kulyaẗ كُلْيَة , var. kulwaẗ

ID 767 • Sw – • BP 4373 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KLW / KLY

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *k˅ly‑at‑ ‘kidney’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘kidney’) Akk kalītu, Hbr kilyā, Syr kolīṯā, Gz kʷelít.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KMː (KMM) كمّ / كمم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMː (KMM)

“root”

▪ KMː (KMM)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KMː (KMM)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to cover up, to conceal, to wrap up; sleeve, sheath, the outer part of a flower (perianth); headgear; blinkers’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kumm كُمّ

ID 768 • Sw – • BP 7017 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMː (KMM)

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: possibly related to protSem *k˅m‑ ‘articulation, joint’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KML كمل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KML

“root”

▪ KML_1 ‘(to be/come) whole, entire, complete’ ↗kam˅la
▪ KML_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘completeness. to become whole; to conclude, to perfect, maturity’

The root has only one representative in Ar.

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KML–1 Akk kamālu ‘être en colère, hors de soit’. –2 Ar kamala, kamila, kamula ‘être entier, parfait’, kammala ‘parfaire, achever’, dial. kāməl ‘tout’, mér. kimil ‘être fini, périr; tarir (eau)’, Sab hkml ‘compléter (un ouvrage), réussir en’, Mhr kōmel, Ḥrs kēmel ‘finir’, Eth kämal ‘parfait, dans une bonne condition’, təkämmäla ‘être prudent, se restreindre’.

▪ From among the two values given for the Sem root KML in DRS 10 (2012)#KML, only the second is represented in Ar. (The first is attested in Akk kamālu ‘to be in rage’ only.)
▪ BAH2008 gives the values Ar KML can take in ClassAr as ‘completeness, to become whole; to conclude, perfect, maturity’.

–

kam˅l‑ كمل :
kamala, kamula u and kamila a (kamāl , kumūl)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KML

vb., I

to be or become whole, entire, integral, perfect, complete; to be finished, done, completed, accomplished; to be concluded, come to a close – WehrCowan1979.

Although the verb displays a large number of derivations, implying old age, these form a rather homogenous semantic field. The assumption of a SSem or CentrSem origin will depend on whether or not a Hbr word for ‘new grain’ should be ascribed to the root.

▪ eC7 ʔakmala (to complete, perfect) Q 5:3 al-yawma ʔakmaltu la-kum dīna-kum ‘today I have completed/perfected your religion for you’. – kāmil (complete, in full) Q 16:25 li-yaḥmilū ʔawzāra-hum kāmilatan yawma ’l-qiyāmati ‘so that on the Day of Resurrection they will bear their full burden’

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KML-2: Ar kamala, kamila, kamula ‘être entier, parfait’, kammala ‘parfaire, achever’, dial. kāməl ‘tout’, mér. kimil ‘être fini, périr; tarir (eau)’, Sab hkml ‘compléter (un ouvrage), réussir en’, Mhr kōmel, Ḥrs kēmel ‘finir’, Eth kämal ‘parfait, dans une bonne condition’, təkämmäla ‘être prudent, se restreindre’. - Hbr karmäl ‘grain nouveau’.
▪ Zammit2002: SAr hkml ‘to complete’

Apart from Ar, the word seems to be attested only in southern regions (modSAr and Eth). DRS, however, mentions also Hbr karmäl ‘new grain’ as belonging here, claiming that, accord. to Baumgartner, «la forme Hbr est rattachée à cette racine car elle serait due à une dissimilation de *kmml ‘devenu plein, parfait’.» Should this be correct, one will have to assume a CentSem rather than a SSem area of distribution.

–

► kammala, vb. II, and ^BP#1752ʔakmala, vb. IV, to finish, wind up, conclude, complete, consummate; to carry out, execute; to perfect, round out, complement, supplement: caus.
► takāmala, vb. VI, and ^BP#3352ĭktamala, vb. VIII, to be perfect, consummate, integral, be or become complete, finished, done, accomplished, concluded; to reach completion, fulfillment or perfection, to mature, ripen; to be perfected: recipr. and refl./quasi-pass., respectively.
► ĭstakmala, vb. X, to complete; to perfect; to round out, complement, supplement; to carry out, meet, fulfill (e.g., conditions): T-stem of IV.
► ^BP#4416kamāl, pl. ‑āt, n., perfection; completeness; completion, consummation, conclusion, termination, windup; maturity, ripeness: lexicalized vn. I | ~ al-ʔaǧsām, n., bodybuilding.
► kamālī, adj., luxury, luxurious, de luxe: nsb-adj. of vn. kamāl; pl. kamāliyyāt, n., luxuries; luxury; comforts, amenities: lexicalized abstr. in iyyaẗ.
► kamālaẗ (colloq.), n., that which fills up or completes a weight or number, a complement; addition, supplement:…
► ^BP#2969ʔakmalᵘ, adj., more complete, more perfect: elative.
► takmīl, n., completion, complementing, perfecting, perfection; conclusion, termination, windup; consummation, execution: vn. II.
► takmīlī, adj., completing, complementing, complementary, supplementary: nsb-adj. of vn. II.
► takmilaẗ, n.f., supplement, complement: vn. II.
► ^BP#4100ʔikmāl, n., completion, complementing, perfecting, perfection; conclusion, termination; windup; consummation, execution: vn. IV.
► ^BP#4237takāmul, n., integration; unification to a perfect whole: vn. VI | ḥisāb al-~, n., integral calculus.
► takāmulī, adj., integrative; all-including and unifying to form a perfect whole: nsb-adj. of vn. VI | madrasaẗ ~iyyaẗ, n., comprehensive school (integrating all grades).
► ^BP#4383ĭktimāl, n., completion; maturity, ripeness: vn. VIII.
► ^BP#2649ĭstikmāl, n., conclusion, termination, finishing: vn. X.
► ^BP#384kāmil, pl. kamalaẗ, adj., perfect, consummate; genuine, sterling; complete, full, plenary, full-strength; completed, concluded; whole, entire, total, integral; name of a poetic metre; folio format (paper): PA I.
► mukammil: pl. mukammilāt, n., appurtenances, accessory objects; accessories (esp. for stylish women’s clothing): PA II.
► ^BP#2394mutakāmil, adj., perfect; total, complete; integrative; integral; integrated: PA VI.

KMN كمن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMN

“root”

▪ KMN_1 ‘to hide, be hidden’ ↗kam˅na
▪ KMN_2 ‘cumin’ ↗kammūn
▪ KMN_3 ‘violin, fiddle’ ↗kamān
▪ KMN_4 ‘black cataract (med.)’ ↗kam˅na
▪ KMN_5 ‘also’ ↗kamān (dial.)

While KMN_2 ‘cumin’ as well as KMN_3 ‘violin, fiddle’ are of foreign origin, KMN_4 ‘black cataract (med.)’ belongs to KMN_1 ‘to hide’ because the eye disease obstructs the light from passing through the lense. The dialectal kamān ‘also’ does not belong to KMN but seems to be derived from ka-mā ‘as also, like’

–

▪ …
▪ …

From among the five values listed in DRS, only two (corresponding to KMN_1 and KMN_2) are relevant for Ar. KMN_3 is mentioned under KMNG only. KMN_4 is a specialization of KMN_1. KMN_5 is actually not from KMN but probably ka-mā + an old deictic/demonstrative element /-n/. The dialectal kamān seems to be ka-mā + -n (Procházka 2001).

▪ Engl cumin, cymene ↗kammūn.

–

kam˅n‑ كمن :
kamana u and kamina a (kumūn)

ID … • Sw – • BP 2059 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMN

vb., I

to hide; to be hidden, concealed, latent; to have its secret seat; to ambush, waylay (li‑ s.o.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KMN-2: Hbr *mikmannīm (pl.) ‘trésors cachés’, nHbr kāmen ‘être caché’, kimmēn ‘cacher des fruits dans le sol’, JP kᵊman, kammēn ‘cacher, cacher dans la terre’, Syr kᵉmen, Ar kamana ‘se cacher; (avec li ) se mettre en embuscade pour guetter qn’, kammana ‘dresser des embûches à’, mér. kaman ‘se mettre en embuscade’, Min kmn ‘interdire (?)’, Jib ekmin ‘tendre une embuscade à’, Śḥ kūn ‘cacher’. Les formes Hbr sont issues d’un emprunt à l’Aram.

▪ …
▪ …

–

► takammana, vb. V, to lie in wait (li‑ for s.o.), ambush, waylay (li‑ s.o.): TD-stem.
► ĭstikmana, vb. X, to hide, lie concealed: ŠT-stem.
► kumnaẗ, n.f., black cataract (med.):….
► kumūn, n.: marḥalaẗ al-~, latent phase, latency (med., psych.): vn. I.
► kamīn, pl. kumanāʔᵘ, adj., hidden, lying in ambush: quasi-PP I; n., ambush, secret attack: nominalized quasi-PP I.
► makman, pl. makāminᵘ, n., place where s.th. is hidden; ambuscade; ambush, hiding place: n.loc.
► ^BP#4617kāmin, adj., hidden, concealed, latent; secret: PA I; pl. kawāminᵘ, n., underlying factors, hidden background, latent depths: lexicalized nominalization of PA I.

kammūn كَمُّون

ID 769 • Sw – • BP??? • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMN

n.

cumin (Cuminum cyminum L.; bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

From ComSem *kammūn ‘cumin’ (Ar < Akk kamūnu ?), perh. from Sum gamun ‘cumin’, unless this itself is of Sem origin. From the Hbr cognate, kammōn, are Grk kýminon and Lat cuminum, whence the word for ‘cumin’ in Eur langs.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KMN-3: Akk kam(m)ūnu, Ug kmn, Phn kmn, Hbr kammōn, Aram kammōnā, Ar kammūnā, Gz kammūn, kammīn, Te Amh kämun ‘cumin’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KMN-3: Série d’emprunts à travers l’ensemble du domaine. Origine Akk? L’Hbr semble dépendre de l’Aram, le Gz de l’Ar.
▪ Rolland2014: Ar kammūn, from Akk kamūnu, from Sum gamun.
▪ Huehnergard2011: ComSem *kammūn ‘cumin’, perhaps from Sum gamun ‘cumin’, unless this itself is of Sem origin.
▪ Lokotsch1927#1046 thinks the original meaning may have been s.th. like ‘Mäusekraut’ (mice herb), “since Akk kamūnu perh. also means ‘mouse’”—an opinion that can hardly be corroborated and is not found after Lokotsch.

▪ Huehnergard2011: Engl cumin, cymene, from Grk kýminon, probably from a Sem source akin to Akk kam(m)ūnu, Hbr kammón, Aram kammonā, kammunā, Ar kammūn ‘cumin’.
▪ Engl cum(m)in < oEngl cymen, from Lat cumīnum, from Grk kýmīnon, cognate with Hbr kammón, Ar kammūn – EtymOnline.
▪ Ge Kümmel < mHGe kumin < oHGe kumī(n), kumih, kumil. Same etymology as Engl cum(m)in (see above). On its way into modern written standard Ge, the variant ending in ‑l (oHGe kumil, kümel) became dominant over earlier forms in n or h (the latter still surviving in some upper Ge dialects as kümmich) – Kluge2002.
▪ Lokotsch1927#1046: Sem > Grk > Lat > Eur langs (as in EtymOnline). In addition to Engl cumin and Ge Kümmel the author lists Swed kummin, Dan kummen, Du komijn; Fr cumin, It Span camino, Port cominho, Rum chimion [via Tu kimyon ]; Ru kmin, tmin, timon, Bulg kimnon, Serb kim, Cz kmín, Poln kmin, kminek. – From the deriv. Ar kammūniyyaẗ ‘(probably:) place/shop where cumin etc. is sold’, preceded by art. al-, are Span alcamonias, Port alcamonia, alcamunia ‘miscellaneous spices’.

► kammūn ʔaswadᵘ, n., black caraway, black cumin (Nigella sativa L.; bot.).
► kammūn barrī, n., dto.
► kammūn ḥulw, n., anise, aniseed.

kamān كَمان

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KMN, KMāN

n.

violin, fiddle – WehrCowan1979.

Rolland2014: from Pers kamān ‘bow’

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► kamanǧā and kamanǧaẗ, n.f., oriental stringed instrument having one or two strings; (Western) violin, fiddle: Pers dimin. of kamān ‘bow’

KMH كمه

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KMH

“root”

▪ KMH_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KMH_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KMH_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘blindness from birth, to come into darkness, be born blind; to become mad, dust covering the sun’

▪ …

–

.

–

KN: (KNN) كنّ/كنن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KNN

“root”

▪ KNN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KNN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KNN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to conceal, shelter, protect; to value; quiver (for arrows); daughter-in-law; shelter, hide-out, nest; to abate; awning’

▪ …

–

.

–

KND كند

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KND

“root”

▪ KND_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KND_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KND_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘barren land, to deny assistance to others; to beat one’s servant; to be ungrateful’

▪ …

–

.

–

KNZ كنز

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNZ

“root”

▪ KNZ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KNZ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘treasure, buried valuables; to fill up a water skin, to amass, to hoard’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kanz كَنْز

ID 770 • Sw – • BP 3775 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 11Apr2023
√KNZ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Cheung2017rev: may have been borrowed directly from Pers, or via Aram: < oIr *ganza-, cf. BiblAram ganzē, etc. ‘id.’. For details, see below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

►

KNS كنس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNS

“root”

▪ KNS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KNS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘den, lair, (of a deer) to hide in its shelter, a deer in its shelter; receding stars; to sweep; church, synagogue’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Knesset ↗kanīsaẗ.

–

kanīsaẗ كَنِيسَة

ID 771 • Sw – • BP 2056 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNS

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Knesset, from modHbr kneset, from Mishnaic Hbr kᵊneset ‘assembly’, from Aram kᵊništā ‘assembly’, from kᵊnaš ‘to assemble’, cf. Ar kanīsaẗ.

►

KNF كنف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNF

“root”

▪ KNF_1 ‘wing; side, flank; shadow, shelter; to protect’ ↗kanaf
▪ KNF_2 ‘vermicelli baked in sugar’ ↗kunāfaẗ
▪ KNF_3 ‘water closet, toilet’ ↗kanīf

▪ …

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KNP–1 Akk kapp‑, Ug knp ‘aile’, Hbr kānāp, JP kanpā, Syr kenᵉpā ‘aile, bord’, Ar kanaf, Sab Qat knf ‘côté, direction’, Gz Te Amh Arg kənf, Tñakənfi, Gur kanfa ‘aile’. –2 Hbr niknap ‘se cacher’; ? Ar ĭktanafa ‘entourer, encercler, cerner’. –3 MġrAr knīf ‘lieux d’aisance, latrines’; ? ChadAr kanīfa ‘cimetière’. –4 Soq kinefeh ‘tresse, natte’. –5 Te känfa ‘être difficile, pointilleux’

▪ From the five values given in DRS, three are represented in Ar.
▪ However, the entry in DRS seems a bit strange:
- It does not have the value ‘vermicelli pastry, kunāfa ’.
- It does not have the ClassAr value (no longer MSA) ‘bag, pouch, knapsack’ (kinf), cf. Ullmann WKAS.
- It classifies the regular (ClassAr and) MSA value ‘lavatory, latrine, toilet, privy’ as specifically MġrAr.
- It separates the value ‘to surround, enclose, etc.’ from ‘shelter, to protect’.
▪ In contrast, the present entry groups ‘to surround, enclose, etc.’ together with ‘shelter, to protect’ as one value, treats ‘toilet’ as a current MSA item, and adds ‘kunāfaẗ’.
▪ ‘toilet’ (KNF_3) is originally *‘the sheltered place’, a specialised meaning of a quasi-PP from vb. I. In ClassAr, the original meaning is still attested: Ullmann WKAS gives ‘surrounding, covering, protecting (of a shield)’, ‘enclosure, pen, fold, paddock, barricade (of shrubbery)’, ‘lavatory, closet, latrine, privy’.

▪ kanafeh, kenafeh, knafeh, kunafah, kunafeh, kunefe, etc. ↗kunāfaẗ.

–

kanaf كَنَف , pl. ʔaknāf

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNF

n.

1 wing. – 2 side, flank. – 3 shadow, shelter, pale, fold, bosom – WehrCowan1979.

From protSem *kanap‑ ‘wing’.

▪ The original meaning is clearly ‘wing’.
▪ From there, metaphorical use (‘the "wings" of the night’, or ‘▪ … of the sun, heat’) is attested already in early poetry – Ullmann WKAS.
▪ [v2] and [v3] seem to be semantic extensions from ‘wing’.
▪
▪

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KNP–1 Akk kapp‑, Ug knp ‘aile’, Hbr kānāp, JP kanpā, Syr kenᵉpā ‘aile, bord’, Ar kanaf, Sab Qat knf ‘côté, direction’, Gz Te Amh Arg kənf, Tñakənfi, Gur kanfa ‘aile’. –2 Hbr niknap ‘se cacher’; ? Ar ĭktanafa ‘entourer, encercler, cerner’.

▪ DRS seems to hesitate to group the value ‘to surround, encircle, etc.’ together with ‘side, wing’. But it is not obvious why one should not do so.
▪ So also Ullmann, WKAS, who (for vb. I) separates the values 1. (kanafa, u, kanf) ‘to surround, enclose; to protect, guard’, and 2. (kanafa, u i, kanf, kunūf) ‘to erect, build an enclosure, a pen’.
▪ Kogan2011 reconstructs Sem *kanap‑ ‘wing’.

–

► fī kanaf…, prep., under cover of…, in an atmosphere of…
► ʕāša fī kanafi-hī, vb., he lived under his wing or his protection.
► fī ʔaknāfi-hī, adv., under his aegis, under his sponsorship.
► kanafa, u (kanf), vb. I, to guard, protect; to fence in, hedge, provide with an enclosure; to surround; to help, assist: denom. (*to spread a protecting wing over…; *to set up a "wing" = screen)
► kānafa, vb. III; and ʔaknafa, vb. IV, to shelter, protect, help, assist: assoc. (III) and denom. (IV).
► ĭktanafa, vb. VIII, to surround (on both sides), enclose, embrace; to encircle, encompass: (auto-)benefactive (*to take a wing as protection for o.s. or another).
► kanīf, pl. kunuf, n., water closet, toilet; public lavatory: pseudo-PP (*the enclosed, fenced place)? – See ↗s.v..
► muktanaf, adj., surrounded, enclosed (bi‑ by): PP VIII.
For other items of this root, see ↗√KNF and especially ↗kunāfaẗ.

kunāfaẗ كُنافة , pl. ‑āt

ID 772 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNF

n.f.

vermicelli baked in sugar, melted butter and honey – WehrCowan1979.

Since it is problematic to relate the semantics of this word to other values of the root KNF, it is highly probable that it is a foreign word. Youssef2003 suggested to derive it, via Copt kenephiten, from Eg ḫnf.w(t) , a type of cake. Cf. however Huehnergard2011, who thinks it is akin to ‘to flank, surround, provide with an enclosure’ and, hence, ultimately based on ↗kanaf ‘wing, side’.

▪ Alf laylaẗ (Calc.) IV: 677,678 – Ullmann WKAS
▪ 16 hits in arabicorpus.com for the premodern period, all in 1001 Nights (06Jan2015).

▪ Item not mentioned in DRS 9 (2010)#KNP at all.

▪ The value is not mentioned in DRS 9 (2010)#KNP.
▪ Youssef2003: a kind of Egyptian sweet pastry, possibly from Eg ḫnf.w [also ḫnf.wt, a type of cake], Copt kenephiten [kind of loaf or cake]
▪ The fact that the first attestation we seem to have for this item is in Alf laylaẗ wa-laylaẗ supports the assumption that the word has made its way into fuṣḥā via a dialect, probably EgAr.
▪ Huehnergard2011 derives the word from Ar kanafa ‘to flank, surround, provide with an enclosure’, which is from ↗kanaf ‘wing, side’, from ComSem *kanap‑ ‘id.’

▪ Engl kanafeh, kenafeh, knafeh, kunafah, kunafeh, etc. are direct borrowings from Ar.

► kanafānī, n., maker, seller of kunāfaẗ : n.prof., denom., shortened from *kunā fānī.

kanīf كَنِيف , pl. kunuf

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KNF

n.

water closet, toilet; public lavatory – WehrCowan1979.

DRS lists the word as a value distinct from ‘wing; to shelter, protect’ and ‘to surround, encircle’. But why shouldn’t the ‘toilet’ just be the *‘fenced, protected place’? The quasi-PP form fits very well in such an etymology, and the original values are attested in ClassAr.

▪ ‘toilet’ (KNF_3) is originally *‘the sheltered place’, a specialised meaning of a quasi-PP from vb. I. In ClassAr, the original meaning is still attested: Ullmann WKAS gives ‘surrounding, covering, protecting (of a shield)’ and ‘enclosure, pen, fold, paddock, barricade (of shrubbery)’, before he mentions ‘lavatory, closet, latrine, privy’.
▪ The value ‘graveyard’ that the f. kanīfaẗ takes in ChadAr is clearly a specialisation of *‘enclosure, fenced, protected place’.

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#KNP-3 mentions only a MġrAr form knīf ‘lieux d’aisance, latrines’ and, with an interrogation mark, ChadAr kanīfa ‘cimetière’.
▪ But kanīf is both ClassAr and MSA and belongs most probably to the complex treated under ↗kanaf ‘wing’. For related items see therefore there.

▪ The MġrAr and ChadAr items listed in DRS as well as the MSA value can easily be derived from the value ‘to surround, fence, protect’ so that the item should rather be grouped with ↗kanaf ‘wing’ from which ‘to surround, fence, protect’ etc. are derived.

–

KHRB كهرب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Jun2021
√KHRB

“root”

▪ KHRB_1 ‘amber’ ↗kahrabā
▪ KHRB_2 ‘electricity’ ↗kahrabāʔ

▪ The two values are essentially one, [v2] being a modern use of [v1].
▪ [v1] : From Pers kāh-robā ‘amber’, lit. *‘stealing straw, robber of straw’ (Pers kāh ‘straw’ + rubā, prs-stem of rubādan ‘to rob, steal, take away’ – Lokotsch1927), so called »because amber, when it is rubbed, attracts light objects, such as feathers or little blades of straw« (al-Bīrūnī, q. in J. Schönfeld, “Amber”, EI³).
▪ [v2] : In the same way as Engl electricity goes back to the Grk word for ‘amber’, ḗlektron, the modPers and Ar words are based on the old Pers words for the same material, due to its electromagnetic features. According to Braune1933, ¹⁷ the first Ar attestation in this sense is from the 1830s, coined by R.R. al-Ṭahṭāwī.
▪ …

17. quoted in Monteil1960: 191.

▪ [v1] WKAS
▪ [v2] 1834 (electricity) al-Ṭahṭāwī, Taḫlīṣ al-ʔibrīz (Braune 1933³ )
▪ …

3. As quoted in Monteil1960: 191.

▪ –
▪ …

▪ Rolland2014: »Du persan kāh-robā ‘ambre’, littéralement ‘voleur de paille’, du pehlevi kah-rupāti, id. – L’élément kah est apparenté du sanskrit kāša ‘paille’, et l’élément rupāti à l’avestique rupā ‘voler’, IE *reup‑ ‘saisir, arracher’« [cf. Engl to rob, Ge raub-en].
▪ Cf. also ↗kahramān ‘amber’.
▪ …

▪ [v1] : Lokotsch1927 #1004: Pers kahrubā ‘amber’ gave not only Ar kahrabā, but also (with dissimilation) vulgTu kehribar, kihlibar, which into several Eur langs: Bulg kehlibar, Serb hilibar, Rum chihlibar, chihlimbar, chihrimbar; > mLat (C13) carabe > Span It carabe, Fr carabé ‘amber’, Ge Karabe (1492; now obsol.), Dan rav. – Cf. also the term’s literal translation into Grk as pterugofóros, Fr tire-paille, Ge Strohzieher.
▪ …

–

kahrabā كَهْرَبا , var. kahrubā, kahrabāʔ

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Jun2021
√KHRB

n.

1 amber; 2 ↗kahrabāʔ – WehrCowan1976.

▪ From Pers kāh-robā ‘amber’, lit. *‘stealing straw, robber of straw’ (Pers kāh ‘straw’ + rubā, prs-stem of rubādan ‘to rob, steal, take away’ – Lokotsch1927), so called »because amber, when it is rubbed, attracts light objects, such as feathers or little blades of straw« (al-Bīrūnī, q. in J. Schönfeld, “Amber”, EI³).
▪ Since eC19, the term is also used to signify ‘electricity’, see ↗kahrabāʔ.
▪ »Amber (Grk ἤλεκτρον; Ar Pers kahrubā, kahrabā; Tu kehribar; for other forms, see WKAS, s.v.) consists of the petrified resin of conifers. In antiquity and the Middle Ages amber was a very popular gem and an important commercial item, imported from the shores of the Baltic Sea. The Grk word ἤλεκτρον, like the Persian word kahrubā, has passed into the modern language with the meaning “electricity” (Ar kahrabāʔ, kahrabāʔiyyaẗ, Pers kahrobāʔi)« – J. Schönfeld, »Amber«, EI³ (2007).
▪ …

▪ »The word kahrubā […] appears in the third/ninth-century Arabic translation of Dioscorides’ Materia medica (s.v. αἴγειρος, “black poplar”), undertaken by Iṣṭifān b. Bāsīl and revised by Ḥunayn b. ʔIsḥāq (d. 260/873), as well as in the Firdaws al-ḥikmaẗ of ʕAlī b. Sahl Rabban al-Ṭabarī (d. c.250/864) and in the ʔAqrābāḏīn of ʔAbū Yūsuf Yaʕqūb b. ʔIsḥāq al-Kindī (d. c.252/866)« – J. Schönfeld, »Amber«, EI³ (2007).
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Al-Bīrūnī (d. after 442/1050) »explained the word kahrubā as meaning ‘robber of straw’, because amber, when it is rubbed, attracts light objects, such as feathers or little blades of straw. The same explanation is found in the great cosmography on Islamic culture written by al-Qazwīnī (d. 682/1283). Al-Bīrūnī reported that amber was very popular with the eastern Turks, who preferred the Byzantine amber to the Chinese because of its pure yellow colour and the fact that it occurred in larger pieces. They also believed that amber provides protection from the evil eye. Its power to attract other substances was compared to that of the lodestone. Al-Bīrūnī mocks authors ignorant of the substance’s non-mineral origin, as such ignorance would suggest they had not observed leaves and insects encased in the substance. – Other authors discussed the medical attributes of amber. The Persian pharmacologist Muwaffaq al-Dīn, who in the fourth/tenth century wrote a book on drugs for the Sāmānid ʔamīr Manṣūr b. Nūḥ, likewise ascribed to amber the power to heal palpitations of the heart, catarrh, and gastric troubles, in addition to haemorrhages and menstrual bleeding. He also recommended it as a fumigating agent for cleaning “cholera-air.” The Spanish pharmacologist Ibn al-Bayṭār (d. 646/1248) confirmed most of these applications and added that amber rids one of hot swellings, prevents the pregnant woman from aborting, and cures jaundice, burns, and fractured and crushed bones« – J. Schönfeld, »Amber«, EI³ (2007).
▪ Another word for ‘amber’ is ↗kahramān (prob. akin to kahrabā). For ‘ambergris’, cf. ↗ʕanbar.
▪ …

▪ [v1] : Lokotsch1927 #1004: Pers kahrubā ‘amber’ gave not only Ar kahrabā, but also (with dissimilation) vulgTu kehribar, kihlibar, which into several Eur langs: Bulg kehlibar, Serb hilibar, Rum chihlibar, chihlimbar, chihrimbar; > mLat (C13) carabe > Span It carabe, Fr carabé ‘amber’, Ge Karabe (1492; now obsol.), Dan rav. – Cf. also the term’s literal translation into Grk as pterugofóros, Fr tire-paille, Ge Strohzieher.
▪ …

For other values, cf. ↗kahrabāʔ and, for the general picture, ↗√KHRB. – See also another word for ‘amber’, ↗kahramān.

kahrabāʔ كَهْرَباء , var. kahrubāʔ, kahrabā, kahrubā

ID 774 • Sw – • BP 1185 • APD … • © SG | 15Jun2021
√KHRB

n.

1 ↗kahrabā; 2 electricity – WehrCowan1976.

▪ [v1] ↗kahrabā
▪ [v2] In the same way as Engl electricity goes back to the Grk word for ‘amber’, ḗlektron, the modPers and Ar words are based on the old Pers words for the same material, due to its electromagnetic features, see ↗[v1] kahrabā. According to Braune1933, ¹⁸ the first Ar attestation in this sense is from the 1830s, coined by R.R. al-Ṭahṭāwī.
▪ …

18. quoted in Monteil1960: 191.

▪ [v1] WKAS
▪ [v2] 1834 (electricity) al-Ṭahṭāwī, Taḫlīṣ al-ʔibrīz (Braune 1933⁴ )
▪ …

4. As quoted in Monteil1960: 191.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►al-kahrabāʔ (Eg.), n.def., the streetcar, the trolley.
►kahraba, vb., 1a to electrify, electrize; b to ionize: vb. I, denom., a C19 coining.
►takahraba, vb. II, 1a to be electrified, be electrized, become electric; b to be charged with electricity; c to be ionized: t-stem of kahraba, pass./med.
►kahrabaẗ, n.f., 1a electrization, electrification; b electricity: vn. of kahraba.
►kahrab, pl. kahāribᵘ, n., electron: prob. a C19 neologism, based on the vb. kahraba.
►kuhayrib, pl. -āt, n., electron: dimin. of kahrab, most prob. a C19 neologism.
►kuhayribī, adj., electronic, electron‑ (in compounds): nisba-formation from kuhayrib | al-miǧhar al-kahrabāʔī, n., electron microscope
►kahāribī, adj., electronic, electron- (in compounds): nisba-formation, from kahāribᵘ, pl. of kahrab.
►kahrabāʔī and kahrabī, 1a adj., electric(al); b n., electrician: nisba-formation, from kahrabāʔ and kahrab, respectively | tayyār kahrabāʔī, n., electric current; ǧāmiʕaẗ kahrabāʔiyyaẗ, n.f., storage battery, secondary battery, accumulator; miṣbāḥ kahrabāʔī, n., electric lamp, lightbulb; ʕilāǧ kahrabāʔī, n., diathermy; ʕālim kahrabāʔī, n., electrophysicist; maġnaṭīs kahrabāʔī, n., electromagnet; maġnaṭīsiyyaẗ kahrabāʔiyyaẗ, n.f., electromagnetism; nūr kahrabāʔī, n., electric light
►kahrabāʔiyyaẗ and kahrabiyyaẗ, n.f., electricity: abstr. formation in ‑iyyaẗ.
►mukahrab, adj., electrically charged, electrized, electrified; electrically conductive, conducting, ionised; electrically ignited, provided with electric ignition: PP I.
For other values, cf. ↗kahrabā and, for the general picture, ↗√KHRB. – See also the a porte-manteau formation ↗kahraṭīsī.

kahrabāʔī كَهْرَبائيّ

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 2048 • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KHRB 

adj., n.

.

▪ nsb-formation, from kahrabāʔ

.

KHF كهف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KHF

“root”

▪ KHF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KHF_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘cave, cavern, hollow, refuge, helpful person’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kahf كَهْف

ID 775 • Sw – • BP 4389 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KHF

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KHL كهل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KHL

“root”

▪ KHL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KHL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KHL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the back of the torso, the base of the neck; to burden, a person supporting the family; to be at the height of one’s strength; middle-aged person’

▪ …

–

.

–

KHN كهن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KHN

“root”

▪ KHN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KHN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KHN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to predict the future, to prophesy, divination, soothsaying, fortune-telling, priesthood, priest’. The word kāhin is attributed by some to a borrowing from either Hbr or Gz

▪ …

–

.

–

KHY كهي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KHF

“root”

▪ KHY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KHY_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kāhiyaẗ كاهِيَة , pl. kawāhiⁿ

ID 776 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KHY

n.f.

chief officer of a kihāyaẗ (formerly, Tun.); deputy, vice (Tun.) – WehrCowan1979.

A loan (via Turkish ketḫüdā ?) from mPers katḫ^watāi, a village chief or representative of a landowner among the farmers.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

From mPers katḫʷatāi, a ‘village chief, or representative of a landowner among the farmers’. While Vollers1896 assumes Turkish (ketḫüdā ‘vulg. kâhyā, kyāya 1. A steward in a great man’s household, also a manager of a farm or estate. 2. A warden of a guild. 3. A bailiff of a village or ward. 4. An officious meddler’ – Redhouse1890) as a mediator for the word (which obviously is a form particular of Tunisian), Eilers mentions also another chain of tradition (without naming its details), one that resulted in a form with ḫ‑ rather than h: kāḫiyaẗ (often shortened into kiḫyaẗ) ‘butler, steward’. Eilers believes kāhiyaẗ‑ to be the etymon of the items of ↗√KHY that are listed below in the DERIV section. But would that be likely? We have to consider that iktahà is already ClassAr, cf. entry in WKAS‑ (sources mentioned there: Fāʔiq II 212 paen. / Bǧ. 438,2 = Nih. IV 41,11).

–

► ^†kāhà , vb. III, gloriatus fuit (Freytag): “könnte vom Prahlen mit dem [kihāyaẗ ] Amte kommen” (Eilers).
► ^†iktahà , vb. VIII, to respect, honour, (WKAS) ʔaǧalla, ʕaẓama, iḥtašama : < ‘to pay reverence to s.o., respect’? (Eilers).
► kihāyaẗ, n.f., administrative district (formerly, Tun.): office, position of a kāhiyaẗ.
► ^†al-ʔakhāʔ n.pl., hommes de talent: perhaps simply ‘the kāhiya s’

KWB كوب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KWB

“root”

▪ KWB_1 ‘goblet, cup’ ↗kūb
▪ KWB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘cup, goblet without a handle or spout, to drink from such a cup; to be large of head but slender of neck; dice; drums’

▪ It was originally suggested by some scholars that kūb is an early borrowing from Nab. Recently, however, it has been linked to Grk through a chain which includes Aram, Syr and Byzantine -- BAH2008

–

.

–

kūb كُوب

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 3Jun2023
√KWB

n.

goblet – Jeffery1938

▪ …

▪ eC7 Q xliii, 71; lvi, 18; lxxvi, 15; lxxxviii, 14 – Jeffery1938.

.

▪ Jeffery1938: »It occurs only in early Sūras in descriptions of the pleasures of Paradise, and was recognized by some of the early authorities as a Nabataean word (cf. al-Suyūṭī, Itq, 319; Mutaw, 60).²⁸ Some, of course, endeavoured to derive it from kāb, but this verb is obviously denominative (TA, i, 464; LA, ii, 225).
The word is commonly used in the early poetry, cf. ʕAdi b. Zaid, al-ʔAʕšà (Geyer, Zwei Gedichte, i, 56 = Dīwān, ii, 21), ʕAbda b. atl-Ṭabīb,²⁹ etc., and seems to have been an early loan-word from Aram, as Horovitz, Paradies, 11, has noted, though Aram kwbʔ, Syr kūbā both seem to be from the ByzGrk koûpa (Lat cupa, cf. Fraenkel, Vocab, 25), from the older Grk kúmbē.³⁰ «

28. Vide also Sprenger, Leben, ii, 507, n. 29. In Mufaddaliyāt (ed. Lyall), xxvi, 76. 30. Levy, Fremdw, 151, points out a very probable Sem origin for kúmbē in the sense of ‘ship’, but in that under discussion the borrowing seems to be the other way, for as Boissacq, sub voc., points out, it is a true Indo-European word. Vollers, ZDMG, li, 316, would derive kūb from the Italian, but see Nallino therein, p. 534.

–

KWD كود

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KWD

“root”

▪ KWD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be on the point of doing, almost do s.th.; to pile up’

▪ …

–

.

–

KWR كور

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KWR

“root”

▪ KWR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘travel gear; bellows; to twist a turban around the head, roll up; to harvest, gather; succession of day and night; township’. – kuwwirat is described by some philologists as a borrowing from Pers.

▪ …

–

.

–

KWKB كوكب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KWKB

“root”

▪ KWKB_1 ‘star’ ↗kawkab
▪ KWKB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘star, planet; blossoms; to shine; water; centre of importance, leader; party’

▪ KWKB_1 : (Kogan2015 Sw#80:) from protSem *kabkab‑ ‘star’ (CDG 280). Passim except Harari.
▪ KWKB_2 : …
▪ KWKB_3 : …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

kawkab كَوْكَب

ID 777 • Sw 74/152 • BP 2733 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KWKB

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *kabkab‑ ‘star’.
▪ …

▪ …..

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘star’) Akk kakkabu, Hbr kōḵāḇ, Syr kawkḇā, Gz kōkáb, Mhr kebkīb.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

KWN كون

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KWN

“root”

KWN_1 ‘to be, exist; to happen, take place’ ↗kāna
KWN_2 ‘the planet Saturn’ ↗kaywān
KWN_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘place, status; to become submissive [↗√KYN]; existence, to exist, to be; to form, to create; happenings’

▪ KWN_1 : From protSem *√KWN ‘to be, be(come) firm, true’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ KWN_2 : From Pers keyvān ‘Saturn’
▪ KWN_3 : …

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KWN-1 Akk kānu, kuānu ‘être stable, ferme, solide, droit’, Ug kn ‘exister’, mknt ‘place’, yknn ‘il crée’, Phoen kn ‘exister’, Hbr hekīn ‘dresser, placer, disposer, décider’, mākān ‘station, place’, nākōn ‘être droit, raide’, kēn ‘oui’, Aram kān ‘arriver, être’, oAram ʔkyn, JP kēn, Syr ʔakēn, hākan ‘ainsi’, Ar kāna ‘être’, makān ‘lieu, demeure’, Ṣaf kʔn [= kāʔin] ‘imminent’, Sab Qat kwn ‘devenir, être, avoir lieu, survenir’; Sab ‘soutenir qn’, *hkn ‘faire arriver qc, ordonner, décréter’, Qat škn ‘imposer une punition’, kwn, Sab mknt ‘statut légal, siège; domaine agricole’, Sab Qat mknt ‘chambre sainte dans un temple’, Gz kōna ‘arriver, se produire, devenir’, Tña kōna ‘être’, Gz makān, Tña mäḫʷan ‘lieu’, Amh honā ‘devenir’, huneta ‘situation, état condition’ ; Te ʔaḱōn ‘place, lieu’, Gaf hona, Har ḫāna, Gur Sod kʷänä, Go hʷänä, Ča ḫärä ‘être, devenir’. – Tña kunät ‘circonstance’, kuntat ‘condition, situation’. -2 […]. -3 YemAr kawn ‘blessure subie dans un combat’, EAr kāwan ‘quereller; frapper’, t(i)kāwan ‘en venir aux mains, se bagarrer; se combattre, se faire la guerre’, kawn ‘attaque, combat, guerre’, ? DaṯAr kuwan, kūnāt ‘bâton gros et court’, Mhr šekēwen, Ḥrs šekewen, Śḥr škewen ‘lutter corps à corps avec’, ? Mhr Ḥrs kōwen ‘douleur’. -4 MġrAr kowwun ‘garder le silence’. -5 Amh käwwänä ‘faire, achever, bien disposer’. -6 Hbr kawwān : sorte de gâteau rituel (en particulier pour le culte d’Ištar).
▪ For a distinct set of meanings, cf. ↗√KYN.

…

▪ Engl n.prop. Sargon ↗kāna (+ Akk šarru ‘king’).

…

kān‑ / kun‑ كان / كُنـ , ū (kawn)

ID … • Sw – • BP 10 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KWN

vb., I

1 to be; 2 to exist; 3 to happen, occur, take place – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘¹firm, just, right; ²to be, become’) Akk ¹kēnu, Hbr ¹kēn, Syr ¹kēnā, Gz ²kṓna yékūn.
▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KWN-1 Akk kānu, kuānu ‘être stable, ferme, solide, droit’, Ug kn ‘exister’, mknt ‘place’, yknn ‘il crée’, Phoen kn ‘exister’, Hbr hekīn ‘dresser, placer, disposer, décider’, mākān ‘station, place’, nākōn ‘être droit, raide’, kēn ‘oui’, Aram kān ‘arriver, être’, oAram ʔkyn, JP kēn, Syr ʔakēn, hākan ‘ainsi’, Ar kāna ‘être’, makān ‘lieu, demeure’, Ṣaf kʔn [= kāʔin] ‘imminent’, Sab Qat kwn ‘devenir, être, avoir lieu, survenir’; Sab ‘soutenir qn’, *hkn ‘faire arriver qc, ordonner, décréter’, Qat škn ‘imposer une punition’, kwn, Sab mknt ‘statut légal, siège; domaine agricole’, Sab Qat mknt ‘chambre sainte dans un temple’, Gz kōna ‘arriver, se produire, devenir’, Tña kōna ‘être’, Gz makān, Tña mäḫʷan ‘lieu’, Amh honā ‘devenir’, huneta ‘situation, état condition’ ; Te ʔaḱōn ‘place, lieu’, Gaf hona, Har ḫāna, Gur Sod kʷänä, Go hʷänä, Ča ḫärä ‘être, devenir’. – Tña kunät ‘circonstance’, kuntat ‘condition, situation’.

▪ Bergsträsser1928: The Ar verb is of Sem origin, but there is only one cognate with the same meaning ‘to be, become’ as in Ar: Gz kṓna yékūn. In other languages the cognate signifies ‘strong, firm, right, just’: Akk kēnu, Hbr kēn, Aram kēnā.
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Sargon, from Hbr sargôn, from Akk šarru-kīn ‘the king is true, legitimate’, from šarru ‘king’, and kīn, predicate form of kīnu, vb.adj. of kânu ‘to be(come) firm, true’, akin to Ar kāna.

►kawwana, vb. II, 1 to make, create, produce, originate, bring forth, bring into being, form, shape, fashion; 2 (MġrAr) to educate, train: D‑stem, caus.
►^BP#2630takawwana, vb. V, 1a to be created, be formed; 1b to come into existence, form, arise, develop; 2 to be composed, made up, be formed, consist (of): Dt‑stem, refl./pass. of II (D).
►^BP#739kawn, pl. ʔakwān, n., being, esse; event, occurrence, incident; al‑kawn, the existing, reality; the world; the cosmos, the universe
►^BP#⁴⁷³⁹kawnī, adj., cosmic, relating to the universe: nisba formation of kawn.
►^BP#1942kiyān, n., 1 being, esse; 2 existence; 3 essence, substance; nature; entity, a being
►al‑yakūn, n.det., the sum total: nominalized 3.sg.impv.
►^BP#179makān, pl. ʔamākinᵘ, ʔamkinaẗ, n., 1 place; 2 position: n.loc.
►^BP#2116makānaẗ, n.f., position, standing, status, reputation: n.loc.f.
►makānī, adj., local: nisba formation, from makān.
►makāniyyaẗ, n.f., spatiality (philos.): abstract formation in ‑iyyaẗ.
►^BP#1936takwīn, n., 1 creating; 2 educating; 3 structure: vn. II.
►takawwun, n., 1 genesis, birth, nascency, origin, incipience, rise, development; 2 formation: vn. V.
►^BP#2439kāʔin, 1 existing, located; 2 pl. ‑āt, n., creature: PA I.
►^BP#2618mukawwin, n., 1 creator; – 2 pl. ‑āt, component; formative, constituent; factor, element: PA II.
►^BP#2831mukawwan, adj., composed, consisting (of): PP II.
▪ For a distinct set of meanings, cf. ↗√KYN.

takwīnī تَكْوينيّ

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KWN 

adj.

.

▪ nsb-formation, from vn. II takwīn, D-stem of kān

▪ …

.

kaywān كَيْوان

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KWN, KYN, KYWN

n.

the planet Saturn – WehrCowan1979.

From Pers kayvān ‘Saturn’.

▪ …

…

▪ Nişanyan_28Jul2015 / WKAS: from Pers kayvān, from Aram kēwān, from Akk *kay[ya]wān, lBab pronunciation of kayyamānu ‘persistent; Saturn’.
▪ …

▪ Tu keyvan [Sinan Paşa, Tazarru'nâme, 1482] küngüre-i eyvānı evc-ı Keyvāne irmiş-idi.
▪ …

…

KWY كوي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KWY

“root”

▪ KWY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KWY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to burn, brand, cauterise, sting; hot iron; aperture, small round window’ –

▪ …

–

.

–

KYD كيد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KYD

“root”

▪ KYD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘plot, to plot, to deceive, to connive, to conspire, ruse, machination; to wish to harm’

▪ …

–

.

–

KYF كيف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KYF

“root”

▪ KYF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to cut; manner, mode, fashion, state’

▪ …

–

.

–

takyīf تَكْييف

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 8Jun2023
√KYF

n.

.

▪ vn. of vb. II, kayyafa, D-stem

.

KYL كيل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20Feb2023
√KYL

“root”

▪ KYL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ KYL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘volume, measurement, to measure in volume, dry measure; to compare, evaluate, pay back in kind’. kayl is described by some as a borrowing from Syr.

▪ From protSem *√KWL ‘to contain, hold, measure’, variant (Ar) root form *√KYL – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

KYN كين

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last update 20Feb2023
√KYN

“root”

▪ KYN_1 ‘to become lowly, humble, miserable; to submit, yield, surrender, humble o.s.; to abandon o.s., give o.s. over.’ ↗ĭstakāna
▪ KYN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ KYN_… ‘the planet Saturn’ ↗kaywān (placed s.v. KWN)
▪ …
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): »The substantive word for ‘clitoris’, kayn, seems to be the source from which this root is derived. The word istakāna ‘to be humbled, become abased, abase o.s.’, which is derived from this root, is also considered by some scholars to be a derivative from the root ↗SKN or ↗KWN. Such confusion is characteristically common in the case of roots with weak radicals.«

▪ …
▪ …

–

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KYN-1 Ar kāna ‘s’humilier, s’abaisser devant qn’; kaynaẗ ‘malheur, adversité (qui abaisse)’. -2 kayn ‘vulve, petites lèvres’. -3 Gz kin, kinat ‘art, travail d’artisanat, habileté, métier, Te kin ‘intention, volonté’, Tña käynät, Amh kin ‘art’.
▪ For a distinct set of meanings, cf. ↗√KWN.

…

ĭstakāna اسْتَكانَ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√KYN

vb., X

1 to become lowly, humble, miserable; 2a to submit, yield, surrender, humble o.s., abase o.s., eat humble pie; 2b to abandon o.s., give o.s. over – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #KYN-1 Ar kāna ‘s’humilier, s’abaisser devant qn’; kaynaẗ ‘malheur, adversité (qui abaisse)’. -2 kayn ‘vulve, petites lèvres’. -3 Gz kin, kinat ‘art, travail d’artisanat, habileté, métier, Te kin ‘intention, volonté’, Tña käynät, Amh kin ‘art’.
▪ For a distinct set of meanings, cf. ↗√KWN.
▪ …

…

►ĭstikānaẗ, n.f., yielding, submission, resignation, passivity: vn. X.
►mustakīn, adj., humiliated, oppressed, resigned, submissive: PA X.
For a distinct set of meanings, cf. ↗√KWN.

lām لام

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√

R₁

The letter l of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LʔLʔ لألأ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LʔLʔ

“root”

▪ LʔLʔ_1 ‘pearls’ ↗luʔluʔ
▪ LʔLʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LʔLʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pearls, to shine, shimmer, glitter, radiate, (of fire) rage; (of animals, deer, in particular) to flash the tail’

▪ …

–

.

–

LʔM لأم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʔM

“root”

▪ LʔM_1 ‘to dress, bandage (a wound); to repair, mend; to solder, weld; to suit, fit together, be adequate, appropriate; peace, harmony’ ↗laʔama
▪ LʔM_2 ‘meanness, baseness, wickedness; niggardliness, miserliness; sordidness; iniquity’ ↗luʔm
▪ LʔM_3 ‘cuirass, chainmail’ ↗laʔmaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include:

^†LʔM_4 ‘apparatus or gear of a plough, ploughshare’ : luʔ(a)maẗ

▪ It is not clear whether we are dealing with one or more "roots" here. LʔM_3 ‘cuirass, chainmail’ and ^†LʔM_4 ‘ploughshare’ most probably belong to LʔM_1 (ClassAr meaning: ‘to put s.th. together, fit together, connect, repair; to fit into one another, set on top of one another, esp. the feathers of an arrow’ – WKAS), both showing the overlapping of single elements, put together and/or on top of one another. Opinion differs however with regard to the question of relatedness, or non-relatedness, of LʔM_1 and LʔM_2.
▪ Those who do not exclude some kind of kinship between LʔM_1 and LʔM_2 are divided on the question which of the two may be the basic value from which the other should be derived. BDB1906 implicitly suggests that the value ‘people’ (Hbr, Ug, and as a loan also in Akk) originally was *‘common, vulgar people’, developed from the notion of ‘baseness, meanness, commonness’ of LʔM_2. But there is no further discussion that would try to answer the question how, if at all, the Ar value of ‘putting together, collecting, assembling’ (LʔM_1) that others usually see together with Hbr Ug (Akk) ‘people’, could be related to LʔM_2. As a secondary development, based on ‘people’ (the *‘collective’ body, the *‘assembled ones’)? A derivation of ‘baseness, meanness’ (LʔM_2) from ‘people’ (in its turn from LʔM_1 ‘to put together, collect, assemble’) would correspond to that of Engl vulgar from Lat vulgus ‘common people, crowd’.
▪ The value ‘people’ in Hbr and Ug may also not be the *‘collective’ but rather *‘those who have reached an agreement’ (cf. the notion of ‘to suit, fit, be adequate’ and ‘to make peace’, prominent esp. in the L-stem of LʔM_1). ‘People’ would then be a group who has ‘repaired’ internal conflicts and ‘dressed the wounds’ that had been open after disagreement.
▪ StarLing(Militarev2006) reconstructs Sem *LʔM, *LMM ‘to get together; to unite by common consent; peace treaty’, going back, like also extra-Sem cognates, to AfrAs *liʔam‑ ‘to get together; to be relative, companion’.
▪ For further details, cf. section DISC below.
▪ For other roots containing L and M and expressing a ‘putting together, joining, connecting, assembling, uniting’, cf. ↗lamma ‘to gather, collect’ (√LMː/LMM, also lamlama ‘id.’), ↗laḥama ‘to meld, patch, weld, solder’ (also laḥḥama, √LḤM), ↗lazima ‘to cling, adhere, belong, accompany’ (√LZM). A distant relationship exists perhaps also between the *L-M sequence and the one with the reverse order, *M-L, often expressing a similar notion of ‘company’ (cf., e.g., ↗zumlaẗ ‘party, company of people’, ↗zamīl ‘companion, associate, comrade; colleague; accomplice’, √Z-ML), but also ‘inclusion’ and ‘completeness’ (↗ǧamala ‘to sum up’, ↗ǧumlaẗ ‘totality, sum, whole; group’, √Ǧ-ML; ↗šamila ‘to contain, enclose, include’, √ŠML; ↗kam˅la ‘to be/become whole, entire, integral, perfect, complete’, √K-ML; etc.).

–

▪ StarLing (Militarev2006): Akk līmu (*liʔmu) ‘one thousand’, Ug li͗m ‘people, clan’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔūm, pl. lᵊʔummīm ‘people, nation’, Syr lam ‘to collect’, Ar lʔm ‘to gather’, liʔam- ‘accord, harmony (between people); peace, concord’, liʔamaẗ, liʔāmaẗ ‘equal, similar, corresponding counterpart’; laʔīm ‘ignoble, mean; similar, equal, adequate’; līm ‘peace, concord; ressemblance betw. two people’; lumaẗ ‘small group of people (3-10 persons); similar, identical; equal (age, form)’; lām- ‘parenté’; lummaẗ ‘compagnon; compagnons de voyage, qui participent aux provisions de route; troupe d’hommes (3-10 people); troupe de femmes’, lamūm ‘qui réunit dans son sein plusieurs personnes ou choses, et offre un rendez-vous’, LMM ‘ressembler, réunir en ramassant de tous côtés ce qui était dispersé’, Sab lʔm ‘to make a peace settlement’, lmw (*lmm) ‘to come to an agreement with s.o.’, Te läʔamä ‘to be attached, friendly’, Tña cf. läʔamä ‘to be good, patient’.
▪ Tropper2008: Akk liʔmu, līmu, Ug li͗m /liʔmu/, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘people’.
▪ Klein1987: Akk liʔmu, līmu ‘thousand’, Ug li͗m ‘people, crowd’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘nation, people’, Ar laʔama ‘to gather together, assemble’
▪ BDB1906: Ar laʔuma ‘to be low, ignoble’, liʔām (pl.) ‘common ones’, Hbr lᵊʔōm ‘people’

▪ WehrCowan1979 treats LʔM_1 through LʔM_3 in one lemma, suggesting that they are semantically related. StarLing, too, does not separate the cognates of LʔM_1 and LʔM_2, not without adding, however, that the two values are quite far from each other and it therefore is legitimate to have serious doubts about their belonging together. According to the author (Militarev?), even the relation between Akk līmu (*liʔmu) ‘one thousand’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘nation, people’ and Ar laʔama ‘to put together, gather together, assemble’, as put forward by Klein1987 and Tropper2008 (‘thousand’ and ‘people’ as a larger number of things or persons, a *‘collective, assembly’, held together by mutual agreement) cannot be taken for granted.³¹
▪ In contrast, BDB1906 speculates that the notion of ‘lowness, commonness’ (LʔM_2), expressed in Ar laʔuma ‘to be low, ignoble’, liʔām (pl.) ‘common ones’, may be the basic value of √LʔM from which Hbr lᵊʔōm ‘people’, »prop. ‘common, vulgar people’«, is derived. – It remains unclear, however, where BDB would place LʔM_1 in this picture.
▪ BadawiHinds1986 keeps EgAr lāʔam (vb. III, tr.) ‘to suit, be compatible with’ (LʔM_1) apart from laʔam u (vb. I, intr.) ‘to behave with deceit or cunning’ (LʔM_2), treating them as two homonymous roots. Interestingly enough, in EgAr, LʔM_2 has variants based on √LʕN (↗laʕana ‘to curse’) in all its forms.³² It seems that fuṣḥā terminology is reinterpreted here by the vernacular to make better sense of the abstract moral concept of luʔm for the common people.
▪ Irrespective of due reservations as to the belonging of some values (‘thousand’, ‘wickedness’, etc.) to the same Sem root, StarLing reconstructs Sem *LʔM, *LMM ‘to get together; to unite by common consent; peace treaty’, *liʔa/ām- ‘union, fraternity, people’ and puts this together with Eg rmṯ ‘person’ (< *l˅m-˅k ?, cf. Fay lōm-i ‘id.’), WChad *lilim- ‘assembly for special occasions’ (reconstr. from evid. in 1 lang), CChad *luma (?) ‘market’ (< *‘gathering of people’?), EChad *lam˅m- (based on forms like lùm, lámmà, lũmmè) ‘to gather’ (intr.), pile’; LEC *lamm- ‘companion, relative’ (cf. Som lammaan ‘to be companion’, Or lammii ‘(close) relations’³³ ), HEC *lamm- ~ *m˅ll- ‘close relative; person’ (based on moollo ‘close relative’, lámmi ‘person’), SCush *lama(l)- ‘age-set’ (lama ‘serpentine ochre marking on body’ in 1 lang). The common ancestor of all these is reconstructed as AfrAs *liʔam- ‘to get together; to be relative, companion’.
31. Note that there are several līmu in Akk (cf. CAD): While līmu A ‘thousand’ seems to be genuine Akk, there is also līmu C ‘family, clan’, which accord. to CAD is a WSem loanword. 32. Vb. I laʔam ~ laʕan; vn. I luʔm ~ luʕn and n. luʔumiyyaẗ ~ luʕuniyyaẗ ‘cunning’; adj./quasi-PP laʔīm ~ laʕīn ‘cunning, sly’; elat. ʔalʔam ~ ʔalʕan ‘more/most wicked or sly/abominable’; vb. VI ĭtlāʔim ~ ĭtlāʕin ‘to behave deviously or cunningly’; vb. X ĭstalʔim ~ ĭstalʕin ‘1 to consider cunning; 2 to behave cunningly’. 33. Perhaps from Ar.

–

laʔam‑ لَأَمَ , a (laʔm)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʔM

vb., I

1 to dress, bandage (a wound). – 2 to repair, mend (s.th.). – 3 to solder, weld – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The modern meanings of the vb. go back to a basic notion, in ClassAr, of ‘to put s.th. together, fit together, connect, repair; to fit into one another, set on top of one another (feathers of an arrow)’, in its turn perhaps (as suggested by Militarev) from a Sem *LʔM, *LMM ‘to get together; to unite by common consent; peace treaty’, from AfrAs *liʔam‑ ‘to get together; to be relative, companion’.
▪ Via the value ‘people’, not realized in Ar but in Hbr and Ug, which is likely to be from Sem *to get together, unite’, Ar laʔama may also be connected to laʔuma (↗luʔm) ‘to be ignoble, lowly (of character and birth); to be base, mean, vile, evil, wicked’, the development ‘base, mean’ < ‘people’ being similar to that of Engl vulgar from Lat vulgus ‘common people, multitude, crowd, throng’.

▪ ClassAr (as in WKAS): laʔama, vb. I, 1 to put s.th. together, fit together, connect, repair; 2 to fit into one another, set on top of one another (feathers of an arrow). – ^†talaʔʔama, vb. V, to close, heal (wound). – III and VI: as mod. use. – laʔm, 1 vn. I, joining, union, connection; 2 adj., firm, solid, hard, strong; 3 n. (as also laʔmaẗ, n.un., f.), armour made of iron rings, chain-mail; 4 (arrow) with feathers fitted into one another, set on top of one another. – liʔm, n., 1 agreement, concord; 2 fitting, appropriate person, companion.

▪ Militarev2006 (in StarLing): Akk līmu (*liʔmu) ‘one thousand’, Ug li͗m ‘people, clan’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔūm, pl. lᵊʔummīm ‘people, nation’, Syr lam ‘to collect’, Ar lʔm ‘to gather’, liʔam- ‘accord, harmony (between people); peace, concord’, liʔamaẗ, liʔāmaẗ ‘equal, similar, corresponding counterpart’; laʔīm ‘ignoble, mean; similar, equal, adequate’; līm ‘peace, concord; ressemblance betw. two people’; lumaẗ ‘small group of people (3-10 persons); similar, identical; equal (age, form)’; lām- ‘parenté’; lummaẗ ‘compagnon; compagnons de voyage, qui participent aux provisions de route; troupe d’hommes (3-10 people); troupe de femmes’, lamūm ‘qui réunit dans son sein plusieurs personnes ou choses, et offre un rendez-vous’, LMM ‘ressembler, réunir en ramassant de tous côtés ce qui était dispersé’, Sab lʔm ‘to make a peace settlement’, lmw (*lmm) ‘to come to an agreement with s.o.’, Te läʔamä ‘to be attached, friendly’, Tña cf. läʔamä ‘to be good, patient’.
▪ Tropper2008: Akk liʔmu, līmu, Ug li͗m /liʔmu/, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘people’.
▪ Klein1987: Akk liʔmu, līmu ‘thousand’, Ug li͗m ‘people, crowd’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘nation, people’, Ar laʔama ‘to gather together, assemble’
▪ BDB1906: Ar laʔuma ‘to be low, ignoble’, liʔām (pl.) ‘common ones’, Hbr lᵊʔōm ‘people’

▪ Militarev2006 (in StarLing) underlines that his putting together such a large variety of diverging semantic values (‘thousand’, ‘to gather, collect’, ‘companionship, people, clan, nation’, ‘accord, harmony, peace’, ‘ressemblance, similarity’, ‘baseness, meanness’, etc.) may raise severe doubts. Nevertheless, he seems to be convinced that, ultimately, we are dealing with one etymon. Irrespective of the question whether Akk līmu ‘one thousand’ and Ar laʔīm ‘ignoble, mean, base, wicked’ (↗luʔm) rightfully belong here, the prevalence of the notion of companionship and accord/harmony among a group of people seems to have convinced the author that ‘coming/putting together, uniting, assembling’, as in Ar laʔama, is the basic meaning of the root. Accordingly, he reconstructs Sem *LʔM, *LMM ‘to get together; to unite by common consent; peace treaty’, *liʔa/ām- ‘union, fraternity, people’. Given what may be extra-Sem cognates,³⁴ the author even suggests to trace all these back to an AfrAs *liʔam- ‘to get together; to be relative, companion’.
▪ Like Militarev2006, also WehrCowan1979 treats all items with the root LʔM in one lemma, suggesting that they are semantically related.

34. Eg rmṯ ‘person’ (<*l˅m-˅k?, cf. Fay lōm-i ‘id.’), WChad *lilim- ‘assembly for special occasions’ (reconstr. from evid. in 1 lang), CChad *luma (?) ‘market’ (< *‘gathering of people’?), EChad *lam˅m- (based on forms like lùm, lámmà, lũmmè) ‘to gather’ (intr.), pile’; LEC *lamm- ‘companion, relative’ (cf. Som lammaan ‘to be companion’, Or lammii ‘(close) relations’; perh. < Ar), HEC *lamm- ~ *m˅ll- ‘close relative; person’ (based on moollo ‘close relative’, lámmi ‘person’), SCush *lama(l)- ‘age-set’ (lama ‘serpentine ochre marking on body’ in 1 lang).

–

► lāʔama, vb. III, to agree (DO with s.o.); to suit, fit (garment; s.o.); to be adequate, appropriate (to s.th.), be suitable, fit, proper, convenient, favorable, propitious (for s.th.); to be adapted (DO to), be in harmony with, match (s.th.); to agree (climate, food; with s.o.), be wholesome (climate, air, food; DO for s.o.); to bring about a reconciliation, make peace (bayna between), reconcile (bayna… wa‑ s.o. with); to make consistent or congruous, reconcile, harmonize, bring into harmony (different things): L-stem, assoc.
► talāʔama, vb. VI, 1 to be mended, be repaired, be corrected: tD-stem, quasi-pass. of vb. III. – 2 to go well (maʕa with): intr. – 3 ↗luʔm.
► ĭltaʔama, vb. VIII, 1 to be mended, be repaired, be corrected. – 2 to be joined, be connected, be patched up, be soldered, be welded. – 3 to match, fit together, harmonize, be in harmony, agree, go together, be congruous, conformable, consistent; to be tuned or geared to each other (fig.). – 4 to unite, combine. – 5 to cohere, stick together. – 6 to heal, close (wound). – 7 to gather, assemble, convene (persons); to meet (committee, congress, council, etc.): t-stem, quasi-pass./intr. of I.
► laʔm, n., 1 dressing, bandaging (of a wound). – 2 joining, junction, connection. – 3 repair: vn. I.
► laʔmaẗ, n.f., cuirass, pair of cuirasses: probably called so on account of the interlocking of its chain links, set on top of one another (cf. SEMHIST).
► liʔm, n., 1 peace. – 2 concord, agreement, union, unity, unanimity. – 3 conformity, consistency, harmony: obviously a fig. use of the basic value of ‘binding together, repairing, joining’.²
► mulāʔamaẗ, n.f., 1 adequacy, appropriateness, properness, suitability, fitness. – 2 peacemaking, (re)conciliation. – 3 concord, union, agreement, harmony: vn. III.
► ^BP#3142mulāʔim, adj., adapted, suited, appropriate (li‑ to), suitable, fit, proper, convenient, favorable, propitious (li‑ for); agreeing, harmonizing, in conformity, consistent (li‑ with): PA III.
2. Cf. Freytag1830 on laʔama : ‘obligavit (vulnus), colligavit (rupturam); inde (!) in gratiam reduxit, pacem composuit’.

luʔm لُؤْم

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʔM

n.

1 ignoble mind, baseness, meanness, vileness, wickedness. – 2 niggardliness, miserliness. – 3 sordidness. – 4 iniquity – WehrCowan1979.

▪ As also ↗buḫl ‘avarice, niggardliness, miserliness’, luʔm is a major antonym of the key concept of ↗karam.
▪ Of obscure etymology. BDB1906 evidently considers ‘baseness’ as the basic value of the root ↗LʔM to which also Hbr lᵊʔōm ‘people’ belongs, suggesting that the latter properly is *‘common, vulgar people’. But it could well be the other way round, given that ‘baseness’ seems to be peculiar to Ar, while ‘people’ etc. is more widespread in Sem (and possibly also AfrAs), cf. section COGN s.v. ↗LʔM. If ‘baseness, meanness, wickedness’ is from ‘people, crowd’ then we are dealing with an etymology corresponding to that of Engl vulgar from Lat vulgus ‘common people’. In Ar, however, there is no word meaning ‘people, crowd’ that would belong to the root LʔM. Hbr and Ug words for ‘people, crowd’ are often seen as a derivation from yet another value of LʔM, namely ‘to put together, assemble, join’ (people = *‘collective, assembly’), which in its turn is absent from these langs. If luʔm ‘baseness’ is from ‘people’, and the latter from ‘to put together, assemble’, then one will have to compare entry ↗laʔama (and, for the whole picture, ↗LʔM).

▪ ClassAr (as in WKAS): laʔuma 1 to be ignoble, base, mean, dishonourable; 2 to be miserly, avaricious. – luʔm, n., 1 low, base attitude or sentiments, lowness, baseness, vileness, infamy; 2 miserliness. – laʔīm: as mod. use. – Cf. also ^†malʔamaẗ, n.f., baseness, vile, mean attitude or sentiments, vile deed, ignominy. – For attestations, cf. WKAS ii: 63, col. 2 f.; (laʔīm) 67, col. 1 ff.

▪ BDB1906 regards Ar laʔuma ‘to be low, ignoble’, liʔām (pl.) ‘common ones’ as akin to Hbr lᵊʔōm ‘people’.
▪ In contrast, Klein1987 connects Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔôm ‘nation, people’ (as well as Ug li͗m ‘people, crowd’ and Akk liʔmu, līmu ‘thousand’) with ↗Ar laʔama ‘to gather together, assemble’ (without mentioning luʔm).
▪ Militarev2006 (in StarLing), though with strong reservations and without discussion of internal dependence, presents all the following items in one unit: Akk līmu (*liʔmu) ‘one thousand’, Ug li͗m ‘people, clan’, Hbr lᵊʔōm, lᵊʔūm, pl. lᵊʔummīm ‘people, nation’, Syr lam ‘to collect’, Ar laʔama ‘to gather’, liʔm ‘agreement, harmony (between people); peace, concord’, liʔamaẗ, liʔāmaẗ ‘equal, similar, corresponding counterpart’, laʔīm ‘ignoble, mean; alike, equal, adequate’, liʔm ‘peace, concord; ressemblance betw. two people’; lumaẗ ‘small group of people (3-10 persons); similar, alike; equal (age, form)’; lām ‘similarity’; lummaẗ ‘companion; fellow-traveler who contributes to the travel provision; groupe of men (3-10 people), or women’, lamma ‘to pick up, collect s.th.’; Sab lʔm ‘to make a peace settlement’, lmw (*lmm) ‘to come to an agreement with s.o.’, Te läʔamä ‘to be attached, friendly’, Tña läʔamä ‘to be good, patient’. – He reconstructs Sem *LʔM, *LMM ‘to get together; to unite by common consent; peace treaty’, *liʔa/ām- ‘union, fraternity, people’ (implicitly relating ‘ignoble, mean’ etc. to the position of a derivation from ‘to get together, unite’), from AfrAs *liʔam- ‘to get together; to be relative, companion’.

▪ See CONC above, and for more details ↗LʔM and ↗laʔama.

–

► laʔuma u (luʔm, laʔāmaẗ, malʔamaẗ), vb. I, to be ignoble, lowly (of character and birth); to be base, mean, vile, evil, wicked: denom., or the etymon proper?
► ʔalʔama, vb. IV, to act ignobly, behave shabbily: denom.
► talāʔama, vb. VI, 1 ↗laʔama. – 2 to act meanly: tL-stem, recipr.
► laʔīm, pl. liʔām, luʔamāʔᵘ, luʔmān, adj., ignoble, lowly, low, base, mean, evil, vile, wicked, depraved; sordid, filthy, dirty; niggardly, miserly: quasi-PP I, ints.adj.

laʔmaẗ لَأْمَة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʔM

n.f.

cuirass, pair of cuirasses – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Together with an obsol. ^†luʔ(a)maẗ ‘ploughshare’, laʔmaẗ ‘cuirass, chainmail’ most probably belongs to ↗laʔama (ClassAr meaning: ‘to put s.th. together, fit together, connect, repair; to fit into one another, set on top of one another, esp. the feathers of an arrow’ – WKAS), both showing the overlapping of single elements, put together and/or on top of one another.

▪ WKAS : in ClassAr also laʔm ‘armour made of iron rings, chainmail’

▪ No direct cognates.
▪ If akin to ↗laʔama, cf. there and, for the general picture, ↗LʔM.

Cf. CONC above.

–

LBː (LBB) لبّ / لبب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

“root”

▪ LBː (LBB)_1 ‘to remain, abide, stay (in a place)’ ↗labba?
▪ LBː (LBB)_2 ‘kernel, core, innermost, essence, best part; heart, mind, intellect, reason; to be sensible, reasonable, intelligent’ ↗lubb?
▪ LBː (LBB)_3 ‘breast collar (of a horse’s harness); martingale⁴ ; to gird o.s.’ ↗labab; ‘upper part of the chest, throat’ ↗labbaẗ; ‘golden necklace’ ↗EgAr libbaẗ
▪ LBː (LBB)_4 ‘lion’ ↗LBʔ, ↗LBW
▪ LBː (LBB)_5 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘kernel, core, the edible inside of nuts and fruits; the essence; heart, mind, reason; veins in the heart said to be the source of kindness, amiable person, diligent person, upper part of the chest’
4. Strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness.

▪ LBː (LBB)_1-3 : three roots or (partly?) related to each other? Unclear semantics.
▪ LBː (LBB)_1 : (Kogan2015 Sw#40:) from protSem *libb‑ ‘heart’ (SED I #174).
▪ LBː (LBB)_2 : …
▪ LBː (LBB)_3 : …
▪ LBː (LBB)_4 : short for full forms with R₃ = ʔ or W, cf. ↗LBʔ, ↗LBW
▪ LBː (LBB)_5 : …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

labb‑ / labab‑ لَبّـ / لَبَبْـ , u (labb)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

vb., I

to remain, abide, stay (bi‑ in a place) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Dependent on, or akin to, ↗lubb ‘kernel, core, heart, essence’, ↗labbaẗ ‘upper part of the chest, throat’, and/or ↗labab ‘martingale¹⁹ ’?
19. strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

For other items of the root, cf. ↗lubb, ↗labbaẗ, ↗EgAr libbaẗ, ↗labab, and, for the overall picture, ↗LBː (LBB).

lubb لُبّ , pl. lubūb, ʔalbāb

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

n.

1a (pl. lubūb) kernel, core (of fruits); b the innermost, marrow, pith; c core, gist, essence; d prime, best part; 2 (pl. ʔalbāb) a heart; b mind, intellect, reason, understanding – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1668: from protSem *libab‑ ‘heart’ < AfrAs *lib‑ / *lub‑ ‘heart’.
▪ Kogan2015: from protSem *libb‑ ‘heart’ (SED I No. 174). Successors of protSem *libb‑ are the main word for ‘heart’ throughout Sem, except in Ar, where it is replaced by ↗qalb, probably related to Akk ḳablu ‘middle’ (SED I No. 161). In Ar, protSem *libb‑ is preserved as lubb ‘what is in the inside; understanding, intelligence, mind’ (Lane 2643).

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: Akk libbu, Hbr lēḇ, Aram lebbā, Gz lebb ‘heart’
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1668: Akk libbu, Ug lb, Hbr lēb, Syr lebbā, Gz ləbb, Ḥrs ḥelbēb, Mhr ḥewbēb, Soq elbeb). – Outside Sem: Eg (pyr) i͗b ‘heart’, (WCh) ləp ‘lungs’ (in 1 idiom), (CCh) liḅī, lib(i) ‘belly, stomach'; ʔurvə‑ŋude, rivi‑ḍiya, arve ‘heart’, (ECh) ʔulbo ‘heart’ (1 idiom), Agaw läbbäka, läbakaa, ləbäkaa ‘heart’, (SA) Afar lubbi ‘heart’, (LEC) Som laab, Or lubbu, labbe, (Omot) yiboo ‘heart’, libʔa ‘belly’, (Rift) liba ‘chest’ (1 idom).
▪ Elmedlaoui2012 treats lubb and ↗qalb as one item and gives Berb ul / ulaw‑n ‘heart/s’ as cognates.
▪ See also ↗√LBː (LBB) !

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1668: protSem *libab‑ ‘heart’, Eg (pyr) i͗b ‘heart’, protWCh *l˅b‑, protCCh *(H˅‑)lib‑, protECh *lub‑, protAgaw *l˅b‑ak‑ ‘heart’ (suffix *‑ak‑), protSA *lub(b)‑, protLEC *lab‑ / *lub‑ ‘heart’, protOmot *lib‑ ‘heart’, protRift *lib‑ ‘chest’; all from a hypothetical AfrAs *lib‑ / *lub‑ ‘heart’.
▪ Any relation to ↗labba ‘to stay, remain, abide’ and/or ↗labab ‘upper part of the chest, throat; breast collar (of a horse’s harness); martingale³⁵ ; to gird o.s.’? Cf. also EgAr ↗libbaẗ ‘golden necklace’.
▪ …
35. strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness

…

► labba / labib‑, a (labab), and ~ / labub‑, u (labābaẗ), vb. I, to be sensible, reasonable, intelligent: prob. denom. from lubb [v2b].
► labbaba, vb. II, to kernel, ripen into kernels, produce kernels (grain, nuts): D‑stem, caus., denom. of [v1].
► talabbaba, vb. V, to gird o.s., prepare o.s.: Dt‑stem, intr./refl., from labab (akin to lubb [v1])?
► labbaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., 1a upper part of the chest; b throat of an animal, spot where its throat is slit in slaughtering: akin to lubb [v1]?
► EgAr libbaẗ, n.f., golden necklace: akin to lubb [v1]?
► labab, pl. ʔalbāb, n., 1 = labbaẗ; 2 breast collar (of a horse’s harness); 3 martingale³ : akin to lubb [v1]?
► lubāb, n., marrow, pith, core, quintessence, gist, prime, best part.
► labīb, pl. ʔalibbāʔᵘ, adj., understanding, reasonable, sensible, intelligent: ints.adj., quasi-PP, from labba / lubb [v2].
► talbīb, pl. talābībᵘ, n., collar: taFʕīL formation, rarely producing nouns other than vn. II, but here evidently used to signify an object that is worn on the chest, like labab / EgAr libbaẗ.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗labba, ↗lubb, ↗labbaẗ, ↗EgAr libbaẗ, ↗labab, and, for the overall picture, ↗LBː (LBB).
3. strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness

labbaẗ لَبّة , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

n.f.

1a upper part of the chest; b throat of an animal, spot where its throat is slit in slaughtering – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Prob. related to ↗labab ‘breast collar (of a horse’s harness); martingale²⁰ ’; cf. also EgAr libbaẗ ‘golden necklace’.
▪ Relation (if any) to ↗lubb ‘kernel, core, essence, heart’ unclear.
▪ MSA has preserved the orig. meaning, which, according to WKAS II/1, is ‘upper part of the chest, low neckline; place on the throat where an animal is slaughtered’.
▪ …
20. strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

► EgAr libbaẗ, n.f., golden necklace.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗labba, ↗lubb, ↗labab, and, for the overall picture, ↗LBː (LBB).

libbaẗ لِبّة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

n.f.

(EgAr) golden necklace – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Apparently related to ↗labab ‘breast collar (of a horse’s harness)’ (orig. *‘chest strap preventing the saddle from slipping backwards’) and ↗labbaẗ ‘upper part of the chest; throat of an animal, spot where its throat is slit in slaughtering’.
▪ Perh. also related to ↗lubb ‘kernel, core, essence, heart’, but nature of relation unclear.

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

For other items of the root, cf. ↗labba, ↗lubb, ↗labbaẗ, ↗labab, and, for the overall picture, ↗LBː (LBB).

labab لَبَب , pl. ʔalbāb

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBː (LBB)

n.

1a upper part of the chest; b throat of an animal, spot where its throat is slit in slaughtering; 2 breast collar (of a horse’s harness); 3 martingale⁵ – WehrCowan1976.
5. strap passing between the forelegs of a horse as part of the harness

▪ According to WKAS II/1, the orig. meaning is ‘chest strap (of horse, etc., which prevents the saddle from slipping backwards)’, i.e., the value closest to modern [v3] ‘martingale’.
▪ Apparently related to ↗labbaẗ with which it is overlapping in meaning today ([v1], [v2]).
▪ Perh. also related to ↗lubb ‘kernel, core, essence, heart’, but the precise nature of such a relation remains unclear.

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

► talabbaba, vb. V, to gird o.s., prepare o.s.: Dt‑stem, intr./refl., [v3], *‘to put on the labab’.
► labbaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., 1a upper part of the chest; b throat of an animal, spot where its throat is slit in slaughtering: now semantically almost identical with labab; cf., however, WKAS II/1 where the original values are given as ‘chest strap (of horse, etc., which prevents the saddle from slipping backwards)’ for labab, and ‘upper part of the chest, low neckline; place on the throat where an animal is slaughtered’ for labbaẗ.
► EgAr libbaẗ, n.f., golden necklace: also akin to lubb?
► talbīb, pl. talābībᵘ, n., collar: taFʕīL formation, rarely producing nouns other than vn. II, but here evidently used to signify an object that is worn on the chest, cf. [v2]; cf. also libbaẗ.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗labba, ↗lubb, ↗labbaẗ, ↗EgAr libbaẗ, and, for the overall picture, ↗LBː (LBB).

LBṮ لبث

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LBṮ

“root”

▪ LBṮ_1 ‘to stay, remain’ ↗labiṯa
▪ LBṮ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LBṮ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to stay, be slow, tarry, be late in coming, abide, stopover, lingering; mixture’

▪ …

–

.

–

LBD لبد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LBD

“root”

▪ LBD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LBD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LBD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘mane; felt; ticks, locusts, crowd; to stay, accumulate, congregate; to patch up; to be stuck to the earth’

▪ …

–

.

–

LBS لبس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBS

“root”

▪ LBS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LBS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wear, to put on, to clothe, garment, clothes, armour, cover; to confuse; wife, husband; condition; to tarry or to remain in a place’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

labis‑ لَبِسَ

ID 778 • Sw – • BP 2617 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBS

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to put on (dress)’) Akk lbš, Hbr lḇš e (a), Syr lḇš e (a), Gz lbs – (a).
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LBN لبن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

“root”

▪ LBN_1 ‘(unburnt) brick’ ↗libn
▪ LBN_2 ‘milk’ ↗laban
▪ LBN_3 ‘frankincense; chewing gum’ ↗lubān
▪ LBN_4 ‘wish, aim, goal; business, enterprise’ ↗lubānaẗ
▪ LBN_5 ‘Lebanon’ ↗lubnān
▪ LBN_6 ‘storax/styrax tree’ ↗lubnà
▪ LBN_7 ‘towline’ (EgAr) ↗libān
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘milk, (of a female) to be with milk [LBN_2]; quest, wish, desire [LBN_4]; mud brick [LBN_1]; tree sap [LBN_3]’

▪ LBN_1 ‘brick(s)’ seems to be a loan, via Syr, from Akk, perhaps lit. *‘accumulated, hardened, solidified (sc. mud)’ (cf. also LBN_3 below).
▪ LBN_2 ‘milk’ is a value not to be found in other Sem languages (unless loaned from Ar) and is therefore thought to be the result of a development, peculiar to Ar, from an original *‘white(ness)’ (which also lies at the basis of the name for Lebanon, cf. LBN_5).
▪ LBN_3 ‘frankincense’ may be either *‘hardened, solidified (sc. resin)’ and thus, basically, built on the same idea as LBN_1 ‘brick(s)’ (applied to resin in this case rather than to mud in that of LBN_1), or it is *‘the product of the styrax tree’ (cf. LBN_6, below), or *‘the white one’ (cf. LBN_2 above, and LBN_5 below). The meaning ‘chewing gum’ is, of course, a modern development.
▪ LBN_4 ‘wish, aim, goal; business, enterprise’: not directly related to any of the other values and therefore difficult to explain. The semantics suggest a relation to ↗lubb ‘kernel, core; heart, mind, intellect, reason’, but this would be difficult to explain phonologically and morphologically. — For the time being, this word’s etymology remains obscure.
▪ LBN_5 ‘Lebanon’, as a geographical term, goes back, via Aram/Hbr Lᵊḇānōn, to Phoen lbnn. Ultimately, it is either *‘(the country with) the white (mountain tops)’ or *‘the snowy one’. If from *‘white’, then the closest relatives would be LBN_2 ‘milk’ (and perhaps also LBN_3 ‘frankincense’). If from *‘snow’, the idea of congelation/solidification connects it more closely to LBN_1 ‘brick(s) (but perhaps also to LBN_3 ‘frankincense’, if the latter is *‘hardened resin’).
▪ LBN_6 ‘storax/styrax tree’ may be *‘the white tree’ (cf. LBN_2 ‘milk’, LBN_5 ‘Lebanon’), or *‘the tree that produces an aromatically smelling resin’ (cf. LBN_3 ‘frankincense’), or it is a loan from Copt < Eg (unless the latter itself is from Sem).
▪ LBN_7 ‘towline’ (eg.) is agreed upon to go back to a Copt word for ‘(a ship’s) hauling-cable’.

–

(based on data supplied by Nicolas2013)
▪ LBN_1: Akk libittu (*libintu), Ug lbnt (pl., *labinātu), Hbr lᵊḇīnāh, lᵊḇēnāh, Aram lᵊḇīntā, Syr lᵊḇettā (*lᵊḇentā) ‘brick, tile’, Ar libn, libin, SAr lbn ‘brick(s)’
▪ LBN_2: Ug lbn (*labanu), Hbr lāḇān ‘blanc’ (et nom propre),³⁰ Phn lbn ‘white’, Mand laben ‘être blanc’, Ar laban ‘lait’ (> labana ‘avoir en abondance du lait dans ses pis’, talbīn(aẗ) ‘soupe faite avec du lait ou du miel’, mulabban ‘sorte de nougat fait de noix et d’amandes’)
▪ LBN_3: Hbr lᵊḇōnāh, lᵊḇônāh, Phn lbnh, Aram Syr lᵊḇûntāh, Ar lubān ‘résine qui sert d’encens’, SAr lbn ‘encens’;³¹ cf. also Mand labna ‘gluten’.
▪ LBN_4: Ar lubānaẗ ‘wish, aim, goal; business, enterprise’: –.
▪ LBN_5: Akk labnanu (BDB1906), Ug lbnn, Hbr lᵊḇānôn, Phn lbnh, oSyr leḇnān (Wild1973: 154), Ar lubnān ‘Lebanon’.
▪ LBN_6: Hbr liḇnäh ‘poplar (BDB1906), styrax, birch (Klein1987)’, Syr lebanītā, Ar lubnà, Gz ləbən ‘arbrisseau qui donne du storax, (BDB1906:) styrax officinalis’, Gz lebne ‘sorte de palme; sorte d’arbres’, Ar lubnà
▪ LBN_7: EgAr libān ‘towline’: no cognates in Sem.

30. Cf. also poet. lᵊḇānāh ‘moon’, lit. *‘the white one’. 31. According to BDB1906, Gz libānos ‘incense’ is from Grk líbanos.

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Lebanon ↗lubnān. – Engl benjamin, benzoin ↗lubān.

–

libn لِبْن , var. labin

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.coll.

unburnt brick(s), adobes – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► labbana, vb. II, to make brick: denom.
► libnaẗ, labinaẗ, n.un., pl. ‑āt, unburnt brick, adobe; (saud.-ar.) a sort of cheese | ~āt ʔasāsiyyaẗ, n.pl., basic structural units.
► labbān, n., 1 brickmaker; 2 For another meaning see ↗laban.

laban لَبَن , pl. ʔalbān , libān

ID 779 • Sw – • BP 3085 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.

milk; (syr.) leban, coagulated sour milk – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *lbn ‘white’, one of the four basic colours in the protSem colour spectrum²¹ (see also Ar ↗BYḌ for ‘white’, ↗ẒLM and SWD for ‘black’, ↗ʔDM and ḤMR for ‘red’, ↗WRQ and ḪḌR for ‘green’).
▪ ……
21. As reconstructed by Bulakh 2003, 2004, 2006a, 2006b.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► ʔalbān, n.pl., dairy products, milk products.
► laban al-ḫaḍḍ, n., buttermilk.
► laban rāʔib, n., curdled milk, curds.
► laban al-zīr (eg.) and laban ʕāqid, n., curds, cottage cheese.
► širs al-laban, n., whey.
► mīzān al-laban, n., lactoscope.
► farʕ al-ʔalbān, n., dairy department.
► ĭltabana, vb. VIII, to suck milk: T-stem, denom., autobenef..
► labanī, adj., lactic, milk (adj.); milky, milklike, lacteous, lacteal: nsb-adj.
► labaniyyaẗ, n.f., a dish prepared of milk: nominalized adj., f. of labanī.
► labanāt, n., lactate: neologism. | ~ al-ǧīr, n., calcium lactate.
► labān, n., breast:.
► libān, n., 1 sucking, nursing: vn. III, denom., assoc. – 2 For another meaning see ↗s.v.
► labbān, n., 1 milkman: n.prof. – 2 For another meaning see ↗libn.
► libānaẗ, n.f., selling or production of milk products, dairy: n. of profession, denom.
► labinaẗ, labūn, labūnaẗ, pl. libān, lubn, lubun, labāʔinᵘ, n., milch, giving milk: adj. | ḥayawān labūn, n., mammal.
► malbanaẗ, n.f., dairy: n.loc. (place where mild is produced/processed)

lubān لُبان

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.

frankincense, olibanum; chewing gum (=~ al-maḍġ) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ WSem *lubān(at)‑ ‘frankincense’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl benjamin, benzoin, from Ar lubān ‘frankincense’.↗

► lubān ǧāwī, n., benzoin.
► lubān ḏakar, n., (eg.) olibanum, oriental frankincense (resin of Boswellia carteri; bot.).
► lubān šāmī, n., (eg.) a pitchy resin used as a depilatory (resin of Pinus Brutia Ten.).
► lubān al-ʕaḏrāʔ, n., magnesia, Epsom salts, bitter salt.
► malban, n., a sweet made of cornstarch, sugar, mastic and pistachios

libān لِبان

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.

1 (EgAr) towline. – 2 For another meaning see ↗laban . – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

lubānaẗ لُبانة , pl. ‑āt , lubān

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.f.

wish, desire, object, aim, goal, end; business, undertaking, enterprise – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

lubnà لُبْنَى

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.f.f.

storax/styrax tree – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

lubnānᵘ لُبْنانُ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

n.prop.topon., m./f.

Lebanon – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Lebanon, from Hbr lᵊbānôn ‘Lebanon’, from lābān ‘white’, from lābēn ‘to be(come) white’.

► ^BP#212lubnānī, adj., Lebanese; (pl. ‑ūn), n., a Lebanese: nsb-adj. (and nominal.).

lubnānī لُبْنانِيّ

ID 780 • Sw – • BP 212 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LBN

¹adj.; ²n.

adj., Lebanese; (pl. ‑ūn), n., a Lebanese – WehrCowan1979.

nsb-adj., from ↗Lubnān.

▪ …

See ↗Lubnān.

–

LǦː (LǦǦ) لجّ/لجج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√ LǦː (LǦǦ)

“root”

▪ LǦː (LǦǦ)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LǦː (LǦǦ)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LǦː (LǦǦ)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘depths of the sea, abyss; noise; to roar; to continue to argue or dispute obstinately; stammering; convoluted thick herbage’

▪ …

–

.

–

LǦʔ لجأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LǦʔ

“root”

▪ LǦʔ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LǦʔ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘refuge, shelter, retreat; to appeal to s.o. for help, to have recourse to; to compel’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

lāǧiʔ لاجِئ

ID 781 • Sw – • BP 2312 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LǦʔ

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LǦN لجن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LǦN

“root”

▪ LǦN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LǦN_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

laǧnaẗ لَجْنَة

ID 782 • Sw – • BP 258 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LǦN

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LḤD لحد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LḤD

“root”

▪ LḤD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shelf in one side of a grave, to bury on such a shelf; to deviate, stray from the straight course, deviant; to object to, contradict, profane, violate; place of refuge, to seek refuge’

▪ …

–

.

–

LḤẒ لحظ

Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√LḤẒ

“root” –

.

▪ …

–

.

–

mulāḥaẓaẗ مُلاحظة

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 1498 • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√LḤẒ

n.f.

.

▪ vn., III

.

LḤF لحف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LḤF

“root”

▪ LḤF_1 ‘to wrap’ ↗laḥafa
▪ LḤF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘outer garment, bedcover, to wrap up; to bestow a favour, request or ask persistently, demand urgently’

▪ …

–

.

–

LḤQ لحق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LḤQ

“root”

▪ LḤQ_1 ‘to catch up, reach’ ↗laḥaqa
▪ LḤQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to catch up, reach, follow, go after; pursuit; to attach, annex’

▪ …

–

.

–

LḤM لحم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤM

“root”

▪ LḤM_1 ‘meat’ ↗ laḥm
▪ LḤM_2 ‘to mend, patch, weld, solder (up); woof, weft (of a fabric); close union, conjunction, connection, coherence, cohesion, adhesion, to adhere, cleave, stick to s.th., get stuck; relationship, kinship’ ↗ laḥama
▪ LḤM_3 ‘bloody fight, slaughter, massacre, fierce battle’ ↗ malḥamaẗ
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘meat; to be fleshy; to cling together; great battle; to patch up; kinship relation; to go after’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Bethlehem (↗bayt and) ↗laḥm.

–

laḥm لَحْم , pl. luḥūm, liḥām

ID 783 • Sw 29/96 • BP 1518 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤM

n.coll.

flesh; meat – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Specialized meaning in Ar, from protCSem *laḥm‑ ‘(solid) food’ (Kogan2011), protSem *√LḤM ‘to eat’ (Huehnergard2011).
▪ The item may be akin to, if not even dependent on, Sem *LḤM ‘to be/get in close contact, be glued together, be compact, solid’ (= LḤM_2, see ↗laḥama).

▪ …

▪ Orel/Stolbova 1994 #1642, Zammit 2002, Tropper 2008: Ug lḥm ‘food, bread; grain’, Phoen lḥm, Hbr läḥäm, TargAram lᵉḥēm, Syr laḥmā ‘bread, food’; Arab laḥm, laḥam ‘flesh, meat’. – Outside Sem: Cognates (acc. to Orel/Stolbova) in laam, laamu ‘meat’ in two WCh languages; note also Hs lamai ‘tuwo’. – Cf. also corresponding verbs: Akk laḫāmu (also leḫēmu, lêmu, leʔēmu, leʔāmu) ‘to consume, eat (and drink)’, Ug lḥm ‘to eat, devour’, Hbr läḥäm ‘to use as food, eat; to try, taste’.
▪ For further possible cognates cf. root entry ↗LḤM (for the general picture) as well as ↗laḥama (LḤM_2) and ↗malḥamaẗ (LḤM_3).

▪ On account of the Sem evidence Orel/Stolbova 1994 #1642 reconstruct Sem *laḥm- ‘bread, food; meat’. Taken together with the WCh evidence, for which the authors reconstruct WCh *laHam- ‘meat’, they postulate a common origin in AfrAs *laḥam- ‘meat, food’.
▪ Huehnergard 2011 assumes Sem √LḤM ‘to eat’.
▪ For a discussion of the relation between ‘meat’, ‘bread’ and the more general ‘food’, cf. Guidi 1879, Fraenkel 1889, Krotkoff 1969.
▪ For an attempt to make Sem *laḥm‑ ‘(solid) food’ dependent on *LḤM ‘to be/get in close contact, be glued together, be compact, solid’ (LḤM_2), see Krotkoff 1969. If there is such dependence, then Ar laḥm ‘meat’ is akin to other items of the root, such as ↗laḥama ‘to mend, patch, weld, solder (up)’, II laḥḥama ‘to solder’, VIII ĭltaḥama ‘to adhere, stick to, cling to, fit closely, be interjoined, closely united; to scar over, cicatrize (wound)’, laḥmaẗ, luḥmaẗ ‘woof, weft (of a fabric), luḥmaẗ ‘relationship, kinship’, as well as to the complex of ‘battle, fighting, etc.’ (LḤM_3), cf. ↗malḥamaẗ.
▪ »Laḥm was used in Classical Arabic to designate any type of meat, including flesh (edible or not), and even the core of fruit. In present-day Arabic, the same word, while still used to designate flesh and still within the domain of edible meats, conveys (red) meats almost exclusively, while other types of meats are referenced often by the name of their animal source (e.g. dajāj ‘chicken’)« – Esseesy 2009.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Bethlehem, from Hbr bêt-leḥem ‘house of bread’, from bêt ‘house’ (cf. Ar ↗bayt) and leḥem ‘bread’, cognate of Ar laḥm ‘meat’.

► bi-laḥmih wa-šaḥmih, expr., in his real human form; laḥman wa-daman, expr., dyed in the wool, inveterate
► laḥmaẗ, n.f., a piece of flesh or meat: n.un.
► laḥim, adj., fleshy, corpulent; carnivorous: adj. formation.
► laḥḥām, n., 1. butcher; 2. ↗laḥama : n.prof.
► laḥīm, adj., fleshy: quasi-PP.
► laḥāmaẗ, n.f., fleshiness, corpulence: n.abstr.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗laḥama and ↗malḥamaẗ and, for the general picture, root entry ↗LḤM.

laḥmaẗ لَحْمة

ID 784 • Sw – • BP 6217 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤM

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

malḥamaẗ ملْحمة , pl. malāḥimᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤM

n.f.

…

▪ …

…

–

►

LḤN لحن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤN

“root”

▪ LḤN_1 ‘to speak ungrammatical Arabic (interspersed with barbarisms)’ ↗laḥana
▪ LḤN_2 ‘air, tune, melody’ ↗laḥn
▪ LḤN_3 ‘intelligent, understanding, sensible’ ↗laḥin
Other values, now obsolete, include:

LḤN_4 ‘to incline’ : ^†laḥana a (laḥn) (ʔilà to)
LḤN_5 ‘to drop\give a veiled hint, speak in code, allude to, hint at’: ^†laḥana a (laḥn) (li- to); cf. also ^†lāḥana, vb. III, ‘to make insinuations’; ^†ʔalḥana, vb. IV, ‘to intimate s.th. to s.o., to give s.o. to understand s.th.’
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 dialect, language; 2 to err in speaking or reading, deviate; 3 to speak in code, allude to, hint at; 4 tune, to read melodically’

▪ Apart from an uncertain item in Ug, Ar √LḤN does not seem to have cognates in Sem, nor outside Sem.
▪ Fück1950 derives values [v1] to [v3] and [v5] from the now obsolete ^†laḥana ‘to incline’ (LḤN_4), but this seems slightly doubtful. To the author of the present entry, what Fück thinks to be secondary, dependent on ‘to incline’, namely the idea of ‘deviation, modification, modulation’, seems more likely to be the “etymon proper”.
▪ LḤN_2: Günzburg1892 thought that laḥn in the sense of ‘air, tune, melody’ and Grk liχanós ‘tone’ probably go back to the same (Sem) source. Developing on this, LandbergZetterstéen1942 derives Ar laḥn from Grk liχanós ‘forefinger; (hence also:) the string struck with the forefinger, and its note’. Though semantically not without some plausibility, phonologically this etymology would be difficult to explain.

▪ …

▪ LḤN_1 : Zammit2002: Ar laḥn ‘a vicious pronunciation’ is without parallels in the langs the author has looked at (Akk, Ug, Hbr, Phoen, Aram, Syr, SAr, Gz).
▪ LḤN_3 : Tropper2008: Ug lḥn (meaning uncertain!) ‘to be understanding, intelligent’ or ‘to be closely related (to s.o.)’ (cf. Ar laḥḥ ‘close relationship’).

▪ According to Fück1950: 128-33, all values of the Ar root go back to one basic meaning, namely 0 ‘to incline, lean towards’ [= LḤN_4], indicating any deviation from/modification of the normal (position, situation). Directly from here Fück derives 1 the adj. laḥin *‘flexible, mobile, agile’ = ‘clever, intelligent, perspicacious’ and the n. ^†laḥan ‘cleverness, comprehension, perspicacity’ [= LḤN_3] and an extension into the field of speaking, with 2 *‘abnormal way of speaking’, forming a new extended base from which derive other values like 2a ‘eloquence’, or 2b ‘melody’ [= LḤN_2], or 2c ‘talking in riddles full of hidden meanings\veiled hints\allusions\insinuations’ [= LḤN_5], or 2d ‘delusive expression’, and, finally, 2e downright ‘grammatical mistake, blunder’ [= LḤN_1]. According to Ayoub, the positive connotations are earlier than the negative ones (art. “Laḥn” in EALL).
▪ Is Fück correct? WKAS does not have Fück’s ‘to incline, lean towards’ as a basic value. It seems that the latter rather is secondary, based on ‘deviation, modulation, modification’; it is right that laḥana can mean ‘to incline’, but only in the particular sense of ‘to incline to s.o., lean towards s.o., show affection to s.o. ’, i.e., to a person, cf. the lexicographers’ explanation of laḥana li- (which is similar to ʔilà) as ‘to talk to s.o. in a way that only he understands (it remains unintellegible to others)’ (laḥana la-hū ʔiḏā qāla la-hū qawlan yafhamu-hū ʕan-hu wa-yaḫfī ʕalà ġayri-hī) (≈ LḤN_5); so, the ‘inclination’ or ‘affection’ is a way of talking ‘abnormally’, or the result thereof.
▪ [LḤN_2] For the idea that laḥn ‘melody’ may be from Grk liχanós ‘forefinger (etc.)’, cf. ↗laḥn.

–

laḥan‑ لَحَنَ , a (laḥn , luḥūn , laḥānaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤN

vb., I

to speak ungrammatical Arabic (interspersed with barbarisms) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ √LḤN seems to be an exclusively Ar root, not attested elsewhere in Sem nor outside of it.
▪ The basic meaning of Ar √LḤN is probably *‘to deviate (from the normal), modulate, modify’. While an interpretation of this ‘deviation’ in a positive sense seems to be quite old (↗laḥn ‘melody’), the negative sense is believed to have become prevalent after the early Arab conquests only, when the language came to be normed and standardized by the grammarians (*‘deviation from the normal > abnormal way of speaking, modulation in language > to make grammatical mistakes, blunders’).
▪ In the sense of ‘bad, incorrect Arabic, gibberish; grammatical mistake, blunder’ (WKAS), the vn. laḥn became one of the antonyms of ↗ʔiʕrāb and ↗faṣāḥaẗ.
▪ For laḥn as one of the many so-called ʔaḍdād (words that can take contradictory meanings) cf. individual entry on ↗laḥn.

▪ eC7 laḥn (deviation, crookedness, twisting) Q 47:30 wa-la-taʕrifanna-hum fī laḥni ’l-qawli ‘but you will know them by [the] twisting of [their] speech’
▪ For ClassAr laḥana, WKAS gives: ‘to speak bad, incorrect Arabic, to talk gibberish, to make (a) grammatical error(s); †to drop a hint (li- to), give (li¬- s.o.) a veiled hint’.
▪ Fück1950 finds the earliest attestation for the meaning ‘to speak ungrammatical Arabic’ in a verse by an unknown poet from c. 630 CE.⁵
5. layta ’l-ʔamīru ʔaṭāʕa-nī fa-šafaytu-hū / min kulli man yukfī ’l-qaṣīda wa-yalḥanu ‘if only the emir had followed my advice (lit., obeyed me), so I had cured him / from (the contact with) all those (poetasters) who make incorrect rhymes and mistakes in their speech’, quoted in Fück1950: 135.

–

▪ In ClassAr, laḥn is sometimes identified with ↗luġaẗ. According to Ayoub, this comes »from an archaic meaning of laḥn prior to the setting up of a linguistic norm. […] With the implementation of the norm, laḥn, which in its pre-classical acceptation meant a detour of speech in a positive sense [my emphasis—S.G.], came to express a negative ‘deviation’, a speech error.« Thus, in classical usage luġaẗ »represents legitimate linguistic variation, prior to the ‘corruption of the language’ that according to the sources appeared in the 1st century A.H.«, while laḥn came to mean »illegitimate linguistic change, “the diverging [in speech] from the correct form” (Ibn Manẓūr, Lisān 4013), as a result of ‘corruption of the language’.« This shift of meaning from a positive to a negative sense was accompanied by a transfer of the field of reference from the spoken to the written. Originally, in the pre-classical use of the term, »laḥn seems to have denoted the wrong use of language in speaking, since it is linked to voice and sound.« Later, however, it came to refer to mistakes in the written language, demonstrating the status acquired over nearly a century by the ʕarabiyya as a literary language, essentially linked to writing.«³⁶
▪ Ayoub’s description matches that of Fück1950 who also believed that the preponderance of the value ‘grammatical mistake’ which in ClassAr overgrew most of the others (except ‘melody’), can be explained as a phenomenon of the period of futūḥ, when the Arabs conquered the territories of non-Arabic-speaking peoples and the knowledge of Arabic became a precondition of being accepted into the elites of the new ‘Islamicate’ society; in this period, Fück says, Arabs were confronted, for the first time on a larger scale, with groups of people trying to speak and write Arabic but still making a number of mistakes.
▪ Some lexicographers counted laḥn with its values a. al-ḫaṭaʔ, b. al-tawriyaẗ, and c. al-fiṭnaẗ among the words that can take contradictory meanings (ʔaḍdād).³⁷
36. Georgine Ayoub, art. “Laḥn”, in: EALL. 37. Fück, ibid. – Cf. also Muḥ. Ḥus. ʔĀl Yāsīn, Ṯalāṯaẗ nuṣūṣ fī ’l-ʔaḍdād, [n.p.]: distributed by ʕĀlam al-Kutub, 1996: 18. – This idea has made its way even into Kazimirski’s dictionary, where we find, among the many values of laḥn, also these two: »4. Faute de prononciation, barbarisme, cacophonie, et 5. contr. Prononciation fort agréable et belle, belle accentuation des mots.«

–

► ʔalḥana, vb. IV, 1 = laḥana; 2 to mispronounce, esp. while reading the Koran aloud: Š-stem, caus. (of the original *‘to deviate’, i.e., lit. *‘to make deviate, sc. from correct pronunciation’), or denom. from laḥn.
► ^BP#3656laḥn, pl. ʔalḥān, luḥūn, n., 1 ↗laḥn; 2 grammatical mistake, solecism, barbarism: vn. I.
► malḥūn, adj., 1 incorrect, ungrammatical (language); 2 (maġr.) poetry in colloquial language: PP I. – Cf. also an earlier value, as given by Kazimirski: ^†‘agréable à l’oreille, mélodieux’, from ↗laḥn in the sense of ^†‘pleasant modulation, melody, tune’.
For other values attached to the same root, cf. ↗laḥn, ↗laḥin, and, for the whole picture, ↗LḤN.

laḥn لَحْن , pl. ʔalḥān , luḥūn

ID … • Sw – • BP 3656 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤN

n.

1 air, tune, melody; 2 ↗laḥana – WehrCowan1979.

▪ For Fück1950: 128-33, the value ‘melody’ is based on the original idea of a *‘deviation from the normal’, extended into the field of language and speaking; ‘melody’ would thus properly be an *‘abnormal way of speaking’. The positive connotation (pleasant deviation) seems to be earlier than the negative ones than laḥn took in Isl times (for these, cf. ↗laḥana ‘to make grammatical mistakes’, etc.).
▪ LandbergZetterstéen1942, misreading Günzburg1892, would derive laḥn ‘melody’ from Grk liχanós (see detail below, section DISC), but this seems unlikely for pholonogical reasons.
▪ For [v2] ‘incorrect Arabic, grammatical mistake’, etc., cf. ↗laḥana.

▪ …

–

▪ According to Fück1950, the value ‘melody’ is derived from the basic idea of a *‘deviation from the normal’ in language and speaking, whence also the other values of laḥn in ClassAr, like ‘manner of speaking, intonation, speech, dialect’, ‘bad, incorrect Arabic, gibberish; grammatical mistake, blunder’, and ‘allusion, hint, insinuation’ (WKAS) (for these, cf. ↗laḥana).
▪ While [v1] ‘melody’ is attested already for pre-Isl times, Fück believed that the preponderance of [v2] ‘grammatical mistake’ which somehow overgrew most of the others (with the exception of ‘melody’), can be explained as a phenomenon of the period of futūḥ (see ↗laḥana). Ayoub, too, thinks that the value ‘positive/pleasant deviation’ is prior to the negative connotations, which came with linguistic normativity in the early Islamicate period.
▪ In contrast to the established view which sees the LḤN as one etymological unit, Günzburg1892 thought that »some musical terms, like laḥn ([Grk] liχanós) and ↗naġam ([Grk] neûma), were probably borrowed by […] Greeks and Arabs […] from a third people, without doubt of Sem descent.«³⁸
▪ Misreading Günzburg’s theory (but finding this reading more convincing), LandbergZetterstéen1942 derives laḥn in the sense of ‘melody’ directly from Grk liχanós ‘index, forefinger; hence also: the string struck with the forefinger, and its note’.³⁹ »J’ai toujours pensé que laḥn ‘mélodie’ et laḥn ‘faute de grammaire’ sont deux mots de provenance différente. […]. Cette polysémie me paraît indiquer que tout ce thème LḤN peut pas provenir d’une source commune arabe. Mais déjà de bonne heure et avant l’Islam, laḥana a pris le sens de ‘chanter’.« LandbergZetterstéen finds this etymology »assez probable« because it also shows »en même temps l’origine de la musique arabe moderne«.⁴⁰ – From the point of semantics, this theory is certainly not without some plausibility. Phonologically, however, it seems difficult to explain how liχanós should have become laḥn.
▪ On account of the many and partly contradictory values that laḥn could take in ClassAr, some lexicographers counted the word among the ʔaḍdād (for more details, cf. section DISC in entry ↗laḥana).
38. David Gincburg [Günzburg], Osnovy arabskogo stichosloženija [Introduction into Arabic Prosody], Sankt Peterburg: Tip. Imp. Akademii nauk, 1892, reviewed by W. Barthold in his “Russische Arbeiten über Westasien”, MSOS (Berlin), 1 (1898), 2. Abt.: 150-71, here 152-3. 39. Akin to Grk vb. leíχ-ein ‘to lick’ (Skr lehmi, Lat ling-ere, Got bi-laigōn = oHGe lecchōn, nHGe lecken ‘to lick’, Ir ligur ‘tongue’ < WGerm *likk-ō- < IE *leiǵʰ- ‘to lick’). => Is laḥn akin to Lat lingua ? Or perh luġaẗ to lingua , or is it mere coincidence? 40. Günzburg (as paraphrased by Barthold, in my [SG] translation from the German): »It is a well-known fact that Arabic music developed under the influence of Greek and Persian music […].«

▪ The Ar word has been borrowed into nHbr as laḥan ‘tune, melody’ (cf. also the denom. lāḥan ‘to sing, chant, psalmodize’ and the Š-stem hi-lḥîn ‘to set to music, compose; to sing, chant, psalmodize’ – Klein1987) and Malt lehen ‘voice’ (Rajki2005).

► laḥḥana, vb. II, 1 to chant, psalmodize; 2 to intone, strike up a melody; 3 to set to music, compose: D-stem, denom., caus.
► talḥīn, pl. talāḥīnᵘ, n., musical composition, musical arrangement: vn. II.
► talḥīnī, adj., singable: nsb-formation from vn. II.
► mulaḥḥin, pl. -ūn, n., composer (mus.): PA II.
For other values attached to the same root, cf. ↗laḥana, ↗laḥin, and, for the whole picture, ↗LḤN.

laḥin لَحِن

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LḤN

adj.

intelligent, understanding, sensible – WehrCowan1979.

▪ √LḤN seems to be an exclusively Ar root, not attested elsewhere in Sem nor outside of it.
▪ The basic meaning of Ar √LḤN is probably *‘to deviate (from the normal), modulate, modify’ (for Fück1950 this is secondary from a primary value ‘to incline, lean towards’). From ‘deviation’, Fück derives the adj. laḥin in the sense of *‘flexible, mobile, agile’, hence ‘clever, intelligent, perspicacious’ and the n. ^†laḥan ‘cleverness, comprehension, perspicacity’.
▪ Is Fück right? In my [SG] view, the semantic shift he assumes—from ‘deviation’ to *‘flexibility, mobility’—is not very convincing. But unless we assign the current value to another, homonymous root there are by now no better suggestions.

▪ WKAS has laḥina a (laḥan) ‘to be clever, intelligent, perspicacious; †to learn, grasp, understand (s.th., ʕan from s.o.); lāḥana, vb. III, ‘to outdo, excel in cleverness, astuteness’; †laḥan, n., ‘cleverness, comprehension, perspicacity’, laḥin and lāḥin, adj., ‘clever, intelligent, perspicacious’

▪ Probably without cognates. According to Tropper2008, the meaning of Ug lḥn is uncertain (either ‘to be understanding, intelligent’ or ‘to be closely related to s.o.’, cf. Ar laḥḥ ‘close relationship’).

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

► laḥina, a (laḥan), to be intelligent: denom.?
For other values attached to the same root, cf. ↗laḥana, ↗laḥn, and, for the whole picture, ↗LḤN.

LḤW/Y لحو/ي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√LḤW/Y

“root”

▪ LḤW/Y_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤW/Y_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḤW/Y_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘tree bark; to peel off; to insult, rebuke; beard, the area where a beard grows’

▪ …

–

.

–

LDː (LDD) لدّ/لدد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 7May2023
√ LDː (LDD)

“root”

▪ LDː (LDD)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LDː (LDD)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LDː (LDD)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the two sides of a valley; to look about in confusion, be perplexed; to be fierce; to be grim; to be stubborn; to be quarrelsome, be contentious, defend; mortal enemy’

▪ …

–

.

–

LDN لدن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LDN

“root”

▪ LDN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LDN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LDN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be soft, be pliant; to ponder, tarry, to stay; point in time; location’

▪ From protSem *ladan‑ ‘labdanum’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

LḎː (LḎḎ) لذّ/لذذ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√ LḎː (LḎḎ)

“root”

▪ LḎː (LḎḎ)_1 ‘to be delicious’ ↗laḏḏa
▪ LḎː (LḎḎ)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LḎː (LḎḎ)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pleasure, sweetness, to be delicious, enjoy; speed, to be nimble’

▪ …

–

.

–

LZB لزب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LZB

“root”

▪ LZB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LZB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LZB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be narrow; to be scanty, famine, hardship; to adhere, stick together; to sting’

▪ …

–

.

–

LZM لزم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LZM

“root”

▪ LZM_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LZM_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to cling, to adhere; to accompany; to persist, to force, to impose as a duty, necessity, obligation, compulsory’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

ĭltizām اِلْتِزام

ID 785 • Sw – • BP 1342 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LZM

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LSN لسن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LSN

“root”

▪ LSN_1 ‘tongue; language’ ↗lisān
▪ LSN_2 ‘’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 tongue, speech, language, message, spokesman; 2 good repute; 3 eloquence’

↗lisān

–

↗lisān

–

lisān لِسان , pl. ʔalsinaẗ , ʔalsun

ID 786 • Sw 44/172 • BP 1026 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LSN

n.m./f.

1 tongue; 2 language; 3 mouthpiece (fig.), organ (esp., of a newspaper; = ~ al-ḥāl see below) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *lišān‑ ‘tongue’.
▪ … perh. < AfrAs *les‑ ‘id.’.
▪ Acc. to Brockelmann1909 §133a the word is a n.instr. formed from a verbal basis lsn, while Bittner²² regards it as a nomen agentis from a base *ls‑ ‘to lick’, i.e., properly *‘licker, the licking one’.
▪ In ClassAr, lisān often meant ‘(foreign) language’, a value that today is mostly rendered by ↗luġaẗ (orig. perh. s.th. like ‘the way people [not in our tribe] speak’, i.e. similar to ↗lahǧaẗ ‘way of speaking; (later also :) ‘dialect’ – art. “Luġa” (Tamás Iványi), in EALL.
22. Maximilian Bittner, “Der gemeinsemitische Ausdruck für ‘Zunge’, ein nomen agentis ”, WZKM 23 (1909): 144-150.

▪ eC7 1 (tongue) Q 75:16 lā tuḥarrik bi-hī lisāna-ka li-taʕǧala bi-hī ‘[Prophet] do not move your tongue with it [Qur’anic verses as they are being revealed] in an attempt to hasten [your memorising] it’; 2 (language) Q 30:22 wa-min ʔāyāti-hī ḫalqu ’l-samawāti wa’l-ʔarḍi wa-’ḫtilāfu ʔalsinaẗi-kum wa-ʔalwāni-kum ‘and among His wonders are the creation of the heavens and earth, and the diversity of your languages and colours’; 3 (speech) Q 28:34 wa-ʔaḫī Hārūnu huwa ʔafṣaḥu min-nī lisānan ‘and my brother Aaron is more eloquent than me in speech’; 4 (repute) Q 19:50 wa-wahabnā la-hum min raḥmati-nā wa-ǧaʕalnā la-hum lisāna ṣidqin ʕaliyyan ‘and We granted them of Our grace, and bestowed on them high and true renown (or: We gave them a noble tongue of truthfulness)’
▪ Hava1899 has still also ^†lasana u (lasan) ‘to bite s.o. in words (WKAS: to abuse, revile, give s.o. a good dressing down)’; ^†lāsana, vb. III, ‘to contend in words with; (WKAS: to abuse, revile)’; ^†ʔalsana, vb. IV, ‘to relate to s.o. (the words) of, send s.o. a message from s.o. else; (WKAS:) to speak to, address s.o.’; ^†talassana, vb. V, ‘(WKAS: to be sharpened in the shape of a tongue); to flare in little tongues of flame, to blaze (fire)’; (WKAS : ^†lisn ‘language, dialect, idiom’); ^†milsan, n., ‘stone at the entrance of a trap’.

▪ Bergsträsser1928, Orel&Stolbova1994#1666, Zammit2002, Kogan2011#6.2.3.3: Akk lišānu, Ug lšn, Hbr lāšōn, Syr leššānā, Sab ls₁n, Gz ləssān, Jib εls̃έn, Mhr εwšēn, Soq léšin ‘tongue’.³²
▪ For cognates outside Sem cf. DISC below.
32. Tña mälḥas, Amh məlas < Sem *LḤS (cf. Ar ↗laḥasa). Har arrāt is from Cush – Kogan2011#6.2.3.3.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1666: From Sem *lišān- ‘tongue’ (so also Kogan2011). – All Sem cognates show a final vowel + -n. Evidence in non-Sem branches of AfrAs however makes it highly probable that Sem *-ān- is only a suffix. Thus, Berb words for ‘tongue’ are, e.g., Siwa elles and Kby iləs (< Berb *l˅s-), Eg has ns (Copt *les), WCh forms (of which some show a prefix *ḥa- and/or a suffix *-um- for body parts) are liis, leus, lis, lisi-m, lusu, ḍi-lis, ilmiši, ḍe-linsa, lim, limši, ʔalis, ʔaləs, and, last but not least, Hs halše, harše (< WCh *ḥa-lis-um-), CCh has eles, ɛlɛsi (< CCh *ʔ˅-lyas-, with prefix *ʔ˅-), ECh li-t, lesi, ʔilze, lɛ:s-ɛn, leese (< ECh *lyas-), and Omot mi-laso (Omot *mi-las-, prefix *mi-). Ultimately, all these forms go back to AfrAs *les- ‘tongue’.
▪ For other extensions from the root nucleus *LS- ‘tongue, to lick, bite, sting, etc.’ cf. ^†lasaba ‘to sting (bee, scorpion)’, ^†lasada i (lasd) ~ lasida a (lasad) ‘to lick (honey, a vessel)’, ↗lasaʕa ‘to sting (scorpion etc.)’, ^†lasama u (lasm) ‘to taste s.th.’, ^†lasā u (lasw) ‘to eat greedily’, as well as ↗LHS and ↗LḤS ‘to lick’.

–

► ʕalà lisānih, adv., from his mouth, through him
► ʕalà lisān al-ṣuḥuf, adv., through the organ of the press
► qīla ʕalà lisāni-hī mā…, expr., things were ascribed to him which…, he was rumored to have said things which…
► lisān rasmī, n., official organ
► mutaḥaddiṯ bi-lisān al-ḫāriǧiyyaẗ, n.f., a spokesman of the Foreign Ministry
► bi’l-lisān, lisānan, adv., orally, verbally
► dāra ʕalà ʔalsinaẗ al-ʕāmma wa’l-khāṣṣa, vb. I, expr., to be the talk of the town, be on everyone’s lips
► lisān al-ṯawr, n., borage (Borago officinalia; bot.)
► lisān al-ḥāl, n., the language which things themselves speak, silent language, mute expression (as distinguished from the spoken word); organ (of a party or political movement; a newspaper)
► wa-lisān ḥāli-hī yaqūlu, expr., adv., while he seemed to say…, with an expression as if he wanted to say
► lisān al-ḥamal, n., plantain (Plantago major L.; bot.)
► lisān al-ʕuṣfūr, n., common ash (Fraxinus excelsior; bot.)
► lisān al-qufl, n., bolt of the lock
► lisān al-qawm, n., spokesman (of a crowd)
► lisān al-kalb, n., hound’s-tongue (Cynoglossum; bot.); (eg.) also a variety of scorpion’s tail (Scorpiurus muricatus L.; bot.), having circinately coiled pods
► lisān al-miftāḥ, n., bit of the key
► ḏū lisānayn, n., double-tongued, deceitful, insincere, two-faced
► lisān markazī, n., official party organ (newspaper)
► lisān al-nār, pl. ʔalsinaẗ al-nīrān, n., tongue of flame
► lasina, a (lasan, lasānaẗ), vb. I, to be eloquent: denom.
► lassana, vb. II, to point, taper, sharpen (* s.th.): D-stem, denom.fig. (*to give s.th. the shape of a tongue, make look like a tongue)
► lasan, n., eloquence: vn. I.
► lasin and ʔalsanᵘ, f. lasnāʔᵘ, pl. lusn, adj., eloquent.
► lisānī, adj., oral, verbal: nsb-adj.; pl. lisāniyyāt, (Mor.) linguistics: n.abstr. in ‑iyyaẗ, pl.f.
► malsūn, n., liar: PP I (*equipped with a sharp tongue).

LṢː (LṢṢ) لصّ / لصص

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LṢː (LṢṢ)

“root”

▪ LṢː (LṢṢ)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LṢː (LṢṢ)_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

liṣṣ لِصّ

ID 787 • Sw – • BP 4308 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LṢː (LṢṢ)

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LṬF لطف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LṬF

“root”

▪ LṬF_1 ‘to be gentle, amiable, courteous’ ↗laṭufa
▪ LṬF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LṬF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘gentleness, benevolence, to be amiable, be courteous, be merciful, be thin; to alleviate, caress, be obscure in meaning; discreetly’

▪ …

–

.

–

LẒY لظي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LẒY

“root”

▪ LẒY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LẒY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LẒY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘fire, raging fire, to burn brightly; to be mad with anger’

▪ …

–

.

–

LʕB لعب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʕB

“root”

▪ LʕB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LʕB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to play, to jest, to trick; pastime, amusement; flirtatious, coquettish’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

laʕib‑ لَعِبَ

ID 788 • Sw –/112 • BP 619 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LʕB

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LʕN لعن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LʕN

“root”

▪ LʕN_1 ‘to curse, damn’ ↗laʕana
▪ LʕN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LʕN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to drive away, eject, reject; to curse, damn; to torture, imprecation; the devil; scarecrow’

▪ …

–

.

–

LĠ(ẗ) لغـ(ة)

Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√LĠ(ẗ)

“root”

▪ LĠ(ẗ)_1 ‘language’ ↗luġaẗ (arranged s.r. ↗LĠW)

▪ …

–

.

–

LĠB لغب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LĠB

“root”

▪ LĠB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LĠB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LĠB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘badly made arrow, weariness, fatigue, weak-minded person; to undertake a task tirelessly; long chase’

▪ …

–

.

–

LĠW لغو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LĠW

“root”

▪ LĠW_1 ‘language, idiom’ ↗luġaẗ
▪ LĠW_2 ‘to cancel’ ↗laġà
▪ LĠW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to speak, language, dialect, idiom, useless idle talk, chatter, nonsense, outrageous talk; to cancel, void; to digress’

▪ …

–

.

–

luġaẗ لُغة

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 441 • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√LĠẗ, LĠW

n.f.

.

▪ …

.

LFː (LFF) لفّ/لفف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√ LFː (LFF)

“root”

▪ LFː (LFF)_1 ‘to wrap’ ↗laffa
▪ LFː (LFF)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFː (LFF)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(of the thighs) to be fleshy; to gather together, wrap up; large crowd of a mixture of people, thicket of trees; to stutter’

▪ …

–

.

–

LFT لفت

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LFT

“root”

▪ LFT_1 ‘to turn to one side, look back, divert, distract; gesture’ ↗lafata
▪ LFT_2 ‘left-handed’ ↗ʔalfatᵘ
▪ LFT_3 ‘turnip’ ↗lift
▪ ^†LFT_4 ‘gruel made from the white colocynth’: ^†lafītaẗ
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to turn to one side, to turn back, to look back, to divert; to distract, to dissuade; to twist; to take care; eesture’

▪ …

–

▪ LFT_1: Akk lapātu ‘to touch lightly, grasp, affect, attack,…’; (caus.) šulputu ‘to make touch, overthrow, defeat, destroy,…’ (CAD), Hbr lāpat ‘to twist, clasp, turn, grasp with twisting motion’ (Klein1987); Aram lappēt ‘to twine around, cling to, clasp’ (Zammit2002); ClassAr ^†ʔalfatᵘ ‘strong-handed’, ^†lafata (vn. laft) ‘to turn, roll about in the mouth; to fold; to turn from’, lafata 'l-māšiyaẗ ‘he beat the camel or sheep or goats, not caring which of them he truck’ (lufataẗ ‘s.o. who beats his camels etc., in this way’), lafata 'l-kalām ‘he sent forth, or uttered, words, without caring what might be the meaning³³ ’ (Lane), ^†lift ‘half; side, edge; inclination towards’; ? ^†lafata (vn. laft) ‘to stir s.th. about and over’, ? ^†lafata (vn. laft, lift) ‘to bark a tree, remove the peel/rind’
▪ LFT_2: Akk (stdBab) lupputu ‘damaged, soiled’; laptu, f. lapittu ‘damaged; anomalous’, liptu A ‘(handi)work, craft, creation (with ref. to human beings), touch (in the physical sense); affliction, disease; (discoloured) spot’, lipittu ‘disease, work, craft’, ClassAr (Lane vii 1885) ^†ʔalfatᵘ ‘(he-goat) having crooked horn, having one of his horns twisted upon, or over the other (also lafat); (in the dial. of Qays) stupid, foolish, of little sense; of difficult or stubborn disposition (also: lafūt); (in the dial. of Tamīm) left-handed, who works with the left hand; (f. laftāʔᵘ) (woman) having distorted eyes’.
▪ LFT_3: Akk (oBab) laptu A ‘turnip’, var. reading (stdBab) liptu B ‘(a vegetable)’, postbibHbr lä̆p̄äṯ ‘turnip; vegetables eaten with bread’, Aram lip̄tā, Syr läp̄tā, lap̄tā, Ar lift ‘turnip’. – Accord. Klein1987, the nHbr ləpātît ‘Hirschfeldia (a genus of plants)’ is formed from lpt ‘to twist’ (cf. LFT_1); the author does not see it together with the lä̆p̄äṯ . – Cf. also the cognates of LFT_1? – Outside Sem: Copt (Sah) latp, (Boh) lapt, lebt ‘salt turnip, pickled turnip’.
33. in all directions, to all sides, turning aimlessly here and there? – SG.

▪ LFT_1: It is difficult to decide whether ‘to touch, grasp, affect’, as in Akk, or ‘to twist, turn’, as appearing in Ar, should be regarded as the older value. I tend to regard ‘to touch, grasp, affect’ as primary, perhaps with the notion of ‘turning, twisting and overthrowing’ already included (as in Hbr). From there, the meanings (a) ‘to distract (attention), attract (the view)’ etc., prominent in MSA, as well as (b) ‘to twist’ and (c) ‘to overthrow, destroy’ can be derived. From (a) is ‘side; half’ (*attention turned away to one side, focus on the other half). From (a), (b) or (c) is LFT_2 (see below). For Ar, Gabal2012 suggests the basic value of √LFT as ‘to twist s.th., turn s.th. from one condition into another, or from one side to the other, or around it so that it sticks to it’ (layy al-šayʔ ʔaw taḥwīluh ʕan ḥāl ʔaw waǧh ʔilà ʔāḫar, ʔaw ḥawla šayʔ fa-yamtasik).
▪ LFT_2 is probably dependent on LFT_1, since ‘left-handed’ originally seems to be either *‘twisted, anomalous’, i.e., s.th. that is “the other way round, turned upside down”, or *‘having a focus on the one/other side’. The value ‘left-handed’ is the only meaning of ʔalfatᵘ that survived into MSA. But ClassAr, where it also can mean ‘having crooked horn’ (goat, cattle)’ and, in the dialect of Qays, ‘stupid, foolish’ or ‘of difficult or stubborn disposition’, or ‘having distorted eyes’, shows that ‘left-handed’ is only one out of a variety of meanings that developed from a more general *‘twisted, distorted, anomalous’. Cf. also the fact that ‘left-handed’, for some ClassAr lexicographers, seems to have been a specific use of the word in the dialect of the Tamīm tribe.
▪ For LFT_3 a Copt etymology has been suggested (Youssef2003), while the nHbr word for a similar plant is explained as derived from ‘to twist’. So, perhaps, there is a relation between LFT_3 ‘turnip’ and LFT_1 ‘to twist, turn’? This would be an interesting parallel to Engl turnip that is thought to be composed of turn (»from its shape, as though turned on a lathe«, etymonline.com) and mEngl nepe ‘turnip’. However, given the fact that there are Akk and Syr cognates, the most probable etymology is (as also put forward by Ullmann, WKAS, following Zimmern1914) that the word is of Akk or Aram origin.
▪ ^†LFT_4: ClassAr ^†lafītaẗ, described as ‘[a certain kind of gruel] made by straining water [or juice, or a decoction] of the white colocynth, then putting it into a stone cooking-pot, and cooking it until it has become thoroughly done and thickened, and then sprinkling flour upon it’ (Lane vii 1885), looks distinct from the other values, though it is unlikely that it does not belong to one of them. But how?

–

lafat‑ لَفَتَ , i (laft)

ID … • Sw – • BP 1701 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LFT

vb., I

to turn, bend, tilt, incline, direct, focus; to turn away, avert (s.th. ʕan from) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ eC7 lafata Q 10:78 qālū ʔa-ǧiʔta-nā li-talfita-nā ʕammā waǧadnā ʕalayhi ʔābāʔa-nā ‘they said, “Have you come to turn us away from that [the faith] which we found our fathers upholding?”’ – ĭltafata Q 11:81 fa-ʔasri bi-ʔahli-ka bi-qiṭʕin min-a ’l-layli wa-lā yaltafit min-kum ʔaḥad ‘so, travel with your household in the dead of night, and let none of you look behind’

Akk lapātu ‘to touch lightly, grasp, affect, attack,…’; (caus.) šulputu ‘to make touch, overthrow, defeat, destroy,…’ (CAD), Hbr lāpat ‘to twist, clasp, turn, grasp with twisting motion’ (Klein1987); Aram lappēt ‘to twine around, cling to, clasp’ (Zammit2002); ClassAr ^†ʔalfatᵘ ‘strong-handed’, ^†lafata (vn. laft) ‘to turn, roll about in the mouth; to fold; to turn from’, lafata 'l-māšiyaẗ ‘he beat the camel or sheep or goats, not caring which of them he truck’ (lufataẗ ‘s.o. who beats his camels etc., in this way’), lafata 'l-kalām ‘he sent forth, or uttered, words, without caring what might be the meaning³⁴ ’ (Lane), ^†lift ‘half; side, edge; inclination towards’; ? ^†lafata (vn. laft) ‘to stir s.th. about and over’, ? ^†lafata (vn. laft, lift) ‘to bark a tree, remove the peel/rind’

34. in all directions, to all sides, turning aimlessly here and there? – SG.

It is difficult to decide whether ‘to touch, grasp, affect’, as in Akk, or ‘to twist, turn’, as appearing in Ar, should be regarded as the older value. I tend to regard ‘to touch, grasp, affect’ as primary, perhaps with the notion of ‘turning, twisting and overthrowing’ already included (as in Hbr). From there, the meanings (a) ‘to distract (attention), attract (the view)’ etc., prominent in MSA, as well as (b) ‘to twist’ and (c) ‘to overthrow, destroy’ can be derived. From (a) is ‘side; half’ (*attention turned away to one side, focus on the other half). From (a), (b) or (c) is ‘left-handed’, etc. (↗ʔalfatᵘ). For Ar, Gabal2012 suggests the basic value of √LFT as ‘to twist s.th., turn s.th. from one condition into another, or from one side to the other, or around it so that it sticks to it’ (layy al-šayʔ ʔaw taḥwīluh ʕan ḥāl ʔaw waǧh ʔilà ʔāḫar, ʔaw ḥawla šayʔ fa-yamtasik).

-

► lafata naẓarahū ʔilà, vb. I, to turn one’s eyes or one’s attention to; to direct s.o.’s eyes to, call s.o.’s attention to.
► lafata 'l-naẓar, vb. I, to catch the eye, attract attention; to be impressive, stately, imposing.
► ʔalfata, vb. IV, = I.
► talaffata, vb. V, to turn, turn around, turn one’s face (ʔilà to); to look around, glance around; to peer around: intr.
► ^BP#2366ĭltafata, vb. VIII, to turn, turn around, turn one’s face (ʔilà to); to wheel around, turn around; to address o.s. (ʔilà to); to pay attention, attend (to), heed, observe, bear in mind, consider, take into account, take into consideration (ʔilà s.th.); to take care (of), care (for): T-stem of I.
► ĭstalfata, vb. X, to attract (the eyes, attention); to claim, arouse, awaken (interest, attention, min of s.o.): ST-stem of I, autobenefactive (*‘to make s.o. turn his attention to o.s.’).
► laftaẗ, n.f., turnabout, aboutface; (pl. lafatāt) turn, turning; gesture; sideglance, glance, a furtive, casual, or quick, look: n.un. of vn. I.
► lafāt and lafūt, adj., ill-tempered, surly, sullen: lit., *‘turning around, looking around very much, be unquiet’? Or closer to the complex of *‘anomalous, distorted’ treated under ↗ʔalfatᵘ ?
► ĭltifāt, n., turn, inclination, turning; attention, notice, heed; regard; consideration; care, solicitude; sudden transition (styl.): vn. VIII | bi-dūni 'l-~, adv., inattentive(ly); inconsiderate of, without consideration for; ʕadam al-~, n., inattention; naẓara ʔilayhi bi-ʕayni 'l-~, vb. I, to give s.th. sympathetic consideration.
► ĭltifātaẗ, n.f., a turning; turn of the face or eyes; sideglance, glance: n.vic. of vn. VIII.
► ĭstilfāt, n., stimulation of attention: vn. X.
► ^BP#2418lāfit, adj., getting attention; interesting: PA I.
► ^BP#3385lāfitaẗ, n.f., sign (bearing an inscription): originally a PA f., lit. *‘the turner, the thing that makes the eyes/attention turn to it’.
► mulfit: ~ al-naẓar, adj., attracting attention, striking, conspicuous: PA IV.
► multafit, adj., turning around, looking; regardful; attentive; heedful, careful; considerate: PA VIII.

lift لِفْت

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LFT

n.

turnip (Brassica rapa L.; bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

For this word, both a Copt and an Akk/Aram etymology have been suggested. See COGN and DISC below.

▪ …

▪ Akk (oBab) laptu A ‘turnip’, var. reading (stdBab) liptu B ‘(a vegetable)’ (CAD), postbibHbr lä̆p̄äṯ ‘turnip; vegetables eaten with bread’, Aram lip̄tā, Syr läp̄tā, lap̄tā, Ar lift ‘turnip’ (Klein1987). – Accord. Klein1987, the nHbr ləpātît ‘Hirschfeldia (a genus of plants)’ is formed from lpt ‘to twist’ (cf. ↗lafata); the author does not see it together with lä̆p̄äṯ ‘turnip’. – Cf. also the cognates of ↗lafata ? – Outside Sem: Copt (Sah) latp, (Boh) lapt, lebt ‘salt turnip, pickled turnip’.

▪ Youssef2003 suggested that the word is borrowed from Copt lapt, latp ‘salt turnip, pickled turnip’. However, cognates can be found already in Akk from oBab onwards. Zimmern1914: 57, and after him also Ullmann, WKAS, think that Ar lift is from Akk or Aram. nHbr has ləpātît for a similar plant, but Klein1987 does not relate this to ‘turnip’ but rather explains it as derived from lpt ‘to twist’.
▪ Could there be a relation between ‘turnip’ and ‘to twist, turn’ (↗lafata)? This would be an interesting parallel to Engl turnip that is thought by some to be composed of turn (»from its shape, as though turned on a lathe«, etymonline.com) and mEngl nepe ‘turnip’.
▪ The evidence of ClassAr dictionaries does not make things clearer. Some lexicographers seem to associate the word with Egypt (a fact that would support Youssef’s suggestion of a Copt provenience), for others it is simply sounds foreign, or “Nabataen”.⁴¹
▪ Other meanings that the word could take in ClassAr are now obsolete and, with all likelihood, do not belong to ‘turnip’ but rather to ‘to turn aside’ (↗lafata). The value ^†‘half (of a thing, syn. šaqq), side (ṣiġw, ǧānib)’ seems to be derived from this notion, and the ^†‘cow, bull (syn. baqaraẗ)’ is probably literally the cattle *‘having crooked/twisted horn’. Still obscure remains the use of lift for ^†‘vulva of a lioness’ (because of its form?).
41. Cf. Lane vii 1885: »name now given in Egypt to the Brassica napus (of Linn., α edulis), the rape; also identified by some with ↗šalǧam (name given in Egypt to the Brassica napus β olifera); some dictionaries, among which also the Qāmūs, report that an authority shall have said, “I have not heard it from any person confided in for accuracy, and know not whether it be Ar or not”; Ibn al-Kubbī asserts it to be a Nabataean word.«

–

ʔalfatᵘ أَلْفَتُ , f. laftāʔᵘ , pl. luft

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LFT

adj.

left-handed – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ Akk (stdBab) lupputu ‘damaged, soiled’; laptu, f. lapittu ‘damaged; anomalous’, liptu A ‘(handi)work, craft, creation (with ref. to human beings), touch (in the physical sense); affliction, disease; (discoloured) spot’, lipittu ‘disease, work, craft’ (CAD); ClassAr ^†ʔalfatᵘ ‘(he-goat) having crooked horn, having one of his horns twisted upon, or over the other (also lafat); (in the dial. of Qays) stupid, foolish, of little sense; of difficult or stubborn disposition (also: lafūt); (in the dial. of Tamīm) left-handed, who works with the left hand; (f. laftāʔᵘ) (woman) having distorted eyes’ (Lane vii 1885).

▪ The meaning of the elative formation ʔalfatᵘ is probably dependent on ‘to (grasp and) turn, twist, overthrow’ as preserved in Ar ↗lafata ‘to turn aside’, as ‘left-handed’ originally seems to have been either *‘twisted, anomalous’, i.e., s.th. that is “the other way round, turned upside down”, or *‘having a focus on the one/other side (to which attention has been unduely attracted)’. The value ‘left-handed’ is the only meaning of ʔalfatᵘ that survived into MSA. But ClassAr, where it also can mean ^†‘having crooked horn’ (goat, cattle)’ and, in the dialect of Qays, ^†‘stupid, foolish’ or ^†‘of difficult or stubborn disposition’, or ‘having distorted eyes’, shows that ‘left-handed’ is only one out of a variety of meanings that developed from a more general *‘twisted, distorted, anomalous’. Cf. also the fact that ‘left-handed’, for some ClassAr lexicographers, seems to have been a specific use of the word in the dialect of the Tamīm tribe. This may be the reason why some dictionaries, among them also WKAS, do not list the value ‘left-handed’ at all.
▪ Another old meaning of ʔalfatᵘ, now obsolete, is ^†‘strong-handed, who hoists or wrings him who strives or grapples with him’ (TA, accord. to Lane vii 1885). This can be related directly to the primary value of √LFT, namely *‘to grasp, turn down, overthrow’, cf. ↗LFT, ↗lafata.

–

► lafāt and lafūt, adj., ill-tempered, surly, sullen: like ‘left-handed’ belonging to the complex of *‘anomalous, distorted’, or rather developed from *‘turning around, looking around very much, be unquiet, distracted’ treated under ↗lafata ?

LFḤ لفح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LFḤ

“root”

▪ LFḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘heat of a fire, fire, glare of a fire; to scorch, burn, sear, tan; to strike lightly’

▪ …

–

.

–

LFẒ لفظ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LFẒ

“root”

▪ LFẒ_1 ‘to spit out; to utter, speak’ ↗lafaẓa
▪ LFẒ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFẒ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to spit out, emit, cast out; to enunciate, utter, speak, utterance; to expire’

▪ …

–

.

–

LFW لفو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LFW

“root”

▪ LFW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LFW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to scrape meat off bones; to find; to avoid; to put right; to eliminate’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQB لقب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQB

“root”

▪ LQB_1 ‘surname, nickname’ ↗laqab
▪ LQB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘surname, nickname, epithet, designation, title, to call names’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQḤ لقح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQḤ

“root”

▪ LQḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘seed, semen, pollen, to impregnate, pollinate, become pregnant’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQṬ لقط

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQṬ

“root”

▪ LQṬ_1 ‘to pick up, collect’ ↗laqaṭa, ‘foundling’ ↗laqīṭ
▪ LQṬ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQṬ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pick up from the ground, collect, glean; a find, a foundling; windfalls’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQF لقف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQF

“root”

▪ LQF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to catch up, gulp up, snatch up; to collapse, crumple’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQM لقم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQM

“root”

▪ LQM_1 ‘morsel, mouthful’ ↗luqmaẗ
▪ LQM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LQM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to swallow, gobble up; morsel, mouthful of food, to hand-feed; to obstruct’

▪ …

–

.

–

LQY لقي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 9May2023
√LQY

“root”

▪ LQY_1 ‘to meet, encounter; to find’ ↗laqiya
▪ LQY_2 ‘to throw, cast’ ↗ʔalqà
▪ LQY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to meet, encounter, reunion; to find; to undergo, suffer, experience; to throw, cast; to give, receive, accept; to lie down’

▪ …

–

.

–

LMḤ لمح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 10May2023
√LMḤ

“root”

▪ LMḤ_1 ‘to glance, notice’ ↗lamaḥa
▪ LMḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LMḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to glance, notice, look furtively, twinkle, look askance; looks, features; glow of light’

▪ …

–

.

–

LMZ لمز

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 10May2023
√LMZ

“root”

▪ LMZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LMZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LMZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to nudge; to poke fun at, defame, speak ill of s.o., slander, a slanderer’

▪ …

–

.

–

LMS لمس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 10May2023
√LMS

“root”

▪ LMS_1 ‘to touch’ ↗lamasa
▪ LMS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LMS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to touch, probe; to look for, request; to become aware; to be in contact with, have sexual intercourse’

▪ …

–

.

–

LHB لهب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LHB

“root”

▪ LHB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LHB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘tongue of fire, flame, to blaze; radiance; to be extremely hungry, thirst’

▪ …
▪ …
▪ Kogan2011: < WS < protSem *lahb‑ , synonym of the main Sem term for ‘fire’, protSem *ʔiš(‑āt)‑, which left no traces in Ar.
▪ …

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘flame’) Akk laʔbu, Hbr láhaḇ, Syr (caus. šalheḇ ‘to ignite’), Gz lāhb.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

ĭltihāb اِلْتِهاب

ID 789 • Sw – • BP 3443 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LHB

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LHṮ لهث

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LHṮ

“root”

▪ LHṮ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LHṮ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LHṮ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the physical sensation of thirst, panting with thirst, panting; to loll the tongue; fatigue’

▪ …

–

.

–

LHM لهم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LHM

“root”

▪ LHM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LHM_2 ‘to inspire’ ↗ʔalhama
▪ LHM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘gulping, glutton; inspiration, to inspire; notable person; fast horse; vast army’

▪ …

–

.

–

ʔilhām إلْهام

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√LHM

n.

.

▪ vn., IV

.

LHW لهو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LHW

“root”

▪ LHW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LHW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LHW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘amusement, distraction, diversion, pastime, timewasting, to amuse o.s., have fun, distract; to turn one’s attention to; mouthful; uvula, gullet’

▪ …

–

.

–

LWḤ لوح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last update 19Nov2022
√LWḤ

“root”

▪ LWḤ_1 ‘to appear, come in sight, become visible; to shine, flash, glimmer, sparkle; to seem, appear’ ↗¹lāḥa
▪ LWḤ_2 ‘to wither, singe, parch, scorch; to tan’ ↗²lāḥa
▪ LWḤ_3 ‘board, slate, tablet, slab, plate, pane, plank, panel; shoulder blade, scapula’ ↗lawḥ; ‘plaque, surface, screen; poster; picture, painting’ ↗lawḥaẗ
▪ LWḤ_4 ‘program, project; bill, motion; order, decree, edict, regulation, rule’ ↗lāʔiḥaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include (BK1860, Lane vii 1885, Hava1899, WKAS ii):
▪ ^†LWḤ_5 ‘air, atmosphere | espace entre le ciel et la terre’ : ^†¹lūḥ
▪ ^†LWḤ_6 ‘polishing agent for mirrors’ : ^†līḥaẗ
▪ ^†LWḤ_7 ‘the lure; owl used for decoy shooting; decoy (bird)’ : ^†milwāḥ (WKAS ii)
▪ ^†LWḤ_8 ‘unfertilized eggs | œuf qui ayant été miré, est rebuté comme n’étant pas bon pour l’éclosion’ : ^†lāḥ
▪ ^†LWḤ_9 ‘thirst’ : ^†²lūḥ
▪ ^†LWḤ_10 ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, be on one’s guard (min against), shrink back, recoil (min from s.th.), blush (min at a word)’ : ^†ʔalāḥa, vb. IV
▪ ^†LWḤ_ ‘…’ : ^†…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shoulder blade, board, a slap; to be emaciated; to be tanned, to be scorched black, to be thirsty; to glitter, to appear from a distance; to wave, to brandish; to insinuate; a glance, a blink; to whip’

▪ [gnrl] There are at least three main values in the root that one will find hard to connect:

(a) *‘to become visible, flash’ [≙ v1];
(b) *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, lose weight, get thinner’ [≙ v2]; and
(c) *‘board, tablet, plank; shoulder blade’ [= v3]. This is the only value that has cognates in Sem; in Ar, it may be a borrowing from Aram.
The first two have developed a fairly high degree of differentiation in their respective semantic fields and are thus prob. rather old and genuine; all the more strange it seems that they do not seem to have counterparts in Sem (though perh. outside, in Eg). Gabal2012: 2013 suggests a derivation of all from a basic notion of *‘breadth, evenness and dryness or compactness in s.th.’, exemplarily represented in [v3] lawḥ ‘board, tablet, plank’. For, him, ‘dryness’ gave ‘thirst, desiccation, withering’, while ‘breadth’, he says, implies a higher degree of ‘visibility’. The strength of this argument would be the fact that only ‘board, tablet, plank’ seems to have a deeper Sem dimension; on the other hand, the theory appears to be rather far-fetched. Cf., however, a value of lawḥ (not mentioned by Gabal2012 but) given by ClassAr lexicographers, namely ‘tout ce qui, par sa surface plate et polie, reflète la lumière’ (BK1860) – here, s.th. with a flat, even, polished surface (as would be a ‘board, tablet, plank’) is combined with the reflexion of light, and the latter may look as if it could be derived from the former (see “a”). – Likewise, (a)[≙ v1] *‘to shine etc.’ and (b)[≙ v2] *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, etc.’ may be connected via ^†[v8] lāḥ ‘eggs found unsuitable for hatching after having “X-rayed” (i.e., candled) them by holding them against the sun-light’, which combines the notions of ‘shining, light’ and ‘desiccation, emaciation, shrinking (> infertility?)’ etc.
▪ [v1] ‘to appear, be(come) visible; to shine, flash, glimmer, sparkle; to seem, appear’: etymology obscure. An essential element in the original semantics seems to be the notion of surprise and speed. – Borg2021 suggests comparison with Eg ꜣḫ (Urk. IV, 18th Dyn.) ‘schön, herrlich, trefflich, nützlich sein | glorious, splendid’ (Brockelmann 1932: 100 | Faulkner 1962: 4); ꜣḫ.t ‘Sonnenglanz’; ꜣḫ.t (NK) ‘Auge, besonders vom Auge der Sonne’ (Wb I 13, 17). – For Gabal2012’s hypothesis (“[v1]<[v3]”), see previous paragraph. – It is tempting to regard the meaning of [v3] lawḥ ‘board, tablet, plank’ registered by ClassAr lexicographers (in the translation of BK1860) as ‘tout ce qui, par sa surface plate et polie, reflète la lumière’ as a semantic bridge that could justify the semantic transition *‘board, plank > to be(come) visible, appear’; but this would need to be corroborated by broader and more reliable evidence—after all, the semantic “bridge” may be a homogenizing construction made by lexicographers to explain diversity within the root and give it more coherence. – [v1] related to [v2] via ^†[v8]? See above, s.v. [gnrl]. – [v1] is likely at the origin of values [v4]– ^†[v7], perh. also ^†[v8] – see below.
▪ [v2] ‘to wither, singe, parch, scorch; to tan’: etymology obscure. Semantic vicinity to ^†[v9] ^†²lūḥ ‘thirst’ is obvious, but does not help either, as also the latter is without cognates in Sem and outside. In some dictionaries, ‘to thirst’ is given as the first meaning of the corresponding vb. ^†lāḥa (Hava, Steingass, etc.). – ^†[v10] ‘to be afraid, frightened, shrink back, blush’ could be fig. use of [v2]. – [v2] related to [v1] ‘to appear, shine, flash’ via ^†[v8] ‘candled eggs’? See above, s.v. [gnrl] and [v1].
▪ [v3] ‘board, tablet, plank, etc.’: According to Jeffrey1939 borrowed from Aram lūḥā ‘id.’, but the word is widely attested in Sem (Akk, Ug, Hbr, Aram, Soq), so it may be genuine, directly from Sem *lawḥ ‘board, table, plank’. – A relation to [v1] ‘to appear, shine, flash’ has been suggested by Gabal2012 (see above, [gnrl] and [v1]), but this is little convincing. – The extended meaning ‘shoulder blade’ gave adj.s like ^†ʔalwaḥᵘ and ^†milwāḥ, both signifying s.o. ‘having broad bones, shoulder blades, tall’.
▪ [v4] ‘program, project; bill, motion; order, decree, edict, regulation, rule’: Formed on the FāʕiLaẗ pattern, lāʔiḥaẗ is evidently a PA I.f, most likely from [v1] lāḥa, thus meaning *‘the flashing one’. The connection between the modern meanings and the basic *‘becoming visible, appearing, flashing up’ becomes clear in the light of the D-stem, lawwaḥa ‘(*to let appear, let flash up >) to flourish, brandish, swing, wave, make a sign, signal’ (also with s.th. to eat or drink, to feed a child) and ^†[v7] milwāḥ ‘lure, decoy’ (< *s.th. waved with to attract attention, lure, entice). A lāʔiḥaẗ is thus, originally, *‘s.th. flashing up, giving an idea of s.th., sketch, outline’.
▪ ^†[v5] ‘air, atmosphere | espace entre le ciel et la terre’ : relation to [v1] not immediately obvious, but rather likely; perh. the layer of the air’s *‘flickering’.
▪ ^†[v6] ‘polishing agent for mirrors’ : with all probability related to [v1] ‘to shine, sparkle, gleam, glisten, glitter, etc.’
▪ ^†[v7] ‘the lure; owl used for decoy shooting; decoy (bird)’ : based on [v1] as *‘s.th. waved/signalled with (< made to shine, etc.) to attract attention and entice/lure s.o./s.th.’ (into a trap etc.). – Cf. D-stem lawwaḥa etc., as mentioned above, sub [v4].
▪ ^†[v8] ‘unfertilized eggs | œuf qui ayant été miré, est rebuté comme n’étant pas bon pour l’éclosion’ : ^†lāḥ : could serve as a semantic bridge betw. [v1] and [v2], since, accord. to ClassAr lexicographers, ‘unfertilized’ is rather *‘rejected as unsuitable for hatching after having “X-rayed” (candled) [the eggs] by holding [them] against the sun-light’ – here, the notions of [v1] ‘shining, light, etc.’ and [v2] ‘desiccation, emaciation, etc. (> infertility?)’ seem to overlap.
▪ ^†[v9] ‘thirst’ : Alongside with the n. ^†²lūḥ, many dictionaries list ‘to thirst’ as one of the primary meanings of the vb. lāḥa. The value is obviously related to [v2] ‘to scorch, burn, desiccate, cause to wither, lose weight, get thinner, etc.’.
▪ ^†[v10] ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, be on one’s guard (min against), shrink back, recoil (min from s.th.), blush (min at a word)’ : ^†ʔalāḥa is prob. fig. use of an ʔa caus. formed from the G-stem lāḥa – but which one: [v1] ↗¹lāḥa or ↗²lāḥa? If from [v1], the ‘being afraid, shrinking back, etc.’ would have to be seen as result (?) of s.th. appearing, shining up (suddenly, and hence frightening?); if from [v2], it could be interpreted as fig. use of the latter (‘to be afraid’ as ‘to wither, become thin, shrink, etc.’. Neither of the two options seems particularly convincing, as pattern IV verbs usually express caus. meaning. Nor is there a n. in sight from which it could be denominative.
▪ …

▪ [v1] ¹lāḥa ‘to be(come) [clearly] visible, appear, emerge, come into view; to shine brightly, flash, sparkle, glint, glow, gleam, glitter, glisten (celestial bodies, fire, lamp, mirage, cloud of dust; water, butter, a spider’s web; traces left at an abandoned camp; … tracts of land, regions, paths, routes, buildings; flowers, blossoms; parts of the body; grey hair; weapons; implements, tools, materials, cloth, pieces of embroidery, jewelry, etc.; handwriting, ornaments, decorations; ship’s sails; pieces of jewelry, coins; brilliance of the morning sky, flash of lightning, thunder cloud, rainbow)’ (WKAS ii).⁶ – ^†lawwaḥa bi’l-ʕaṣā ‘to raise a stick (upon s.o.)’, ^†lawwaḥa ‘to feed a child (*waving with the food/drink)’ (Hava1899). – ^†lāʔiḥaẗ ‘outward appearance, feature’ (Lane, Hava1899). – ^†layāḥ, liyāḥ, ‘intensely, shining, glistening white; daybreak, dawn; wild bull’, ^†ʔalwāḥ al-silāḥ ‘shining, glistening, flashing weapons’ (WKAS ii). – ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to make a sign, wave s.th. about’ (WKAS ii). – ^†milwaḥ ‘actively, busily waving’. – (=[v7]) ^†milwāḥ ‘the lure; owl used for decoy shooting; decoy (bird)’ (WKAS ii). – See perh. also [v5], below. – Should also ^†ʔalāḥa bi-ḥaqqi-h ‘to carry s.th. away, go away with, take away’ (WKAS ii) be grouped here? An underlying literal meaning of *‘to “flash up”, take s.th. and disappear with it as quickly as one showed up’ is not unconceivable.
▪ [v2] lāḥa (u, lawḥ, lūḥ, luwāḥ, luʔūḥ, lawaḥān) ‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, s.o.; to cause s.o. to wither, to lose weight, to get thinner; to disfigure, to pester, harass, plague, beset (sun, midday heat; hot, dry wind; cold; grey hair, the colour black; shame, disgrace, worries, troubles) (WKAS ii); to thirst (Lane, Hava1899)’; lāḥa and lawwaḥa ‘to make s.o. lean, lank, light of flesh, slender, lank in the belly (thirst, travel, cold, illness, grief, …), alter the complexion, parch, scorch, burn, blacken; to render s.o. hoary (age)’, lawwaḥa ‘to ripen (grapes); become sick, exhausted’, lawwaḥa bi’l-nār ‘to heat s.th. in the fire’, milwaḥ, milwāḥ, milyāḥ ‘soon thirsty; slender’; lūḥ ‘thirst’ (Lane, Hava1899); lawḥaẗ ‘a scorching, singeing, parching, desiccating; a thirsting, yearning (for water)’, lawḥānᵘ ‘parched, desiccated, thirsty’, laʔiḥ ‘scorching, singeing, burning’, milwaḥ, milwāḥ ‘parched, desiccated, thirsty, emaciated’, mulawwaḥ ‘scorched, singed, burnt, parched, desiccated, withered, thin, lean, disfigured’ (WKAS ii). – Does also ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to cause the loss of, destroy s.th.’ (Lane, Hava1899) belong here?
▪ [v4] Cf. also ^†lawāʔiḥᵘ l-šayʔ ‘apparent, visible, external parts of s.th.’ (WKAS ii). lawāʔiḥᵘ is the pl. of lāʔiḥaẗ, which here clearly shows its dependence on [v1].
▪ ^†[v5] ^†lūḥ ‘airspace (above the Earth), air, ether, (blue) sky, vault of heaven’ (WKAS ii).
▪ ^†[v10] : ʔalāḥa ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, be on one’s guard, shrink back, recoil from s.th. (WKAS ii), to blush at (a word) (Lane, Hava1899)’
▪ …

6. On the value ‘to see, espy, catch sight of’, listed in several dictionaries, Ullmann (WKAS ii) remarks that it is »falsch erschlossen«.

▪ [v1] (outside Sem:) Borg2021 compares Ar lāḥa ‘to appear, shine (star), flash (lightning)’ (DaṯAr lāḥ ‘paraître, briller’, lawḥaẗ ‘apparition d’une chose’, Rwala lāḥ ‘to appear, shine, gleam, glitter, flash, sparkle’, PalAr lāḥ ‘glänzen, funkeln’, EgAr lāḥ ‘to please, be attractive’) with Eg ꜣḫ (Urk. IV, 18th Dyn.) ‘schön, herrlich, trefflich, nützlich sein | glorious, splendid’ (Brockelmann 1932: 100 | Faulkner 1962: 4); ꜣḫ.t ‘Sonnenglanz’; ꜣḫ.t (NK) ‘Auge, besonders vom Auge der Sonne’ (Wb I 13, 17). – See also below, section DISC.
▪ [v2] : no obvious cognates.
▪ [v3] : Akk lēʔu ‘(wooden) board, writing board, document, sheet of precious metal, ingot’, Ug *lḥ /lūḥu/, older /lōḥu/ ‘(Brief-)Tafel’ (only pl. lḥt attested, meaning sg. ‘letter, message’), Hbr lūᵃḥ, Aram lūḥā, Mnd luha, Soq lūḥ ‘board’, Ar lawḥ ‘board, table, tablet, plank, plate, parchment’ (> Gz lawḥ ‘id.’, luḥ ‘plank of wood, timber’, loḥa ‘to write’)
▪ [v4] : ↗[v1].
▪ ^†[v5] : cf. prob. ↗[v1].
▪ ^†[v6] : ↗[v1].
▪ ^†[v7] : ↗[v1].
▪ ^†[v8] : ↗[v1], perh. also ↗[v2].
▪ ^†[v9] : ↗[v2].
▪ ^†[v10] : ? Perh. ↗[v1].

▪ [v1] : Any connection with ↗LYQ? If so, one may want to compare (with Dolgopolsky2012 #1285): Ar liyāq ‘flamme, feu qui s’élève en flamme | blaze’; [outside Sem:) Berb *-luqq- > Gd luqq (pf. yə-luqq) ‘shine (briller)’; Gh d. imv. əmləġləg, pf. imləġləġ ‘briller’; (outside AfrAs:) IndEur *leu̯k- ‘shine’ > Grk leukós ‘light, bright; white’, Lat lux (gen. luc-is) ‘light’, Ru luč ‘ray, beam’, etc. – according to Dolgopolsky all from a hypothetical Nostr *LûḲa ‘to shine’.
▪ …
▪ …

–

¹lāḥ- / luḥ‑ لاحَ / لُحْـ , u (lawḥ)

ID – • Sw – • BP 3460 • APD … • © SG | 13Nov2022, last updated 20Nov2022
√LWḤ

vb., I

1a to appear, show, loom, emerge, come in sight; b to become visible (li‑ to s.o.); c to break, begin to show (dawn); 2 to shine, gleam, glint, flash, shimmer, glimmer, sparkle; 3 to seem, appear; 4 ↗²lāḥa – WehrCowan1976

▪ The vb. ¹lāḥa represents one of three main values in the root ↗√LWḤ that one will find hard to connect: (a) *‘to become visible, flash’; (b) *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, lose weight, get thinner’ (↗²lāḥa); and (c) *‘board, tablet, plank; shoulder blade’ (↗lawḥ). The latter is the only value that has cognates in Sem (although, in Ar, it may be a borrowing from Aram), which makes it tempting to assume that the other two are specifically Arabic developments from this value. However, none of the attempts to explain (a) or (b) as derivations from (c) are convincing. Moreover, both (a) and (b) show a fairly high degree of variation within their respective semantic fields, a fact that lets them appear old and genuine rather than later derivations. The semantic field belonging to ¹lāḥa spans from undoubtedly derived values, such as lawwaḥa ‘to flourish, brandish, swing, wave (bi‑ s.th.), to make a sign, signal; (fig.) to allude to, hint at’ (< *‘to let appear, make flash up’), hence also ^†‘to feed a child (*waving with the food/drink)’ and ^†milwāḥ ‘lure, decoy’ (*‘s.th. waved/signalled with < made to shine, etc., to attract attention and entice/lure into a trap), ^†līḥaẗ ‘polishing agent for mirrors’ (*‘what makes mirrors glitter’) and ↗lāʔiḥaẗ ‘program, project; bill, motion (esp., in parliament); order, decree, edict; ordinance; regulation, rule; pl. lawāʔiḥᵘ ‘outward appearance, looks, outward sign’ (< *‘s.th. flashing up, shining, giving a first idea of s.th., sketch, outline’) to less obviously related items, such as ^†¹lūḥ ‘airspace (above the Earth), vault of heaven’, ^†lāḥ ‘eggs rejected as unsuitable for hatching after having “X-rayed” (candled) them by holding them against the sun-light’, and perh. also ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, blush (min at a word)’.
▪ Borg2021 suggests comparison with (and derivation from?) Eg ꜣḫ (Urk. IV, 18th Dyn.) ‘schön, herrlich, trefflich, nützlich sein | glorious, splendid’ (Brockelmann 1932: 100 | Faulkner 1962: 4); ꜣḫ.t ‘Sonnenglanz’; ꜣḫ.t (NK) ‘eye, esp. eye of the sun’ (Wb I 13, 17). If this etymology is valid it could explain the high degree of variation among the derivations of ¹lāḥa and, thus, its old age as well as the fact that the Ar word is apparently without cognates in other Sem languages.
▪ In contrast, Gabal2012: 2013 suggests a derivation of all LWḤ values from a basic notion of *‘breadth, evenness and dryness or compactness in s.th.’, in his view exemplarily represented in ↗lawḥ ‘board, tablet, plank’. For him, ‘breadth’ implies a higher degree of ‘visibility’, so he derives (a) ‘to be(come) visible, flash up’ from (c) ‘board, tablet, plank (< *broad, even, dry, compact thing’). The strength of his argument is the fact that, among all LWḤ items, only lawḥ has a deeper Sem dimension. On the other hand, compared to Borg’s idea of an Eg influence, Gabal’s theory seems rather far-fetched. Cf., however, a value of lawḥ given by ClassAr lexicographers, namely ‘tout ce qui, par sa surface plate et polie, reflète la lumière’ (BK1860) where s.th. with a flat, even, polished surface (as would be a ‘board, tablet, plank’) is combined with the reflexion of light, and the latter may look as if it could be derived from the former. Such a derivation can look tempting, but it would certainly need to be corroborated by broader and more reliable evidence—after all, the semantic “bridge” may be a homogenizing construction made by lexicographers to explain diversity within the root and give it more coherence.
▪ In a similar way, a semantic bridge betw. (a) *‘to shine, appear, flash, etc.’ and (b) *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, etc.’ (↗²lāḥa) could be the obsol. ^†lāḥ ‘eggs found unsuitable for hatching after having “X-rayed” (i.e., candled) them by holding them against the sun-light’. This item combines the notions of ‘shining, light’ and ‘desiccation, emaciation, shrinking (> infertility?)’ etc.
▪ An essential element in the original semantics seems to be the notion of *surprise and *speed, or *quick passing, as in the glittering of things, the breaking through of the first sunrays at dawn, the flashing of a lightening, or sudden appearance of an idea or an image, or the sudden blushing (at a harsh word), or the waving with a decoy (letting it appear and disappear).
▪ …

▪ The semantic field pertaining to ¹lāḥa in ClassAr can be sketched as follows: ¹lāḥa ‘to be(come) [clearly] visible, appear, emerge, come into view; to shine brightly, flash, sparkle, glint, glow, gleam, glitter, glisten (celestial bodies, fire, lamp, mirage, cloud of dust; water, butter, a spider’s web; traces left at an abandoned camp; … tracts of land, regions, paths, routes, buildings; flowers, blossoms; parts of the body; grey hair; weapons; implements, tools, materials, cloth, pieces of embroidery, jewelry, etc.; handwriting, ornaments, decorations; ship’s sails; pieces of jewelry, coins; brilliance of the morning sky, flash of lightning, thunder cloud, rainbow)’;⁷ ^†lawāʔiḥᵘ l-šayʔ ‘apparent, visible, external parts of s.th.’ (WKAS ii). – ^†lawwaḥa bi’l-ʕaṣā ‘to raise a stick (upon s.o.)’, ^†lawwaḥa ‘to feed a child (*waving with the food/drink)’ (Hava1899). – ^†lāʔiḥaẗ ‘outward appearance, feature’ (Lane, Hava1899). – ^†layāḥ ~ liyāḥ, ‘intensely, shining, glistening white; daybreak, dawn; wild bull’, ^†ʔalwāḥ al-silāḥ ‘shining, glistening, flashing weapons’ (WKAS ii). – ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to make a sign, wave s.th. about’ (WKAS ii). – ^†milwaḥ ‘actively, busily waving’. – ^†milwāḥ ‘the lure; owl used for decoy shooting; decoy (bird)’ (WKAS ii). – ^†lūḥ ‘airspace (above the Earth), air, ether, (blue) sky, vault of heaven’ (WKAS ii). – Perh. also ^†ʔalāḥa bi-ḥaqqi-h ‘to carry s.th. away, go away with, take away’ (WKAS ii), and ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, be on one’s guard, shrink back, recoil from s.th. (WKAS ii), to blush at (a word) (Lane, Hava1899)’.
▪ …

7. On the value ‘to see, espy, catch sight of’, listed in several dictionaries, Ullmann (WKAS ii) remarks that it is »falsch erschlossen«.

▪ (outside Sem:) Borg2021 compares Ar lāḥa ‘to appear, shine (star), flash (lightning)’ (DaṯAr lāḥ ‘paraître, briller’, lawḥaẗ ‘apparition d’une chose’, Rwala lāḥ ‘to appear, shine, gleam, glitter, flash, sparkle’, PalAr lāḥ ‘glänzen, funkeln’, EgAr lāḥ ‘to please, be attractive’) with Eg ꜣḫ (Urk. IV, 18th Dyn.) ‘schön, herrlich, trefflich, nützlich sein | glorious, splendid’ (Brockelmann 1932: 100 | Faulkner 1962: 4); ꜣḫ.t ‘Sonnenglanz’; ꜣḫ.t (NK) ‘Auge, besonders vom Auge der Sonne’ (Wb I 13, 17).
▪ …

▪ Any connection with ↗LYQ? If so, one may want to compare (with Dolgopolsky2012 #1285): Ar ^†liyāq ‘flamme, feu qui s’élève en flamme | blaze’ (↗√LYQ); (outside Sem:) Berb *-luqq- > Gd luqq (pf. yə-luqq) ‘shine (briller)’; Gh d. imv. əmləġləg, pf. imləġləġ ‘briller’; (outside AfrAs:) IndEur *leu̯k- ‘shine’ > Grk leuk-ós ‘light, bright; white’, Lat lux (gen. luc-is) ‘light’, Ru luč ‘ray, beam’, etc. – according to Dolgopolsky all from a hypothetical Nostr *LûḲa ‘to shine’.
▪ …

–

►yalūḥu lī ʔanna…, it seems to me that…;
►ʕalà mā yalūḥu, as it seems, apparently
►^BP#4027lawwaḥa, vb. II, 1a to make a sign, beckon, wave (bi‑, ʔilà or li- to s.o. with); b to signal; 2 to allude (bi- to), hint (bi- at), intimate, insinuate, give to understand; 3 to flourish, brandish, swing, wave (bi‑ s.th.); 4 ↗²lāḥa; 5 ↗lawḥ, ↗lawḥaẗ: D-stem, caus.| lawwaḥa bi-yaday-hi, to wave with the hands
►ʔalāḥa, vb. IV, 1 to appear, show, come in sight; 2 to shimmer, glimmer, glint, flash, sparkle; 3 to wave, brandish, flourish, swing (s.th.): *Š-stem, denom.(?)
►talwīḥ, pl. -āt, n., 1 beckoning, waving, flourishing, brandishing; 2a sign, signal, wink, wave; b allusion; c hint, intimation, insinuation; 3 metonymy; 4 pl. a hints, references; b remarks, annotations, marginal notes: vn. II
►^BP#2361lāʔiḥaẗ, pl. ‑āt, lawāʔiḥᵘ, 1 program, project; 2 bill, motion (esp., in parliament); 3a order, decree, edict; b ordinance; c regulation, rule; 4 pl. lawāʔiḥᵘ, outward appearance, looks, outward sign: PA I.f. | see ↗s.v.
►mulawwiḥaẗ, n.f., signal, semaphore (railroad): nominalized PA II
For other values attached to the root, cf., ↗²lāḥa, ↗lawḥ, ↗lawḥaẗ, and ↗lāʔiḥaẗ as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√LWḤ.

²lāḥ- / luḥ‑ لاحَ / لُحْـ , u (lawḥ)

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 13Nov2022, last updated 21Nov2022
√LWḤ

vb., I

1–3 ↗¹lāḥa; 4a to wither, singe, parch, scorch; b to tan (‑h s.o.; sun) – WehrCowan1979

▪ The vb. ²lāḥa represents one of three main values in the root ↗√LWḤ that one will find hard to connect: (a) *‘to become visible, flash’ (↗¹lāḥa); (b) *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, lose weight, get thinner’; and (c) *‘board, tablet, plank; shoulder blade’ (↗lawḥ). The latter is the only value that has cognates in Sem (although, in Ar, it may be a borrowing from Aram), which makes it tempting to assume that the other two are specifically Arabic developments from this value. However, none of the attempts to explain (a) or (b) as derivations from (c) are convincing. Moreover, both (a) and (b) show a fairly high degree of variation within their respective semantic fields, a fact that lets them appear old and genuine rather than later derivations. The semantic field belonging to ²lāḥa spans from undoubtedly related values, such as ^†²lūḥ ‘thirst’,²³ ^†lāḥa and ^†lawwaḥa ‘to alter the complexion; to render s.o. hoary (age)’, ^†lawwaḥa ‘to ripen (grapes); become sick, exhausted’, ^†milwaḥ ~ ^†milwāḥ ~ ^†milyāḥ ‘soon thirsty; slender’ to less obviously related items, such as ^†lāḥ ‘eggs rejected as unsuitable for hatching after being “X-rayed” (candled), held against the sun-light’ (?< *infertility = withering, shrinking), and perh. also ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, blush (min at a word)’ (?< *to shrink, wither etc. on experiencing fear) and ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to cause the loss of, destroy s.th.’ (Lane, Hava1899).
▪ Should one consider the possibility of ²lāḥa < ↗¹lāḥa? A ‘scorching, singeing, parching, desiccating, withering, etc.’ could possibly be the result of a ‘gleaming, glittering, flashing, shining (too intensely)’; but such a relation does not seem to be very likely and would still have to be corroborated by evidence that would make it more convincing. For the time being, the only lexical item that appears to combine both notions and thus could serve as a semantic “bridge” between the two is the obsol. ^†lāḥ ‘eggs found unsuitable for hatching’, where their condition of ‘desiccation, emaciation, shrinking (> infertility?)’ ‘appears, becomes visible’ on holding them against the sun-light (candling).
▪ …

23. In some dictionaries, ‘to thirst’ is given as the first meaning of ^†²lāḥa (Steingass1884, Hava1899, etc.).

▪ lāḥa (u, lawḥ, lūḥ, luwāḥ, luʔūḥ, lawaḥān) ‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, s.o.; to cause s.o. to wither, to lose weight, to get thinner; to disfigure, to pester, harass, plague, beset (sun, midday heat; hot, dry wind; cold; grey hair, the colour black; shame, disgrace, worries, troubles) (WKAS ii); to thirst (Lane, Hava1899)’; lāḥa and lawwaḥa ‘to make s.o. lean, lank, light of flesh, slender, lank in the belly (thirst, travel, cold, illness, grief, …), alter the complexion, parch, scorch, burn, blacken; to render s.o. hoary (age)’, lawwaḥa ‘to ripen (grapes); become sick, exhausted’, lawwaḥa bi’l-nār ‘to heat s.th. in the fire’, milwaḥ, milwāḥ, milyāḥ ‘soon thirsty; slender’; lūḥ ‘thirst’ (Lane, Hava1899); lawḥaẗ ‘a scorching, singeing, parching, desiccating; a thirsting, yearning (for water)’, lawḥānᵘ ‘parched, desiccated, thirsty’, laʔiḥ ‘scorching, singeing, burning’, milwaḥ, milwāḥ ‘parched, desiccated, thirsty, emaciated’, mulawwaḥ ‘scorched, singed, burnt, parched, desiccated, withered, thin, lean, disfigured’ (WKAS ii). – Prob. also ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to cause the loss of, destroy s.th.’ (Lane, Hava1899). – Perh. also ^†ʔalāḥa ‘to be afraid (min of s.o.), frightened, be on one’s guard, shrink back, recoil from s.th.’ (WKAS ii).
▪ …

▪ no obvious cognates, neither in Sem nor outside.
▪ If related to ¹lāḥa, see ↗s.v.
▪ …

▪ …

–

►lawwaḥa, vb. II, 1-3 ↗¹lāḥa; 4a to turn grey (the head; of old age); b to burn, tan (s.o.; sun); 5 ↗lawḥ, lawḥaẗ, lāʔiḥaẗ: D-stem, caus.
►lawwāḥ, adj., withering, singeing, parching, scorching: ints. formation, pattern Faʕʕāl
►multāḥ, adj., sun-tanned, sunburned: PA/PP VIII
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹lāḥa, ↗lawḥ, ↗lawḥaẗ, and ↗lāʔiḥaẗ as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√LWḤ.

lawḥ لَوْح , pl. ʔalwāḥ, lawāʔiḥᵘ

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 13Nov2022, last updated 21Nov2022
√LWḤ

n.

1a board, blackboard; b slate; c tablet; d slab; 2 plate, sheet; 3a pane; b plank, board; c panel; d small board, signboard; 4 shoulder blade, scapula – WehrCowan1976

▪ lawḥ represents one of at least three main values found in the root ↗LWḤ: (a) *‘to become visible, flash’ (↗¹lāḥa); (b) *‘to scorch, singe, sear, burn, parch, desiccate, wither, lose weight, get thinner’ (↗²lāḥa); and (c) *‘board, tablet, plank; shoulder blade’. The latter is the only value that has cognates in Sem.
▪ According to Jeffrey1938, the word is borrowed from Aram lūḥā ‘id.’, but it is widely attested in Sem (Akk, Ug, Hbr, Aram, Soq – see below, section COGN), so it may be genuine, directly from Sem *lawḥ ‘board, table, plank’. (Pennacchio2014: 126 tends to agree with Jeffrey, though.)
▪ ClassAr lexicographers see lawḥ related to ↗¹lāḥa ‘to become visible, flash’ as it can also mean (in the translation of BK1860) ‘tout ce qui, par sa surface plate et polie, reflète la lumière’, assuming a semantic transition *‘board, plank > to be(come) visible, appear’; but this would need to be corroborated by broader and more reliable evidence—after all, the semantic “bridge” may be a homogenizing construction made by lexicographers to explain diversity within the root and give it more coherence.
▪ In a similar vein, Gabal2012: 2013 suggested a derivation of all values in √LWḤ from a basic notion of *‘breadth, evenness and dryness or compactness in s.th.’, which he saw exemplarily represented in lawḥ ‘board, tablet, plank’ (accord. to him the * ‘broad, even, dry and compact thing’). (The aspect of *‘breadth’ then gave, ‘visibility’, and the element of ‘dryness’ gave ‘thirst, desiccation, withering’, etc.). – A strength of this argument is the fact that only ‘board, tablet, plank’ seems to have a deeper Sem dimension; on the other hand, the theory appears to be rather far-fetched.
▪ The meaning ‘shoulder blade’ is prob. a semantic extension rather than the original value, as the Sem cognates do not include it.
▪ …

▪ eC7 Q 7:145, 150, 154; 54:13; 85:22. – Jeffrey1938: »There are two distinct uses of the word in the Qurʔān. In 54:13, it is used for the ‘planks’ of Noah’s ark, and elsewhere for ‘tablets’ of revelation, in Sura 7 for the tablets of Moses, and in 85:22 for the heavenly archetype of the Qurʔān.«
▪ The (prob. extended) value ‘shoulder blade’ gave adj.s like ^†ʔalwaḥᵘ and ^†milwāḥ, both signifying s.o. ‘having broad bones, shoulder blades, tall’.
▪ …

▪ Akk lēʔu ‘(wooden) board, writing board, document, sheet of precious metal, ingot’, Ug *lḥ /lūḥu/, older /lōḥu/ ‘(Brief-)Tafel’ (only pl. lḥt attested, meaning sg. ‘letter, message’), Hbr lūᵃḥ, Aram lūḥā, Mnd luha, Soq lūḥ ‘board’, Ar lawḥ ‘board, table, tablet, plank, plate, parchment’ (> Gz lawḥ ‘id.’, luḥ ‘plank of wood, timber’, loḥa ‘to write’)
▪ …

▪ Jeffrey1938: »In the related languages we find both these meanings [‘planks’ and ‘tablets’]. The Hbr lūᵃḥ means both the ‘planks’ of a ship (as in Ez. xxvii, 5), and the ‘stone tablets’ of the Ten Commandments (Ex. xxiv, 12). Similarly, Aram lūḥā can mean a ‘table’ for food, or, as constantly in the Targums, the ‘tablets’ of the Covenant, so Syr lūḥā is used of a ‘wooden board’, e.g. the títlos affixed to the Cross, and for the ‘tablets’ of the Covenant. Also the Eth [Gz] lawḥ, though not a common word, is used for the broken ‘boards’ on which Paul and his companions escaped from shipwreck in Acts xxvii, 44 (ed. Rom.), and also for ‘writing tablets’ of wood, metal, or stone. / In the early Arabic poetry we find the word used only in the sense of ‘plank’, cf. Ṭarafa iv, 12; Imruʔ al-Qays, x, 13, and Zuhayr, i, 23 (in Ahlwardt’s Divans),⁴² and the Lexicons take this as the primitive meaning. The word may be a loan-word in both senses, but even if a case could be made out for its being a genuine Ar word in the sense of ‘plank’, there can be no doubt that as used for the ‘Tables of Revelation’ it is a borrowing from the older faiths. Hirschfeld, Beiträge, 36, would have it derived from the Hbr, but Horovitz, KU, 66; JPN, 220, 221, is more likely to be correct⁴³ in considering it as from the Aram, though whether from Jewish or Christian sources it is difficult to say. / If we can trust the genuineness of a verse of Sarāqaẗ b. ʕAwf in Aġānī, xv, 138, which refers to Muḥammad’s revelations as ʔalwāḥ we may judge that the word was used in this technical sense among Muḥammad’s contemporaries.« -- Cf., however, above, section CONC.
▪ …

42. Cf. also ash-Shammakh, xvii, 13, in Geycr, Zwei Gedichte, i, 136. 43. Vide also Fraenkel, Vocab, 21; Cheikho, Naṣrāniyya, 221.

–

►lawḥ ʔarduwāz, n., slab of slate, slate;
►lawḥ muǧaʕqad, n., corrugated iron;
►lawḥ al-ǧalīd, n., block of ice;
►lawḥ ḥadīd, n., sheet iron;
►lawḥ zuǧāǧ, n., sheet of glass, pane;
►al-lawḥ al-maḥfūẓ, n., (Q 85:22) the Preserved/Guarded Tablet whereon are said to be inscribed all the divine decrees; the depository of the decrees, or willed events, ordained by God;
►lawḥ mutaḥarrik, n., spring board (in sports);
►lawḥ maʕdinī, n., metal plate, metal sheet;
►lawḥ al-nāfiḏaẗ, n., windowpane
►lawwaḥa, vb. II, 1-3 ↗¹lāḥa; 4 ↗²lāḥa; 5 to plank, lay with planks (the floor): D-stem, denom. from lawḥ and/or ↗lawḥaẗ
►^BP#1276lawḥaẗ, pl. -āt, lawāʔiḥᵘ, n.f., 1a board; b blackboard; c slate; d tablet; e slab; 2a plate, sheet; b pane; c panel; 3 plaque; 4 plane, surface; 5 screen; 6a placard, poster; b picture, painting: f. of lawḥᵘ | ↗s.v.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹lāḥa, ↗²lāḥa, ↗lawḥaẗ, and ↗lāʔiḥaẗ as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√LWḤ.

lawḥaẗ لَوْحة , pl. -āt, lawāʔiḥᵘ

ID 790 • Sw – • BP 1276 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 21Nov2022
√LWḤ

n.f.

1a board; b blackboard; c slate; d tablet; e slab; 2a plate, sheet; b pane; c panel; 3 plaque; 4 plane, surface; 5 screen; 6a placard, poster; b picture, painting – WehrCowan1976

▪ The f. word lawḥaẗ seems to be, originally, a singulative (n.un.) coined from ↗lawḥ. Semantics of lawḥ and lawḥaẗ are still largely overlapping, but lawḥaẗ has also developed a number of own specific values.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ ↗lawḥ
▪ …

–

►lawḥaẗ al-ĭsm, doorplate, name plate;
lawḥaẗ al-tawzīʕ, switchboard (el., tel.);
lawḥaẗ al-dāmā, checkerboard;
lawḥaẗ zaytiyyaẗ, oil painting;
lawḥaẗ sawdāʔ, blackboard; bulletin board;
lawḥaẗ al-šaṭranǧ, chessboard;
lawḥaẗ al-kitābaẗ, slate; writing tablet; blackboard
►lawwaḥa, vb. II, 1-3 ↗¹lāḥa; 4 ↗²lāḥa; 5 to plank, lay with planks (the floor): D-stem, denom. from ↗lawḥ or lawḥaẗ
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹lāḥa, ↗²lāḥa, ↗lawḥ, and ↗lāʔiḥaẗ as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√LWḤ.

lāʔiḥaẗ لائحة , pl. ‑āt, lawāʔiḥᵘ

ID – • Sw – • BP 2361 • APD … • © SG | 13Nov2022, last updated 21Nov2022
√LWḤ

n.f.

1 program, project; 2 bill, motion (esp., in parliament); 3a order, decree, edict; b ordinance; c regulation, rule; 4 pl. lawāʔiḥᵘ, outward appearance, looks, outward sign – WehrCowan1976

▪ Formed on the FāʕiLaẗ pattern, lāʔiḥaẗ is evidently a PA I.f, most likely from ↗¹lāḥa ‘to appear, be(come) visible; to shine, flash, glimmer, sparkle; to seem, appear’, thus originally meaning *‘the flashing one’. The connection between the modern meanings and the basic *‘becoming visible, appearing, flashing up’ becomes clear in the light of the D-stem, lawwaḥa ‘(*to let appear, let flash up >) to flourish, brandish, swing, wave, make a sign, signal’ (also with s.th. to eat or drink, to feed a child) and ^†milwāḥ ‘lure, decoy’ (< *s.th. waved with to attract attention, lure, entice). A lāʔiḥaẗ is thus, originally, *‘s.th. flashing up, letting appear an idea of s.th., a sketch, an outline of it’, a draft giving a first idea.
▪ …

▪ ^†lāʔiḥaẗ ‘outward appearance, feature’ (Lane, Hava1899), pl. ^†lawāʔiḥᵘ l-šayʔ ‘apparent, visible, external parts of s.th.’ (WKAS ii).
▪ …

▪ ↗¹lāḥa
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►lāʔiḥaẗ qānūniyyaẗ, lāʔiḥaẗ al-qānūn, n.f., bill, draft law;
►lāʔiḥaẗ al-safar, timetable, train schedule, railroad guide;
►lāʔiḥaẗ al-ṭaʕām (SyrAr) menu, bill of fare
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹lāḥa, ↗²lāḥa, ↗lawḥ, and ↗lawḥaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√LWḤ.

LWḎ لوذ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LWḎ

“root”

▪ LWḎ_1 ‘to take refuge, resort to’ ↗lāḏa (bi )
▪ LWḎ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LWḎ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to take refuge, resort to, keep close to, fortress; to evade, move furtively; to approximate’

▪ …

–

.

–

LWZ لوز

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LWZ

“root”

▪ LWZ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LWZ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ For Engl lozenge, cf. perh. Ar ↗lawz.

–

lawz لَوْز

ID 791 • Sw – • BP 5404 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LWZ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From eAram *lawz‑ ‘almond (tree)’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl lozenge, perh. ultimately from eAram *lawz‑ ‘almond (tree)’, cf. Ar ↗lawz.

►

LWM لوم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LWM

“root”

▪ LWM_1 ‘to blame’ ↗lāma
▪ LWM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LWM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to blame, censure, rebuke, be deserving of blame; to linger; need; hardship; person, silhouette’

▪ …

–

.

–

LWN لون

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LWN

“root”

▪ LWN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ LWN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘colour, to colour; types, species; to be changeable, to be capricious; to be hypocritical’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

lawn لَوْن

ID 792 • Sw – • BP 498 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LWN

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LWY لوي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LWY

“root”

▪ LWY_1 ‘to twist, intertwine, bend’ ↗lawà
▪ LWY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LWY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to twist, intertwine, bend, coil up; to tarry; to wither away; to dispute hotly; banner’

▪ From protSem *√LWY ‘to wind, twist, circle, encircle’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

LYL ليل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LYL

“root”

▪ LYL_1 ‘night’ ↗layl
▪ LYL_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘night, night-time, one night, to enter night-time’

▪ LYL_1 : (Kogan2015 Sw#60:) from protSem *layliy‑ ‘night’ (CDG 314). Passim except Akk and modSAr.
▪ LYL_2 : …
▪ LYL_3 : …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

layl لَيْل

ID 793 • Sw 92/105 • BP 392 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LYL

n.coll.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#60): from protSem *layliy‑ ‘night’ (CDG 314). Passim except Akk and modSAr.
▪ …
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘night’) Akk līlātu ‘evening’, Hbr laylā, Syr lelyā, Gz lēlī́t.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

laylaẗ لَيْلَة

ID 794 • Sw –/105 • BP 518 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√LYL

n.f.un.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

LYN لين

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 12May2023
√LYN

“root”

▪ LYN_1 ‘to be soft, tender, mild’ ↗lāna
▪ LYN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ LYN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be soft, be tender, be mild; to be amiable, be lenient, relax, become at ease; to be affluent, ease of living; kind of palm tree’

▪ …

–

.

–

mīm ميم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√

R₁

The letter m of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

Mʔ مأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√Mʔ

“root”

▪ Mʔ_1 ‘hundred’ ↗miʔaẗ
▪ Mʔ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ Mʔ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): [√MʔY] ‘to exaggerate, to grow (said of trees), to come into leaf, to become enlarged; to backbite; to mow; the number ‘hundred’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

miʔaẗ مِئة / مائة , pl. muʔūn, miʔāt

ID … • Sw – • BP 244 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√Mʔ

n.card.

hundred – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘hundred’) Akk meʔatu, Hbr mēʔā, Syr mā, Gz meʔét.

…

►fī ’l‑miʔaẗ, bi’l‑miʔaẗ, adv., per cent
►miʔawī, var. miʔīnī, adj., centesimal, centigrade; percentile, percentual: nisba formation | ʕīd miʔawī, n., 100th anniversary, centennial; nisbaẗ miʔawiyyaẗ\miʔīniyyaẗ, n.f., percentage; daraǧaẗ miʔawiyyaẗ, n.f., centigrade (thermometer)

MʔǦǦ مأجج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MʔǦǦ

“root”

▪ MʔǦǦ_1 ‘Magog’ ↗maʔǧūǧ

▪ [v1] : see ↗maʔǧūǧ

–

.

–

Maʔǧūǧᵘ مَأْجوجُ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MʔǦǦ

n.pr.

Magog (Q 18:94 and Q 21:96)

▪ ‘Gog and Magog’ (Yaʔǧūǧᵘ wa-Maʔǧūǧᵘ) are thought by many commentators to be Mongol or Tatar tribes of Central Asia (cf. Eze. 38-39 and Rev. 20:8) – BAH2008.

▪ ec7 Q 18:94 qālū yā-ḏā ’l-qarnayni ʔinna yaʔǧūǧa wa-maʔǧūǧa mufsidūna fī ’l-ʔarḍi fa-hal naǧʕalu la-ka ḫarǧan ʕalā ʔan taǧʕala bayna-nā wa-bayna-hum saddan ‘They said: O Dhu’l-Qarneyn! Lo! Gog and Magog are spoiling the land. So may we pay thee tribute on condition that thou set a barrier between us and them? | Q 21:95-96 wa-ḥarāmun ʕalā qaryaẗin ʔahlaknā-hā ʔanna-hum lā yarǧiʕūna [96] ḥattā ʔiḏā futiḥat yaʔǧūǧu wa-maʔǧūǧu wa-hum min kulli ḥadabin yansilūna ‘And there is a ban upon any community which We have destroyed: that they shall not return. [96] Until, when Gog and Magog are let loose, and they hasten out of every mound’

.

–

mās ماس

ID 795 • Sw – • BP 6902 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MĀS

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

māʕūn ماعُون

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 3Jun2023
√MʕN, ʕWN, MāʕūN

n.

help – Jeffery1938

▪ …

▪ eC7 Q cvii, 7 – Jeffery1938.

.

▪ Jeffery1938: »This curious word occurs only in an early Meccan Sūra, though v, 7, is possibly Madinan (cf. Nöldeke-Schwally, i, 93), and the Commentators could make nothing of it. The usual theory is that it is a form fāʕūl from maʕana, though some derived it from ʕāna. / Nöldeke, Neue Beiträge, 28, shows that it cannot be explained from Ar material,⁴⁴ and that we must look for its origin to some foreign source. Geiger, 58,⁴⁵ would derive it from Hbr māʕôn ‘a refuge’, which is possible but not without its difficulties. Rhodokanakis, WZKM, xxv, p. 67, agrees that it is from Hbr but coming under the influence of maʕūnaẗ (cf. Aram mʔnʔ, Syr mʔnā), developed the meaning of ‘benefit, help’.⁴⁶ «

44. Fleischer, Kleine Schriften, ii, 128 ff., would have it a genuine Ar word, but as Nöldeke says : ‘aus dem Arabischen lässt sie sich nicht erklären, wie denn schon die Form auf ein Fremdwort deutet.’ 45. So von Kremer, Ideen, 226. The word is used by al-ʔAʕšà, and Horovitz, JPN, 221 ff., thinks Muḥammad may have learned the word from this poet. 46. So Torrey, Foundation, 51.

–

MTʕ متع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MTʕ

“root”

▪ MTʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MTʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MTʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be(come) strong, be forceful; to advance (said of daytime), attain or to be granted longevity; to be extremely good, benefit s.o., to enjoy; commodities, provisions, livelihood; household equipment; memento; modest living; pmyose’

▪ …

–

.

–

MTN متن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MTN

“root”

▪ MTN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MTN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MTN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘back of an animal; to be strong, be firm; heights; the main part, the middle of the road; ropes holding a tent; to be remote; to hotly oppose in a debate’

▪ …

–

.

–

MṮL مثل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṮL

“root”

▪ MṮL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MṮL_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘similarity, to resemble, to imitate, to liken, statue, to stand for, to emulate; to appear, to materialise, to submit, proof; amount; example, a saying, parable; measure; to recover, to become good, the best; to mutilate, to maim, punishment, retribution’

▪ …

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to resemble, equal’) Akk mšl (i), Hbr mšl (n-stem), Syr mtl a (u) ‘to compare’, Gz msl –/a (a).
▪ …
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

maṯal مَثَل

ID 796 • Sw – • BP 350 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṮL

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

tamṯīl تَمْثيل

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 2338 • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√MṮL

n.

.

▪ vn., II

.

MṮN مثن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṮN

“root”

▪ MṮN_1 ‘urinary bladder’ ↗maṯānaẗ
▪ MṮN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MṮN_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ MṮN_1 : Given the cognates in other Sem languages, it is to be assumed that the initial ma‑ in maṯānaẗ is just a regular prefix to a root *ṮWN/ṮYN which does no longer exist in Ar.
▪ MṮN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MṮN_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

maṯānaẗ مَثانة , pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√*MṮN, ṮWN/ṮYN

n.f.

(urinary) bladder – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Given the cognates in other Sem languages, it is to be assumed that the initial ma‑ in maṯānaẗ is just a regular prefix to a root *ṮWN/ṮYN which does no longer exist in Ar.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘urine’) Akk šīnāti, Hbr šáyin, Syr tīnā, Gz šent.

See above, section CONC.

…

MǦD مجد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MǦD

“root”

▪ MǦD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MǦD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MǦD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to feed on plentiful luscious pasturage; to be of good stock, be exalted, be glorified; splendour, glory’

▪ …

–

.

–

maǧd مَجْد , pl. ʔamǧād

ID … • Sw – • BP 2326 • APD … • © SG | 5Nov2022
√MǦD

n.

1 glory; 2 splendor, magnificence, grandeur; 3 nobility, honor, distinction – WehrCowan1976

▪ From protCSem *magd- ‘excellence’, prob. to be analyzed as composed of an old ma-prefix derivate from the protWSem biconsonantal element *GD ‘to be good, lucky, excellent’, cf. also ↗ǦDː(ǦDD)_2 ‘to be good, approvable, excellent’ (incl. ↗²ǧadd ‘good luck, good fortune’) and ↗ǦWD ‘to be good, approvable, excellent’ – Kogan2015: 193 #37.
▪ … ▪ …
▪ …–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Hbr gad ‘fortune’, Ar ǧadd- ‘good fortune’, ǧwd ‘to be good, approvable, excellent’, Sod gud ‘wonderful, marvelous, splendid’ (also in most of the other modern EthSem languages) Kogan2015: 193 #37.

▪ … ▪ …
▪ …

–

►maǧad-, u (maǧd), and maǧud-, u (maǧādaẗ), vb. I, to be glorious, illustrious, exalted: G-stem, denom. (?)
►maǧǧada, vb. II, and ʔamǧada, vb. IV, to praise, extol, laud, glorify, celebrate: D- and *Š-stem, respectively, both (denom.?) caus.
►tamaǧǧada, vb. V, 1 to be extolled, be glorified, be lauded, be praised; 2 to boast, glory: tD-stem, self-ref.
►maǧdī, adj., laudable, praiseworthy, glorious: nsb-adj.
►^BP4467maǧīd, adj., 1 glorious, illustrious; 2a celebrated, famous; b glorified, exalted; c praiseworthy, laudable, admirable, excellent, splendid; 3 noble: quasi-PP I | al-Qurʔān al-maǧīd, the Koran
►maǧīdī, 1 n., medjidie, a Turkish silver coin of 20 piasters coined under Sultan ʕAbdülmecīd; 2 adj., (of money) Turkish: nsb-formation, from (Sultan ʕAbd al-) Maǧīd
►ʔamǧād, n.pl., people of rank, distinguished people: nominalized pl. of maǧīd
►ʔamǧadᵘ, pl. ʔamāǧidᵘ, 1 more glorious, more illustrious; 2 more distinguished: elat. formation
►tamǧīd, n., praise, glorification, exaltation, idolization: vn. II

MǦS مجس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 11Apr2023
√MǦS

“root”

▪ MǦS_1 ‘Zoroastrians, Magians’ ↗maǧūs

▪ …

–

.

–

al-maǧūs الـ) مَجُوس)

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 11Apr2023, last updated 21Apr2023
√MǦS, MǦūS

n.

Magi, adherent of Mazdaism – WehrCowan1976

▪ Cheung2017rev: ultimately of Ir origin, but prob. borrowed indirectly, via Syr mgušā or (Emp)Aram *magūš ‘id.’ < oPers maguš ‘Magian priest’. For details, see below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ eC7 Q 22:17 ʔinna ’llaḏīna ʔāmanū wa-’llaḏīna hādū wa-’l-ṣābiʔīna wa-’l-naṣārā wa-’l-maǧūsa wa-’llaḏīna ʔašrakū ʔinna ’llāha yafṣilu bayna-hum yawma ’l-qiyāmaẗi ‘Lo! those who believe (this revelation), and those who are Jews, and the Sabaeans and the Christians and the Magians and the idolaters – Lo! Allah will decide between them on the Day of Resurrection’.

.

▪ Jeffery1938: »They [the Magians, or Zoroastrians] are mentioned in a late Madinan verse along with Jews, Christians, and Sabians. – The early authorities know that the sun-worshippers are meant, and it was early recognized that it was a foreign word.⁴⁷ Ibn Sīda and others derived the word from manǧ said to mean qaṣīr [small] and kūš said to mean al-ʔuḏun [ear], and tell us that it referred to a man manǧ kūš, so called because of the smallness of his ears, who was the first to preach the Magian faith.⁴⁸ Others, however, knew that it was derived from the Iranian Magush (LA, viii, 99). – It is clearly the oPers Magush,⁴⁹ with the acc. form of which, magum, we can compare the Av magav or moγu⁵⁰ and Phlv maγōī. ⁵¹ From Av ??? come the Arm mog,⁵² and Hbr māg, as well as the modPers moġ.⁵³ In Phlv we also find a form magōšīā,⁵⁴ derived directly from the oPers, and this appears in the Aram ʔmgwšʔ, Grk mágos,⁵⁵ Syr mgwšā and the mgwš of the Aram of the Behistun inscription.⁵⁶ – Lagarde, GA, 159, would derive maǧūs from the Grk mágos, and though Vollers, ZDMG, li, 303, follows him in this there is little to be said in its favour. The word was well known in pre-Islamic days and occurs in the old poetry,⁵⁷ and so may quite well have come direct from mPers, though it is also a possibility that it may have come through Syr.⁵⁸ «
47. al-Ǧawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 141; as-Suyūṭī, Itq, 324; Mutaw, 47; al-Khafāǧī, 182. 48. TA, iv, 245; LA, viii, 99. 49. Vide Meillet, Grammaire du vieux Perse, p. 148; and note Haug, Parsis, 169. 50. Bartholomae, AIW, 1111; Horn, Grundriss, 221; Frahang, Glossary, 94; Herzfeld, Paikuli, Glossary, 213. 51. West, Glossary, 223; PPGl, 152 and ???, 160; Frahang, Glossary, 114. See also ZDMG, xliv, 671, for its occurrence on a Sasanian gem. 52. Hübschmann, Arm. Gramm., i, 195. 53. Vullers, Lex, ii, 1197; BQ, 863. 54. PPGl, 152; Frahang, Glossary, p. 113. In the Assyrian transcription of the Behistun inscription it is written magushu. Note also the magūstān = priestly order. Paikuli, Glossary, 214. 55. There is an alternative theory that the Grk is a sg. formed from Mágoi, the name of an ancient Median tribe, but we find Magousaîoi in Eusebius. 56. Cowley, Aramaic Papyri, p. 254. 57. Vide Horovitz, KU, 137. 58. Mingana, Syriac Influence, 95; Ahrens, Muḥammad, 9.

▪ Cf. Engl magi, sg. magus) ‘skilled magicians, astrologers’, »c. 1200, from Lat magi, pl. of magus ‘magician, learned magician’, from Grk magos, a word used for the Pers learned and priestly class as portrayed in the Bible (said by ancient historians to have been originally the name of a Median tribe), from oPers maguš ‘magician’ (see magic). Also, in Chr history, the ‘wise men’ who, according to Matthew, came from the east to Jerusalem to do homage to the newborn Christ (lC14). || magic (n.), lC14, magike ‘art of influencing or predicting events and producing marvels using hidden natural forces’, also ‘supernatural art’, especially the art of controlling the actions of spiritual or superhuman beings; from oFr magique ‘magic; magical’, from lLat magice ‘sorcery, magic’, from Grk magikē (presumably with tekhnē ‘art’), fem. of magikos ‘magical’, from magos ‘one of the members of the learned and priestly class’, from oPers maguš, which is possibly from protIE root *magh- ‘to be able, have power’.¹² / The transferred sense of ‘legerdemain, optical illusion, etc.’ is from 1811. It displaced oEngl wiccecræft (see witch), also drycræft, from dry ‘magician’, from Irish drui ‘priest, magician’ (see Druid). Natural magic in the Middle Ages was that which did not involve the agency of personal spirits; it was considered more or less legitimate, not sinful, and involved much that would be explained scientifically as the manipulation of natural forces« – EtymOnline.
12. »It forms all or part of: dismay, deus ex machina, may (v.) ‘am able’, might (n.) ‘bodily strength, power’, main, machine, mechanic, mechanism, mechano-, mage, magi, magic. | It is the hypothetical source of/evidence for its existence is provided by: Skr mahan ‘great’, Grk mēkhanē ‘device, means’, mekhos, makhos ‘means, instrument’, oChSlav mošti, Ru moč’ ‘can, be able’, oEngl mæg ‘I can’, Goth mag ‘can, is able’, oHGe magan, oNo magn ‘power, might’« – EtymOnline.

►maǧūsī, adj./n., Magian; Magus, adherent of Mazdaism: nsb-formation
►maǧūsiyyaẗ, n.f., Mazdaism: abstr. formation in -iyyaẗ

MḤṢ محص

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḤṢ

“root”

▪ MḤṢ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤṢ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤṢ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘sifting, purifying, smelting; to examine closely; to come into the open; to be tightly twisted; to afflict’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḤQ محق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḤQ

“root”

▪ MḤQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘waning of the moon, moonless nights; to diminish, blot out, eradicate; to uproot, annihilate; sharp blade’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḤL محل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḤL

“root”

▪ MḤL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘vertebra; might, to struggle; drought, hardship; to defend, be antagonistic, carry out intrigues, plot; to shift from one situation to another’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḤN محن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḤN

“root”

▪ MḤN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘experience, to try, put to the test, afflict; to smelt, purify; to whip, wear out; to be hardened’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḤW محو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḤW

“root”

▪ MḤW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḤW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wipe out, eradicate, disappear completely, be effaced, be featureless; (of land) to be covered with rain water; to annul’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḪR مخر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḪR

“root”

▪ MḪR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḪR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḪR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(of the bow of a boat) to cleave water, sail with such force as to cause the water to splash up noisily, the sound of the wind driving boats along the surface of the sea; drinking place’

▪ It has also been suggested that mawākhir, when describing ‘sailing ships’, could be a borrowing from Akk – BAH2008.

–

.

–

MḪḌ مخض

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḪḌ

“root”

▪ MḪḌ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḪḌ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḪḌ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be in labour, give birth, the pain of giving birth, be with child; to churn, skimmed milk, a churn; to move fast’

▪ …

–

.

–

MDː (MDD) مدّ/مدد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√ MDː (MDD)

“root”

▪ MDː (MDD)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MDː (MDD)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MDː (MDD)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pull, stretch, elongation, be tall, give rope, lend, unfold; to enrich, support, reinforce, supply; fodder; ink; to be at high tide, rise; to fester, pus; duration, period, time span; a dry measure’

▪ …

–

.

–

MDN مدن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MDN

“root”

▪ MDN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MDN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘city, fortress, to settle in a place’ are concepts which some philologists consider to be associated with this root. Others derive these concepts from the root DYN. It is clear from literature, however, that madīnaẗ came into Arabic as a borrowing from Aram. Madyan, which some philologists derive from this root, is generally recognised as a foreign name.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ For Engl medina see ↗madīnaẗ and ↗dīn.

–

madīnaẗ مَدِينَة

ID 798 • Sw – • BP 144 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MDN, DYN

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl medina, from Ar madīnaẗ ‘city’, from Aram mᵊdin(t)ā ‘jurisdiction, district, province, city’, from dān ‘to judge, adjudicate, administer’, cf. Ar ↗dīn in the sense of ‘judgment’.

►

madanī مَدَنِيّ

ID 797 • Sw – • BP 671 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MDN

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

tamaddun تَمَدُّن

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√MDN

n.

.

▪ vn., V

.

MRː (MRR) مرّ / مرر

ID 799 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

“root”

▪ MRː (MRR)_1 ‘to pass, go by, elapse, cross, etc.; time, turn’ ↗marr-/marar- u (marr, murūr, mamarr)
▪ MRː (MRR)_2 ‘bitter; myrrh’ ↗murr
▪ MRː (MRR)_3 ‘tightness, strength; (tightly twisted) rope; to struggle; to continue; (strong) character’ ↗marr_1
▪ MRː (MRR)_4 ‘spade, shovel’ ↗marr_2
Now obsolete:
▪ MRː (MRR)_5 ^†‘young girl of slight build’ ↗?
▪ MRː (MRR)_6 ^†‘desert’ ↗?
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pass by; to drag along, to continue; to twist together, might, determination; to struggle, to be trustworthy; once, one time; myrrh, bitterness, gall, gall bladder; to be angry; marble’

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ The obsolete value MRː (MRR)_5 is represented by the meaning ^†‘jeune fille au corps délicat’ given for murayrāʔ and mārūraẗ by Kazimirski. A distinct item or connected to one of the other values? The forms of the words suggest that they are derived from s.th. else – perhaps from MRː (MRR)_2 ↗murr (fig. use of murayrāʔ and mārūraẗ ‘plante à la graine noire et amère qui se mêle au blé’), or from MRː (MRR)_3 ↗marr_1 (< *‘girl of a body as thin as a tightly twisted rope’)?
▪ The obsolete value MRː (MRR)_6 ‘desert’ is attested through marīr ^†‘desert’ (Kazimirski) and marawrāt pl. marawrà, marawrayāt, marārī ^†‘völlige Wüste’ (Wahrmund). Connected to MRː (MRR)_1 ‘bitter’?
▪ According to Ehret1989, the “simple form” marr ‑ ‘to pass, pass by, depart, go away’ has preserved an earlier bi-consonantal *mr from which a number of triradical themes have been formed via extension: (+ “inchoative/denominative” *‑y =) mary ‘to take out, pull out’, (+ “durative” *‑t =) mart ‘to drive away’, (+ “durative” *‑g =) marǧ ‘to send an animal to pasture’.
▪ Another value of *mr as given by Ehret1989 is ‘to brush with the fingers’. The author remains silent as to the possibility, or impossibility, of a relation between this theme and ‘to pass, pass by, depart, go away’. From *mr ‘to brush with the fingers’, Ehret1989 derives ↗maraḫ (“extension” in “iterative” *‑ḥ), ^†mart ‘to smooth’, ↗maraṯa, ^†marz ‘to press slightly with the fingertips’, mars ‘to macerate and crush with the hand’ (↗marasa), ↗maraša, ↗maraʕa, ^†marġ ‘to anoint with oil’ (cf. also ↗√MRĠ), ^†marq ‘to scratch off the wool’ (cf. also ↗√MRQ), and ^†mary ‘to stroke the udder of the camel for milking’ (cf. also ↗√MRY).

▪ Engl myrrh ↗murr.

–

marr‑ / marar‑ مَرَّ / مَرَرْـ , u (marr , murūr , mamarr)

ID 800 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

vb., I

to pass, go, walk, saunter, or stroll (bi‑ or ʕalā by or past s.th.); to march past s.o. (ʔamāma), pass in review (bi‑, ʕalā before s.o.; mil.); to pass, elapse, go by, run out (time); to come, go, walk, or pass along s.th., skirt; to pass, go, walk, move, march, travel, cross, traverse (bi‑, min, ʕalā a place, a country, a room); to flow through, run through; to fly through; to lead, run, cut (bi‑ through an area; border), pass (fī over), cross (fī an area); to go or pass (bi‑ through a stage or phase), undergo (bi‑ a state or phase); to cross (ʕalā a border, a line, mountains, etc.); to fly (fawqa over an area; airplane); to depart, go away, leave – WehrCowan1979. – (Does also the value ‘to continue (yafʕalu to do s.th.), keep, or go on, doing s.th.’ belong here? We do not believe so and suggest the latter’s dependence on ↗marr_1 ‘tightly twisted rope’, hence ‘strength, endurance’.)

Cf. also ↗√MRː (MRR), with disambigution.

▪ eC7 Q (passim): ‘to pass by; pass on; go’

Ug mr ‘weggehen, weichen’, Hbr mar ‘drop’ (n.), ESA mrr ‘to happen to, befall’ (Zammit2002).
▪ Akk marāru ‘to leave, go away’ is a loan-word from WSem (CAD, s.v. “marāru C”), according to Zammit2002 from Ug.

▪ Given the Ug, Hbr and SA cognates, the verb can be assumed to be of Sem origin, with a value either of s.th. like ‘to go away, leave’ or ‘to pass by (quickly?), flash by’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1731 reconstruct Sem *mur‑ ‘to go away’ (but only on the evidence of Ar marr‑, IPFV ‑murr‑). Outside Sem, the authors see cognates in Berb *m˅r‑ (> Ayr əmmər‑ ‘to pass by’), WCh *mir‑ /*mur‑ ‘to run’ (> mir‑, mur‑ in 2 languages), HEC *mar‑ ‘to go’ (> mar‑ in 4 languages, among which Sid), Dhl mar‑ ‘to go round’, and hence reconstruct AfrAs *mar‑ ‘to walk’. Vowelism in Sem *mur‑ then would be secondary.
▪According to Ehret1989, the “simple form” marr ‘to pass, pass by, depart, go away’ has preserved an earlier biconsonantal *mr‑ from which a number of triradical themes have been formed via extension: (+ “inchoative/denominative” *y =) ^†mary ‘to take out, pull out’, (+ “durative” *t =) ^†mart ‘to drive away’, (+ “durative” *g =) marǧ ‘to send an animal to pasture’ (↗marǧ).

–

¹marr مَرّ , pl. ?

ID 801 • Sw –/122 • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

n.

rope – WehrCowan1979.

Essential to marr ‘rope’ is the ‘tightness’ with which it is twisted, hence the ‘strength’ that is needed to twist it and that the tightly twisted rope itself may represent, figuratively. Inner-Arabic evidence suggests logical precedence of ‘rope’ before ‘strength’. But Orel&Stolbova supply evidence from outside Sem that would favour ‘strength’ as the basic meaning. – Any relation with ↗murr ‘bitter’? Relation with marr‑ / marar‑ ‘to pass’ unlikely.

▪ …

Akk marmaru (with redupl.) ‘healthy, strong’; cf. also Ḥrs merret ‘strength’ – Orel&Stolbova1994#1737. Cf. also marmāru ‘strong person’ – CAD.

It looks as if either the ‘strength’ with which a rope is twisted, or the ‘rope’ that is twisted tightly, i.e., with strength, are the logical basis in Ar from which other values are derived. From ‘rope’: ‘to tie up a camel’ (with a rope), ‘to twist o.s. (like a rope) about s.o. = to wrestle, fight’, and perhaps also ‘firmness, determination, resoluteness’ (etc. – Kazimirski, at least, regards marīr in the sense of ^†‘résolution ferme et inébranlable’ as a figurative use of ^†‘ficelle ou corde mince, mais très-bien tressée et solide’). From ‘strength’: ‘to persist, persevere, keep (doing s.th.)’, hence ‘to last, endure, remain, stay’ in general; (if not from ‘rope’) the ‘vigor, energy, tenacity’ of the mind, hence a person’s ‘intelligence’, but also his/her ‘determination, resoluteness, steadiness, constancy’.
Is ‘strength’ logically prior to ‘(tightly twisted) rope’, or vice versa? Morphologically, marr ‘rope’ looks more basic than the words that connote ‘strength’ so that the latter seem to be derived from the former, not the other way round, which is the reason for making marr the lemma, not marīr.
▪ However, on account of the Akk and Hss evidence, which they parallel with Ar marīr, Orel&Stolbova reconstruct Sem *mar‑ ‘healthy, strong’ as the basic meaning. Outside Sem, the authors see a cognate in Hs māre ‘to recover’ (from WCh *mar‑ ‘dto.’). As a common ancestor of the Sem and WCh forms, they suggest AfrAs *mar‑ ‘to recover, be healthy’ – Orel&Stolbova1994#1737.
▪ Related to, or even forming one semantic unit with, the theme of ‘bitterness’ treated under ↗murr ?

–

► marra, u, vb. I, ^†serrer et attacher avec une corde un chameau, etc. (Kazimirski1860): denominative from marr, or vice versa? – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗murr.
► marrara, vb. II, ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗murr.
► mārra, vb. III, ^†to twist o.s. about s.o. and turn him round to throw him down (Lane), lutter avec qn. corps à corps et chercher à le renverser par terre (Kazimirski1860). – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑.
► ʔamarra, vb. IV, ^†to twist tightly (a rope, a thread); hence also : to struggle or strive with s.o., twist about him, or twist his neck, to throw him down (Lane). – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗murr.
► tamārra, vb. VI, to fight, contend, dispute (with each other), (Lane) to struggle or strive with each other, twisting the other’s neck to throw him down, (Kazimirski1860) lutter avec qn. corps à corps pour le renverser: from the idea of twisting, or rather from ‘bitter’ (*to engage in bitter, severe fight with s.o.)? – For other meanings ↗murr‑.
► imtarra, vb. VIII ↗marr‑ / marar‑.
► ĭstamarra vb. X, to last, endure, continue, go on; to remain, stay; to continue, persist, persevere, keep (doing s.th.), go on (doing s.th.), stick, adhere (to s.th.). ^†to become tightly twisted (Lane), être tordu avec force, recevoir quelques tours de plus pour être solide (se dit d'une corde) (Kazimirksi1860); hence/de là: to become strong, or firm, like a rope tightly twisted (tropical signification, from the twisting of a rope); hence: to become right after having been corrupt (one’s case or state of affairs), to repent and become good, righteous, virtuous (Lane); de là, on dit d’un homme: istamarrat marīratuhū il s’est raffermi ou rendu plus fort, plus ferme (Kazimirksi1860). – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗murr.
► ^†marār Strick (Wahrmund1887)
► mirraẗ, n.f., pl. ʔamrār, ^†mirar strength, power, (Wahrmund1887) Verstand, Einsicht; gesundes Urtheil, (Kazimirksi1860) force de l’intelligence; fermeté, constance | ḏū mirraẗ puissant ou ferme, surnom de l’ange Gabriel: < ^†firm, strong twisting (Lane), tortis, tresse dont se compose une corde (Kazimirksi1860). – For other meanings ↗murr.
► marīr, adj., pl. marāʔirᵘ strong, firm, stubborn, tenacious, dogged, persistent, deep-seated, deep, profound (esp., of feelings); ^†résolution ferme et inébranlable [syn. ʕazīmaẗ) (Kazimirksi1860): fig. use of <^†ficelle ou corde mince, mais très-bien tressée et solide (Kazimirksi1860). – For other meanings ↗murr.
► marīraẗ, n.f., pl. marāʔirᵘ firmness; determination, resoluteness; vigor, energy, tenacity, doggedness; steadiness, constancy; ^†langer starker Strick (Wahrmund1887), ficelle ou corde longue, mince et solide; tresse, tortis dont se compose une corde (Kazimirksi1860)
► ^†mirrīraẗ, n. Absicht (Wahrmund1887)
► ^†murayr, n. 1 Scorsonère. 2 Hiéracium. 3 Souchet : plantes (Kazimirksi1860): probably rather related to ↗murr (‘bitter’) than to marr_1 (‘making tight, strong through twisting’).
► ĭstimrār X vn. duration, permanence, continuity, continuance, continuation, continued existence, survival; persistence | bi‑’st. continually, constantly; quwwat al-~, n., inertia, vis inertiae :
► ĭstimrāriyyaẗ, n. continuity: abstr. formation from ĭstimrār.
► ʔamarrᵘ, adj. firmer, stronger | al-ʔamarrāni the two bitter things (i.e., poverty and old age); qāsā l-ʔamarrayn to go through the worst, be exposed to greatest hardships: el. – For other meanings ↗murr.
► mustamirr, adj. lasting, permanent, enduring, constant, continual, uninterrupted, unceasing, incessant; continuous, unbroken: PA X.

²marr مَرّ , pl. ?

ID 802 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

n.

iron shovel, spade – WehrCowan1979. – For other meanings ↗marr_1

▪ …

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

▪ CAD thinks Akk marru‑ ‘spade, shovel’ (cf. also bīt marri ‘land worded with a spade’) is a loan-word from Sum.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1738, however, juxtapose Akk marru, Syr marr or maʔr ‘hoe, spade’, and Ar marr ‘iron spade’ and reconstruct Sem *marr‑ ‘hoe, spade; iron spade’. Given that there seem to be cognates also outside Sem in Eg mr ‘hoe’ (a.), ECh *mar-/ *mir-/ (> mara, miri) ‘hoe’ and HEC *morar- <‑ *marar‑ (> moraara‑ ‘hook of the plough’, with partial redupl., in 1 language), the authors find reasons to believe that all of these may go back to an AfrAs *mar‑ ‘hoe’ (n.), which in itself would be related to (#1739) AfrAs *mar‑ ‘to dig’ (> Sem *mur‑ [with secondary *‑u‑ ] ‘dig’: Akk marāru, and > WCh *mari‑ ‘to hoe, farm’: appearing as mār, mar, na mira in modern WCh languages).
▪ In contrast, Fraenkel1886 believed that marr was borrowed via Aram mrʔ, Syr marrā, from a late Grk márra ‘mattock, hoe’ (cf. also Lat marra ‘sort of hoe for tearing up weeds, a weeding-hook’, found in Plinius, C1 – FALS1879).

–

murr مُرّ , pl. ʔamrār

ID 803 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

¹adj.; ²n.

(adj.) 1 bitter; severe; sharp; painful; (n.) bitterness. – 2 myrrh | m. al-ṣaḥārā colocynth (bot.) WehrCowan1979. – 3 ^†salsify (Scorzonera hispanica; bot.) – Kazimirski1860

1) The word goes probably back to protSem *√MRR ‘to be(come) bitterʼ and a common Sem noun *murr‑ ‘bitterness; myrrh’ (Huehnergard2011) that belongs to the general theme protSem *MRR ‘bitterness’ (Kogan2011). The latter has been suggested to have developed from an AfrAs *mar‑ ‘to be sour’.
2) The word murru appears already in Akk sources. Although it “does not always nor only refer to the costly imported resin” (CAD),²⁴ there is evidence also for the use of real myrrh. The attestations inform us about the use of murru in many fields: in rituals, as an ingredient of perfumes and for scenting oil, in medicine (for fumigation, or as a “medication against stricture of the bladder” which was given to the patient “to drink in beer”, or was “rub[bed] on in oil, or “blow[n] into his penis through a tube”, CAD). Myrrh had to be imported and was therefore very prestigious and expensive.
24. References to “the seeds of the murru-plant” imply that in some contexts Akk murru is not ‘myrrh’ but rather “a native ‘bitter’ plant […]. This is confirmed in NB [New Babylonian] texts by the use of murru for tanning.” In many passages it “cannot be decided whether real myrrh or a plant called murru with a similar astringent quality is meant.” CAD.

▪ v1lC6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād 1,36: ʔinna ẓulmiya bāsilun murrun maḏāquhū ka-ṭaʕmi ’l-ʕalqami ‘the injustice/tyranny/torment I suffered [lit. my tyranny] is death-defying (and) bitter, its taste is like the taste of the colocynth’ (Polosin 445).
▪ eC7 Q 54:46 bali ‘s-sāʕatu mawʕidu-hum wa’s-sāʕatu ʔadhā wa-ʔamarru ‘Nay, but the Hour (of doom) is their appointed tryst, and the Hour will be more wretched and more bitter (than their earthly failure)’.
▪ v2 ▪ …

▪ v1 Akk marāru ‘to be bitter’, murruru ‘to make bitter’, marru (māru, f. marratu) ‘bitter, brackish, biting’ (the f. also meaning ‘sea (as body of salty water), CAD); murru ‘bitter taste’; related also murāru ‘bitter lettuce’, Hbr mārar, Aram mᵉrar ‘to be bitter’, Syr mar ‘to be bitter, sour, acid’, Gz marīr ‘amarus, acerbus; exacerbatus’ (Zammit2002, following Dillmann).
Within Sem, Orel&Stolbova1994 (#1734) add Hbr mar, Soq mrr, Ḥrs mer, Mhr mer, Śḥr mur and reconstruct Sem *mar‑ ‘(to be) bitter’.
▪ v2 Akk murru, Ug mr, Hbr mōr, JudAram mūrā ‘myrrh’. Huehnergard2011 reconstructs a common Sem noun *murr‑ ‘bitterness; myrrh’, belonging to the general theme Sem *mrr ‘to be(come) bitter’.

Huehnergard2011 reconstructs a general Sem theme *mrr‑ ‘to be(come) bitter’. – Orel&Stolbova1994 (#1734) reconstruct Sem *mar‑ ‘(to be) bitter’. On account of what the authors believe to be cognates – Eg ʕmꜢ (“prefix ʕ‑ ”) ‘become sour’ (pyr) and one mer ‘sour’ in a WCh language (< WCh *mar‑) – they reconstruct AfrAs *mar‑ ‘be sour’ as the origin common to all.

▪ v2 The word entered Eur languages via Grk mýrrha into which it came from some Sem source and was then (according to Dolgopolsky2012) perhaps contaminated with Grk mýron ‘unguent, perfume, sweet oil’, which in its turn is probably related to an Idg root *smeru‑ ‘ointment’, cf. Ge schmieren, denominative of Schmer < Germ *smerwa‑ ‘fat, grease’ (cf. Nor smør ‘butter, fat’) (Kluge2002), which Dolgopolsky2012 thinks is related to a WSem root √*mrḫ ‘to smear’ (↗Ar √mrḫ ‘anoint (the body)’. The Grk term was loaned into Lat murra, murrha, myrrha, which is the source of the word in the Eur languages (cf. oEngl myrre, NL mirre, Ge Myrrhe, Fr myrrhe, Ital Span mirra). It arrived there at an early date: the first attestations in oHGe, e.g., date back into C8 (mirra, myrra, murra) (Kluge2002).

► marr‑ / marar‑, u a (marāraẗ), vb. I, to be or become bitter; ^†dire des choses amères, désagréables (Kazimirski): denominative. – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗marr_1.
► marrar‑, vb. II, to make bitter, embitter (s.th.): caus., denominative. – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑.
► ^†mārr‑ / mārar‑, vb. III, lutter avec qq. corps à corps et chercher à le renverser par terre (Kazimirski): probably not related to murr but to the theme ‘strong, tight’ treated under ↗marr_1. – Cf. also ↗marr‑ / marar‑.
► ʔamarr‑ / ʔamrar‑, vb. IV, to be or become bitter; to make bitter (s.th.); ^†être mêlé de graines amères (se dit du blé) (Kazimirski): caus., denominative. – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗marr_1.
► tamārr‑ / tamārar‑, vb. VI, to fight, contend, dispute (with each other): probably not related to murr but to the theme ‘strong, tight’ treated under ↗marr_1. ^†devenir amer, contracter de l’amertume (Kazimirski): denominative.
► ĭmtarr‑ / ĭmtarar‑ , vb. VIII, ↗marr‑ / marar‑.
► ĭstamarr‑ / ĭstamrar‑, vb. X, to think bitter, find bitter (s.th.): denominative. – For other meanings ↗marr‑ / marar‑ and ↗marr_1.
► mirraẗ, n.f., pl. mirar gall, bile ↗s.v.; (pl. ʔamrār) ↗marr_1.
► ^†murār, n., eine Bitterpflanze (Wahrmund1887):
► marāraẗ, n.f., pl. marāʔirᵘ bitterness; gall, gall bladder; innermost, heart | inšaqqat m.uhū ġayẓan he burst with anger :
► ^†mirāriyyaẗ, n.f., Galligkeit (Wahrmund1887): ↗mirraẗ.
► marīr, adj., pl. marāʔirᵘ bitter (taste, feelings). – For other meanings ↗marr_1.
► marīraẗ, n. ↗marr_1.
► ʔamarrᵘ, adj., bitterer: el. | al-ʔamarrāni the two bitter things (i.e., poverty and old age); qāsā l-ʔamarrayn to go through the worst, be exposed to greatest hardships. – For other meanings ↗marr_1.
► ^†ʔamarrᵘ, n., intestines (Kazimirski1860): nominalized el.(?), related to murr ?
► ^†murrà, n., chose amère | al-murrayān les deux choses les plus amères: l’absinthe et la coloquinte (Kazimirski1860) : nominalized el.f. (?).
► ^†murrī, n., eine Art Bitterwasser (den Appetit zu schärfen) (Wahrmund1887): nominalized nsb-adj., *tasting myrrh (?),
► ^†mārūraẗ, n.f., 1 plante à la graine noire et amère qui se mêle au blé; (2 jeune fille au corps délicat et chez qui les chairs tremblent quand elle marche) (Kazimirski1860): While (1) is clearly related to murr the relation is doubtful for (2).
► ^†murayr, n., 1 scorsonère. 2 hiéracium. 3 souchet : plantes (Kazimirski1860): related to murr because of their ‘bitterness’?
► ^†murayrāʔ, n., 1 Plante à la graine noire et amère qui se mêle au blé; – (?related:) 2 Jeune fille au corps délicat et chez qui les chairs tremblent quand elle marche.
► ^†murrāʔᵘ, n., Sorte de vin (Kazimirski1860): related to murr because of its bitterness? (cf. ^†murrī above).
► mamrūr, adj., bilious; foolish, crazy; fool: PP I ↗mirraẗ.

marāraẗ مَرارَة

ID 804 • Sw – • BP 2844 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Cf. Kogan2011: (Ar mirraẗ ‘gall; gall bladder’) from protSem *m˅r(˅)r‑at‑ ‘gall; gall bladder’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

murūr مُرُور

ID 805 • Sw – • BP 528 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRː (MRR)

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

vn. from marra.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MRʔ مرأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

“root”

▪ MRʔ_1 ‘man’, ‘woman’ ↗marʔ (and also ↗marʔaẗ)
▪ MRʔ_2 ‘be wholesome, healthful, healthy’ ↗mar˅ʔa
▪ MRʔ_3 ‘esophagus, gullet’ ↗marīʔ (n.)
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(of food) to be wholesome and palatable, to be digestible, food passage; a human being, man, woman, wife, one person; “chivalrous” character, generosity of nature, to be humane, humanity’

Any connection between the three values? MRʔ_2 not unlikely to be akin to MRʔ_3. Further research needed!

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Badawi 2008 lists three main values of the root in ClassAr: 1 (of food) to be wholesome and palatable, to be digestible, food passage; 2 a human being, man, woman, wife, one person; 3 “chivalrous” character, generosity of nature, to be humane, humanity. According to this semantic grouping, MRʔ_3 ‘esophagus, gullet’ would belong to MRʔ_2 (healthy, palatable food being food that passes the esophagus), a relation that does not seem all too unlikely. In contrast, making ‘“chivalrous” character, generosity of nature, to be humane, humanity’ a separate value does not seem to be entirely justifiable, since this is clearly a semantic development from MRʔ_1 ‘man’.
▪ Since etymology is not clear yet, the variety of meanings of the “root” has been tentatively reflected in three separate values. Further research, however, may find that at least MRʔ_2 and MRʔ_3 perhaps are related, the meaning ‘be wholesome, healthful, healthy’ originally referring to what passes the esophagus. But the FaʕīL form of the latter does not really fit this assumption. – In contrast, a relation between MRʔ_2 and MRʔ_3 on the one hand, and MRʔ_1 ‘man, male’ is hardly likely.

▪ Engl n.prop.f. Martha ↗marʔ.

–

mar˅ʔ‑ : maraʔ‑ مَرَأَ a , mariʔ‑ مَرِئَ a , maruʔ‑ مَرُؤَ u (marāʔaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

vb., I

to be wholesome, healthful, palatable (food); — maruʔa, u (marāʔaẗ) to be healthy and salubrious (climate) — WehrCowan1979.

Any connection with other values of ↗MRʔ ? Further research needed!

▪ eC7 (marīʔan (‘palatable, nourishing, wholesome’) Q 4:4 wa-ʔātū ’l-nisāʔa ṣaduqāti-hinna niḥlatan fa-ʔin ṭibna la-kum ʕan šayʔin min-hu nafsan fa-kulū-hu hanīʔan marīʔan ‘And give unto the women [whom ye marry] free gift of their marriage portions; but if they of their own accord remit unto you a part thereof, then ye are welcome to absorb it [in your wealth]’

BDB1906: Akk marû ‘well-fed, fat (said of domestic animals)’, Hbr *mrʔ ‘be fat ’, mᵊrī(ʔ) ‘fatling(s)’.

▪ …
▪ …

–

► ĭstamraʔa, vb. X, to find wholesome and tasty (food); to enjoy, savor, relish (s.th,); to be able to digest (s.th.; also fig.); to take to s.th., take a liking (bi‑ to), derive pleasure (from):.
► marīʔ, adj., healthful, salubrious, healthy, wholesome | hanīʔan wa-marīʔan, adv., approx.: may it do you much good! I hope you will enjoy it (i.e., food)! – For other meanings see ↗marʔ and ↗marīʔ (n.).
For other items of the root, cf. ↗MRʔ with further references.

ĭmraʔ اِمْرَأ , ĭmruʔ اِمْرُؤ , (with definite article) al-marʔ المَرْء

ID … • Sw 17/94 • BP 2137 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

n.

a man; person, human being; al-marʔ frequently for Engl ‘one’, as yaẓunnu ’l-marʔ one would think – WehrCowan1979.

▪ As also a number of other Sem languages, Ar distinguishes between ‘man as a human being’ (homo, Mensch, ↗ʔinsān) and ‘man as an adult male’ (vir, Mann), ĭmraʔ / ĭmruʔ, with article al-marʔ. The word goes back to protSem *marʔ‑ ‘man, male’ (Kogan2011) or *māriʔ‑ ‘man, master, lord’ (Huehnergard2011, alongside with *marʔ‑) and, perhaps, AfrAs *mar‑ / *maraʔ‑ (possibly also *maʔar‑) ‘man’ (Orel&Stolbova1994).

▪ eC7 Q 70:38 imruʔ, 8:24 marʔ ‘a person, one’

▪ BDB1906: BiblAram mārê ‘lord’, Syr mārē, mārā, EgAram mrʔ, oAram Nab Palm mr(ʔ) ‘lord’, Sab mrʔ ‘man, lord’
▪ Zammit2002: Ar marʔ ‘a man’: Ug mr ‘Herr (?); Gastgeber (?)’, BiblAram mārē ‘lord’, Syr mārā ‘lord, owner, ruler, master, prince’, SAr mrʔ ‘man, lord’, Gz mār (< Syr) ‘lord, master’
▪ Kogan2011: Akk māru (CAD: also merʔu, marʔu) ‘son’, Aram *māriʔ‑ ‘lord’, Sab Qat mrʔ ‘man; male child; lord’.
▪ Cohen1969 mentioned also Akk amīlu (awīlu, amēlu, awēlu) ‘man’, and, outside Sem, some Berb and Cush forms. All doubtful!
▪ OrelStolb1994#1740: Akk māru ‘son’, BiblAram mārē ‘master’, SAr mrʔ ‘man, husband’. – Outside Sem: Eg mr.w ‘people’ (OK); maar ‘boy’ and mara ‘masculine’ in 2 WCh languages; maar ‘uncle’ in 1 ECh idiome.

▪ Kogan2011: from Sem *marʔ‑ ‘man, male’.
▪ Huehnergard2011: from Sem *marʔ‑, *māriʔ ‘man, master, lord’.
▪ OrelStolb1994#1740 reconstruct Sem *marʔ‑ ‘man; husband; master’, from AfrAs *mar‑ / *maraʔ‑ ‘man’. For both WCh and ECh the authors assume *maʔar‑, which, if correct, would show metathesis as compared to the reconstructed AfrAs form. An alternative reconstruction would be AfrAs *maʔar‑, taking the WCh and ECh forms as the more original ones; then Sem would have undergone metathesis. The Eg evidence is not helpful for a decision between the one or the other since it shows no traces of *‑ʔ‑.

–

► maruʔa, u (murūʔaẗ), vb. I, to be manly: denom. – For other meanings see ↗marVʔa.
► ^BP#321ĭmraʔaẗ, with def. article al-marʔaẗ, pl. ↗nisāʔ, niswaẗ, etc., n., woman; wife: f. of marʔ.
► murūʔaẗ, var. muruwwaẗ, n., the ideal of manhood, comprising all knightly virtues, esp., manliness, valor, chivalry, generosity, sense of honor:.
► marīʔ, adj., manly, virile: adj. formation. – For other meanings see ↗marVʔa and ↗marīʔ (n.).

ĭmraʔaẗ اِمْرَأَة , with article al-marʔaẗ المرْأة , pl. ↗nisāʔ , niswaẗ

ID 806 • Sw 16/195 • BP 1052, 321 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

n.f.

woman; wife – WehrCowan1979.

Feminine of marʔ ‘man’. Goes back to protSem *marʔ‑at‑, *māriʔ‑at‑ ‘woman, mistress, lady’ – Huehnergard2011.

▪ eC7 Q 27:23 ‘woman’, 19:8 ‘wife’

▪ CAD: Akk mārtu (merʔatu, marʔatu, māštu) ‘daughter; (young) girl, woman’
▪ Bennett1998: Sab mrʔt ‘woman’. – Outside Sem: Berb ṯa-mġar-ṯ (Senhayi), ta-mṭːū-ṭː (Ayt Segrouchen), talta (Ghadamsi) ‘woman’.
▪ If, as suggested by Cohen1969, Akk amīlu ‘man’ is a cognate of Ar marʔ, then also Akk amīltu (awīltu, amēltu, awēltu, amīltu) ‘woman; female, feminine’ should be compared. However, as already the first is precarious, the other is not less so.

▪ Huehnergard2011 reconstructs Sem *marʔat‑, *māriʔat ‘woman, mistress, lady’, as the f. of *marʔ‑, *māriʔ ‘man, master, lord’.
▪ The Berb forms mentioned in Bennett1998 are due to contact with Ar.

▪ Huehnergard2011: Not from Ar ĭmraʔaẗ / marʔaẗ, but from its Aram counterpart, mārᵊtā, is the Eur name Martha.

► al-marʔaẗ al-musalsalaẗ, n.f., Andromeda (astron.)

murūʔaẗ مُرُوءة , var. muruwwaẗ مُرُوّة

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

n.f.

the ideal of manhood, comprising all knightly virtues, esp., manliness, valor, chivalry, generosity, sense of honor – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From ↗marʔ ‘man’.
▪ A key concept of pre-Islamic and Islamic culture. According to EI², the meaning of murūʔaẗ is somewhat “imprecise”—which, however, is not unusual with ‘super’- or ‘meta’-concepts of a comparable importance). “There is reason to believe that m. originally describes the sum of the physical qualities of man and then by a process of spiritualisation and abstraction his moral qualities.”²⁵
▪ Related concepts: among others, cf. ↗ʔadab, ↗ʔaḫlāq, ↗ḍiyāfaẗ, ↗fakhr, ↗ḥamāsaẗ, ↗ḥilm, ↗ʕirḍ, ↗karam, ↗ṣabr.
25. EI², Index of Terms, s.v.

»There is reason to believe that murūʔaẗ originally describes the sum of the physical qualities of man and then by a process of spiritualisation and abstraction his moral qualities. After Islam, its meaning was extended thanks to the now pre-dominating moral focus. Broadly speaking, with the rightly-guided caliphs, m. means chastity, good nature and observance of Qurʔānic laws, with the Umayyads, m. implies politics, diplomacy, work, dignity and compassion, and with the early ʕAbbāsids, m. implies merit and is contrasted with abjectness; with the moralists, m. is identified with ↗ʔadab in the meaning of good conduct. Becoming more and more abstract, m. finally came to mean virtue. In law, m. indicates the fact of abstaining from any act capable of offending religion although not constituting an illicit act. In the spoken language of today, m. means ‘energy’ in Egypt (miriwwaẗ) and Syria (muruwwaẗ), as in the expression ‘so-and-so has not the miriwwaẗ/muruwwaẗ to accomplish such a thing’.«⁸
8. EI², Index of Terms, s.v.

See ↗MRʔ and ↗marʔ.

See ↗marʔ.

–

See ↗marʔ.

marīʔ مَرِيء , pl. ʔamriʔaẗ , murūʔ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRʔ

n.

esophagus, gullet – WehrCowan1979.
For other meanings cf. ↗mar˅ʔa and ↗marʔ .

Relation to other items of √MRʔ (‘man’/‘woman’; ‘be wholesome, healthy’) unclear. See ↗MRʔ for details and further references.

▪ …

BDB1906: ? Hbr murʔā(h) ‘crop, or alimentary canal (of bird)’.

▪ …
▪ …

–

Perhaps the items listed under ↗marVʔa are related.

MRTB مرتب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRTB

“root”

▪ MRTB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MRTB_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

martabān مَرْتَبان , pl. ‑āt

ID 807 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRTB, RTB

n.

↗marṭabān .

↗marṭabān

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

–

MRǦ مرج

ID 808 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRǦ

“root”

▪ MRǦ_1 ‘grass-covered steppe, pasture, meadow’ ↗marǧ
▪ MRǦ_2 ‘disorder, confusion, tumult’ ↗maraǧ
▪ MRǦ_3 ‘pearl, coral’ ↗marǧān
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘open space, pasture land, to pasture; to shoot out, branches, to be convoluted, to be obscure; bright, smokeless flame, a bright tongue of fire, to exaggerate; coral; small pearls’. The word marǧān, which philologists classify under this root, is an early borrowing into Ar from Pers, perhaps through Aram.

▪ …

–..

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Any relation between MRǦ_1 and MRǦ_2 (the latter being fig. use of the former)?
▪ MRǦ_3 < Grk.

–

marǧ مَرْج , pl. murūǧ

ID 809 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRǦ

n.

grass-covered steppe; pasture; meadow – WehrCowan1979.

Etymology not clear. Suggestions for a derivation of the word from bi-consonantal themes with similar meanings have been made but seem rather speculative.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

▪ According to Ehret1989, the obsolete vb. ^†maraǧ‑ (vn. marǧ) ‘to send an animal to pasture’ is an extension in “durative” *g from an earlier biconsonantal *mr, the “simple form” of which has been preserved in ↗marr‑ / marar‑ ‘to pass, pass by, depart, go away’. Other triradical themes from the same *mr‑ : (+ “inchoative/denominative” *y =) ^†mary ‘to take out, pull out’, (+ “durative” *t =) ^†mart ‘to drive away’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1741 reconstruct Sem *marg‑ ‘meadow’ and parallel this with the word morgo ‘field’ in one ECh language (their basis for reconstructing ECh *m˅r˅g‑ < *marug‑), and perhaps also Or marga ‘grass’ (< LEC *mar˅g‑). On account of these cognates the authors reconstruct AfrAs *mar˅g‑ ‘field’ (which they think may in turn be derived from AfrAs *mar‑ ‘field’).

–

► marǧ in: harǧ wa-marǧ confusion, jumble, tumult, hubbub: related to marǧ ‘meadow’?
► maraǧ disorder, confusion, jumble: related to marǧ ‘meadow’?

marǧān مَرْجان , var. murǧān

ID 810 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRǦN

n.coll. (n.u. ‑aẗ)

small pearls; corals | samak m. goldfish – WehrCowan1979.

A loan-word that came into Ar via Syr MRGNYtā from mPers murvārīt ‘pearl’.

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Jeffery1938: 261: »The word […] was ‎early recognized as borrowed from Persia,⁵⁹ but it is certain that it did ‎not come directly from Iranian into Ar.⁶⁰ – We find in Phlv murvārīt,⁶¹ a ‘pearl’ used, e.g. in the Gosht-i Fryānō, ii, 13, in describing the crowns presented to the daughters of Spitama after death. From ‎mPers the word was borrowed widely, e.g. Grk margarítēs ⁶² ; Aram mrgnytā; Syr mrgnytā, ‎and from some Aram form⁶³ it came into Ar. It would have come at an early date ‎for it is used in the old poetry and was doubtless well known in the pre-Islamic period«.
▪ No ‎connection whatsoever with (hypothetical) *√RǦN, nor with the other items listed under ↗√MRǦ.
59. al-Ǧawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 144; as-Suyūṭī, Itq, 324 ‎‎; Muḥīṭ, sub voc., and see Sachau’s note to the Muʕarrab, p. 65. 60. In spite of Addai Sher, 144, and his attempted ‎derivation from mar + ǧān. 61. West, Glossary, 213; Šāyast, Glossary, 163; cf. Horn, Grundriss, 218, n. 62. Also margarís, ‑ídos, from ‎which comes the Arm margaris and the European forms. 63. Fraenkel, Fremdw, 59. The Mand mʔrgʔnyʔtʔ would also seem ‎to be from the same source, vide Nöldeke, Mundart, 53; Mingana, Syriac Influence, 90; ‎Vollers, ZDMG, 1, 611; li, 303.

–

► marǧānī coralline, coral, coralli‑ (in compounds), corallike, coral-red: nsb-adj. | pl. marǧāniyyāt coral polyps, anthozoans (zool.); ǧazīraẗ m.iyyaẗ atoll; šiʕāb m.iyyaẗ coral reefs

murǧān مُرْجان , var. marǧān

ID 811 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRǦN

–

…

↗marǧān

▪ eC7 Q 55:22 yaḫruǧu min-humā ’l-luʔuʔu wa’l-marǧānu ‘There cometh forth from both of them the pearl and coral-stone’, 55:58 ka-ʔanna-hunna ’l-yāqūtu wa’l-marǧānu ‘(In beauty) like the jacynth and the coral-stone’.

▪ …
▪ …

–

MRḤ مرح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MRḤ

“root”

▪ MRḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘joy, merriment; arrogance, haughtiness, ungratefulness; mirth, to be active, be playful, be light-hearted; intoxicating drink, resonating, precise bow; to bring out shoots’

▪ …

–

.

–

MRḪ مرخ

ID 812 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRḪ

“root”

▪ MRḪ_1 ‘to rub, anoint’ ↗maraḫ- a (marḫ)
▪ MRḪ_2 ‘Mars (astron.)’ ↗mirrīḫ

▪ …

–..

▪ …
▪ …

According to Ehret1989, MRḪ_1 is an “extension” in “iterative” *‑ḥ‑ of a reconstructed biconsonantal root *mr‑ ‘to brush with the fingers’ (cf. ↗marr‑ / marar‑). – Other such extensions in Ar, as given by Ehret, are ^†mart‑ ‘to smooth’, ↗maraṯ‑, ^†marz‑ ‘to press slightly with the fingertips’, ^†mars‑ ‘to macerate and crush with the hand’ (↗tamarras‑), ↗maraš‑, ↗maraʕ‑, ^†marġ‑ ‘to anoint with oil’ (cf. also ↗√MRĠ), ^†marq‑ ‘to scratch off the wool’ (cf. also ↗√MRQ), and ^†mary‑ ‘to stroke the udder of the camel for milking’ (cf. also ↗√MRY).

–

maraḫ‑ مَرَخَ , a (marḫ)

ID 813 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRḪ

vb., I

to oil, anoint, rub, embrocate (the body) – WehrCowan1979.

Etymology still uncertain. An origin in a biconsonantal theme *mr ‘to brush with the fingers’ has been suggested by Ehret1989, while Dolgopolsky2012 reconstructed WSem *mrḫ ‘to smear’ < Nostr * ‘meŕûq˅ ‘to smear’.

▪ …..

Hbr māraḥ ‘to rub’, Jib mirɜḫ ‘to throw sth. sticky on sth., smear (paint etc. on sth.) with one’s hands’ – Dolgopolsky2012#1485.

Dolgopolsky2012#1485 reconstructs WSem *mrḫ ‘to smear’ and suggests that the theme goes back to Nostr *‘meŕûq˅ ‘to smear’ which, among others, also produced Idg *smeru‑ ‘ointment’, cf. Grk mýron ‘unguent, perfume, sweet oil’, Germ *smerwa‑ ‘fat, grease’ (cf. G schmieren, denominative of Schmer, Norw sm▪r ‘butter, fat’ – Kluge2002).
In contrast, Ehret1989 presents Ar maraḫ ⁶⁴ as an “extension” in “iterative” *ḥ‑ of a reconstructed biconsonantal root *mr‑ ‘to brush with the fingers’ (cf. ↗marr‑ / marar‑). – Other such extensions in Ar, as given by Ehret, are ^†mart‑ ‘to smooth’, ↗maraṯ‑, ^†marz‑ ‘to press slightly with the fingertips’, ^†mars‑ ‘to macerate and crush with the hand’ (↗tamarras‑), ↗maraš‑, ↗maraʕ‑, ^†marġ‑ ‘to anoint with oil’ (cf. also ↗√mrġ), ^†marq‑ ‘to scratch off the wool’ (cf. also ↗√mrq), and ^†mary‑ ‘to stroke the udder of the camel for milking’ (cf. also ↗√mry).
64. Original has “maraḥ ” (with ḥ). But this seems to be a typo since the meaning given is ‘to oil, anoint, rub with ointments; coat slightly with mud’.

–

► marraḫ , vb. II, = I.
► tamarraḫ , vb. V, to rub one’s skin with a liniment, oil o.s., anoint o.s. :.
► mariḫ, adj., soft; slack, flabby, flaccid :.
► marūḫ, n., liniment; salve, unguent, ointment :.

MRD مرد

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRD

“root”

▪ MRD_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MRD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to exceed the limits, to violate the norms, to mutiny, to be arrogant, to be insolent; giant, devil, demon, evil spirit; to soften, to glaze, to plaster; to erect a very high building’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

tamarrud تَمَرُّد

ID 814 • Sw – • BP 3217 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRD

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MRS مرس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

“root”

▪ MRS_1 ‘to soak in water, macerate’ ↗marasa
▪ MRS_2 ‘(a kind of beer)’ ↗marīsaẗ
▪ MRS_3 ‘strength, power’ ↗marāsaẗ
▪ MRS_4 ‘seasoned, practiced, experienced, veteran’ ↗maris
▪ MRS_5 ‘to exercise, pursue, practice’ ↗mārasa
▪ MRS_6 ‘rope, cord, line, cable’ ↗marasaẗ
▪ MRS_7 ‘to rub o.s. with/against, have trouble, be at odds with’ ↗marasaẗ
▪ MRS_8 ‘to fight, struggle, contend with each other’ ↗tamārasa
▪ MRS_9 ‘a round in backgammon’ ↗mars
▪ MRS_10 ‘hot south wind (eg.)’ ↗marīsī
Pseudo-MRS:
▪ MRS_11 ‘March’ ↗māris
▪ MRS_12 ‘merci [Fr]’ ↗mirsī
▪ MRS_13 ‘Murcia (a city in Spain)’ ↗mursiyaẗᵘ
▪ MRS_14 ‘anchor’ (marsā) ↗rasā (√RSW)
▪ MRS_15 ‘myrtle’ ↗marsīn

The “root” √MRS displays an enormous variety of values.
▪ Some of these are easily recognizable as borrowings from outside Ar (māris ‘March’, mirsī ‘merci’, marsīn ‘myrtle’).
▪ Others conform to common morphological patterns and therefore look genuinely Ar although they might not be so, or actually belong to another root. Thus, some dictionaries list marsà ‘anchor’ under √MRS, although it is definitely from √RSW (but not perhaps the Qur’anic mursà).
▪ Among the items that look Ar but actually are borrowings we find the Ar name of the Andalusian city of Murcia, mursiyaẗ; it looks as if it could be from √MRS or from √RSW, but with all likelihood, it is from neither, going back to a local, non-Ar place name.
▪ Perfectly “disguised” as Ar words is also hot mistral-like wind blowing from the south, called il-marīsī in EgAr (but to be found also in MSA texts); its name goes back to the Copt expression for a southern Eg province.
▪ Another group of items comprises those that not only look Ar but may also actually be so; but some scholars have suggested a foreign origin. Among these we find the kind of beer (or, in ClassAr, date wine) called marīsaẗ; for the beer, at least, a Copt < Eg etymology has been proposed, but it may also simply be a pseudo-PP I from marasa ‘to soak, macerate’ (barley, or dates, in order to let them ferment). marasaẗ ‘rope’ may either be genuinely Ar or a loan from Syr. And for mars, a technical term in playing cards or backgammon, an Ar etymology has been put forward (*‘to sink’ < ‘to soak’), although it is more likely to be a borrowing (both Pers and Tu have been suggested).
▪ A number of the remaining values can be explained as having developed from a basic notion of ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’ (which has survived into MSA unaltered only in the n. marāsaẗ, and perhaps in vb. VI, ‘to struggle, contend with each other’, i.e., use power against each other, put o.’s efforts into reaching a goal, competing with others in doing so). Strength and effort put into s.th. later became identified with practical experience and proficiency, hence the adj. maris ‘seasoned, practiced, experienced, veteran’ (in ClassAr first and foremost ‘strong’) and the vb. III, mārasa ‘to exercise, pursue, practice s.th.’ To the same semantic complex seems to belong the n., now obsolete, ^†maris ‘sort, kind, type’, as in the expression hum ʕalà maris wāḥid ‘they are alike in dispositions’ (Lane1885), ‘they are of the same sort’ (Hava1899), i.e., they are used to apply the same approaches, or practices, they treat things/people in a similar way.
▪ The other basic value on which a number of derivatives seem to be dependent, is ‘rope’, marasaẗ. The ClassAr intr. vb. I ^†marisa ‘to fall from the pulley and get stuck’ (said of a rope) and the tr. vb. IV ^†ʔamrasa ‘to set right (a rope), restore (the rope) to the place in which it ran; to remove (the rope) from there’ are clearly denominative from ‘rope’. Perhaps the same holds true also for ‘to rub o.s. with/against, have trouble, be at odds with’ (tamarrasa, vb. V). These values may be akin to the ClassAr ^†marasa ‘to wipe (o.’s hands, bi‑ with)’.
▪ According to Ehret1989 as well as Gabal2012, the movement (of o.’s fingers or hands) over or across s.th., a surface, is the nuclear meaning of the bi-consonantal root *MR‑ [↗MRː (MRR)] from which marasa can be regarded to be an extension. Ehret distinguishes two values of marasa, the one meaning ‘to wipe’ having developed from *mar‑ through the addition of a “non-finitive” *‑c (which later became ‑s). Unlike Ehret, for whom the bi-consonantal nucleus does not include the use of ‘force’, Gabal thinks that some kind of force, tightening, or pressure accompanies the movement associated with *mar‑. This idea brings Gabal’s nuclear *mar‑ already close to the ‘rubbing’ and ‘pressing’ that accompanies the getting stuck of the rope, marasaẗ, that has fallen from the pulley, and the ‘strength, power, effort, force, energy’ we encountered in marāsaẗ above.
▪ No word from the root √MRS appearing in the Qurʔān, neither Jeffery1938 nor Gabal2012 treat it; so we do not know either how Gabal would explain the relation between the other—and in the dictionaries primary—meaning marasa, namely ‘to soak, macerate’ and, according to many also: ‘to mash, crush with the hand’. The latter aspect is lost in MSA marasa (accord. to WehrCowan1979, at least), but mentioned in many dictionaries of ClassAr, cf. Lane vii 1885: marasa-hū ‘he macerated, steeped, or soaked, it […] and mashed it with the hand […], he rubbed and pressed it (namely, a quantity of dates,) with the hand, in water, so that it became mashed [… or…] soft […]’. The value is also still repeated in Hava1899: marasa u (mars) ‘to dilute and mash (a medicine)’. For Ehret, this marasa is an extension in »fortative (> intensive)« *‑s.
▪ Summarizing the above (as far as the three “genuinely” Ar values ‘to soak’, ‘to use force, to crush, smash; power, effort, energy’, and ‘rope’ are concerned), we may, with Ehret and Gabal, assume I a bi-consonantal nuclear *MR‑ ‘to brush with the fingers’ (perhaps accompanied by some pressure). II This nucleus was extended, forming (accord. to Ehret), among many others, two new 3-radical bases: II.1 *MR-C ‘to wipe’ and II.2 *MR-S ‘to macerate and crush with the hand’, which both III merged into Ar *MRS. III.1 From II.1 ‘to wipe’ is the vb. I, now obsolete, ^†marasa ‘to wipe’. III.2 continues II.2, splitting in III.2.a marasa ‘to soak, macerate (and crush with the hand)’, a value that has cognates in Akk marāsu A ‘to stir into a liquid’, or marsu ‘mixed, mashed’, and III.2.b the idea of crushing, rubbing, pressing, i.e., using force on the object under one’s treatment, as preserved in MSA marāsaẗ ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’. — The ‘rope’, marasaẗ, is difficult to relate: it may belong to III.2.b, either as *‘the one obstructing the pulley when falling from it’, but more likely as *‘the thing that is produced (i.e. twisted) with a lot of energy, the thing that is strong’. Fraenkel1886 is unclear, but in one place he thinks it is an Aramaeism, derived from Syr maršā ‘strong hempen rope’ (p. 93); on another occasion, however, he thinks marasaẗ »is probably genuine« (p. 229). — For further derivations, see individual entries ↗marasa, ↗marasaẗ, ↗marāsaẗ.

–

▪ MRS_1 marasa ‘to soak in water, macerate’: Akk marāsu A ‘to stir into a liquid’, marsu ‘mixed, mashed’ (said of malt steeped for beer), mirsu (also mersu, mirisu) ‘a confection made of dates, oil, butter, etc.’ (CAD), Syr mras (2) ‘contudit’ (Brockelmann1895). – ? Cf. also Akk marāsu B ‘to squash’ (CAD), Syr mras (1) ‘pressit’ (Brockelmann1895), ‘zerrühren’ (Zimmern1914), ‘to crush, bruise, steep’, maršā, maršətā, məraštā ‘pestle, mortar’ (PayneSmith1903). – ? Cf. also Ar ↗marāsaẗ ‘strength, power, vigour’. – ? Cf Dozy1881-II: Ar ^†marīs ‘kind of thin bread, kneaded (yumras) together with butter and dates’.
▪ MRS_2 marīsaẗ ‘(a kind of beer)’: ? (Eg)Ar marīsī, a hot wind blowing from southern Egypt, from Copt marēs ‘country of the south, southern region’ (Dozy1881). – ? Ar marasa ‘to soak (and crush with the hands)’, ^†marīs ‘dates soaked in water or milk’, marīsaẗ ‘date-wine’ (Hava1899), Akk marāsu A ‘to stir into a liquid’, marsu ‘mixed, mashed’ (said of malt steeped for beer) (CAD), mirsu ‘mash, purée’, Aram məras ‘to soak, macerate’, marīs ‘date jam, mash’ (Zimmern1914).
▪ MRS_3 marāsaẗ ‘strength, power’: ↗marasa, perhaps also ↗marasaẗ.
▪ MRS_4 maris ‘seasoned, practiced, experienced, veteran’: ↗marāsaẗ
▪ MRS_5 mārasa ‘to exercise, pursue, practice’: ↗marāsaẗ
▪ MRS_6 marasaẗ ‘rope, cord, line, cable’: Syr maršā (Brockelmann1895), also maršətā, məraštā ‘strong hempen rope’ (PayneSmith1903); ? Akk maḫrašu (Jensen, accord. to Brockelmann1895).
▪ MRS_7 tamarrasa ‘to rub o.s. with/against, have trouble, be at odds with’: ↗marasaẗ
▪ MRS_8 tamārasa ‘to fight, struggle, contend with each other’ ↗marāsaẗ
▪ MRS_9 mars ‘a round in backgammon’: ? Tu mars, written mārs. – ? Ar ↗marasa ‘to soak’ (> *‘to sink’?)

▪ Accord. to Ehret1989, MRS_1 ‘to macerate and [accord. to Ehret also: to] crush with the hand’ is an extension in »fortative (> intensive)« *s, from a 2-cons. root *mr ‘to brush with the fingers’. Other extensions from this root include ^†mart (“extension” in “durative” *‑t ‘to smooth’, ↗maraṯa (with “diffusive” *‑ṯ) ‘to crush with the fingers, ↗maraḫa (“iterative” *‑ḥ) ‘to oil, anoint, rub with ointments; to coat slightly with mud’, ^†marz (“intensive” *‑z) ‘to press slightly with the fingertips’, ↗marasa (2) (“non-finitive” *‑c) ‘to wipe’, ↗maraša (“ventive” *‑ɬ) ‘to scratch with the nails’, ↗maraʕa (“sunderative > andative” *‑ʕ) ‘to anoint abundantly’, ^†marġ (“intensive” *‑ġ) ‘to anoint with oil’ (cf. also ↗√MRĠ), ^†marq (“intensive” *‑ḳ) ‘to scratch off the wool’ (cf. also ↗√MRQ), and ^†mary (“inchoative > transitive” *‑y) ‘to stroke the udder of the camel for milking’ (cf. also ↗√MRY).
▪ Cf. also the basic value, assumed by Gabal2012 for the 2-cons. basis *MR-, of ‘to let pass (s.th., e.g., the hand), to stroke continuously or all across s.th., folding it strongly, or tightening or pressing it’ (istirsāl iṭṭirādī ʔaw iǧtiyāzī maʕa šiddaẗ ʔaṯnāʔ ʔaw ḍīq wa-ḥabs, iv:2106).
▪ For the remaining discussion, see NUTSHELL.

–

maras‑ مَرَسَ , u (mars)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

vb., I

to soak (in water), macerate – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ Lane vii 1885: ‘he macerated, steeped, soaked it (dates, medicine, bread) in water, and mashed it with the hand, he rubbed and pressed it until it became soft’.
▪ Hava1899: ‘to dilute and mash (a medicine)’.⁹

9. Also: to suck (his fingers: child); to wipe o.'s (hands) (bi‑ with). But these values seem to belong to another theme.

▪ Akk marāsu A ‘to stir into a liquid’, marsu ‘mixed, mashed’ (said of malt steeped for beer), mirsu (also mersu, mirisu) ‘a confection made of dates, oil, butter, etc.’ (CAD), Syr mras (2) ‘contudit’ (Brockelmann1895).
▪ ? Cf. also Akk marāsu B ‘to squash’ (CAD), Syr mras (1) ‘pressit’ (Brockelmann1895), ‘zerrühren’ (Zimmern1914), ‘to crush, bruise, steep’, maršā, maršətā, məraštā ‘pestle, mortar’ (PayneSmith1903). – Cf. also Ar marāsaẗ ‘strength, power, vigour’ ?
▪ ? Dozy1881-II: Ar ^†marīs ‘kind of thin bread, kneaded (yumras) together with butter and dates’³⁵ .

35. Accord. to Ibn Ḫallikān, darb al-marīs was the name of the street in Baghdad where this confection was prepared.

▪ MSA has preserved only the value ‘to soak (in water), macerate’. Little more than a century ago, however, Hava1899 still mentions also the notion of ‘mashing, rubbing, pressing’ in addition to that of ‘soaking’, i.e., the application of some kind of force, and in ClassAr both come together, cf. SemHist section (with Lane vii 1885).
▪ For Akk marāsu, CAD distinguishes a value A ‘to stir into a liquid’ and a value B ‘to squash’. The latter is said to be a loan from Aram.
▪ Information in dictionaries of Syr vary. For Syr mras, Brockelmann1895 gives both ‘to soak’ and ‘to press’ as two distinct values, while in PayneSmith1903 they are seen as one: ‘to crush, bruise, steep’. In translating Akk marāsu as ‘zerrühren’, Zimmern1914 too merges ‘soaking’ and ‘mashing’.
▪ Ar ^†marīs ‘kind of thin bread, kneaded (yumras) together with butter and dates’, mentioned by Dozy1881, is obviously akin to (or even taken from?) Akk mirsu, var. mersu, mirisu ‘a confection made of dates, oil, butter, etc.’, as given in CAD. So, here too the ‘mixing’ is combined with a kind of ‘smashing’ and the use of force.
▪ Besides mras, Syr has also mraš ‘pestle, mortar’, but this is said to be from √RŠ ‘to bray, pound, decorticate’.
▪ The question is whether the application of ‘strength, power, vigour’ (↗marāsaẗ) is etymologically dictinct from that of ‘soaking’ (and perhaps came in addition to it) or whether it was inherent in it from the beginning. In the latter case, ‘strength, power, energy, vigour’ has to be interpreted as a specialisation. And then also ↗marasaẗ ‘rope’ (as *‘the thing that is twisted strongly’) is perhaps related. For the whole picture, cf. ↗MRS.

–

► marīsaẗ, n.f., a kind of beer: could be a quasi-PP from marasa, so that the beer would be ‘(the drink made of) soaked (barley, etc.)’. But other etymologies have been suggested, see ↗s.v..

māras‑ مَارَسَ , (mirās , mumārasaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP 1393 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

vb., III

1a to exercise, pursue, practice (s.th., esp., a profession); b (intr.) to practice, have or operate a practice; c to carry on, ply (s.th., e.g., seafaring). – 2 to apply o.s. (to s.th.), go in for – WehrCowan1979.

Originally, the vb. seems to mean *‘to put an effort in, strive, struggle to achieve s.th.’ and therefore belongs complex of ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’ treated under ↗marāsaẗ.

▪ …

↗marāsaẗ, ↗MRS. Cf. also ↗tamarrasa [v2].

▪ The vb. III is probably derived from the idea of ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’, treated under ↗marāsaẗ. In ClassAr, a maris is ‘strong’ man, and from the strength or vehemence ‘in labour or exertion’ is derived the idea of being ‘experienced in affairs’, of having ‘laboured, or exerted [o.s.], in the management, or transaction, thereof’ (Lane vii 1885). From here, the step to the modern meanings of ‘to exercise, pursue an office, practice a profession’, ‘to ply (s.th.)’, and ‘to go in for s.th.’ are only natural.

–

► sahl al-mirās, adj., tractable, manageable, docile, compliant.
► šadīd al-mirās, ṣaʕb al-mirās, adj., intractable, unruly, refractory.
► ṣuʕūbaẗ al-mirās, n., intractability, unruliness, refractoriness, recalcitrance.
► ^BP#988mumārasaẗ, n.f., pursuit, exercise, practicing (of a profession); execution, implementation; practical application; pl. ‑āt, practice; experience, routine; ( eg.) negotiation, treaty: vn. III.

tamarras‑ تَمَرَّسَ , (tamarrus)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

vb., V

1 to rub o.s. (bi‑ with, against); to have trouble, be at odds (bi‑ with); to have to cope or struggle (bi‑ with s.th.). – 2 to exercise (bi‑ an office), pursue, practice (bi‑ a profession); to work (bi‑ with), be in practical contact, have actually to do (bi‑ with s.th.) – WehrCowan1979.

The two values probably belong to two different themes, treated under ↗marasaẗ ‘rope’ and ↗marāsaẗ ‘strength, power, force, energy, effort’, respectively.

▪ …

↗marasaẗ, ↗marāsaẗ, ↗MRS

▪ [v1] probably belongs to ↗marasaẗ ‘rope’. ClassAr still has the denom. vb. I ^†marisa ‘to fall from the pulley, get stuck’ (said of a rope), hence the expression ^†marisat ḥibāluhū ‘his affairs were unsettled’, which is close to the modern meanings, obviously metaphorical, ‘to be in trouble, have to cope with s.th.’. Lane vii 1885 lists as the first meaning of the vb. V ‘to be(come) strongly twisted, and adhering’. The notion of ‘strength, power, energy’ inherent in this definition brings it close to the most likely origin of [v2].
▪ [v2] is probably based on this notion of ‘strength, power, force, energy’, treated under ↗marāsaẗ. In ClassAr, a maris is ‘strong’ man, and from the strength, or vehemence, ‘in labour or exertion’ is derived the idea of being ‘experienced in affairs’, of having ‘laboured, or exerted [o.s.], in the management, or transaction, thereof’ (Lane). From here, the step to the modern meaning ‘to exercise, pursue an office, practice a profession’ is not far.

–

► tamarrus, n., practicing, practice (bi‑ of an activity, of a profession): vn. V of [v2].
► mutamarris, adj., practiced, experienced, veteran : PA V of [v2].

tamāras‑ تَمَارَسَ (tamārus)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

vb., VI

to fight, struggle, contend with each other – WehrCowan1979.

Dictionaries of ClassAr explain the vb. VI as belonging to the idea of ‘strength, power, force, effort’, treated under ↗marāsaẗ.

▪ …

↗marāsaẗ. But cf. also ↗marasaẗ and ↗MRS.

▪ For ClassAr, Lane vii 1885 specifies the meaning of vb. VI as ‘(to labour, strive, struggle, contend or conflict with each other, to prevail, overcome, gain the mastery, or effect an object:) to contend together, smiting each other, syn. taḍāraba ’. This suggests that the meaning is based on the notion of ‘strength, power, force, effort’, treated under ↗marāsaẗ, as, lit., *‘to apply force against one another’.
▪ But couldn’t it also be related to the notion of ‘getting stuck’ and ‘rubbing’ o.s. against s.th./s.o., as represented by the ClassAr vb. I ^†marisa ‘to fall from the pulley (a rope) and get stuck fast’? For this complex, cf. ↗marasaẗ ‘rope’.

–

mars مَرْس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.

game which is won by getting all the tricks – WehrCowan1979.; raffle (at play) – Hava1899

Formally, the word could be a vn. I of marasa ‘to soak and mash’. But the fact that it is found in Tu as mars (not *mers, as it should be if it was taken from an Ar mars) and that in Ott it is written with an ʔalif (mā̆rs), points to a non-Ar origin. For Redhouse, the word is Tu – but it does not look Tu at all. For BadawiHinds, it is of Pers origin – but I found neither an entry mars nor one mārs in a Pers dictionary.

▪ Tu mars : 1876 written mārs, ‘to get all the tricks in a game, to win’ (Aḥmed Vefīḳ Paşa, Luġat-ı ʕOs̱mānī). Cf. also Redhouse1890 ‘1. (at cards) A game lost with all the tricks, 2. (at backgammon) A game lost without one piece removed from the board’.

…

▪ BadawiHinds1986: from Pers mars ‘a round in backgammon in which the winner removes all his chips from the board before his opponent removes any, a gammon’. But this item is not to be found in Steingass or other dictionaries of Pers.
▪ Nişanyan (#mars, 2.9.14) sees the word as a vn. of ↗marasa ‘to soak’, in the specialized sense of ‘to sink’ (s.o.’s “ships” in a game). But this is unlikely: in Ottoman, the word is written with ʔalif, and the usual rendering of Ar mars should be *mers.
▪ Redhouse1890 identifies Ott mars (written mārs) as »T[urkish]«.

–

maris مَرِس , pl. ʔamrās

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

adj.

seasoned, practiced, experienced, veteran – WehrCowan1979.

The modern meaning seems to have evolved from an earlier value ‘strong, energetic’. The adj. therefore belongs to the complex of ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’ treated under ↗marāsaẗ and is of course related to vb. III, ↗mārasa ‘to practice’.

▪ …

↗marāsaẗ, ↗mārasa, ↗MRS. Cf. also ↗tamarrasa [v2].

In ClassAr, a maris is ‘strong’ man, and from the strength or vehemence ‘in labour or exertion’ is derived the idea of being ‘experienced in affairs’, of having ‘laboured, or exerted [o.s.], in the management, or transaction, thereof’ (Lane vii 1885). From here, the step to the modern meaning is only natural.

–

Cf.
► ^BP#1393mārasa, vb. III, to exercise, pursue, practice (s.th., esp., a profession); (intr.) to practice, have or operate a practice; to carry on, ply (s.th., e.g., seafaring); to apply o.s. (to s.th.), go in for: applicative.
► ^BP#988mumārasaẗ, n.f., pursuit, exercise, practicing (of a profession); execution, implementation; practical application; pl. ‑āt, practice; experience, routine; (eg.) negotiation, treaty: vn. III, applicative.

marasaẗ مَرَسة , pl. ʔamrās

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.f.

rope, cord, line; cable, hawser – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ PayneSmith1903: Syr maršā, maršətā, məraštā) ‘strong hempen rope’³⁶ .
▪ Brockelmann1895: Syr maršā ‘funis [rope]’, (Jensen:) Akk maḫrašu.

36. Also: ‘pestle, mortar‘. PayneSmith add that the word is from a root √RŠ, but do not say whether this, in their opinion, applies also to the value ‘rope’.

▪ Fraenkel1886 is not clear (or even contradicts himself?): on the one hand (p. 229), he says that marasaẗ ‘rope’ probably is genuinely Ar (only the later vulgar variant ^†maraš being borrowed from Syr); on the other hand (p. 93), he states that only the vb. ↗marasa is Ar while marasaẗ ‘rope’ is a loan from Syr (the variant form ^†marš being a late Aramaeism that replaced the fuṣḥà word in Syria and Iraq). Fraenkel rejects a relation between ‘rope’ and ‘to twist’ which, accord. to him, is another meaning of Ar mrs and the etymon of ↗mārasa, vb. III, ‘to fight’.
▪ Lane’s (vii 1885) comment that the rope is »so called because of the strong twisting and adhering (tamarrus) of its strands, one upon another« connects marasaẗ to the vb. I ↗marasa ^†‘to mash, press, knead’ and to the vb. V tamarrasa ‘to exercise (an office), etc.’, treated under ↗marāsaẗ ‘strength, power, vigour’.
▪ Brockelmann1895 notes that Syr maršā ‘rope’, accord. to Jensen, is from an Akk maḫrašu. But this is not verifiable in CAD, which only has markasu ‘rope, cable of a boat’ (among other values).
▪ …

–

► ^†marisa, a (maras), vb. I, to fall from the pulley (rope) [and stick fast]: denom.
► ^†ʔamrasa, vb. IV, to set right (a rope), restore (the rope) to the place in which it ran; to remove (the rope) from there: denom.
► tamarrasa, vb. V, to rub o.s. (bi‑ with, against; so also ^†ĭmtarasa, vb. VIII): denom.; to have trouble, be at odds (bi‑ with); to have to cope or struggle (bi‑ with s.th.): metaphorical use of the former. – For other meanings see ↗marāsaẗ.

marāsaẗ مَراسة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.f.

strength, power – WehrCowan1979.

It is difficult to decide whether ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’ is a value in its own right, or whether it depends either on ‘to soak (and at the same time mash, i.e., exert power on the soaked material)’ (↗marasa) or on the ‘rope’ (↗marasaẗ) that has fallen from the pulley and is now rubbing ‘vehemently’ against it, obstructing its movement.

▪ …

↗MRS, ↗marasa), perhaps also ↗marasaẗ.

▪ The notion of ‘strength, power, force, effort, energy’ is certainly one of the most basic ideas in the root √MRS, and many other items are derived from it. But is it also the primary meaning? No vb. I and no simple n. other than marāsaẗ is to be found that could help decide this question. See DISC in ↗MRS.

–

NB: None of the following items are derivations, in the proper sense, from marāsaẗ, but akin to it.
► ^BP#1393mārasa, vb. III, to exercise, pursue, practice (s.th., esp., a profession); (intr.) to practice, have or operate a practice; to carry on, ply (s.th., e.g., seafaring); to apply o.s. (to s.th.), go in for: applicative (*‘to put one’s efforts or energy into s.th.), see also ↗s.v..
► tamarrasa, vb. V, to exercise (bi‑ an office), pursue, practice (bi‑ a profession); to work (bi‑ with), be in practical contact, have actually to do (bi‑ with s.th.):… – For other meanings see ↗marasaẗ.
► tamārasa, vb. VI, to fight, struggle, contend with each other: recipr. See also ↗s.v..
maris, pl. ʔamrās, adj., seasoned, practiced, experienced, veteran: see s.v..
► mirās, n.: sahl al-~, adj., tractable, manageable, docile, compliant; šadīd al-~ or ṣaʕb al-~, adj., intractable, unruly, refractory; ṣuʕūbaẗ al-~, n., intractability, unruliness, refractoriness, recalcitrance: vn. III in ‘false ʔiḍāfaẗ’.
► ^BP#988mumārasaẗ, n.f., pursuit, exercise, practicing (of a profession); execution, implementation; practical application; pl. ‑āt, practice; experience, routine; (eg.) negotiation, treaty: vn. III, applicative.
► tamarrus, n., practicing, practice (bi of an activity, of a profession): vn. V.
► mutamarris, adj., practiced, experienced, veteran: PA V.

marīsaẗ مَرِيسَة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.f.

a kind of beer – WehrCowan1979.; date-wine – Hava1899

▪ …

…

▪ Dozy1881 thinks that the marīsaẗ type of beer, like the hot wind called marīsī, blowing from southern Egypt, take their name from Copt marēs ‘country of the south, southern region’⁶⁵ (Copt ma ‘country’ + rēs ‘south’ [cf. Eg ʕ-rs.j ‘southern province; Upper Egypt’ – ThLAeg]).
▪ Cf., however, Hava1899: ^†marīs ‘dates soaked in water or milk’, marīsaẗ ‘date-wine’.
▪ CAD: Akk marāsu A ‘to stir into a liquid’, marsu ‘mixed, mashed’ (said of malt steeped for beer).
▪ Zimmern1914:38 Akk mirsu ‘mash, purée’, marāsu ‘to stir and mash’: probably > Aram məras ‘id.’ (probably > Ar marasa ‘aufweichen’, marīs ‘date jam, mash’).
▪ …
65. Dozy1881: the upper part of Upper Egypt, until to Nubia, or the part of Nubia that is closest to Upper Egypt.

–

marīsī مَرِيسيّ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.

hot south wind (eg.⁶ ) – WehrCowan1979.
6. in the jargon of Nile boatmen) – BadawiHinds1986.

A nominalized adj., from Copt marēs (region in Upper Egypt, boardering on Nubia), lit. ‘(the wind blowing) from the marēs region’.

▪ …

…

▪ Corriente2008: (EgAr mirīsī :) (following Bishai1964) from Copt marēs ‘country of the south, southern region’⁶⁶ (ma ‘country’ + rēs ‘south’ (cf. Eg ʕ-rs.j ‘southern province; Upper Egypt’ – ThLAeg)
▪ Dozy1881 thinks that also the ↗marīsaẗ type of beer takes its name from the marēs region. But cf. s.v. for other etymologies.
66. Dozy1881: the upper part of Upper Egypt, until to Nubia, or the part of Nubia that is closest to Upper Egypt.

–

māris مارِس

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS, MāRS

n.

March – WehrCowan1979.

From Lat Mars, the god of war (Rolland2014).

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

mursiyatᵘ مُرْسِيَة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS

n.f.prop.loc.

Murcia (a city in Spain) – WehrCowan1979.

The Span name Murcia goes back to Ar mursiyaẗ, which is perhaps from Lat myrtea or murtea ‘land of myrtle’ (Lat murtus, from Grk mýrtos), or from the common Roman name Murtius, or from Lat mōrus ‘mulberry tree’ (as this tree covered the local landscape for many centuries, < Grk móron, mṓron) – en.wiki.

▪ …

…

Dictionaries of Ar often treat mursiyaẗ under √RSW, explaining it as a place of ‘anchorage’. But if this were the case, then the form, an PA IV, is difficult to explain (*‘the one that makes you anchor, causes you to stop’?). It is more probable that the Ar name is borrowed from an indigenous place name. The modern Span name, however, seems to have evolved from the Ar one.

–

mirsī , mīrsī , mersī مِرْسي ، ميرسي

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS, MRSY, MYRS, MYRSY

interj.

thank you!, merci

From Fr merci.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

marsīn مَرْسين

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRS, MRSN, RSN

n.

myrtle (myrtus; bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ Earliest attestation in Tu 1420 (in Yādigār-ı İbn-i Şerīf) – Nişanyan (08Sep2014).

…

▪ Lane vii 1885 (#MRS) reproduces the opinion held by al-Zabīdī in TA that the word is from EgAr and that the final n »perhaps… is a radical letter«.
▪ Nişanyan (08Sep2014): Tu mersin is from nGrk myrsíni, from oGrk mýrsinos, mýrsinē, from mýrtos. The Ar form looks as if it came from the same source. Accord. to Nişanyan, the Pers form murd perhaps points to a common origin of the Pers and Grk words in an Anatolian language.

▪ Kluge2002: Ge Myrte C10, from Lat murtus, myrtus, from Grk mýrtos, from a Sem source.
▪ EtymOnline: Engl myrtle c.1400, from oFr mirtile, from mLat myrtillus, dimin. of Lat mýrtus ‘myrtle tree’, from Grk mýrtos ‘the myrtle, a sprig of myrtle’, from same Sem source as Grk mýrrha – see ↗murr.

–

MRḌ مرض

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRḌ

“root”

▪ MRḌ_1 ‘to be(come) sick, fall ill; illness’ ↗mariḍa, ↗maraḍ
▪ MRḌ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be sick, to be taken ill, to nurse; affliction; pest, to be weak; to be of bad judgement; to be hypocritical, to have doubt’

▪ BAH2008 gives the variety of meanings attached to √MRḌ in ClassAr as: ‘to be sick, be taken ill; to nurse; affliction; pest, to be weak; to be of bad judgment; to be hypocritical, have doubt’.
▪ Original meaning in Sem probably ‘to feel or cause pain’, whence the values ‘to be grievous’, ‘be difficult’, and ‘to be strong’ in a number of Sem languages (↗mariḍa).

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mariḍ‑ مَرِضَ a (maraḍ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRḌ

vb., I

to be or become sick; to fall ill, be taken ill – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Fronzaroli reconstructed protSem *mariḍ‑ ‘ill, ailing’ (adj.), Kogan2011 has the more general protSem *√MRŚ ‘to be ill’.
▪ Original meaning probably ‘to feel or cause pain’, whence the values ‘to be grievous’, ‘be difficult’, and ‘to be strong’ in a number of Sem languages.

▪ eC7 (mariḍa, to become ill) Q 26:80 wa-ʔiḏā mariḍtu fa-huwa yašfī-nī ‘and if I fall sich He heals me’; (maraḍ, illness, sickness, disease) Q 33:60 wa-’llaḏīna fī qulūbi-him maraḍun ‘and those in whose hearts is a sickness, those who harbour ill feelings’; (marīḍ, ill, sick, infirm) 73:20 ʕalima ʔan sa-yakūnu min-kum marḍà ‘He knows that some of you will be sick’

▪ Fronzaroli #2.12: Akk mariṣ, Ug mrṣ ‘ill, ailing’, Hbr nimrāṣ ‘ailing’, Syr marʕā, Ar marīḍ ‘ill, ailing’, Ar mariḍa ‘to be sick, ill’, SAr mrḍ ‘ill, ailing’.
▪ Zammit2002: Akk marāṣu ‘to be ill, be suffering’, Ug mrṣ ‘to be sick’, Hbr māraṣ ‘to be sick’, Aram Syr mᵉraʕ ‘to be/ fall sick’ (OAram mrq ‘illness’), Ar mariḍa ‘to be ill’, SAr mrḍ ‘to suffer a sickness’.
▪ Kogan2011: Akk marāṣu, Ug mrṣ, Syr mraʕ, Ar mrḍ, Sab mrṣ́, Mhr mərēź, Jib mírẓ́.
▪ CAD: marāṣu ‘1 to fall ill, have a disease, (stat.) to be diseased; 2 to be concerned, be cause for annoyance, become troublesome, difficult, (stat.) be difficult, in difficulty, troublesome; 3 (with eli, ina muḫḫi, ana, or dat.) to become displeasing, troublesome’. – Cf. also marrāṣu (adj.) ‘sickly’, marṣiš (adv.) ‘bitterly, with difficulty, with pain’,marṣu, f. mariṣtu (adj.) ‘1 sick, diseased; 2 difficult, inaccessible, impregnable, severe, grievous, bitter’,maruṣtu (var. of maruštu, n.f.) ‘1 trouble, hardship, difficulty; 2 left side’, murṣu ‘illness’, namraṣiš (adv.) ‘with difficulty’, namrāṣu ‘difficulty, hardship, trouble’.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1475: Akk √MRṢ ‘to fall ill, have a disease’, Ug √MRṢ ‘to be sick’, mrṣ ‘illness’, JA √MRʕ (pfv mᵉraʕ) ‘to be ill; to fall sick, be(come) weak’, mᵉraʕ ‘sick, suffering’, Syr mraʕ ‘to fall ill, become sick’, BiblHbr nimrāṣ ‘sore, grievous’ (< ‘made sick’), Ar mariḍa ‘to be diseased, ill’, Sab √MRṢ́ ‘to suffer from disease’, Mhr mērɜṣ́/ẓ́ ‘to be ill’, Jib mirṣ́/ẓ́, Ḥrs mēreź ‘to be unwell, be ill’, Soq √mrṣ́, Śḥr (Š-stem) hemrōṣ́ ‘to heal’. – Outside Sem: perhaps Eg mr ‘illness’³⁷ and IE *mer‑ ‘to die’³⁸ (uncertain).

37. ThesLingAeg: mr (vb.) ‘to cause pain; to be ill; to suffer’, (adj.) ‘ill; painful’, (n.) ‘sick person’, (n.) ‘illness, disease; pain, ailment’. 38. Cf. Lat mor-ire ‘to die’, mor-s ‘death’, mor-talis ‘subject to death, mortal, human’ > Engl mortal etc.

▪ Since it is difficult to decide what was first – the vb. ‘to be sick, ill’, the n. ‘sickness, illness’, or the adj. ‘sick, ill’, all are treated here under the vb.
▪ Klein1987: »The orig[inal] meaning of this base prob[ably] was ‘to feel or cause pain’, whence arose the meanings ‘to be grievous’, ‘be difficult’, and ‘to be strong’«. Klein is probably right, cf. the Akk case where the values attached to the root vary between ‘illness, sickness, disease’ (primary value in the vb. marāṣu, the adj. marṣu, etc.) and ‘difficulty, hardship’ (primary value in the n.s maruṣtu and namrāṣu as well as the adv.s marṣiš and namraṣiš).
▪ Fronzaroli #2.12 reconstructs Sem *mariḍ‑ ‘ill, ailing’.
▪ Kogan2011 reconstructs Sem *mrś ‘to be ill’, adding that the Sem word is only scarcely attested in Hbr (replaced there by ḥly with no certain etymology) and that it is missing from EthSem (replaced by reflexes of Sem *ḥmm ‘to be hot’⁶⁷ ).
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1475: Sem *√MRṢ́ ‘to be(come) sick, fall ill’, ? from Nostr *m˹ä˺R˻˅˼ć̣˅ ‘to be ill, be wounded’ (if Eg and IE are genuine cognates).

67. Cf. Ar ↗ḥummà ‘fever’.

–

► marraḍa, vb. II, to make ill or sick: caus.; to nurse, tend (a sick person): denom. (from maraḍ or marīḍ).
► ʔamraḍa, vb. IV, to make ill or sick (s.o.): caus.
► tamarraḍa, vb. V, to be infirm, ailing, sickly, weak: tD-stem, refl./ingress.
► tamāraḍa, vb. VI, to feign illness, malinger: tL-stem (‘to act as if…’).
► ^BP#452maraḍ, pl. ʔamrāḍ, n., disease, malady, ailment; illness, sickness: vn. I (perhaps the etymon proper) | ~ al-bayāḍ al-daqīqī, n., mildew; ~ ʕaṣabī, n., nervous disease, neuropathy; ~ ʕaqlī, n., mental disease; ~ faḥmī, n., blight, blast (of grain); ~ firanǧī, n., syphilis; ~ muʕdin, n., contagious disease; ʔamrāḍ bāṭiniyyaẗ, n.pl., internal diseases; ʔamrāḍ sirriyyaẗ, n.pl., venereal diseases; ʔamrāḍ ṣadriyyaẗ, n.pl., diseases of the chest, pulmonary diseases; ʔamrāḍ al-manāṭiq al-ḥārraẗ, n.pl., tropical deseases.
► murḍin, det. murḍī : ↗raḍiya..
► ^BP#3933maraḍī, adj., relating to disease, morbid, pathological, patho- (in compounds): nsb-adj., from maraḍ.
► ^BP#822marīḍ, pl. marḍà, marāḍà, adj., sick, ill, ailing; diseased; unwell, indisposed: quasi-PP I; n., sick person, patient: nominalized adj. | ~ nafsī, n., psychopath.
► mimrāḍ, adj., sickly, in poor health, ailing:…
► tamrīḍ, n., sick-nursing: vn. II, denom.
► ^BP#4716mumarriḍ, n., (male) sick nurse, hospital attendant; ambulance man, first-aid man; doctor’s assistant: nominalized PA II, denom.
► mumarriḍaẗ, n.f., sick nurse, nurse (f.): f. of previous.
► mutamarriḍ, adj., sickly, in poor health, ailing: PA V.

maraḍ مَرَض , pl. ʔamrāḍ

ID 815 • Sw – • BP 452 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRḌ

n.

disease, malady, ailment; illness, sickness – WehrCowan1979.

vn. I of ↗mariḍa. (The n. is perhaps the etymon proper, but since it may also have been the vb. or the adj. it is treated here under the vb.)

↗mariḍa

–

► maraḍ al-bayāḍ al-daqīqī, n., mildew.
► maraḍ ʕaṣabī, n., nervous disease, neuropathy.
► maraḍ ʕaqlī, n., mental disease.
► maraḍ faḥmī, n., blight, blast (of grain).
► maraḍ firanǧī, n., syphilis.
► maraḍ muʕdin, n., contagious disease.
► ʔamrāḍ bāṭiniyyaẗ, n.pl., internal diseases.
► ʔamrāḍ sirriyyaẗ, n.pl., venereal diseases.
► ʔamrāḍ ṣadriyyaẗ, n.pl., diseases of the chest, pulmonary diseases.
► ʔamrāḍ al-manāṭiq al-ḥārraẗ, n.pl., tropical deseases.
For other items, cf. ↗mariḍa.

MRṬB مرطب

ID 816 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRṬB

“root”

▪ MRṬB_1 ‘jar made of glass or pottery with lid’ ↗ marṭabān .

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

marṭabān مَرْطَبان , var. martabān , baṭramān , ↗barṭamān , pl. ‑āt

ID 817 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRṬB

n.

(syr.) jar made of glass or pottery with a lid for preserving fruit, pickles, marmelade, etc.; (EgAr) = ↗barṭamān – WehrCowan1979.

After Martaban (Mottama), now a village, in the Middle Ages a city in Southern Burma from which a kind of precious vessel with lid was imported. From the fact that in Pers, into which the word passed from Ar, martabān means ‘a vessel of the finest porcelain which poison cannot penetrate’ (Steingass) it can be inferred that the reason for the vessel’s fame and market value was the high quality of the material which made the vessel walls impermeable/impenetrable.
According to some (e.g., Kluge, Vennemann), Ar marṭabān is the etymon of European words for marzipan/marchpane, the semantic link being little boxes called marzapane in which the delicious sweet was packed in Venice for shipping. The name of the receptable then was transferred to its favourite contents.

1881 Dozy ‘(dans les dict. pers. aussi martabān) [▪ …] vase de porcelaine dans lequel on serre des médicaments, des confitures, des épices ou de l’encre’, taken from al-Bustānī’s Muḥīṭ al-muḥīṭ, where it is arranged under the root RṬB and classified as a ʕāmmiyya word.
1887 Wahrmund ‘glasiertes Gefäß’.

▪ …
▪ …

According to Vennemann2006 (and Kluge2002), the ‘receptacle made of porcelain for keeping medicine, confiture, spices, or ink’ was named after Martaban (Mottama), now a village, in the Middle Ages a city in Southern Burma, where this kind of jars were produced and from where they were imported, among other regions, into the Arab World, obviously on account of the impermeability of this type of high quality pottery.
▪ Unrelated to √RṬB or √RTB.

▪ It seems not unlikely that marṭabān is the etymon of the Eur words for marzipan/marchpane (Kluge2002, Vennemann2006). From Ar, the word seems to have passed into Italian by way of trading, and by the turn of C13 to C14, marzapane appears in Venetia as a term for a little box that was used as a container of marchpane, esp. for export (cf. also Sicilian marzapani and Calabrian marzapane ‘wooden box, band-box’). In C14 the term for the box was transferred to its contents, and with the latter then made its way into the rest of Europe. In Ge, e.g., the word is attested from eC16 (EtDUD). – For another etymology of marzipan / marchpane see ↗waṯaba.

–

MRQ مرق

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRQ

“root”

▪ MRQ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MRQ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

maraq مَرَق

ID 818 • Sw – • BP 6823 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MRQ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protWSem *maraḳ‑ ‘broth’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

-

►

MRW مرو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MRW

“root”

▪ MRW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hard, white stone from which blades are made, flint; barren land; type of fragrant tree’

▪ …

–

.

–

MRY مري

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MRY

“root”

▪ MRY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MRY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to rub the udder of a she-camel before milking, (of a she-camel) to give plenty of milk; to cause blood to flow, bring forth; to bring out all arguments in a dispute, wrangle, oppose, doubt; to be bright; white antelope, the sweat of a running horse’

▪ …

–

.

–

MRYM مريم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MRYM

“root”

▪ MRYM_1 ‘Maria’ ↗Maryam
▪ MRYM_ ‘...’ ↗...
▪ [v1] ↗Maryam

▪ …

–

.

–

Maryamᵘ مَرْيَمُ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MRYM, RWM, MRY

n.pr.f.

Maria

▪ »Some philologists suggest an Ar root for this name (↗RWM), but under the root ↗MRY the possibly related proper name Māriyaẗᵘ or Māriyyaẗᵘ is classified and connected with the senses of ‘being bright’ and ‘white antelope’. However, many other philologists recognise the name as a borrowing from Hbr into Ar« – BAH2008.

▪ ...

▪ Jeffery1938: »The name refers always to the mother of Jesus, though in xix, 29; iii, 31; lxvi, 12, she is confused with Miriam, the sister of Moses and Aaron. / Some of the philologers took the name to be Arabic, a form maFʕaL from rāma, meaning ‘to depart from a place’.⁶⁸ Some, however, noted it as a foreign word,⁶⁹ and Bayḍ. on iii, 31, goes as far as to say that it is Hbr. Undoubtedly it does go back to the Hbr Miryām but the vowelling of the Ar Maryam would point to its having come from a Chr source rather than directly from the Hbr. The Grk Maríam, Syr Maryam, Eth [Gz] Māryām are equally possible sources, but the probabilities are in favour of its having come from the Syr.⁷⁰ There seems no evidence for the occurrence of this form in pre-Islamic times,⁷¹ though the form Māriy(y)aẗ, the name of the Coptic slave girl sent from Egypt to Muḥammad,⁷² is found in a verse of al-Ḥāriṯ b. Ḥilliẓa, iii, 10 (ed. Krenkow, Beirut, 1922).«
68. Jawharī, sub voc., LA, xv, 152. 69. al-Jawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 140; TA, viii, 132; al-K̮afāǧī, 183. 70. Mingana, Syriac Influence, 82. 71. See the discussion in Horovitz, KU, 138-140; JPN, 154. 72. Ibn Hishām, 121; Usd al-Ġāba, v, 543, 544, and see Caetani, Annali, iii, 828.

▪ ...

–

MZǦ مزج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MZǦ

“root”

▪ MZǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to mix, mixture, substance for mixing with other things; to ripen; person prone to change, temperament’

▪ …

–

.

–

mazāǧ مَزاج

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 3662 • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√MZǦ

n.

.

▪ …

.

MZḤ مزح

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MZḤ

“root”

▪ MZḤ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MZḤ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mazaḥ‑ مَزَحَ

ID 819 • Sw – • BP 5427 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MZḤ

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MZQ مزق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MZQ

“root”

▪ MZQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to tear up, rip apart, shred, pierce, be tattered; to scatter, disperse’

▪ …

–

.

–

MZN مزن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MZN

“root”

▪ MZN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MZN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘rain clouds; to go about one’s business in haste, run away from an enemy, be far away; to act pleasantly’

▪ …

–

.

–

MSː (MSS) مسّ/مسس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√ MSː (MSS)

“root”

▪ MSː (MSS)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSː (MSS)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSː (MSS)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to touch, feel; to cohabit; to hit, befall, harm, afflict, slight madness, slight fever; to be mean, be extreme; thirst-quenching water, verdant pasture; antidote’

▪ From protSem *√MŠŠ ‘to feel, grope for, touch’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl massage, masseur, from Ar ↗massa ‘to touch’ (or ↗masaḥa ‘to anoint, stroke, rub’).

–

MSḤ مسح

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSḤ

“root”

▪ MSḤ_1 ‘to anoint’ ↗masaḥa, ‘Messias’ ↗masīḥ, ‘Christendom’ ↗masīḥiyyaẗ
▪ MSḤ_2 ‘crocodile’ ↗timsāḥ (√TMSḤ)
▪ MSḤ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wipe off, to caress; to anoint; to shake hands over a deal; flat barren land; to deceive by insincere words, insincere person, a lie; to travel in the land; to cut off, to smite’. – Some philologists classify al-Masīḥ under this root, while others recognise it as a borrowing from Hbr.

▪ MSḤ_1 : From protSem *√MŠḤ ‘to anoint’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ MSḤ_2 : From Eg msḥ, mzḥ (LE) ‘crocodile’
▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Messiah ↗masīḥ); massage, masseur ↗masaḥa (or ↗massa).

–

masīḥ مَسِيح , pl. musaḥāʔᵘ , ‎‎masḥà

ID 820 • Sw – • BP 3223 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSḤ

¹adj.; ²n.

anointed; wiped, clean, smooth; al-M. the ‎Messiah, Christ – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Jeffery1938: »It is used only as a title of Jesus, and only in late ‎passages when Muḥammad’s knowledge of the teachings of the People of the Book is much ‎advanced. – The Muslim authorities usually take it as an Ar word from masaḥa ‘to wipe’ ‎‎(Ṭab. on iii, 20). Others said it was from masaḥa ‘to smear’ or ‘anoint’ (Rāghib, Mufradāt, 484), ‎others derived it from sāḥa ‘to travel’ (LA, iii, 431), and some, like Zam. and Bayḍ., rejected ‎these theories and admitted that it was a borrowed word. – Those Muslim philologers who noted it ‎as foreign, claimed that it was Hbr, and this has been accepted by many Western ‎scholars,⁷³ though such a derivation is extremely unlikely. Hirschfeld, Beiträge, 89, would ‎derive it from Aram ‎MŠYḤā, which is possible, though as it is used in early Ar particularly with ‎regard to Jesus, we are safer in holding with Fraenkel, Vocab, 24,⁷⁴ that it is from Syr məšīḥā especially as this is the source of the Arm mesiay ⁷⁵ ; Eth [Gz] masīḥ ⁷⁶ ; the Manichaean mšiχa ‎of the “köktürkisch" fragments⁷⁷ ; the Pazend mashyâê; Phlv ??? (Shikand, Glossary, ‎‎258), and the Manichaean Soghdian mšyh (Henning, Manichäisches Beichtbuch, 142). – The ‎word was well known in both N and SArabia in pre-Islamic times.⁷⁸ «
▪ EALL (Retsö, “Aramaic/Syriac Loanwords”⁷⁹ ): loaned from Syr mšīḥā ‘‎Christ’
▪ Cf. also √MSḤ.
73. Sayous, Jesus Christ d’après Mahomet (Paris, 1880), p. 21; Pautz, Offenbarung, ‎‎193, n. 3. 74. So Lagarde, Übersicht, 94 ‎‎; Margoliouth, Chrestomathia Baidawiana, 163; Cheikho, Naṣrāniyya, 186; Mingana, Syriac ‎Influence, 85. 75. This, however, may be direct from the Grk; cf. Hübschmann, Arm. Gramm, i, ‎‎364. 76. Nöldeke, Neue Beiträge, 34. 77. Le Coq in SBAW, Berlin, 1909, p. 1204; Salemann, Manichaeische Studien, i, 97. 78. Horovitz, KU, 129, 130; ‎Ryckmans, Nom propres, i, 19; Rossini, Glossarium, 179. 79. following Jeffrey 1938.

▪ The English Messiah c.1300 is not from Ar masīḥ but goes back, via the older form messias, from lLat messíās and Grk messías, to the same Aram mešīḥā and Hbr māšīᵃḥ ‘the anointed’ (of the Lord) from which also the Ar word is borrowed. “This is the word rendered in Septuagint as Grk χrīstós (see Christ). In Old Testament prophetic writing, it was used of an expected deliverer of the Jewish nation. The modern English form represents an attempt to make the word look more Hbr, and dates from the Geneva Bible (1560). Transferred sense of ‘an expected liberator or savior of a captive people’ is attested from 1660 s” – EtymOnline.

► massaḥa, vb. II, to Christianize: denominative. – For other ‎meanings ↗√masaḥa.
► ^BP#1561masīḥī, adj., Christian: nsb-adj from the noun.
► ^BP#4550al-masīḥiyyaẗ, n.f., Christendom: n.abstr. in -iyyaẗ from al-masīḥ.

masīḥī مَسِيحِيّ , pl. ‑ūn

ID 821 • Sw – • BP 1561 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSḤ

¹adj.; ²n.

Christian, Messianic; (pl. ‑ūn) a Christian – WehrCowan1979.

Nisba formation from ↗masīḥ.

▪ …

–

Nisba formation from ↗masīḥ ‘the Messiah, Christ’.

–

► masīḥiyyaẗ, n.f., Christendom; Christianity, the Christian faith : abstract formation in ‑iyyaẗ

masīḥiyyaẗ مَسِيحِيَّة

ID 822 • Sw – • BP 4550 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSḤ

n.f.

Christendom; Christianity, the Christian faith – WehrCowan1979.

Abstract formation in iyyaẗ, from ↗masīḥī ‘Christian, a Christian’ (from ↗al-masīḥ ‘the Messiah, Christ’)

▪ …

–

Abstract formation from ↗masīḥī ‘Christian, a Christian’ (from ↗al-masīḥ ‘the Messiah, Christ’)

–

►

MSḪ مسخ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MSḪ

“root”

▪ MSḪ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSḪ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSḪ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to distort, transmute, transform into an ugly shape or ugly character, disfigure; tasteless food, a plain person; to wear an animal thin by too much work’

▪ …

–

.

–

MSD مسد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MSD

“root”

▪ MSD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MSD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘palm tree fibres, rope, twisted from palm tree leaves or fibres, rope, made of wool or from animal hides, to twist very tightly; good figure; to persist in travelling by night’

▪ …

–

.

–

MSK مسك

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSK

“root”

▪ MSK_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MSK_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hide (originally that of young sheep); bracelet, anklet; a catch, to hold, to seize, to firmly adhere to, to be guided by; to be holding together; brain; to stop doing; to be miserly; deposit; to be impregnable; water reservoir; musk; to scent’. – Although classified under this root, misk is recognised by many philologists as an early borrowing from Pers.

▪ …
▪ …
▪ …
▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *mašk‑, the only widespread term for ‘skin’ in Sem. – For the less widespread synonym, protWSem *gild‑, cf. Ar ↗ǧild.
▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

misk مِسْك

ID 823 • Sw – • BP 4559 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 20Apr2023
√MSK

n.

musk – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Cheung2017rev: prob. a direct borrowing from (e)nPers mišk, var. of mušk ‘musk’. For details, see below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MSKN مسكن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSKN

“root”

▪ MSKN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MSKN_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

miskīn مِسْكِين

ID 824 • Sw – • BP 1828 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSKN

adj.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MSW مسو

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSW

“root”

▪ MSW_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MSW_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008, s.r., MSw/y): ‘evening, to enter the evening time; to clear the uterus of a she-ʕamel by hand; to help s.o.; hardship; middle of the road’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

masāʔ مَساء

ID 825 • Sw – • BP 642 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MSW

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *mušy(‑at)‑ ‘evening’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MŠǦ مشج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MŠǦ

“root”

▪ MŠǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MŠǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MŠǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘mixture of two colours, mixture of red and white, mixture of two things, mix, to mingle, a mixture’

▪ …

–

.

–

MŠY مشي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MŠY

“root”

▪ MŠY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MŠY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to walk, to go, to proceed; to increase, to prosper, to multiply; to backbite, to spread slanderous rumours; cattle’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mašà / mašay‑ مَشَى / مَشَيْـ

ID 826 • Sw 65/178 • BP 1248 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MŠY

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MṢR مصر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṢR

“root”

▪ MṢR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MṢR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to milk with the tips of the fingers; to separate; to give sparsely; place where horses are trained; boundaries, city, to urbanise; Egypt; reddish clay; intestines’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

miṣrī مِصْرِيّ

ID 827 • Sw – • BP 381 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṢR

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MḌĠ مضغ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MḌĠ

“root”

▪ MḌĠ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḌĠ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MḌĠ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘small mound; small piece of meat, morsel, mouthful, to chew; molars, jaws’

▪ …

–

.

–

MḌY مضي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MḌY

“root”

▪ MḌY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MḌY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to go, to leave, to pass; to continue, to go by; to execute a task; to expire, to die; to be sharp; to come to pass; to complete a deal’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

maḍà / maḍay‑ مَضَى / مَضَيْـ

ID 829 • Sw – • BP 908 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MḌY

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

māḍiⁿ , det. ‑ī ماضٍ

ID 828 • Sw – • BP 203 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MḌY

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MṬR مطر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṬR

“root”

▪ MṬR_1 ‘rain’ ↗maṭar
▪ MṬR_2 ‘to run swiftly (horse), speed away’: see maṭara s.v. ↗maṭar
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘rain, to rain, to hail; to pray for rain; to expose o.s. to the elements; to be steady in one’s views, habit, custom; to seek assistance’

For etymology of MṬR_1 ‘rain’ cf. ↗maṭar.

–

For cognates of MṬR_1 ‘rain’ cf. ↗maṭar.

MṬR_2 is explained by Arab lexicographers as a fig. extension of MṬR_1: »marra ’l-farasu yamṭuru, vn. maṭr and muṭūr, and yatamaṭṭaru [vb. V] ‘The horse passed, or went, running vehemently, like the pouring of rain ’« (Lane 7-1885; my italics, SG). The vn.s however suggest that it may be an etymon in its own right.

–

maṭar مَطَر , pl. ʔamṭār

ID 830 • Sw 76/115 • BP 1468 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MṬR

n.

rain – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: ProtSem *ḏ˅n˅m‑ (or *ḏ˅n˅n‑), which was prob. the main Sem term for ‘rain’, has left no trace in Ar. Like in other Sem langs, the term was replaced in the CSem area by protCSem *maṭar‑ ‘rain’.
▪ … perh. < AfrAs *maṭar‑ ‘water’ (Orel/Stolbova 1994).

▪ …

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1747: Akk miṭirtu ‘streaming water’; Ug mṭr, Hbr māṭār, Syr meṭrā ‘rain’. – Outside Sem: Eg mtr ‘water’ (Amarna).
▪ Kogan2011: Ug mṭr, Hbr māṭār, Syr meṭrā ‘rain’; Sab Min mṭr ‘rain-watered field’. »Akk miṭirtu ³⁹ appears more problematic.«⁴⁰
▪ ? For outside Sem cf. also the Berb forms given by Bennett1998: 228: Jebel Nafusa anẓar, Ghadamsi anaẓar, Wargla amẓar, Ayt Seghrouchen and Shilḥa anẓaṛ ‘rain’.
39. A type of field or orchard, characterized by a special irrigation system; a type of canal or ditch; cf. also miṭru a small canal or ditch – CAD. 40. CAD has also miṭar ‘field irrigated by rain’, but this is thought to be a »WSem word«.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1747: Sem *maṭar‑ ‘rain; water’, from AfrAs *maṭar‑ ‘water’.
▪ Kogan2011: Sem *maṭar‑ ‘rain’.
▪ The Berb forms given by Bennett1998 seem to be loans from the Ar pl., ʔamṭār.

–

► maḥaṭṭaẗ li-raṣd al-ʔamṭār, n., pluviometrical station
► maṭara, u, vb. I, 1. a to rain (maṭarat il-samāʔ it rained); to shower with rain (of the sky); to pour out, shower, douse (s.o. bi‑ with): denominative; b. to do, render (bi-ḫayr a good turn, a favour): fig. use of [1a]; 2. to run swiftly (horse), speed away: explained by Arab lexicographers as a fig. extension of [1a]: »marra ’l-farasu yamṭuru, vn. maṭr and muṭūr, and yatamaṭṭaru [vb. V] ‘The horse passed, or went, running vehemently, like the pouring of rain’« (Lane vii-1885; my italics, SG).
► ʔamṭara, vb. IV, 1 to rain (of the sky): denom.; 2 to cause to rain; to shower (s.o.), heap (s.th. upon s.o.): caus. of I.
► ĭstamṭara, vb. X, to ask for rain; to ask s.o. a favour; to wish (for s.th.), desire (s.th.); to invoke, call down (s.th. ʕalà upon s.o.): Št-stem, autobenefactive.
► maṭraẗ, var. maṭaraẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., downpour, rain shower: n.un.
► maṭir and maṭīr, adj., rainy, abounding in rain: adj. formation.
► mimṭar and mimṭaraẗ, pl. mamāṭirᵘ, n., raincoat: n.instr.
► māṭir, adj., rainy, abounding in rain: lexicalized PA I.
► mumṭir, adj., rainy, abounding in rain: PA IV.

MʕD معد

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MʕD

“root”

▪ MʕD_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MʕD_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

miʕdaẗ مِعْدَة , var. maʕidaẗ

ID 831 • Sw – • BP 3629 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MʕD

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MʕZ معز

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MʕZ

“root”

▪ MʕZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘goats; rocky, hard, difficult land; a tough person, person with good judgement; to be miserly’

▪ …

–

.

–

MʕN معن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MʕN

“root”

▪ MʕN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕN_3 ‘help’ ↗māʕūn (see alphabetically)
▪ MʕN_4 ‘fountain, clear flowing water’ ↗maʕīn (arranged s.r. ↗√ʕYN)
▪ MʕN_ ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘water channels in the bottom of a valley, sweet, running water, utensils; to devote one’s efforts to; obedience, to confess; assistance; property; settled dwelling’.

▪ BAH2008: »The two words māʕūn and maʕīn are variously derived from either this root or the root ↗ʕYN. They are also considered by some to have been borrowed in pre-Islamic times from Hbr.«

–

.

–

MʕY معي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MʕY

“root”

▪ MʕY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MʕY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘intestine; soft ripening date, soft food; (of troubles or disturbance) to spread out’

▪ …

–

.

–

MFW مفو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MFW

“root”

▪ MFW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MFW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MFW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to go fast; to open one’s eyes; limbs, to stretch one’s limbs; to swagger; back of an animal, to mount, riding animals’

▪ …

–

.

–

MQT مقت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MQT

“root”

▪ MQT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MQT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MQT_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘guardian; to detest, loathe, abhor, hatred, detestation; marrying the widow or divorcee of one’s father (in pre-Islamic times)’

▪ …

–

.

–

MKː (MKK) مكّ/مكك

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√ MKː (MKK)

“root”

▪ MKː (MKK)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKː (MKK)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKː (MKK)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to suck the mother’s milk dry, chew on hard bones; crowdedness; to press a debtor for a debt; dry measure, drinking goblet; to chirp’

▪ …

–

.

–

MKṮ مكث

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MKṮ

“root”

▪ MKṮ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKṮ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKṮ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to remain, wait, bide one’s time, await the outcome; to be self-restrained, be calm’

▪ …

–

.

–

MKR مكر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MKR

“root”

▪ MKR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘plotting, conniving, cunning, to deceive; to irrigate hard, dry land, (of trees) to be of strong, straight stem’

▪ …

–

.

–

MKN مكن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MKN

“root”

▪ MKN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘lizard and locust eggs; bird’s nest; to be exalted in position; to be calm; to be firmly established, consolidate, gain influence; to become possible’

▪ …

–

.

–

MKW مكو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MKW

“root”

▪ MKW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MKW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to whistle, a certain bird with a long whistling sound; buttocks; animal furrows, to wash, (of a horse) to sweat’

▪ …

–

.

–

MLː (MLL) ملّ / ملل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLː (MLL)

“root”

▪ MLː (MLL)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MLː (MLL)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hot ashes, heat of the fire, food cooked in hot ashes; to become bored, to be restless, to loathe; to dictate, to sketch; creed, religion, faith’. – It has been suggested that millaẗ is perhaps a borrowing from Aram.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

millaẗ مِلّة

ID 832 • Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLː (MLL)

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

►

mullā مُلّا

ID 833 • Sw – • BP 4798 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLĀ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

…

►

MLʔ ملأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLʔ

“root”

▪ MLʔ_1 ‘to be(come) filled, full, replete; to fill’ ↗maliʔa / malaʔa
▪ MLʔ_2 ‘to help, assist, support; to make common cause, join forces ’ ↗mālaʔa
▪ MLʔ_3 ‘crowd, gathering; audience; council of elders’ ↗malaʔ
▪ MLʔ_4 ‘wrap worn by Egyptian women; bed sheet’ ↗mulāʔaẗ ~ milāyaẗ
▪ MLʔ_5 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to fill up, capacity, surfeit; to be rich; leaders, notables; groups of people; pleasing sight; to back up; to connive, to gang up on s.o.; good character; outer garments’

▪ MLʔ_1 (Kogan2015 Sw#32:) from protSem *mlʔ ‘full’ (CDG 342). Passim througout Sem.
▪ MLʔ_2 …
▪ MLʔ_3 …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

(1) malaʔ‑ ملأ , a (malʔ, malʔaẗ, milʔaẗ)
and
(2) maliʔ‑ مَلِئَ , a

ID … • Sw – • BP 2067 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLʔ

vb., I

(1) 1 to fill, fill up (bi‑ or min or ‑h s.tb. with); 2 to fill out (a form, a blank); 3 to take up, fill, occupy (space); 4 to fill (a vacancy)
(2) to be or become filled, filled up, full, replete – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#32): from protSem *mlʔ ‘full’ (CDG 342). Passim througout Sem.
▪ …
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘full’) Akk malū, Hbr mālē, Syr mlē, Gz (vb. mlʔ – (a)).

…

►malaʔa ’l‑dahrᵃ, expr., his (its) fame spread far and wide
►malaʔa ’l‑sāʕaẗᵃ, expr., to wind up a watch or clock
►malaʔa šidqayhi bi’l‑hawà, expr., to puff one’s cheeks
►malaʔa ’l‑ʕaynᵃ, expr.,) to satisfy completely; please
►malaʔa ’l‑faḍāʔᵃ bi’l‑šakwà, expr., to fill the air with complaints, voice loud laments
►malaʔa fāhu bi‑, expr., to talk big about…, shoot off one’s mouth about…
►mālaʔa, vb. III, 1 to help, assist, support, back up (s.o. ʕalà in), side; 2 to make common cause, join forces (ʕalà with s.o. against): L-stem, assoc., orig. prob. in the sense of *‘to complement s.o., make s.o. more complete (by joining and assisting him)’.
►ʔamlaʔa, vb. IV, to fill (s.th., also a vacancy): *Š-stem, caus. of intr. vb. I., denom. of malīʔ
►tamallaʔa, vb. V, to fill, become full; to be filled (‑h or bi‑ with), be full (of): Dt-stem, intr.
►^BP#4096ĭmtalaʔa, vb. VIII, to fill, become full; to be filled (glass; pass.); to be filled (min, bi‑ with s.th., ‑h also with a feeling), be full (of); to fill, fill up; to imbue, fill (‑h s.o., ‑h with a feeling): Gt-stem, autobenef.
►malʔ, n., filling (also, e.g., of vacancies); filling out.
►^BP#3644milʔ, pl. ʔamlāʔ, filling, quantity which fills s.th., fill; quantity contained in s.th. | milʔu ʔihābihī ’l‑kibriyāʔu, expr., he is all pride and arrogance; milʔu baṭnih, n., as much as one can eat, one’s fill; milʔu qadaḥin, n., a cupful; milʔ al‑yad, n., a handful; milʔ kisāʔih, n., corpulent fat; bi‑milʔi ’l‑fam, adv., in a loud voice; bi‑milʔi fīhi, adv., with a ring of deep conviction (with verbs like ‘say’, ‘declare’, ‘exclaim’, etc.); loudly, at the top of one’s voice or one’s lungs (with verbs like ‘shout’, ‘cry’, etc.); ḍaḥika bi‑milʔi (or milʔa) šidqayhi, vb., to grin from ear to ear; qāla bi‑ṣawtin milʔuhū ’l‑šafaqaẗ, expr., he said in a voice full of mercy; lī milʔu ’l‑ḥurriyyaẗ fī…, expr., I have complete freedom to…, I am completely at liberty to…; waqafa mawqifan milʔuhū ’l‑ḥazm, expr., he assumed a posture that was all determination; ʔanti milʔu ḥayātī, expr., you are all my life; yanāmu milʔa ǧafnayhi, expr., he is sound asleep, he sleeps the sleep of the just.
►^BP#4733malaʔ, pl. ʔamlāʔ, n., 1 crowd, gathering, assembly, congregation; 2a audience; 2b (general) public; 3 council of elders, notables, grandees | ʕalà ’l‑malaʔ, adv., publicly, in public; ʕalà malaʔ al‑ʕālam, adv., for everyone to see, before all the world; al‑malaʔ al‑ʔaʕlà, n., the heavenly host, the angels.
►mulāʔaẗ, dial. var. milāyaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., 1 wrap worn by Egyptian women; 2 sheet, bed sheet: related to malaʔa ‘to fill’ (*“to cover fully’?) or etymologically from another source?
►^BP#2606malīʔ, adj., full (bi‑ of), 1 filled, replete (bi‑ with); 2a bulging, swelling (bi‑ with); plump; 2b stout, fat, corpulent, obese; 3 rich, abounding (bi‑ in); 4 well‑to‑do, wealthy; 5 solvent | malīʔ al‑badan, adj., stout, fat, corpulent
►malʔān, f. malʔà or malʔānaẗ, pl. milāʔ, adj., 1 full, filled, replete; 2 plump, fat: ints.adj.
►mumālaʔaẗ, n.f., 1 partiality, bias; 2 collaboration (pol.): vn. III.
►ʔimlāʔ, n., filling (also, e.g., of a vacancy): vn. IV.
►ĭmtilāʔ, n., 1 repletion, fullness; 2a full, round form, plumpness; 2b bulkiness; 2c fatness, stoutness, corpulence: vn. VIII.
►mamlūʔ, adj., 1 filled, filled up; 2a imbued; 2b loaded: PP I.
►mumāliʔ, 1 adj., partial, biased, prejudiced; 2 collaborator (pol.): PA III.
►mumtaliʔ, adj., full, filled, filled up, replete | mumtaliʔ al‑ǧism, adj., stout, fat, corpulent: PA VIII.
See also individual entries: ↗mālaʔa, ↗malaʔ, and ↗mulāʔaẗ ~ milāyaẗ, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√MLʔ.

mālaʔ‑ مالأ (mumālaʔaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLʔ

vb., III

1 to help, assist, support, back up (s.o. ʕalà in), side; 2 to make common cause, join forces (ʕalà with s.o. against) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ L-stem of ↗malaʔa ‘to fill’, assoc., orig. prob. in the sense of *‘to complement s.o., make s.o. more complete (by joining and assisting him)’.

▪ …

See ↗malaʔa / maliʔa,

See above, section CONC.

…

►mumālaʔaẗ, n.f., 1 partiality, bias; 2 collaboration (pol.): vn. III.
►mumāliʔ, 1 adj., partial, biased, prejudiced; 2 collaborator (pol.): PA III.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗maliʔa / malaʔa, ↗malaʔ, and ↗mulāʔaẗ ~ milāyaẗ, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√MLʔ.

malaʔ مَلَأ , pl. ʔamlāʔ

ID … • Sw – • BP 4733 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLʔ

n.

1 crowd, gathering, assembly, congregation; 2a audience; 2b (general) public; 3 council of elders, notables, grandees – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Akin to ↗malaʔa ‘to fill’, the basic idea prob. being that a place of gathering is “filled” completely by those attending.

▪ …

See ↗malaʔa / maliʔa.

See above, section CONC.

…

►ʕalà ’l‑ malaʔ, adv., publicly, in public
►ʕalà malaʔ al‑ʕālam, adv., for everyone to see, before all the world
►al‑malaʔ al‑ ʔaʕlà, n., the heavenly host, the angels.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗malaʔa / maliʔa, ↗mālaʔa, and ↗mulāʔaẗ ~ milāyaẗ, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√MLʔ.

mulāʔaẗ مُلاءة , dial./coll. var. milāyaẗ, pl. ‑āt

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLʔ

n.f.

1 wrap worn by Egyptian women; 2 sheet, bed sheet – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Relation to ↗malaʔa ‘to fill’ unclear / not certain, perh. in the sense of *‘to cover fully’?

▪ …

▪ ? Cf. ↗malaʔa / maliʔa.
▪ …

See above, section CONC.

…

For other items of the root, cf. ↗malaʔa / maliʔa, ↗mālaʔa, and ↗malaʔ, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√MLʔ.

MLḤ ملح

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLḤ

“root”

▪ MLḤ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MLḤ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘salt, to salt, bitter water; sailor, wind that drives boats; beauty’ to be nice, to be of good character; to praise’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl malachite, mallow, mauve ↗milḥ.

–

milḥ مِلْح

ID 834 • Sw – • BP 2801 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLḤ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protWSem *milḥ ‑ ‘salt’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl malachite, from Grk malakhē, molokhē ‘mallow’, prob. from a Sem source akin to Hbr mallûᵃḥ, a salt-marsh plant, akin to melaḥ ‘salt’, cf. Ar ↗milḥ. – Engl mallow, mauve, from Lat malva, prob. from a Sem source akin to Hbr mallûᵃḥ (see above).

►

MLḪ ملخ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLḪ

“root”

▪ MLḪ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MLḪ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mulūḫiyyaẗ مُلُوخِيَّة

ID 835 • Sw – • BP 6802 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLḪ

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MLQ ملق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MLQ

“root”

▪ MLQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MLQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MLQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘smooth, solid rock, to smooth; to flatter; to become impoverished, become destitute; to erase, level up’

▪ …

–

.

–

MLK ملك

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLK

“root”

▪ MLK_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MLK_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MLK_3 ‘Malik (the angel who has charge over Hell)’ ↗Mālik
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to own, to acquire, owner, ownership, property; to rule, to reign, to control, kingdom, sovereignty, king; slave; foundations, essence, the heart; to marry, marriage ceremony; middle of the road, middle of the valley; angels; heavenly’.

▪ From WSem *√MLK ‘to rule, dominate, possess, own’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ Classified under this root are words which may have had their origin in other Sem languages long before Islam. These are malak from Gz; mālik from Hbr; malakūt from Aram, and malik, together with mulk and malīk, from Akk – BAH2008

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Mameluke, from Ar mamlūk ‘owned, slave, Mameluke’, PP of malaka, vb. I, ‘to own, possess’.
▪ Engl Melkite, Melchizedek, Moloch ↗malik.
▪ For n.geogr. Malaga, cf. ↗malāk.

–

malik مَلِك

ID 837 • Sw – • BP 425 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLK

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From protSem *malk‑ ‘ruler, king’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘king’) Akk malku, Hbr méleḵ, Syr malkā, Gz (malākī ‘Herr’).
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Melkite, from Aram malkāye, pl. of malkāy ‘royal, royalist’, from malkā ‘king’. – Melchizedek, from Hbr malkî-ṣedeq ‘my king (is) righteousness’, from malk, presuffixal form of melek ‘king’ + -î ‘my’. – Moloch, from Hbr mōlek, from Can *mulk, perh. variant of Can *malk, *milk ‘king’, cf. Ar malik.

►

milkiyyaẗ مِلْكِيَّة

ID 838 • Sw – • BP 2779 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLK

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

malāk مَلاك

ID 836 • Sw – • BP 2292 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MLK

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Malaga, from Lat Malaca, Malacha, from Phoen *malʔakat‑ ‘work(place) of (a god whose name has not been preserved)’, from *lʔk ‘to send, serve, work’, cf. Ar malʔak~malāk ‘angel’ (< Hbr malʔāk ‘messenger’, from Hbr *lāʔak ‘to send’).

►

mālik مالِك

ID – • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 3Jun2023
√MLK

n.(prop.)

Malik, the angel who has charge over Hell – Jeffery1938

▪ …

▪ eC7 Q xliii, 77 – Jeffery1938.

.

▪ Jeffery1938: »The native authorities derived the name from malaka ‘to possess’, ‘rule over’. This root may have influenced the form, but the source is doubtless the Biblical Moloch. The Hbr form is mōläḵ, and it may possibly have come direct from Hbr⁸⁰ but the Syr mâlak (PSm, 1989) is much more likely.«

80. Tisdall, Sources, 123.

–

MLW ملو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MLW

“root”

▪ MLW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MLW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MLW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘an expanse of empty land; a period of time, to prolong life for s.o., prosperity; to give rein to; to dictate (a text)’

▪ …

–

.

–

MNː (MNN) منّ / منن

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNː (MNN)

“root”

▪ MNː (MNN)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MNː (MNN)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to cut; a weak rope, a tattered garment, fatigue; vigour, strength of heart; death, eventualities, passage of time; to grant a favour, to remind s.o. of favours you have done for them; honey-like substance; a certain weight’. – mann, honey-like substance, is classified under this root, although it appears to be a borrowing from either Syr or Hbr.

▪ From WSem *√MNN ‘to be kind, show favor, patronize, disdain’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Englmanna ↗mannaẗ.

–

mannaẗ مَنَّة

ID 839 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNː (MNN)

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Englmanna, from Aram mannā, from Hbr mān ‘manna’, akin to Ar mann ‘favour, gift, honeydew, manna’, from manna, vb. I, ‘to be kind, show favour’.

►

MNʕ منع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 13May2023
√MNʕ

“root”

▪ MNʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MNʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MNʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to prevent, refuse, hold back, hinder, prohibit, restrain, refrain, deprive; to protect, guard over; to be difficult, defy, be impregnable, be impenetrable, be insurmountable; to be mighty, be wealthy; to be miserly’

▪ …

–

.

–

MNW / MNY منو / مني

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

“root”

▪ MNW/Y_1 ‘to put to the test, try, tempt, afflict’ ↗manā~manà
▪ MNW/Y_2 ‘fate, destiny, lot; (fate of) death’ ↗man^an, ‘Manāt (anc.Ar goddess)’ ↗Manāẗ
▪ MNW/Y_3 ‘semen, sperm’ ↗min^an, ‘wish, desire’ ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ
▪ MNW/Y_4 ‘’ ↗… .
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): [√MNW/Y] ‘fate, to fate, death, to afflict, to test; to approximate; to hope for, to imagine, to implore; to fabricate, to lie; to shed, to flow, semen, sperm; to recite; to reward; to await; a dry measure’

▪ Dolgopolsky2012 holds [v1] and [v2] apart for systematic reasons, but acknowledges possible/probable overlapping (‘fate, destiny, lot’ interpreted as s.th. by which a deity ‘puts s.o. to the test’ or by which one is ‘afflicted’). In principle, however, he posits 3 Sem (< Nostr) roots:

#1427 [cf. MNW/Y_1]: protSem *√mny ~ *√mnw ‘to test, reckon, count’ < Nostr *mon̄˅ ‘to think, learn, know’ (with assumed cognates even in Eur langs, e.g., Grk mnḗmē ‘remembrance, memory’, Ge meinen, Engl mean);

#1423 [cf. MNW/Y_2]: protSem *manay-, *manat- ‘share’ < Nostr *meǹ˅ ‘to tear, tear into pieces, divide’, perh. contaminated/influenced by, or completely dependent on, #1427 Sem *√mny ‘to count’;

#1433 [cf. MNW/Y_3]: protSem *√mny ‘to wish, desire’ < Nostr *mAyn˅ ‘desire’ (perh. contaminated/influenced by #1427 Nostr *mon̄˅ ‘to think, learn, know’) (with assumed cognates even in Eur langs, e.g., nHGe Minne ‘love’, mHGe meinen ‘to love’).

▪ …

▪ For [v3], Militarev&Kogan2000 (SED I vb#41) assume that Ar preserved the original meaning of the Sem vb., *mny, which was prob. *‘to discharge sperm, excude vaginal secretion’ (cf. ↗min^an) and later underwent a semantic shift, via ‘to have sexual desire’ (cf. derived forms like ĭstamnà, vb. X, ‘to practice onanism, masturbate, have pollutions’) further to ‘desire, wish, want’ and ‘love’ (↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ).
▪ …

▪ …

▪ See ↗manā~manà [v1], ↗man^an [v2], ↗min^an [v3].
▪ …

▪ Any relation betw. [v3] ‘semen, sperm; wish, desire’ and one or more of the other values?
▪ Else: see above, section CONC.

–

manā / manaw‑ مَنا / مَنَوْـ , ū (manw)
and
manà / manay‑مَنَى / مَنَيْـ , ī (many)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

vb., I

to put to the test, try, tempt, afflict (‑hu bi‑ s.o. with s.th.; of God) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: from protSem *m˅n˅y‑ ‘to want’, perh. from AfrAs *min‑ ‘dto.’ (basis for reconstruction weak).
▪ Dolgopolsky2012: from protSem *√mny~mnw ‘to test, reckon, count’ < Nostr *mon̄˅ ‘to think, learn, know’ (with assumed cognates even in Eur langs, e.g., Grk mnḗmē ‘remembrance, memory’, Ge meinen, Engl mean). According to the author, the complexes treated s.vv. ↗man^an (‘fate, lot, destiny; death’) and ↗min^an (‘sperm; wish, desire’) may have been influenced by ‘to test, reckon, count’.
▪ In particular, a relation between ‘fate, destiny, lot’ and the idea of ‘test, trial’ seems plausible, as ‘fate, destiny, lot’ often is interpreted as s.th. by which a deity puts s.o. to the test or tries one.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (manà) Akk imnū, Hbr mānā yimnē, Aram mnā nemnē, SA mnw ‘to count, assign, apportion’
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: Soq mny, Gz mny, Tña mny ‘to want’. – Outside Sem: min ‘to want’ in a CCh language.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1427: Akk manû ‘to consider (sth., so. as belonging to a certain class), count’, BiblHbr māˈnā (ip. yimˈnɛ̄), BiblAram mᵊˈnā, Jud(Targ)Aram mᵊˈnē~mᵊˈnā, Syr √mnw G (ip. 3m nɛmˈnɛ̄) ‘to reckon (be of the opinion), count’, Min mnʔ ‘to count’, Qat mtn-n (3p) ‘to agree, consent’, Ar manā~manà ‘to test (s.o. by s.th.), determine (upon s.th.)’; Akk (from oBab) mīn-u ‘number, amount’, Ug mnt ‘Aufzählung / repartición, recuento, lista’; IAram, ChrPalAram mnyn, Jud(Targ)Aram minˈyān, JEA minyāˈnā, Syr mɛnyāˈn-ā, Mnd miniana, mHbr minˈyān ‘number’. – Outside Sem: (Berb) ETwl/Ty temen-t (ann. tъ-men, pl. ti-men-en) ‘esprit, intélligence’, Gh i-mun ‘connu’; (LEC:) Som mān, Som N mā̀n (pl. mā̀nán) ‘mind, intelligence’, Or mānā ‘reason, meaning’; (WCh:) Ang màn, Gmy man, Su man ‘to know; to recognize (s.o.)’, Mpn man ‘to know, be able to’; (BT:) Krkr ment-, Bl mon- ‘know’; (SBc:) Buli man, Zem ‑mani; (CCh:) Lame mán ‘observer, analyser (pour le devin)’; ZmD mun ‘hear, understand, listen’; (ECh:) Ke míní! ‘to announce, say’, WDgl mínè, EDgl mìne ‘faire savoir, informer. – Cf. perh. even (IE:) Grk mnḗmē ‘remembrance, memory’, mimnḗskō ‘to remind, put in one’s mind’, mnêma, mnâma ‘memorial, remembrance’, Got munan ‘to think, believe; to remember, to want’, oNo muna ‘to remember’, oSax munan ‘to think’, AngSax munan ‘to be mindful of; to think, esteem’; Got muns ‘Gedanke, Ratschluß, Absicht’, oNo munr ‘mind’, AngSax myne ‘memory’; mDu mēnen, Du menen ‘to mean, think’, oSax mênian, oHGe meinen ‘to think, have an opinion, mean’, mHGe, nHGe meinen, AnglSax mǣnan ‘to have an opinion, have s.th. in mind’, Engl mean.
▪ Cf. perh. also the cognates given s.v. ↗man^an and ↗min^an (if these should be akin to manā~manà).

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: protSem *m˅n˅y‑ ‘to want’ (based on Ar, Soq, Gz, Tña), protCCh *min‑‘to want’ (based on only 1 lang), both from hypothetical AfrAs *min‑ ‘to want’.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1427 reconstructs protSem *√mny ~ *√mnw ‘to test, reckon, count’, protBerb *°mVn- ‘esprit, intélligence / connu’, protLEC *mān ‘mind, intelligence, reason’, WCh (protAG) *man ‘to know’ etc.; NaIE *men- ‘to think’ (> Germ *mai̯n-j-an), all from hypothetical Nostr *mon̄˅ ‘to think, learn, know’.
▪ Cf. perh. also ↗man^an and ↗min^an (if these should be akin to manā~manà).

…

For other items of the root, cf. ↗man^an, ↗Manāẗ, ↗min^an, ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ, and, for the general picture, ↗√MNW/Y.

manaⁿ مَنىً , def. al‑manà المَنَى
and
maniyyaẗ مَنِيّة , pl. manāyā

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

n. and n.f., respectively.

1 fate, destiny, lot; 2 fate of death; 3 death – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Originally, *‘share, portion, lot’ that everyone has to bear, from protSem *manay-, *manat- ‘share’ (perh. with interference of protSem *√mny ‘to count’, cf. ↗manā~manà) – Dolgopolsky2012.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (manà) Akk imnū, Hbr mānā yimnē, Aram mnā nemnē, SA mnw ‘to count, assign, apportion’
▪ Cf. also Fraenkel1886: Aram mānā ‘mina’ (weight unit?) > Ar minà, sometimes shortened to mann.
▪ Erman1892: Eg mnwy ‘individual piece (of tissue, when counting pieces of textile)’: Hbr mānāʰ ‘to count’, mānāʰ ‘share, portion’, Ar mann ‘part, number’ (Brugsch). The Eg word is attested only since the New Kingdom.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1423: Akk (from oAkk) manû ~ manaʔu ‘mina (unit of weight)’, Ug mnt, BiblHbr māˈnā, IA/Palm mnh ‘share, part, portion’, JEA em. mənāˈṯ-ā (constr. mənāṯ) ‘share’, Ar man^an ‘fate’ (> ‘death’), du. manawānⁱ~manayāni ‘two pounds (unit of weight)’, Ar (Lt-stem) tamānà ‘se partager qch. en séparant avec les doigts’; Akk manû (G) and D ‘to assign’, BiblHbr (D) minˈnā ‘to assign (a share), apportion’, Min √mnw ‘attribuer’, ? Sab mn ‘bénifice’. – NB: The Sem words may belong to the complex treated s.v. ↗manā~manà.

▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1423 reconstructs protSem *manay-, *manat- ‘share’ (perh. interference of protSem *√mny ‘to count’, cf. ↗manā~manà), from a hypothetical Nostr *meǹ˅ ‘to tear, tear into pieces, divide’. However, the author concedes that there may not one have been interference from ‘to count’; rather, the whole complex is perh. derived from proSem *√mny ‘to test, count’ (< Nostr *mon̄˅ ‘to think, learn, know’ [#1427]).
▪ Any relation betw. ‘fate, destiny, lot; death’ and the complex treated s.vv. ↗min^an ‘semen, sperm’ and ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ ‘wish, desire’?

…

►muniya, vb. I pass., 1 to be afflicted with, be sorely tried, suffer, sustain, undergo, experience, be affected, hit, smitten, stricken; 2 to find by good luck, be so fortunate as to find: orig., *‘to be assigned one’s share, either negative [v1] or positive [v2].
► (?) min^an, m.. and minà, n.f.topogr., the valley of Mina near Mecca: belonging here?
► (?) manāẗ, n.prop.div., Manāẗ, name of an ancient Arabian goddess: see also ↗s.v..
For other items of the root, cf. ↗manā~manà, ↗Manāẗ, ↗minan, ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ, and, for the general picture, ↗√MNW/Y.

minaⁿ مِنىً , def. al‑minà المِنَى

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

n.

semen, sperm – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: from protSem *m˅n˅y‑ ‘to want’ (Dolgopolsky2012: *√mny ‘to wish, desire’), perh. from AfrAs *min‑ ‘dto.’ (basis for reconstruction weak). Cf., however, foll. paragraph.
▪ Militarev&Kogan2000 (SED I vb#41): The original meaning of the Sem vb., *mny, preserved in Ar, was prob. *‘to discharge sperm, excude vaginal secretion’ with a shift to ‘to have sexual desire’ (cf. vb. X) and further to ‘desire, wish, want’ and ‘love’ in general (munyaẗ, ʔumniyyaẗ, mannà, tamannà).

▪ …

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: Soq mny, Gz mny, Tña mny ‘to want’. – Outside Sem: min ‘to want’ in 1 CCh language.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1433: Akk menû ‘to love, be(come) fond (of s.o.)’, Ar √mny (G-stem) ‘to let flow sperm (as in copulation)’, muniya (pass.) ‘to be favored in’, tamannà (Dt-stem) ‘to desire, wish’, Gz tamannaya (Dt) ‘to wish, desire, be eager for’, mənuy ‘who wishes ardently; wished for, desired’, Mhr ˈmatni, Ḥrs ˄mtōni, Jib E/C ˈmutni (sbjv. yɛmˈtin), Soq ˈmɔtɛnɛʔ (sbjv. l-imˈtɛnɛw) ‘to wish’. – Outside Sem: (CCh:) Ms mìn ‘to wish, desire, love; to want’, Azm minda ‘to will, desire, like’. – Compare perh. even (IE:) AnglSax myne (n.) ‘desire, love’, oFries minne, oSax minnea, oHGe minna, nHGe Minne n. ‘love’, mHGe meinen ‘to love’.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: protSem *m˅n˅y‑ ‘to want’ (based on Ar, Soq, Gz, Tña), protCCh *min‑‘to want’ (based on only 1 lang), both from hypothetical AfrAs *min‑ ‘to want’.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012#1433 reconstructs protSem *√mny ‘to wish, desire’ (with poss. interference of Nostr *mon̄˅, see Ar ↗manā~manà) and CCh ‘to wish, desire, love; to want’, NaIE *men- (loss of the glide *i̯ preceding a sonant) ‘to wish eagerly’, all from hypothetical Nostr *mAyn˅ ‘desire’.
▪ Any relation betw. ‘semen, sperm’ (> ‘wish, desire’) and the complex ‘fate, destiny, lot; death; (goddess) Manāẗ’ treated s.vv. ↗man^an and ↗Manāẗ?

…

►mannà, vb. II, 1a to awaken the desire, make s.o. hope, give reason to hope, raise hopes; 1b to promise: D‑stem, caus.
►ʔamnà, vb. IV, 1 to shed (blood); 2 to emit, ejaculate (sperm): *Š‑stem.
►^BP#451tamannà, vb. V, to desire, wish: Dt‑stem.
►ĭstamnà, vb. X, to practice onanism, masturbate: *Št‑stem, desiderative.
►minawī, adj., seminal, spermativ: nisba formation of min^an
►munyaẗ, var. minyaẗ, pl. mun^an, def. al‑munà, n.f., 1 wish, desire; 2 object of desire
►^BP#3492ʔumniyyaẗ, pl. ʔamānⁱⁿ, def. al‑ʔamānī, n.f., wish, demand, claim, desire, longing, aspiration
►tamniyaẗ, n.f., and ʔimnāʔ, n., emission, ejaculation of the sperm: vn. II and IV, resp.
►tamannⁱⁿ, def. al‑tamannī, pl. ‑āt, n., wish; desire; request: vn. V.
►ĭstimnāʔ, n., self‑pollution, masturbation, onanism: vn. X.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗manā~manà, ↗manan, ↗Manāẗ, ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ, and, for the general picture, ↗√MNW/Y.

Manāẗ مَناة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

n.prop.div.

Manāt, name of an ancient Arabian goddess – WehrCowan1976.

▪ The name of the ancient Arabian goddess, identified in the Greco-Roman tradition as Túkhai and Fortanae, originally means *‘deity that assigns to each his/her lot/share’, i.e., one’s destiny.
▪ Etymologically, it is from protSem *manay-, *manat- ‘share’, cf. ↗man^an (perh. with interference of protSem *√mny ‘to count’, cf. ↗manā~manà) – Dolgopolsky2012.

▪ …

▪ See ↗manā~manà.

▪ Wellhausen1897, 28: »Manat kommt schon auf den nabatäischen Inschriften von Higr vor und zwar im Plural, mnwtn /manavātun/. Dadurch wird […] die Bedeutung ‘Schicksal’ (eigentlich ‘Anteil’ wie im Aramäischen) festgestellt, welche appellativisch nur noch für maniyyaẗ (pl. manāyā, manā) im Gebrauch ist. Ähnliche abstracte Gottesnamen sind Saʕd, Gad (Grk túkhē), ʕAwdh.«
▪ Fahd2012: »name of one of the most ancient deities of the Semitic pantheon, who appears in the Pre-Sargonic period in the form Menūtum and constitutes one of the names of Ishtar […]; the Qurʔānic scriptio of her name preserves the primitive w, which also appears in the Nabatean mnwtn […]. The w changes to i in the Bible (Isa. 65: 11) […]. [the name is from] the root mnw/y which is to be found in all Sem langs with the meaning of ‘to count, to apportion’, being applied in particular to the idea of *‘to count the days of life’, hence ‘death’ (maniyyaẗ), and *‘to assign to each his share’, hence, ‘lot, destiny’ […] The Greco-Roman equivalents given to Manāẗ testify to this meaning, since she is identified with Τύχαι or the Fortunae, the pl. reflecting the form Manawāt […] In Palmyra she is represented on a mosaic, seated and holding a sceptre in her hand, after the fashion of Nemesis, goddess of destiny […]. / Like al-Lāt and al-ʕUzzà who form with her the Arab triad (Q 53: 19-20), Manāẗ was worshipped by all the Arabs. It was [originally] a rock for Huḏayl in Qudayd […, later then] a statue imported from the north, like that of Hubal. The sacred site [was situated …] about 15 km from Yaṯrib […]«

…

For other items of the root, cf. ↗manā~manà, ↗man^an, ↗min^an, ↗munyaẗ~minyaẗ, and, for the general picture, ↗√MNW/Y.

munyaẗ مُنْية , var. minyaẗ, pl. munaⁿ, def. al‑munà

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MNW/Y

n.f.

1 wish, desire; 2 object of desire – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1772: from protSem *m˅n˅y‑ ‘to want’, perh. from AfrAs *min‑ ‘dto.’ (weak basis for reconstruction).
▪ Militarev&Kogan2000 (SED I vb#41): The original meaning of the Sem vb., *mny, preserved in Ar, was prob. *‘to discharge sperm, excude vaginal secretion’ with a shift to ‘to have sexual desire’ and further to ‘desire, wish, want’ and ‘love’.
▪ For further details, cf. ↗min^an ‘semen, sperm’.

▪ …

▪ See ↗min^an.

▪ See above, section CONC, and ↗min^an ‘semen, sperm’.

…

►^BP#451tamannà, vb. V, to desire, wish: Dt‑stem.
►^BP#3492ʔumniyyaẗ, pl. ʔamānⁱⁿ, def. al‑ʔamānī, n.f., wish, demand, claim, desire, longing, aspiration
►tamannⁱⁿ, def. al‑tamannī, pl. ‑āt, n., wish; desire; request: vn. V.
For other items of the root, cf. ↗manā~manà, ↗man^an, ↗Manāẗ, ↗min^an, and, for the general picture, ↗√MNW/Y.

MHD مهد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MHD

“root”

▪ MHD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘sleeping place, resting place, cradle, to prepare, pave, straighten things up, make level or even; to facilitate, introduce’

▪ …

–

.

–

MHL مهل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MHL

“root”

▪ MHL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘molten copper, a generic name for all metals, tar, heated dirty oil; ease of manner, self recollection, to act or proceed in a deliberate manner, tarry, give respite; to collapse, avalanche’

▪ BAH2008: al-Suyūṭī attributes muhl ‘oil dregs’ to a borrowing from Berber.

–

.

–

MHN مهن

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MHN

“root”

▪ MHN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MHN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to serve, a servant; profession, vocation; to weaken; to degrade, treat in a humiliating manner; vile, contemptible, insignificant’

▪ …

–

.

–

MWT موت

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWT

“root”

▪ MWT_1 ‘to die, death’ ↗māta
▪ MWT_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘death, to die, to seek death, mortal; to die down, to let up; wasteland, uncultivated land, to become arid; silence, to become silent’

▪ MWT_1 : (Huehnergard2011, Kogan2015 Sw#17:) from protSem *mwt ‘to die’ (SED I #43ᵥ). Passim except Jib and Soq.
▪ …

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘death’) Akk mūtu, Hbr máweṯ, Syr mawtā, Gz mōt.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl checkmate, mate ↗māta.

–

māt‑ / mut‑ ماتَ / مُتْـ

ID 840 • Sw 61/27 • BP 593 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWT

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Huehnergard2011, Kogan2015 (Sw#17): from protSem *mwt ‘to die’ (SED I #43ᵥ). Passim except Jib and Soq.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl checkmate, mate, from Ar māt ‘he has died’, from earlier māta ‘to die’.

►

MWǦ موج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MWǦ

“root”

▪ MWǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘wave, swell, surge, to swell, heave, roll, be excited, be agitated, flood, be stormy, (of sea) to be high; to intermingle’

▪ …

–

.

–

MWR مور

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MWR

“root”

▪ MWR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to move briskly to and fro, swell, boil, chum; high waves, dusty wind; to spill over, (of liquids) to run; (of stars) to set and rise in succession; to contradict, contest; to pluck out’ –

▪ …

–

.

–

Mūsà مُوسَى

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√Mūsà

n.pr.

Moses

▪ BAH2008: generally recognised as a borrowing

.

–

▪ Jeffrey1938: »It was very commonly recognized as a foreign name,⁸¹ the usual theory being that it was from an original form Mūšā, which some say means ‘water’ and ‘trees’ in Hbr,⁸² and others in Copt,⁸³ this name being given to Moses because of the place from which he was taken. / It is possible that the name came direct from the Hbr Mōšäʰ, or as Derenbourg in REJ, xviii: 127, suggests, through a form Mwsy used among the Arabian Jews. It is much more likely, however, that it came to the Arabs through the Syr Mōšē⁸⁴ or the Eth [Gz] Muse, especially that it was from the Syr that the Pazend Mushāē, Phlv [?] and Arm Mowšē were borrowed. / There appears to be no well-attested example of the use of the word earlier than the Qurʔān,⁸⁵ so that it may have been an importation of Muḥammad himself, though doubtless well enough known to his audience from their contacts with Jews and Christians.«
81. al-Ǧawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 135; al-Ḫafāǧī, 182; Bagh. on ii: 48, and even Rāġib, Mufradāt, 484. 82. Rāġib gives the form as [Ar] Mšwḥʔ. 83. So Ṭab. on ii, 48; al-Ṯaʕlabī, Qiṣaṣ, 118, who tell us that in Coptic mu means ‘water’ and ša means ‘trees’. This obviously rests on the Jewish theory given in Josephus, Antiq, ii, ix, 6 : [Grk] tò gàr ʰúdōr mô ʰoí Aigúptioi kaloûsin, ʰusês dè toùs ʰúdatos sōθéntas, which fairly well represents the Copt mōou ‘water’ and ouje ‘rescued’. 84. Cf. the form Mwsʔ on a Christian incantation bowl from Nippur (Montgomery, Aramaic Incantation Texts, p. 231). 85. So Horovitz, KU, 143; JPN, 156.

–

mūsīqà مُوسِيقَى

ID 841 • Sw – • BP 1440 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWSYQĀ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

…

►

MWL مول

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MWL

“root”

▪ MWL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MWL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘property, possessions, wealth, gold and silver, (specifically) camels (for Arabs), to become wealthy, finance’

▪ …

–

.

–

MWN مون

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWN

…

▪ MWN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MWN_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mīnāʔ مِيناء

ID 842 • Sw – • BP 2571 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWN

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MWH موه

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWH

“root”

▪ MWH_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ MWH_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘water, a well, to strike water, (of a boat) to spring a leak, to quench one’s thirst, (of dates and grapes) to ripen; to gild, to coat; to falsify; to camouflage’

▪ protSem *√²MY (exact root shape uncertain) – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

māʔ ماء

ID 843 • Sw 75/181 • BP 236 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MWH

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *mā̆y‑ ‘water’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘water’) Akk mū, Hbr máyim, Syr mayyā, Gz māy.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

MYD ميد

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 4Aug2022
√MYD

“root”

▪ MYD_1 ‘to be shaken, sway, swing; to feel giddy, be dizzy’ ↗māda
▪ MYD_2 ‘table’ ↗māʔidaẗ
▪ MYD_3 ‘square, open place; arena, combat area, race-course, playground; field, domain’ ↗maydān
▪ MYD_4 ‘measure, amount, length, distance; (prep.) in front of, opposite’ ↗mīdāʔ
▪ MYD_5 (EgAr) ‘foundation girder, lintel, breastsummer (arch.), keelson (naut.)’ ↗mēdaẗ, mīdaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include (Lane1885, Hava1899):
▪ ^†MYD_6 ‘to confer, bestow benefit(s) or favour(s) (-h on s.o.), give, furnish s.o. with provisions for travelling’ : ^†māda
▪ ^†MYD_7 ‘to visit (‑h s.o.)’ : ^†māda
▪ ^†MYD_8 ‘to increase, grow’ : ^†māda
▪ ^†MYD_9 ‘because, unless’ : ^†maydà ʔan; cf. also ^†maydà ~ maydā ‘on account of’
▪ ^†MYD_ ‘…’ : …
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to shake, sway, fluctuate; to feed, provide for, a banquet, table laden with food, to grant favours to s.o.; a square’

▪ [v1] From CSem *√MYD ‘to sway, move, shake’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ [v2] From Gz māʔədd (ʔəgzīʔabḥēr)‘(the Lord’s) Table’ – Jeffery1938.
▪ [v3] Prob. from mPers m(a)idan, maiδyana ‘middle, centre, between’ (thus ultimately IndEur *médʰ-jo- ‘middle, centre’) – cf. Asbaghi1988, Rolland2014.
▪ [v4] …
▪ [v5] …
▪ [v6] …
▪ [v7] …
▪ [v8] …
▪ [v9] …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ [v2] Engl maidan ↗maydān.

–

māʔidaẗ مائِدَة , pl. -āt, mawāʔidᵘ

ID 844 • Sw – • BP 2761 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021, last updated 4Aug2022
√MYD

n.f.

table – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From Gz māʔədd (ʔəgzīʔabḥēr) ‘(the Lord’s) Table’ – Jeffery1938.
▪ …

▪ eC7 (‘table spread with food’) Q 5:114 qāla ʕīsā bnu maryama ’llāhumma rabba-nā ʔanzil ʕalay-nā māʔidatan min-a l-samāʔi takūnu la-nā ʕīdan li-ʔawwali-nā wa-ʔāḫiri-nā wa-ʔāyatan min-ka ‘Jesus, son of Mary, said: O God, our Lord, send down to us a table [spread with food] from heaven, that it may be a feast for us, for the first of us and for the last of us, and a sign from Thee’
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Jeffery1938: »A late word found only in a late Madinan verse, where the reference is to a table which Jesus brought down for His disciples. – The Muslim authorities take it to be a form FāʕiLaẗ from ↗māda (cf. LA, iv, 420), though the improbability of their explanations is obvious. It has been demonstrated several times that the passage Q 5:112-15 is a confusion of the Gospel story of the feeding of the multitude with that of the Lord’s Supper.⁸⁶ Fraenkel, Vocab, 24,⁸⁷ pointed out that in all probability the word is the Eth [Gz] māʔədd, which among the Abyssinian Christians is used almost technically for the Lord’s Table, e.g. māʔədd ʔəgzīʔabḥēr, while Nöldeke’s examination of the word in Neue Beiträge, 54, has practically put the matter beyond doubt.⁸⁸ – Addai Sher, 148, however, has argued in favour of its being taken as a Pers word. Relying on the fact that māʔidaẗ is said by the Lexicons to mean ‘food’ as well as ‘table’, he wishes to derive it from Pers mīdeh, meaning ‘farina triticea’.⁸⁹ Praetorius also, who in ZDMG, lxi, 622 ff., endeavours to prove that Eth [Gz] māʔədd and the Amh mād are taken from Ar, takes māʔidaẗ back to Pers mez, mīz ⁹⁰ (earlier pronounced māz), through forms MYḎ, MYD, and maydah. Now there is a Phlv word myazd,⁹¹ meaning a sacred repast of the Parsis, of which the people partake at certain festivals after the recitation of prayers and benedictions for the consecration of the bread, fruit, and wine used therein. It seems, however, very difficult to derive māʔidaẗ from this, and still more difficult from the forms proposed by Praetorius. Nöldeke rightly objects that the forms mīz and māz which Praetorius quotes from the Mehrī and ʕUmānī dialects in favour of his theory, are hardly to the point, for these dialects are full of Pers elements of late importation. Praetorius has given no real explanation of the change of z to d, whereas on the other side may be quoted the Bilin mīd and the Beja mēs which are correct formations from a stem giving māʔədd in Eth [Gz], and thus argue for its originality in that stock.«
▪ …
86. Nöldeke, ZDMG, xii, 700; Bell, Origin, 136. 87. Vide also his Fremdw, 83, and Jacob, Beduinenleben, 235. 88. Vide also Wellhausen, Reste, 232, n.; Pautz, Offenbarung, 255, n.; Vollers, ZDMG, li, 294; Cheikho, Naṣrāniyya, 210. 89. Vullers, Lex, ii, 1252. 90. Vullers, Lex, ii, 1254. 91. West, Glossary, 222.

–

►māʔidaẗ al-tašrīḥ, operating table
►māʔidaẗ al-zīnaẗ, dressing table
►māʔidaẗ al-sufraẗ, dining table

maydān مَيْدان , var. mīdān, pl. mayādīnᵘ

ID 845 • Sw – • BP 1661 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√MYD

n.

1a square, open place, open tract; b field; arena; 2a battleground, battlefield; b combat area, fighting zone; c race course, race track; d playground (fig.); 3 field, domain, line, sphere of activity – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl maidan, from Ar maydān ‘city square, open space, racetrack, combat area’, from māda, vb. I, ‘to be moved, sway’.

►maydān al-tadrīb, drill ground; military training center
►maydān al-ḥarb, theater of war
►maydān al-sibāq, race course, race track
►maydān al-ʕamal, field of activity, scope of action
►maydān al-qitāl, battlefield
►ḫaraǧa min maydān al-ʕamal, to be put out of service or commission
►ẓahara fī l-maydān, to turn up, appear on the scene
►fī maydān al-šaraf, on the field of honour
►madāfiʕ al-maydān, fieldpieces, field guns, infantry howitzers
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗māda, ↗mīdaẗ, ↗mīdāʔ, ↗māʔidaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√MYD.

MYR مير

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MYR

“root”

▪ MYR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘food stock, provision, to provide with food, keep well-stocked/supplied with food; to melt down’

▪ …

–

.

–

MYZ ميز

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MYZ

“root”

▪ MYZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to sort out, separate, mark out, distinguish; to weed out; to stand out; to fall apart; to fall into factions’

▪ …

–

.

–

MYL ميل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 14May2023
√MYL

“root”

▪ MYL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ MYL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to incline, lean towards, tilt, bend, lean over, take sides, deviate; to attack; to be crooked; to swagger; to waver, be in doubt, win s.o. over’

▪ …

–

.

–

nūn نون

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√

R₁

The letter n of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl nu, from Grk nū ‘nu’; nun, from Mishnaic Hbr nûn ‘nun’; both from Phoen *nūn ‘fish; fourteenth letter of the Phoen alphabet’.

►

NʔY نأي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʔY

“root”

▪ NʔY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʔY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʔY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘small ditch encircling a tent to keep sewage away, go a long distance, walk away, shun, be far removed, keep away, remove’

▪ …

–

.

–

*NB‑ نبـ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√*NB‑

“root” nucleus

‘to call, proclaim’, ↗NBḤ ‘to bark, bellow, hiss’, ↗NBR ‘to shout to, drive away by cries or shouts’, ↗NBZ ‘to give one a nickname, revile’, ↗NBṢ ‘to speak’.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

► NBː (NBB) ‘1 to be haughty; 2 to utter a low voice; to call, proclaim; 3 to bleat from rut’
► NBʔ ‘to be high, tower over, elevated place; to come upon from above, conquer, surpass’
► NBT ‘to germinate, sprout, grow; (height of) growing plants’
► NBṮ ‘to dig out with o.’s hand, clean a well, uproot’
► NBǦ ‘to creep out ouf the egg, break forth, flow’
► NBḤ ‘to bark, bellow, hiss’
► NBḎ ‘to fling, throw away, cast, reject, let go’
► NBR ‘1 to raise, elevate, thrive, grow; 2 to pierce through and draw the lance back quickly’ (second part of meaning shows influence from *NB ‘to bring out’); 3 to shout to, drive away by cries or shouts’
► NBZ ‘1 skin of the leprous; palm root, or bark of upper part of a palm; 2 to give one a nickname, revile’
► NBŠ ‘to uncover, dig out, dig, bring to light’
► NBṢ ‘1 to be on the point of sprouting; 2 to speak’
► NBṬ ‘to well out, gush out’
► NBʕ ‘to well, well up, gush forth’
► NBĠ ‘1 to fly off; 2 to appear, come to light, get known, break forth’
► NBQ ‘1 to spurt out of a wound (blood, pus); 2 to write’
► NBL ‘1 to surpass in any skill; 2 to shoot arrow, throw spears, take as a mark, shoot at, surpass in shooting arrows’ (last part of meaning shows influence from *NBL formed from *NB#92 ‘to rise, become high’)
► NBH ‘to awake’
► NBW ‘1 to remove, withdraw; 2 to tower over a place’
► NWB ‘agglomeration/accumulation fitting with (the degree) of elevation’

NBʔ نبأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʔ

“root”

▪ NBʔ_1 ‘to be high, tower over, …’ ↗nabaʔa
▪ NBʔ_2 ‘to speak in a low voice, utter a low sound; to announce’ ↗nabaʔ, ↗nabiyy, ↗nubuwwaẗ
▪ ^†NBʔ_3 ‘to turn away, withdraw, be repelled, disgusted, shocked’ ↗nabā .
▪ ^†NBʔ_4 ‘to wander around’: now obsolete.
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘protrusion, to rise; to overpower; to leave one’s town and settle in another; news item, to ask for news, to inform; prophecy, to predict, to foretell, to prophesy, to claim to be a prophet’

▪ While Gabal2012 thinks that all values of NBʔ can be derived from one basic value (‘unexpected appearance, accompanied by a hiddenness’), other researchers agree on that NBʔ is a homonymous root with at least two values: 1 ‘to be high, tower over’ (= NBʔ_1) and 2 ‘to speak in a low voice, utter a low sound; to announce’ (= NBʔ_2). Albright1927#47 thinks that among NBʔ_2 is original while NBʔ_1 ‘(to be) high’ is the result of a dissimilation of an underlying *NM- ‘to grow’ into *NB-.
▪ For NBʔ_2, the »reconstruction of Sem *n-b-ʔ as a transitive root meaning ‘to name, proclaim’« is »uncomplicated« (following Huehnergard1999).
▪ Militarev2006 assumes an AfrAs dimension of NBʔ_2 (AfrAs *nab‑ ‘to call by name’ ), and Dolgopolsky2012 goes even farther, putting Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, give a name’ together with IE *‘no(ː)m-n(-) / *‘n̥m-n(-) ‘name’ and assuming Nostr *‘nimʔ˅‑ ‘name’ as the common ancestor. For him, Nostr *NM dissimilated into Sem *NB.
▪ NBʔ_3 ‘to turn away’ seems to be etymologically the same as ↗nabā ‘to move away, withdraw; to bounce off; to disagree, be in conflict with; to be repugnant’ (↗NBW).
▪ NBʔ_4 ‘to wander around’: etymology still unclear (see DISC).

▪ BadawiAbdelHalim2008 #NBʔ: ‘1 protrusion, to rise; to overpower; 2 news item, to ask for news, to inform; prophecy, to predict, foretell, prophesy; to claim to be a prophet; 3 to leave o.’s town and settle in another’.

For cognates, see DISC below as well as ↗nabaʔ and ↗nabaʔa.

NBʔ_1 and NBʔ_2:
▪ Gabal2012 assumes one basic value for all meanings of NBʔ that occur in the Qurʔān: ‘sudden/unexpected appearance or occurrence of s.th., preceded or accompanied by some secrecy/hiddenness (ẓuhūr ʔaw ṭurūʔ, musbaq ʔaw maknūf bi-ḫafāʔⁱⁿ mā)’. This, he says, is the case in nabʔaẗ ‘elevation, protrusion’ (= appearing above the surface, of a height that more limited than one would have expected) as well as in nabaʔ ‘news’ (information that one receives unexpectedly). – ClassAr nabīʔ ‘clear path’ is said to belong to ↗NBW, while nabiyy ‘prophet’ is believed to derive from *nabīʔ meaning that the Prophet is both ‘called/informed’ (munbaʔ) by God and ‘informing’ (munbiʔ) about Him, rather than from nabwaẗ ‘elevated place’.
▪ Albright1927#47 notices that Ar √NBʔ obviously has two values: a) ‘to be high, raised up’ (Ar nabaʔa; cf. also ^†nabiʔ ‘height, mound’, ^†nabāwaẗ ‘high ground’, etc.), b) ‘to make a noise; to proclaim, announce, call by name’ (^†nabʔaẗ ‘barking of dogs’; nabaʔ ‘news’, nabīʔ [sic!] ‘prophet’, etc.). Therefore, the author holds, »there must evidently have been a confusion of the two distinct root-meanings«. The author thinks the latter value is from an original *NB, while the former is as dissimilation from *NM.
▪ BDB1904 (#NBʔ): cf. [NBʔ_2] Ar nabaʔa ‘to utter a low voice, or sound (esp. of dog); to announce’, (but also) [NBʔ_1] to be exalted, elevated (nabʔaẗ eminence); [NBʔ_2] III, IV, ‘to acquaint, inform’; nabaʔ ‘information, announcement, intelligence’; Akk nabū ‘to call, proclaim, name’, Gz nababa ‘to speak’, Sab tnbʔ ? => Hbr nāḇî(ʔ) ‘spokesman, speaker, prophet’, nᵊḇûʔâh ‘prophecy’.
NBʔ_1:
▪ Cf. also obsolete items like ^†nabʔ ‘superiority, victory, success’, ^†nubuʔ ‘being high, superiority’, ^†nabiʔ ‘high point’, ^†nābiʔ ‘bossed, convex’, and also (NBʔ ~ NBW) ^†nabwaẗ, ^†nabāwaẗ ‘height; rising ground’, ^†nābin, det. nābī, pl. nubiyy, ‘high ground’, ^†nābiyaẗ ‘strongly-bent bow’ (all BK, Munǧid, Wahrmund1887/Steingass1894).
▪ Ehret1989#92 thinks NBʔ ‘to be high, tower over, come upon from above, conquer, surpass’ is an extension in “concisive” *‑ʔ from a bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root ↗*NB ‘to rise, become high’, cf. ↗NBː (NBB) ‘to be haughty’. Other extensions from the same pre-Sem nucleus: ↗NBT ‘to germinate, sprout, grow’, ↗NBR ‘to raise, elevate, thrive, grow’, ↗NBṢ ‘to be on the point of sprouting’, ↗NBĠ ‘to fly off’, ↗NBL ‘to surpass in any skill’, ↗NBH ‘to awake’
▪ Albright1927#47 holds that Ar »nabaʔa ‘to be high’ is connected with Hbr nûb ‘to grow’⁹² and Ar nabt ‘plant’, old pl. nabāt, from which ↗nabata ‘to grow’ is denom., as well as with Ar ↗namā ‘to grow, rise’, nammà ‘to raise’. The root is probably nm, from which the dissimilated form nb (cf. banna for manna, etc.) has arisen.« – Outside Sem, Eg nb3 ‘carrying pole’ (= Calice1936#655) is perhaps to be connected.
NBʔ_2:
▪ Huehnergard2011: Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim, summon’ (Huehnergard1999: an »uncomplicated reconstruction«).
▪ Calice1936#59 mentions Ar nabaʔa ‘to announce’, nabʔaẗ ‘faint noise’ together with Ar nabba ‘to bark’, Gz nababa ‘to growl’ and the Sem vb.s Akk nabû ‘to call, name’, Sab nbʔ ‘to proclaim’, Hbr √NBH ‘to prophesy’ as cognate with Eg (MK) nmj ‘to scream, yell, roar’. Akin to the latter, and thus also to nabaʔa, are also Ar naʔama ‘to whisper’, naʕama ‘to say yes’, namma ‘to whisper’ and Hbr √NʔM ‘to say’.⁹³
▪ Ehret1989#95 does not mention NBʔ among the root extensions he gives for the bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root *NB ‘to call, cry’, but the semantics clearly allow us to group Ar NBʔ_2 here. For extensions from the same pre-Sem nucleus that Ehret did list, cf. ↗NBː (NBB) ‘to bleat from rut’, ↗NBḤ ‘to bark, bellow, hiss’, ↗NBR ‘to shout to, drive away by cries or shouts’, ↗NBZ ‘to give one a nickname, revile’, ↗NBṢ ‘to speak’.
▪ Militarev2006 (#603): Sem *n˅b˅ʔ‑ ‘to call; to speak; to nominate’, WCh *nab‑ ‘to read, count’, Omot *nab‑ ‘name’ < AfrAs *nab‑ ‘to call by name’
▪ Dolgopolsky2012: Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, give a name’, IE *‘no(ː)m-n(-) / *‘n̥m-n(-) ‘name’, and alleged cognates in other macro-families < Nostr *‘nimʔ˅‑ ‘name’ (with dissimilation of Sem *NB from Nostr *NM).
NBʔ_3 and NBʔ_4:
▪ There seems to be a lot of overlapping of NBʔ with ↗NBW. Thus, NBʔ_3 ‘to turn away, withdraw, be repelled, disgusted, shocked’ seems to be etymologically the same as ↗nabā ‘to move away, withdraw; to bounce off; to disagree, be in conflict with; to be repugnant’.
▪ No explanation so far with regard to NBʔ_4 ‘to wander around’. Belonging to NBʔ_3 ‘to turn away’? – In ClassAr, there is, e.g. (data from Freytag1837 and Hava1899): ^†nābiʔ ‘ex alia regione veniens (aquae fluxus, homo), crossing a country (man, stream)’, nabiʔ ‘migrans de locu in locum, wanderer, wayfarer’, (?) nabīʔ ‘well-traced road’. Gabal2012 thinks it belongs to ↗NBW. Albright1927#47 considers a connection with Eg nmy ‘to traverse’ and Eg nby ‘to swim’.⁹⁴

92. BDB: ‘to bear fruit’; cf. also nîḇ ‘fruit’, tᵊnûḇâh ‘fruit, produce’. 93. BDB1906: nāʔam ‘to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’, nᵊʔūm ‘utterance’. Klein1987: √NʔM ‘to make a speech, utter, give an address; to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’: probably related also: √NWM ‘to speak’. 94. ErmanGrapow1921/ThesLingAeg nbj, Copt neebe (Crum: niēbe, and var.).

–

See
► nabaʔa and
► nabaʔ.

nabaʔ‑ نَبَأَ a (nabʔ , nubūʔ)

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʔ

vb., I

1 to be high, raised, elevated, protruding, projecting, prominent; to overcome, overpower, overwhelm (ʕalà s.o.). – 2 to turn away, withdraw, shrink (ʕan from); to be repelled, repulsed, sickened, disgusted, shocked (ʕan by) – WehrCowan1979.
Other values, now obsolete:
^†3 to pass (min from a place, ʔilà to another), to wander around
^†4 (nabʔ) to bark faintly (dog) – Hava1899

▪ [v1]: The vb. and the corresponding complex of ‘height, elevation, high ground, etc.’ are difficult to relate semantically to the other main value of NBʔ, ‘to utter a low noise; to proclaim, announce, call’ (treated s.v. ↗nabaʔ, ↗nabiyy, ↗nubuwwaẗ), so that one with all probability has to regard NBʔ as a homonymous root with several distinct meanings (↗NBʔ). While Ehret traces the two values back to a biconsonantal nucleus *NB- that shows four separate values (among which *‘to rise, become high’, whence nabaʔa; and *‘to call, cry’, whence nabaʔ), Albright thought that nabaʔa ‘to be high’ and semantically close items in Sem and outside ultimately go back to a *NM that only has dissimilated into *NB; he therefore compares Ar nabaʔa ‘to be high’ with, among others, ↗namā ‘to grow’.
▪ [v2]: This item seems to be etymologically the same as ↗nabā ‘to move away, withdraw; to bounce off; to disagree, be in conflict with; to be repugnant’ and is therefore treated there; cf. also ↗NBW.
▪ For [v3] cf. ↗NBʔ.
▪ [v4] belongs to the complex treated s.v. ↗nabaʔ.

▪ …

▪ [v1] Albright1927#47: Hbr nûb ‘to grow’⁴¹ , Ar nabāt (thought to be an old pl., nab‑ + ‑āt) ‘plant’, Ar ↗namā ‘to grow, rise’, nammà ‘to raise’. – Outside Sem: ? Eg nb3 ‘carrying pole’ (Calice1936#655).
▪ [v2] ↗nabā.
▪ [v3] ↗NBʔ.
▪ [v4] ↗nabaʔ.
41. BDB: ‘to bear fruit’; cf. also nîḇ ‘fruit’, tᵊnûḇâh ‘fruit, produce’.

▪ [v1] Gabal2012 assumes one basic value for all meanings of ↗NBʔ that occur in the Qurʔān: ‘sudden/unexpected appearance or occurrence of s.th., preceded or accompanied by some secrecy/hiddenness (ẓuhūr ʔaw ṭurūʔ, musbaq ʔaw maknūf bi-ḫafāʔⁱⁿ mā)’. This, he says, is the case in nabʔaẗ ‘elevation, protrusion’ (= appearing above the surface, of a height that more limited than one would have expected) as well as in ↗nabaʔ ‘news’ (information that one receives unexpectedly). – In contrast, the author continues, ClassAr nabīʔ ‘clear path’ belongs to ↗NBW, while he believes nabiyy ‘prophet’ to derive from nabīʔ meaning that the Prophet is both ‘called/informed’ (munbaʔ) by God and ‘informing’ (munbiʔ) about Him, rather than from nabwaẗ ‘elevated place’.
▪ [v1] Albright1927#47 notices that Ar √NBʔ obviously has two values: a) ‘to be high, raised up’ (Ar nabaʔa; cf. also nabiʔ ‘height, mound’, nabāwaẗ ‘high ground’, etc.), b) ‘to make a noise; to proclaim, announce, call by name’ (nabʔaẗ ‘barking of dogs’; nabaʔ ‘news’, nabīʔ [sic!] ‘prophet’, etc.). Therefore, the author holds, »there must evidently have been a confusion of the two distinct root-meanings«. The author thinks the latter value is from an original *NB, while the former is as dissimilation from *NM. He thinks Ar »nabaʔa ‘to be high’ is akin to a Hbr vb. for ‘to grow’ (see COGN above) as well as to Ar ↗NBT ‘plant; to grow’ and Ar ↗namā ‘to grow, rise’. – Outside Sem, Eg nb3 ‘carrying pole’ (Calice1936#655) is perhaps to be connected.
▪ [v1] Ehret1989#92 thinks NBʔ ‘to be high, tower over, come upon from above, conquer, surpass’ is an extension in “concisive” *‑ʔ, from a bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root ↗*NB ‘to rise, become high’, cf. ↗NBː (NBB) ‘to be haughty’. Other extensions from the same pre-Sem nucleus: ↗NBT ‘to germinate, sprout, grow’, ↗NBR ‘to raise, elevate, thrive, grow’, ↗NBṢ ‘to be on the point of sprouting’, ↗NBĠ ‘to fly off’, ↗NBL ‘to surpass in any skill’, ↗NBH ‘to awake’
[v2] : ↗nabā.
[v3] : Cf. also: ^†nābiʔ ‘ex alia regione veniens (aquae fluxus, homo), crossing a country (man, stream)’, nabiʔ ‘migrans de locu in locum, wanderer, wayfarer’, (?) nabīʔ ‘well-traced road’ (Freytag1837, Hava1899). – Etymology unclear; see ↗NBʔ. Gabal2012 thinks it belongs to ↗NBW.
[v4] : Cf. also nabʔaẗ ‘faint voice; ^†barking of dogs’ (Hava1899). Belongs to the complex ‘to utter a low voice; to announce, proclaim’ treated s.v. ↗nabaʔ.

–

…

nabaʔ نَبَأ , pl. ʔanbāʔ

ID … • Sw – • BP 1201 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʔ

n.

news, tidings, information, intelligence; announcement; report, news item, dispatch – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The n. nabaʔ (which is taken here as the main entry because there is no vb. I in MSA with a corresponding value any more) belongs to the ClassAr vb. ^†nabaʔa (a, nabʔ) ‘to utter a low voice/sound; to cry, bark (dog); (= IV) to inform, tell, make s.o. know’ that can be traced back to protSem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim, summon’ (Huehnergard2011). There are theories that connect this Sem/Ar NBʔ to roots that show M instead of B (cf., e.g., Eg MK nmj ‘to scream, yell, roar’, Ar namma, naʔama ‘to whisper’, naʕama ‘to say yes’, Hbr nᵊʔūm ‘utterance’, √NʔM ‘to make a speech; to utter a prophecy’, √NWM ‘to speak’); others regard it as an extension from a biconsonantal nuclear root *NB, and some also found an AfrAs (and even Nostr) background.
▪ The value ‘to utter a faint sound; to inform, make known’ is only one of a number of other values appearing in ↗√NBʔ. The relation of this value to the others (‘to be high’, ‘to withdraw’, ‘to wander around’, etc.) is still subject to discussion.
▪ Closely related to this discussion is the question whether the word for ‘prophet’, ↗nabiyy, should be derived from Ar nabaʔa ‘to be high’ (the prophet as ‘the excellent one’), or (via Hbr or Aram) from Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim, summon’ (prophet = ‘person called by God’), if not from ↗NBW.

▪ eC7 1 (news, tidings) Q 33:20 yasʔalūna ʕan ʔanbāʔik-kum ‘seeking news of you’, 38:67 huwa nabaʔun ʕaẓīmun ‘it [the Revelation] is a momentous message’; 2 (story, tale, narrative) Q 5:27 wa-’tlu ʕalay-him nabaʔa ’bnay ʔādama bi’l-ḥaqqi ‘and relate to them in truth the tale of the two sons of Adam’; 3 (disclosures, revelations) Q 11:49 tilka min ʔanbāʔi ’l-ġaybi nūḥī-hā ʔilay-ka ‘these are some of the disclosures of the hidden [knowledge] that we have revealed to you’; 4 (lessons to be learned, examples) Q 54:4 wa-laqad ǧāʔa-hum min-a ’l-ʔanbāʔi mā fī-hi muzdaǧar ‘and from examples [of past generations] has come to them that in which [should be] a deterrent’; 5 (prophecy) Q 6:67 li-kulli nabaʔin mustaqarrun wa-sawfa taʕlamūn ‘every prophecy has its fixed time to be fulfilled (or: certain endurance), you will come to realise’; 6 (replies, responses, arguments) Q 28:66 fa-ʕamiyat ʕalay-him-u ’l-ʔanbāʔu yawmaʔiḏin ‘all answers will escape (lit., not find) them on that Day’

▪ Huehnergard1999: Akk nabû (< nabāʔu) ‘to name, invoke, summon, proclaim’,⁴² Ar nabaʔa ‘to speak in a low voice; to announce’, Sab (tD) tnbʔ ‘to promise’, Mhr nəbō (also caus. anōbi) ‘to inform’, Soq (caus.) ə́nbəʔ ‘to name’, Jib (caus.) enbé ‘to name, announce (that one will fast)’.
▪ Calice1936#59 (cognates of Eg MK nmj ‘to scream, yell, roar’): Ar nabaʔa ‘to announce’, nabʔaẗ ‘faint noise’, Ar nabba ‘to bark’, Gz nababa ‘to growl’, Akk nabû ‘to call, name’, Sab nbʔ ‘to proclaim’, Hbr √NBH ‘to prophesy’; cf. also Ar naʔama ‘to whisper’, naʕama ‘to say yes’, namma ‘to whisper’, Hbr √NʔM ‘to say’.⁴³
▪ Militarev2006#603: For unknown reasons the author does not mention Ar NBʔ in this entry. But since the Sem evidence he gives parallels the one to be found elsewhere, the reference is repeated here, in order to connect it with alleged extra-Sem evidence and, hence, document a possible AfrAs dimension] Akk nabû ‘to call’, Hbr nbʔ, SAr nbʔ, Gz nbb ‘to speak’, Soq nbʔ, Jib enbe ‘to nominate’. – Outside Sem: [WCh] (1 lang) nabi ‘to read, count’, [Omot] (1 lang) nabi, naabi ‘name’.
42. Cf. CAD nabû ‘to name, give a name; to invoke; to summon, call a person (to exercise a function), to appoint a person to an office; to decree, proclaim, command, make known; to count among’, nabû (nabiʔu) ‘called’, nibītu ‘name; pronunciation and spelling; call, vocation; person called (by the gods), chosen’, nību (var. nimbu, nīpu) ‘name; amount, number; spokesman (?), utterance’, nibûtu ‘name’ 43. BDB1906: nāʔam ‘to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’, nᵊʔūm ‘utterance’. Klein1987: √NʔM ‘to make a speech, utter, give an address; to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’: probably related also: √NWM ‘to speak’.

▪ Huehnergard2011: Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim, summon’.⁹⁵
▪ Gabal2012 assumes one basic value for all meanings of NBʔ that occur in the Qurʔān: ‘sudden/unexpected appearance or occurrence of s.th., preceded or accompanied by some secrecy/hiddenness (ẓuhūr ʔaw ṭurūʔ, musbaq ʔaw maknūf bi-ḫafāʔⁱⁿ mā)’. This, he says, is the case in nabʔaẗ ‘elevation, protrusion’ (= appearing above the surface, of a height that more limited than one would have expected) as well as in nabaʔ ‘news’ (information that one receives unexpectedly).
▪ Albright1927#47 notices that Ar √NBʔ obviously has two values: a) ‘to be high, raised up’ (Ar ↗nabaʔa; cf. also ^†nabiʔ ‘height, mound’, ^†nabāwaẗ ‘high ground’, etc.), b) ‘to make a noise; to proclaim, announce, call by name’ (^†nabʔaẗ ‘barking of dogs’; nabaʔ ‘news’, nabīʔ [sic!] ‘prophet’, etc.). Therefore, the author holds, »there must evidently have been a confusion of the two distinct root-meanings«. NBʔ ‘to make noise, etc.’ is treated as an extension from an original *NB, cf. Ar ^†nabba (i – nabīb, nabb, nubāb) ‘to utter a sound, or cry, [or rattle,] when be excited by desire of the female, or at rutting-time (said of a goat)’ (Lane).
▪ Calice1936#59 mentions Ar nabaʔa ‘to announce’, nabʔaẗ ‘faint noise’ together with Ar nabba ‘to bark’, Gz nababa ‘to growl’ and the Sem vb.s Akk nabû ‘to call, name’, Sab nbʔ ‘to proclaim’, Hbr √NBH ‘to prophesy’ as cognate with Eg (MK) nmj ‘to scream, yell, roar’. Akin to the latter and, according to Calice, thus also to nabaʔa, are also Ar ↗naʔama ‘to whisper’ (WehrCowan1979: ‘to sound, resound, ring out; to groan, moan’), naʕama ‘to say yes’, namma ‘to whisper’ and Hbr √NʔM ‘to say’ (BDB1906: nāʔam ‘to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’, nᵊʔūm ‘utterance’. Klein1987: √NʔM ‘to make a speech, utter, give an address; to utter a prophecy, speak as a prophet’: probably related also: √NWM ‘to speak’).
▪ Ehret1989#95 does not mention NBʔ among the root extensions he gives for the bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root *NB ‘to call, cry’, but the semantics clearly allow us to group nabaʔ and related items here. For extensions from the same pre-Sem nucleus that Ehret did list, cf. ↗NBː (NBB) ‘to bleat from rut’, ↗NBḤ ‘to bark, bellow, hiss’, ↗NBR ‘to shout to, drive away by cries or shouts’, ↗NBZ ‘to give one a nickname, revile’, ↗NBṢ ‘to speak’.
▪ Militarev2006 (#603) reconstructs Sem *n˅b˅ʔ‑ ‘to call; to speak; to nominate’, WCh *nab‑ ‘to read, count’ and Omot *nab‑ ‘name’, all from a hypothetical AfrAs *nab‑ ‘to call by name’.
▪ Dolgopolsky2012 reconstructs Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, give a name’. – The semantics of Ar nabaʔa, nabbaʔa ‘to announce’ may be influenced by Ar nabīy ‘prophet’ (which the authors considers a borrowing from Hbr). – Dolgopolsky further juxtaposes Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, give a name’ and IE *‘no(ː)m-n(-) / *‘n̥m-n(-) ‘name’, and alleged cognates in other macro-families, deriving all from a hypothecial Nostr *‘nimʔ˅‑ ‘name’ (with dissimilation of Sem *NB from Nostr *NM).

95. Called an »uncomplicated reconstruction« already in Huehnergard1999.

–

► wakālat al-ʔanbāʔ or ^†maktab al-ʔanbāʔ, n., news agency, wire service
► nabbaʔa, vb. II, to inform, notify, tell, advise (s.o. ʕan or bi‑ of s.th.), let (s.o.) know (ʕan or bi‑ about), make known, announce, impart, communicate; to be evidence (ʕan of), show, indicate, manifest, bespeak, reveal, disclose (ʕan s.th.): caus./ints. of *I, probably denom.
► ʔanbaʔa, vb. IV, to inform, notify, tell, advise (s.o. bi‑ of), let (s.o.) know (bi‑ about), make known, announce, impart, communicate: denom.
► tanabbaʔa, vb. V, to predict, foretell, forecast, prognosticate, presage, prophesy (bi‑ s.th.); to claim to be a prophet, pose as a prophet: denom. from *nabīʔ (= ↗nabiyy) ‘called one, appointed (by God)’.
► ĭstanbaʔa, vb. X, to ask for news, for information; to inquire (DO after), ask (DO about): requestative, denom.
► nabʔaẗ, n.f., faint noise, low sound: This word, in pre-MSA also meaning the ‘(faint) barking (of a dog)’, is perhaps the last remnant in MSA of an earlier stage in the semantic history of NBʔ, when the latter emerged as an extension of biconsonantal *NB- + modifyer *‑ʔ; cf. the fact that Gz nababa ‘to speak’ originally was ‘to growl’ (Calice1936, Klein1987).
► nubūʔaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., prophecy; prognosis: not derived directly from nabaʔ, but belonging to the same Sem root, cf. ↗nubuwwaẗ.
► ^BP#4823nubuwwaẗ, n.f., prophethood, prophecy: belonging to the complex Sem/Ar NBʔ,⁴ though probably not derived directly from nabaʔ but via Hbr or Aram, see s.v.
► ^BP#813nabiyy (= nabīy), pl. ‑ūn, ʔanbiyāʔᵘ, n., prophet: belonging to the complex Sem/Ar NBʔ,⁵ though probably not derived directly from nabaʔ but via Hbr or Aram, see s.v. | ḫašab al-ʔanbiyāʔ, n., guaiacum wood.
► ^BP#3290nabawī, adj., prophetic, of or pertaining to a prophet or specifically to the Prophet Mohammed: nsb-adj. of nabiyy.⁶
► ʔinbāʔ, pl. ‑āt, n., notification, information, communication: vn. IV.
► tanabbuʔ, pl. ‑āt, n., prediction, forecast, prognostication; prophecy; prognosis: vn. V.
► tanabbuʔī, adj., prognostic, predictive: nsb-adj. from the preceding.
4. But grouped s.r. NBW in WehrCowan1979, probably for formal reasons. 5. But grouped s.r. NBW in WehrCowan1979, probably for formal reasons. 6. Grouped s.r. NBW in WehrCowan1979, probably for formal reasons.

nabiyy نَبِيّ , (= nabīy, *nabīʔ), pl. ‑ūn , ʔanbiyāʔᵘ , *nubaʔāʔᵘ , *ʔanbāʔᵘ

ID 847 • Sw – • BP 813 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʔ, NBW

n.

prophet – WehrCowan1979.

▪ As against the opinion that nabiyy should be connected with the notion of ‘to be high’ (↗nabaʔa), EtymArab follows Huehnergard and others who regard it as a borrowing (from Hbr or Aram) with the original meaning of ‘the called/appointed one’. Thus, nabiyy belongs, though only indirectly, to the complex of Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim’, treated s.v. ↗nabaʔ , which probably developed as an extension in ‑ʔ from a biconsonantal nucleus *NB ‘to call, cry’ (the latter perhaps from AfrAs *nab‑ ‘to call by name’, which in turn may have dissimilated from Nostr *‘nimʔ˅‑ ‘name’).
▪ The fact that a number of Ar and Sem roots show *NM rather than *NB (or both) with similar meanings (Ar namma, naʔama ‘to whisper’, naʕama ‘to say yes’, Hbr nᵊʔūm ‘utterance’, √NʔM ‘to make a speech; to utter a prophecy’, √NWM ‘to speak’, cf. also Eg nmj ‘to scream, yell, roar’) and that the idea of ‘uttering a low, faint voice, groaning, mumbling, murmuring’ often is paralleled, like in ClassAr ^†nabaʔa, with that of addressing s.o. with a message, may also let one think of a prophet as a ‘person who utters faint sounds, murmurs’ (under the impression of a divine voice calling him, or speaking through him). This direction has not yet been explored in research so far.

▪▪ …
▪ eC7 Q 19:41 wa-’ḏkur fī ’l-kitābi ʔibrāhīma ʔinnahū kāna ṣiddīqan nabiyyan ‘and in the Qurʔān, mention Abraham—he was a man of truth, a prophet’¹⁰
10. Or, read as quasi-PP: ‘he was a man of truth, called/appointed by God’.

▪ Jeffery1938: Hbr nāḇî(ʔ) ‘prophet’, Aram nəḇiyyā, Syr nᵊḇīyā, Gz nabīy.
▪ Zammit2002: Ø [!].
▪ Huehnergard1999: Akk nabû (< *nabiʔu) (adj.) ‘called’, Hbr nāḇîʔ ‘prophet’. For the vb. from which the forms are derived (Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim’), see s.v. ↗nabaʔ.
▪ …

▪ Gabal2012 does not think nabiyy ‘prophet’ is from √NBW; but he does not assume a foreign origin either. For the author, the word is from *nabīʔ (cf. the dual nabīʔayn, where the hamz is still preserved), meaning that the Prophet (Muḥammad) is both ‘called/informed’ (munbaʔ) by God and ‘informing’ (munbiʔ) about Him. A derivation, put forward by others, from the notion of ‘to be high, haughty, elevated’ (cf. nabwaẗ ‘elevated place, hill’) is, he says, to be rejected (on theological grounds, though).
▪ Jeffery1938, 276: »Usually the word is taken to be from √NBʔ ‘to bring news’ (as-Sijistānī, 312), though some thought it was from a meaning of that root ‘to be high’.⁹⁶ – Fraenkel, Vocab, 20, pointed out that the pl. nabiyyūn, beside the more usual ʔanbiyāʔ, would suggest that the word was a foreign borrowing and that it was taken from the older religions has been generally accepted by modern scholarship.⁹⁷ Sprenger, Leben, ii, 251, would derive it from the Hbr nāḇī(ʔ), and this view has commended itself to many scholars.⁹⁸ There are serious objections to it, however, on the ground of form, and as Wright has pointed out,⁹⁹ it is the Aram nəḇiyyā, which by the dropping of the sign for emphatic state, gives us the form we need. Thus there can be little doubt that nabiyy, like Eth [Gz] nabīy (Nöldeke, Neue Beiträge, 34), is from the Aram,¹⁰⁰ and probably from JudAram rather than from Syr nᵊḇīyā. It was seemingly known to the Arabs long before Muḥammad’s day,¹⁰¹ and occurs, probably of Mani himself, in the Manichaean fragments (Salemann, Manichaeische Studien, i, 97).«
▪ Schall 1982: from Hbr nāḇī(ʔ) ‘prophet’.
▪ Huehnergard2011: Hbr nāḇî(ʔ) ‘prophet’ (originally, ‘one named, summoned by a god’).¹⁰² Hbr (and, in general, Sem) *qatīl nouns are stative, resultative, or passive in meaning.
▪ Huehnergard1999: uncomplicated reconstruction of Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim’ (similar meaning also in NWSem and > Hbr). »Since […] *qatīl agent nouns of transitive roots are uniformly passive in Hbr, Hbr morphology and semantics lead us inevitably to conclude that nābîʔ too is passive rather […] and means ‘the one called/named’ by a god, just as we find in parallel Akk expressions such as (literary) oBab nabiʔu DN ‘the one named/called by DN’.¹⁰³ «
▪ Dolgopolsky2012 – The author thinks that BiblAram nᵊḇîʔ-ā, JudAram nᵊḇiyy-ā, Syr nᵊḇiy-ā, and Ar nabīy ‘prophet’ all are from BiblHbr nāḇî(ʔ) ‘prophet’ (originally a PP signifying ‘named one, appointed one’) and that Gz nabiyy ‘id.’ is from Ar. In contrast, he seems to see the Sem vb.s in direct dependence from Sem *NBʔ.
▪ Pennacchio2014:162 follows Blachère in regarding nabiyy as a loan from Hbr nāḇî(ʔ) ‘prophet’, more precisely from the Jews of the Ḥiǧāz. However, she gives the meaning of the underlying root NBʔ as ‘to be high, elevated’, which most others reject.
▪ Cf. also roots ↗√NBʔ in general and ↗√NBW, as well as ↗nubuwwaẗ.

96. Ibn Durayd, Ishtiqāq, 273; and see Fraenkel, Fremdw, 232, n. 97. Margoliouth, Schweich Lectures, 22, however, thinks that the Hbr is to be explained from the Ar, and Casanova, Mohammed et la Fin du Monde, 39, n., argues that nabiyy is a proper derivation from nbʔ, which is absurd, though Fischer, Glossar, 131, thinks that this root had an influence on the word. So Ahrens, Muhammad, 128. 98. Von Kremer, Ideen, 224; Hirschfeld, Beiträge, 42; Rudolph, Abhängigkeit, 45; Grimme, Mohammed, ii, 75, n. 2; Sacco, Credenze, 116. 99. Comparative Grammar, 46. 100. So Guidi, Della Sede, 599; Horovitz, KU, 47; JPN, 223, seems doubtful whether Hbr or Aram. 101. Hirschfeld, Beiträge, 42. 102. John Huehnergard, “On the etymology and meaning of Hebrew nābîʔ ”, Eretz-Israel 26 (1999): 88-93. 103. E.g., ḫa-am-mu-ra-pí na-bi-ù AN-nim ‘Ḫammurapi, the one named/called by Anum’.

–

► tanabbaʔa, vb. V, to predict, foretell, forecast, prognosticate, presage, prophesy (bi‑ s.th.); tanabbà, to claim to be a prophet, pose as a prophet: denom.
► ^BP#4823nubuwwaẗ, n.f., prophethood, prophecy: denom. (?).
► ^BP#3290nabawī, adj., prophetic, of or pertaining to a prophet or specifically to the Prophet Mohammed: nisba formation.
► tanabbuʔ, pl. ‑āt, n., prediction, forecast, prognostication; prophecy; prognosis: vn. V, denom.
► tanabbuʔī, adj., prognostic, predictive: nisba formation from denom. vn. V.

nubuwwaẗ نُبُوَّة (= nubūwaẗ, *nubūʔaẗ)

ID 846 • Sw – • BP 4823 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʔ, NBW

n.f.

prophethood, prophecy – WehrCowan1979.

Like ↗nabiyy ‘prophet’, nubuwwaẗ ‘prophethood, prophecy’ does probably neither belong to the root ↗NBW (see also ↗nabā ‘to remove, withdraw’) nor to NBʔ in the sense of ‘to be high’, but rather to the homonymous Sem root NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim, summon’, treated s.v. ↗nabaʔ ‘news, message’. Although also the var. nubūʔaẗ (with ‑ʔ‑) occurs, for the value ‘prophethood, prophecy’ the form with ‑w‑ instead of ‑ʔ‑ seems to be the older one in Ar, a fact that supports the theory of an inner-Sem borrowing, most probably from lHbr nəḇūwāh ‘prophecy’, which denotes the ‘office’ of a Hbr nābî(ʔ) ‘prophet’. The latter is obviously a PP from Hbr < Sem *NBʔ ‘to name, proclaim’. The latter took form perhaps as an extension in ‑ʔ from a biconsonantal nucleus *NB ‘to call, cry’ (which, according to some, goes back to an AfrAs vb. *nab‑ ‘to call by name’, which in turn may have dissimilated from the Nostr n. *‘nimʔ˅‑ ‘name’).

▪ eC7 Q 57:26 (prophethood) wa-ǧaʕalnā fī ḏurriyyati-himā ’l-nubuwwaẗa wa’l-kitāba ‘and We established for their descendants prophethood and revelations’; see also Q 3:79, 6:89, 24:27, 45:16 ‘prophecy’

▪ Zammit2002: Ø [!].
▪ Jeffery1938: Hbr nəḇūwāh; cf. also JA nəḇūʔəṯā Syr nəḇīyōṯā ‘prophecy’.
▪ For the wider context, cf. ↗nabiyy, ↗nabaʔ, ↗NBʔ, ↗NB.

▪ Jeffery1938, 277 [na buwwaẗ]: »The word occurs only in late Meccan passages (but see Ahrens, Christliches, 34), and always in connection with the mention of the previous Scriptures with which the Arabs were acquainted. It is thus clearly a technical word, and though it may be a genuine development from ↗nabiyy, there is some suspicion that it is a direct borrowing from the Jews. – In late Hbr nəḇūwāh is used for ‘prophecy’ (cf. Neh. vi, 12, and 2 Chron. xv, 8), and in one interesting passage (2 Chron. ix, 29) it means a prophetic document. In Jewish Aram nəḇūʔəṯā also means ‘prophecy’, but apparently does not have the meaning of ‘prophetic document’,¹⁰⁴ nor is the Syr nəḇīyōṯā so near to the Ar as the Hbr, which would seem to leave us with the conclusion that it was the Hbr word which gave rise to the Ar, or at least influenced the development of the form (Horovitz, JPN, 224).«
▪ Pennacchio2014:162 follows Jeffery and Horovitz in regarding nubuwwaẗ as a loan from lHbr nᵊḇûʔâh ‘prophecy’, taken from the Jews of the Ḥiǧāz.
▪ Cf. also ↗NBW, ↗nabiyy, ↗NB and ↗NBʔ.

104. Horovitz, KU, 73, says it does, and refers to Bacher’s Die exegetische Terminologie der jüdischen Traditionsliteratur, ii, 123, but Bacher gives this meaning of ‘prophetischer Abschnitt’ only for nəḇūʔāh and does not quote any example of it for nəḇūṯā.

–

►

NBT نبت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NBT

“root”

▪ NBT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBT_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘plant, vegetation, seedling, to sprout, germinate, (of plants) to shoot out, grow, bring forth, plant, cultivate, cause to grow; the young, to breed, raise, to become of age’

▪ …

–

.

–

NBḤ نبح

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBḤ

“root”

▪ NBḤ_1 ‘to bark, bay’ ↗nabaḥa
▪ NBḤ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NBḤ_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

nabaḥ‑ نَبَحَ , a (nabḥ, nubāḥ, nibāḥ, nabīḥ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBḤ

vb., I

to bark, bay – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to bark’) Akk (nbḫ (u)), Hbr nbḥ a (a), Syr nbḥ a (u), Gz nbḥ – (ā).

…

►tanābaḥa, vb. VI, 1a to bark at each other; 1b to bark simultaneously, answer each other’s barks (dogs, e.g., at night).
►nabḥ, nubāḥ, nibāḥ, nabīḥ, n., barking, bark, baying, yelp(ing): vn. I.
►nabbāḥ, n., barker, yelper: ints. formation.

NBḎ نبذ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NBḎ

“root”

▪ NBḎ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBḎ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBḎ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘portion, small piece; to hurl, discard, cast out, forsake, renounce; to withdraw, retire, retreat to one side’

▪ …

–

.

–

NBZ نبز

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NBZ

“root”

▪ NBZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘title, nickname, derisive or insulting name, descriptive name (usually bad), to call one another names, defame’

▪ …

–

.

–

NBṬ نبط

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NBṬ

“root”

▪ NBṬ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBṬ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NBṬ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘first water obtained from a newly dug well; to elicit, deduce; to well out, issue; the innermost part; Nabateans, to live like, or to claim to be, a Nabatean’

▪ …

–

.

–

NBʕ نبع

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʕ

“root”

▪ NBʕ_1 kind of tree ↗nabʕ
▪ NBʕ_2 ‘(to) well, well out, gush forth’ ↗nabaʕa
▪ NBʕ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘spring of water, brook, creek; to flow, to gush out, to issue, to originate’

▪ Are [v1] and [v2] etymologically related?
▪ …

▪ …

▪ NBʕ_1 : …
▪ NBʕ_2 : (Bergsträsser1928, *‘well’:) Akk nambāʔu, Hbr mabbōᵃʕ, Syr mabbōʕā, Gz (nbʕ ‘to weep, cry’).
▪ NBʕ_3 ‘…’ ↗…

…

nabaʕ‑ نَبَعَ, u, i, a (nabʕ, nubūʕ, nabaʕān)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʕ

vb., I

1a to well, well up, gush forth, flow, issue; 1b to rise, spring, originate (river); 2a to emanate (e.g., an odor); 2b to emerge, spring, stem (from) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ The fact that Bergsträsser has an entry manbaʕ (see below) instead of nabaʕa suggests that he considers the vb. to be secondary (denominative), not the noun deverbative. But this does not sound very reasonable, ma‑ being a very common prefix for n.loc.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘well’) Akk nambāʔu, Hbr mabbōᵃʕ, Syr mabbōʕā, Gz (nbʕ ‘to weep, cry’).

…

►ʔanbaʕa, vb. IV, to cause to gush forth or flow out: *Š‑stem, caus.
►nabʕ, n., 1 ↗nabʕ; 2 spring, source: may be the etymon proper from which vb. I then would be denom.
►^BP#3856manbaʕ, pl. manābiʕᵘ, n., 1a spring, well; 1b fountainhead, springhead, source, origin: considered an original item by Bergsträsser, but rather a simple maFʕaL formation for n.loc. | manbaʕ zayt, manbaʕ bitrōl, n., oil‑well
►yanbūʕ, pl. yanābīʕᵘ, n., spring, source, well.
For another item from the same root √NBʕ (related to nabaʕa?), cf. ↗nabʕ.

nabʕ نَبْع

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBʕ

n.

1 a tree whose wood was used in arrow‑making; – 2 ↗nabaʕa.

Related to ↗nabaʕa ‘to well, gush out; spring, source’?

▪ …

…

See above, section, CONC.

…

For other (related?) items of the same root, cf. ↗nabaʕa and, for the whole picture, ↗√NBʕ..

NBW نبو

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBW

“root”

▪ NBW_1 ‘to remove, withdraw’ ↗nabā .
▪ NBW_2 ‘prophet, prophecy, to prophesy’ ↗nabiyy, ↗nubuwwaẗ, ↗nabaʔ .
▪ NBW_3 ‘to be high, elevated place’: ^†nabwaẗ ↗nabaʔa .
▪ NBW_4 ‘tableboard; table-cloth of palmleaves’: ^†nabiyyaẗ ↗ DISC below.

The root displays a variety of values due to mutual influence and overlapping with ↗NBʔ ‘to be high’ and ↗NBʔ ‘to call, proclaim, etc.’, or with ↗NBY.

–

▪ [NBW_4 (in ClassAr dictionaries often treated s.r. NBY)] Klein1987: postBiblHbr nᵊḇiyyāh ‘sproutings, foliage’ (var. of Mishna nᵊmiyyāh), ? Ar ^†nabiyyaẗ ‘tableboard; table-cloth of palmleaves’. Of uncertain origin, perhaps related to the base NWB ‘to sprout’. This, in turn, seems to be akin to the Mishna var. nᵊmiyyāh, which has been put together with Ar ↗namā ‘to grow’.

▪ Lane treats NBW_1 s.v. NBY.
▪ Gabal2012 thinks that all meanings of NBW can be derived from one basic value (‘protrusion or swelling/inflation due to a—coarse—agglomeration/accumulation inside or a tension that does not allow the body to decrease/flatten’, such as in ^†nabwaẗ ‘high ground, elevated place’). These aspects, however, are treated by others (and also EtymArab) as belonging to NBʔ in the sense of ‘to be high’, see ↗nabaʔa.
▪ Ehret1989#93 regards NBW ‘to remove, withdraw’ as an extension in “inchoative (> tr.)” *‑W from a bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root ↗*NB ‘to bring out’. Other extensions from the same pre-Sem root: ↗NBṮ ‘to dig out with o.’s hand, clean a well, uproot’, ↗NBǦ ‘to creep out ouf the egg, break forth, flow’, ↗NBḎ ‘to fling out of o.’s hand, cast, reject, let go’, ↗NBŠ ‘to uncover, dig out, dig, bring to light’, ↗NBĠ ‘to appear, come to light, get known, break forth’, ↗NBQ ‘to spurt out of a wound (blood, pus)’, ↗NBW ‘to remove, withdraw’.
▪ NBW_4: Together with postBiblHbr nᵊḇiyyāh ‘sproutings, foliage’, Ar ^†nabiyyaẗ ‘tableboard; table-cloth of palmleaves’¹⁰⁵ may be related to Hbr nwb ‘to sprout’. The Mishna var. nᵊmiyyāh shows that there obviously is an oscillation between NB- and NM-, and this is why ^†nabiyyaẗ not only may be seen together with Ar ↗namā ‘to grow’ (as mentioned by Klein1987), but perhaps also with ↗nabaʔa ‘to be high’ and ↗nabāt ‘plant(s)’.
▪ The obsolete word ^†nabbaẗ ‘disagreeable, abominable smell’ (Hava 1899), arranged by Lane s.r. NBY and said to be »probably a mistake for bannaẗ (and therefore not mentioned by the leading lexicographers), may actually be a (rare) vulgar corrasion of nābiyaẗ ‘repelling’ (PA I f.) (> *nābyaẗ > *nā̆byaẗ = nabyaẗ > *nabʸaẗ > nabbaẗ).
105. Lane: ‘thing like the sufraẗ, made of palm-leave, upon which flour or meal is sifted’.

–

nabā نَبا , u (nabw , nubūw)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NBW

vb., I

to be far off, distant, remote; to move away, withdraw in the distance; to miss (arrow, ʕan the target); to bounce off, rebound, bounce, bound (ʕan from – ʔilà to; ball); to disagree (ʕan with); to be contradictory (ʕan to), to conflict, be in conflict, be inconsistent (ʕan with); to be offensive, repugnant (ʕan to s.o.); to dislike, find repugnant (ʕan s.th.); nabā bi-hī to irk, offend, repel, displease s.o. (of s.th.) | nabā bi-hi ’l-maǧlis, he couldn’t bear sitting on the chair any longer; nabā bi-hā ’l-maḍǧaʕ, she couldn’t stand staying in bed any longer; nabā bi-hi ’l-makān, he felt unable to remain in the place, he became stir-crazy – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ Lane treats a number of items s.v. NBY, not NBW: nabā [written with ʔalif, not yāʔ ] ‘to recoil, revert, glanced off, glance away (ʕan al-ḍarībaẗ from the thing struck with it), without penetrating, or without effect (said of a sword); to be blunt (edge of a sword)’, ‘to recoil, revert (ʕan from s.th.), be repelled (ʕan by) (said of the sight); to recoil, flinch, shrink, be averse (ʕan from s.th.), shun and not accept s.th | ~ ǧanbuhū ʕan al-firāš his side did not rest, was restless, uneasy, upon the bed, it shrank from it’.
▪ Gabal2012 thinks that all meanings of NBW can be derived from one basic value (‘protrusion or swelling/inflation due to a—coarse—agglomeration/accumulation inside or a tension that does not allow the body to decrease/flatten’, such as in ^†nabwaẗ ‘high ground, elevated place’). These aspects, however, are treated by other scholars as belonging to NBʔ in the sense of ‘to be high’, cf. ↗nabaʔa.
▪ Ehret1989#93 regards NBW ‘to remove, withdraw’ as an extension in “inchoative (> tr.)” *‑W from a bi-consonantal “pre-Proto-Semitic” (pPS, i.e. preSem) root ↗*NB ‘to bring out’. Other extensions from the same pre-Sem root: ↗NBṮ ‘to dig out with o.’s hand, clean a well, uproot’, ↗NBǦ ‘to creep out ouf the egg, break forth, flow’, ↗NBḎ ‘to fling out of o.’s hand, cast, reject, let go’, ↗NBŠ ‘to uncover, dig out, dig, bring to light’, ↗NBĠ ‘to appear, come to light, get known, break forth’, ↗NBQ ‘to spurt out of a wound (blood, pus)’, ↗NBW ‘to remove, withdraw’.
▪ For ^†nabwaẗ ‘elevated place’ see ↗nabaʔa.
▪ The obsolete word ^†nabbaẗ ‘disagreeable, abominable smell’ (Hava 1899), arranged by Lane s.r. NBY and said to be »probably a mistake for bannaẗ (and therefore not mentioned by the leading lexicographers), may actually be a (rare) vulgar corrasion of nābiyaẗ ‘repelling’ (PA I f.) (> *nābyaẗ > *nā̆byaẗ = nabyaẗ > *nabʸaẗ > nabbaẗ).
▪ For ^†nabiyyaẗ ‘tableboard; table-cloth of palmleaves’¹⁰⁶ cf. DISC in ↗NBW.

106. Lane: ‘thing like the sufraẗ, made of palm-leave, upon which flour or meal is sifted’.

–

► ^†nabbaẗ, n.f., disagreeable, abominable smell: perhaps a vulgar corrasion of nābiyaẗ ‘repelling’; if so, then it is originally a PA I f. of nabā, cf. DISC above.
► ^†nabwaẗ, n.f., elevated place: see DISC above, and ↗nabaʔa.
► ^BP#4823nubuwwaẗ: grouped s.r. NBW in WehrCowan1979 but belonging to the complex of ‘calling, appointing, naming’ treated under ↗nabaʔ (though probably not derived directly from there); cf. also ↗nabiyy and own entry ↗nubuwwaẗ.
► ^BP#813nabiyy (= nabīy): grouped s.r. √NBW in WehrCowan1979 but belonging to the complex of ‘calling, appointing, naming’ treated under ↗nabaʔ (though probably not derived directly from there); cf. also own entry ↗nabiyy.
► ^†nabiyyaẗ, n.f., tableboard; table-cloth of palmleaves: cf. DISC above, and ↗nabaʔa, ↗nabāt.
► ^BP#3290nabawī ↗nabiyy.
► nābin, det. nābī, adj., repugnant, distasteful, improper, ugly: PA I.

NTQ نتق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NTQ

“root”

▪ NTQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NTQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NTQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to shake; to raise, lift up, overturn, pour out by overturning; (of a camel’s rigging) to become loose’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṮR نثر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṮR

“root”

▪ NṮR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṮR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṮR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to strew, scatter, sprinkle, spillage’

▪ …

–

.

–

NǦ‑ نج

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦ-

Perhaps a polyvalent 2-cons. root nucleus.

▪ Ǧabal2012: 2219: /n/ nafāḏ bāṭinī laṭīf + /ǧ/ ǧurm kaṯīf ġayr ṣalib => nafāḏ kaṯīf ġayr ṣalib min bāṭin šayʔ ‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not solid, from within s.th.’
▪ Ehret identifies 2 homonymous pre-protSem roots:
*NG-_1 ‘to strip’ ↗NǦ- (1) (Ehret1989)

*NG-_2 ‘to seep, ooze’ ↗NǦ- (2) (Ehret1995)

See above, section ENGL.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Note the remarkable closeness between Gabal’s *‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. from inside’ and Ehret’s *‘to seep, ooze’ (Ehret1995).
▪ See also DERIV below.

–

According to Ehret, the following 3-cons. roots derive from the two bi-cons. pre-protSem root nuclei:
▪ From pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip’ (Ehret1989 #57):
► + extendative *‑b > ↗^†naǧb ‘to remove the bark from a tree’
► + diffusive *‑r > ↗naǧara ‘to cut or plane wood’
► + iterative *‑p > ↗^†naǧf ‘to shave or polish an arrow’
► + intensive (manner) *‑p ↗^†naǧf ‘to cut down, pull out’
► + finitive *‑l > ↗^†naǧl ‘to blot out, erase, wipe the writing tablet’ (= ^†[v10] of ↗NǦL; cf. also ^†[v10], ibid.)
► + inchoative (> tr.) *‑w > ↗^†naǧw ‘to cut down a tree and strip off its branches, skin a camel’
▪ From pre-protSem *NG ‘to seep, ooze’ (Ehret1995 #613), Cush *ʔangʷ‑/ʔungʷ‑ ‘breast’ (from secreting of milk by the breast), ?Eg ngsgs ‘to overflow’, from AfrAs *‑nugʷ‑ ‘to seep’:
► + Ø > ↗^†naǧǧ ‘to bleed, suppurate’
► + extendative fortative *‑ḫʷ > ↗^†naǧḫ ‘to bring wind and rain’
► + durative *‑d > ↗naǧida ‘to drip with perspiration’
► + noun suffix *‑l > ↗^†naǧl ‘outflowing water, spring; to abound with springs of water’ (vb. < n.) (= ^†[v16] of ↗NǦL)
► + iterative *‑f > ↗^†naǧf ‘to milk (a sheep) well’
► + deverbative *‑w > ↗^†naǧw ‘pouring cloud’
According to Gabal2012, the following 3-cons. roots are formed by extension from the bi-cons. root nucleus *NǦ‑:
► + Ø (pure stem) ↗ ^†naǧǧa ‘to seep, ooze’
► + *‑w > ↗naǧā (naǧw) ‘to save o.s., be rescued, escape’
► + *‑d > ↗naǧd ‘highland, upland, tableland, plateau; the Nejd’
► + *‑s > ↗naǧas ‘impurity, dirt, filth, defilement’
► + *‑m ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight, rise (star)’, naǧm ‘star’

*¹NǦ‑ نجـ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦ-

2-cons. root nucleus

*to strip – Ehret1989 #57

See below, section DERIV.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

–

▪ According to Ehret1989 #57, the following 3-cons. roots derive from pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip’:
► + extendative *‑b > ↗^†naǧb ‘to remove the bark from a tree’
► + diffusive *‑r > ↗naǧara ‘to cut or plane wood’
► + iterative *‑p > ↗^†naǧf ‘to shave or polish an arrow’
► + intensive (manner) *‑p ↗^†naǧf ‘to cut down, pull out’
► + finitive *‑l > ↗^†naǧl ‘to blot out, erase, wipe the writing tablet’ (= ^†[v10] of ↗NǦL; cf. also ^†[v9] ‘to rip up, skin an animal from the hocks’, ibid.)
► + inchoative (> tr.) *‑w > ↗^†naǧw ‘to cut down a tree and strip off its branches, skin a camel’

*²NǦ‑ نجـ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦ-

2-cons. root nucleus

*to seep, ooze – Ehret1995 #613
*breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not solid, from within s.th. – Gabal2012

See below, section DERIV.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Note the remarkable closeness between Ehret’s *‘to seep, ooze’ and Gabal’s *‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. from inside’ (see ↗*NǦ‑)

–

▪ According to Ehret1995 #613, the following 3-cons. roots derive from pre-protSem *ng ‘to seep, ooze’:
► + Ø > ↗^†naǧǧ ‘to bleed, suppurate’
► + extendative fortative *‑ḫʷ > ↗^†naǧḫ ‘to bring wind and rain’
► + durative *‑d > ↗naǧida ‘to drip with perspiration’
► + noun suffix *‑l > ↗^†naǧl ‘outflowing water, spring; to abound with springs of water’ (vb. < n.) (= ^†[v16] of ↗NǦL)
► + iterative *‑f > ↗^†naǧf ‘to milk (a sheep) well’
► + deverbative *‑w > ↗^†naǧw ‘pouring cloud’
▪ According to Gabal2012, the following 3-cons. roots are formed by extension from the bi-cons. root nucleus *NǦ‑:
► + Ø (pure stem) ↗ ^†naǧǧa ‘to seep, ooze’
► + *‑w > ↗naǧā (naǧw) ‘to save o.s., be rescued, escape’
► + *‑d > ↗naǧd ‘highland, upland, tableland, plateau; the Nejd’
► + *‑s > ↗naǧas ‘impurity, dirt, filth, defilement’
► + *‑m > ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight, rise (star)’, naǧm ‘star’

NǦD نجد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NǦD

“root”

▪ NǦD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hard and high land, plateau, to climb, a well-marked road which is both clear and wide; mean and tough camels; courage, assistance, to overcome’

▪ From WSem *√NGD ‘to become prominent, conspicuous, to drag, lead, travel’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

NǦS نجس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NǦS

“root”

▪ NǦS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘filth, defilement, desecration, profanity, to soil; a type of amulet or charm used in pre-Islamic Arabia to protect children, incantations’

▪ …

–

.

–

NǦL نجل

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

“root”

▪ NǦL_1 ‘to beget’ ↗naǧala
▪ NǦL_2 ‘large-eyed, wide (eye), gaping (wound)’ ↗ʔanǧalᵘ
▪ NǦL_3 ‘couch grass, orchard grass (Dactylis; bot.); quitch (bot.)’ ↗naǧīl
▪ NǦL_4 ‘scythe, sickle’ ↗minǧal
▪ NǦL_5 ‘bench vice’ ↗manǧalaẗ
▪ NǦL_6 (ʔNGL) ‘anglification’ ↗ʔangalaẗ
▪ NǦL_7 (ʔNǦīL) ‘gospel’ ↗ʔinǧīl
▪ NǦL_8 (ʔNGūLā) ‘Angola’ ↗ʔanġōlā
Other meanings, now obsolete (as given by Steingass1884 and Hava1899, corroborated by Wahrmund1877; unless stated otherwise, meanings given in French are from Kazimirski1860):
▪ ^†NǦL_9 ‘to rip up, skin (a slaughtered animal) from the hocks’: ^†naǧala, u (naǧl)
▪ ^†NǦL_10 ‘to blot out, erase (a writing), wipe the writing-tablet’: ^†naǧala, i or u (naǧl); ? VIII ^†ĭntaǧala ‘to remove water from the foot of a wall’
▪ ^†NǦL_11 ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles)’: ^†naǧala, i (naǧl); ? VIII ^†ĭntaǧala ‘to remove water from the foot of a wall’
▪ ^†NǦL_12 ‘to ill-treat s.o.’: ^†naǧala, i (naǧl)
▪ ^†NǦL_13 ‘marcher d’un pas vigoureux’: ^†naǧala, i (naǧl)
▪ ^†NǦL_14 ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’: ^†naǧala, u (naǧl)
▪ ^†NǦL_15 ‘to split, pierce (s.th., bi‑ with a spear); to make and opening in the earth to till (the ground)’: ^†naǧala, i or u (naǧl); ^†naǧl ‘opening made in the earth to plant s.th.’
▪ ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring / eau qui sort du sol’ (LandbergZetterstéen1942)’: ^†naǧl, pl. ʔanǧāl; cf. also ^†naǧala, u (naǧl) and X ^†ĭstanǧala ‘1 to abound with springs of water; 2 to become swampy (ground) / se couvrir d’eau à la surface (se dit du sol marécageux)’, DaṯAr naǧīlaẗ ‘spring, well’ (LandbergZetterstéen1942)
▪ ^†NǦL_17 ‘to combat, fight / combattre, en venir aux mains les uns avec les autres’: VI ^†tanāǧala
▪ ^†NǦL_18 ‘hervorbringen, ans Licht ziehen, bekannt machen | tirer, extraire ou emmener | to disclose; to manifest s.th.’ : ^†naǧala, u (naǧl); cf. also VIII ^†ĭntaǧala ‘to show o.s., appear (and disappear) / apparaître et disparaître aussitôt’; cf. also X ^†ĭstanǧala ‘pousser de dessous terre, paraître à la surface du sol’
▪ ^†NǦL_19 ‘breiter Weg’: ^†naǧl, pl. ʔanǧāl

General remarks
While items NǦL_5–8 obviously are of foreign provenience, relations among the remaining values of the root are as unclear as the etymology of the corresponding items, due to the relative scarcity of Sem or other cognates. It is also not clear whether all can/should be traced back to one single value or etymon, or whether we are dealing with two or more homonymous roots. Opinion differs considerably, even in the case of minǧal ‘scythe, sickle’ (NǦL_4), which some believe to be of ultimately Sum origin while others derive it from Copt, or Eg, or Grk, and again others postulate a Sem *NGL ‘to mow, reap’ and/or put it together with the vb. Ar naǧala, giving the latter’s basic value either as ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (^†NǦL_9) or ‘to blot out, erase (a writing), wipe the writing-tablet’ (^†NǦL_10) or ‘to split, pierce’ (^†NǦL_15). – Leslau, Ehret and Orel&Stolbova seem to identify at least two roots: Ehret1989 gives pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip’ as the origin of Ar naǧala in the sense of ‘to blot out, erase, wipe the writing tablet’ (^†NǦL_10), while Ehret1995 reconstructs pre-protSem *ng ‘to seep, ooze’ as the basis of Ar naǧl ‘outflowing water, spring’ and a denom. vb. naǧala ‘to abound with springs of water’ (^†NǦL_16); Orel&Stolbova1994 list a Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to mow, reap’ (> Ar NǦL_4 minǧal ‘sickle’) alongside with Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’ (> Ar ^†NǦL_11 naǧala ‘to throw away, fling’), both of which with assumed AfrAs predecessors; Leslau1987 associates one Gz ngl (‘to uproot’) with Ar nǧl ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (^†NǦL_9) while he does not give an Ar cognate of another, homonymous Gz ngl (‘to become visible’) although its meaning comes close to Ar ^†NǦL_18. The latter’s semantics may also suggest contamination with an N-stem of ↗ǦLW/Y ‘to make clear, plain, clarify’, cf. Ar ĭnǧalà, vb. VII, ‘to become clear, manifest itself’.
NǦL_5–8
▪ NǦL_5: prob. from modGrk μέγγενη ~ μέγκενη /méŋgeni/ ‘bench vice’; perh. a wanderwort.
▪ NǦL_6: created from an assumed 4-rad. root *√ʔNGL along the faʕlalaẗ pattern for vn.s of 4-rad. verbs, cf. TaRǦaMaẗ ‘translation’, from TaRǦaMa, vb. I, ‘to translate, interpret’, from √TRǦM, or TaLFaNa ‘to phone’, from TiLīFūN ‘telephone’, hypothetical root *√TLFN.
▪ NǦL_7: lw., prob. via Gz wangēl, from Grk εὐαγγέλιον euangélion ‘god tidings, gospel’
▪ NǦL_8: Eg spelling of ʔanġōlā ‘Angola’
NǦL_1–4 and ^†NǦL_9–19
▪ One basic thematic idea that possibly is common to several of the non-foreign values seems to be the one given by Ǧabal2012 for the root nucleus *NǦ‑ in general, namely ‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not solid, from within s.th. (nafāḏ kaṯīf ġayr ṣalib min bāṭin šayʔ)’, which corresponds, roughly, to Ehret’s (1995) assumption of a pre-protSem *√NG ‘to seep, ooze ’ (↗NǦ‑_2). The values that come closest to this idea would be ^†‘to split, pierce (and thereby cause an opening); (to make an opening in the earth) to till (the ground)’ (^†NǦL_15), ^†‘to show o.s., appear, break through (from down in the soil); to disclose, manifest’ (^†NǦL_18), and ^†‘outflowing water, spring’, hence also ‘to abound with springs of water; to become swampy (ground)’ (^†NǦL_16), perhaps even ‘large-eyed, wide (eye), gaping (wound)’ (NǦL_2, if the eye or wound is seen as *‘opening ’ caused by the *‘penetration, piercing’ of ^†NǦL_15). ^†‘Outflowing water, spring’ could in turn be the source of ‘to beget; offspring’ (NǦL_1, if thought as *‘eruption of sperms, ejaculation’) as well as of ^†‘to combat, fight’ (^†NǦL_17, enemies *‘spurting out, erupting’ into each other). Perhaps also the naǧīl type of grass (NǦL_3) is originally the *‘pullulating (i.e., erupting, and quickly spreading)’ plant. Also the ‘broad path’ (^†NǦL_19) may be a metaphorical or extended use of what originally was a *‘wide opening’ (NǦL_2). – If the *‘breaking through/eruption’ is thought of as accompanied by some vehemence/violence, then also some other items may be connected. But this would be even more speculative – and probably also less convincing than their derivation from…
▪ Orel&Stolbova’s (1994) Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw ’ or Ehret’s (1989) pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip ’ (↗NǦ‑_1). The item that Ehret regards as the direct result of the extension of this nucleus by finitive *‑l is ^†‘to blot out, erase, wipe the writing tablet’ (^†NǦL_10). But why not also ^†‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (^†NǦL_9)? The latter is the value Leslau1987 assumes to be akin to Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted’, Soq ngl ‘to make go out’ and Syr naggel ‘to remove’, and hence also to Ar minǧal ‘scythe, sickle’ (NǦL_4) which he thinks is the *‘instrument that removes, uproots’. Given that the movement carried out in ‘blotting out, erasing, wiping the writing tablet’ can be imagined to be a vehement, swift movement away from the speaker, one may also connect ^†‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles); to remove water from the foot of a wall’ (^†NǦL_11), which later may have been generalized into ^†‘to strike, beat, push, drive’ (^†NǦL_14) and hence also ^†‘to ill-treat’ (^†NǦL_12) and ^†‘marcher d’un pas vigoureux’ (^†NǦL_13). – But, again: all this is highly speculative, uncorroborated by sufficient evidence, and all assumptions are at best preliminary.
▪ EtymArab’s hypothesis is that (a) the evidence outside Ar is broad enough to assume a wider Sem and AfrAs dimension and therefore exclude dependence of the root, as a whole, on Sum, Eg, Copt, or Grk, and (b) that, within Sem, the primary value is ^†[v11] ‘to throw away (stones, pebbles, a lance etc.), fling, strike off’ (= Orel&Stolbova1994: Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’, from AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’). This ‘throwing away’ is accompanied by, or carried out with, some violence (hence ^†[v13] ‘marcher d’un pas vigoureux’), typically directed at an animal to chase it (> ^†[v14] ‘to strike, beat, push, drive away’) or a human being (> ^†[v12] ‘to ill-treat’). The chasing may also be carried out with a lance or a spear, and when this is directed against another person, esp. an enemy, we get ^†[v17] ‘to combat, fight’. The attack may result in some ‘splitting, piercing’ (^†[v15]), caused by the weapon. In a next step, ‘splitting, piercing’ gives rise to a number of derived values. On the one hand, there is, once an animal is killed, the splitting of its skin at a certain point of the leg, as an initial opening with the aim of ‘ripping up, skinning (a slaughtered animal) from the hocks’ (^†[v9]) (cf. Ehret1989’s pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip’), a notion that can easily be transferred to the ‘blotting out, erasing (of a writing), or wiping (of the writing-tablet)’ (^†[v10]), which is similar to the removal of the skin in that it is a scraping movement away from the agent. From ‘splitting, piercing’ may also derive the ‘cutting’ carried out by [v4] the ‘sickle’ (cf. Orel&Stolbova1994: Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to mow, reap’, from AfrAs *n˅gil‑ ‘to cut’), perh. crossing the semantics of a loanword (Sum > Akk > WSem) here. On the other hand, the splitting may also cause a wide opening, which is the basic idea of the ‘gaping wound’ and the ‘wide, open eye’ ([v2]) as well as openings in the earth caused by digging, to cultivate crops, or openings happening naturally and spontaneously in the ground or a swamp, causing water to ‘flow out, spring’, hence the values ‘to abound with springs of water’ and ‘to become swampy (ground)’ ^†[v16] (cf. Ǧabal2012’s Ar *NǦ‑ ‘breaking through, eruption’ and Ehret1995’s pre-protSem *NG ‘to seep, ooze’). ‘Erupting’ like water from the ground may also be the copious growth of the [v3] ‘couch grass, orchard grass’, or male sperma when ejaculated from the penis (hence [v1] ‘to beget’), or the sudden ‘appearance (and disappearance)’ of s.th. (^†[v18]). Last but not least, also ^†[v19] ‘broad path’ may originally be simply a ‘wide opening’.

NB: First attestations given only for the values that have become obsolete in MSA. For the others, cf. entries ↗naǧala, ↗ʔanǧalᵘ, ↗naǧīl, and ↗minǧal.
▪ ^†NǦL_9 ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’: first attested in this sense in 723 CE in a verse by ʕUmar b. Laǧaʔ al-Taymī – HDAL (1Jun2020).
▪ ^†NǦL_11 ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles)’ and ^†NǦL_14 ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’: ^†naǧala ‘to drive (a camel) forward by throwing pebbles on it’, first attested 544 CE in a verse by ʔImruʔ al-Qays b. Ḥuǧr al-Kindī (vn. naǧl 693 CE, al-Zafayān al-Saʕdī) – HDAL (1Jun2020).
▪ ^†NǦL_15 ‘to split, pierce (s.th., bi‑ with a spear); to till (the ground)’: naǧl (spears etc.: causing widely gaping wounds) first attested 545 CE in a verse by Ṭarīfaẗ/Ẓarīfaẗ al-Ḥimyariyyaẗ; corresponding vb. naǧala ‘to hit s.o. with a spear, thereby causing a gaping wound’ 670 CE in a verse by Mulayḥ b. al-Ḥakam al-Huḏalī – HDAL (1Jun2020). – Derived value ‘to dig up the earth to prepare it for agriculture’: first attested 657 CE in a verse by Ibn Muqbil al-ʕAġlānī al-Tamīmī – HDAL (1Jun2020).
▪ ^†NǦL_16 ‘(n.) outflowing water, spring; (vb.) 1 to abound with springs of water; 2 to become swampy (ground)’: ^†naǧl ‘water pouring out from a swamp’, first attested 581 CE in a verse by ʕAmr Ḏū ’l-Kalb b. al-ʕAǧlān al-Huḏalī – HDAL (1Jun2020).

▪ NǦL_1 naǧala ‘to beget’: (?) Gz nagad ‘tribe, clan, kin, stock, kindred, progeny, lineage, family’ (connection suggested by Dillmann 695 and Barth 1893: 33, but considered “doubtful” by Leslau1987: 391). Equally or even more unlikely, according to Leslau1987: 137, is the derivation (suggested by Praetorius1879: 77) of Gz dəngəl ‘chaste (young man), celibate (monk), virgin’ from Ar naǧala ‘to beget’. – Value dependent on ^†NǦL_15 ‘to pierce’ and/or ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’?
▪ NǦL_2 ʔanǧalᵘ ‘large-eyed, wide (eye), gaping (wound)’: no cognates in Sem or outside Sem. – Akin to ^†NǦL_15 ‘to pierce’ and/or ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’?
▪ NǦL_3 naǧīl ‘couch grass, orchard grass; quitch’: EgAr naggil, vb. II, ‘1 to free of nigīl; 2 to grass, produce grass, become grassy’. – No obvious cognates outside Ar. – Akin to ^†NǦL_15 ‘to pierce’ and/or ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’.
▪ NǦL_4 minǧal ‘sickle’: (? Akk niggallu, ningallu,) Hbr maggāl, JudAram maggǝlā, Syr maggəlā, maggaltā ‘sickle’, Mand manglia ‘scythes’, Ar naǧala ‘faucher (les céréales), labourer (la terre)’. – Leslau1987: 392 thinks Ar minǧal is cognate to Ar naǧala ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (^†NǦL_9), to which he also puts Soq ngl ‘to make go out’, Syr naggel ‘to remove’, Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted, roll, roll up, make into a ball’ (‘scythe, sickle’ < *‘instrument that removes, uproots’); but he also thinks that it is possible that Gz nagala ‘to roll up’ is to be separated from Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted’. – Fraenkel1886 derives minǧal from naǧala ‘to pierce’ (^†NǦL_15). – Rolland2014: from Copt mančale ‘pickaxe, hoe’, from Grk makélē ~ mákella ‘dto.’, but probably (= Rolland’s »hypothèse personnelle«) also akin to Akk ikkaru ‘plowman, farm laboror; farmer’ (> Ar ↗ʔakkār ‘plowman’), from Sum engar ‘irrigator, farmer’ (< en ‘lord’ + agar ‘field’ – Halloran3.0). – Corriente2008: EgAr mangal, Ar minǧal »do not appear to derive from a rather uncommon verb *naǧala«, so a Copt origin should not be excluded; but more likely from Eg. In contrast, Westendorf2008 thinks Copt mankʸale ~ mančale ‘Hacke, Schaufel’ is from Ar minǧal… – Orel&Stolbova1994 and Militarev&Stolbova2007 see cognates also outside Sem, in some Chad languages: (WCh) Warji ngǝlatǝ-na, Kariya ngalǝta, Miya ngǝlatǝ ‘sickle’; (CCh) Gude ŋgíla ‘knife’, Nzangi ngîla ‘knife, sword’; (ECh) Migama ʔângùl ‘sickle’.
▪ NǦL_5 manǧalaẗ ‘bench vice’: no cognates (loanword).
▪ NǦL_6 ʔangalaẗ ‘anglification’: no cognates (loanword).
▪ NǦL_7 ʔinǧīl ‘gospel’: no cognates (loanword).
▪ NǦL_8 ʔanġōlā ‘Angola’: no cognates (n.topogr.).
▪ ^†NǦL_9 naǧala ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’: Leslau1987: 392 sees Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted; to roll, roll up, make into a ball’ as akin to Ar ^†NǦL_9 as well as Soq ngl ‘to make go out’, Syr naggel ‘to remove’; he also thinks that Ar minǧal ‘scythe, sickle’ (NǦL_4, see above) has to be put here, as *‘instrument that removes, uproots’.
▪ ^†NǦL_10 naǧala ‘to blot out, erase (a writing), wipe the writing-tablet’: no obvious cognates, but perh. to be grouped together with ‘to remove water from the foot of a wall’; perh. akin to ^†NǦL_9 naǧala (see preceding item) and with this also to NǦL_4.
▪ ^†NǦL_11 naǧala ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles)’: cf. perh. also Ar ^†ĭntaǧala, vb. VIII, ‘to remove water from the foot of a wall’. – No obvious cognates, but perh. to be seen together with ^†NǦL_9, 10 and the following ^†NǦL_12-14, all of which denote a movement carried out with some vigour and intensity, often in a direction away from the speaker. – ? Outside Sem: (WCh) Tangale kwal, Gera ŋwal, Galambu ŋgwál‑, Kulere gyol ‘to throw’ – Militarev&Stolbova2007 (and Orel&Stolbova1994 #1897).
▪ ^†NǦL_12 naǧala ‘to ill-treat, mistreat’: see preceding.
▪ ^†NǦL_13 naǧala ‘marcher d’un pas vigoureux’: see NǦL_10-12.
▪ ^†NǦL_14 naǧala ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’: cf.^†NǦL_10-13.
▪ ^†NǦL_15 naǧala ‘to split, pierce; (to make an opening in the earth) to till (the ground)’: For Fraenkel1886, this is the basic value of naǧala from which, for him, also NǦL_4 minǧal ‘sickle’ derives. – Akin to NǦL_1 ‘to beget’ (< *‘to break through, erupt’) or ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’ (< *‘water that comes out after having split/pierced/dug up the soil’)?
▪ ^†NǦL_16 naǧl ‘outflowing water, spring / eau qui sort du sol’, and (prob. denom.) naǧala, vb. I, and ĭstanǧala, vb. X, ‘1 to abound with springs of water; 2 to become swampy (ground) / se couvrir d’eau à la surface (se dit du sol marécageux)’, DaṯAr naǧīlaẗ ‘spring, well’: akin to NǦL_1 ‘to beget’ and/or NǦL_15 ‘to split, pierce; to till (the ground)’ (see preceding item)?
▪ ^†NǦL_17 tanāǧala, vb. VI, ‘to combat, fight / combattre, en venir aux mains les uns avec les autres’: metaphorical use of ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’ (troops etc. seen as *‘spurting out, erupting’ into each other)? If so, the item may also be related to NǦL_2 ‘large-eyed, wide (eye), gaping (wound)’ and ^†NǦL_15 ‘to pierce’ (see above). – See also Ambivalent cases in section DISC below.
▪ ^†NǦL_18 naǧala ‘hervorbringen, ans Licht ziehen, bekannt machen / tirer, extraire ou emmener’: cf. also ^†ĭntaǧala, vb. VIII, ‘to show o.s., appear (and disappear) / apparaître et disparaître aussitôt’, and ^†ĭstanǧala, vb. X, ‘pousser de dessous terre, paraître à la surface du sol’: (?) Gz nagala ‘to be visible, be adorned’, mangal, mangəl ‘that which is visible, adornment’ – not considered as possible cognate of the Ar vb.s by Leslau1987 (s.v. nagala II). – Any relation to the N-stem of ǦLY (ĭnǧalà)? (See also Ambivalent cases, below.) – Or to ^†NǦL_15 ‘to pierce’ and/or ^†NǦL_16 ‘outflowing water, spring’ (in which it might also be akin to NǦL_1 ‘to beget’, NǦL_2 ‘large-eyed’, NǦL_3 naǧīl ‘couch grass’, etc.).
▪ ^†NǦL_19 naǧl ‘broad path’: probably akin to, or an extended use of, ‘opening’ (^†NǦL_2) caused by ‘splitting, piercing’ (^†NǦL_15).
Ambivalent evidence
▪ Syr ngal and naggel ‘to flee, take to flight’ (PayneSmith1903; Brockelmann1895 gives ‘1 devastatus est; 2 emigravit’) do not seem to be akin to any of the Ar values. Cf., however (sub ^†NǦL_9, above) Leslau’s rendering of Syr naggel as ‘to remove’, hence his association of the vb. with Ar naǧala ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ as well as with minǧal ‘scythe, sickle’ (NǦL_4), as *‘instrument that removes, uproots’.
▪ Most of the DaṯAr items listed by LandbergZetterstéen1942 s.r. √NǦL are certainly not to be considered here, since they are dialectal variations of items from the standard Ar root √NQL, due to realisation of /q/ as [g] (e.g., DaṯAr nagal ‘transporter, décharger’, or tanaggal ‘transporter à plusieurs reprises’). – There are, however, also ʿOmAr negel and DaṯAr ntegel, both ‘to throw/cast o.s. into s.th.’, a value that may come close to Ar tanāǧala (^†NǦL_17) ‘to throw o.s. into combat’ and naǧala ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ (^†NǦL_11).

▪ For an own attempt at a synthesis, integrating all Ar non-borrowed values, see above, end of section CONC.
▪ For possible deeper (Sem, pre-protSem, AfrAs) dimensions and the evidence put forward by the authors of corresponding theories, see ↗*NǦ‑, ↗*NǦ‑_1 and ↗*NǦ‑_2 (for Ehret); ↗*NǦ‑ and ^†NǦL_16 below (for Ǧabal); ^†NǦL_11 (for Orel&Stolbova’s *‘to throw’) and ^†NǦL_4 (for Orel&Stolbova’s *‘sickle; to reap, cut’).
▪ Like Orel&Stolbova, Dolgopolsky2012 #1582 distinguishes two main Sem values (based on the Ar evidence): a first one corresponding to Ar naǧala, u, ‘to rip up, skin (a beast) from the hocks ^†[v9]; till (the ground) ^†[v15]’, and a second one corresponding to Ar naǧala, i, ‘to erase (a writing)’ ^†[v10], ‘to strike off pebbles’ (camel) ^†[v11], ‘to pierce (with a spear)’ ^†[v15]. – He sees cognates in Chad (MfG ́‑ngɜl‑ ‘cueillir, arracher’, Mf ń̥gʷalala ‘fête de récolte’, ngɜl‑ ‘to cut’) and perh. Eg (Pyr) ngȝ ‘to kill, slaughter’,¹⁰⁷ (GrkRom) ngȝ ‘die Glieder zerfleischen, den Augapfel ausreißen’, and reconstructs Sem *√NGL < AfrAs *√NGL < Nostr *ńogü˹lͅ|ĺ˺˅ ‘to tear out\asunder, pinch, flay’ (reconstructed on account of assumed parallels in other macrofamilies).
▪ NǦL_1 naǧala ‘to beget’, naǧl ‘offspring’: no obvious cognates. – Dillmann and Barth (quoted in Leslau1987: 391) suggested to connect Ar naǧl with Gz nagad ‘tribe, clan, kin, stock, kindred, progeny, lineage, family’; Leslau himself, however, thinks this is »doubtful«. Equally or even more unlikely, according to Leslau1987: 137, is the derivation (suggested by Praetorius1879: 77) of Gz dəngəl ‘chaste (young man), celibate (monk), virgin’ from Ar naǧala ‘to beget’. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: *^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘wide opening’ > ^†[v16] ‘opening through which water flows out, spring’ > [v1] ‘to beget’ (< *ejaculation of sperma). – There may have happened some contamination with ↗NSL (nasala ‘to beget, procreate, father’, nasl ‘progeny, offspring, descendants’).
▪ NǦL_2 ʔanǧalᵘ ‘large-eyed, wide (eye), gaping (wound)’: no immediately obvious cognates in Sem or outside Sem; but prob. akin to ^†[v15] ‘to pierce, split’ (incl. ‘opening made in the earth to plant s.th.’) and/or ^†[v16] ‘outflowing water, spring’, and perh. also ^†[v19] ‘broad path’. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: *^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘gaping wound’ > ‘“gaping” eyes, wide opening (in general)’.
▪ NǦL_3 naǧīl ‘couch grass, orchard grass (Dactylis; bot.); quitch (bot.)’: no immediately obvious cognates in Sem or outside Sem. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: *^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘wide opening’ > to break through this opening, ^†[v18] burst out and spread > grass that does so = [v3] ‘couch grass, orchard grass’. – For other options, cf. main entry, ↗naǧīl.
▪ NǦL_4 ‘scythe, sickle’: Among all the items ascribed to the root √NǦL, Ar minǧal is certainly the most widely discussed one. However, opinion differs considerably as to the possible origin of the word. We may distinguish two main types of theories put forward so far: (a) extra-Sem borrowing, (b) inner-Semitic development, either through inner-Sem borrowing or a common Sem origin.
Ad (a): Extra-Sem borrowing appears likely to some due to the »fact«, as e.g. Corriente2008: 101-2 has it, »that Ar minǧal does not appear to derive from a rather uncommon verb naǧala« and that reflexes of minǧal in Neo-Arabic dialects are relatively rare. (See however below for EtymArab’s ideas on possible inner-Ar dependence.) Also in favour of a borrowing from outside Sem is the scarcity of Sem verbs belonging to Sem √NGL. As a consequence, Sum, Eg, Copt, and Grk etyma have been suggested. A Sum origin is considered possible by CAD for Akk niggallu ~ ningallu ‘sickle’ (from oBab, oAss on) [whence the word may have entered Sem, then with Akk n‑ > WSem m‑; more specifically, one could imagine a development *Sum > Akk > Aram > Hbr, Ar; or *Sum > Akk > Hbr > Aram > Ar]. However, CAD does not specify the alleged Sum etymon. (VonSoden ii 1972 classified Akk niggallu ~ ningallu as »unbekannter Herkunft«, i.e., of unknown provenience, though certainly not originally Akk.) Rolland2014 first reports another theory (Ar < Copt < Grk, see below), then adds his »hypothèse personnelle« that minǧal may also be akin to Akk ikkāru ‘plowman, farm laborer; farmer’ (> Ar ↗ʔakkār ‘plowman’), which is a borrowing from Sum engar ‘irrigator, farmer’ (< en ‘lord’ + agar ‘field’ – Halloran3.0). This etymology seems problematic for phonological reasons: Rolland does not explain why minǧal should have preserved the Sum ‑ng‑, while all other items derived from Sum engar show ‑kk‑; his hypothesis presupposes a more or less direct borrowing of Ar minǧal from Sum, while ʔakkār would have gone through Akk. – A Sum connection is rejected in total by Orel&Stolbova1994 and Militarev&Stolbova2007 in view of the comparative (Sem and AfrAs) data. They think they have found enough cognates, both within and outside Sem, to justify an ultimately AfrAs origin: reconstructing Sem *mi‑/ma‑ngal‑ ‘sickle’, *n˅gil‑ ‘to mow, reap’, and Chad *n˅gi/ula(‑t) ‘sickle’ (WCh *n˅gal‑at‑ ‘sickle’, CCh *n˅g˅l‑ ‘to cut’, *n˅gi/ul(‑at)‑ ‘sickle, knife’, ECh *ʔa‑ngul‑ ‘sickle’), they postulate (1994) AfrAs *n˅gil‑ ‘to cut’, or, slightly more cautiously (2007), AfrAs *ngl ‘to reap’. In any case, the Chad evidence (see COGN) would speak against the theory that assumes a borrowing Sum > Akk > WSem – otherwise the Chad terms would have to be borrowings from Sem. – Zimmern1914 does not mention Ar minǧal or any of its Sem cognates as a borrowing from Akk. Furthermore, if the borrowing was Sum > Akk > WSem, the word-initial sound shift Akk n‑ > WSem m‑ will have to be explained. – A (Grk >) Copt > Ar etymology is reported and supported by Rolland2014, considered possible by BadawiHinds1986 (at least for EgAr mangal ‘type of large sickle’), and discussed in some detail by Corriente2008: Ar minǧal, EgAr mangal ‘sickle’ < Copt mančale ‘pickaxe, hoe’ < Grk makélē ~ mákella ‘id.’. Corriente is reluctant to accept this etymology, given that the instrument signified by the Copt and Grk words is a ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’, while the Ar words mean a ‘sickle’. Furthermore, against a Grk origin would speak the fact that the Egyptians were »established farmers« and one has to wonder why such a people should »borrow the name of an agricultural tool from abroad«. Therefore, Corriente concludes, it is more likely that the borrowing went the other way round and happened much earlier, i.e., from Eg into Grk and Sem. Grk would have preserved the original meaning, while the semantic shift in Sem »might be explained by a borrowing in a time when western Semites still lived mostly as nomads, scarcely interested in agricultural lore«. However plausible this may sound, Corriente does not give us the Eg word of which Copt mankʸale ~ mančale would be the successor and that could have gone into Grk and Sem. The fact is: it seems that there is no such word at all, the Eg terms for ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’ being rather different from Copt mančale or Grk makélē ~ mákella. – Thus, there seems to be only one way out of the dilemma: While Copt mančale may well be from Grk makélē ~ mákella, the Grk item itself should be assumed to be either a completely inner-Grk affair, or a borrowing from a Sem language, most probably Hbr maggāl or Aram maggəlā. Phonologically, this does not look impossible (although the ‑n‑ in Copt mankʸale ~ mančale would have to be explained), and the semantic distance between Sem ‘sickle; scythe’ and Grk/Copt ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’ is not too far. Beekes2009: 894, too, would not exclude that Grk makélē and the Arm markeł ‘mattock’ are both loans »from a common source« (which we think could well have been a Sem language). Moreover, as Ar NǦL_2 and ^†NǦL_15 show, ‘sickle, scythe’ is only a rather specialized development, while a more basic value is *‘to pierce, split’, and thereby ‘make an opening in the earth to plant s.th., till the ground’. So, while Westendorf2008 is probably wrong in assuming that Copt mankʸale ~ mančale is a loan from Ar minǧal, he may have understood that the origin of the Copt word ultimately could be Sem.
Ad (b) Sem origin and inner-Sem borrowing: It is obvious that Hbr maggāl, Syr maggǝlā ‘sickle’, Mand manglia ‘scythes’, and perh. also Akk niggallu ~ ningallu ‘sickle’, are akin to Ar minǧal. If the Akk word is a loan from Sum (see above), the similarity with the WSem words is either a mere coincidence or it was the Akk word that went into WSem. In the light of the Chad evidence, Orel&Stolbova1994/Militarev&Stolbova2007 reject the idea of a borrowing from outside Sem. If one follows their argument (see above), then a Sem *mi‑/ma‑ngal‑ ‘sickle’, *n˅gil‑ ‘to mow, reap’ may be the etymon common to both the ESem (Akk) and WSem terms, all deriving directly from one common ancestor, without inner-Sem intermediates. In contrast, Jeffery1938, for instance, thinks that Ar minǧal is an inner-Sem loan, from Hbr maggāl or Syr maggǝlā. (Jeffery explains the additional ‑n‑ in Ar minǧal as opposed to the Can forms as a common phenomenon in Ar loan-words, cf., e.g., Ar ↗kanf ‘(palm of the) hand’ < Syr kappā, or Ar ↗qunfuḏ ‘hedgehog’ from Hbr qippōd, Syr qupp^əḏā, or Ar ↗ḫinzīr from Hbr ḥzīr, Syr ḥzīrā, etc.). Fraenkel1886 tends to make Ar minǧal dependent on Syr maggəlā (with dissimilation of Syr *‑gg‑ > Ar ‑nǧ‑) because, according to him, the Ar vb. naǧala only means ‘to pierce’ (^†NǦL_15), and the value ‘sickle’ would be difficult to derive from ‘to pierce’. (As the disambiguation section above shows, Fraenkel is completely wrong here: first, because there are many more values than ‘to pierce’; and second, because the sickles used in ancient times may have looked similar to some kind of pickaxes, or hoes, or mattocks, so that his argument is not very strong. Furthermore, the tool designated by a Sem n.instr. (Militarev2002: Sem *mi‑/ma‑ngal‑) formed from the root *NGL was not necessarily always a sickle, but may at some – unfortunately still unattested – stage also have been a sickle-shaped hoe; see below.) – BDB1906 list Hbr maggāl under the hypothetical root Hbr √NGL – there is no corresponding verb, which is why the root itself is said to be »of unknown meaning«! – and mention Ar ^†naǧala, vb. I, ‘to strike, split, pierce’ (^†NǦL_14, ^†NǦL_15) as a probable, though »very infrequent«, cognate; Ar minǧal is put alongside with Hbr maggāl although the Ar word is »possibly from Aram«. – Leslau1987: 392 thinks Ar minǧal is derived from Ar naǧala in the sense of ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (^†NǦL_9); however, he does not regard this as an exclusively Ar value but as part of a wider Sem picture to which also Soq ngl ‘to make go out’, Syr naggel ‘to remove’, Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted, roll, roll up, make into a ball’ belong, so that, for Leslau, the Sem ‘scythe, sickle’ etymologically is the *‘instrument that removes, uproots’. – In our opinion, the latter could reflect the stage in the semantic development of items from the root NGL/NǦL in which a Sem word was loaned into Copt and/or Grk, hence the meaning ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’, i.e., tool with which the soil is cultivated (*pierced, split, opened, widened, cf. ^†[v15]). – There seems to have been, in earlier research on minǧal, a kind of “filter bubble” that tended to believe that the semantic distance between ‘sickle’ and the other values found in the Ar root was too big to be explained by derivation; therefore, Sum, Eg, Copt, Grk etyma were voluntarily accepted. But as the above discussion has shown, these etymologies are often rather problematic, so that a dependence of the Sem ‘sickles’ on the value ^†‘to strike, split, pierce; to till (the ground)’ should not be excluded (although the vb. is »rather uncommon« with this meaning, as Corriente2008 has it, or even »very infrequent«, as BDB1906 marks it). –
The Etymology suggested by EtymArab combines elements from both theories discussed above. We think that the term for ‘sickle’ was borrowed from Sum into Akk, then from Akk into WSem, where it however began to interact with an already existing root √NGL/NǦL. Until the moment of borrowing, semantics in the Sem root had developed along the line: ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th. with a spear)’. From here, two alternatives are possible: a) …> ‘to split = to dig up the earth, till the ground’ > tool used to do so = *‘hoe’ (no attestions for the tool, only for the vb.); b) … > ‘to split = ^†[v9] = to rip up, skin (a slaughtered animal) from the hocks’ > instrument to do so. When the ‘sickle’ then was borrowed into Sem, the term was eventually adapted in form to Sem word patterns (causing initial Sum/Akk n‑ > WSem m‑) and began to interfer with the earlier meanings ‘instrument to pierce, till the ground’ or ‘instrument to skin an animal’, until it superseded as ‘scythe, sickle’.
▪ NǦL_5 ‘bench vice’: BadawiHinds1986 gives the origin of EgAr mangalaẗ as Grk méngelē. This is probably a variant of μέγγενη ~ μέγκενη /méŋgeni/ ‘vice’, according to Wiktionary a loan from Tu méngene ‘press, vice, screw-jack, clamp’ which, according to Nişanyan_27Jan2018, is in its turn from modGrk μάγγανο(ν) /máŋgano(n)/ ~ μαγγάνι /maŋgáni/ ‘calender, machine to calender cloth or linen, mangle, press; winch, windlass’ < (Nişanyan) oGrk μάγγανον /máŋganon/, lit. ‘means for charming or bewitching others, philtre’, but then also ‘block of a pulley’ (LiddellScott1940).
▪ NǦL_6 ‘anglification’: ʔangalaẗ, vn.f., from vb. ʔangala ‘to anglify’, neologism formed after regular pattern for 4-rad. vb.s (FaʕLaLa) from a hypothetical ↗√ʔNGL.
▪ NǦL_7 ‘gospel’: lw., prob. via Gz wangēl from Grk εὐαγγέλιον euangélion ‘god tidings, gospel’, sometimes treated lexicographically as if from a hypothetical ↗√ʔNGL.
▪ NǦL_8 ʔangūlā ‘Angola’: from the n.pr.geogr. (Engl?) Angola, sometimes treated lexicographically as if from a hypothetical ↗√ʔNGL.
▪ ^†NǦL_9 ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’: Leslau1987: 392 thinks that with this value, Ar naǧala is cognate to Soq ngl ‘to make go out’, Syr naggel ‘to remove’, Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted, roll, roll up, make into a ball’ as well as [v4] Ar minǧal ‘sickle’ (*‘instrument that removes, uproots’). – Ehret1989 #57 saw similarities between this and other Ar vb.s such as ^†naǧaba ‘to remove the bark from a tree’, ↗naǧara ‘to cut or plane wood’, ^†naǧafa ‘to shave or polish an arrow’, ^†naǧafa ‘to cut down, pull out’, and ^†naǧā (naǧw) ‘to cut down a tree and strip off its branches, skin a camel’ and reconstructed a bi-cons. pre-protSem root *NG ‘to strip’, from which all these values are thought to be derived by the addition a modifying third radical. – Ehret does not go farther back behind the pre-protSem stage, but the overall situation in Sem and AfrAs seems to allow the assumption of 1-2 earlier stages (etymology suggested by EtymArab): ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th. with a spear)’ > ^†[v9] ‘to rip up, skin (a slaughtered animal) from the hocks’. In this way, ^†[v9] could be seen as going back to Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’ and, ultimately, AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’, as suggested by Orel&Stolbova1994 (see ^†[v11], below).
▪ ^†NǦL_10 ‘to blot out, erase (a writing), wipe the writing-tablet’: no obvious cognates. – According to Ehret1989, with this meaning Ar naǧala is derived by extension in *‑l from pre-protSem *NG ‘to strip’. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: probably semantic extension of the preceding (^†[v9]), where the blotting out is seen as a kind of scraping off the skin from a slaughtered animal; alternatively, erasing a writing or wiping a writing-tablet could be regarded as a new [v2] “opening” in the sense of new ‘beginning’.
▪ ^†NǦL_11 ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles) (vb. I); ? to remove water from the foot of a wall (vb. VIII)’: This is perh. the same as ^†[v14] ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’. – Cf., however, Orel&Stolbova1994 #1897 and Militarev&Stolbova2007 where Ar naǧala, i, is thought to derive from a Sem *n˅gil‑ (OrSt) or *n˅gul‑ (MSt2007) ‘to throw’, a reconstruction that has no other foundations in Sem than the Ar evidence¹⁰⁸ but seems to be justified nevertheless, in the authors’ eyes, in the light of what they think to be cognates in WCh *ngwal‑ ‘to throw’, Sem and WCh both deriving from AfrAs *n˅gul‑ (MSt2007) or *n˅gol‑ (OrSt1994) ‘to throw’. While Orel&Stolbova and Militarev&Stolbova assume this ‘throwing away’ to be one out of two basic values, EtymArab tends to regard it as the one on which also these authors’ second basic value, *‘to cut’ (> ‘sickle, to reap’, see [v4] above), may depend, given that ‘cutting’ is very similar to ‘splitting, piercing (s.th., with a spear)’, a value that may have developed from an earlier *‘throwing away’ along the lines described below under ^†NǦL_15.
▪ ^†NǦL_12 ‘to ill-treat’: no obvious cognates. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ > ^†[v14] ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’ > ^†[v12] ‘to ill-treat’.
▪ ^†NǦL_13 ‘marcher d’un pas vigoureux’: no obvious cognates. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: value immediately dependent on ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’, an activity that is accompanied by some violent movement or carried out with some vehemence.
▪ ^†NǦL_14 ‘to strike, beat, push, drive’: ‘to strike’ is enumerated in BDB1906 alongside with ‘to split, pierce’ (cf. next item, [v15]) as a basic value of the »very infrequent« Ar vb. naǧala. It is perh. identical also with ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (with a foot or leg, e.g., pebbles)’. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: value immediately dependent on, or perh. even identical with, ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’, as this latter seems to be carried out with the aim of driving s.o./s.th. away or keeping s.o./s.th. off; so there is some violence/vehemence involved, as in ^†[v13].
▪ ^†NǦL_15 ‘to split, pierce (s.th., bi‑ with a spear)’: This value is given by BDB1906 as the basic meaning of Ar naǧala. Although the vb. is said to be “very infrequent” in Ar, the authors consider it as one possible source of [v4] Ar minǧal ‘sickle’ (which many regard as a loanword however; see above, NǦL_4). Orel&Stolbova1994 would derive minǧal from a Sem vb. *n˅gil‑ ‘to mow, reap’, the assumed origin of which – AfrAs *n˅gil‑ ‘to cut’ – would be very similar to the idea of Ar ‘to split, pierce’. However that may be, the ‘splitting, piercing’ of ^†[v15] is very likely related to [v2] ‘wide (eyes); open, gaping wound; earth opened to plant s.th.’, ^†[v16] ‘outflowing water’, ^†[v18] ‘to appear, emanate; to disclose, manifest’, and prob. also ^†[v19] ‘broad path’. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: Value [v15] may be immediately dependent on ^†[v11] ‘to throw away (pebbles, a spear, etc.)’, as esp. the spear that is thrown away may cause a ^†[v15] ‘splitting, piercing’ in the person or object hit by it. In its turn, this ‘splitting, piercing’ can be the cause of the ‘wide opening, gaping’ of [v2] that is an important semantic node from which many other values developed. If the ‘splitting, piercing’ is not produced in a body but in the soil, the instrument that does so and that would be called minǧal would be a ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’, a value not attested in Sem but perh. realized in the stage of semantic development where the word went into Grk and Copt (see discussion on NǦL_4, above).
▪ ^†NǦL_16 ‘(n.) outflowing water, spring; (vb.) 1 to abound with springs of water; 2 to become swampy (ground)’: this value corresponds nicely to Ǧabal2012’s bi-cons. Ar root nucleus ↗*NǦ‑ ‘break through, eruption of s.th. thick but not solid from inside’, which is similar to Ehret1995’s pre-protSem *NG ‘to seep, ooze’ (↗*NǦ‑_2), reconstructed on the basis of similarities between ^†[v16] and Ar ^†naǧǧa ‘to bleed, suppurate’, ^†naǧaḫa ‘to bring wind and rain’, ↗naǧida ‘to drip with perspiration’, ^†naǧafa ‘to milk (a sheep) well’, and ^†naǧw ‘pouring cloud’. Together with Cush *ʔangʷ‑/ʔungʷ‑ ‘breast’ (from secreting of milk by the breast) and perh. Eg ngsgs ‘to overflow’, the author suggests a common origin in a hypothetical AfrAs *‑nugʷ‑ ‘to seep’. – Given that Ehret’s reconstruction beyond the Ar/pre-protSem stage cannot build on strong evidence, one could also think of a semantic development along the following line (etymology suggested by EtymArab): ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘wide opening’ > ^†[v16] ‘opening through which water flows out, spring’.
▪ ^†NǦL_17 ‘to combat, fight | combattre, en venir aux mains les uns avec les autres’: no immediate cognates in Sem. – Etymology suggested by EtymArab: ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th., with a spear)’ > thereby cause a [v2] ‘wide opening through which bursts out what is inside’ > ^†[v17] ‘to combat, fight’ (= *‘to “explode, erupt”, burst out into the enemy’). Alternatively, one could think of a “short cut”: ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ > thereby ^†[v14] ‘to beat, push, hit’ > (s.o. with a spear, etc.) > ^†[v17] ‘to combat, fight’.
▪ ^†NǦL_18 ‘hervorbringen, ans Licht ziehen, bekannt machen | tirer, extraire ou emmener | to disclose, manifest (vb. I); to show o.s., appear (vb. VIII), ‘pousser de dessous terre, paraître à la surface du sol (vb. X)’: Semantic similarity between ^†NǦL_18 and the N-stem (vb. VII) of ǦLW/Y, ĭnǧalà, ‘to reveal itself, be disclosed, become manifest’, is undeniable, so that a dependence of the former on the latter, or an overlapping, should not be too quickly rejected as unlikely or impossible. (One will have to find out whether there are perh. more such cases where vb.s with R₁=N show semantic resemblance/overlapping with form VII of defective or geminated vb.s.). For the time being, it seems safer to assume kinship with other items from NǦL, esp. ^†[v16], with which ^†[v18] shares the idea of s.th. emerging from inside, hence also Ǧabal2012’s *‘break through, eruption of s.th. thick but not solid from inside’. – Accordingly, EtymArab suggests the following etymology: ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th., with a spear)’ > thereby cause a [v2] ‘wide opening through which bursts out what is inside’ > ^†[v18] ‘to show o.s., appear’.
▪ ^†NǦL_19 ‘broad path’: no obvious cognates, and difficult to connect even inside the Ar root. But if this value is akin to the others above, then it may have developed along the following line (etymology suggested by EtymArab): ^†[v11] ‘to throw away (a spear, etc.), fling, strike off’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th., with a spear)’ > i.e., cause a ^†[v2] ‘wide opening’ > ^†[v19] ‘broad path’ (a path that ‘opens up’ in front of you).

107. Cf. Eg ngȝ ‘töten’, ngȝ ‘brechen; zerbrechen’, ngy ‘zerbrechen; öffnen; hervorbrechen’ – ThLÆ. 108. But should one perh. compare the Gz, Syr and Soq evidence put forward by Leslau2006?

–

naǧal‑ نجَل , u (naǧl)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

vb., I

to beget, sire, father (a son) – WehrCowan1979

▪ Probably dependent on the idea of a *‘wide opening (through which s.th. flows out, spring)’ (cf. ↗ʔanǧalᵘ), itself seen as the result of some *‘splitting, piercing’, caused by *‘throwing away, flinging, striking off (a spear, etc.)’.
▪ For the latter, Orel&Stolbova1994 reconstructed Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’ < AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’ as hypothetical predecessors.

▪ first attested 628 CE in a verse by al-ʔAʕšà al-Kabīr – HDAL (1Jun2020)
▪ In ClassAr, naǧl is not only attested as ‘offspring, descendants’, but also as ‘water oozing from the ground; flowing water; crowd’ – Hava1899.

▪ Leslau1987: 391 regards as “doubtful” Dillmann’s and Barth’s (1893: 33) theory that would connect Ar naǧl with Gz nagad ‘tribe, clan, kin, stock, kindred, progeny, lineage, family’.
▪ Leslau1987: 137: Equally or even more unlikely is the derivation, suggested by Praetorius1879: 77, of Gz dəngəl ‘chaste (young man), celibate (monk), virgin’ from Ar naǧala ‘to beget’.
▪ The value may be dependent on ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce’ and/or ^†[v16] ‘outflowing water, spring’ of root ↗NǦL.

▪ As none of the cognates suggested by Dillmann, Barth and Praetorius (see COGN) are particularly convincing, the most probable etymology seems to be, for the time being, a derivation from the notion of an *‘opening through which water flows out, spring’ or a *‘wide opening’ in general, both of which are attested values within ↗√NǦL, cf. ^†[v16] and [v2], respectively; see also ↗ʔanǧalᵘ ‘wide open (eyes), gaping (wound)’. naǧl ‘offspring’ would then either refer to the descendants who “spring” from the same source, or signify the product of the *‘ejaculation of sperma’.
▪ In either case, the etymology matches quite well Gabal’s and Ehret’s idea that this Ar √NǦL should be regarded as an extension in *‑l from a bi-consonantal root nucleus *NǦ‑ (↗NǦ_2), the meaning of which Ehret1995 gave as *‘to seep, ooze’ while Ǧabal2012 described it as the ‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not solid, from within s.th.’. Interestingly enough, in ClassAr texts naǧl is not only attested as ‘offspring’, but also as ^†‘water oozing from the ground; flowing water’.
▪ The idea of an ‘opening’ may, in its turn, go back to that of *‘splitting, piercing’, from a still earlier *‘throwing away, flinging, striking off (a spear, etc.)’, d.i., values ^†[v15] and ^†[v11], respectively, in ↗NǦL. For the latter, Orel&Stolbova1994 saw an AfrAs dimension: < Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’, from AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’.
▪ There may have happened some contamination with ↗NSL (nasala ‘to beget, procreate, father’, nasl ‘progeny, offspring, descendants’).

–

► naǧl, pl. ʔanǧāl, n., offspring, descendant, scion, son; progeny, issue: vn. I.

naǧīl نجيل

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

n.

couch grass, orchard grass (Dactylis; bot.); quitch (bot.) – WehrCowan1979

▪ In addition to naǧīl, which is attested from pre-Islamic times on, there is also a LevAr expression for ‘couch grass’, šilš al-ʔinǧīl. It is hard to decide whether naǧīl may be a ‘re-Arabization’ of the dialectal (šilš al‑) ʔinǧīl or whether the latter is a ‘Christian’ re-interpretation of the former.
▪ However, given that naǧīl also exists in EgAr and has produced denominal vb.s there, EtymArab thinks that LevAr šilš al-ʔinǧīl is secondary. For naǧīl, EtymArab therefore suggests a genuine etymology in which the plant is the *‘grass that breaks through (the soil), “springs” from the earth, and spreads’ (cf. ^†[v18] in root entry ↗√NǦL), itself based on the more general notion of a *‘wide opening’ ([v2], cf. ↗ʔanǧalᵘ ‘wide open [eyes], gaping [wound]’), from *‘to split, pierce (s.th.)’ (^†[v15]), from an original *‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ (^†[v11]).

▪ first attested 609 CE in a verse by Ṭufayl b. ʕAwf al-ʕAnawī – HDAL (1Jun2020)

▪ BadawiHinds1986: EgAr nigīl ‘any of a number of types of grass (including couch grass, Bermuda grass and orchard grass), naggil (vb. II) ‘1 to free of nigīl; 2 to grass, produce grass, become grassy’.

▪ In addition to standard Ar naǧīl ‘bitter plant sought by camels; bastard dittany (bot.)’, Hava1899 lists, under the same root lemma NǦL, also the item šilš al-ʔinǧīl ‘couch grass’, marked as LevAr. This marking as dialectal and the naming of the grass after the Gospel, al‑ ↗ʔinǧīl, may lead to the assumption that naǧīl is just a ‘re-Arabization’ of what originally was a Christian dialectal coining, carried out on the foreign expression to make it conform to a ‘genuine’ Ar root. Most probably it was the other way round, however, and šilš al-ʔinǧīl is a local/regional re-interpretation, originating in Christian circles, of the fuṣḥà term naǧīl. Two points speak in favour of this theory: (a) naǧīl is attested already in pre-Islamic poetry; (b) naǧīl has a cognate in EgAr nigīl, which also has produced some denominative verbs. – Both facts suggest that the term for a specific type of grass was more widespread than only in the Levant.
▪ Although BadawiHinds1986 classify EgAr nigīl and EgAr nagl ‘son’ as from different roots (marked ¹NGL and ²NGL, respectively), EtymArab still thinks the two items, as well as most others in the root, belong together; suggested etymology (for the whole picture, cf. ↗NǦL): *^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘wide opening’ > to break through this opening, ^†[v18] burst out and spread > grass that does so = [v3] ‘couch grass, orchard grass’.
▪ For *‘throwing away, flinging, striking off (a spear, etc.)’, Orel&Stolbova1994 reconstructed Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’ < AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’ as hypothetical predecessors.

–

ʔanǧalᵘ أنْجلُ , f. naǧlāʔᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

adj.

large-eyed; large, big, wide (eye); gaping (wound) – WehrCowan1979

▪ Probably dependent on the idea of a *‘wide opening’ (cf. also ↗naǧala ‘to beget; offspring’), itself seen as the result of some *‘splitting, piercing’ (? cf. ↗minǧal ‘sickle’), caused by *‘throwing away, flinging, striking off (a spear, etc.)’.
▪ For the latter, Orel&Stolbova1994 reconstructed Sem *n˅gil‑ ‘to throw’ < AfrAs *n˅gol‑ ‘id.’ as hypothetical predecessors.

▪ first attested 517 CE in a verse by Ǧblẗ (?) b. al-Ḥāriṯ (al-Qālī, ʔAmālī) – HDAL (1Jun2020)

▪ No immediate cognates in Sem or outside. But perhaps akin to other values within ↗√NǦL (see particularly values ^†[v15] and ^†[v16]). See also section DISC, below.

▪ ʔanǧalᵘ does not seem to have cognates with similar semantics in Sem or outside. But it is prob. akin to other values of ↗√NǦL, now obsolete, esp. ^†naǧala ‘to pierce, split (s.th., with a spear); to make an opening in the ground (to plant s.th.), till the ground’ (^†[v15]). The notion of an *‘opening’ is also present in ^†naǧl ‘outflowing water, spring’ or DaṯAr naǧīlaẗ ‘spring, well’ (^†[v16]), in naǧala ‘to beget; offspring’, and, perh., in an obsolete (and hitherto unattested) meaning of ↗minǧal, now ‘sickle’ but at some stage perh. also *‘tool used to make openings in the soil to till the ground’.
▪ The (wide) ‘opening’ can perh. be connected to Ehret1995’s pre-protSem bi-consonantal root *√NG ‘to seep, ooze’ and Ǧabal2012’s bi-cons. Ar root nucleus *√NǦ‑ ‘breaking through [and welling/pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not solid, from within s.th.’.
▪ Etymology suggested by EtymArab: *^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off (a spear, etc.)’ > thereby ^†[v15] ‘split, pierce (s.th.)’ and cause a [v2] ‘gaping wound’, hence also ‘opening’ (in general) > ‘“gaping”, wide open eyes’.

–

► ṭaʕnaẗ naǧlāʔᵘ, n.f., a blow causing a gaping wound; heavy blow or thrust

minǧal مِنْجل , pl. manāǧilᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

n.

scythe, sickle – WehrCowan1979

▪ Among all the items ascribed to the root √NǦL, Ar minǧal is certainly the most widely discussed. While several scholars assume an external source as the word’s most probable etymology – either extra-Sem (Sum, Eg, Copt < Grk) or inner-Sem (Hbr, Aram, ? < Akk), others make it dependent on values attested for items ‘deriving’ from the same Ar root √NǦL. For EtymArab, two alternatives seem to be the most likely solutions:
▪ Sum > Akk (? > Aram or Hbr) > Ar: This option has to regard the extra-Sem (Chad) parallels that Orel&Stolbova and Militarev&Stolbova take for genuine ‘cognates’, as borrowings from Sem, most probably Ar. From Akk, the ‘sickle’ may have made its way into Ar directly or via Aram or Hbr. A strong point in the theory is the scarcity of *NGL items throughout Sem; at the same time, a weak point is the fact that there are some of those *NGL lexemes, even in SSem, and quite many of them in Ar itself, the semantics of which can hardly be explained as deriving from ‘sickle’ alone.
▪ AfrAs > Sem (? > Akk, Hbr, Aram) > Ar: This option grants Orel&Stolbova’s and Militarev&Stolbova’s Chad parallels the status of genuine cognates and has no problems with the inner-Sem *NGL items either. The question here are mainly the inner-Sem relations, given the semantic diversity within the root (‘solved’ by some through the assumption of at least two homonymous roots).
▪ For the time being, EtymArab favours a combination of the two options, i.e., a loan Sum > Akk > WSem overlapping/crossing with the semantics of a Sem √NGL predating the borrowing. Before the borrowing, the root seems to have developed along the line (for value numbering cf. root entry ↗NǦL): ^†[v11] ‘to throw away, fling, strike off’ > ^†[v15] ‘to split, pierce (s.th. with a spear) – and from here, two alternatives are possible: a) …> to split = ‘to dig up the earth, till the ground’ > (instrument to do so =) *‘hoe, mattock’ > tool that looks similar to such an instrument = ‘scythe, sickle’; b) the development may have gone through ^†[v9] to split = ‘to rip up, skin (a slaughtered animal) from the hocks’ > instrument to do so > instrument to carry out similar operations/movements = ‘scythe, sickle’.
▪ EtymArab tends to exclude the Eg origin suggested by Corriente2008, and also regards the assumption of a Copt (< Grk) source as improbable. Rather, the Copt and Grk words are from a Sem (Hbr, Aram) source (as already suggested by Černý1976).

▪ first attested 600 CE in a verse by ʕAntaraẗ b. Šaddād – HDAL (1Jun2020)

▪ Kazimirski1860: Ar ^†naǧala ‘faucher (les céréales), labourer (la terre)’ (↗NǦL_15]).
▪ Fraenkel1886: Ar minǧal < ^†naǧala ‘to pierce’ (↗NǦL_15]).
▪ Leslau1987: 392 thinks Ar minǧal is cognate to Ar naǧala ‘to remove the skin from a slaughtered animal’ (↗NǦL_9), to which he also puts Soq ngl ‘to make go out’, Syr naggel ‘to remove’, Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted, roll, roll up, make into a ball’ (‘scythe, sickle’ < *‘instrument that removes, uproots’); but he also thinks that it is possible that Gz nagala ‘to roll up’ is to be separated from Gz nagala ‘to be uprooted’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994, Militarev&Stolbova2007 (et al.): (? Akk niggallu, ningallu,) Hbr maggāl, JudAram maggǝlā, Syr maggəlā, maggaltā ‘sickle’, Mand manglia ‘scythes’. – Outside Sem: (WCh) Warji ngǝlatǝ-na, Kariya ngalǝta, Miya ngǝlatǝ ‘sickle’; (CCh) Gude ŋgíla ‘knife’, Nzangi ngîla ‘knife, sword’; (ECh) Migama ʔângùl ‘sickle’.
▪ Corriente2008: EgAr mangal, Ar minǧal »do not appear to derive from a rather uncommon verb *naǧala«, so a Copt origin should not be excluded; but more likely from Eg.
▪ Westendorf2008: Copt mankʸale ~ mančale ‘Hacke, Schaufel’ < Ar minǧal.
▪ Rolland2014: from Copt mančale ‘pickaxe, hoe’, from Grk makélē ~ mákella ‘dto.’.
▪ Rolland2014 (»hypothèse personnelle«): also akin to Akk ikkaru ‘plowman, farm laboror; farmer’ < Sum engar ‘irrigator, farmer’ (en ‘lord’ + agar ‘field’ – Halloran3.0).

▪ There seems to have been, in earlier research on minǧal, a kind of “filter bubble” suggesting that the semantic distance between ‘sickle’ and other values realized in the Ar root √NǦL was too big to be explained by derivation; therefore, the idea that it could be a borrowing was readily accepted, and Sum, Eg, Copt and Grk etyma have been proposed. Apart from the semantic distance just mentioned, the adherents of an extra-Sem origin also point to the scarcity of *NGL items throughout Sem – there are clear cognates only in Hbr and Aram, while the relation to some Gz lexemes is obscure and far from reliable. At the same time, a weak point is the fact that there are some of those *NGL lexemes, even in SSem, and quite many of them in Ar itself, the semantics of which can hardly be explained as deriving from ‘sickle’ alone. Moreover, there may also be extra-Sem cognates (see below).
▪ The weakest of the borrowing hypotheses are probably those that assume a Copt < Grk or an Eg origin, for the simple reason that none of them accounts a) for the shift of meaning from ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’ (Eg, Copt, Grk) to ‘sickle’ (Ar, Hbr, Aram, Akk), and b) for the existence of the extra-Ar ‘sickles’ (Hbr, Aram, Akk) and the many Ar and Sem *NGL items, with a large variety of meanings, suggesting a deep temporal dimension that would have allowed for the development of such a diversity. While Copt mankʸale ~ mančale may indeed be a loan from Grk makélē ~ mákella, it is hardly convincing, in the light of the pre-Islamic attestations of Ar minǧal as well as its Can parallels, that the Copt word should be the source of Ar minǧal – the word existed in Ar before the Islamic expansion to Egypt and intense Copt-Ar contacts. Corriente’s idea that both the Ar and the Grk item might go back to a common Eg (i.e., pre-Copt) etymon can sound more plausible at the first instance. On a closer look, however, it turns out that while Eg, as the language of experienced farmers, of course has a number of words for ‘sickle’ (ȝzḫ, ḫȝb ‘Sichel’, mȝ ‘sichelförmige Holzstange’ – TLÆ) as well as for ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’ (‘Breitblatthacke’ – TLÆ) or ‘chisel’ (mǧȝ.t, ḫnr – TLÆ), none of these qualify as possible ancestors of Grk makélē ~ mákella or Ar minǧal.¹⁰⁹ Therefore, a more likely scenario here is: Eg was not involved at all; the Grk word is a loan from Sem (Hbr maggāl, Aram maggǝlā), and Copt mankʸale ~ mančale a borrowing from Grk, perh. later influenced by Ar phonology (explaining Copt ‑nc‑/‑ng‑ instead of Grk ‑k‑ < Aram ‑gg‑).¹¹⁰ The semantic difference between Sem ‘sickle’ and Grk/Copt ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’ could be due to a loan at a time when the Sem etymon still also signified an tool used to till the ground. It is not attested as such in any Sem language; but Ar knows the vb. naǧala also with the meaning ‘to till the ground’ (see below), so that the Sem n.instr. formed from a NGL vb., at the time of its borrowing into Grk, may indeed have signified something like a ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’. As Beekes2009 observes, the variant mákella of Grk makélē points to an early borrowing (pre-Grk *‑alʸa), and the cognate Arm markeł ‘mattock’ could indicate that Grk makélē and Arm markeł are »from a common source« (which we think could well have been a Sem language, e.g., Aram). The Sem origin may also help to explain the formal and semantic similarity between Grk makélē ~ mákella and Grk díkella ‘mattock, two-pronged how’ (dí‑ ‘two’ + kellō ‘to drive on, run a ship to land, put to shore, into harbour’) as the result of the cross that has been assumed but for which, until now, »a convincing explanation has not yet been found« (Beekes2009: ibid.).¹¹¹
▪ In contrast to the Copt < Grk or the Eg etymologies, discussed in the preceding paragraph, both the Sum and the AfrAs > Sem connection have a much higher degree of plausibility – if perh. only in combination with each other. In marking Akk niggallu ~ ningallu ‘sickle’ as a word »of foreign origin«, vonSoden seems to be reluctant to assume a specifically Sum source; irrespective of this, however, it is clear that he thinks the word is not genuine Akk. CAD explicitly identifies the source as Sum (though without naming the Sum word itself; would that be níŋ‑ŋál(‑la) ‘sickle’, as given by Halloran_3.0? Semantics not confirmed by PSD, which renders Sum níŋ‑ŋál(‑la) as ‘possessions’! – Rolland’s »hypothèse personelle« that Akk niggallu ~ ningallu is from Sum engar ‘farmer’ sounds slightly far-fetched and is phonologically problematic). A borrowing from Sum into Akk would make sense also from the cultural-historical point of view: it sounds only natural that the Sem nomads who immigrated into Mesopotamia from the west integrated important agricultural terminology from the language of the experienced Sum farmers into their own idiom. However, as mentioned above, an exclusively Sum etymology can neither explain the large semantic variety within the Sem root NGL nor the AfrAs parallels – it is impossible to make all this dependent on only one initial Sum > Akk borrowing. Although Zimmern1914 does not mention Akk as a source of any WSem NGL item, the semantic and phonological similarity between Akk niggallu ~ ningallu and Hbr maggāl, Aram maggəlā and Ar minǧal is so high that some kind of relation can be taken as a given. However, how exactly the items are related among each other, is difficult or impossible to decide. The borrowing may have happened independently for each of the recipient languages (i.e., Akk > Hbr, Akk > Aram, and Akk > Ar, separately) or first into Hbr or Aram and from there into Ar. In the first case, ‑nǧ‑ in Ar minǧal would be directly from Akk ‑ng‑, in the second, it would be the result of dissimilation of Hbr or Aram ‑gg‑ to Ar ‑nǧ‑. In all these cases, initial Akk ni‑ would have become ma‑/mi‑, probably to make the loanword conform to familiar noun patterns (like the Ar miC₁C₂aC₃ pattern for nomina instrumenti). But even if one assumes a Sum > Akk > WSem borrowing, the semantic variety within WSem NGL as well as the extra-Sem (Chad) parallels remain to be explained. For EtymArab, the most convincing solution to this problem is the assumption of a root √NGL in Sem that predates the borrowing from Akk into WSem so that the borrowed word was interpreted as if from the already existing root √NGL (Militarev2002 suggested Sem *mi‑/ma‑ngal‑). This would explain not only the existence of the Chad parallels but also the replacement of initial Akk n‑ with WSem m‑. It may also account for the difference in semantics between the Copt and Grk words (‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’) and the WSem ones (‘sickle’): one could assume that Grk magélē ~ mágella was the etymon of Copt mancela but was itself a loan from Hbr maggāl or Aram maggəlā at a time when the WSem words still meant something like ‘pickaxe, hoe, mattock’, but that this value later changed to become ‘sickle’ when WSem came into contact with the Akk niggallu ~ ningallu ‘sickle’. In this scenario, Hbr, Aram, and Ar may have lost their original value, which, however, at some time, may indeed still have existed: for Ar, for instance, one can easily assume the existence of a n.instr. *minǧal from an Ar vb. naǧala in the sense (now obsolete, but attested for earlier times) of ‘to till the ground’ (see ^†[v15] in root entry ↗√NǦL), lit., to make a naǧl, i.e., an ‘opening in the earth to plant s.th.’. minǧal is not attested in that meaning, but naǧala and naǧl are.¹¹² Moreover, both are probably the result of a semantic shift (owing to the Neolithic revolution and the introduction of agriculture?) from a still earlier ^†‘to split, pierce (s.th., bi‑ with a spear)’ (attested as such in Ar, too, and thought to be the Ar vb.’s most elementary value by Fraenkel1886). – The question that remains to be solved in this theory is the existence of the Chadic parallels meaning ‘sickle’, ‘knife’ or ‘sword’. If ‘sickle’ is not the original meaning in Sem and if both Sem and Chad were from a common AfrAs source, then the Chad items shouldn’t mean ‘sickle’ but *‘instrument to pierce’ or, more specifically, *‘tool used to till the ground’. So, are the Chad parallels perh. no genuine cognates but borrowings from Sem? Or the results of a crossing of a borrowing with earlier semantics, similar to the changes that the Sem words underwent after the borrowing from Sum?

109. The only words that come close to Grk makélē ~ mákella, both phonologically and semantically, are Eg mǧȝ.t ‘chisel’ (ErmanGrapow1921: ‘Meißel, Grabstichel’, > Copt mače ‘chisel, axe, pick’) and, perh., an unidentified Eg ancestor of Copt maḥoul ‘chisel, pick’ – CDO. Both are as unlikely as to imagine Grk makélē ~ mákella as an Eg+Grk composite, from Eg mȝ ‘sichelförmige Holzstange’ + Grk kellō, in analogy to díkella ‘mattock, two-pronged how’. 110. Cf. Vycichl1983 who holds that Copt mankʸale »est certainement d’origine grecque (mákella), peut-être influencé par un terme sémitique.« 111. Cf. Černý1976 who argues that Copt mankʸale ‘pick, hoe’ »might have been as to its meaning influenced by Grk mákella (or makélē), but must come, as its form shows, from Sem […]. From Sem comes evidently also Grk mákella ‘pick-axe with one point’ though Greeks felt the word to come from mía ‘one’ and kéllō ‘to drive on’, and formed díkella ‘two-pronged hoe’ (dís ‘twice’, and kéllō)«, an opinion suggested already earlier by Marco Kabis, “Auctarium lexici coptici Amedei Peyron”, Zeitschrift für Ägyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde, (1975): 105, DOI. 112. Cf. Aro1963 who thinks (p. 476) that the Akk, Hbr, Aram and Ar terms look as if they were all based on a Sem »Nomen instrumenti aus einem unnachweisbaren NGL« (a n.instr. formed from a Sem NGL with an hitherto unattested meaning). »Jedenfalls dürfte das Wort alt sein« (In any case, it is likely an old term).

–

► minǧalī, adj., sickle-shaped, falciform: nisba formation.

manǧalaẗ منْجلة , pl. manāǧilᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦL

n.f.

bench vice – WehrCowan1979

▪ A borrowing from modGrk, perh. a wanderwort with a modGrk < Tu < oGrk background.

▪ …

▪ No cognates (loanword).

▪ BadawiHinds1986 gives modGrk méngelē as the origin of the EgAr term. méngelē is probably a variant of μέγγενη ~ μέγκενη /méŋgeni/ ‘vice’, according to Wiktionary a loan from Tu méngene ‘press, vice, screw-jack, clamp’ which, according to Nişanyan_27Jan2018, is in its turn from modGrk μάγγανο(ν) /máŋgano(n)/ ~ μαγγάνι /maŋgáni/ ‘calender, machine to calender cloth or linen, mangle, press; winch, windlass’ < (Nişanyan) oGrk μάγγανον /máŋganon/, lit. ‘means for charming or bewitching others, philtre’, then also ‘mangonel’, i.e., a “magic” war machine, specific type of catapult or siege engine used to throw projectiles at a castle’s walls (cf. ↗manǧanīq ‘mangonel, ballista, catapult’), then also ‘block of a pulley’ (LiddellScott1940), probably so called after the pulleys used in the mangonel. Thus, if all the stages just mentioned are correct, we are dealing with a wanderwort that traveled across the Eastern Mediterranean: oGrk > modGrk > Tu > modGrk > Ar, but also into Eur langs (see section WEST, below).

▪ Engl mangonel, n., ‘military engine for hurling stones,’ mC13, from oFr mangonel ‘catapult, war engine for throwing stones, etc.’ (modFr mangonneau), diminutive of mLat mangonum, from vulgLat *manganum ‘machine,’ from Grk mánganon ‘any means of tricking or bewitching,’ said to be from a protIE *mang‑ ‘to embellish, dress, trim’ (source also of oPruss manga ‘whore,’ mIrish meng ‘craft, deception’), but Beekes thinks it might be Pre-Greek. Attested from c. 1200 in Anglo-Lat – EtymOnline.
▪ Engl mangle, machine for smoothing and pressing linen and cotton clothes after washing, 1774, from Du mangel (C18), apparently short for mangelstok, from stem of mangelen ‘to mangle’, from mDu mange, which probably is somehow from vulgLat *manganum ‘machine’ (see mangonel), ‘but its history has not been precisely traced’ [OED] – EtymOnline.

–

NǦM نجم

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

“root”

▪ NǦM_1a ‘to appear, come in sight, rise (star), begin, commence, set in’ ↗naǧama
▪ NǦM_1b ‘origin, source; to originate, spring, result (from)’ ↗naǧama
▪ NǦM_1c ‘star (also metaph.: celebrity), the Pleiads, constellation, asterism; asterisk’ ↗¹naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ
▪ NǦM_1d ‘to observe the stars, predict the future, practice astrology; astrologer; (EgAr) jinx’ ↗¹naǧǧama
▪ NǦM_1e ‘to pay in instalments; to accomplish (step by step)’ ↗²naǧm
▪ NǦM_1f ‘to cease, be over (cold, rain); to dissolve, disappear, evaporate (cloud)’ ↗²naǧm
▪ NǦM_1g ‘mine, pit’ ↗¹manǧam
▪ NǦM_1h ‘ankle, ankle-bone’ ↗manǧim
▪ ^†NǦM_1i ‘iron-beam of a balance | cette partie de la balance sur laquelle se trouve l’indicateur des poids’ ↗^†minǧam
▪ NǦM_1j ‘well traced road; way out | chemin bien tracé et large’: ^†²manǧam.
▪ NǦM_1k (AlgAr) ‘to have the power, be able to do s.th.; ressources | pouvoir, être en état de faire qc’ ↗naǧām
▪ NǦM_1l/2 ‘plants with no stalk; herbs, herbage, quack\couch grass, quitch’ ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧīl.
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘star (particularly Pleiades or the Seven Sisters), instalments, fixed terms, astrology, to tell the future, (of a star) to rise, to appear; plants with no stalk, to sprout; to show up’

▪ √NǦM looks like an exclusively Ar root.
▪ Despite the semantic diversity within the root, all values (except perh. the last in the above list, [v1l/2]) seem to derive from one basic value, prob. [v1a] ‘to appear, come in sight’.
▪ The root may be a specification in ‑M from a bi-consonantal root nucleus *NǦ‑ ‘breaking through [and welling\pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not hard\solid\strong, from within s.th.’

–

▪ Zammit2002: Ø (no cognates in any Sem language)
▪ Nişanyan (s.v. nücum) lists Aram nagəm ‘to appear’ as a parallel, but as already PayneSmith1901 (s.v. Syr NGM) knew, this is an Arabism.

General remarks
▪ The root does not seem to have cognates in any other Sem language (no cognates listed in Zammit2002) nor outside Sem.
▪ Nişanyan (s.v. nücum) lists Aram nagəm ‘to appear’ as a parallel, but as already PayneSmith1901 (s.v. Syr NGM) knew, this is an Arabism.
▪ BadawiHinds1986 identify (for EgAr) two NGM roots, marked ¹NGM (comprising EgAr nagam, nagmaẗ, nigmaẗ) and ²NGM (mangam only). Cf., however, the discussion of [v1g] ¹manǧam, below.
▪ Gabal2012: According to the author, Ar √NǦM is composed of the bi-cons. root nucleus *NǦ‑ ‘breaking through [and welling\pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not hard\solid\strong, from within s.th.’ (nafāḏ kaṯīf ġayr šadīd min bāṭin al-šayʔ) (see ↗*NǦ‑_2) and a modifying R₃ *‑M, adding the notion of *‘closing\rewelding a gaping opening over what is inside’ (ĭltiʔām ẓāhir al-ǧurm ʕalà mā fī ǧawfih), together producing the basic meaning of *‘partial breaking through of s.th. soft\fine through a closed\covered\rewelded surface’ (nafāḏ ǧuzʔī ʔay daqīq min saṭḥ multaʔim). Other roots/items containing the same nucleus (Qur’anic only) are: ^†naǧǧa ‘to seep, ooze’, ↗naǧā (naǧw) ‘to save o.s., be rescued, escape’, ↗naǧd ‘highland, upland, tableland, plateau; the Nejd’, and ↗naǧas ‘impurity, dirt, filth, defilement’.
▪ Most values seem to be dependent on either [v1a] ‘to appear, come in sight’ or [v1c] ‘star’. It is hard to decide which of the two is the primary one, whether the vb. is denominal or the n. is deverbal; the latter seems slightly more likely (see details below, s.v. [v1a]). – For the link between these and [v1g] ‘mine, pit’ as well as [v1l/2] ‘plants with no stalk; herbs, herbage, quack\couch grass, quitch’, see s.v. below. – Values [v1i] ‘iron-beam of a balance’ and [v1j] ‘well traced road, way out’ remain of obscure semantics.
Individual values (as found, in addition to WehrCowan1979, in Kazimirski1860, Dozy1881, Steingass1884, Hava1899, BadawiHinds1986):
▪ NǦM_1a : naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight, rise (star), begin, commence, set in’, hence also the further meanings in ClassAr, such as ^†‘to break forth, grow (teeth, horns, plants); come forward, come out | surgir (a heretic, an innovator); to ooze (water)’. – It is hard to decide whether this value represents the primary meaning (so that [v1c] would be deverbal, a ‘star’ as *‘the appearing one, rising in the sky’), or whether it is denominal from [v1c] (so that ‘to appear’ would originally be *‘to do the same as a star, i.e., rise, come in sight’). BAH2008, by letting [v1c] feature first in their list, seem to favour the idea that the vb. [v1a] is denominal. The fact, however, that all other Sem languages use other words for ‘star’ (all akin to Ar ↗kawkab) rather points to secondary nature of naǧm.
▪ NǦM_1b : naǧama ‘to originate, spring, result (from)’; cf. also ^†naǧm ‘certain\true origin | origine certaine et authentique, non contestée’; ^†laysa li-hāḏā ’l-ḥadīṯ naǧm, expr., ‘this information is groundless, i.e., il n’y a rien de vrai, de sérieux dans ceci’. – The value depends on [v1a], indicating the *‘place where s.th. appears from, where s.th. originates from’.
▪ NǦM_1c : ¹naǧm ‘star (also metaph.: celebrity), the Pleiads, constellation, asterism; asterisk’; cf. also ^†‘star of nativity, nativity’; yanẓuru fī ’l-nuǧūm, expr., ‘he ponders over what he has to do’; ʕilm al-nuǧūm ‘(lit., science of the stars =) astronomy, astrology’ (see [v1d]); metaphorical use in LevAr ^†naǧmaẗ ‘blaze (i.e., a *star) on a beast’. – As mentioned above, s.v. [v1a], in the light of the absence of Sem cognates of naǧm, this value is likely not the primary value in the root; rather is the ‘star’ dependent on [v1a], originally being *‘the appearing\rising one’.
▪ NǦM_1d : ¹naǧǧama ‘to observe the stars, predict the future, practice astrology’; tanǧīm, ʕilm al-nuǧūm ‘astrology’; naǧǧām, munaǧǧim, mutanaǧǧim ‘astrologer’; (EgAr) nagm ‘jinx’. – Cf. also ^†naǧm ‘horoscope, prediction’. – The value is clearly depending on [v1c] ‘star’, and so is also the special meaning of naǧǧama, ^†‘to expose a little mud to the air [i.e., to the stars] overnight to be able to judge the next flooding of the Nile (use practiced in Egypt)’. – According to HDAL_200620, the earliest attestation of munaǧǧim is from ca. 660 CE (ʕAlī b. ʔAbī Ṭālib), and of naǧm as ‘astrology’ from ca. 732 CE (saying reported by Wahb b. Munabbih).
▪ NǦM_1e : naǧǧama ‘to accomplish s.th. step by step; to pay in instalments’, ²naǧm ‘instalment’. – Cf. also ^†naǧm ‘appointed time, term; pay, wages’; ^†ǧaʕaltu mālī ʕalayhi nuǧūman, expr., ‘I allowed him to pay his debt by instalments’. – Like [v1d], also [v1e] is dependent on [v1c] ‘star’, developed from ^†‘to fix s.th. according to the course of stars, hence, at appointed terms’, hence ‘pay (a debt, wages, etc.) by instalments’ and ‘to accomplish gradually, step by step’, then also ‘to accomplish’ (in general; but this could also be a caus. formation from [v1a], lit. meaning *‘to make appear’), hence probably also [v1k] ‘to be able, have the ability to do s.th.’ (from *‘to be capable of accomplishing s.th. step by step’). – According to HDAL_200620, the value ‘to accomplish s.th. gradually, step by step, at appointed terms’ is attested as early as ca. 609 CE in a verse by the pre-Islamic poet Zuhayr b. ʔAbī Sulmà. From lC7, we have a statement by Ibn ʕAbbās as attestation of the use of nuǧūm as ‘instalments, successive parts’, and another by Saʕd b. ʔAbī Waqqāṣ for munaǧǧam (PP II) in the same sense. The early attestations can certainly be explained from the fact that, as al-Bustānī has it, »the Arabs used to measure time (tuwaqqit) according to the rising of the stars because they did not know how to calculate but remembered the times of the year by natural phenomena [ʔanwāʔ, lit., tempests]. They also called the time at which it [i.e., a tempest etc.] was due [or to be expected], metaphorically, a ‘star’ because its happening was not to be known but by [the observation of] the stars. Then they extended this meaning [even farther], calling also a due payment a ‘star’ because it was due […] at the time when [its] star rose« (1869: 2136).
▪ ^†NǦM_1f : ʔanǧama, vb. IV, and ĭntaǧama, vb. VIII, ‘to cease, be over (rain, cold), clear away (weather) | cesser tout à coup; to dissolve, disappear, evaporate (cloud); se rasséréner, se remettre tout à coup au beau’, cf. ʔanǧamat-i ’l-samāʔ, or absol. ʔanǧamat. – The value is probably dependent on [v1a] ‘to appear, come in sight’, as the sky *‘reappears, comes in sight’ again when the clouds dissolve; alternatively, one may think of a development based on the idea of gradual change and accomplishment expressed in [v1e].
▪ NǦM_1g : ¹manǧam ‘mine, pit’. – The value is a n.loc., apparently derived from either [v1a] (*‘place where s.th. [sc. the metal ore] appears’) or [v1b] (*‘source’ of the metal ore) or [v1c] (*‘place where the metal ore flashes up like stars’).
▪ NǦM_1h : manǧim ‘ankle, ankle-bone’. – Obviously a maFʕiL formation from [v1a], signifying the bone that protrudes (*‘appears, shows) on the sides of a foot.
▪ ^†NǦM_1i : ^†minǧam ‘iron-beam of a balance | cette partie de la balance sur laquelle se trouve l’indicateur des poids’. – Relation to other values not clear. The word is a n.instr., coined along the miC₁C₂aC₃ pattern, and should therefore signify a tool serving to carry out an action designated by the vb. naǧama.
▪ ^†NǦM_1j : ^†²manǧam ‘well traced road; way out | chemin bien tracé et large’. – Relation to other values not clear. The word is a n.loc., so it should indicate the place where an action signified by the vb. naǧama is carried out, or takes place. According to Kazimirski1860 who gives the first meaning of manǧam as ‘source, origine, lieu où la chose naît, où elle apparaît (p.ex. origine de l’erreur, du mal, etc.)’, the original meaning is dependent on [v1a] ‘to appear’ or [v1b] ‘source, origin, to originate’. Is the ‘well traced road’ the *‘road that appears (as a way out)’? The fact that manǧam also can signify a ‘mine, pit’ does not bring any light in this.
▪ ^†NǦM_1k : AlgAr naǧǧam ‘to have the power, be able to do s.th.’, AlgAr naǧām ‘ressources’ (Dozy1881); cf. also DaṯAr naǧǧam ‘to be able to bear (e.g., the cold)’ (Zetterstéen1942). – This value seems to be a further development of [v1e] ‘to accomplish’ or [v1a] ‘to appear’, with emphasis on the ability to accomplish or make appear s.th.
▪ NǦM_1l/2 : ³naǧm ‘plants with no stalk; graminaceous plant, herbs, herbage, quack\couch grass, quitch’; in ClassAr also ^†naǧmaẗ, ^†naǧamaẗ ‘dactylis repens, species of dog-grass’. In ClassAr lexicography, the word is derived from [v1a] ‘to appear’ as the plant simply “appears”, without stalk. This etymology may be true, but there is also conspicuous overlapping with ↗naǧīl. In any case, the value is attested already in pre-Islamic poetry (c. 600 CE), then perh. also in the Qur’an (in one interpretation of Q 55:6).

–

naǧam‑ نجم , u (nuǧūm)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

vb., I

1 to appear, come in sight, rise (star), begin, commence, set in; 2 to result, follow, ensue, arise, proceed, derive, originate, spring (min or ʕan from) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The item belongs to a root that seems to be an exclusively Ar root without immediate cognates in Sem or outside. However, the root may be a specification in ‑M from a bi-consonantal root nucleus *NǦ‑ ‘breaking through [and welling\pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not hard\solid\strong, from within s.th.’ (Gabal2012).
▪ At first sight, one may assume dependence of the vb. naǧama on ↗naǧm ‘star’, but given the fact that the latter has no cognates in Sem (where ‘star’ is expressed by words akin to Ar ↗kawkab) it is more likely that naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’ is the primary value, while naǧm an idiosyncratic secondary formation.
▪ [v2] dependent on [v1].

▪ [v1] first attestation <588 CE in a verse by ʕAdiyy b. Zayd al-ʕIbādī – HDAL_200620.
▪ [v2] most frequent in MSA in the PA nāǧim ‘originating, resulting (min, ʕan from)’.
▪ From naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’ are also further meanings, now obsolete but attested in ClassAr, such as ^†‘to break forth, grow (teeth, horns, plants)’, ^†‘to come forward, come out | surgir (a heretic, an innovator)’, ^†‘to ooze (water)’.

▪ Nişanyan (s.v. nücum) lists Aram nagəm ‘to appear’ as a parallel, but as already PayneSmith1901 (s.v. Syr NGM) knew, this is an Arabism.

▪ BadawiHinds1986 identify (for EgAr) two NGM roots, marked »¹NGM« (comprising EgAr nagam, nagmaẗ, nigmaẗ) and »²NGM« (mangam only). But as the discussion of [v1g] in root entry ↗√NǦM shows, there is no reason to think that ¹manǧam ~ EgAr mangam should be from another root than the other items.
▪ Gabal2012: According to the author, Ar √NǦM is composed of the bi-cons. root nucleus *NǦ‑ ‘breaking through [and welling\pouring out, i.e., eruption] of s.th. thick, but not hard\solid\strong, from within s.th.’ (nafāḏ kaṯīf ġayr šadīd min bāṭin al-šayʔ) (see ↗*NǦ‑_2) and a modifying R₃ *‑M, adding the notion of *‘closing\rewelding a gaping opening over what is inside’ (ĭltiʔām ẓāhir al-ǧurm ʕalà mā fī ǧawfih), together producing the basic meaning of *‘partial breaking through of s.th. soft\fine through a closed\covered\rewelded surface’ (nafāḏ ǧuzʔī ʔay daqīq min saṭḥ multaʔim). Other roots/items containing the same nucleus (Qur’anic only) are: ^†naǧǧa ‘to seep, ooze’, ↗naǧā (naǧw) ‘to save o.s., be rescued, escape’, ↗naǧd ‘highland, upland, tableland, plateau; the Nejd’, and ↗naǧas ‘impurity, dirt, filth, defilement’. – Cf. also Ehret’s (1995) assumption of a pre-protSem *NG ‘to seep, ooze’.
▪ Most values in the root √NǦM seem to be dependent on either naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’ or ‘star’ (i.e., values [v1a] and [v1c] in root entry ↗√NǦM, respectively). It is hard to decide whether ‘to appear, come in sight’ is the primary meaning of the root (so that ‘star’ would be deverbal, as *‘the appearing one, the thing that comes in sight in the sky at night’), or whether it is denominal from ‘star’ (so that ‘to appear’ would be, originally, *‘to do the same as a star, namely, to rise, appear, come in sight’). BAH2008, by letting ‘star’ feature first in their list of the values attached to √NǦM in ClassAr, seem to favour the idea that the vb. is denominal. The fact, however, that all other Sem languages use other words for ‘star’ (all akin to Ar ↗kawkab) rather points to a secondary nature of naǧm.
▪ [v2] depends on [v1], focusing on the place where s.th. appears, i.e., its ‘origin, source’ (value attested for the vn. naǧm in ClassAr; cf. also ^†naǧm ‘certain\true origin | origine certaine et authentique, non contestée’ and the idiomatic phrase ^†laysa li-hāḏā ’l-ḥadīṯ naǧm ‘this information is groundless, i.e., il n’y a rien de vrai, de sérieux dans ceci’.

–

▪ Most of the items listed here are rather from the n. ↗¹naǧm (or its f. form, ↗naǧmaẗ) than from the vb. naǧama. However, given that we cannot be absolutely sure whether naǧama is dependent on naǧm or vice versa, the whole spectrum is listed here nevertheless.
▪ Values that are not listed in WehrCowan1979 but found in al-Mawrid (Baalbakki1995), are marked “(M)”.
► naǧama qarnuh, expr., to begin to show: metaphorical use; lit., *his horn appeared.
► naǧǧama, vb. II, 1 to observe the stars; to predict the future from the stars, practice astrology: (D-stem, denom. from ¹naǧm, see ↗¹naǧǧama; 2 to pay in instalments: D-stem, denom. from ²naǧm, see ↗²naǧǧama.
► tanaǧǧama, vb. V, to observe the stars, predict the future from the stars: Dt-stem, denom. from ¹naǧm, intr. of ↗¹naǧǧama.
► ^BP#1019naǧm, n., 1 (pl. nuǧūm, ʔanǧum) celestial body; star; lucky star; constellation, asterism: ↗¹naǧm; 2 (pl. nuǧūm) instalment, partial payment: ↗²naǧm; 3 (coll.) herbs, herbage, grass; (M) quack grass, couch grass, quitch: ↗³naǧm (? = ↗naǧīl).
► ^BP#3363naǧmaẗ, pl. naǧamāt, n.f., star; asterisk (typ.): (singulative?) f. of ↗¹naǧm.
► naǧmī, adj., 1 star-shaped, stelliform, starlike, stellate, stellular, stellar, astral; 2 in instalments, instalment‑ (in compounds): nisba formation from ↗¹naǧm (and/or ↗naǧmaẗ) and ²naǧm, respectively.
► (M) naǧmiyyaẗ, n.f., aster (bot.): abstr. formation in f. nisba ‑iyyaẗ for scientific classification, from ↗¹naǧm; a neol.?
► (M) naǧmiyyāt, n.f.pl., asteroidea (zool.): abstr. formation in f.pl. nisba ‑iyyāt for scientific grouping, from ↗¹naǧm; a neol.?.
► nuǧaymaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., small star, starlet: dimin. of ↗naǧmaẗ.
► naǧām, n., (AlgAr) resources: see ↗s.v.
► naǧǧām, munaǧǧim, ^†mutanaǧǧim, pl. ‑ūn, n., astrologer: n.prof. (I) and PA II, ^†PA V, respectively, from ↗¹naǧm.
► ¹manǧam, pl. manāǧimᵘ, n., 1 source, origin; 2 mine; pit: n.loc., lit., *‘place where s.th. appears, comes in sight’, cf. ↗¹manǧam.
► ^†²manǧam, n., well traced road; way out | chemin bien tracé et large: same morphology as ↗¹manǧam, but semantic relation to √NǦM unclear.
► manǧamī, adj., mining (in compounds): nisba formation from ↗¹manǧam.
► manǧim, n., ankle-bone: maFʕiL formation from naǧama, signifying the bone that protrudes (*‘appears, shows’) on the sides of a foot.
► ^†minǧam, n., 1 = manǧim; 2 iron-beam of a balance | cette partie de la balance sur laquelle se trouve l’indicateur des poids’: relation to other NǦM values not clear; the word is a n.instr., coined along the familiar miC₁C₂aC₃ pattern, and should therefore signify a tool serving to carry out an action designated by the vb. naǧama.
► tanǧīm, n., astrology: vn. II, ↗¹naǧm, ↗¹naǧǧama.
► ^BP#4120nāǧim, adj. originating, resulting (ʕan, min from): PA I [v2].
► manǧūm, adj., starred; marked with a star or asterisk: neol., PP I from a hypothetical *naǧama ‘to mark with a star or asterisk’, denominal from ↗naǧmaẗ.

¹naǧǧam‑ نجّم (tanǧīm)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

vb., II

1 to observe the stars; to predict the future from the stars, practice astrology; 2 to pay in instalments ↗²naǧm, ↗²naǧǧama – WehrCowan1979.

▪ D-stem, denom. from ↗¹naǧm ‘star’ (from ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’).
▪ [v2] ‘to pay in instalments’, too, is related etymologically to the observation of stars, but treated separately here due to distinction in modern semantics.

▪ First attestation of vb. II in the meaning ‘to expect a tempest from the rising of its star’ <748 CE in a verse by the poet Ibn al-Dumaynaẗ, but naǧm in the sense of ‘astrology’, and munaǧǧim ‘astrologer’, are attested earlier (ca. 732 CE in a saying reported by Wahb b. Munabbih, and ca. 660 CE in a saying ascribed to ʕAlī b. ʔAbī Ṭālib, respectively) – HDAL_200621.

–

▪ The value is clearly dependent on ↗¹naǧm ‘star’, and so is also the special meaning of naǧǧama, ^†‘to expose a little mud to the air [i.e., to the stars] overnight to be able to judge the next flooding of the Nile (practiced in Egypt)’.
▪ EgAr distinguishes between ni gmaẗ ‘star’and na gmaẗ ‘jinx’. The EgAr vb. I nagam, i, ‘to jinx, put the evil eye on’ (as, e.g., in dōl nās wiḥšīn nagamū-na w-ḥasadū-na ‘they are bad people, they’ve jinxed us and put the evil eye on us’) signifies a magic practice based on the belief in the power of the stars – BadawiHinds1986.
▪ From the observation of the course of the stars and the moments they rise are not only the values ‘to predict the future, (and, in Egypt) the flooding of the Nile’ as well as ‘to practice astrology’, but also ↗²naǧǧama ‘to fix s.th. according to the course of stars, hence, to accomplish s.th. at appointed terms’, and then also ‘to pay in instalments’ (cf. also ^†naǧm ‘appointed time, term’, and ↗²naǧm ‘instalment’). Al-Bustānī1869 explained the relation between the observation of the stars and paying one’s debts by the fact that, as he put it, »the Arabs used to measure time (tuwaqqit) according to the rising of the stars because they did not know how to calculate but remembered the times of the year by natural phenomena [ʔanwāʔ, lit., tempests]. They also called the time at which it [i.e., a tempest etc.] was due [or to be expected], metaphorically, a ‘star’ because its happening was not to be known except by [the observation of] the stars. Then they [sc. the Arabs] extended this meaning [even farther], calling also a due payment a ‘star’ because it was due […] at the time when [its] star rose« (1869: 2136).

–

► tanaǧǧama, vb. V, to observe the stars, predict the future from the stars: Dt-stem, intr. of ¹naǧǧama, denom. from ¹naǧm.
► naǧǧām and munaǧǧim, ^†mutanaǧǧim, pl. ‑ūn, n., astrologer: n.prof. (I) and PA II, ^†PA V, respectively.
► tanǧīm, n., astrology: vn. II.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗²naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ, ↗¹manǧam, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

²naǧǧam‑ نجّم (tanǧīm)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

vb., II

1 ↗¹naǧǧama; 2 to pay in instalments – WehrCowan1979

▪ D-stem, denom. from ↗²naǧm.
▪ Semantics dependent on ↗¹naǧǧama, the observation of the stars (↗¹naǧm), see DISC below.

▪ First attestation in the meaning ‘to do at appointed terms’ <609 CE in a verse by the pre-Islamic poet Zuhayr b. ʔAbī Sulmà – HDAL_200620.

–

▪ The value ‘to pay in instalments’ of naǧǧama is a semantic extension made on the basis of the vb.’s more original value, which is ‘to observe the stars’ (↗¹naǧǧama, from ↗¹naǧm ‘star’). Semantics can be thought to have developed along the line ‘to observe the stars’ > ‘to fix s.th. according to the course of stars, i.e., according to the time at which a certain star (or group of stars) appears in the sky, hence, to accomplish s.th. at appointed terms’ > ‘to pay in instalments’ (cf. also ^†naǧm ‘appointed time, term’, and ↗²naǧm ‘instalment’). Al-Bustānī1869 explained the relation saying that, »The Arabs used to measure time (tuwaqqit) according to the rising of the stars because they did not know how to calculate but remembered the times of the year by natural phenomena [ʔanwāʔ, lit., tempests]. They also called the time at which it [i.e., a tempest etc.] was due [or to be expected], metaphorically, a ‘star’ because its happening was not to be known except by [the observation of] the stars. Then they [sc. the Arabs] extended this meaning [even farther], calling also the due payment [of a debt] a ‘star’ because it was due […] at the time when [its] star rose« (1869: 2136).

–

► naǧmī, adj., 1 ↗¹naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ; 2 in instalments, instalment‑ (in compounds): nisba formation from ↗²naǧm.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗¹naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ, ↗¹manǧam, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

¹naǧm نَجْم , pl. nuǧūm, ʔanǧum

ID 848 • Sw 74/152 • BP 1019 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.coll.

1 celestial body; star; lucky star; constellation, asterism; 2 ↗²naǧm; 3 ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧīl – WehrCowan1979.

▪ One is tempted to assume that ¹naǧm ‘star’ is the etymon of all (or at least most) lexical items and semantic values encountered in the root √NǦM. However, given that ¹naǧm ‘star’ is without cognates in Sem – in other Sem languages, the term for ‘star’ is expressed by words akin to Ar ↗kawkab – it is more likely that naǧm is an Ar idiosyncrasy, a secondary formation from ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’, literally meaning *‘the appearing, rising one’.
▪ [v2] and [v3] are dependent on [v1] or ↗naǧama: [v2] ‘instalment, partial payment’ is from ‘payment due at an appointed term’, from ‘term (date/time) of the rising of a star, to be known by observation of the stars (↗¹naǧǧama)’, from ¹naǧm ‘star’. [v3] ‘plants with no stalk; herbs, herbage, quack\couch grass, quitch’ may be the *‘plants that appear on the ground like stars, or cover it like stars’ or *‘plants somehow appearing from the ground’ – unless it is the result of a phonological-semantic confusion, due to a merging with naǧl, see ↗naǧīl.

▪ Older pl.s, found in ClassAr dictionaries in addition to nuǧūm and ʔanǧum: ^†ʔanǧām, ^†nuǧum.
▪ [v1] ‘bright star’: first attestation <230 CE in a verse by the pre-Islamic poet ʔAws b. Zayd Manāt al-ʕAbdī – HDAL_200620; then also ▪ eC7 Q 6:97 wa-huwa ’llaḏī ǧaʕala lakum-u ’l-nuǧūma li-tahtadū bihā fī ẓulumāti ’l-barri wa’l-baḥri ‘and He it is who has made the stars for you to use as a guide through the darkness of land and sea’.
▪ naǧm is also attested as ^†‘astrology’, <732 CE, in a saying reported by Wahb b. Munabbih – HDAL_200620. For this value, cf. esp. ↗¹naǧǧama.
▪ Another earlier value of naǧm, ^†‘mine, pit’, has become obsolete now (replaced by ↗¹manǧam). Its earlier use can be explained as either *‘place where s.th. (esp., metal ore) sparkles like stars in the sky’, or *‘place where s.th. (e.g., metal ore) appears, comes in sight’ (↗naǧama).

–

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

► naǧm ḏū ḏanab, n., comet: lit., star with a tail
► nuǧūm al-sīnamā, pl., film stars, movie stars: neol.
► (M) naǧm al-baḥr, n., starfish, sea star: neol.?
► (M) naǧm al-quṭb, al‑naǧm al‑quṭbī, n., Polaris, the North Star, polestar, polar star: …
► naǧǧama, vb. II, 1 to observe the stars; to predict the future from the stars, practice astrology; 2 ↗²naǧǧama: D-stem, denom. from ↗naǧm.
► tanaǧǧama, vb. V, to observe the stars, predict the future from the stars: Dt-stem, denom. from naǧm.
► ^BP#3363naǧmaẗ, pl. naǧamāt, n.f., star; asterisk (typ.) | naǧmaẗ sīnamāʔiyyaẗ, n.f., film star, movie star; naǧmaẗ raqṣ, n.f., ballet star; maraḍ al-naǧmaẗ, n.f., a disease afflicting horses; (M) naǧmaẗ al-baḥr, n.f., starfish, sea star; (M) naǧmaẗ al-ṣabāḥ, n.f., morning glory (bot.): (?singulative) f. of ¹naǧm.
► naǧmī, adj., 1 star-shaped, stelliform, starlike, stellate, stellular, stellar, astral: nisba formation from ¹naǧm and/or naǧmaẗ; 2 ↗²naǧm.
► (M) naǧmiyyaẗ, n.f., aster (bot.): abstr. formation in f. nisba ‑iyyaẗ for scientific classification.
► (M) naǧmiyyāt, n.f.pl., asteroidea (zool.): abstr. formation in f.pl. nisba ‑iyyāt for scientific grouping.
► naǧǧām and munaǧǧim, ^†mutanaǧǧim, pl. ‑ūn, n., astrologer: n.prof. (I) and PA II, ^†PA V, respectively.
► manǧam, pl. manāǧimᵘ, n., 1 source, origin; 2 mine; pit: n.loc., either *‘place where s.th. (e.g., metal ore) sparkles like stars in the sky’, or *‘place where s.th. (e.g., metal ore) appears, comes in sight (↗naǧama)’.
► manǧamī, adj., mining (in compounds): nisba formation from manǧam.
► tanǧīm, n., astrology: vn. II, from ↗¹naǧǧama ‘to observe the stars’, from ¹naǧm.
► manǧūm, adj., starred; marked with a star or asterisk: neol., rather from ↗naǧmaẗ than from ¹naǧm.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗²naǧǧama, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

²naǧm نَجْم , pl. nuǧūm

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

1 ↗¹naǧm; 2 instalment, partial payment; 3 ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧīl – WehrCowan1979.
conc

▪ The value ‘instalment, partial payment’ is derived from ‘payment due at an appointed term’, from ‘term (date/time) of the rising of a star, to be known by observation of the stars (↗¹naǧǧama)’, from ¹naǧm ‘star’.

▪ <687 CE in a statement by Ibn ʕAbbās, saying ʔunzila ’l-qurʔānu ʔilà samāʔi ’l-dunyā ǧumlaẗan wāḥidaẗan ṯumma ʔunzila ʔilà ’l-ʔarḍi nuǧūman ‘the Qur’an was sent down to the world’s heaven as one whole, then it was sent down to earth in instalments’ – HDAL_200620.

–

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

► nuǧūman, adv., in instalments: ḥāl‑acc., pl., indicating mode of payment
► naǧǧama, vb. II, 1 ↗¹naǧǧama; 2 to pay in instalments: D-stem, denom.
► naǧmī, adj., 1 ↗¹naǧm; 2 in instalments, instalment‑ (in compounds): nisba formation.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗¹naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ, ↗¹manǧam, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

³naǧm نَجْم , pl. nuǧūm, ʔanǧum

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

1 ↗¹naǧm; 2 ↗²naǧm; 3 (coll.) herbs, herbage, grass; (M) quack grass, couch grass, quitch – WehrCowan1979.

▪ In ClassAr lexicography, the word is explained as ‘plants with no stalk; graminaceous plant, herbs, herbage, quack\couch grass, quitch’ and usually derived from ↗naǧama ‘to appear’, as the plant simply “appears”, without stalk. This etymology may be true, but there is also conspicuous overlapping with ↗naǧīl, so that it may also be the result of a phonological-semantic confusion, due to a merging with the semantics of √NǦL.

▪ <600 CE in a verse by the pre-Islamic poet al-Ḥāriṯ b. Ẓālim al-Murrī al-Ġaṭafānī – HDAL_200620.
▪ Then also ▪ eC7 (plants with no stalk, herbage – in one interpretation of Q 55:6) Q 55:6 wa’l-naǧmu wa’l-šaǧaru yasǧudāni ‘the plants and the trees prostrate (or, fall into the Grand Design)’ – BAH2008.
▪ In ClassAr also attested as ^†naǧmaẗ, ^†naǧamaẗ ‘dactylis repens, species of dog-grass’.

…

See above, section CONC.

–

naǧmaẗ نَجْمَة , pl. naǧamāt, nuǧūm

ID 849 • Sw 74/152 • BP 3363 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.f.f., n.un.

1 star; 2 asterisk (typ.) – WehrCowan1979; 3 (EgAr) a jinx – BadawiHinds1986.

▪ Morphologically, naǧmaẗ is a singulative (n.un.), signifying either a single, specific star (from the collective ↗¹naǧm ‘stars’) or one incident of ‘rising, appearing’ (from the vn. naǧm of the vb. ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’).
▪ [v2] is a neologism.
▪ [v3]: EgAr distinguishes between ni gmaẗ ‘star’ and nagmaẗ ‘jinx’ (corresponding vb.: nagam, i, ‘to jinx, put the evil eye on s.o.’, as in dōl nās wiḥšīn nagamū-na w-ḥasadū-na ‘they are bad people, they’ve jinxed us and put the evil eye on us’ – BadawiHinds1986).

▪ …

–

▪ BadawiHinds1986 distinguishes 2 roots: »¹NGM« (comprising ni gmaẗ ‘star’, na gmaẗ ‘jinx’, and nagam ‘to jinx’) and »²NGM« (containing only mangam ‘mine, pit’). Etymologically, however, this distinction does not make sense, as also ‘mine, pit’ (originally, *‘place where s.th., e.g., metal ore etc., appears’) is based on the same ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’ are also ¹naǧm and naǧmaẗ (*‘the rising, appearing one’).

–

► naǧmaẗ sīnamāʔiyyaẗ, n.f., film star, movie star: neol.
► naǧmaẗ raqṣ, n.f., ballet star: neol.
► maraḍ al-naǧmaẗ, n.f., a disease afflicting horses: prob. so called after the macula appearing on the sick animal’s skin, cf. LevAr ^†naǧmaẗ ‘blaze (i.e., a *star) on a beast’ – Hava1899.
► (M) naǧmaẗ al-baḥr, n.f., starfish, sea star: original Ar, or a calque?
► (M) naǧmaẗ al-ṣabāḥ, n.f., morning glory (bot.) : original Ar, or a calque?
► manǧūm, adj., starred; marked with a star or asterisk: neol., PP I from a hypothetical *naǧama ‘to mark with a star or asterisk’, denominal from naǧmaẗ.
For other derivatives, see ↗¹naǧm. – For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗¹naǧǧama, ↗²naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗¹manǧam, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

¹manǧam منْجم , pl. manāǧimᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

1 source, origin; 2 mine; pit – WehrCowan1979; 3 ↗^†²manǧam

▪ The word is treated in BadawiHinds1986 (»²NGM«) as if from a separate root, homonymous but to be distinguished etymologically from »¹NGM« (nagmaẗ ‘a jinx’, nagam ‘to jinx, put the evil eye on’), but perh. only because the relation between the two is not so obvious. However, while manǧam in its basic meaning, [v1], clearly is a n.loc., *‘place where s.th. appears, comes in sight, originates from’, coined on the familiar maFʕaL pattern, from ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’, the EgAr ‘jinx’ is only indirectly from the same etymon; see ↗¹naǧǧama ‘to observe the stars; to predict the future from the stars, practice astrology’ (< ¹naǧm ‘star’ < ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’).
▪ [v2] ‘mine, pit’ is either a specialisation of [v1] in the sense of *‘place where metallic ore etc. originates from’, or dependent on ↗¹naǧm ‘star’, as *‘place where s.th. (metallic ore, etc.) comes in sight, sparkling like stars’.
▪ [v3] : see below, section DISC.

▪ …

–

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ Another value of manǧam, now obsolete but attested in ClassAr, namely ^†‘well traced road; way out | chemin bien tracé et large’ (Hava1899, Kazimirski1860; see ↗^†²manǧam), is probably the same as ↗¹manǧam. It is treated separately here nevertheless, due to unclear semantics: how could the value ^†‘well traced road; way out’ be related to either ‘source, origin’ or ‘mine, pit’?

–

► manǧamī, adj., mining (in compounds): nisba formation.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗¹naǧǧama, ↗²naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam, (AlgAr) ↗naǧām, and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

²manǧam منْجم , pl. manāǧimᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

1 ↗¹manǧam; 2 ↗¹manǧam – WehrCowan1979; 3 ^†well traced road | chemin bien tracé et large – Hava1899, Kazimirski1860.

▪ The word is probably the same as ↗¹manǧam, but treated separately here because of unclear semantics: how could the value ^†‘well traced road; way out’ be related to either ‘source, origin’ or ‘mine, pit’? Riḍà1960 interprets it as maḫraǧ ‘way out’, but this does not help much to explain the word’s etymology either. Given that the primary meaning of manǧam is ‘source, origin, place where s.th. appears, comes in sight’ (n.loc., formed from ↗naǧama ‘to appear’, cf., e.g., ClassAr manǧam al-nahār ‘place where the sun rises’), the ‘well traced road’ is perh. the *‘road that appears (as a way out)’? The fact that manǧam also can signify a ‘mine, pit’ (↗¹manǧam) does not bring any light in this.

▪ …

–

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

^†manǧim منْجِم , pl. manāǧimᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

ankle-bone – Hava1899

▪ Obviously a maFʕiL formation from ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’, signifying the bone that protrudes (*‘appears, shows’) on the sides of a foot.

▪ Earliest attestation <735 CE in a verse by Ḏū ’l-Rummaẗ – HDAL_200620.

–

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

^†minǧam مِنْجَم , pl. …

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

iron-beam of a balance | cette partie de la balance sur laquelle se trouve l’indicateur des poids – Hava1899, Kazimirski1860

▪ Unclear semantics. The word is a n.instr., coined along the familiar miC₁C₂aC₃ pattern, and should therefore signify a tool serving to carry out an action designated by the vb. ↗naǧama ‘to appear, come in sight’, so perh. *‘tool that makes the differences appear, indicates whether the weights are in balance or not yet’?

▪ …

–

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

AlgAr naǧām نجام

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NǦM

n.

resources – Dozy1881.

▪ The meaning of AlgAr naǧām and the corresponding vb. II, naǧǧam ‘to have the power, be able to do s.th.’, seems to be the latest stage in a semantic development that goes back, ultimately, to the notion of ‘appearing, coming in sight’ (↗naǧama): > ‘to appear in the sky’ = ‘to rise (stars)’ > ‘star’ (↗¹naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ) > ‘to observe the stars’ (↗¹naǧǧama) > ^†‘to fix s.th. according to the course of stars, hence, at appointed terms’ (↗²naǧm) > ‘to accomplish s.th. at appointed terms, step by step, gradually’ (↗²naǧǧama) > ‘to accomplish (in general)’ (↗²naǧǧama) > ‘to be able, have the ability to accomplish s.th. (AlgAr naǧǧam), to have the resources to do so’ > ‘resources’. Alternatively, the semantics may be based directly on ↗naǧama, vb. I, ‘to appear’: > vb. II = causative formation, lit. *‘to make appear’ = ‘to create, accomplish’ etc.

▪ …

–

See section CONC, above.

–

► naǧǧam, vb. II, (AlgAr) to have the power, be able to do s.th.
For other items of the root, see ↗naǧama, ↗¹naǧǧama, ↗²naǧǧama, ↗¹naǧm, ↗²naǧm, ↗³naǧm, ↗naǧmaẗ, ↗¹manǧam, ↗²manǧam, ↗manǧim, ↗^†minǧam and, for the whole picture, root entry ↗√NǦM.

NǦW نجو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NǦW

“root”

▪ NǦW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NǦW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘elevation, highland, a place too high for flooding to reach; to escape, deliver, rescue; speed, to run quickly; to remove dirt from o.s., cleanse o.s.; to cut, flay; to confide, confer in secrecy, consult with one another’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḤB نحب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḤB

“root”

▪ NḤB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḤB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḤB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘vow, to fulfil a vow, (allotted) lifespan, to come to the end of one’s life, death; to weep; danger, to take chances; walking briskly, to work hard; to debate’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḤT نحت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḤT

“root”

▪ NḤT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḤT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḤT_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to hew, carve, quarry, chisel, hollow, splinters; disposition, character’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḤR نحر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤR

“root”

▪ NḤR_1 ‘upper part of chest, throat; to slaughter; to hit, kill’ ↗naḥr
▪ NḤR_2 ‘to master one’s affairs’ ↗naḥr
▪ NḤR_3 ^†‘first part, beginning; to perform the prayer in the first part of its time’: see DISC below.
▪ NḤR_4 ^†‘to become opposite, to face, confront’: see DISC below.
▪ NḤR_5 ^†‘to pour down heavily’: see DISC below.
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘chest, the upper part of the chest, the throat, to slaughter; to strive; to pour down heavily’

The many meanings that the root can take in ClassAr may all go back to naḥr ‘upper part of chest, throat’. The root seems to be Sem, but is scarcely attested.

–

See ↗naḥr.

▪ Badawi2008 gives thrree values of √NḤR in ClassAr: ‘1. chest, the upper part of the chest, the throat, to slaughter; 2. to strive; 3. to pour down heavily’.
▪ The lexicographers derive all other values from ‘to stab, stuck (a camel)’: NḤR_2 ‘to master one’s affairs’ is explained as *‘to be so experienced as s.o. who when slaughtering a camel, hits it exactly where it ought to be hit’; ^†NḤR_3 ‘first part, beginning; to perform the prayer in the first part of its time’ is another transfer of meaning, either of ‘upper part (of body)’ > ‘beginning (of s.th.)’, or (in the case of the early prayer) of the notion of ‘exactness’, to the field of religious duties; ^†NḤR_4 ‘to become opposite, to face, confront’ is *‘to become abreast of’. The value ^†NḤR_5 ‘to pour down heavily’ (only in vb. VI, tanāḥara, said of a cloud that bursts out with water) is not explained but could be interpreted as figurative use as well: rain pours from the cloud like the blood from an animal whose throat has just been cut.

–

naḥr نَحْر , pl. nuḥūr

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤR

n.

upper portion of the chest, juncture of chest and neck, throat – WehrCowan1979.

From Sem *naḥ(a)r‑ ‘upper part of the chest’.

▪ …

Militarev&Kogan2000 (SED-1)#196: Te näḥar ‘breast’⁴⁴ , Jib náḥar ‘windpipe and lungs’. »Scarce but reliable attestation in SSem area.«
44. Regarded as an Arabism by some.

Militarev&Kogan2000 (SED-1)#196: Sem *naḥ(a)r ‘upper part of the chest’.

–

► naḥara, u (naḥr), vb. I, to cut the throat (of an animal), slaughter, butcher, kill (an animal): denom.
► tanāḥara, vb. VI, to fight; to kill each other, hack each other to pieces, engage in internecine fighting: denom., recipr.
► ĭntaḥara, vb. VIII, to commit suicide: denom., lit. ‘to cut one’s own throat’.
► naḥr, n., killing, slaughter(ing), butchering: lexicalized vn. of vb. I | yawm al-naḥr Day of Immolation (on the 10th of Ḏū ’l-ḥiǧǧaẗ).
► niḥr and niḥrīr, pl. naḥārīrᵘ, adj., skilled, adept, proficient, versed, experienced (fī in): belonging to the obsolete meaning of vb. I, ^†‘to master (e.g., al-ʔumūr the affairs)’, explained by the classical lexicographers as derived from the original meaning of naḥara, namely ‘to stab (a camel etc.) in its manḥar ’, hence ‘to hit, hurt’ s.o. in exactly the place where he is vulnerable, hence naḥara… ʕilman ‘to master s.th. by knowledge or science’ (cf. Lane 8, 1893).
► naḥīr, adj., killed, slaughtered, butchered: pseudo-PP.
► manḥar, n., throat, neck: n.loc.
► ĭntiḥār, n., suicide: vn. VIII.
► manḥūr, adj., killed, slaughtered, butchered: PP I.
► muntaḥir, adj./n., suicide (person): PA VIII.

NḤS نحس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤS

“root”

▪ NḤS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NḤS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hardship, bad luck; dusty wind, severe cold; copper’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nuḥās نُحاس

ID 850 • Sw – • BP 5837 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤS

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NḤL نحل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤL

“root”

▪ NḤL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NḤL_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘honey bees; free gift; to become emaciated; to purport to be, to claim s.th. false for o.s. (such as a name, a virtue, an excuse)’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

naḥl نَحْل

ID 851 • Sw – • BP 3998 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NḤL

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NḪR نخر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḪR

“root”

▪ NḪR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḪR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḪR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘nostril, to snort; decay, decaying’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḪL نخل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḪL

“root”

▪ NḪL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḪL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḪL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘palm trees, date palms; the select; the dregs, to sieve out, sift’

▪ …

–

.

–

NDː (NDD) ندّ/ندد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√ NDː (NDD)

“root”

▪ NDː (NDD)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NDː (NDD)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NDː (NDD)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘an equal, peer; antagonist; to stand in opposition, slander, bolt, wander, scatter; sandalwood’

▪ …

–

.

–

NDM ندم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NDM

“root”

▪ NDM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NDM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NDM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘remorse, repentance, regret, to be regretful; a drinking partner, an intimate companion’

▪ …

–

.

–

NDW ندو

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NDW

“root”

▪ NDW_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NDW_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘moisture, dew; goodness, generosity; voice, voice that carries, to call, to seek assistance; to call together, to get together, to assemble, to convene, assemblage, a group of people, a place of gathering for conferring, a consultative group, to take part in such an activity, to consult’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nadwaẗ نَدْوَة

ID 852 • Sw – • BP 1442 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NDW

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

nadaⁿ نَدىً , det. nadà

ID 853 • Sw – • BP 4035 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NDW

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NḎR نذر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḎR

“root”

▪ NḎR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḎR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḎR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘vow, to pledge to God, pledge, consecrate, votive offering; to warn, threaten, admonish, denote; harbinger, herald’

▪ From WSem *√NḎR ‘to vow, consecrate’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

NǦZ نجز

Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NǦZ

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

tanǧīzī تَنْجيزيّ

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NǦZ

adj.

.

▪ nsb-formation, from tanǧīz, vn. of vb. II naǧǧaza, D-stem

.

NZʕ نزع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NZʕ

“root”

▪ NZʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NZʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NZʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pull out, strip off, pull at; an archer; to incline, take after (a parent); to walk briskly, strive; to desire; to exchange, dispute, controversy’

▪ …

–

.

–

NZĠ نزغ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NZĠ

“root”

▪ NZĠ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NZĠ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NZĠ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘jab, nudge, poke s.o. (with a finger or a spear); to sow dissension, incite hatred, insinuate, defame’

▪ …

–

.

–

NZF نزف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NZF

“root”

▪ NZF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NZF_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘haemorrhage, to bleed; to drain, to exhaust; (of drinks and arguments) to run out; to be intoxicated’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nazīf نَزِيف

ID 854 • Sw – • BP 3588 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NZF

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NZL نزل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NZL

“root”

▪ NZL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NZL_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘dwelling, habitat, to take up residence; hospitality, food offered to guests, provisions; to come down, to disembark, to bring down; flood, rain, stage, rank; combat, duel, to engage in combat; calamity; an attack of ill health, seizure’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nazal‑ نَزَلَ

ID 855 • Sw – • BP 673 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NZL

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

tanzīl تَنْزيل

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NZL

n.

.

▪ vn., II

.

tanzīlī تَنْزيليّ

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NZL

adj.

.

▪ nsb-formation, from tanzīl, vn. of vb. II nazzala, D-stem

.

NSʔ نسأ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NSʔ

“root”

▪ NSʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘stick, staff, to chide, drive hard (an animal), longevity, postponement, to protract, allow time to pay a debt; strongly intoxicating drink, to cause to forget’. There is some overlap between this root and root ↗NSY due to the alteration in Ar between the semi-vowels w, y and glottal stop ʔ, indicative of dialectical variation or historical sound change.

▪ …

–

.

–

NSB نسب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSB

“root”

▪ NSB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NSB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘kinship, lineage, relationship through marriage, relative; to be equal, to be suitable, to match; a clearly-marked straight road’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nasab نَسَب

ID 856 • Sw – • BP 3879 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSB

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NSḪ نسخ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSḪ

“root”

▪ NSḪ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NSḪ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to abrogate, to revoke, to remove, to invalidate, to substitute one thing for another; to copy, a copy, to seek to copy.’ – Some scholars claim the word nusḫaẗ is of Akk origin.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nasḫ نَسْخ

ID 857 • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSḪ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

nusḫaẗ نُسْخَة

ID 858 • Sw – • BP 1323 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSḪ

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NSR نسر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

“root”

▪ NSR_1 ‘eagle, vulture’ ↗nasr ~ nisr
▪ NSR_2 ‘small piece, chip, splint ; to get torn, break’ ↗nasraẗ
▪ NSR_3 ‘beak (of a predatory bird)’ ↗minsar
▪ NSR_4 ‘band, troop, clique’ ↗mansar
▪ NSR_5 ‘fistula, tumor’ ↗nāsūr
▪ NSR_6 ‘jonquil’ ↗nisrīn
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): [nasr] ‘[proper name occurring once in the Qur’an] eagle, vulture; pre-Islamic Arabian idol worshipped by the tribe of Hudhayl and said to have been in the shape of a vulture; the cult is thought to have come to Arabia from Syria and Babylonia (71:23) ‘they say to each other], “Do not renounce your gods—do not renounce Wadd, Suwāʕ, Yaġūṯ, Yaʕūq or Nasr’

▪ It seems that the semantic diversity in the root can be reduced to basically 2 values: [v1] and [v6]. While [v6] is prob. a borrowing from Pers nasrīn ‘wild rose’ – »à moins que ce ne soit l’inverse« (Rolland2014) – the other items are with all likelihood all based on [v1] ‘eagle, vulture’, which is the Ar form of the bird’s name that is very widespread in Sem.
▪ [v1] : from protSem *n˅šr ~ n˅sr ‘eagle, vulture’ – MilitarevKogan2005#166.
▪ [v2] designates, originally, a small piece of flesh a predatory bird tears from the body of its prey.
▪ [v3] is a n.instr. formed from the denom. vb. I, now obsolete, *‘to tear pieces of flesh from the body of a prey like an eagle\vulture does with its beak’ (Lane viii 1893: ^†nasara ‘he [a bird etc.] pluck flesh with his beak’; still attested in a more generalized form in Hava1899: ‘to take off s.th.; to scrape, rub out s.th.’).
▪ [v4] is the result of a transfer of meaning from the eagle\vulture’s beak that ‘precedes’ the bird, onto a smaller group of people that marches ahead of the others (Lane viii 1893: ‘a portion of an army that goes before the main army’, Hava1899: ‘vanguard of an army’).
▪ [v5] is thought to be of foreign (Pers, Syr) origin by some, but can be from [v1] ‘eagle, vulture’, on account of the wounds caused by a predatory bird in the flesh of its prey.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

See above, section CONC.

…

nasr نَسْر , var. nisr, pl. nusūr, nusūraẗ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.

eagle; vulture – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From protSem *n˅šr ~ n˅sr ‘eagle, vulture’ – MilitarevKogan2005#166.
▪ For the relation of the derivatives to ‘eagle’, see below (section DERIV) and individually, s.v..

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘eagle, vulture’) Akk našru, Hbr néšer, Syr nešrā, Gz nesr.

See above, section CONC.

…

►tanassara, vb. V, 1to get torn; 2 to break, snap: Dt-stem, quasi-pass. (1), intr. (2), orig. likened to an eagle’s plucking flesh from its prey with its beak.
►ĭstansara, vb. X, to become eagle‑like, act like an eagle: *Št-stem
►nasraẗ, n.f., small piece, chip, splint: orig. prob. *‘piece of flesh that an eagle tears out of its prey with its beak’.
►nusāriyyaẗ, n.f., eagle
►nāsūr, pl. nawāsīrᵘ, n., fistula, tumor: perh. a loanword (from Pers, or Syr?; cf. var. writing with ṣ: nāṣūr), but perh. akin to nasr , a tumor that breaks up being likened to the wound caused by an eagle’s beak.
►mansar, var. minsar, mansir, pl. manāsirᵘ, n., band, gang (of robbers, etc.); troop; clique: orig. ‘vanguard of an army’ (Lane viii 1893, Hava1899), so called on account of its marching ahead of the main army, like an eagle’s beak is ‘ahead’ of the bird’s main body.
►minsar, pl. manāsirᵘ, n., beak (of predatory birds): n.instr., from obs. vb. I, ^†nasara *‘to pluck (with the beak) pieces of flesh from the body of a prey’ (Lane viii 1893; cf. also Hava1899: ‘to take off s.th.; to scrape, rub out s.th.’).
▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nisrīn, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

nasraẗ نَسْرة

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.f.

small piece, chip, splint – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From ↗nasr~nisr ‘eagle, vulture’, orig. prob. *‘piece of flesh that an eagle tears out of its prey with its beak’.

▪ …

See ↗nasr.

See above, section CONC.

…

►tanassara, vb. V, 1 to get torn; 2 to break, snap: Dt-stem, quasi-pass. (1), intr. (2), orig. likened to an eagle’s plucking pieces of flesh from its prey with its beak.
▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nasr~nisr, ↗minsar, ↗mansar, ↗nisrīn, and ↗nāsūr, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

nāsūr ناسور , nawāsīrᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.

fistula, tumor – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Perh. a loanword (from Pers, or Syr?; cf. var. writing with ṣ: nāṣūr, pl. nawāṣīrᵘ), but ultimately perh. akin to ↗nasr~nisr ‘eagle, vulture’, a tumor that breaks up being likened to the wound caused by an eagle’s beak (?).

▪ Lane viii 1893: ‘a certain disease that happens in the inner angles of the eyes (Ṣ, Mṣb, Q), with an incessant defluxion therefrom (Ṣ, TA) and sometimes it happens also in the part around the anus, and in the gum (Ṣ, Mṣb), or it signifies also a certain disease in the part around the anus, and a certain disease in the gum; nawāṣīr, pl. of nāṣūr: accord. to certain of the physicians, is a term applied to deep ulcers in the anus, at the extremity of the gut; – also: a vein constantly becoming recrudescent, with an incessant defluxion, corrupt within, whenever its upper part heals breaking forth again with corruption’.

…

▪ Lane viii 1893: according to some ClassAr lexicographers, the word is Arabized from a Pers source.
▪ Ḍinnāwī2004: from Pers, or perh. from Syr nocouro (=?).

…

▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nasr~nisr, ↗nasraẗ, ↗minsar,↗mansar, and ↗nisrīn, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

nisrīn نِسْرين

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.

jonquil (Narcissus jonquilla bot.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From Pers nasrīn ‘wild rose’ – »à moins que ce ne soit l’inverse« (Rolland2014).

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nasr~nisr, ↗nasraẗ, ↗minsar, ↗mansar, and ↗nāsūr, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

mansar مَنْسَر , var. minsar, mansir, pl. manāsirᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.

band, gang (of robbers, etc.); troop; clique – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From ↗nasr~nisr ‘eagle, vulture’, orig. ‘vanguard of an army’ (Lane viii 1893, Hava1899), so called on account of its marching ahead of the main army, like an eagle’s beak is ‘ahead’ of the bird’s main body. If this etymology is correct, minsar (miFʕaL for n.instr.) may be the more original form, an eagle’s beak being its ‘instrument’ of prey. Given the spatial dimension inherent in marching ‘ahead’, for later users a re-interpretion as a maFʕaL form for n.loc. may have sounded more plausible.

▪ …

See ↗nasr.

See above, section CONC.

…

▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nasr~nisr, ↗nasraẗ, ↗minsar, ↗nisrīn, and ↗nāsūr, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

minsar مِنْسَر , pl. manāsirᵘ

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSR

n.

beak (of predatory birds) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The n. is a miFʕaL formation for n.instr., from obs. vb. I, ^†nasara *‘to pluck (with the beak) pieces of flesh from the body of a prey’ (Lane viii 1893; cf. also Hava1899: ‘to take off s.th.; to scrape, rub out s.th.’), from ↗nasr~nisr ‘eagle, vulture’.

▪ …

See ↗nasr.

See above, section CONC.

…

▪ For other items of the same root, cf. ↗nasr~nisr, ↗nasraẗ, ↗mansar, ↗nisrīn, and ↗nāsūr, as well as, for the general picture, ↗√NSR.

NSF نسف

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSF

“root”

▪ NSF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NSF_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to obliterate, to erase, to scatter, to uproot, to cause to collapse; to sift, to sieve, to winnow’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mansaf مَنْسَف

ID 859 • Sw – • BP 6523 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSF

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NSK نسك

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NSK

“root”

▪ NSK_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSK_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSK_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘green meadows; nuggets of gold and silver; sacrifice, ritual, act of worship; hermit, to live the life of an ascetic, be pious’

▪ …

–

.

-

–

NSL نسل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NSL

“root”

▪ NSL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘offspring, progeny, to beget, give birth; (of hair or feathers) to fall out, fibrous waste; to move quickly, ooze out’

▪ …

–

.

–

NSM نسم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSM

“root”

▪ NSM_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NSM_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nasamaẗ نَسَمَة

ID 860 • Sw – • BP 3296 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NSM

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NSW نسو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NSW

“root”

▪ NSW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘women, woman-like, pertaining to women; sciatica’. – In some works the roots √NSW and ↗√NSY are classified together, suggesting, perhaps, another overlap between these two roots and root ↗√NSʔ.

▪ …

–

.

–

NSY نسي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NSY

“root”

▪ NSY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NSY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘lowly people, rubble; a forlorn thing, to forget, abandon, overlook, oblivion’. – There is an overlap between this root and roots ↗√NSʔ and ↗√NSW.

▪ …

–

.

–

NŠʔ نشأ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NŠʔ

“root”

▪ NŠʔ_1 ‘to rise, emerge, come into being; to grow; to raise’ ↗našaʔa
▪ NŠʔ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NŠʔ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the young, youth, young plants and animals, the young generations, the first hours of the night; to rise, to grow, to emerge, to come into being, to create, to initiate, to cause to grow, to raise from the dead; to glean information’

▪ NŠʔ_1 : (Orel&Stolbova1994#516:) from protSem *n˅śaʔ‑ (with prefix *n˅‑) ‘to rise, grow, raise’ < AfrAs *ĉaʔ‑ /*ĉaw‑ /*ĉay‑ ‘to move upwards’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

našaʔ‑ نَشَأَ , a, and našuʔ‑ نَشُؤَ , u (našʔ, nušūʔ, našʔaẗ)

ID … • Sw – • BP 2634 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NŠʔ

vb., I

1 to rise, rise, aloft, emerge, appear, loom up; 2a to come into being, come into existence, originate, form, arise, come about, crop up; 2b to grow, grow up; 2c to develop, evolve 3 to proceed, spring (from), grow out (of); 4 to follow, ensue, result, derive (from) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#516: from protSem *n˅śaʔ‑ (with prefix *n˅‑) ‘to rise, grow, raise’ < AfrAs *ĉaʔ‑ /*ĉaw‑ /*ĉay‑ ‘to move upwards’.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to raise, bear’) Akk iššī, Hbr nāśā (ipfv yiśśā), Syr nśā, Gz nšʔ – (ā).
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#516: Akk našū, Ug nšū, Hbr nśʔ ‑a‑, Gz nśʔ, Amh nässa ‘to rise, grow, raise’. – Outside Sem: Eg (pyr) šwy ‘raise’ (cf. also zšy ‘lift’ with digraph zš‑ reflecting AfrAs *ĉ‑), (WCh) śa(‑), śe, śi, śu, iśa, śau ‘to stand up’, (CCh) ẑa, śeʔe, śaʔi, śi, śay, śēy, śāy, śa‑vo, śa‑tuʔ, śe, ẑeʔi ‘to stand up, rise’, and (ECh) so, sē, say ‘to stand up, rise’.
▪ …

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#516: The word which denotes an elementary movement of the body is one of those AfrAs terms which have survived in more than only a few languages. It has cognates in Sem, Eg and a number of the Ch idioms. Since Eg and Ch lack the initial *n˅‑ of Sem, this latter seems to be a Sem innovation. Akk našū, Ug nšū, Hbr nśʔ [‑a‑ ], Gz nśʔ, Amh nässa go back to Sem *n˅śaʔ‑ (with prefix *n˅‑) ‘rise, grow, raise’. Cf., outside Sem, the forms without *n˅‑ : Eg (pyr) šwy ‘raise’ (cf. also zšy ‘lift’ with digraph zš‑ reflecting AfrAs *ĉ‑), WCh *ĉaʔ‑ (śa(‑), śe, śi, śu, iśa, śau) ‘stand up’, CCh *śaʔ‑ /*śay‑ (ẑa, śeʔe, śaʔi, śi, śay, śēy, śāy, śa‑vo, śa‑tuʔ, śe, ẑeʔi) ‘stand up, rise’, and ECh *ĉaw‑ /*ĉay‑ (so, sē, say) ‘stand up, rise’. As a common ancestor, AfrAs *ĉaʔ‑ /*ĉaw‑ /*ĉay‑ ‘move upwards’ is to be assumed.

…

►naššaʔa, vb. II, to cause to grow; to bring up, raise (a child): D‑stem, caus.
► ^BP#2634ʔanšaʔa, vb. IV, 1 to cause to rise; 2a to create, bring into being; 2b to bring forth, produce, generate, engender; 2c to build, construct; 2d to call into existence, originate, start, found, establish, organize, institute; 2e to set up, erect; 2f to install; to compose, draw up, write; 2g to bring up, raise, rear; 3 to begin, start, commence, initiate: *Š‑stem, caus.
►tanaššaʔa, vb. V, to grow, develop, spread, gain ground: Dt‑stem, intr.
►ĭstanšaʔa, vb. X, to search, ask, look (for news): *Št‑stem, desid.
►našʔ, n., youth; new generation.
►našʔaẗ, 1 growing up, upgrowth, growth; 2 early life, youth; 3 rise, birth, formation, genesis; 4 origin; 5 youth, young generation; 6 culture, refinement; upbringing, background (of a person).
►nušūʔ, n., growing, growth, development, evolution: vn. I | maḏhab al‑nušūʔ wa’l‑taraqqī, n., theory of evolution, evolutionism.
►al‑nušūʔiyyūn, n.pl., the evolutionists: pl.m. of nisba formation from nušūʔ.
►manšaʔ, n., 1 place of origin or upgrowth; 2 birth place, home town, home; 3 fatherland, homeland, native country; 4 origin, rise, birth, formation, genesis; 5 source, springfield, fountainhead; 6 beginning, start, onset: n.loc.
►tanšīʔ, n., upbringing, education: vn. II.
►tanšiʔaẗ, n.f., upbringing, education: quasi‑vn. II.
►ʔinšāʔ, n., 1 creation; 2 origination; 3 bringing about; 4 setting up, establishment, institution; 5 formation; 6 erection; – 7 (pl. ‑āt) building, construction; 8 founding, foundation; installation; – 9a composition, compilation, writing; 9b letter writing; 9c style, art of composition; 9d essay, treatise: vn. IV.
►ʔinšāʔī, adj., 1 construction…; 2 constructive; 3a relating to composition or style; 3b stylistic; 3c editing, editorial: nisba formation from ʔinšāʔ.
^BP#4215nāšiʔ, adj., 1 growing, growing up; 2 arising, originating, proceeding, emanating, springing, resulting; 3a n. (pl. ‑ūn) beginner; 3b (in sports) junior; 3c youngster, youth: PA I
►nāšiʔaẗ, n.f., youth, rising generation: PA I, f.
►munšiʔ, adj., creating; creative; – (pl. ‑ūn) creator, originator; builder, constructor; founder, establisher; author, writer: PA IV.
►munšaʔaẗ, f., pl. ‑āt, n.f., foundation; establishment, firm; 2 industrial plant; 3 pl., installations, (technical, military) facilities: nominalized PP IV.

NŠR نشر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NŠR

“root”

▪ NŠR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘scent, to waft; to sprout, unfold, come into leaf, multiply; to announce, publicise; to raise, revive; to saw apart’

▪ …

–

.

–

NŠZ نشز

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NŠZ

“root”

▪ NŠZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘high ground, elevation, protrusion, stand out, be discordant, be rebellious; to be perverted’

▪ …

–

.

–

NŠṬ نشط

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NŠṬ

“root”

▪ NŠṬ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠṬ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NŠṬ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a well with water high enough to draw, draw water from such a well; energy, agility, to recover completely from illness; to pasture well, (of animals) to migrate from one location to another in search of pasture’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṢB نصب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṢB

“root”

▪ NṢB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘landmark; idol, altar; to erect, set up a monument; to tire, irritate; a trap, to trap; a base, a handle; part, share; in front of, opposite’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṢT نصت

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṢT

“root”

▪ NṢT_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢT_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢT_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to listen, lend an ear to, accept advice; to be silent, silence’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṢḤ نصح

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṢḤ

“root”

▪ NṢḤ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NṢḤ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a needle, to patch up, to stitch up; rain falling on arid land, to quench the thirst of animals or land; purity, sincerity, sincere advisor; advice, counsel, to be good-hearted, to act in good faith’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

naṣaḥ‑ نَصَحَ

ID 861 • Sw – • BP 3575 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṢḤ

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NṢR نصر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṢR

“root”

▪ NṢR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NṢR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘flood channels leading into a valley, tributaries of a river, rain falling on arid land; to aid, to assist in repelling an attack, helpers, disciples; to triumph; to become impregnable; to avenge o.s.’ – Philologists derive the word naṣrānī from this root although it is more likely that the word is of Syr origin, derived from the name of Jesus’ hometown, Nazareth.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

naṣrānī نَصْرانِيّ

ID 862 • Sw – • BP 4804 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṢR

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NṢF نصف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṢF

“root”

▪ NṢF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘half, to halve, middle; justice; to be of good countenance; veil; rivulet leading into a valley’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṢY نصي

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṢY

“root”

▪ NṢY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṢY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘forehead, forelock, hair growing above the forehead, to plait hair, grasp by the forehead; to disgrace s.o.; to control; the upper crust of society, to climb up’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḌǦ نضج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḌǦ

“root”

▪ NḌǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be cooked, to be done, ripen, mature, maturity, be wise, attain wisdom, be overdue in giving birth’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḌḪ نضخ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḌḪ

“root”

▪ NḌḪ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌḪ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌḪ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a drizzle, a gushing spring, a cascading spring, to spout water copiously’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḌD نضد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḌD

“root”

▪ NḌD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pile of things, bunches of fruit growing in rows over one another, layers of clouds, stack of stones; the family elders’

▪ …

–

.

–

NḌR نضر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NḌR

“root”

▪ NḌR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NḌR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pure gold, good living; lushness, verdure, freshness, good looks; the upper crust of the society; purity’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṬḤ نطح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṬḤ

“root”

▪ NṬḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṬḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṬḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a horse with two white spots on the forehead (considered unlucky); to butt with horns; hardship, struggle’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṬF نطف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NṬF

“root”

▪ NṬF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṬF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NṬF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘unblemished pearl, drop of water, semen; the dregs at the bottom of a container; to smear, slander, become dirty; to seep’

▪ …

–

.

–

NṬQ نطق

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṬQ

“root”

▪ NṬQ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NṬQ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘belt, girdle, waist; speech, language, to speak, signal, to express o.s.; living animal’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

naṭaq‑ نَطَقَ

ID 863 • Sw – • BP 2816 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NṬQ

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NẒR نظر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NẒR

“root”

▪ NẒR_1 ‘to see, view, eye, regard, etc.’ ↗naẓara
▪ NẒR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NẒR_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘eyesight, a sight, to look at, glimpse, see, watch; evil eye; to contemplate; to compare; to debate; to be equal; to wait, postpone, delay; to expect, expectation’

▪ From protSem *√NṮR ‘to see, watch, observe, guard’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

▪ Engl Nebuchadnezzar, Nebuchadrezzar), Belshazzar: cf. Ar ↗baʕl and ↗naẓara.▪
Engl nadir, from Ar ↗naẓīr.

…

naẓar‑ نَظَرَ , u (naẓar, manẓar)

ID … • Sw – • BP 478 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NẒR

vb., I

to perceive with the eyes, see, view, eye, regard (‑h, ʔilà s.o., s.th.), look, gaze, glance at, watch, observe, notice, pay attention to; to expect (‑h s.th.); to envisage, consider, contemplate, purpose (‑h, ʔilà s.o., s.th.); to have in mind, have in view (ʔilà s.th.), put one’s mind, direct one’s attention (ʔilà to s.th.); to take up, try, hear (fī a case; court), look into a case (fī), examine (‑h, fī a case); to judge, rule, decide (bayna between two litigant parties); to take care (li‑ of s.o.), help (li‑ s.o.), stand by s.o. (li‑), look after s.o. (li‑) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Huehnergard2011: from protSem *√NṮR ‘to see, watch, observe, guard’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#506: from protSem *n˅ṯ̣ar‑ ‘to guard, look’ (perh. < *n˅‑ ṯ̣ar‑, prefix *n˅‑), from hypothetical AfrAs *č̣ar‑ ‘to look, see’.

▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to watch, guard’) Akk nṣr (u), Hbr nṣr a (o), Syr nṭr a (u/a), Gz nṣr a (e) ‘to watch’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#506: Akk naṣāru, Ug nġr, Phoen nṣr, Hbr nṣr, Syr nṭr, SAr nṭr ‘to guard’, Gz nṣr, Ar nẓr ‘to look’. – Outside Sem: Berb ẓer, ẓar ‘to see, look’, (WCh) Hs c̣are ‘to guard’.
▪ …

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#506: protSem *n˅ṯ̣ar‑ ‘guard’, ‘look’ (with prefix *n˅‑), protBerb *c̣˅r‑ ‘to see, look’¹¹³ , protWCh *č̣ar‑) ‘to guard’, all from hypothetical AfrAs *č̣ar‑ ‘to look, see’.

113. Cf. also Berb *c̣˅r‑ ‘pupil (of an eye)’, reconstructed from əẓẓəru in 1 Berb lang.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Nebuchadnezzar, from Hbr nᵊbûkadneʔṣṣar (also nᵊbûkadreʔṣṣar, whence English by-form Nebuchadrezzar), alteration of Akk nabû-kudurrī-uṣur ‘Nabu (a god) protect the borders’ (kudurrī, pl.obl. of kudurru ‘border’); Belshazzar, from Hbr bēlšaṣṣar, from Akk bēl-šar-uṣur ‘Bel (an Akk deity) protect the king’ (bēl ‘lord, Bel’, cf. Ar ↗baʕl, and šar ‘king’); both from Akk uṣur ‘protect!’, imperative sg. of naṣāru ‘to guard, protect’, akin to Ar NẒR, ↗naẓara.
▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl nadir, from Ar ↗naẓīr (as-samt) ‘opposite (of the zenith)’, from naẓīr ‘facing, equal, opposite’, from ↗naẓara, vb. I, ‘to see, watch’.

►naẓara ʔilayhi šazr^an, to give s.o. a sidelong glance, look askance at s.o.
►naẓara (fī) ’l‑qaḍiyyaẗ, to try a case (jur.)
►naẓara fī ṭalab fulān, to process s.o.’s application, take care of s.o.’s application
►naẓara min furǧaẗ/fūhaẗ al‑miftāḥ, to peep through the keyhole
►unẓur baʕdahū, see below!
►unẓur ẓahrahū, see reverse!, please turn over!
►naẓẓara, vb. II, to make comparisons, draw parallels (bayna between): D‑stem, caus. (< *‘to make x face y’)
►nāẓara, vb. III, to equal (‑h s.o., s.th.), be equal (‑h to s.o., to s.th.); to equalize, put on an equal footing (bi‑ with), equate, liken, compare (bi‑ to); to vie, compete, be in competition (‑h with), rival; to argue, debate, dispute (‑h with s.o.), point out (‑h s.o., bi‑ to s.th.) by way of argument or objection, confront (s.o. bi‑ with); to superintend, supervise (s.th.): L‑stem, associative, from naẓīr.
►ʔanẓara, vb. IV, to grant (‑h s.o.) a delay or respite: *Š‑stem, caus.
►tanaẓẓara, vb. V, to regard, watch or observe attentively (‑h s.o., s.th.), look closely at, scrutinize; to bide one’s time, wait: Dt‑stem
►tanāẓara, vb. VI, to face each other, lie opposite; to be symmetrical (math.); to dispute, argue (with one another); to quarrel (ʕalà about), fight (ʕalà over s.th.); to contend (with each other), contest each other’s right: Lt‑stem, recipr.
►ĭntaẓara, vb. VIII, to wait (‑h for s.o.), expect (‑h s.o., s.th.), await, anticipate; to look closely (‑h at s.o.); to look on expectantly, bide one’s time, wait: Gt‑stem | ĭntaẓara ’l‑šayʔ al‑kabīr min, to expect much of…; ĭntaẓara min warāʔihī kulla ḫayr, expr., to set the greatest expectations in s.th.
►ĭstanẓara, vb. X, to wait, await, expect; to have patience, be patient; to request a delay or respite; to ask (s.o.) to wait, keep (s.o.) waiting: *Št‑stem, desiderative.
► ^BP#261naẓar, pl. ʔanẓār, n., seeing, eyesight, vision; look, glance, gaze; sight; outlook, prospect; view; aspect; appearance, evidence; insight, discernment, penetration; perception; contemplation; examination (fī of); inspection, study, perusal; consideration, reflection; philosophical speculation; theory; handling (fī of a matter); trial, hearing (fī of a case, in court); supervision, control, surveillance; competence, jurisdiction; attention, heed, regard, notice, observance, respect, consideration, care | naẓaran ʔilà\li‑, quasi‑prep., in view of, with a view to, in regard to, with respect to, in consideration of, on the basis of, due to, because of, for; bi’l‑naẓar li‑, dto.; bi‑ṣarf\qaṭʕ al‑naẓar ʕan, quasi‑prep., regardless of, irrespective of; taḥt al‑naẓar, adv., under consideration, being studied, being dealt with; dūn naẓar ʔilà, quasi‑prep., irrespective of, regardless of; fī naẓarī, adv., in my eyes, in my opinion; lil‑naẓar fī, quasi‑prep., for the study of, for consideration, for further examination of, for handling…, for action on…; al‑naẓar fī ’l‑ḥayāẗ, n., weltanschauung; ʔiʕādaẗ al‑naẓar, n.f., re‑examination, reconsideration, resumption, retrial, revision; ʔahl al‑naẓar, n., speculative thinkers; theoreticians, theorists; baʕīd\ṭawīl al‑naẓar, adj., farsighted; qiṣar al‑naẓar, n., shortsightedness; qaṣīr al‑naẓar, adj., shortsighted; al‑maḥkamaẗ ḏāt al‑naẓar, n.f., the court of competent jurisdiction; masʔalaẗ fīhā naẓar, n.f., an unsettled, open question, an unsolved problem; man lahū naẓar, n., s.o. noteworthy, a distinguished man; the responsible, or authorized person; ʔaḫaḏa bi’l‑naẓar, vb. I, to catch the eye; ʔadāra naẓarahū fī, vb. IV, to let one’s eyes roam over…; tābiʕ \ rāǧiʕ bi’l‑naẓar li‑, adj., falling to the responsibility of, under the jurisdiction of, subject to the authority of; sāraqa\ĭstaraqa ’l‑naẓar ʔilayh or sāraqahū ’l‑naẓar, expr., to glance furtively at s.o., give s.o. a surreptitious look; fī hāḏā ’l‑ʔamr naẓar, expr., this matter calls for careful study, will have to be considered; qaṭaʕa ’l‑naẓar ʕan, vb. I, to take no account of, disregard s.th.; huwa taḥt naẓar fulān, expr., he is under the protection of so‑and‑so, he is patronized by so‑and‑so
►niẓr, adj., similar, like; equal | ʕadīm al‑niẓr, adj., unparalleled, unequaled, matchless, unique of his (its) kind
►naẓraẗ, pl. naẓarāt, n.f., look, glance; sight, view; viewing, contemplation (ʔilà of s.th.); pl. naẓarāt, (philosophical) reflections
►naẓiraẗ, n.f., delay, postponement, deferment (of an obligation)
►naẓarī, optic(al); visual; theoretic(al); speculative
►naẓariyyaẗ, n.f., theory; theorem; reflection, meditation, contemplation
►naẓīr, pl. nuẓarāʔᵘ, f.pl. naẓāʔirᵘ, adj., similar, like, same, equal, matching, corresponding, comparable; an equivalent; facing, opposite, parallel; (with foll. genit.) in the manner of, in the same manner as, just like, just as; transcript, copy | naẓīrᵃ, prep., as a compensation foe, in consideration of, in return for, in exchange for, for, on, e.g., naẓīrᵃ dafʕ ḫamsīn mallīm^an, on paying 50 millièmes; nuẓarāʔuh, people of his kind, people like him; naẓīr al‑samt or al‑naẓīr, n., nadir (astron.); maqṭūʕ\munqaṭiʕ al‑naẓīr, adj., incomparable; laysa lahū naẓīr, unparalleled, unequaled, matchless, unique of his (its) kind
►naẓīraẗ, n.f., head, foremost rank | fī naẓīraẗ (with foll. genit.) at the head of
►naẓẓār, adj., keen‑eyed; (pl. naẓẓāraẗ) spectator, onlooker
►naẓẓāraẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., field glass, binocular; telescope, spyglass; (pair of) eyeglasses, spectacles (occasionally also pl. naẓẓārāt with sg. meaning: a pair of eyeglasses); (pair of) goggles | naẓẓāraẗ fardiyyaẗ, n.f., eyeglass, monocle; naẓẓāraẗ muʕaẓẓimaẗ, n.f., magnifying glass; naẓẓāraẗ al‑maydān, n.f., field glass
►naẓẓārātī, n., optometrist; optician
►niẓāraẗ, n.f., supervision, control, inspection, management, administration, direction; ministry (now obs.)
►nāẓūr, n., field glass
►manẓar, pl. manāẓirᵘ, n., sight; view, panorama; look(s), appearance, aspect; prospect, outlook, perspective; an object seen or viewed, photographic object; scene (of a play); spectacle; stage setting, set, scenery; place commanding a sweeping view; lookout, watchtower | manẓar ʕāmm, n., general view, panorama, landscape, scenery; manāẓir ḫāriǧiyyaẗ, n.nhum.pl., shots on location (in motion‑picture making); manāẓir ṭabīʕiyyaẗ, n.nhum.pl.,scenic views, scenery, Iandscapes
►manẓarat, pl. manāẓirᵘ, n.f., place commanding a scenic view; view, scenery, landscape, panorama; watchtower, observatory; guestroom, reception room, drawing room, parlor
►minẓar, n., (pair of) eyeglasses, spectacles; telescope, spyglass
►minẓār, pl. manāẓīrᵘ, n., telescope, spyglass; magnifying glass; mirror, speculum, ‑scope (e.g., laryngoscope) | minẓār muʕaẓẓim, n., magnifying glass; raqaba bi‑minẓār ʔaswad, expr., to have a pessimistic outlook, look on the dark side of everything
►munāẓaraẗ, n.f., emulation, rivalry, competition; quarrel, argument, altercation, debate, dispute, discussion, controversy; supervision, control, inspection: vn. III.
►tanāẓur, n., difference of opinion, squabble, wrangle, altercation; symmetry (math.)
►ĭntiẓār, n., waiting, wait; expectation | ʕalà ġayr intiẓār, adv., unexpectedly
►nāẓir, pl. nuẓẓār, n., observer, viewer, spectator, onlooker; overseer, supervisor; inspector; manager, director, superintendent, administrator, principal, chief; (cabinet) minister (now obs.) | nāẓir al‑waqf, n., trustee of a wakf, administrator of a religious endowment
►nāẓiraẗ, administratress, directress, manageress, headmistress, matron
►nāẓir, n., and nāẓiraẗ, n.f., both pl. nawāẓirᵘ, eye; look, glance | bayna nāẓirayh, adv., before his eyes
►manẓūr, adj., seen; visible; foreseen, anticipated, expected; supervised, under supervision, controlled; envied, regarded with the evil eye; under consideration (case), pending (complaint, lawsuit; ʔamāmᵃ in a court) | manẓūr ʔilayh, one under supervision, subordinate, underling, protégé, charge, ward, pupil; ġayr manẓūr, adj., invisible; unforeseen, unexpected; ʔadawāt manẓūraẗ, n.inhum.pl., visual training aids; daʕwà manẓūraẗ, n.f., pending lawsuit; al‑šaḫṣ al‑manẓūr, n., person whose case is under consideration
►munāẓir, adj., similar, like, equal; competitor, rival, adversary, opponent (esp., in a discussion); interlocutor

NẒM نظم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NẒM

“root”

▪ NẒM_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NẒM_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ Ar root √NẒM ‘to arrange’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

niẓām نِظام

ID 865 • Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 199 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NẒM

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

tanẓīm تَنْظيم

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD 703 • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NẒM

n.

.

▪ vn., II

.

munaẓẓamaẗ مُنَظَّمَة

ID 864 • Sw – • BP 521 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NẒM

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NʕǦ نعج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʕǦ

“root”

▪ NʕǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘female sheep, ewe, gazelle, mountain goat, antelope; woman, woman or camel with good colouring; fast camel’

▪ …

–

.

–

NʕS نعس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʕS

“root”

▪ NʕS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘slumber, dozing off, drowsiness, to doze off; to beget lazy children’

▪ …

–

.

–

NʕQ نعق

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʕQ

“root”

▪ NʕQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘entrance to desert rat’s burrow; croaking, bleating, gibberish, to scream, shout at herds of goats and sheep, (all) living things’

–

.

–

NʕL نعل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʕL

“root”

▪ NʕL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘footwear, horseshoe, camelshoe, to have thick hard feet, have hooves, travel on foot, hard and stony piece of barren land; calamities’

▪ …

–

.

–

NʕM نعم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NʕM

“root”

▪ NʕM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NʕM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘cattle, ostrich; bounty, blessings, grace, good living, to enjoy life, to bestow favours; to flourish, become verdant; to be soft and smooth’

▪ From CSem *√NʕM ‘to be(come) pleasant, agreeable’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ 1 Engl personal name Naomi, from Hbr noʕŏmî ‘my delight’, from nōʕam ‘delight, delightfulness’, from nāʕēm ‘to be(come) pleasant, delightful’; 2 Engl anemone, perh. a folk-etymological alteration (influenced by Grk anemos ‘wind’) of an epithet of Adonis (the anemone having sprung from Adonis’s blood in Grk myth), from Phoen *hannaʕmon ‘the pleasant one’, akin to Hbr naʕămān, a man’s name (lit. ‘pleasantness’), and naʕămānîm, a word describing a garden in Isaiah 17:10, perh. a distortion of an epithet of Adonis. The Phoen and Hbr words are cognate to Ar ↗niʕmaẗ, ↗naʕam, etc., see ↗√NʕM.

–

NĠḌ نغض

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 17May2023
√NĠḌ

“root”

▪ NĠḌ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NĠḌ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NĠḌ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the joint that moves the shoulder, to move from one side to the other, incline (one’s head), move the head up and down’

▪ …

–

.

–

*NF‑ نفـ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√*NF-

2-cons. "root nucleus"

▪ *NF-_1 ‘to come out’
▪ *NF-_2 ‘to inhale, exhale’
▪ *NF-_3 ‘…’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

According to Ehret1989#58 and #59, 3-rad. extensions of pre-protSem *NP- in Ar are:
*NF _1 ‘to come out’
► + “durative” *‑G : ^†nafaǧa (nafǧ) ‘to creep out of the egg’
► + “intensive (> fortative)” *‑Z : ^†nafaza (nafāz) ‘to come forth, arrive, reach’
► + “diffusive” *‑R : ↗nafara u i (nafar) ‘to flee and disperse, run away’
► + “venitive” *‑ɬ : ↗nafaša u (nafš) ‘to pick wool or cotton, pluck’
► + “focative” *‑Ṣ : ^†nafaṣa (nafṣ) ‘to emit urine forcibly’
► + “middle” *‑Ḍ : ^†nafaḍa (nafḍ) ‘to drop a foal, put forth ears’, ↗nafaḍa u (nafḍ) ‘to shake off, dust, dust off’
► + “inchoative (> tr.)” *‑W : ↗nafā (nafw) ‘to drive away, chase off’
► + “inchoative (> tr.)” *‑Y : ↗nafà (nafy) ‘to expel, drive away, banish, exile’
*NF _2 ‘to inhale, exhale’
► (simple form) : ↗naffa i ‘to blow one’s nose, snuff’
► + “diffusive” *‑Ṯ : ↗nafaṯa u i (nafṯ) ‘to blow upon, spit out’
► + “finitive fortative” *‑G : ^†nafaǧa (nafǧ) ‘to blow violently’
► + “iterative” *‑Ḥ : ↗nafaḥa a (nafḥ) ‘to spread odor, be fragrant, blow’
► + “extendative fortative” *‑Ḫ : ↗nafaḫa u (nafḫ) ‘to blow, breathe in air, blow upon’
► + “fortative” *‑S : ↗nafasa u (nafs, nafas) ‘to injure by breathing upon, breath of life, vital spirit, soul’
► + “durative intensive” *‑Ṭ : ^†nafaṭa (nafīṭ) ‘to sneeze’, ↗nafṭaẗ ‘blister’, (?)↗nafṭ ‘naphtha, petroleum’

NFṮ نفث

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFṮ

“root”

▪ NFṮ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFṮ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFṮ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to blow, spit out, puff out, inspire, (of a snake) to inject (venom), (of a witch) to hiss an incantation’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFḤ نفح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFḤ

“root”

▪ NFḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘rennet; dose; touch; (of a scent) to waft about, pleasant smell; to make a present; to kick, fend off’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFḪ نفخ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFḪ

“root”

▪ NFḪ_1 ‘to blow, breathe; to inspire; to inflate, fill with air; bellows; arrogance’ ↗nafaḫa
▪ NFḪ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFḪ_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 puff, blow, blow into, breathe in, inflate, bellows; 2 haughtiness, arrogance’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

nafaḫ‑ نَفَخَ , u (nafḫ)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFḪ

vb., I

1 to blow, puff; 2 to blow (tunes, on an instrument); 3a to breathe; 3b to breathe s.th. into s.o., inspire; 4a to blow up, inflate, fill with air; 4b to pump up, fill (a tire), fill with gas (balloon); 5 to inflate, puff up, elate, flush with success, fill with pride – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to blow’) Akk npḫ (u) ‘to ignite a fire’, Hbr np̄ḥ a (a), Syr npḥ a (u), Gz nfḫ – (ā).

…

►nafaḫa fī ’l‑būq, vb. I, to blow the trumpet
►nafaḫa fī rūḥih, vb. I, to animate, inspirit s.o.
►nafaḫa fī ṣūratih, vb. I, to bring s.th. into being, give birth to s.th.
►nafaḫa fī zammāraẗ rūḥih, expr., to rouse s.o.’s temper
►nafaḫa ’l‑šamʕaẗ, vb. I, to blow out a candle
►nafaḫa fī šidqayhi, vb. I, to be puffed up, become inflated
►tanaffaḫa, vb. V, and ĭntafaḫa, vb. VIII, 1a to be blown up, inflated, filled with air; 1b 2 to swell.
►nafḫ, n., blowing, blowing up, inflation, pumping up, filling with air: vn. I.
►nafḫaẗ, n.f., 1 blow, puff; 2 breath; 3 gust; 4 distention, inflation, swelling; 5 conceit, overweeningness, haughtiness: nom.vic.
►nufāḫ, n., pulmonic emphysema (med.)
►naffāḫ, n., 1 flatulent; 2 grandiloquent: ints. formation.
►nuffāḫ, n., 1 vesicle; 2 swelling, inflation (med.).
►nuffāḫaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., 1 blister, vesicle; 2 bladder; 3 air bladder, swimming bladder; 4 bubble
►minfaḫ, pl. manāfiḫᵘ, n., bellows: n.instr.
►minfāḫ, pl. manāfīḫᵘ, n., 1a bellows; 1b air pump, tire pump; 2 blowpipe: n.instr.
►tanaffuḫ, n., 1 inflatedness, inflation; 2a bumptiousness, bumptious behaviour; 2b pride: vn. V.
►ĭntifāḫ, n., 1 process of being inflated; 2 distention, inflation, swelling, protuberance; 3 flatulence, meteorism (med.): vn. VIII.
►nāfiḫ, 1 adj., a blowing; b flatulent; blower; 2 n., a player of a wood‑wind or brass‑wind instrument
►manfūḫ, adj., 1a blown up, puffed up, inflated; 1b swollen; 1c pumped up; 1d bloated; 1e paunchy, obese, fat; 2a conceited, self‑conceited, overweening, snobbish; 2b turgid, bombastic (style): PA I.
►muntafiḫ, adj., 1a blown up, puffed up, inflated; 1b swollen: PA VIII.

NFD نفد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFD

“root”

▪ NFD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to run out, vanish, be depleted’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFḎ نفذ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFḎ

“root”

▪ NFḎ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFḎ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFḎ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘vent, opening, exit, to go through, penetrate; to carry out, arbitration’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFR نفر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFR

“root”

▪ NFR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘group of between three and ten people, detachment, fighting group; to seek help, call up, rise to one’s duty; to scatter, stampede, flee; to alienate, dislike, kind of debate between two men each trying to prove his own superiority over the other’

▪ …

–

.

–

nafīr نَفير

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP … • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NFR

n.

.

▪ …

.

NFS نفس

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFS

“root”

▪ NFS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘blood, life; breath, to breathe; (of soul, dawn or daylight) to break out, mind, the self, the psyche, discerning faculty, person, essence; the evil eye, to give the evil eye; to slacken, to release; precious, treasure, to treasure, to yearn for, to vie, to compete; to envy, to covet, to be sparing, to be niggardly’

▪
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nafs نَفْس

ID 866 • Sw – • BP 44, 805 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFS

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *napš‑ ‘soul’ (as receptacle of vital energy).
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘soul’) Akk napištu, Hbr nép̄eš, Syr nap̄šā, Gz nafs.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NFŠ نفش

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFŠ

“root”

▪ NFŠ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFŠ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFŠ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘wool, to tease out, ruffle the feathers, bristle up, swell, scatter over a large area’. – Some scholars attribute an Aram origin to the form manfūš’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFḌ نفض

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFḌ

“root”

▪ NFḌ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFḌ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ NFḌ_1: from protSem *√NPṢ́ ‘to shake, shatter’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ NFḌ_2: …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl intifada ↗ ĭntifāḍaẗ, ↗nafaḍa.

–

ĭntifāḍaẗ اِنْتِفاضَة

ID 868 • Sw – • BP 2704 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFḌ

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl intifada, from Ar ĭntifāḍaẗ ‘shudder, awakening, uprising’, from ↗ĭntafaḍa, vb. VIII, ‘to be shaken, shudder, wake up’, Gt-stem of ↗nafaḍa, vb. I, ‘to shake’.

►

NFṬ نفط

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFṬ

“root”

▪ NFṬ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFṬ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl naphtha, from the same source as Ar ↗nafṭ.

–

nafṭ نَفْط , var. nifṭ

ID 869 • Sw – • BP 948 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFṬ

n.

naphtha, petroleum, (mineral) oil – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From protSem *napṭ‑ ‘naphtha’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl naphtha, from Grk náphtha, from a Sem source akin to and Gz and Ar ↗nafṭ, Aram nepṭā, Akk napṭu ‘naphtha’.

► ^BP#2521nafṭī, adj., of naphtha, soaked in naphtha; oil-, petroleum- (in compounds): nsb-adj. | miṣbāḥ ~, n., oil lamp.
For other values attached to the root, see ↗NFṬ, ↗nafṭaẗ

NFʕ نفع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFʕ

“root”

▪ NFʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘benefit, use, advantage, be useful, make use of; walking stick, dealers in walking sticks’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFQ نفق

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFQ

“root”

▪ NFQ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFQ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a desert rat’s tunnel, (of a desert rat) to go into one tunnel entrance and come out of another; (of an animal) to die; to find a good market, to become depleted; to spend, to donate for a good cause, to support one’s family’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nifāq نِفاق

ID 870 • Sw – • BP 4225 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFQ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

munāfiq مُنافِق

ID 871 • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFQ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NFL نفل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NFL

“root”

▪ NFL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NFL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘spoils of war, assistance, defence of others; extras, to give more than that due’

▪ …

–

.

–

NFY نفي

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFY

“root”

▪ NFY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NFY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008, s.r. NFW): ‘garbage, dregs; to eject, to exile, to dismiss, to set aside, to blow away, to exile; to deny, to disown’

▪ From protSem *√NPY ‘to sift’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl apron, map, mop, napery, napkin, nappe, perh. akin to cf. Ar ↗nafà.

–

nafà / nafay‑ نَفَى / نَفَيْـ

ID 872 • Sw – • BP 2101 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NFY

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl apron, map, mop, napery, napkin, nappe, from Lat mappa, originally ‘napkin, cloth’, said by the Roman author Quintilian to be of Pun origin, perh. from Phoen (Pun) *mappē, from protSem *manpay‑ or *manpiy‑ ‘sieve, fine cloth’ (?), cf. Ar ↗nafà.

►

NQB نقب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

“root”

▪ NQB_1 ‘to pierce; overseer, chief; syndicate, trade-union; intellect; veil’ ↗naqaba, ↗naqīb, ↗niqāb, ↗manāqibᵘ
▪ NQB_2 ‘Negev’ ↗Naqab
▪ NQB_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘perforation on a camel’s hooves; to pierce, to dig, to dig up; to search; nature, disposition, good character, good deeds; chief; veil, to wear a veil’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Maccabee, niqab, cf. ↗naqaba, ↗niqāb.

–

naqab‑ نَقَبَ , u (naqb)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

vb., I

to bore, pierce, perforate, breach, make a hole or breach, punch or drill a hole; to dig, dig up, dig out, excavate, hollow out; to traverse (fī a country), pass, travel (fī through); to inquire, ask, look, search (ʕan for), examine thoroughly, investigate, explore, search into, delve into – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From protSem *√NQB ‘to pierce’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to pierce’) Akk nqb (i) ‘deflower’ [CAD: naqābu ‘to deflower, rape’], Hbr nqb a (o), Syr nqb a (u), SAr nqb.
▪ BDB 1906: Ass naḳbu ‘depth, spring’ (of water) [CAD: nagbu ‘spring, fountain; underground water’], Hbr nāqaḇ ‘to pierce’, Aram nᵊqaḇ, Syr nqaḇ ‘piercing, boring through’, Ar naqaba ‘to perforate, pierce; to scrutinize’, naqībaẗ ‘sagacity’, naqīb ‘leader, chief’ (one who scrutinizes). – Hbr näqäḇ appar. a ‘pass’ on border of Naphtali, Ar naqb ‘road between mountains’. – Hbr maqqǟḇǟṯ 1. ‘hammer’ (by means of which on drives in nails and pegs), 2. ‘hole, excavation’.

▪ Ehret1995#645 (naqb to till or cultivate the ground; hollow out, excavate): an extension in »extendative« *‑b ¹¹⁴ from a bi-consonantal »pre-Proto-Semitic« (pPS, i.e. preSem) root *nḳ ‘to scrape’ < AfrAs *‑ɲuuk'‑ ‘to rub’. – Other extensions from the same pre-Sem root: NQṮ_2 • NQḤ • NQR • NQŠ_2.
114. Cf. Ehret1995_Verbext

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Maccabee, from Hbr maqqebet (< *manqabt‑) ‘hammer’, from nāqab ‘to pierce’.
▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl niqab, from Ar niqāb ‘veil’, from naqaba ‘to pierce, bore a hole, perforate’.

► naqiba, a (naqab), vb. I, to be perforated, be full of holes: denom. from naqb (?).
► naqqaba, vb. II, to dig (ʕan for); to drill (ʕan for, e.g., for oil); to explore, study, investigate (ʕan s.th.), penetrate, delve, search (ʕan into), look, search (ʕan for); to travel (fī through): intens. of I (?).
► nāqaba, vb. III, to vie in virtues (‑hu with s.o.):.
► tanaqqaba, vb. V, to examine, study, investigate (ʕan s.th.), look, search (ʕan for): t-stem of II, reflexive; to veil her face (woman): denom. from niqāb; to be perforated, be full of holes: pseudo-pass. of II, denom. from naqb.
► ĭntaqaba, vb. VIII, to put on a veil, veil one’s face: denom. from niqāb.
► naqb, n., digging, excavation; piercing, perforation; — (pl. ʔanqāb, niqāb) hole, opening, breach; boring, bore; tunnel: the proper etymon?
► naqqāb, n., punch: ints.
► ^BP#3999niqāb, pl. nuqub, ʔanqibaẗ, n., veil: »voile dans lequel on a pratiqué deux trous à l’endroit des yeux« (Dozy ii 1881) | kašafa ‘l-niqāb ʕan to uncover, reveal, disclose s.th.
► ^BP#2150niqābaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., cooperative society; union, association, guild; corporation; syndicate; trade-union, labor union: originally, the office of a naqīb I n. al-ʕummāl, n., trade-union, labor union; n. mihniyyaẗ, n., white collar union:.
► ^BP#4926niqābī, adj., cooperative; syndicalistic; syndicalist; trade-unionist: nsb-adj from niqābaẗ.
► niqābiyyaẗ, n.f., syndicalism; trade-unionism: n.abstr. in ‑iyyaẗ, from niqābaẗ.
► ^BP#3877naqīb, pl. nuqabāʔᵘ, n., leader, head, headman; director, principal, chief; chairman of a guild; president; syndic, corporation lawyer; head of a labour or trade union; captain (in most Arab countries; mil.); staff sergeant, first sergeant (Jord.; mil.); tongue of a balance: properly, ‘one who sees through things, one whose view penetrates’, hence: ‘one who has overview, can oversee’ | n. al-ʔašrāf, n., head of the Alids, head of the descendants of the Prophet:.
► naqībaẗ, pl. naqāʔibᵘ, n., soul, spirit, mind, intellect; natural disposition, nature, temper, character: < *‘the ability to penetrate (a subject) intelletually, to examine, investigate’ (?).
► manqib, minqab, and manqabaẗ, pl. manāqibᵘ, n., mountain trail, defile, pass: *‘trail digged into the mountain’ (?).
► minqab and minqabaẗ, n.f., punch, perforator, drill; lancet: n.instr.
► manāqibᵘ, n.pl., virtues, outstanding traits; glorious deeds, feats, exploits: *‘deeds that exceed the usual and penetrate into the spheres of glory’ (?).
► ^BP#4923tanqīb, pl. ‑āt, n., drilling (esp., for oil); digging, excavation; investigation, examination, inquiry, search, exploration, research: vn. II.
► tanqībī, adj.: biʔr tanqībiyyaẗ, drilled well, exploratory well (oil industry): nsb-adj from tanqīb.
► munaqqib, pl. ‑ūn, n., drilling or excavation specialist; excavator; prospector; investigator, researcher, scholar, explorer: nominalized and lexicalized PA II.

niqāb نِقاب , pl. nuqub , ʔanqibaẗ

ID 873 • Sw – • BP 3999 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

n.

veil | kašafa ’l-niqāb ʕan to uncover, reveal, disclose s.th. – WehrCowan1979.

From ↗naqaba ‘to pierce’, i.e., properly, a tissue into which two holes for the eyes have been made.²⁶
26. »voile dans lequel on a pratiqué deux trous à l’endroit des yeux« (Dozy ii 1881).

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

↗NQB, ↗naqaba

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl niqab, from Ar niqāb ‘veil’, from ↗naqaba ‘to pierce, bore a hole, perforate’.

► tanaqqaba, vb. V, to veil her face (woman): denom. – For other meanings ↗naqaba V.
► ĭntaqaba, vb. VIII, to put on a veil, veil one’s face: denom.

naqīb نَقِيب , pl. nuqabāʔᵘ

ID 874 • Sw – • BP 3877 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

n.

leader, head, headman; director, principal, chief; chairman of a guild; president; syndic, corporation lawyer; head of a labour or trade union; captain (in most Arab countries; mil.); staff sergeant, first sergeant (Jord. ; mil.); tongue of a balance | n. al-ʔašrāf, n., head of the Alids, head of the descendants of the Prophet – WehrCowan1979.

From ↗naqaba ‘to pierce’, properly *‘one who sees through things, one whose view penetrates’, hence: ‘one who has overview, can oversee’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

↗NQB, ↗naqaba

–

► ^BP#2150niqābaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., cooperative society; union, association, guild; corporation; syndicate; trade-union, labor union: originally, the office of a naqīb I n. al-ʕummāl, n., trade-union, labor union; n. mihniyyaẗ, n., white collar union:.
► ^BP#4926niqābī, adj., cooperative; syndicalistic; syndicalist; trade-unionist: nsb-adj from niqābaẗ.
► niqābiyyaẗ, n.f., syndicalism; trade-unionism: n.abstr. in ‑iyyaẗ, from niqābaẗ.
► naqībaẗ, pl. naqāʔibᵘ, n., soul, spirit, mind, intellect; natural disposition, nature, temper, character: derived from naqīb ? Or directly from ↗naqaba (*‘the ability to penetrate (a topic) intellectually, to examine, investigate’)?

manāqibᵘ مَناقِبُ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

n.pl.

virtues, outstanding traits; glorious deeds, feats, exploits – WehrCowan1979.

Ultimately from ↗naqaba ‘to make a hole, pierce’? If so, semantics could be explained as *‘deeds that exceed the usual and penetrate into higher, lofty spheres’, or as a figurative use of the pl. of manqab *‘place where a breach has been made’ (n.loc.), hence ‘pass (in the mountains)’, i.e. a difficult trail. Other ClassAr etymologies connect the term either to ↗naqībaẗ ‘soul; trait of character, disposition’, or to ↗naqīb ‘chief’ (the one who scrutinizes).

▪ …

↗naqaba.

Ch. Pellat, “Manāḳib”, in EI² : »To define this term, the lexicographers make it a synonym of ʔaḫlāq, taken in the sense of ‘natural dispositions (good or bad), innate qualities, character’, and associate it with naqībaẗ, explained by nafs ‘soul’, ḫalīqaẗ or ṭabīʕaẗ, likewise signifying ‘trait of character, disposition’, but also with nafāḏ al-raʔy, ‘perspicacity’, in such a way that the connection with the radical n-q-b, which is particularly expressive and implies especially the concrete sense of ‘perforate, pierce (a wall, for example)’, thus, in an abstract sense, ‘succeed in penetrating a secret’, becomes perfectly clear. Perhaps it should be approached as is suggested by Ibn Manẓūr (LA, sub radice n-q-b), via naqīb ‘chief’, thus named because he is privy to ‘the secrets of his fellow-tribesmen […] and to their manāqib, which is the means of knowing their affairs’; in short, manāqib would signify almost simultaneously both ‘traits of character’ and ‘acts and deeds’, and its use to introduce a biography centred not only on the actions, but also on the moral qualities of an individual, would be entirely legitimate. Finally, also worth consideration is an alternative meaning of the verb naqaba, ‘walk, follow a narrow path’, and a subtle connection may be observed between two senses of the singular manqabaẗ : on the one hand, ‘narrow street between two houses’, or ‘difficult path on the mountain’ (cf. Yāḳūt s.v. al-Manāqib; Sīra, ii, 468) and, on the other hand, ‘noble action’, in contrast to maṯlabaẗ ‘villainy, subject of shame’ […]. If the last explanation suggested is correct, one is entitled to consider that a semantic evolution has occurred comparable to that of ↗sīrat.«

–

al‑Naqab النَّقَب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQB

n.prop.

Negev (desert region in S Israel) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Negev

–

NQD نقد

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQD

“root”

▪ NQD_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NQD_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nāqid ناقِد

ID 875 • Sw – • BP 3529 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQD

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NQḎ نقذ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQḎ

“root”

▪ NQḎ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQḎ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQḎ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to escape, save, to rescue, deliver, retrieve, a horse taken from the enemy’

▪ …

–

.

–

NQR نقر

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQR

“root”

▪ NQR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘puddle, small hole in a date-stone; bird’s beak; click with the tongue or fingers; to chisel, pierce; to abuse, infighting; to select; trumpet, horn’

▪ From protSem *√NQR ‘to bore, pierce’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

NQṢ نقص

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQṢ

“root”

▪ NQṢ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQṢ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQṢ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to decrease, diminish, loss; to disparage; weakness in the mind, shortcomings, faults’

▪ …

–

.

–

NQḌ نقض

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQḌ

“root”

▪ NQḌ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQḌ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQḌ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to annul, dismantle, revoke, violate, dispute with; contrary; opposite; to overburden; to weaken’

▪ …

–

.

–

NQʕ نقع

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQʕ

“root”

▪ NQʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘stagnant water, swamp, quagmire, (of water) to collect, soak, quench one’s thirst; dust storm, (of dust) to rise and float, raise one’s voice and shout, turn pale from fright or sickness’

▪ …

–

.

–

NQL نقل

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQL

“root”

▪ NQL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NQL_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

naqal‑ نَقَلَ

ID 876 • Sw – • BP 858 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NQL

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

►

NQM نقم

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NQM

“root”

▪ NQM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NQM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘punishment, denial, resentment, hatred, vengeance, to punish, deny, dislike, reproach, loathe, take revenge’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKB نكب

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKB

“root”

▪ NKB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘wind that brings no rain, disastrous wind, to be afflicted by disaster; the shoulder joint, disease that afflicts the joint, to veer off, turn away from’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKṮ نكث

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKṮ

“root”

▪ NKṮ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKṮ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKṮ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to untwist yarn, undo what has been done, go back on an agreement, renege on a promise, violate an oath; great crisis’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKḤ نكح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKḤ

“root”

▪ NKḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to marry, be married, give in matrimony; to fornicate, fornication; to drench the land (with rain), be overcome (by sleep)’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKD نكد

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKD

“root”

▪ NKD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘bad luck, strained circumstances; to be niggardly, deny assistance; (of she-camels) to fail to give birth to living young; (of land) to fail to grow plants’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKR نكر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NKR

“root”

▪ NKR_1 ‘not to know, be ignorant; to deny’ ↗nakira
▪ NKR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NKR_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hardship, serious matters; cunning; to be discerning; denial, to disown; to dispute with, fighting; to be ignorant of s.th., to fail to recognise, to refuse to acknowledge; to seek to clarify; to censure, to blame; detestable, abominable, loathsome’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

nakir‑ نَكِر , a (nakar, nukūr, nakīr)

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NKR

vb., I

1 not to know, have no knowledge, be ignorant of; 2 to deny, disown, disavow, renege – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘stranger’) Akk nakru ‘enemy’, Hbr noḵrī, Syr nuḵrāyā, Gz (nakīr).

…

►nakkara, vb. II, 1 to disguise, mask; 2 to use in its indefinite form (a noun; gram.): D‑stem, caus.
►nākara, vb. III, to disapprove (‑h of s.o.), reject (s.o.): L‑stem, assoc.
► ^BP#3131ʔankara, vb. IV, 1 to pretend not to know, refuse to have anything to do with; 2a to refuse to acknowledge, disown, disavow, disclaim, deny; 2b to renounce, renege; 2c to refuse, deny (s.th. ʕalà to s.o.), dispute, contest (s.th. ʕalà of s.o.); to reject (s.th. ʕalà with regard to s.o.), disapprove; 3 to censure, blame, rebuke (s.o. ʕalà for), criticize (s.th. min in s.o.); to hold s.th. (ʕalà against s.o.), reproach (s.o. ʕalà for): *Š‑stem | ʔankara ḏātahū, vb. IV, to deny o.s.; ʔankara nafsahū, vb. IV, to harbor self‑doubts; ʔankartu ʔannī ʔarāh, expr., I pretended not to see him
►tanakkara, vb. V, 1 to be in disguise, be disguised, disguise o.s.; 2 to change for the worse, change beyond reCOGNition; 3 to become estranged, be alienated (li‑ from s.th.); 4 to snub (li‑ s.o.), treat (li‑ s.o.) with hostility, deal ungraciously (li‑ with s.o.); 5 to deny o.s. (li‑, e.g., a feeling), shut out from one’s heart (li‑ s.th.): Dt‑stem.
►tanākara, vb. VI, 1 to have no knowledge, be ignorant (• of s.th.); 2 to pretend not to know (• s.th.), feign ignorance, make as if one doesn’t know; 3 to refuse to have anything to do (‑h with), snub, out, ignore, pretend not to know: Lt‑stem.
►ĭstankara, vb. X, 1 not to know (s.o., s.th.), have no knowledge, be ignorant of; 2a to disapprove (of s.th.), reject; 2b to detest, loathe (• s.th.)
►nukr, n., denial, disavowal
►nakir, adj., unknown, little known
►nakiraẗ, n.f., 1 indefinite noun (gram.); 2 unknown person
►nukrān, n., denial | lā nukrāna, expr., it is incontestable; nukrān al‑ǧamīl, n., ingratitude; nukrān al‑ḏāt, n., self‑denial
►nakīr, n., 1a denial, disavowal; 1b disapproval, rejection; 2 negation; 3 adj., reprehensible, repugnant, disgusting, vile, revolting, loathsome, abominable, atrocious; 4 n.prop., one of the Angels of Death (see munkar) | šadda ʕalayhi ’l‑nakīr, expr., to reproach s.o. severely
►ʔankarᵘ, f. nakrāʔᵘ, adj., reprehensible, abominable, disgusting, vile, revolting, loathsome | ĭbtisāmaẗ nakrāʔᵘ, n.f., a vicious smile
►ʔinkār, n., 1 denial, disavowal, negation, contestation; 2 refusal, rejection, nonacceptance: vn. IV | ʔinkār al‑ḏāt, n., self‑denial, selflessness, unselfishness; ʔinkār li‑ǧamīlih, n., ingratitude toward s.o.
►ʔinkārī, adj., denying, disaffirmative; negative
►tanakkur, n., disguise, masquerade: vn. V | maḥfil al‑tanakkur, n., fancy‑dress party, costume ball
►tanakkurī, adj.: ḥafl tanakkurī, n., masked ball, costume ball
►ĭstinkar, n., 1a disapproval; 1b horror, aversion, loathing: vn. X.
►nākir, adj., 1 denying, disavowing; 2 unfriendly, hostile, forbidding | nākir al‑ǧamīl, adj., ungrateful
►munakkar, adj., 1a indeterminate; 1b indefinite (gram.): PP II.
► ^BP#4169munkar, I adj., 1 denied; 2 not reCOGNized, unacknowledged, disowned, disavowed, disclaimed; 3 disagreeable, shocking, detestable, abominable; II n., abomination, atrocity; pl. ‑āt, objectionable, forbidden, or reprehensible, actions: PP IV | Munkar wa‑Nakīr, n., the two angels who examine the dead in their graves as to their faith
►mutanakkir, adj., 1a disguised, in disguise; 1b inCOGNito: PA V | raqṣ mutanakkir, n., masked ball, oostume ball
►mustankar, adj., 1 objectionable, reprehensible; 2 odd, strange: PP X.

NKS نكس

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKS

“root”

▪ NKS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to turn upside down, turn down, reverse, hang one’s head in shame, be weak; to relapse, degeneration’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKṢ نكص

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKṢ

“root”

▪ NKṢ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKṢ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKṢ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to withdraw, reverse, show reluctance, recoil, lose heart’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKF نكف

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKF

“root”

▪ NKF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wipe tears from the cheek with one’s finger, be disdainful, snub, loathe, be haughty’

▪ …

–

.

–

NKL نكل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NKL

“root”

▪ NKL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NKL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shackles, chains; to punish severely, torture; to force back, rebel; to recoil, evade, be cowardly in the face of the enemy; courageous and experienced person’

▪ …

–

.

–

NMː (NMM) نمّ / نمم

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMː (NMM)

“root”

▪ NMː (NMM)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NMː (NMM)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘louse; slight, gentle sound; to show through, (of scent) to waft about; to disclose or betray a confidence, to spread malicious rumours, to slander, to sow dissension, slanderer, calumny’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

namm‑ / nam˅m‑ نَمَّ / نَممْـ

ID 877 • Sw – • BP 4239 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMː (NMM)

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NMR نمر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMR

“root”

▪ NMR_1 ‘to become angry; leopard; speck, spot’ ↗nimr, ↗numraẗ
▪ NMR_2 ‘clean, pure’ ↗namir
▪ NMR_3 ‘number’ ↗nimraẗ
▪ NMR_ ‘…’ ↗…

▪ NMR_1 : from protSem *namir‑ ‘leopard’ < AfrAs *numur‑ or *nurum‑ ‘leopard; hyaena’ (orig. prob. *‘the spotted one’) – Orel&Stolbova1994#1886.
▪ NMR_2 : …
▪ NMR_3 : (var. numraẗ) from Ital numero

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Any connection with ↗nimr / ²namir ‘leopard, panther’ and ↗¹namir ‘clean, pure, healthy, wholesome’?
▪ …
▪ …

…

–

nimr نِمْر , var. namir, pl. numur, ʔanmār, numūr

ID … • Sw – • BP 6447 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMR

n.

panther, leopard – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1886: from protSem *namir‑ ‘leopard’ < AfrAs *numur‑ or *nurum‑ ‘leopard; hyaena’ (orig. prob. *‘the spotted one’).
▪ Any connection with ↗¹namir ‘clean, pure, healthy, wholesome’?
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘panther, leopard’) Akk nimru, Hbr nāmēr, Syr nemrā, Gz namr.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#1886: Together with Akk nimrᵘ, Hbr nāmēr, Syr nemrā, Gz namr, Hss nemr, the Ar word goes back to protSem *namir‑ ‘leopard’. Given the fact that three WCh languages have the word murum (< WCh *murum‑), which could be COGNates (with assimilation of nasals & metathesis), for ‘hyaena’, one could assume AfrAs *numur‑ as a possible ancestor (alternatively *nurum‑, in which case the Sem, not the Ch form would show metathesis). A possible explanation for the fact that the word signifies ‘leopard’ in Sem, but ‘hyaena’ in Chad, would be that originally it just meant *‘the spotted one’, see ↗numraẗ below, in section DERIV.
▪ Any connection with ↗¹namir ‘clean, pure, healthy, wholesome’?
▪ …

…

►tanammara, vb. V, to become angry, furious, turn into a tiger: DT-stem, denom.
►numraẗ, pl. numar, n.f., speck, spot: perh. the etymon proper.
►ʔanmarᵘ, f. namrāʔᵘ, pl. numr, adj., spotted, speckled: ʔaFʕaLᵘ formation for colours and body dysfunctions.
►munammar, adj., spotted, striped, brindled: PP II.

namir نَمِر

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMR

adj.

clean, pure, healthy, wholesome (esp., water) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Any connection with ↗nimr / ²namir ‘leopard, panther’ ?
▪ …

▪ …

…

▪ Any connection with ↗nimr / ²namir ‘leopard, panther’ ?
▪ …

…

numraẗ نُمْرة , pl. numar

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMR

n.f.

1 speck, spot; 2 ↗nimraẗ – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Perh. the etymon proper of the complex treated sub ↗nimr ‘panther, leopard’.
▪ …

▪ …

Cf. perh. ↗nimr.

See above, section CONC.

…

►ʔanmarᵘ, f. namrāʔᵘ, pl. numr, adj., spotted, speckled: ʔaFʕaLᵘ formation for colours and body dysfunctions.
►munammar, adj., spotted, striped, brindled: PP II.
Cf. perh. also ↗nimr ‘panther, leopard’ (< *‘the speckled one’?).
For the loanword numraẗ ‘number’ cf. s.v. ↗nimraẗ.

nimraẗ نِمْرة , var. numraẗ (نُمْرة , also plene نومرة), pl. nimar, numar

ID … • Sw – • BP … • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NMR

n.f.

1 number, numero; 2 figure – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From Ital numero, from Lat numerus ‘number’.

▪ …

See WEST.

See CONC.

▪ Not from Ar nimraẗ ~ numraẗ, but ultimately from the same source is Engl number: c. 1300 ‘sum, aggregate of a collection’, from AngloFr noumbre, oFr nombre and directly from Lat numerus ‘a number, quantity’, from protIE root *nem- ‘to assign, allot; to take’.
▪ …

►nimraẗ wāḥid, expr., first-class, first-rate, A-1, excellent
►nammara, vb. II, to mark with number, to number, provide with a number: D-stem, denom.
►tanammara, vb. V, to be numbered: Dt-stem, denom., intr.
►nammāraẗ, pl. -āt, n.f., numberer, numbering machine, date stamp: quasi-PA, ints.f.
►tanmīr, n., numbering, numeration, count: vn. II.
►munammar, adj., numbered, counted: PP II.

NML نمل

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NML

“root”

▪ NML_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NML_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NML_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘ants; tips of the fingers; to invisibly mend a garment; to tell lies; to be restless, active person’

▪ …

–

.

–

NHǦ نهج

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 19May2023
√NHǦ

“root”

▪ NHǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NHǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NHǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘clear, open road, pass through a clear road, point out the way, proceed; to breathe with difficulty; (of a garment) to become tattered’

▪ …

–

.

–

manhaǧ مَنْهَج

Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 1633 • APD … • © SG | created 9Jun2023
√NHǦ

n.

.

▪ …I

▪ …

.

NHR نهر

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NHR

“root”

▪ NHR_1 ‘stream, river; column (of a newspaper etc.)’ ↗nahr
▪ NHR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘river, stream, to strike water (in digging a well), to gush forth; daylight; to chase away, to rebuke’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nahr نَهْر , pl. ʔanhur, ʔanhār, nuhūr

ID 879 • Sw –/119 • BP 1184 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NHR

n.

1 stream, river; – 2 (pl. ʔanhur and ʔanhār) column (of a newspaper) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ [v1] Kogan2011: from protSem *nah(a)r‑ ‘river’. Underlying may be the idea of *‘(water) gushing forth and carving a river bed/channel into the earth/soil’.
▪ [v2] Figurative use (?).

▪ …

▪ Dolgopolsky 2012 #1619: Akk nāru ‘river, canal; vein’, Ug nhr (Tropper 2008: [*nah(a)ru]) ‘stream, river, flood’, BiblHbr nāhār ‘stream, river’, oAram nhr ‘river, watercourse’, (BDB 1906: BiblAram nhar ‘river’), JudAram [Targ] nahrā ‘stream’, Syr nahrā, Ar nahr ~ nahar ‘river’, Sab ʔnhr (pl.) ‘irrigation channels’. – Cf. also corresponding verb: BiblHbr nāhar ‘to stream’, Ar nahara ‘to flow abundantly’ (blood, river), Gz nahara ‘to flow, go down, leap’
▪ BDB 1906, Klein 1987: Hbr minhārâh (dubious) ‘(BDB:) crevices, ravines (?), (Klein:) fissure, cleft, (nHbr) tunnel’: perh. related to Ar ^†minhar(aẗ) ‘place hollowed out by water’, ^†manhar ‘bed of a river, channel of water’

▪ Huehnergard 2011 assumes a ComSem noun *nah(a)r‑ ‘river’.
▪ Similarly, Dolgopolsky 2012 #1619 reconstructs Sem *nahar- ‘stream, river’ (verbal root *√NHR ‘to stream’ attested only in WSem). – Based on Sem and extra-AfrAs evidence, the author further reconstructs Nostr *ńihR˹a˺ ‘to stream; a stream, liquid’.
▪ According to Gabal 2012-IV: 2337, Ar nahr ‘river’ belongs to a theme √NHR the basic meaning of which is ‘copious (or also thin) flowing, broadly and extensively, from an opening (which it also produces and widens/carves out)’, based on a 2-consonantal nucleus *NH- meaning ‘an opening, a void space filled by s.th.’.
▪ Fraenkel doubted that nah(a)r is a genuinely Arabic word (as already Guidi 1879: 7 had assumed). According to him, »the Arabs can hardly have had an idea of a stream because they only knew wādī and sayl in their lands. nah(a)r however is a big stream, and I believe that the Arabs have taken its name from the inhabitants of Euphrates region« – Fraenkel 1886: 285.
▪ The Sem word has also been loaned into lEg as *nahara, Nah(a)rêna ‘stream, river’ – Hoch 1994 #253. – Cf. also (#254) lEg *nahara ‘flowing; fleeing’ or ‘to flee; to sail’, (#255) *naharû (?) ‘fugitives’.
[v2] The value ‘(newspaper) column’ given in Wehr/Cowan could not be attested elsewhere. If this is not a mistake it must be a case of figurative use (*‘channel/river bed in which text is flowing’?). No explanation could be traced.

▪ Engl Achernar ‘α Eridani (astron.)’, the brightest ‘star’ or point of light—actually, it is the primary star in a binary system—in the constellation of Eridanus, from Ar ʔāḫir al-nahr ‘the end(point) of The River’ (Grk Potamós, sc. the Eridanus) – Huehnergard 2011.

► mā bayna ’l-nahrayn, n.topogr., (lit., what is between the two rivers, sc. Euphrates and Tigris) Mesopotamia
► mā warāʔa ’l-nahr, n.topogr., (lit., what is behind/beyond the river, sc. the Oxus) Transoxiana
► nahr ʔurdunn, n.fl., the Jordan river
► nahr al-salām, n.fl., (lit., river of peace) the Tigris
► nahr al-šarīʕaẗ, n.fl., the Jordan river
► nahr al-ʕāṣī, n.fl., the Orontes
► nahara, a (nahr), vb. I, 1. to flow copiously, stream forth, gush forth: BDB 1906 (s.v. Hbr nāhar) thinks that the Ar vb. I ‘to run, flow’ is »perh[aps] denom[inative] fr[om] nahr ‘river’«; 2. ↗nahara
► nahrī, adj., river- (in compounds), riverine, fluvial, fluviatile: nisba formation from nahr.
► nahīr, adj., copious, ample, abundant, plentiful, much: quasi-PP.
► nuhayr, pl. ‑āt, little river, creek, brook; a tributary, an affluent: dimin. of nahr.
For other items from the root, see ↗√NHR.

nahār نَهار

ID 878 • Sw –/26 • BP 980 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NHR

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NHḌ نهض

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NHḌ

“root”

▪ NHḌ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NHḌ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nahḍaẗ نَهْضَة

ID 880 • Sw – • NahḍCon • BP 2672 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NHḌ

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ n.vic., I

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NHW نهو

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20May2023
√NHW

“root”

▪ NHW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NHW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NHW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘goal, end, termination; to end, restrain, forbid, abstain; to inform, relate to; mind, discerning power, reason’

▪ …

–

.

–

NWʔ نوأ

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20May2023
√NWʔ

“root”

▪ NWʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a star approaching its celestial setting point; to be weighed down with difficulties, be strained by, or succumb under a heavy load; hostility’

▪ …

–

.

–

NWB نوب

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NWB

“root”

▪ NWB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NWB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘affliction, a seizure, calamity; to visit, to deputise; to take turns, a shift; to go back, to revert, to repent’

▪ Ar root √NWB ‘to represent, act as deputy’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl nabob ↗nāʔib.

–

nāʔib نائِب

ID 881 • Sw – • BP 360 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NWB

¹adj.; ²n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl nabob, from Ar nuwwāb, pl. of nāʔib ‘deputy’, active participle of ↗nāba ‘to represent, act as deputy’.

►

NWḤ نوح

ID – • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 20May2023
√NWḤ

“root”

▪ NWḤ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWḤ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWḤ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wail, lament, (of wind, wolves and dogs) to howl; power; to swing, (of trees and mountains) to stand face-to-face’

▪ (BAH2008): Although Arab philologists are aware of the Syr origin of the proper noun Nūḥ, they include it under this root.

–

.

–

NWḪ نوخ

ID … • Sw – • BP – • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NWḪ

“root”

▪ NWḪ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NWḪ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ From protSem *√NWḪ ‘to rest, come to rest’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to rest’) Akk inūḫ, Hbr nāḥ, Syr nāḥ, Gz nṓḫa.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl almanac, from munāḫ, var. ↗manāḫ.

–

manāḫ مَناخ , var. munāḫ

ID 882 • Sw – • BP 2553 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NWḪ

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl almanac, from Ar munāḫ ‘halting place, caravan stop, position of the stars’, from ʔanāḫa, vb. IV, ‘to make (a camel) lie down’, *Š-stem of nāḫa, vb. I, ‘to lie down, rest (of camels)’.

►

manāḫī مناخيّ

ID 883 • Sw – • BP 5543 • APD … • © SG | 15Feb2021
√NWḪ

adj.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NWR نور

“root”

▪ NWR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NWR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘light, to light, to shed light, to illuminate; to clarify, to become clear; guidance, to guide, to seek guidance, to enlighten, to gain insight; lantern, landmark; fire, to light fire; blossoms, to blossom, to bring forth flowers’

▪ protSem *√NWR ‘to shine, be(come) bright’ – Huehnergard2011.
…

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl minaret, from Ar ↗manāraẗ, akin to ↗nūr.

–

nār نار

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from Sem *nwr ‘to shine’, replaced the main Sem term for ‘fire’, protSem *ʔiš(‑āt)‑ (which left no traces in Ar).
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

NWS نوس

“root”

▪ NWS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘human beings, increase, shake; to be blown about, drive an animal; to slacken, hang down; cobweb’

▪ (BAH2008): In addition to deriving nās from this root (‘to move about’), philologists derive it also from roots ↗ʔNS ‘to be sociable’ and ↗NSY ‘to be forgetful’.
▪ …

–

.

–

NWŠ نوش

“root”

▪ NWŠ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWŠ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWŠ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘skirmish; to seize; to hang on to, receive; to save; to come face-to-face with’

▪ …

–

.

–

NWṢ نوص

“root”

▪ NWṢ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWṢ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWṢ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘escape, way out, place and time of escape, flee; to ready o.s. for action, move, pull; avoidance’

▪ …

–

.

–

NWʕ نوع

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

nawʕ نَوْع

n.

.

▪ …

.

NWQ نوق

“root”

▪ NWQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWQ_3 ‘...’ ↗... ♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘she-camel, to be elegant, make dainty, be of pleasant complexion; to cause to be amiable; to be selective’

▪ …

–

.

–

NWM نوم

“root”

▪ NWM_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NWM_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ NWM_1 ‘to sleep’ ↗nāma
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘sleep, to lie down, to dream, to he lazy; to be insignificant; to abate’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

nām‑ / nim‑ نامَ / نِمْـ , ā (nawm , niyām)

vb., I

to sleep, slumber; to go to bed; to go to sleep; to abate, subside, let up, calm down, be calm (wind, sea, etc.); to be inactive, dull, listless (market); to be benumbed, be numb (limb); to neglect, omit, overlook (ʕan s.th.), forget (ʕan about s.th.), fail to think of; to be reassured (ʔilà by s.th.), accept (ʔilà s.th.), assent (ʔilà to), acquiesce (ʔilà in); to place confidence (ʔilà in s.o.), trust (ʔilà s.th.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protWSem *nwm ‘to sleep’. – For another word, less common in Ar but a basic item in protSem, cf. ↗sinaẗ (< protSem *šin‑at‑) ‘sleep’.
▪ From WSem *nwm ‘to sleep’, Sem *nawim‑ ‘drowsy’, *nawm-at‑ ‘slumber’.

▪ eC7 (nawm) Q 2:255 lā taʔḫuḏuhū sinatun wa-lā-nawm ‘neither slumber nor sleep overtakes Him’; (manām) (act of sleeping) Q 30:23 wa-min ʔātāti-hi manāmu-kum bi’l-laylī wa’l-nahāri wa-’btiġāʔu-kum min faḍli-hī ‘His wonders [also] include your sleeping and seeking his bounty by night and by day’, (dream) Q 37:102 yā bunay-ya ʔinnī ʔarà fī ’l-manāmi ʔannī ʔaḏbaḥu-ka ‘my son, I have seen in the dream that I am slaying [sacrificing] you’; (nāʔim) Q 68:19 fa-ṭāfa ʕalayhā ṭāʔifun min rabbi-ka wa-hum nāʔimūna ‘a visitation from your Lord visited it while they were sleeping’

▪ Fronzaroli#2.11: Akk munattu ‘dream’,⁴⁵ Hbr nāmū ‘they slept’, Syr nām, Ar nāma (< *nawima), Gz nōma ‘to sleep’; Hbr nūmā, Syr nawmᵉtā, Ar nawmaẗ, Gz newām ‘slumber’.
▪ BDB1906: nûm, Aram nūm, Syr nām, Gz nōma ‘to be drowsy, slumber’.
▪ Zammit2002: Akk nāmu ‘to slumber’⁴⁶ (munattu ‘morning slumber’), Ug nhmmt ‘slumber’,⁴⁷ Hbr nūm ‘to be drowsy, slumber’, Aram nūm ‘to slumber’ (namnēm ‘to be drowsy; to doze’), Syr nām ‘to sleep heavily, slumber’, Ar nawm, Gz newām ‘sleep’.
▪ Kogan2011: Ar nāma, Gz noma ‘to sleep’, Hbr Syr nām ‘to slumber’, ? Ug nhmmt ‘drowsiness’, ? Akk nu-ma-at ‘it (the forest) was still’.⁴⁸
45. CAD: ‘waking, waking time’, pl. munāmātu. 46. Not in CAD! 47. Cf. Kogan’s critical note in DISC section. 48. For Akk munattu ‘waking time’, Morgendämmer(traum) see CAD, Zgoll 2006: 66-69. The etymology of SEthSem forms like Har ñēʔa, Amh täññä is discussed in CDG 394 and EDH 120.

▪ Fronzaroli#2.11: Sem *nawim‑ ‘drowsy’, *nawm-at‑ ‘slumber’.
▪ Kogan2011: Ar nāma, Gz noma ‘to sleep’ go back to WSem *nwm, preserved with the non-basic meaning ‘to slumber’ in Hbr and Syr and doubtfully attested in Ug nhmmt ‘drowsiness’ and Akk nu-ma-at ‘it (the forest) was still’.

–

► nawwama, vb. II, to lull (s.o.) to sleep, make sleep, put to bed (esp., a child); to anesthetize, narcotize, put to sleep: caus.
► ʔanāma, vb. IV, = II: caus.
► tanāwama, vb. VI, to pretend to be asleep; to place confidence, put trust (ʔilà in s.o.):…
► ĭstanāma, vb. X, to let o.s. be lulled to sleep or narcotized (li‑ by s.th.); to accede (li‑ to s.th.), comply (li‑ with); to trust (ʔilà s.o.), have confidence (ʔilà in s.o.), rely, depend (ʔilà on s.o.); to entrust (bi‑ s.th. ʔilà to s.o.); to be reassured (ʔilà by s.th.), accept tacitly (ʔilà s.th.), acquiesce (ʔilà in s.th.), content o.s., be content (ʔilà with): requestative, tŠ-stem.
► ^BP#930nawm, n., sleep, slumber: vn. I | ġurfat al-~, n., bedroom; qamīṣ al-~, n., nightgown, nightshirt.
► nawmī, adj., of or pertaining to sleep, somn(i)-, sleeping- (in compounds): nsb-adj., from nawm.
► nawmaẗ, n.f., sleep, nap: n.un. of nawm.
► nuwamaẗ, n.f., one who sleeps much, sleeper: ints.
► nawwām, n., one given to sleep, sleeper: nominalized ints. adj.
► naʔūm, adj., sound asleep: ints.; n., one given to sleep, sleeper; late riser, slugabed: nominalization.
► ^BP#4877manām, n., sleep; (pl. ‑āt) dream:…
► ^BP#4877manām, n., place to sleep; bedroom, dormitory: n.loc.
► manāmaẗ, n.f., place to sleep; bedroom, dormitory: n.loc.; nightwear, nightgown, nightshirt: n.instr.; al-Manāmaẗ, Manama (capital of Bahrein Islands).
► tanwīm, n., lulling to sleep; narcotization, anesthetization; hypnotism, hypnosis: vn. II.
► ^BP#2214nāʔim, pl. niyām, nuwwam, nuyyam, nuwwām, nuyyām, adj., sleeping; asleep; numb, benumbed (limb); calm, tranquil, peaceful (night): PA I.
► munawwim, adj., sleep-inducing, somniferous, soporific; narcotic; hypnotist; (pl. ‑āt), n., a soporific, somnifacient: PA II | ǧurʕaẗ ~aẗ, n., soporific potion, sleeping draught, nightcap; dawāʔ ~, n., a soporific, somnifacient; ḥubūb ~aẗ, n.pl., sleeping pills.

NWN نون

“root”

▪ NWN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘fish; a correct word, word of wisdom; inkpot, the letter nūn, enunciate the sound nūn. nūn meaning ‘fish’ is considered by some scholars to be of Syr origin’

▪ From protSem *nūn‑ ‘fish’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

NWY نوي

“root”

▪ NWY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NWY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a fruit stone; home, to leave home; direction, intention, to intend, determine’

▪ …

–

.

–

NYL نيل

“root”

▪ NYL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NYL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ NYL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘gift, a favour bestowed, a gracious act conferred, benefit; to obtain, enable to have, let have; to reach; to harm, bear upon, insult’

▪ …

–

.

–

hāʔ هاء

R₁

The letter h of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

hārb , hā̆rb هارْب

n.

harp (musical instrument) – WehrCowan1979.

Rolland2014a: from Engl harp or Fr harpe, from oEngl hearpe, from Germ *kharpon‑ .

–

▪ Germ *harpon- (cognates: oSax harpa ‘instrument of torture’, oNor harpa, Du harp, oHG harpfa, G Harfe ‘harp’), of uncertain origin. lLat harpa, source of words in some Rom langs (It arpa, Span arpa, Fr harpe), is a borrowing from Germ – .

–

Hāmān هامان

n.prop.

Hamān

▪ (BAH2008): (proper) noun occurring six times in the Qur’an. »It is considered to be a Copt borrowing related to the Egyptian God of Amon, most likely, according to Muḥammad Asad, the designation ‘Hā-Amen’ given to every high priest of the Egyptian god of Amon (not to be confused with Pers Haman of the Old Testament), or possibly, according to other commentators, it is a proper noun. [In the Qur’an, Hāmān is] either the name of the chief aid to Pharaoh or the title of the high priest in Egypt at the time of Moses (Est. III ff.) (Q 40:36) ‘and Pharaoh said, “Hāmān, build me a lofty tower”’«

–

.

–

HBṬ هبط

“root”

▪ HBṬ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HBṬ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HBṬ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to descend, climb down; to come to a new place, settle down in a new place; to cave in, collapse; to abate, decrease, depreciate; to be humiliated’

▪ …

–

.

–

HBW هبو

“root”

▪ HBW_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HBW_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HBW_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘dust floating in the air, dust particles visible in sunlight, mote, dust cloud; to swagger, walk with conceit; to dissolve into nothing, vanish into nothing, vain effort’

▪ …

–

.

–

HTF هتف

“root”

▪ HTF_1 ‘to coo (pigeons); to shout, cray, hail, call; telephone’ ↗hatafa
▪ HTF_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ Out of the 4 values the root can take in Sem (according to DRS), only 1 is realized in MSA. The meaning ‘telephone’ is a neologism coined from the basic meaning ‘to shout, hail, call’.

–

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HTP-1 Ar hatafa ‘s’écrier, appeler qn, louer; roucouler’, IraqAr hitof ‘acclamer’, PalAr hataf ‘pousser des cris de joie, acclamer’, EgAr hataf ‘crier un slogan’, hātif ‘voix de l’intuition’; Jib htof ‘appeler à l’aide; prendre soin de’. -2 MġrAr hataf ‘délirer (malade), radoter’, hatūf ‘insensé’, Te hatäf belä ‘délirer; se tromper’, Tña hatäfä ‘bafouiller, délirer’. -3 Marāz hataf ‘donner beaucoup de feuilles’. -4 SudAr hataf ‘tomber continûment (averse)’

▪ …
▪ …

–

hataf‑ هَتَفَ , i (hatf , hutāf)

vb., I

1 (hatf) to coo (pigeons). – 2 (hutāf) to shout; to rejoice, shout with joy; to acclaim, hail, cheer, applaud (li- or bi‑ s.o.); to jeer, boo (ḍidd s.o.); to praise highly, extol (bi‑ s.th.); (alg.) to call up (on the telephone) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Outside Ar, the root seems to have a cognate only in Jib. The latter’s meaning is probably too far from the Ar as to pass as a borrowing. Thus, one might assume that the root is Sem. The material, however, is too little as to allow for a reconstruction.

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HTP-1 Ar hatafa ‘s’écrier, appeler qn, louer; roucouler’, IraqAr hitof ‘acclamer’, PalAr hataf ‘pousser des cris de joie, acclamer’, EgAr hataf ‘crier un slogan’, hātif ‘voix de l’intuition’; Jib htof ‘appeler à l’aide; prendre soin de’.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► hatafa bi-hī, to call out to s.o.
► hatafa bi-hī hātif, a voice called out to him, an invisible force told him, made him (do s.th.)
► hatafa bi-ḥayāti-hī, to cheer s.o.
► hatafa ṯalāṯan, to give (li‑ s.o.) three cheers
► tahātafa, vb. VI, to shout encouragement to one another, encourage one another (ʕalà to do s.th.): tL-stem, recip.
► hatfaẗ, n.f., shout, cry, call: n.vic.
► hutāf, pl. ‑āt, n., shout, cry, call; exclamation of joy; hurrah; acclamation, acclaim, applause; cheer (li‑ to s.o.); booing, shooting down: vn. I | hutāf al-ḥarb, n., battle cry, war cry; ʕāṣifaẗ min al-hutāf, n., storm of applause, thundering applause.
► ^BP#1227hātif, 1 adj., shouting, calling loudly: PA I. – 2 n., (in earlier Sufism) invisible caller, voice: nominalized PA I. – 3 n., (pl. hawātifᵘ) telephone; loudspeaker: neolog., properly PA I, *‘the calling one’. – 4 pl. hawātifᵘ, exclamations, shouts, cries, calls | hātif al-qalb, n., inner voice; bi’l-hātif, adj., by telephone; hātif ʔālī, n., automated telephony, telephone connection with direct dialing; hātif hawāʔī, n., radio telephone, police radio.
► ^BP#2556hātifī, adj., telephonic, telephone- (in compounds): nsb-adj. of hātif_3 (see preceding item).

hātif هاتِف

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HǦD هجد

“root”

▪ HǦD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HǦD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HǦD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to sleep in the night or in the latter part of the night; to stay awake at night; (of a camel) to rest the fore part of the neck upon the ground’

▪ …

–

.

–

HǦR هجر

“root”

▪ HǦR_1 ‘to emigrate, relinquish, leave’ ↗haǧara
▪ HǦR_2 ‘hottest time of the day’ ↗hāǧiraẗ
▪ HǦR_3 ‘obscene language; to talk nonsense, talk through one’s hat’ ↗huǧr
Other meanings, now obsolete (acc. to Hava1899):

HǦR_4 ‘custom, habit’: ^†hiǧǧīr, ^†hiǧǧīrà, ^†hiǧǧīraẗ ; meaning also ‘speech, language’.
HǦR_5 ‘excellent, distinguished’: ^†hāǧir, ^†hāǧirī, ^†muhǧir, the latter meaning also ‘lofty (palm-tree)’, ^†ʔahǧarᵘ ‘better, nobler; longer, thicker’.
HǦR_6 ‘bow-string; rope for tying a camel’s foot, tether’: ^†hiǧār .
▪ HǦR_7 ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’ ↗huǧraẗ (var. hiǧraẗ).
HǦR_8 ‘to empty, clean a ditch’: MġrAr hǧar (DRS).
HǦR_9 ‘sufficiency’: ^†haǧrāʔᵘ, cf. expr. mā ʕinda-hū ġanāʔu ḏālika wa-lā haǧrāʔu-hū ‘he is not adequate to the work’.
HǦR_10 ‘large watering-trough; large cup’: ^†haǧīr, pl. huǧur .
HǦR_11 ‘durra of minor quality’: SudAr haǧǧarat (DRS).
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 to give up, part company with, abandon; to emigrate, migrate; 2 summer midday heat; 3 bad or obscene language; to slander, insult; 4 custom, habit’

▪ From among the 12 values attached to the root in Sem (as given in DRS), only 9 are represented in Ar. Hava1899 mentions two others (in ClassAr use and in dialects). Of all these, only 3 are still to be found in MSA.
▪ The etymological situation within the root is rather complex and obscure. Whereas some of the values seem to be semantically close, others are difficult to relate to any of the others.

–

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HGR-1 Ar haǧara ‘rompre avec, s’éloigner de, abandonner; bouder qn, cesser de lui parler’, hiǧraẗ ‘rupture, séparation; départ, émigration’, Marāz mahǧar ‘endroit isolé, lieu dont il n’y a aucun avantage à tirer’, HispAr hažar ‘détester’, Mhr hōgər, Jib hogór ‘émigrer’. – Outside Sem: ? [Berb] Warg aggur ‘marcher’, Naf agər, agur ‘s’en aller’, Tmzġ gurr ‘aller, partir, marcher’? -2 Ar haǧr, haǧīraẗ ‘milieu du jour, le plus fort de la chaleur’, HispAr hāžira ‘heure de la sieste’, Mhr hēgər ‘faire chaud à midi’, Jib hógər ‘midi’. -3 Ar hāǧiraẗ ‘langage indécent’, haǧara ‘délirer, radoter’, DaṯAr haǧar ‘parler haut’. -4 Ar haǧara ‘être pur, sans mélange’, huǧr ‘excellent, noble et distingué (homme)’, haǧǧīr ‘coutume, manière’. -5 Syr hᵉgar, ʔahgar ‘devenir musulman’, mahgᵉrā, mahgᵉrāyā ‘musulman’. -6 Ar hiǧār ‘corde de l’arc, corde avec laquelle on rattache le pied du chameau à la sangle, chaîne portée au cou’, DaṯAr haǧǧar ‘lier les pieds de devant d’un chameau’, SudAr haǧar ‘entraver et forcer à s’asseoir (chameau)’, mahǧar ‘vol (en particulier de vaches ou de chameaux)’, Marāz hᵃžaṛ ‘mettre l’entrave (à un chameau, cheval, âne en rut)’, MġrAr hǧar ‘faire violemment, avec excès’. -7 YemAr haǧar : ruines d’une ville antique, hiǧreh ‘enclave protégée’, SAr hgr ‘ville’, Gz hagar ‘ville, village, province, pays’, hagarit ‘ville, citadins’, Te Tña hagär, ‘région habitée, cité, village’, Amh Choa, Gur agär ‘terre, pays’; ? MġrAr mahǧar ‘chemin, rue très fréquentée, animée’. – Outside Sem: Cohen1969:77 proposant de voir dans HǦR avec cette valeur, une variante méridionale de ʔKL, rapproche d’Eg ʔkr ‘dieu de la terre’, [Berb] Tmšq, Sūs akāl ‘terre, terrain, pays’, [Cush] Af erkē, SaAf rikē, Or irge ‘endroit, place’; sans doute Som hag, hal ‘id.’. -8 MġrAr hǧar ‘vider, nettoyer une fosse’. -9 Te hagrä ‘creuser un trou’, hagärä ‘manquer, attendre’. -10 Gz həgʷre, higore, hegore ‘vermillon, couleur rouge’, Te haggärä ‘teindre en rouge’. -11 SudAr haǧǧarat ‘sorte de durra de qualité inférieure’. -12 Mhr həgūr ‘acheter de la nourriture pour sa famille’.

▪ HǦR_1 (= DRS HǦR#1): regarded by Huehnergard2011 as an exclusively Arabic root. The notion of ‘departing, leaving behind’ may be at the basis of HǦR_7 YemAr haǧar ‘ruins of an old city/village’ (perhaps: *deserted place). But one could also imagine the reverse to be the case. Kerr, e.g., holds (Kerr2014:79,n.119) that, outside Ar, the root HǦR is attested only in SSem in the meaning of ‘city-dweller’ (HǦR_7; cf. also Ar huǧraẗ, hiǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’) and in Hbr and Aram as the name of Abraham’s concubine, Hagar (not accounted for in DRS). HǦR_1 could thus be dependent on HǦR_7. Some dictionaries indeed interpret the notion of ‘departing’ as that of a ‘removal from the desert to the towns or villages’, in this way linking ‘departure’ up to ‘town, village’. – What is deserted and neglected, also becomes ugly and disgusting; so HǦR_1 may also be the source of HǦR_3 ‘to talk nonsense, obscene language’.
▪ HǦR_2 (= DRS HǦR#2) ‘hottest time of the day’ ↗hāǧiraẗ : ‘because people [then] shelter themselves in their tents or houses, as though they forsook one another (tahāǧarū)’ (Lane, quoting Qāmūs)
▪ HǦR_3 (= DRS HǦR#3) ‘obscene language; to talk nonsense, talk through one’s hat’: ↗huǧr . Just a metathetical variant of ↗ǦHR?
▪ HǦR_4 (= DRS HǦR#4) ‘custom, habit’: ^†hiǧǧīr, ^†hiǧǧīrà, ^†hiǧǧīraẗ; meaning also ‘speech, language’: Seen as one with HǦR_5 by DRS.
▪ HǦR_5 (= DRS HǦR#4) ‘excellent, distinguished’: ^†hāǧir, ^†hāǧirī, ^†muhǧir, the latter meaning also ‘lofty (palm-tree)’, ^†ʔahǧarᵘ ‘better, nobler; longer, thicker’. Seen as one with HǦR_4 by DRS.
▪ HǦR_6 (= DRS HǦR#6) ‘bow-string; rope for tying a camel’s foot, tether’: ^†hiǧār.
▪ HǦR_7 (= DRS HǦR#7) huǧraẗ, hiǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’. ‘ruins of an old city’. – Cf. YemAr haǧar ? The latter or a relative of it may be at the origin of HǦR_1 ‘to depart’ in the sense of *‘to leave desert life and settle in an area of agriculture’. – DRS : Mot voyageur? Cf. also Sum agar ‘territoire irrigué’, Latin ager ‘champ’. – In contrast, Dolgopolsky2012#2571 does not connect the Sum and Lat (< IE *ag̑ro-s ‘field, field in cultivation’) words with Ar HǦR but with Ar ↗ḥākūraẗ ‘piece of land retained and enclosed by its proprietor for sowing and planting trees, (WehrCowan1979:) small vegetable garden’ (< Syr ḥkwrʔ /*ḥakūrā ?/ ‘field’ < CSem *ḤKR ‘field in cultivation’).
▪ HǦR_8 (= DRS HǦR#8) ‘to empty, clean a ditch’: MġrAr hǧar (DRS).
▪ HǦR_9 (DRS : Ø) ‘sufficiency’: ^†haǧrāʔᵘ, cf. the expr. mā ʕinda-hū ġanāʔu ḏālika wa-lā haǧrāʔu-hū ‘he is not adequate to the work’.
▪ HǦR_10 (DRS : Ø) ‘large watering-trough; large cup’: ^†haǧīr, pl. huǧur.
▪ HǦR_11 (DRS : Ø) ‘durra of minor quality’: SudAr haǧǧarat (DRS).

▪ ↗hiǧraẗ ‘Hegira’

–

haǧar‑ هَجَرَ , u (haǧr , hiǧrān)

vb., I

1 to emigrate; 2 to dissociate o.s., separate, part, secede, keep away (DO from), part company (with); 3 to give up, renounce, forgo, avoid (s.th.); 4 to abandon, surrender, leave behind (s.th. ʔilà to s.o.), relinquish, leave, give up, vacate (s.th., ʔilà in favour of s.o.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ While Huehnergard2011 considers haǧara ‘to depart’ as an Ar specificity, a relation to other values of Sem HǦR should perhaps not be discarded (see DISC below): ‘departing, leaving behind’ could be akin to SSem items meaning ‘city-dweller’. Some dictionaries indeed interpret the notion of ‘departing’ as that of a ‘removal from the desert to the towns or villages’ (or away from them), in this way linking ‘departure’ up to ‘town, village’.
▪ Any relation to the other two values of HǦR that have survived into MSA, ‘to talk nonsense, obscene language’ (↗huǧr) and ‘hottest time of the day’ (↗hāǧiraẗ) does not seem very likely.

▪ eC7 haǧara (to desert, shun, part company with, forsake) Q 74:5 wa’l-ruǧza fa-’hǧur ‘and shun all abominations’, (to leave alone, avoid, abstain from, ignore) Q 4:34 wa-’hǧurū-hunna fī ’l-maḍāǧiʕi ‘and ignore them in bed’. – haǧr (vn. I, act of parting company with s.o., forsaking, boycotting, ignoring) Q 73:10 wa-’ṣbir ʕalà mā yaqūlūna wa-’hǧur-hum haǧran ǧamīlan ‘and endure patiently what they say, and forsake them with a gracious forsaking’. – hāǧara (vb. III, to emigrate, migrate) Q 4:100 wa-man yuhāǧiru fī sabīli ’llāhi ‘and he who emigrates in the cause of God’. – muhāǧir (PA III, migrant, emigrant, s.o. who migrates from their home/country) Q 4:100 wa-man yaḫruǧu min bayti-hī muhāǧiran ʔilà ’ḷḷāhi wa-rasūli-hī ‘and whosoever leaves home migrating to God and His Messenger’. – mahǧūr (PP I, forsaken, abandoned, deserted, shunned, neglected; abused, slandered, insulted) Q 25:30 wa-qāla ’l-rasūlu yā rabbi ʔinna qawm-ī ’ttaḫaḏū hāḏā ’l-qurʔāna mahǧūran ‘and the Messenger will say, “My Lord, my people have considered this Revelation as something of no consequence (or: s.th. to be ignored, or: to be abused)’.
▪ Hava1899 has vb. II ^†haǧǧara with still another meaning: ‘to perform (prayer) before the time (Moslem)’, and vb. III hāǧara not only in the sense of ‘to emigrate’ but, more specifically, ‘to leave nomadic life’; hiǧraẗ not only ‘estrangement’ but also ‘removal from the desert to a town’.

▪ Zammit2002: Hbr hgr (Š-stem) ‘to leave alone’, Ar haǧara ‘to separate o.s. from, break off’
▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HGR-1 Ar haǧara ‘rompre avec, s’éloigner de, abandonner; bouder qn, cesser de lui parler’, hiǧraẗ ‘rupture, séparation; départ, émigration’, Marāz mahǧar ‘endroit isolé, lieu dont il n’y a aucun avantage à tirer’, HispAr hažar ‘détester’, Mhr hōgər, Jib hogór ‘émigrer’. – Outside Sem: ? [Berb] Warg aggur ‘marcher’, Naf agər, agur ‘s’en aller’, Tmzġ gurr ‘aller, partir, marcher’? […] -3 Syr hᵉgar, ʔahgar ‘devenir musulman’, mahgᵉrā, mahgᵉrāyā ‘musulman’. […] -7 YemAr haǧar : ruines d’une ville antique, hiǧreh ‘enclave protégée’, SAr hgr ‘ville’, Gz hagar ‘ville, village, province, pays’, hagarit ‘ville, citadins’, Te Tña hagär, ‘région habitée, cité, village’, Amh Choa, Gur agär ‘terre, pays’; ? MġrAr mahǧar ‘chemin, rue très fréquentée, animée’. – Outside Sem: Cohen1969:77 proposant de voir dans HǦR avec cette valeur, une variante méridionale de ʔKL, rapproche d’Eg ʔkr ‘dieu de la terre’, [Berb] Tmšq, Sūs akāl ‘terre, terrain, pays’, [Cush] Af erkē, SaAf rikē, Or irge ‘endroit, place’; sans doute Som hag, hal ‘id.’.

▪ Huehnergard2011 considers HǦR with the value ‘to depart’ as an exclusively Ar root.
▪ A relation to other values of HǦR should however not be discarded right away, although it is not attested and therefore difficult to prove. ‘Departing, leaving behind’ may be at the basis of YemAr haǧar ‘ruins of an old city/village’ (perhaps: *deserted place, = HǦR_7 s.v. ↗HǦR). But one could also imagine the reverse to be the case, i.e., ‘departing, leaving behind’ to be denominative from these ‘ruins’. In a similar vein, Kerr (2014:79,n.119) holds that, outside Ar, the root HǦR is attested only in SSem, where it carries the meaning of ‘city-dweller’ (HǦR_7) (cf. also Ar huǧraẗ, hiǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’), and in Hbr and Aram as the name of Abraham’s concubine, Hagar (not accounted for in DRS). haǧara could thus be dependent on haǧar (which perhaps is a Wanderwort (cf. Sum agar ‘territoire irrigué’, Latin ager ‘champ’, IE *ag̑ro-s ‘field, field in cultivation’—DRS). Some dictionaries indeed (though with adverse direction) interpret the notion of ‘departing’ as that of a ‘removal from the desert to the towns or villages’, in this way linking ‘departure’ up to ‘town, village’. – What is deserted and neglected, also becomes ugly and disgusting; is haǧara therefore possible also the source of HǦR_3 ‘to talk nonsense, obscene language’ (↗huǧr)? Probably not, the latter may be just a metathetical variant of ↗ǦHR.
▪ A relation to the value ‘hottest time of the day’ (HǦR_2, ↗hāǧiraẗ) ‘because people [then] shelter themselves in their tents or houses, as though they forsook one another (tahāǧarū)’ (Lane, quoting Qāmūs), does not seem very likely.

▪ Engl Hegira, 1580 s, from mLat hegira, from Ar hiǧraẗ ‘departure; emigration, flight’, from haǧara ‘to depart’ – Huehnergard2011, .

► haǧǧara, vb. II, to induce (s.o.) to emigrate: D-stem, caus.
► ^BP#4922hāǧara, vb. III, 1 to emigrate; to migrate, drift away (min from an area): L-stem, associative; cf., however, also muhāǧir, below. – 2 (leb.) to be carried away, be in ecstasy, be out of this world (fī because of, by): fig. use of v1.
► ʔahǧara, vb. IV, 1 to leave, abandon, give up (s.th.): may be denom. from *haǧar in the sense of ‘settlement’ (*giving up desert life and settle in an agricultural area), see DISC above and huǧraẗ ~ hiǧraẗ below. – 2 ↗huǧr.
► tahāǧara, vb. VI, to desert one another, part company, separate, break up: tD-stem, recipr.
► haǧr, n., 1 abandonment, forsaking, leaving, separation; avoidance, abstention; separation from the beloved one: vn. I. – 2 ↗hāǧiraẗ.
► ^BP#1760hiǧraẗ, n.f., departure, exit; emigration, exodus; immigration (ʔilà to); al-Hiǧraẗ, n.f., the Hegira, the emigration of the Prophet Mohammed from Mecca to Medina in 622 A.D. | Dār al-hiǧraẗ, epithet of Medina; al-hiǧraẗ min al-rīf, n.f., rural exodus, migration from rural areas: n.vic. I, f.
► hiǧrī, adj., of the Hegira, pertaining to Mohammed’s emigration. nsb-adj. of preceding item. | sanaẗ hiǧriyyaẗ, n.f., a year of the Hegira, a year of the Muslim era (beginning with Mohammed’s emigration).
► huǧraẗ, hiǧraẗ, pl. huǧar, hiǧar, n.f., agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd: perh. akin to HǦR_7 in ↗HǦR. The notion of ‘agricultural settlement, cultivated field’ may in itself be the meaning on which that of haǧara is dependent as *‘to leave desert life and settle in an area of agriculture’ (see DISC above).
► mahǧar, pl. mahāǧirᵘ, n., place of emigration, retreat, refuge, sanctuary; emigration; settlement, colony; al-Mahǧar, the Mahjar, the Arab diaspora, Arabs living abroad, specif., in the New World: n.loc.
► mahǧarī, adj., living in exile, exile (in compounds); pertaining to the Mahjar: nsb-adj. of preceding item.
► tahǧīr, n., displacement (of persons); evacuation, relocation (of population): vn. II.
► muhāǧaraẗ, n.f., emigration: vn. III; cf., however, also muhāǧir, below.
► mahǧūr, adj., 1 abandoned, forsaken, deserted: PP I. – 2 lonely, lonesome: ext. of v1. – 3 in disuse, out of use; obsolete (word), antiquated, archaic: ext. of v1. – ^†4 (Hava1899:) uncouth (word), absurd (speech): cf. ↗huǧr.
► ^BP#2962muhāǧir, n., 1 emigrant, emigré: PA III. – 2 al-Muhāǧirūn, n.pl., (histor.) the Meccans who emigrated with Mohammed to Medina: usually seen as a specialization of v1; Kerr2014, however, thinks al-Muhāǧirūn is based on Syr mhaggrāyā (borrowed into Greek as magaroí) ‘the Hagarites’, a synonym for ‘Arabs’, the successors of Ismael, son of Abraham and Hagar.
For other values attached to the root, see ↗HǦR, ↗huǧr ‘obscene language’, ↗huǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’, ↗hāǧiraẗ ‘midday heat’.

huǧr هُجْر

n.

obscene language – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Vn. of the otherwise obsol. vb. ^†haǧara ‘to talk deliriously (in sleep)’. Etymology obscure.

▪ eC7 ^†haǧara (to speak ill of, slander) Q 23:67 mustakbirīna bi-hī sāmiran tahǧurūna ‘driven by arrogance you spend the evening speaking ill of it [the Qurʔān]’. – Cf. also mahǧūr (PP I, forsaken, abandoned, deserted, shunned, neglected; abused, slandered, insulted) Q 25:30 wa-qāla ’l-rasūlu yā rabbi ʔinna qawm-ī ’ttaḫaḏū hāḏā ’l-qurʔāna mahǧūran ‘and the Messenger will say, “My Lord, my people have considered this Revelation as something of no consequence (or: s.th. to be ignored, or: to be abused)’.
▪ Hava1899 still has a vb. I ^†haǧara (huǧr, hiǧǧīrà, ʔihǧīrà) ‘to talk deliriously (in sleep)’, IV ^†ʔahǧara ‘(fī manṭiqi-hī) to dote, speak nonsense, (bi-) to use unseemly speech; to laugh, scoff at s.o.’, ^†mahǧūr ‘forsaken (house), uncouth (word), absurd (speech)’; cf. also the expression ramā-hu bi’l-hāǧirāti wa’l-muhǧirāti ‘he charged him with disgraceful actions’.

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HGR-5 Ar hāǧiraẗ ‘langage indécent’, haǧara ‘délirer, radoter’, DaṯAr haǧar ‘parler haut’.

▪ Any relation to other values of ↗HǦR, particularly ‘to desert, emigrate, leave’ (↗haǧara)? The overlapping of the notions of ‘deserted’ and ‘insulted’ in a word like the PP I mahǧūr could tempt us to construct a dependency like ‘deserted, hence insulted’.
▪ Do we have to conform ↗hāǧiraẗ ‘midday heat’ (and related items)?
▪ The strange obsol. vn.s ^†hiǧǧīrà and ^†ʔihǧīrà, displaying rather rare nominal patterns, suggest a foreign origin, while huǧr itself does not.

–

► ʔahǧara, vb. IV, 1 ↗haǧara. – 2 to talk nonsense, talk through one’s hat: denom.
► haǧrāʔᵘ, n.f., obscene language: elat.f.
► hāǧiraẗ, pl. hawāǧirᵘ, n.f., 1 see ↗s.v. – 2 (pl. ‑āt, hawāǧirᵘ) obscene language, obscenity.
► mahāǧirᵘ, n.pl., obscenities: pl. of n.loc. (?).
For other items of the root see ↗HǦR, ↗haǧara ‘to depart, emigrate’, ↗huǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’, ↗hāǧiraẗ ‘midday heat’.

hiǧraẗ هِجْرَة

n.f.f.

departure, exit; emigration, exodus; immigration (ʔilà to); al-Hiǧraẗ, n.f., the Hegira, the emigration of the Prophet Mohammed from Mecca to Medina in 622 A.D. – WehrCowan1979.

n.vic. I, f.

▪ …

↗haǧara.

▪ Engl Hegira, 1580 s, from mLat hegira, from Ar hiǧraẗ ‘departure; emigration, flight’, from haǧara ‘to depart’ – Huehnergard2011, .

► Dār al-hiǧraẗ, epithet of Medina.
► al-hiǧraẗ min al-rīf, n.f., rural exodus, migration from rural areas.
For other items see ↗haǧara and, for the wider context, ↗HǦR in general. ↗huǧr ‘obscene language’, ↗huǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’, and ↗hāǧiraẗ ‘midday heat’ does not seem to be related.

huǧraẗ هُجْرة , var. hiǧraẗ هِجْرة , pl. huǧar , hiǧar

n.f.

agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd – WehrCowan1979.

Perh. akin to HǦR_7 in ↗HǦR. The notion of ‘agricultural settlement, cultivated field’ may in itself be the meaning on which that of ↗haǧara ‘to depart, leave, migrate’ is dependent as *‘to leave desert life and settle in an area of agriculture’.

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HGR-7 YemAr haǧar : ruines d’une ville antique, hiǧreh ‘enclave protégée’, SAr hgr ‘ville’ (cf. also Müller2010: Sab hgr ‘sedentary, resident population’), Gz hagar ‘ville, village, province, pays’, hagarit ‘ville, citadins’, Te Tña hagär, ‘région habitée, cité, village’, Amh Choa, Gur agär ‘terre, pays’; ? MġrAr mahǧar ‘chemin, rue très fréquentée, animée’. – Outside Sem: Cohen1969:77 proposant de voir dans HǦR avec cette valeur, une variante méridionale de ʔKL, rapproche d’Eg ʔkr ‘dieu de la terre’, [Berb] Tmšq, Sūs akāl ‘terre, terrain, pays’, [Cush] Af erkē, SaAf rikē, Or irge ‘endroit, place’; sans doute Som hag, hal ‘id.’.

▪ In the DRS entry HǦR (#7, = HǦR_7 in ↗HǦR), YemAr haǧar ‘ruins of an old city’ figures together with SSem words denoting ‘settlement, city’, ‘sedentary’, ‘city-dweller’. Ar huǧraẗ ~ hiǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’ is not mentioned in DRS but seems to belong to the same complex.
▪ The vb. ↗haǧara ‘to depart, leave behind, emigrate’ (HǦR_1) may be connected to, if not denominative from, ‘settlement, city, sedentary’, cf. the meaning, given in Hava1899, of vb. III hāǧara not only in the sense of ‘to emigrate’ but, more specifically, ‘to leave nomadic life’ (Lane: ‘to go forth from the desert to the cities or towns’), and that of hiǧraẗ not only as ‘estrangement’ but also ‘removal from the desert to a town’; accord. to Lane, »this is the primary acceptation, with the Arabs, of the verb (when intrans.)«.
▪ Does also (DRS HǦR#5) Syr hᵉgar, ʔahgar ‘to become a Muslim’, mahgᵉrā, mahgᵉrāyā ‘Muslim’ belong here? What at first may look as if it were derived from Ar al-Muhāǧirūn ‘the Meccans who emigrated with Mohammed to Medina’ may however be in itself the source of the Ar word: Kerr2014 thinks that the meaning ‘to migrate’ is secondary, al-Muhāǧirūn being based on Syr mhaggrāyā (borrowed into Greek as magaroí) as ‘the Hagarites’, a synonym for ‘Arabs’, the successors of Ismael, son of Abraham and Hagar, and the name Hagar (Hbr Hāgār) may have s.th. to do with ‘settlement, settling in a(nother) city’ (rather than meaning ‘flight’, as is usually assumed).
▪ DRS reports that YemAr haǧar is perhaps is a Wanderwort , akin to Sum agar ‘irrigated territory’, Lat ager ‘field’, IE *ag̑ro-s ‘field, field in cultivation’.¹¹⁵
▪ A relation to ‘hottest time of the day’ (HǦR_2, ↗hāǧiraẗ) and ‘obscene language; to talk nonsense, talk through one’s hat’ (HǦR_3, ↗huǧr) does not seem likely.

115. In contrast, Dolgopolsky2012#2571 does not connect the Sum and Lat (< IE *ag̑ro-s ‘field, field in cultivation’) words with Ar HǦR but with Ar ↗ḥākūraẗ ‘piece of land retained and enclosed by its proprietor for sowing and planting trees, (WehrCowan1979:) small vegetable garden’ (< Syr ḥkwrʔ /*ḥakūrā ?/ ‘field’ < CSem *ḤKR ‘field in cultivation’).

–

For other items of the root see ↗HǦR, ↗haǧara ‘to depart, emigrate’, ↗huǧr ‘obscene language’, ↗hāǧiraẗ ‘midday heat, midday, noon’.

hāǧiraẗ هاجِرة , pl. hawāǧirᵘ

n.f.

1 midday heat, midday, noon – WehrCowan1979. – 2 For another meaning see ↗huǧr .

Etymology obscure. ClassAr lexicography constructs a relation to ↗haǧara ‘to depart, emigrate’, but this is hardly to be trusted.

▪ Hava1899 still has the (denom.) vbs. II ^†haǧǧara ‘to be intensely hot (day)’; id., ^†ʔahǧara (IV), and ^†haǧǧara (V) ‘to journey in the middle of the day’; as well as the n. (nominalized adj.?) ^†haǧūrī ‘midday-meal’.

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HGR-2 Ar haǧr, haǧīraẗ ‘milieu du jour, le plus fort de la chaleur’, HispAr hāžira ‘heure de la sieste’, Mhr hēgər ‘faire chaud à midi’, Jib hógər ‘midi’.

▪ ClassAr lexicography constructs a relation between ‘midday heat’ and ↗haǧara ‘to depart, emigrate’, claiming that the former is dependent on the latter »because people [then] shelter themselves in their tents or houses, as though they forsook one another (tahāǧarū)« (Lane, quoting Qāmūs). But this looks very much as a late attempt at explaining, and unifying, semantic variety within the root.
▪ The word not only appears in the form hāǧiraẗ that looks like PA I f. (FāʕiL-aẗ-), but also as ^†haǧr, haǧīr and haǧīraẗ (the latter two displaying a quasi-PP I pattern (FaʕīL-aẗ-). DRS lists ^†haǧr and haǧīraẗ as the most original forms, but does not provide further explanation.

–

► ḫaṭṭ al-hāǧiraẗ, n.f., meridian (geogr.)
► haǧr, n., 1 ↗haǧara. – 2 hottest time of the day.
► haǧīr, n., midday heat: quasi-PP I.
► haǧīraẗ, n.f., midday heat, midday, noon: quasi-PP I, f.
► hāǧirī, adj., midday (adj.); meridional (geogr.); excellent, outstanding: nsb-adj.
► mahǧūr, adj., 1 abandoned, forsaken, deserted: PP I of ↗haǧara. – 2 lonely, lonesome: ext. of v1. – 3 in disuse, out of use; obsolete (word), antiquated, archaic: ext. of v1. – ^†4 (Hava1899:) uncouth (word), absurd (speech): cf. ↗huǧr.
For other values attached to the root, see ↗HǦR, ↗haǧara ‘to depart, emigrate’, ↗huǧr ‘obscene language’, ↗huǧraẗ ‘agricultural settlement of the Wahabi Ikhwān in Nejd’.

HDː (HDD) هدّ/هدد

“root”

▪ HDː (HDD)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDː (HDD)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDː (HDD)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pull down, demolish; thud, thundering sound, devastating event; to frighten, threaten’

▪ …

–

.

–

HDF هدف

“root”

▪ HDF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HDF_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

hadaf هَدَف

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HDM هدم

“root”

▪ HDM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wreck, demolish; to commit murder; a grave; a tattered garment; to be in a rage’

▪ …

–

.

–

HDHD هدهد

“root”

▪ HDHD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDHD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HDHD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to coo, murmur, gently pat a baby to sleep; hoopoe’

▪ …

–

.

–

HDY هدي

“root”

▪ HDY_1 ‘to lead, guide; (right) way, path, road; manner, mode’ ↗hadà
▪ HDY_2 ‘to offer, give as present; present, gift’ ↗hadiyyaẗ
▪ HDY_3 ‘to totter, stagger, reel (in walking)’ ↗tahādà
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘guide, vanguard, to guide, to rightly guide; to explain, to clarify; road; daylight; objective; piety; mode; manner; a present, to give a present; a sacrificial offering, to offer a sacrificial offering’

[v1] and [v2] are most probably connected to each other, perhaps also [v3]. With Zammit2002 it may be assumed that the meaning ‘to stretch out the hand’, preserved in Hbr, is possibly »more generic« than ‘to guide, lead, direct’ (but cf. “DISC” below). Thus, the meaning [v1] ‘to guide’ may have evolved from *‘to stretch out the hand to s.o. in order to guide him/her’, while [v2] ‘to give, offer, present’ may be from *‘to stretch out the hand in order to give s.th. to s.o.’ (unless dependent on ‘to guide’, as from *‘to direct s.th./make s.th. find its way to s.o.’). [v3] ‘to totter, stagger, reel (in walking)’ is seen as an independent value by DRS, but may well be a tentative/conative *‘to try to guide o.s., find the balance’.

–

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HDY–1 Hbr hādāh ‘tendre (la main)’, Syr haddī, Mand hda, Ar hadà ‘conduire, diriger’, istahdà ‘mener la nouvelle mariée (à son époux)’, Palm hdy, Syr hadāyā, Ar hadw ‘guide, conducteur’, Sab hdy ‘guide, chef’, TargAram ba-hᵃdē ‘avec, chez’, la-hᵃdē ‘à, vers, en direction de’; Ar hadà (li‑) ‘exposer, prouver à’, ʔahdà (bi‑) ‘présenter, adresser’, haddà ‘offrir, séparer, disjoindre’; hady‑ ‘manière, façon, coutume; politesse, offrande’, EgAr hada, hāda ‘offrir’, orient. hadà ‘guider’, ChadAr SudAr hidwe, hadi ‘conseil’, MġrAr hdā ‘pousser, orienter vers; faire un présent; continuer, ne pas cesser de’, Mhr hədū ‘changer d’attitude, retrouver le droit chemin, tourner la page’, Jib hédé ‘faire changer d’attitude’. – Mhr hōdi, Ḥrs hēd, Jib ohodi ‘diviser, partager’, Jib hede ‘faire un présent’, Te hadā ‘se marier, prendre femme’, tähadda ‘se marier (femme)’. –2 Ar hādà ‘se trainer lentement à côté de qn’, tahādà ‘marcher en chancelant, en se balançant’, SudAr ‘marcher seul, d’une démarche chancelante’. –3 Ar hadin, det. hadī ‘eau blanchâtre émise lors d’un accouchement’. –4 EAr hadā ‘s’inquiéter (de qn)’. –5 Ḥrs šhedō ‘connaître’. — See HD, and also HDʔ. –1 Le rapport entre ‘guider’ et ‘poursuivre, continuer à’ trouve son parallèle au Maghrib dans sāq qui signifie aussi ‘guider, conduire devant soi’ et ‘poursuivre, continuer à (après avoir été interrompu)’. Le Soq (y)hotidi ‘être partagé’ est à transcrire hʸótedi et appartient à la racine ŠDY. –2 Berbère touareg hədəddy ‘chanceler’ ? Le caractère originellement laryngal de la consonne initiale ne peut pas être affirmé. –3 Berbère tamazight aheddawi ‘vagabond, errant’?

▪ DRS 5 (1995) distinguishes five values attached to the root in Sem, four of which are represented in Ar. Among these four, one (no. -4.) is to be found in EAr only, and one (no. -3.) has not survived into MSA. Thus, EtymArab has to deal with the first two only, i.e., according to DRS’ grouping, 1. ‘to stretch out the hand; to guide; to offer, present’, and 2. ‘to totter, stagger, reel (in walking)’.
▪ Badawi 2008 lists the following values for the root in ClassAr: ‘guide, vanguard, to guide, to rightly guide; to explain, to clarify; road; daylight; objective; piety; mode; manner; a present, to give a present; a sacrificial offering, to offer a sacrificial offering’. All of these seem to belong to DRS’ main value no. 1 (‘to explain, clarify’ = *‘to guide s.o. to the solution’; ‘road’ = *‘the way on which one is led/guided’; ‘daylight’ = *‘the light that guides, shows the right way/direction’; ‘objective’ = *‘what one is led/guided to’; ‘piety’ = the result of being led on, or following, the right path; ‘mode, manner’ = fig. use of *‘way, road’; ‘present’ = *‘what is presented/offered when stretching out the hand to s.o.’).
▪ Although they are with all probability etymologically connected, EtymArab treats ‘to lead, guide’ and ‘to offer, give as a present’ as two individual items, for the mere sake of making the semantic variety within the root easier to handle and to account for the fact that, from a modern perspective, the two do not have to much to do with each other any longer.
▪ If Zammit2002: 553 is right then »[t]he Hbr sense ‘to stretch out the hand’ might be more generic and neutral than the sense ‘to guide’ attested in Ar, SAr, Syr and which could have developed later.« Ar [v1] ‘to guide’ may thus properly be *‘to stretch out the hand to s.o. in order to guide him/her’, while [v2] ‘to give, offer, present’ could be explained as having developed from *‘to stretch out the hand in order to give s.th. to s.o.’. However, [v2] may also depend on ‘to guide’, the notion of ‘giving (as a present, or sacrifice)’ having evolved from *‘to direct s.th./make s.th. find its way to s.o.’. An expression which could be seen as a semantic link between both is Ar hadā-hā ʔilay-hi ‘he led/guided her [sc. the bride] to him [sc. the bridegroom]’, an expression in which ‘leading, guiding’ and ‘giving, handing over, presenting’ overlap and cannot be separated, cf. also the meaning of ↗hadiyyaẗ, in ClassAr, not only as ‘present’ but also as ‘bride’ and ‘beast of sacrifice’ (to be led to Mekkah and presented there) (Freytag1835, Steingass1884, Wahrmund1887). – [v3] ‘to totter, stagger, reel (in walking)’ is more difficult to relate to [v1] or [v2], but since it is unlikely that an Ar form VI stands there isolated both in its Ar and Sem “root environment”, and since also derivation from ‘to guide, lead, direct’ does seem possible, we may explain it as a tentative/conative *‘to try to guide o.s., find the balance’, not uncommon with form VI.
▪ For HDY_1, Huehnergard 2011 reconstructs WSem *HDY ‘to lead, extend’.

–

hadà هَدَى / haday‑ هَدَيْـ , i (hady , hudan , det. hudà , hidāyaẗ)

vb., I

to lead (s.o.) on the right way (DO), guide (s.o. on a course, 2x DO); to guide, show, direct (s.o. ʔilà to), show (s.o.) the way (ʔilà to); to lead (s.o., to the true faith); to supply, bring, procure (s.th.); — (hidāʔ) to bring, lead, conduct ( hā the bride ʔilà to the bridegroom) — WehrCowan1979.

▪ From WSem *hdy ‘to lead, extend’ (Huehnergard2011), probably developed from the notion of ‘to stretch out the hand’ (as preserved in Hbr hādā).
▪ The item is related to, or perhaps the etymon of, the semantic complex of ‘giving (as a present), offering’, treated under ↗hadiyyaẗ, as well as of ‘tottering, staggering (in walking)’, treated under ↗tahādà. For the broader context, cf. ↗HDY.
▪ In the Islamic context, the vb. and many of its derivatives have taken on a specifically religious-moral connotation (right path, right guidance, etc.)

▪ eC7 hadà (to give the ability to know right from wrong, to give the ability to fend for o.s., to instil the instinct for survival) Q 20:50 rabbu-nā ’llaḏī ʔaʕṭà kulla šayʔin ḫalqa-hū ṯumma hadà ‘our Lord is He who gave everything its form then showed them how to find their way’, (to provide or offer guidance) 41:17 wa-ʔammā ṯamūdu fa-hadaynā-hum fa-’staḥabbū ’l-ʕamà ʕalà ’l-hudà ‘as for Thamūd, We called them to guidance, but they preferred blindness over guidance’, (to guide to the right path) 6:161 hadā-nī rabbī ʔilà ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin ‘my Lord has guided me to a straight path’, ((of God) to lead to Paradise, to guide to ultimate heavenly reward) 7:43 ▪ ĭhtadà (to use for guidance) 6:97, (to seek guidance) 2:53, (to find guidance) 3:20, (to follow in the footsteps of the guided, to accept guidance) 2:170, (to stay on the right course) 20:82 ▪ hādin (one guiding to the right path) 27:81, (a guide, resuer) 25:31 ▪ hudan (guiding, showing the right way) 16:37, (news, information, directions) possibly in 20:10, (spiritual guidance) 3:73, (the Revelation, the Qur’an) 72:13 ▪ ʔahdà (most guided; elat.) 67:22 ▪ muhtadin (one finding the way, one coming to a conclusion, one reaching the right decision) 2:70, (one who follows s.o.’s path) 43:22, (one who has found or accepted true guidance) 57:26

▪ Zammit 2002: Hbr hādā ‘to stretch out the hand’, Aram Syr haddī, SAr hdy ‘to lead, guide, direct’.

▪ Zammit2002: 553 »The Hbr sense ‘to stretch out the hand’ might be more generic and neutral than the sense ‘to guide’ attested in Ar, SAr, Syr and which could have developed later.«
▪ Huehnergard 2011: WSem *hdy ‘to lead, extend’.
▪ The item is related to, or perhaps the etymon of, the semantic complex of ‘giving (as a present), offering’, treated under ↗hadiyyaẗ. For the broader context, cf. ↗HDY.

▪ mahdi, 1792, spiritual and temporal leader expected by some Muslims, from Ar mahdiyy ‘he who is guided aright, rightly guided (one), Mahdi’’, PP I of hadà, vb. I, ‘to lead in the right way’. Applied c.1880 to insurrectionary leaders in the Sudan who claimed to be him. (EtymOnline)

► tahaddà, vb. V, to be rightly guided, be led well: quasi-pass.; to get (ʔilà to), reach (ʔilà a place, s.th.): resultative (of quasi-pass.).
► tahādà, vb. VI, to move forward, move on, advance; to glide along (e.g., a sailboat), to get (ʔilà to), reach (ʔilà a place); to get as far as, penetrate (ʔilà to); to flock (ʔilà to s.o.), rally (around s.o.): resultative (of quasi-pass.). – For other meanings see ↗s.v. and ↗hadiyyaẗ.
► ĭhtadà, vb. VIII, to be rightly guided, be led on the right way; to be led, be shown, be taken (ʔilà, li‑ to): quasi-pass.; to find the way (to); to find, detect, discover (ʔilà s.th.), come upon (ʔilà s.th.); to hit upon s.th. (ʔilà or li‑, e.g., an idea), be made aware, think (ʔilà or li‑ of), arrive (at): resultative (of quasi-pass.); to be led back, find one’s way back (ʔilà to the true faith, min away from evil); to be guided (bi‑ by s.o.), take (bi‑ s.o. or s.th.) as an example or model, follow s.o.’s (bi‑) lead: quasi-pass.
► ĭstahdà, vb. X, to ask to be rightly guided, pray for divine guidance, seek the right way: requestative.
► hady, n., guidance, direction; way, road, course, direction; manner, mode, fashion: lexicalized vn. I.
► ^BP#2341hudan, det. hudà, n., right guidance (esp., in a religious sense); guiding, leading (of s.o.); right way, true religion: lexicalized vn. I. | kāna ʕalà hudan, vb. I, to be on the right way; to embrace the true religion; ʕalà ġayri hudan, adv., aimlessly, at random; sāra ʕalà ġayri hudan, vb. I, to wander aimlessly.
► hadyaẗ, var. hidyaẗ, n., (line of) conduct, procedure, policy, course, way, direction; manner, mode, fashion: n.un. of vn. I hady (?).
► hidāyaẗ, n.f., guidance: vn. I | ʕalà ġayri hidāyaẗ, adv., without divine guidance, aimlessly, at random.
► ʔahdà, adj., better guided; more correct, more proper, better: elat.
► hādin, det. hādī, pl. ‑ūn, hudāẗ, adj., leading, guiding: PA I; n., leader, guide: nomin. PA I.
► mahdiyy, adj., rightly guided: PP I; n., Mahdi: nomin. PP I.
► muhtadin, det. muhtadī, adj., rightly guided; finding the right way; guided by the right feelings; certain, steady (manner of walking, steps, etc.): PA VIII; (pl. ‑ūn), n., a convert to Islam: nomin. PA VIII.

tahādà تهادَى / tahāday‑ تهادَيْـ

vb., VI

to totter, stagger, reel (in walking); to walk with a sway or rolling gait – WehrCowan1979. – For other meanings see ↗hadà and ↗hadiyyaẗ .

See "Discussion", below.

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HDY–2 Ar hādà ‘se trainer lentement à côté de qn’, tahādà ‘marcher en chancelant, en se balançant’, SudAr ‘marcher seul, d’une démarche chancelante’.

▪ In DRS, the item is given (in form III and VI) as a separate value, to be distinguished from ‘to lead, guide’. But it is perhaps related to the latter ↗hadà ‘to guide, lead, conduct’ as a derivation, not uncommon in form VI, with a tentative/conative reflexive meaning, i.e., *‘to try to guide o.s., to try to find the balance (for o.s.)’; ClassAr form III could be interpreted as associative *‘to take s.th./s.o. as a guide/point of orientation (when not being sure of o.’s own way, and thus tottering)’. The assumption gains plausibility through the fact that it is unlikely that an Ar form VI stands there isolated, both in its Ar and Sem “root environment”. On the other hand, the notion of ‘tottering, staggering’ is not sufficiently explainable from the usual meanings of form III and VI.

–

hudaⁿ هُدىً , det. hudà

n.f.

right guidance (esp., in a religious sense); guiding, leading (of s.o.); right way, true religion – WehrCowan1979.

The word is a vn. I of the vb. I, ↗hadà ‘to lead, guide, direct, show the way, conduct’ and has taken on a religious connotation since early times. In the religious field, the ‘right guidance’ became identified with the ‘right path’ a believer follows, hence ‘true religion’.

▪ eC7 (guiding, showing the right way) 16:37 ʔin taḥriṣ ʕalā hudā-hum fa-ʔinna ’ḷḷāha lā yahdī man yuḍillu ‘if you (Muḥammad) are eager to guide them, [know that] God does not guide those who lead [others] astray [from the right way]’, (news, information, directions) possibly in 20:10 ʔiḏ raʔā nāran fa-qāla li-ʔahli-hī ’mkuṯū ʔin-nī ʔānastu nāran laʕall-ī ʔātī-kum min-hā bi-qabasin ʔaw ʔaǧidu ʕalā ’l-nāri hudan ‘when he saw a fire and said unto his folk: stay here, I have perceived a fire; maybe I will bring you a brand from it or find [guidance] directions there’, (spiritual guidance) 3:73 al-hudà hudà ’ḷḷāhi ‘true guidance is the guidance of God’, (the Revelation, the Qur’an) 72:13 wa-ʔannā lammā samiʕnā ’l-hudà ʔāmannā bihī ‘and when we heard the Guidance we came to believe in it’.

See ↗hadà.

–

Cf. ↗hadà, esp.
► tahaddà, vb. V, to be rightly guided, be led well: quasi-pass.
► ĭhtadà, vb. VIII, to be rightly guided, be led on the right way; to be led back, find one’s way back (ʔilà to the true faith, min away from evil): quasi-pass.
► ĭstahdà, vb. X, to ask to be rightly guided, pray for divine guidance, seek the right way: requestative.

hadiyyaẗ هَدِيّة , pl. hadāyā

n.f.

gift, present, donation; offering, sacrifice – WehrCowan1979.

The n. is a nominalized pseudo-PP of *hadà ‘to give (as a present)’, which is not attested with this general meaning, neither in MSA nor ClassAr but only as hadà, i (hidāʔ), vb. I, with the specialized meaning of ‘to bring, lead, conduct a bride to the bridegroom’ (which also shows the relation between ‘giving’ and ‘leading, conducting’, cf. ↗HDY and ↗hadà). The (hypothetical but quite likely) general sense survived in derivatives such as hādà (III) ‘to exchange presents’, tahādà (VI) ‘to make each other presents, exchange presents’, or ClassAr ^†ĭnhadà, vb. VII, ‘to be offered, given as a present’, reflecting a general giving (of presents). The items listed below in the “Derivatives” section are, properly speaking, not from the lemma hadiyyaẗ but from this reconstructed vb. I.

▪ eC7 hady (offering brought to the Sacred Mosque in Mecca in accordance with the teachings) Q 48:25 humu ’llaḏīna kafarū wa-ṣaddū-kum ʕani ’l-masǧidi ’l-ḥarāmi wa’l-hadya maʕkūfan ‘These it was who disbelieved and debarred you from the Inviolable Place of Worship, and debarred the offering from reaching its goal’ ▪ hadiyyaẗ (gift) 27:35 wa-ʔinnī mursilatun ʔilayhim bi-hadiyyatin ‘but I am sending them a present’
▪ hadiyyaẗ : until lC19 also ‘bride’ (Freytag1835, Steingass1884, Wahrmund1887).

▪ Zammit 2002: Hbr hādā ‘to stretch out the hand’, Aram Syr haddī, SAr hdy ‘to lead, guide, direct’
▪ Cf. also the cognates given in the entry on ↗hadà.

▪ Zammit2002: 553 #HDY: »The Hbr sense ‘to stretch out the hand’ might be more generic and neutral than the sense ‘to guide’ attested in Ar, SAr, Syr and which could have developed later.«
▪ Huehnergard 2011: WSem *hdy ‘to lead, extend’.
▪ The meanings ‘present; to give as a present’ etc. are either a development directly from a WSem *hdy ‘to stretch out the hand’ as an act performed in order to give s.th. to s.o. else, or from ↗hadà ‘to lead, guide, direct’ used with a metaphorical meaning, *‘to direct s.th. (esp. a present) to s.o., to make s.th. find its way’. A semantic “bridge” where the notions of ‘guiding, conducting’ and ‘giving away’ overlap, or merge, is the specialized meaning of ↗hadà, i, vb. I, ‘to bring, lead, conduct a bride to the bridegroom’ (vn. hidāʔ). Accordingly, the pseudo-PP I hadiyyaẗ is properly *‘s.th. that is brought (conducted, led) (to s.o., to a destination)’, whence developed the specialized values of ‘gift, present, donation’, ‘offering, sacrifice’ (Steingass1884: ‘beast of sacrifice (to be led to Mekkah and presented there’), and (attested until lC19) also ^†‘bride’.

–

► hādà, vb. III, to exchange presents (DO with s.o.): assoc.
► ʔahdà, vb. IV, to bring, lead, conduct (‑hā the bride ʔilà to the bridegroom); to give as a present, present, make s.o. (li‑ or ʔilà) a present of (DO): from (hypothetical) vb. I, or denominative from hadiyyaẗ ?; to dedicate (s.th. to s.o.), confer, bestow, award (e.g., an order); to send, convey, transmit (s.th. li‑ or ʔilà to): fig. use.
► tahādà, vb. VI, to make each other presents, exchange presents; to exchange among each other (s.th., also al-taḥiyyaẗ, to exchange greetings, greet or salute each other); – For other meanings see ↗hadà and ↗s.v..
► ʔihdāʔ, n., presentation; donation, grant(ing); award, bestowal, conferment; dedication (of a book): vn. IV.
► muhdan, det. muhdà, adj., presented, given: PP IV.

HḎB هذب

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

tahḏīb تَهْذيب

n.

.

▪ vn., II

.

HRB هرب

“root”

▪ HRB_1 ‘to flee, escape, desert; (D-stem) to traffic, smuggle’ ↗haraba
▪ HRB_2 ‘harp’ ↗hārb
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 to escape, flee, desert; to seek refuge; refuge; fugitive; to disappear from sight; 2 to become feeble’

▪ HRB_1: Out the 8 values listed in DRS for the root in Sem, 7 are represented in Ar. However, only 1 of these (‘to flee; D-stem: to smuggle’) can be found in MSA as documented in WehrCowan1979. The others appear either in dialects (#HRB-2, #HRB-3, #HRB-7) or form part of the ClassAr vocabulary that has become obsolete (#HRB-4, #HRB-5, #HRB-6). The notion of fleeing may be secondary, a result of an original ‘cry, noise’, as attested in Syr and SudAr.
▪ HRB_2 hārb ‘harp’ is clearly a modern borrowing from Engl.

–

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HRB-1 Syr hᵉrābā ‘tumulte, bruit’, Ar haraba, Liḥ Tham ‘fuir, s’enfuir’, harraba ‘mettre en fuite’; ʕOmAr EgAr ‘faire passer en contrebande’; EgAr ‘cacher’, ? SudAr hurrub, hurrēb : cri pour faire venir les vaches, SAr hrb ‘fuir, s’enfuir’, Mhr hōrəb, Ḥrs herōb ‘mettre en fuite; faire passer en contrebande’, Jib ohurb ‘s’enfuir; faire passer en contrebande’, hérəb, Mhr hērəb ‘craindre de faire qc’, Jib härbún ‘avare, chiche; trop porté sur la nourriture’, Te harbä ‘s’enfuir’. -2 YemAr harābah, PalAr hrubbe ‘citerne’, SudAr hurrub ‘trou dans le sol couvert de broussaille servant de piège; sol glissant ou qui s’écroule dès qu'on le foule’. -3 TchadAr hārib ‘prostituée’. -4 Ar hariba ‘être vieux, décrépit’. -5 Ar hurb : pellicule de graisse qui tapisse l’estomac ou les intestins. -6 mihrab : outil en bois pour élever et abaisser le semoir; morceau de tronc d’arbre qu'on traîne sur le sol après avoir semé. -7 YemAr mahrabah : sorte de grande hache. [-8 not represented in Ar.]

▪ The only value mentioned by BAH2008 in addition to ‘to escape, flee, ’ etc. (HRB_1 = DRS#HRB-1), namely ‘to become feeble’, evidently corresponds to DRS#HRB-4. This is also the only one that is still attested in Hava1899: hariba a (harb) ‘to be old, decrepit’.
▪ Some of the values DRS #HRB-2 through #HRB-7 may be connected to or derived from the notion of fleeing (#HRB-1); the exact relation however, if existant, remains obscure so far.
▪ The modern borrowing HRB_2 hārb ‘harp’ is not mentioned in DRS, see s.v.

–

harab‑ هَرَبَ , u (harab , hurūb , mahrab , harabān)

vb., I

to flee; to escape (min a danger); to desert; to run away, elope (maʕa with) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Of obscure etymology. If DRS is right, the Ar vb. has cognates mostly in both old SAr and modSAr as well as Te (which may be loan), in addition to Syr which stands rather isolated against the rich Ar and SSem evidence. Zammit2002 extends the relation to Akk nērubu; if this is correct, the root may not only be WSem but perhaps ComSem.
▪ The notion, now dominant, of fleeing, escaping, etc. may be secondary, a result of an original ‘cry, noise’, as attested in Syr and preserved in SudAr (see section COGN below).

▪ eC7 harab (fleeing, running away) Q 72:12 wa-ʔannā ẓanannā ʔan lan nuʕǧiza ’llāha fī ’l-ʔarḍi wa-lan nuʕǧiza-hū haraban ‘we know we can never frustrate God on earth; we can never frustrate Him [by] fleeing’

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HRB-1 Syr hᵉrābā ‘tumulte, bruit’, Ar haraba, Liḥ Tham ‘fuir, s’enfuir’, harraba ‘mettre en fuite’; ʕOmAr EgAr ‘faire passer en contrebande’; EgAr ‘cacher’, ? SudAr hurrub, hurrēb : cri pour faire venir les vaches, SAr hrb ‘fuir, s’enfuir’, Mhr hōrəb, Ḥrs herōb ‘mettre en fuite; faire passer en contrebande’, Jib ohurb ‘s’enfuir; faire passer en contrebande’, hérəb, Mhr hērəb ‘craindre de faire qc’, Jib härbún ‘avare, chiche; trop porté sur la nourriture’, Te harbä ‘s’enfuir’.
▪ Zammit2002: Akk nērubu [var. nerrubu, narrubu ] ‘to flee, run away, escape’ [CAD; cf. also arbu, n., fugitive, person without family; arbūtu ‘flight, rout; devastation, ruin; status of a person without a family (arbu)], Syr hᵉrābā ‘tumulte, bruit’, SAr hrb ‘to flee’, Ar (Q) harab ‘flight’.

▪ The Akk nērubu, given as cognate by Zammit2002, is not mentioned in DRS. Has it been omitted on purpose?
▪ LandbergZetterstéen1942 notes, but dismisses as »assez problématique« the theory (put forward by Mez, OS, p. 252,) that haraba ‘to flee’ could be composed of h + rb, from rāba u ‘to curdle (milk), have a troubled mind (s.o.)’.
▪ Some of the values the root HRB displays in ClassAr and some dialects may be connected to or derived from the notion of fleeing; cf. ↗HRB.

–

► harraba, vb. II, 1 to help to escape; to force to flee, put to flight; to liberate, free (a prisoner); to rescue (a distrained or impounded thing; jur.); 2 to engage in illicit trade, to traffic; to smuggle: D-stem, caus.; [v2] extended to non-human objects.
► taharraba, vb. V, 1 to escape, elude (min s.th.); to shirk, dodge, evade (min a duty, or the like); 2 to evade tax payment: tD-stem, intr.; [v2] modern extended usage.
► ^BP#3338harab, n., flight, escape, getaway; desertion; elopement: vn. I.
► ^BP#2993hurūb, n., flight: vn. I.
► harbān, adj., fugitive, runaway, on the run; n., a runaway, a fugitive, a refugee: ints. formation.
► harrāb, adj./n., coward: ints. formation.
► mahrab, pl. mahāribᵘ, n., (place of) refuge, retreat, sanctuary; flight, escape, getaway: n.loc. | lā mahrabᵃ min-hu, rel.cl., inescapable, unavoidable.
► ^BP#3982tahrīb, n., illicit trade, trafficking; smuggling, smuggle, contrabandism: vn. II, restricted to [v2].
► hārib, adj., fugitive, runaway, on the run; n., a runaway, a fugitive, a refugee; deserter: PA I.
► muharrib, n., illicit dealer, trafficker; smuggler: PA II, restricted to [v2] of corresponding vb.
► muharrab, pl. ‑āt, n.pl., smuggled goods, contraband: PP II, [v2].

tahrīb تَهْرِيب

n.

illicit trade, trafficking; smuggling, smuggle, contrabandism – WehrCowan1979.

The n. is a vn. of harraba, vb. II, properly ‘to help to escape; to force to flee, put to flight; to liberate, free (a prisoner); to rescue (a distrained or impounded thing; jur.)’, but then also applied to non-human objects and used with the extended meaning of ‘to traffic, smuggle’. Morphologically a D-stem with caus. meaning, *‘to let/make escape (sc. goods)’.

▪ …

▪ ↗haraba, vb. I.

▪ …
▪ …

–

Cf. also
► muharrib, n., illicit dealer, trafficker; smuggler: PA II, restricted to [v2] of corresponding vb.
► muharrab, pl. ‑āt, n.pl., smuggled goods, contraband: PP II, [v2].

HRT هرت

“root”

▪ HRT_1 ‘Hārūt’ : see alphabetically

▪ …

–

.

–

HRʕ هرع

“root”

▪ HRʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HRʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HRʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to go in haste, hurry, haste, hasty, walk briskly; to flow; a weak person’

▪ …

–

.

–

HRM هرم

“root”

▪ HRM_1 ‘to become senile and decrepit’ ↗harima
▪ HRM_2 ‘to mince, chop’ ↗harrama
▪ ^†HRM_3 ‘the mind’ ↗harim
▪ HRM_4 ‘pyramid’ ↗haram

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

harim‑ هَرِمَ , a (haram , mahram , mahramaẗ)

vb., I

to become senile and decrepit – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

…

harram‑ هَرَّمَ

vb., II

to mince, chop – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

…

^†harim هَرِم

n.

The mind – Lane viii (1893, Suppl.).

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

…

haram هَرَم , pl. ʔahrām , ʔahrāmāt

n.

pyramid – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► haram nāqiṣ, n., frustum of pyramid, truncated pyramid (math.)
► haramī, adj., pyramidlike, pyramidical, pyramidal: nsb-adj.
► ʔahrāmī, adj., pyramid like, pyramidical, pyramidal: nsb-adj., from ʔahrām, pl. of haram.

HZː (HZZ) هزّ/هزز

“root”

▪ HZː (HZZ)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZː (HZZ)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZː (HZZ)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shaking, vibrating, to swing; to walk briskly, (of God) to bring forth plants, (of barren land) to become alive; rumbling, quivering, trembling, commotion, movement’

▪ …

–

.

–

HZʔ هزء

“root”

▪ HZʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to mock, scorn, ridicule, sneer at, derision; to break; to perish, cause death of cattle by allowing them to get too cold’

▪ …

–

.

–

HZL هزل

“root”

▪ HZL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to mock, joke, jest, take lightly; to be thin, be emaciated; to lose one’s cattle, become impoverished’

▪ …

–

.

–

HZM هزم

“root”

▪ HZM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HZM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘lowland; crevice, dent, groove, crack; to defeat, vanquish, rob s.o. of his rights; roll of thunder; disaster, to kill; emaciated animals’

▪ …

–

.

–

HŠː (HŠŠ) هشّ/هشش

“root”

▪ HŠː (HŠŠ)_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HŠː (HŠŠ)_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HŠː (HŠŠ)_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be brittle; to be pliant, (of bread etc.) to be thin, be soft; to be welcoming, wear a welcoming smile; to drive away; to beat down tree leaves with a stick; a horse that perspires too much’

▪ …

–

.

–

HŠM هشم

“root”

▪ HŠM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HŠM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HŠM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to break down, crumble, crack; to be frail, be brittle; dry stalks, straw, dry herbage, land with dry, dead trees; lowlands’

▪ Ar root *√HŠM ‘to smash, shatter, destroy’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

HḌM هضم

“root”

▪ HḌM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HḌM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HḌM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to digest; to deny s.o. his rights, oppress; to cleave; to be slender, be graceful, be soft and ripe; to be encased; lowland’

▪ …

–

.

–

HṬʕ هطع

“root”

▪ HṬʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HṬʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HṬʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to come rushing in fear, stretch the neck and head in agitation, transfix the eyes in horror, cower in fear; a wide road’

▪ …

–

.

–

HL هل

“root”

▪ HL_1 ‘(interrogative particle)’ ↗hal
▪ HL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HL_3 ‘...’ ↗...

▪ …

–

.

–

HLː (HLL) هلّ / هلل

“root”

▪ HLː (HLL)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HLː (HLL)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘new moon, (of the moon) to appear for the first time; (of the month) to start; crescent, crescent-šaped; to come forth; to exalt God, to invoke God’s name upon an animal at the moment of slaughter; (of the face) to lighten up, to show joy; (of clothes) to become tattered’

▪ …
▪ …
▪ From protSem *√HLL ‘to shout, boast’; in derived stem, ‘to praise’ – Huehnergard2011.

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl alleluia, hallelujah, from Hbr hallᵊlû-yāh ‘praise Yahweh’, from hallᵊlû ‘praise’, imp.m. of hillēl ‘to praise’, akin to Ar ↗hallala.

–

hilāl هِلال

n.

new moon; half-moon, crescent; parenthesis; any crescent-shaped object – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HLB هلب

“root”

▪ HLB_1 ʻhair, bristles; (to be) hairy, shaggy’ ↗hulb
▪ HLB_2 ʻanchor, grapnel, grappling iron, boat hook’ ↗hilb
▪ HLB_3 ʻlochia (med., vaginal discharge after giving birth, postpartum bleeding)’ ↗hulābaẗ
▪ HLB_4 ʻmuhallabiya/mahallabiya (dessert resembling blancmange)’ ↗mahallabiyyaẗ
Other values, now obsolete, include (Steingass1881, Lane viii 1893, Hava1899):
▪ ^†HLB_5 ʻto drench s.o. (dew), moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’: ^†halaba (u, hulb); cf. also ^†hallāb ʻcold wind with rain’
▪ ^†HLB_6 ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’: ^†halaba (u, hulb) and ^†ʔahlaba
▪ ^†HLB_7 ʻto scold, revile, lampoon, satirize’: ^†halaba (i, halb), ^†hallaba
▪ ^†HLB_8 ʻseverity (of fortune, of winter)’: ^†hulbaẗ (al-šitāʔ), hulubbaẗ
▪ ^†HLB_9 ʻto unsheath (a sword)’: ^†ĭhtalaba
▪ ^†HLB_10 ʻaffectionate; distant, shy (woman)’: ^†halūb; cf. also ^†ʔuhlūb ʻardour, impetuosity (in running; horse); (fig.) a kind of speech, way of praising\eulogizing’.
▪ …

▪ The root √HLB displays a large variety of values the relations betw. which is difficult to establish. DRS distinguishes eight main values in Sem, five of which are represented in Ar. Some of them contain in themselves are broad spectrum of meanings whose interrelatedness is not obvious. They are kept separate therefore here in EtymArab.
▪ HLB_1 (≙ DRS #HLB-1) hulb ʻhair, bristles; (to be) hairy, shaggy’: displays most of the obvious derivatives, both in MSA and ClassAr. – Of unknown etymology. DRS regards also [v7] ʻto scold, revile, lampoon, satirize’ and [v8] ʻseverity (of fortune, of winter)’ as belonging to this complex (see below).
▪ HLB_2 (≙ DRS #HLB-4) hilb ʻanchor, grapnel, grappling iron, boat hook’: for DRS , hilb is an EgAr var., while the actual item is halb. Etymology obscure; fig. use of [v1]? (Lane viii 1893 reports that hulb ʻpigs’ bristles’ were used to sew skins etc.). – Any relation to ↗ḥalbaẗ (pl. ḥalāʔibᵘ), which, accord. to Hava1899, also can mean ^†ʻanchor’ (though the regular meaning is ʻarena, race track’, in itself without obvious relation to ʻanchor’)?
▪ HLB_3 (cf. DRS #HLB-3) hulābaẗ ʻlochia (med., vaginal discharge after giving birth, postpartum bleeding)’: etymology unclear; DRS puts the item together with ^†[v5] ʻto drench, moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’. Should we add ^†[v6] (≙ DRS #HLB-2) ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’?
▪ HLB_4 (≙ DRS #HLB-5) mahallabiyyaẗ, var. muhallabiyyaẗ, ʻa dessert resembling blancmange’: vowel in first syllable not secured, DRS has mahallabiyyaẗ. – Prob. a re-import from Tu which had borrowed the word from Ar (with loss of emphatic ḥ). Traditionally, the name of the dish is derived from ↗ḥalab ʻmilk’, but derivation from ↗maḥlab ʻmahaleb, St Lucie cherry’ or ^†ḥalbānaẗ ʻgalbanum; storax’ (↗ḥalab, ↗ḤLB) is more likely.
▪ HLB_5 (≙ DRS #HLB-3) ^†halaba (u, hulb) ʻto drench, moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’; cf. also ^†hallāb ʻcold wind with rain’; DRS sees also [v3] hulābaẗ ʻlochia’ as belonging here; perh. one has to add also ^†[v6] (≙ DRS #HLB-2) ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’. – Etymology obscure. On account of alleged extra-Sem cognates, Orel&Stolbova1994 #1196 posit a protSem *h˅lib‑ ‘to soak, be wet’, from AfrAs *hulüb‑ ‘to soak’.
▪ HLB_6 (≙ DRS #HLB-2) ^†halaba (u, hulb) and ^†ʔahlaba ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’: etymology obscure. DRS lists it as a distinct value, but it may have to be seen together with [v3] hulābaẗ ʻlochia’ and ^†[v5] ʻto drench, moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’.
▪ HLB_7 (cf. DRS #HLB-1) ^†halaba (i, halb) and ^†hallaba ʻto scold, revile, lampoon, satirize’: DRS juxtaposes this value to [v1] ʻhair, (pig’s, horse’s) bristles’ as well as ^†[v8] ʻseverity, intensity (of fortune, of winter)’. An explanation for their grouping may be fig. use of ʻhair, bristles’: ClassAr ^†halaba and ^†hallaba normally mean ʻto pluck (the hair); to clip (a horse’s tail)’, but when combined with bi-lisānih ʻwith one’s tongue, i.e., with words’, the meaning changes to ʻto satirise, revile, carp severely’, prob. because of the “hair-raising” or “stinging” effect of satire (and likewise of the cold or winter or the blow of destiny). From the point of semantic vicinity, also ^†[v5] ʻto drench, moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’ could seem to be a source of fig. use (ʻlampooning’ interpreted as a *ʻwettening’ of the object of satire by pouring down on him/her a *ʻrain/shower’ of biting comments). – Etymology obscure. Cf., however, Ehret1995#775, who sees Ar halaba ʻto scold, revile’ as an extension in »extendative« *‑b from a bi-consonantal »pre-protSem« root *hl ‘to shout’, from AfrAs *‑hāl‑/*‑hīl‑ ‘to cry, call out’ (↗√HLː (HLL)). (Other extensions from the same pre-protSem root would be ↗√HLHL ʻto repeat a voice, or raise and lower it alternatively; bewail the dead’, ↗√HLǦ ʻto tell incredible things’, and ↗√HLS ʻto laugh, jest, crack jokes’.
▪ HLB_8 (cf. DRS #HLB-1) ^†hulubbaẗ, hulbaẗ (al-šitāʔ) ʻseverity, intensity (of fortune, of winter)’: DRS groups this value together with [v1] ʻhair, (pig’s) bristles’ and [v7] ʻto scold, revile, lampoon, satirize’, probably because of the “hair-raising” or “stinging” effect of both satire and the winter’s cold or a blow of destiny; cf. the expr. ^†hālib al-šaʕr, lit., ʻhair-plucking’, as an attribute describing a ʻvehemently cold day’.²⁷ – Further etymology obscure.
▪ HLB_9 ^†ĭhtalaba ʻto unsheath (a sword)’: not registered in DRS, perh. fig. use of ^†halaba (i, halb) ʻto pull out the long hairs of a horse’s tail or the bristles of a pig’ and thus from [v1]?
▪ HLB_10 ^†halūb ʻaffectionate; distant, shy (woman)’: Accord. to ClassAr lexicographers (as summarized in Lane viii 1893), the adj. is used as an attribute either of a ʻ(woman) who draws near to her husband, or ingratiates herself with him; loving, affectionate, distant with respect to others’ or a woman who, contrary to the first, ʻis distant, or shy, with respect to her husband, or who alienates herself from him, or avoids or shuns him, and draws near to, or ingratiates herself with, her special friend’; the seeming contradiction is explained by some as stemming »from [v7] halabahū bi-lisānih ʻhe carped at him severely with his tongue’ because a wife carps either at her husband or at her friend, or from yawm hallāb ʻa day of gentle, constant, innocuous rain’ and in the latter sense from the same phrase as signifying ʻa day of rain attended by thunder and lightning and terrors, and destructive to dwellings’«. If this explanation reflects etymological truth, the value is fig. use of ^†[v7] ʻto lampoon’ and/or ^†[v5] ʻto drench, moisten, wetten; cold wind with rain’ as well as [v6] ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’; cf. also the double meaning in ^†ʔuhlūb ʻardour, impetuosity (in running; said of a horse); (fig.) a kind\way of speech, of praising, or eulogizing’.
▪ …

27. Cf. also ^†laylaẗ hālibaẗ ʻrainy night’; ^†hallāb, hallābaẗ ʻcold wind with rain’; ^†hallāb, halīb, muhallib ʻcold winter-day’.

▪ HLB_1: Other historically attested meanings derived from ʻhair’: ^†halaba (i, halb) ʻto pull out the long hairs of a horse’s tail or the bristles of a pig’, ^†haliba (a, halab) ʻto be hairy’, ^†hulbaẗ ʻthe hair that is above the pubes, extending near to the navel’.
▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLB-1 Ar hulb ʻcrins, soies, cheveux’, haliba ʻavoir beaucoup de cheveux’, halaba ʻarracher les cheveux, etc’; mahlūb ʻcheval à la queue coupée’, halaba ʻse moquer de, injurier’; halbaẗ ʻrigueur (de l’hiver, du sort, etc.)’, HispAr halb ʻdéfilage du tissu’, mahlūb ʻfuselé, en forme de fuseau’; maraz. hallab ʻdéchirer, mettre en lambeaux’. -2 halaba ʻfournir sans répit plusieurs courses (cheval)’, Soud. haylūb ʻchameau rapide, vif’, ? hilib ʻbateau’, ? hēlūb ʻhaut de taille’, MarazAr hᵃlab ʻcourir vite, pousser vivement devant soi’. -3 Ar halaba ʻtremper de rosée, ou de pluie’, hulābaẗ ʻarrière-faix’; ? ʔahlab, LibAr hilbaẗ ʻabondant en produits de la terre (année)’. -4 halb ʻancre, grappin, trident’, EgAr hilb ʻgrappin; croc de boucher’, hallib ʻvivre aux crochets des autres’. -5 mahallabiyyaẗ ʻflan de farine de riz à 1’eau de rose’. -6 Gz holob: sac à provision en peau . -7 Te halbä ʻfaire des incisions, saigner’. -8 Te həlbät : corde passée dans les naseaux d’un chameau.
▪ HLB_5: For Ar ^†halaba (i) ‘to soak, be wet’, Orel&Stolbova1994 #1196 see cognates in (WCh) Hs luḅuluḅū ‘sogginess’; in the items lūḅu-ri, ālub-tū, lup-ti, ləb-di, lub-ta, luḅwi-ti, luḅi-ke, luḅ‑, lub ‘to be/make wet’ in several CCh langs; and in the vb. lubi ‘to soak’ in an ECh lang.
▪ HLB_7: Ehret1995#775 suggests to regard Ar ^†halaba ʻto scold, revile’ as an extension in »extendative« *‑b from a bi-consonantal »pre-protSem« root *hl ‘to shout’, from AfrAs *‑hāl‑ / *‑hīl‑ ‘to cry, call out’, cf. ↗√HLː (HLL). Other extensions from the same pre-protSem root would be ↗√HLHL ʻto repeat a voice, or raise and lower it alternatively; bewail the dead’, ↗√HLǦ ʻto tell incredible things’, and ↗√HLS ʻto laugh, jest, crack jokes’.
▪ …

▪ ^†HLB_5: Orel&Stolbova1994 #1196 reconstructs protSem *h˅lib‑ ‘to soak, be wet’ (based exclusively on Ar), WCh *luḅ‑ < *luHub‑ (from the Hs word), CCh *luḅ‑ < *luHub‑ ‘to be/make wet’ (widely attested), and ECh *lub‑ (from 1 item) ‘to soak’, all from an hypothetical AfrAs *hulüb‑ ‘to soak’. An alternative reconstruction reflected by all Chad branches is *luhub‑.
▪ …

–

hulb هُلْب

n.coll. (n.un. ‑aẗ)

hair, bristles – Wehr1976

▪ Within the root ↗√HLB, hulb ʻhair, bristles’ seems to be the source of most of the obvious derivatives, both in MSA and ClassAr.
▪ The word itself is of unknown etymology. No cognates outside Ar.
▪ …

▪ Other historically attested meanings derived from ʻhair’: ^†halaba (i, halb) ʻto pull out the long hairs of a horse’s tail or the bristles of a pig’, ^†haliba (a, halab) ʻto be hairy’, ^†hulbaẗ ʻthe hair that is above the pubes, extending near to the navel’.
▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLB-1 Ar hulb ʻcrins, soies, cheveux’, haliba ʻavoir beaucoup de cheveux’, halaba ʻarracher les cheveux, etc’; mahlūb ʻcheval à la queue coupée’, halaba ʻse moquer de, injurier’; halbaẗ ʻrigueur (de l’hiver, du sort, etc.)’, HispAr halb ʻdéfilage du tissu’, mahlūb ʻfuselé, en forme de fuseau’; maraz. hallab ʻdéchirer, mettre en lambeaux’.
▪ …

▪ DRS regards the obsolete values ^†ʻto scold, revile, lampoon, satirize’ (^†halaba, ^†hallaba) and ^†ʻseverity, intensity (of fortune, of winter)’ (^†hulbaẗ, ^†hulubbaẗ) as belonging to this complex, prob. on account of the “hair-plucking, hair-raising” or “stinging” effect of both satire and the winter’s cold or a heavy blow of destiny.
▪ Should we also include ↗hilb ʻanchor, grapnel, grappling iron, boat hook’ in the picture? (Lane viii 1893 reports that accord. to some ClassAr lexicographers, pigs’ bristles were used to sew skins etc., hence *ʻbristles > needle > hook’?).
▪ ClassAr ^†ĭhtalaba, vb. VIII, ʻto unsheath (a sword)’ is perh. fig. use of ^†halaba (i, halb) ʻto pull out the long hairs of a horse’s tail or the bristles of a pig’, and thus from hulb.
▪ …

–

►haliba, a (halab), vb. I, to be hairy, covered with hair
►halib, adj., hairy, covered with hair; shaggy, hirsute
►ʔahlabᵘ, f. halbāʔᵘ, pl. hulb, adj., hairy, hirsute, shaggy
For other values attached to the root, see ↗hilb, ↗hulābaẗ, and ↗mahallabiyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√HLB.

hilb هِلْب , pl. ʔahlāb

n.

anchor, grapnel, grappling iron, boat hook – Wehr1976

▪ Of obscure etymology. Is it akin to, and perh. even a development from, ↗hulb ʻhair, bristles’? Lane viii 1893 reports that accord. to some ClassAr lexicographers, pigs’ bristles were used to sew skins etc. – So, perh. *ʻbristles > needle > hook’?
▪ For DRS , hilb is an EgAr var., while the actual item is halb.
▪ Any relation to ↗ḥalbaẗ (pl. ḥalāʔibᵘ), which, accord. to Hava1899, also can mean ^†ʻanchor’ (though the regular meaning is ʻarena, race track’, in itself without obvious relation to ʻanchor’)?
▪ …

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLB-4 LibAr halb ʻancre, grappin, trident’, EgAr hilb ʻgrappin; croc de boucher’, hallib ʻvivre aux crochets des autres’.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

For other values attached to the root, see ↗hulb, ↗hulābaẗ, and ↗mahallabiyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√HLB.

hulābaẗ هُلابة

n.f.

lochia (med.; vaginal discharge after giving birth) – Wehr1976

▪ Etymology obscure. – DRS puts the item together with ^†ʻto drench, moisten, wetten (by lasting rain or dew)’. Should we add ^†ʻto continue running, run uninterruptedly’? See root entry ↗HLB for more details.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLB-3 Ar halaba ʻtremper de rosée, ou de pluie’, hulābaẗ ʻarrière-faix’; ? ʔahlab, LibAr hilbaẗ ʻabondant en produits de la terre (année)’.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

For other values attached to the root, see ↗hulb, ↗hilb, and ↗mahallabiyyaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√HLB.

mahallabiyyaẗ مَهَلَّبيّة , var. muhallabiyyaẗ

n.f.

a dessert resembling blancmange, made of rice flour, milk and sugar – Wehr1976

▪ Traditionally, the popular blancmange-like dessert called mahallabiyyaẗ or muhallabiyyaẗ is explained as a derivation from ↗ḥalab ʻmilk’ (see Nişanyan’s etymology, quoted below, section WEST). However, while the h instead of ḥ may be due to a re-import from Tu (where original Ar ḥ would have lost emphatic articulation), the morphological structure of the word – a f. nisba formation based on a PP II – runs contrary to such an interpretation, as form II is not attested and a nisba of PP II ʻmilk’ would mean *ʻbelonging to s.th. made milky, or milk-like’. In reality, we are prob. dealing with a popular re-interpretation of ^†maḥlabiyyaẗ ʻperfume containing ↗maḥlab’, i.e., ʻmahaleb’, a substance produced from the kernels of the St Lucie cherry. Mahaleb may have been used to flavour the sweet milky dish. The var. mahallabiyyaẗ (with ma‑ instead of mu‑) would support such an etymology.
▪ Alternatively, one may think of muhallabiyyaẗ as *ʻdish flavoured with ^†ḥalbānaẗ ʻstorax/galbanum’; see ↗ḥalab and root entry ↗√ḤLB.
▪ …

▪ ^†muḥallabaẗ ‘gelée mince de lait, de riz, d’amidon et d’un peu de parfum’, ^†muḥallabiyyaẗ ‘espèce de gelée’ – Dozy1881.
▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLB-5 mahallabiyyaẗ ʻflan de farine de riz à 1’eau de rose’.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

▪ Tu mahallebi, var. muhallebi: 1451 muḥallebī ʻmilky’ (anon., Ferec baʕd eş-şiddeẗ) ḳalye-i Reşīdī, herīse-i muḥallebī, ḥalāve-i Meʔmūnī; 1665 ʻdessert made from milk’ (Evliyā Çelebī, Seyāḥatnāme) zülbiyāt u ḥulviyātı ve baklavası ve palūdesi ve muḥallebīsi ve ṣayf u şitāda [yaz kış] üçer kāse ḫoşābı. Nişanyan is convinced that the Tu word is from Ar *muḥallab ʻmilky, made with milk’ (< Ar ḥalab ʻmilk’), but adds as a note that »[a]lthough it is certain that it is of Ar origin, its Ar equivalent is not been attested« – Nişanyan_22Dec2014. – Nişanyan is not right: at least the dish mentioned by Evliyā Çelebī seems to be the muḥallabaẗ ‘gelée mince de lait, de riz, d’amidon et d’un peu de parfum’ or muḥallabiyyaẗ ‘espèce de gelée’ registered by Dozy1881 and others on the basis of Ar lexicographers. And: the Tu preference for the variant mahallebi instead of muhallebi indicates that a derivation from ↗maḥlab ʻmahaleb’, as suggested above (section CONC), should not be unlikely.
▪ …

For other values attached to the root, see ↗hulb, ↗hilb, and ↗hulābaẗ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√HLB. – For the ʻtrue’ etymon, see ↗ḥalab and root entry ↗√ḤLB.

HLʕ هلع

“root”

▪ HLʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HLʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HLʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be restless, be anxious, be fearful; to be mean, be greedy, become hungry; a cowardly person, dread, anxiety, fear; impatience; a fast-running she-camel’

▪ …

–

.

–

HLK هلك

“root”

▪ HLK_1 ‘…’ ↗halaka
▪ HLK_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to die, to perish, to expire; to ruin; to harm, to consume, to spend; to lose one’s way; to run away fast; to apply o.s. in earnest, to do one’s utmost’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

–

halak‑ هلك , i (halk, hulk, halāk, tahlukaẗ)

vb., I

to perish; to die; to be annihilated, wiped out, destroyed – WehrCowan1979

From Sem *√HLK ‘to go, walk’. The meaning ‘to perish’ is a semantic extension, attested also in other Sem languages that have preserved the original basic meaning ‘to go, walk’. ClassAr still has ^†tahallaka, vb. V, and ^†tahālaka, vb. VI, both in the sense of ‘to swagger gracefully in one’s walk’ (said of a woman).

▪ …

▪ DRS 5 (1995) #HLK- 1. Akk alāku, Ug hlk, Hbr hālak, Phoen Pun Moab hlk, oAram EmpAram BiblAram hlk, hk, Nab Palm hlk, Syr Mand hallek ‘aller, marcher, s’en aller’, Ar halaka ‘périr, être détruit’, tahālaka ‘marcher avec grâce (femme )’, ĭhtalaka ‘marcher avec fierté; se jeter sur qn’, ĭstahlaka ‘détruire, mettre hors d’usage; confisquer’, MSA ‘dépenser, consommer’; EgAr hālik ‘mortel; déchet industriel’, hālūk ‘plante parasite de certaines cultures’, SaudAr halākīt ‘mouvement’; Qat hlk ‘se comporter’, šhlk ‘achever’, Mhr hīlek, Jib helk ‘être très fatigué et assoiffé; regretter un disparu’, ehulk ‘annihiler’, héläk ‘difficulté, impasse’, Mhr hōlək ‘décédé’, hələkt ‘soif’, Soq htlk ‘périr’, Te halkä ‘s’efforcer de, s’exténuer; mourir, crever’, haläkä ‘troubler’, halkay ‘fatigué’, Tña haläkä ‘se fatiguer, s’agiter; aller et venir d’un endroit à l’autre sans raison’, halläkä, Amh tälaläkä ‘s’obstiner à faire qc.’, əlkam ‘têtu’. – […]

▪ For further discussion see Kogan 2015: 234, 264.
▪ Dolgopolsky 2012 #771 finds parallels (with metathesis) in Berb *√HKL ‘to walk’ and reconstructs Nostr *haL˅Ḳ˹u˺ ‘to step, to walk’.

▪ Not from Ar halaka but from pBibl Hbr hᵃlāḵāh ‘rule, tradition’ (from hālaḵ ‘to go’) is Engl Halacha – Huehnergard 2011.

► hallaka, vb. II, and ʔahlaka, vb. IV, to ruin, destroy: D- and *Š-stem, respectively; caus. of I | ʔahlaka ’l-ḥarṯ wa’l-nasl, expr., to destroy lock, stock and barrel
► tahālaka, vb. VI, to exert o.s., do o.’s utmost (fī in); to pounce, fall, throw o.s. (ʕalà upon); to fight desperately (ʕalà for); to covet, crave (ʕalà s.th.); to feel enthusiasm (ʕalà for), devote o.s. eagerly (ʕalà to), go all out (ʕalà for); to become languid, tired, weak; to drop in utter exhaustion (ʕalà on); to break down, collapse
► ĭnhalaka, vb. VII, and ĭhtalaka, vb. VIII, to risk danger, imperil o.s., act desperately: N- and T-stem, respectively, both reflexive.
► ĭstahlaka, vb. X, to exert o.s., do o.’s utmost (fī in); to waste, squander, spend, exhaust, use up, consume (s.th.); to discharge, pay off, amortize (a debt); pass. ŭstuhlika to perish, die: *Št-stem, self-reflexive of caus. (II, IV).
► hulk, n., death; destruction, ruin: vn. I
► halkaẗ, halakaẗ, n.f., total ruin, destruction; disaster; jeopardy, perilous situation, danger
► halāk, n., ruin, destruction; perdition, eternal damnation: vn. I.
► mahlakaẗ, mahlukaẗ, mahlikaẗ, pl. mahālikᵘ, n.f., dangerous place, danger spot; dangerous situation; danger, peril: n.loc.
► tahlukaẗ, n.f., ruin; jeopardy, perilous situation, danger: taFʕuLaẗ pattern.
► ^BP#3014 ĭstihlāk, n., consumption; attrition, wear and tear; discharge, amortization: vn. X.
► mutahālik, adj., broken down, downandout; exhausted: PA VI.
► tahāluk, n., enthusiasm, zeal, ardour (ʕalà for), (vivid) interest (ʕalà in); weakness, fatigue, languor
► ^BP#3014 ĭstihlāk, n., consumption; attrition, wear and tear; discharge, amortization: vn. X.
► ^BP#4698 ĭstihlākī, adj., consumer- (in compounds; e.g., goods, prices, etc.): nisba formation of the preceding.
► hālik, pl. halkà, hullak, hullāk, hawālikᵘ, adj., perishing, dying; dead; mortal, destructible, perishable; doomed to perdition, damned; irretrievably lost, irredeemable
► muhlik, adj., destructive, devastating, annihilating, scathing, withering; pernicious, ruinous, dangerous, perilous, deadly, lethal; n., medium of destruction or extermination
► ^BP#2985 mustahlik, n., consumer: PA X.
► mustahlak, n., consumption

HLMM هلمّ

“root”

▪ HLMM_1 ‘(interjection)’ ↗halumma
▪ HLMM_2 ‘...’ ↗...

▪ [v1] : interjection, quasi-imper. vb. used indeclinably. »It is said to consist of either attention-drawing particle hā + imper. vb. lumma ‘gather’ or interrogative particle hal + perf. vb. ʔamma ‘to intend, go for’) I [intrans. with prep. ʔilà] ‘come, come along’ (33:18) ‘God could take to task [lit. knows] the hinderers among you, and those who say to their brothers, “Come, join us”’; II [trans.] ‘bring forward, produce’ (6: 150) ‘produce your witnesses who testify that God has forbidden this’« – BAH2008

–

.

–

HMː (HMM) همّ / همم

“root”

▪ HMː (HMM)_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HMː (HMM)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘sorrow, anxiety, concern, to cause distress; importance, serious matter; errand, assignment; to go about one’s business, to fend for o.s.; to intend to do, to be about to do; ability, high capability, highly accomplished and capable person; vermin, pest, reptiles, insects in general; to plot, to have bad designs; murmuring sounds, to melt down’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

ĭhtamm‑ / ĭhtamam‑ اِهْتَمَّ / اِهْتَمَمْـ

vb., VIII

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HMǦ همج

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

hamaǧiyyaẗ هَمَجيّة

n.f.

.

▪ abstr. formation in -iyyaẗ

.

HMD همد

“root”

▪ HMD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘silence, death, to die away, die down, abate; (of land) to be barren, be lifeless, (of a garment) to fall to shreds’

▪ …

–

.

–

HMR همر

“root”

▪ HMR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pour down, shed, a shower of rain, rain clouds; to talk too much, a talkative person; to give generously’

▪ …

–

.

–

HMZ همز

“root”

▪ HMZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HMZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to prod, poke, push, prick, squeeze; to spur, goad on; to insinuate, inspire evil thoughts, set people against one another, backbite’

▪ Ar root *√HMZ ‘to prick, urge on, prod’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

HMS همس

“root”

▪ HMS_1 ‘to mumble, mutter, whisper’ ↗hamasa
▪ HMS_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘1 to whisper, mumble, mutter; 2 to squeeze, move stealthily’

▪ Of the two values mentioned for ClassAr in BAH2008 and for Sem in DRS 5, only one is still found in MSA.

–

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HMS-1 Hbr *hāmas ‘imaginer’, TargAram hammes ‘réfléchir’, Syr hᵉmas ‘penser; se diriger vers’, Ar hamasa ‘marmotter, parler bas; mastiquer sans ouvrir la bouche’, hams ‘son très léger, secret’, EgAr hamas ‘toucher légèrement; chuchoter’, hamsaẗ ‘chuchotement; instant’. -2 Hbr hᵃmāsīm (pl.) ‘petit bois, branchages’.

▪ …
▪ …

–

hamas‑ هَمَسَ , i (hams)

vb., I

to mumble, mutter; to whisper (bi‑ s.th., ʔilà to s.o.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ eC7 hams (whispering, muttering, faint murmur) Q 20:108 wa-ḫašaʕat-i ’l-ʔaṣwāṭu lil-raḥmāni fa-lā tasmaʕu ʔillā hamsan ‘voices will be hushed for the Lord of Mercy, so you will hear only whispering’

▪ DRS 5 (1995)#HMS-1 Hbr *hāmas ‘imaginer’, TargAram hammes ‘réfléchir’, Syr hᵉmas ‘penser; se diriger vers’, Ar hamasa ‘marmotter, parler bas; mastiquer sans ouvrir la bouche’, hams ‘son très léger, secret’, EgAr hamas ‘toucher légèrement; chuchoter’, hamsaẗ ‘chuchotement; instant’.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► hamasa fī ʔuḏni-hī, vb. I, to whisper in s.o.’s ear
► tahāmasa, vb. VI, to whisper together, exchange whispered remarks: tL-stem, recip.
► ^BP#4458hams, n., mutter(ing), mumble; whisper(ing): vn. I.
► hamsaẗ, n.f., pianissimo of a singer; whisper; pl. hamasāt, whispering, whispers: n.un. (?)
► hawāmisᵘ, n.pl., mumbled or whispered words: pl. of an obsol. PA *hāmis (?).
► mahmūs, adj., voiceless, unvoices (sound; phon.); pl. ‑āt, voiceless sounds: PP I.

HNʔ هنء

“root”

▪ HNʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HNʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HNʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘benefits coming with no toil; to be healthy, (of food) to be wholesome, feed, give generously, bring pleasure; to congratulate; (of animals) to graze well; to cover the skin of a camel with pitch’

▪ …

–

.

–

HNDS هندس

“root”

▪ HNDS_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HNDS_2 ‘…’ …

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

handasaẗ هَنْدَسَة

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

muhandis مُهَنْدِس

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HW هو

“root”

▪ HW_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HW_2 ‘…’ …

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

huwiyyaẗ هُوِيَّة

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HWD هود

“root”

▪ HWD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWD_3 ‘the Jews’ ↗yahūd (arranged s.r. ↗√YHWD)
▪ HWD_4 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘repentance, to mend one’s ways; to proceed gently and solemnly; to be indulgent, be conciliatory, solemnity; to be a Jew, be Jewish, Jewry; to sing, intoxicate’

▪ Some philologists consider hāda and hūd (meaning to become Jewish) a borrowing from Hbr – BAH2008

–

.

–

HWR هور

“root”

▪ HWR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to collapse, crash down, be weak; to pass away, come to an end, death; to be reckless, be rash; to endanger; to guess’

▪ …

–

.

–

HWS هوس

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

hawas هَوَس

n.

.

▪ …

.

HWM هوم

“root”

▪ HWM_1 ‘head; crown, vertex; top, summit’ ↗hāmaẗ
▪ HWM_2 ‘to nod drowsily (head of s.o. falling asleep); to doze off, doze, nap’ ↗hawwama
Other items, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†HWM_3 ‘depressed tracts of land’: ^†hawm; cf. also ^†hawmaẗ, ^†hawmāẗ ‘extensive plain’
▪ ^†HWM_4 ‘medicinal plant, kind of jasmine used against calculus’: ^†hawm al-maǧūs
▪ ^†HWM_5 ‘…’: ^†…

▪ [gen] : DRS groups [v1] hāmaẗ ‘head, vertex’ and [v2] hawwama ‘to nod drowsily, doze off’ together with other items that EtymArab prefers to treat separately, under ↗HYM. Taken these doubtful cognates away, Ar hāmaẗ and hawwama seem to remain rather isolated.
▪ [v2] : probably dependent on [v1]. DRS seems to take their interrelatedness as an unquestionable given.
▪ ^†[v3] : DRS likewise groups this value together with [v1]/[v2] and some HYM items. But what would link them semantically?
▪ ^†[v4] : ?
▪ …

▪ [v1] : The adj. ^†ʔahwamᵘ ‘big-headed’, now obsolete, is certainly related to hāmaẗ ‘head’, and a classical Ar al-^†hawwām for ‘the lion’ seems to be *‘the big-headed one’.
▪ …

▪ DRS #HW/YM-1 Hbr *hām ‘mettre en déroute’, məhūmāʰ ‘affolement, panique’, oAram hwm, thm ‘être hors de soi , se lamenter’, Syr hūmā ‘persécution ( ? )’. – Ar hāma ‘errer comme un fou; aimer éperdument; avoir soif’, huyām, hiyām ‘amour passionné, soif ardente’, haymiyāʔ ‘fascination, exorcisme des démons’; DaṯAr hām ‘disparaître’, EAr hāme ‘spectre, fantôme’. – hāmaẗ ‘tête, sommet de la tête; chouette’, hawwama ‘secouer la tête en sommeillant’, hāma ‘dormir’. – hawm ‘intérieur de la terre’, hawmaẗ ‘vaste plaine’, haymāʔ ‘désert’, hayām, huyām ‘sable mouvant’, ʔahyamᵘ ‘sombre (nuit)’. -2 tahayyum ‘démarche élégante’. -3 SaudAr hām ‘serpent’, hawām: insectes en général, reptiles, vers; ? hēm: irritation que provoquent certains petits insectes chez les gallinacés. -4 Amh homa ‘troupe d’éléphants’
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

hāmaẗ هامة , pl. -āt, hām

n.f.

1 head; 2 crown, vertex; 3 top, summit; 4 see also ↗HMː (HMM) – WehrCowan1976

▪ [gen] : DRS groups hāmaẗ ‘head, vertex’ and hawwama ‘to nod drowsily, doze off’ together with other items that EtymArab prefers to treat separately, under ↗HYM. Taken these doubtful cognates away, Ar hāmaẗ and hawwama seem to remain rather isolated.
▪ [v2] and [v3] are abstractions from [v1].
▪ DRS HW/YM-1 groups hāmaẗ together with the (now obsolete) ^†hawm ‘depressed tracts of land’, ^†hawmaẗ, ^†hawmāẗ ‘extensive plain’ (↗^†HWM_3). But it remains unclear in which way the two values should be related.
▪ …

▪ [v1] : The value ^†‘owl’ (chouette) given by DRS for hāmaẗ in addition to ‘head, top of head’ (tête, sommet de la tête) may be on account of the owl’s big head; see also next paragraph.
▪ [v1] : The adj. ^†ʔahwamᵘ ‘big-headed’, now obsolete, is certainly related to hāmaẗ ‘head’, and a classical Ar al-^†hawwām for ‘the lion’ seems to be *‘the big-headed one’.
▪ …

▪ DRS #HW/YM-1 Hbr *hām ‘mettre en déroute’, məhūmāʰ ‘affolement, panique’, oAram hwm, thm ‘être hors de soi , se lamenter’, Syr hūmā ‘persécution ( ? )’. – Ar hāma ‘errer comme un fou; aimer éperdument; avoir soif’, huyām, hiyām ‘amour passionné, soif ardente’, haymiyāʔ ‘fascination, exorcisme des démons’; DaṯAr hām ‘disparaître’, EAr hāme ‘spectre, fantôme’. – hāmaẗ ‘tête, sommet de la tête; chouette’, hawwama ‘secouer la tête en sommeillant’, hāma ‘dormir’. – hawm ‘intérieur de la terre’, hawmaẗ ‘vaste plaine’, haymāʔ ‘désert’, hayām, huyām ‘sable mouvant’, ʔahyamᵘ ‘sombre (nuit)’. -2 tahayyum ‘démarche élégante’. -3 SaudAr hām ‘serpent’, hawām: insectes en général, reptiles, vers; ? hēm: irritation que provoquent certains petits insectes chez les gallinacés. -4 Amh homa ‘troupe d’éléphants’
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

►hawwama, vb. II, 1a to nod drowsily (head of s.o. falling asleep); b to doze off, fall asleep; c to doze, nap: D-stem, prob. denom.
►tahawwama, vb. V, 1a to doze off, fall asleep; b to doze, nap: tD-stem, t-stem of preceding item (underlining self-referentiality?), prob. denom.
Cf. perhaps also ↗√HYM.

hawwam‑ هوّم (tahwīm)

vb. II

1a to nod drowsily (head of s.o. falling asleep); b to doze off, fall asleep; c to doze, nap – WehrCowan1976

▪ prob. dependent (denom.) on ↗hāmaẗ ‘head, top of head’
▪ …

▪ …

▪ See ↗hāmaẗ

▪ …

–

►tahawwama, vb. V, 1a to doze off, fall asleep; b to doze, nap: tD-stem (t- to underline self-referentiality?)
Cf. perhaps also ↗√HYM.

HWN هون

“root”

▪ HWN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HWN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘humiliation, disgrace; to ridicule, value lightly, be despicable; to be weak, be meek; to be easy; to be amiable; to be moderate; to be solemn, be gentle’

▪ …

–

.

–

HWY هوي

“root”

▪ HWY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HWY_2 ‘…’ …
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the atmosphere between the earth and the sky, air, emptiness, void; to fall down, to swoop down, to cause to fall, to speed up; inclination, desire, love, altruistic motives; foolish person; temptation, to tempt, to seduce, to enchant; (bottomless) abyss; narrow opening between mountains’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl 1 Yahweh, from Hbr yahweh, assumed ancient pronunciation of the name of the God of Israel, perh. meaning ‘he sends down (the hosts of heaven)’, caus. stem of hāwâ, hāyâ ‘to fall, happen, be’. – 2 Jehovah, modern mispronunciation (since C16) of Yahweh, in which the Hbr consonants Y-H-W-H were pronounced with the vowels of the Hbr word ʔă>dōnāy, which were added to the Hbr consonantal text of the Bible to indicate that the latter word was to be read instead of the divine name. – 3 Various short forms of Hbr yahweh, found mostly in personal names: (a) Jah, from Hbr yāh, short for yahweh, also appearing in the following personal names: Jedidiah, from Hbr yᵊdîdyāh ‘beloved of Yahweh’ (cf. Ar ↗wadda); Matthew, from Hbr mattayyāh (< *mattan-yāh) ‘gift of Yahweh’ (cf. Ar ↗ʔaʕṭà); Nehemiah, from Hbr nᵊḥemyāh ‘Yahweh comforted’; Obadiah, from Hbr ʕōbadyāh ‘servant of Yahweh’ (cf. Ar ↗ʕabd); Tobit, from Hbr ṭôbīyāh ‘my good (is) Yahweh’ (cf. Ar ↗ṭayyib); Uriah, from Hbr ʔûrîyāh ‘my light (is) Yahweh’ (Hbr ʔûr-î ‘my light’); Zechariah, from Hbr zᵊkaryāh ‘Yahweh has remembered’ (cf. Ar ↗ḏakara); Zephaniah, from Hbr ṣᵊpanyāh ‘Yahweh has hidden, Yahweh has treasured’; (b) with the longer yāh(û): Hezekiah, from Hbr ḥizqîyāh(û) ‘my strength (is) Yahweh’; Isaiah, from Hbr yᵊšaʕyāhû ‘salvation of Yahweh’; Jeremiah, jeremiad, from Hbr yirmᵊyāhû ‘Yahweh has established’; Elijah, from Hbr ʔēlîyāhû ‘my God (is) Yahweh’ (see ʔl); (c) from Hbr yô, short form of yahweh ‘Yahweh’: Joab, from Hbr yôʔāb ‘Yahweh (is) father’ (cf. Ar ↗ʔab / ʕabū); Joel, from Hbr yôʔēl ‘Yahweh (is) God’ (cf. Ar ↗ʔilāh, ↗aḷḷāh); John, from Hbr yôḥānān ‘Yahweh has been gracious’ (cf. Ar ↗ḥanān); Jonathan, from Hbr yônātān ‘Yahweh has given’ (cf. Ar ↗ʔaʕṭà); (d) from the short form yᵊhô: Jehoshaphat, from Hbr yᵊhôšāpāṭ ‘Yahweh has judged’ (Hbr šāpāṭ ‘he has judged’; cf. perh. Ar ↗SFṬ); Jesus, from Hbr yēšûaʕ, shortening of yᵊhôšûaʕ ‘Joshua’ (see above); Joshua, from yᵊhôšûaʕ, perh. ‘Yahweh (is) lord’ (Hbr *šûaʕ ‘lord’, < protSem √*ṮWʕ) or ‘Yahweh is salvation’ (Hbr *šûaʕ ‘salvation’, from protSem √*WṮʕ).↗

–

hawāʔ هَواء

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

hawà / haway‑ هَوَى / هَوَيْـ

vb., I

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ From protSem *√HWY/HYY ‘to fall, happen, be, become’ – Huehnergard2011.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HYʔ هيأ

“root”

▪ HYʔ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HYʔ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘form, shape, bearing, to be shapely, to be well-formed; to make ready, to prepare things, to facilitate, to assist; to yearn for, to desire’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

hayʔaẗ هَيْئَة

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HYT هيت

“root”

▪ HYT_1 ‘/an interjection?)’ ↗hayta

▪ [v1] : see ↗hayta

–

.

–

hayta هَيْتَ

(interjection?)

(interjection)

▪ BAH2008: »This word occurs once in the Qur’an and is subject to great controversy regarding the way it is read, the grammatical category to which it is assigned, and its language of origin. It is read most commonly as hayta, but may also be read as hiʔti, hiʔta, hiʔtu, hīta, hiʔti, hayti, huyyiʔtu, huyyītu, and hā ʔanā. Grammatically, it is classified as either a quasi-verb (ĭsm fiʕl), perfect (māḍī), or imperative (ʔamr), or a perfective verb which may be either a passive (maǧhūl) or active (maʕlūm) verb. Although some etymologists say the word is of Ar origin, others argue that it is a Hbr, Syr or Copt borrowing. In spite of these differences of opinion, there is general agreement as to the meaning of the word thanks to the clearly delimited linguistic context within which the word is used in the Qur’anic verse and thanks to the clearly defined role the entire verse plays within the context of the situation detailed in this sura: ‘come on’, ‘I am all yours’, ‘I am ready for you’ (12:23) ‘she securely bolted the doors and said, “Here, I’m yours”, and he replied, “God forbid [lit. , I seek refuge with God]”’

–

.

–

HYǦ هيج

“root”

▪ HYǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HYǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HYǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to get excited, be stirred up, be furious, be inflamed; war; to cause to dry up, wither away, shrivel, be thirsty’

▪ …

–

.

–

HYKL هيكل

“root”

▪ HYKL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HYKL_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

haykal هَيْكَل

n.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

HYL هيل

“root”

▪ HYL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HYL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ HYL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to pour down, slide down, (of sand or earth in a pit) to trick.le down, heap up (sand or earth), cause to pour down, avalanching sand dunes, gang up; a halo’

▪ …

–

.

–

HYM هيم

“root”

▪ HYM_1 ‘to roam, rove, wander about aimlessly’ ↗hāma; ‘burning thirst; passionate love’ ↗huyām, hiyām
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†HYM_2 ‘quick-sand, drift-sand’: ^†huyām (pl. huyum); cf. also ^†haymāʔᵘ ‘waterless desert’
▪ ^†HYM_3 ‘starless’: in ^†layl ʔahyamᵘ, ^†laylaẗ haymāʔᵘ ‘starless night’
▪ ^†HYM_4 ‘to take care of o.s.’: ĭhtāma li-nafsi-h (vb. VIII); cf. also him (vb. I) li-nafsi-ka ‘mind thy own business!’
▪ ^†HYM_5 ‘…’ : ^†…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to wander about aimlessly, be confused, be bewildered, be puzzled, be robbed of the senses; to be infatuated, be enchanted, be carried away; to be demented by thirst, a waterless desert’

▪ [gen] : DRS HW/YM-1 arranges HWM and HYM items together in one group, while a relation between them is not obvious. For ‘head’ and ‘to doze off’ see therefore ↗HWM.
▪ [v1] : Given the Hbr and Aram cognates, it seems that the primary value was *‘(to wander about in) confusion, panic’. But should the reason for *‘confusion, panic’ be secondary? One may assume that *‘thirst’ was first and that all other values developed from there. ‘Passionate love’ would then be metaphoric use of *‘thirst’, and ‘wandering about aimlessly’ an extension built on ‘to be thirsty, be demented by thirst’. From there, it is not far to the next stage, that of ‘to be(come) confused, robbed of one’s senses (either as a result of thirst or of passionate love)’.
▪ ^†[v2] : cf. ↗^†HWM_3? Or rather related to [v1] ‘to wander about aimlessly’?
▪ ^†[v3] : dto. ?
▪ ^†[v4] : prob. a var. of ĭhtamma, see ↗HMː (HMM).
▪ …

–

▪ DRS HW/YM-1 Hbr *hām ‘mettre en déroute’, məhūmāʰ ‘affolement, panique’, oAram hwm, thm ‘être hors de soi, se lamenter’, Syr hūmā ‘persécution ( ? )’. – Ar hāma ‘errer comme un fou; aimer éperdument; avoir soif’, huyām, hiyām ‘amour passionné, soif ardente’, haymiyāʔ ‘fascination, exorcisme des démons’; DaṯAr hām ‘disparaître’, EAr hāme ‘spectre, fantôme’. – hāmaẗ ‘tête, sommet de la tête; chouette’, hawwama ‘secouer la tête en sommeillant’, hāma ‘dormir’. – hawm ‘intérieur de la terre’, hawmaẗ ‘vaste plaine’, haymāʔ ‘désert’, hayām, huyām ‘sable mouvant’, ʔahyamᵘ ‘sombre (nuit)’. -2 tahayyum ‘démarche élégante’. -3 SaudAr hām ‘serpent’, hawām: insectes en général, reptiles, vers; ? hēm: irritation que provoquent certains petits insectes chez les gallinacés. -4 Amh homa ‘troupe d’éléphants’
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ DRS #HW/YM-1 suggests to compare also ↗ʔWM.
▪ …

–

hām‑ / him‑ هام / هِمْـ , i (haym, hayamān; huyām, hiyām)

vb. I

I (haym, hayamān) 1a to fall in love (bi‑ with); b to be in love (bi‑ with); 2a to be enthusiastic, ecstatic, frantic, beside o.s.; b to be in raptures, be crazy (bi‑ about), be gone on (bi‑); 3 to roam, rove, wander; – II (huyām, hiyām) to thirst (bi‑ for) – WehrCowan1976

▪ [gen] : DRS HW/YM-1 arranges HYM together with HWM items in one group, while a relation between them is not obvious. For ‘head’ and ‘to doze off’ see therefore ↗HWM.
▪ [gen] : Given the Hbr and Aram cognates, it seems that the primary value was *‘(to wander about in) confusion, panic’, i.e., [vI-3]. But should the reason for *‘confusion, panic’ be secondary? One may assume that [vII] *‘thirst’ was first and that all other values developed from there. ‘Passionate love’ would then be metaphoric use of *‘thirst’, and ‘wandering about aimlessly’ an extension built on ‘to be thirsty, be demented by thirst’. From there, it is not far to the next stage, that of ‘to be(come) confused, robbed of one’s senses (either as a result of thirst or of passionate love)’.
▪ See also below, section HIST.
▪ …

▪ Cf. also ^†ʔahyamᵘ (f. haymāʔᵘ, pl. hīm) ‘affected with unquenchable thirst (camel)’
▪ Relation to ^†huyām (pl. huyum) ‘quick-sand, drift-sand’ and ^†haymāʔᵘ ‘waterless desert’ unclear (↗^†HYM_2).
▪ It is likewise unclear whether the hāma items treated in this entry are related to the idea of ‘starlessness’, as in ^†layl ʔahyamᵘ, ^†laylaẗ haymāʔᵘ ‘starless night’ (↗^†HYM_3).
▪ …

▪ DRS HW/YM-1 Hbr *hām ‘mettre en déroute’, məhūmāʰ ‘affolement, panique’, oAram hwm, thm ‘être hors de soi, se lamenter’, Syr hūmā ‘persécution ( ? )’. – Ar hāma ‘errer comme un fou; aimer éperdument; avoir soif’, huyām, hiyām ‘amour passionné, soif ardente’, haymiyāʔ ‘fascination, exorcisme des démons’; DaṯAr hām ‘disparaître’, EAr hāme ‘spectre, fantôme’. – hāmaẗ ‘tête, sommet de la tête; chouette’, hawwama ‘secouer la tête en sommeillant’, hāma ‘dormir’. – hawm ‘intérieur de la terre’, hawmaẗ ‘vaste plaine’, haymāʔ ‘désert’, hayām, huyām ‘sable mouvant’, ʔahyamᵘ ‘sombre (nuit)’. -2 tahayyum ‘démarche élégante’. -3 SaudAr hām ‘serpent’, hawām: insectes en général, reptiles, vers; ? hēm: irritation que provoquent certains petits insectes chez les gallinacés. -4 Amh homa ‘troupe d’éléphants’
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ DRS #HW/YM-1 suggests to compare also ↗ʔWM.
▪ …

–

►hāma ʕalà wajhih, expr., to wander aimlessly about
►hāma fī widyān, expr., approx.: he was no longer himself, was floating in higher regions, was beside himself, out of his senses;
►hāma bi-ʔanẓārih, expr., to let one’s eyes wander
►hayyama, vb. II, 1a to confuse, bewilder, puzzle, mystify, mislead; b to infatuate, enchant, captivate, carry away, rob of his senses (s.o.; of love): D-stem, caus. (mainly of [v2])
►ŭstuhyima, vb. X, pass., 1a to be infatuated, enchanted, captivated, carried away; b to be passionately in love: pass. of *Št-stem, self-ref. of caus. *Š-stem
►huyām, hiyām, n., 1 passionate love; 2 burning thirst: vn. I
►hayūm, adj., confused, puzzled, baffled, mystified, perplexed: ints. adj. in FaʕūL
►haymānᵘ, f. haymà, pl. hiyām, adj., 1 madly in love; 2 very thirsty: ints. formation in ‑ān
►hāʔim, pl. huyyam, huyyām, adj., 1a perplexed, mystified, baffled, puzzled, confused; b out of one’s senses, beside o.s.; c in love, mad with love: PA I
►mustahām, adj., in love, mad with love: PP X
Cf. perhaps also ↗√HWM.

HYMN هيمن

“root”

▪ HYMN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ HYMN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to witness, to stand as witness, a witness; to allay fears; to provide proof; important issues; to take care of others, to be trusted with, to be in control of, to be in a position of trust, to be trustworthy’. – Some philologists consider this to be a trilateral root derived from the root ʔMN (q.v.).

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

haymanaẗ هَيْمَنَة

n.f.

… – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

wāw واو

R₁

The letter w of the Arabic alphabet.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WāḤ واح

“root”

Only in ↗wāḥaẗ ‘oasis’.

See ↗wāḥaẗ ‘oasis’.

–

See CONC.

▪ See ↗wāḥaẗ.

–

wāḥaẗ واحَة , pl. ‑āt

n.f.

oasis – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Mostly thought to be a borrowing from Copt (S) waḥe ‘oasis; [properly:] dwelling place’, but thought to be older by Corriente2008, hence directly from Eg wḥ3.t ‘region of the Oases’

▪ No hit in HDAL for pre-Abbasid sources.
▪ Hava1899 lists also a masculine form: wāḥ (pl. -āt) ‘oasis’

▪ No entry in DRS.
▪ …

▪ Lokotsch1927 #2152, EtymOnline, Behnstedt2006, Westendorf2008: from Copt (S) waḥe ‘oasis; [properly:] dwelling place’ (< Eg wḥ3.t – ErmanGrapow1921, TLAe) (Lokotsch: and Eg sa-, sō ‘to drink’) > Ar wāḥaẗ, Grk óasis > lLat oasis > Fr oasis, Engl oasis (C16)
▪ Cf. however Corriente2008: in view of its presence in CA dictionaries, the borrowing must have happened much earlier, from Eg wḥ3.t ‘region of the Oases’.

▪ (Eg wḥ3.t >) Copt (S) waḥe ‘oasis; [properly:] dwelling place’ not only gave Ar wāḥaẗ but also Grk óasis, whence lLat oasis > Fr oasis, Engl oasis (C16), Ge Oase (C18).

►

WʔD وءد

“root”

▪ WʔD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʔD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʔD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘loud thudding sound, sound of heavy steps on the ground; to be swallowed by the earth; to bury alive, particularly a newborn girl; to be deliberate, solemnity’

▪ …

–

.

–

WʔL وءل

“root”

▪ WʔL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʔL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʔL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘place where floodwaters gather; close members of the family, protection; to run for one’s life’

▪ …

–

.

–

WBR وبر

“root”

▪ WBR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hair of camels, goats, foxes or rabbits; Bedouin; to obliterate one’s tracks; to pollinate palm trees’

▪ …

–

.

–

WBQ وبق

“root”

▪ WBQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shameful act, grave offence; to humiliate, destroy, end in ruin; to detain’

▪ …

–

.

–

WBL وبل

“root”

▪ WBL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WBL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a large thick stick, a bundle of firewood; bad consequences; heavy rain; to be unhealthy, (of air) to be polluted, disasters’

▪ From Can root *√YBL or *√WBL. Can n. *yōbil‑ ‘ram, ram’s horn’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl jubilee, from Hbr yôbēl ‘ram, ram’s horn; jubilee’ (the latter prob. originally *‘year of the ram’s horn’; Hbr √YBL, ?cf. Ar ↗WBL).

–

WTD وتد

“root”

▪ WTD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WTD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WTD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘peg, pin, stake, tent peg, to fix firmly; to stay at home, be firmly established’

▪ …

–

.

–

WTR وتر

“root”

▪ WTR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WTR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘string of a bow; tendon; tension; injustice; odd number, individual mode, fashion, method; to detract, to give less than is due; to follow in an uninterrupted manner, to be in a sequence, one at a time; to avenge o.s’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

watar‑ وَتَرَ , yatiru (watr)

vb., I

1 ↗watar . – 2 to wrong, harm (s.o.), cheat, dupe (s.o., DO out of, with regard to) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► mawtūr, n., one who has been wronged by the murder of a relative, but to whom blood revenge is still denied
For other items of the root, see ↗wātara, ↗watr, ↗watar, ↗WTR.

watar وَتَر , pl. ʔawtār

n.

1 string (of a bow, of a musical instrument); 2 sinew, tendon (anat.); 3 chord (geom.); 4 hypotenuse (geom.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protWSem *wat(a)r‑ ‘tendon, sinew’.
▪ …

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► ḍaraba ʕalà ’l-~ al-ḥassās, expr., to touch on a sensitive spot, get to the heart of a matter
► šadda ʕalà ʔawtār al-qalb, expr., to oppress the heart
► fī ʔaʕmaq ʔawtār ṣadri-hī, expr., in the depths of his soul
► watar ṣawtī, n., vocal cord (anat.)
► watara yatiru (watr), vb. I, 1 to string, provide with a string (the bow). – 2 For another value see ↗watara.
► wattara, vb. II, to stretch, strain, draw tight, tighten, pull taut (a rope, a musical string, and the like)
► ʔawtara, vb. IV, to string, provide with a string (the bow)
► tawattara, vb. V, to be or become strained, stretched, tight, taut | tawattarat al-ʕalāqāt, expr., relations were strained
► watarī, adj., stringed, string- (in compounds) | mūsīqà watariyyaẗ, n.f., string music
► ^BP#1940tawattur, n., tension (also el. = voltage); strain | ~ al-ʔaʕṣāb, n., nervousness, nervous tension; ~ siyāsī, n., political tension
► mutawattir, adj., stretched, strained, taut, tense, rigid, firm, tight
► mutawattar, adj., strain, tension, pressure (on s.o.’s nerves)
For other items of the root, see ↗watara, ↗wātara, ↗watr, ↗WTR.

watr وَتْر , var. witr

adj.

uneven, odd (number) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► watran, adv., singly, one by one, separately
► watrī, var. witrī, adj., uneven, odd (number)
For other items of the root, see ↗watara, ↗wātara, ↗watar, ↗WTR.

wātar‑ واتَرَ

vb., III

to do or perform (s.th.) at intervals, intermittently, with interruptions – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

▪ …
▪ …

–

► tawātara, vb. VI, to follow in uninterrupted succession; to repeat itself, recur
► ^BP#4252watīraẗ, pl. watāʔirᵘ, n.f., manner, way, mode, fashion; procedura, method; style; tone | ʕalà hāḏihī ’l-~, adv., in this manner, this way; ʕalà ~ wāḥidaẗ, adv., in the same manner; uniformly, in unison; ĭstamarra ʕalà hāḏihī ’l-~, expr., he continued in this tone
► tatrà, adv., one after the other, one by one, in succession, successively
► tawātur, n., succession; repetition, recurrence; frequency, constancy, incessancy, continuance; persistence; frequency (el.) | ʕalà ~, adv., successively, one after the other, in succession
► mutawātir, adj., following one after another incessantly; continuous, unbroken; handed down in uninterrupted sequence (e.g., Koran, hadith, religious truth)
For other items of the root, see ↗watara, ↗watr, ↗watar, ↗WTR.

WTN وتن

“root”

▪ WTN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WTN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WTN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a feud; the main artery that feeds the body; to be firmly fixed; (of water) to be constant and flowing; (of women in particular) to have great literary ability’

▪ (BAH2008:) There is a great degree of overlap between derivatives of this root and the root ↗WṮN which perhaps suggests a historical sound change or (historical) dialectal variation in the second radical.

–

.

–

WṮB وثب

“root”

▪ WṮB_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WṮB_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl moshav, from Hbr môšāb ‘seat, dwelling’, from yāšab (<*waṯaba) ‘to sit, dwell’.

–

waṯab‑ وَثَبَ , yaṯibu (waṯb , wuṯūb , waṯīb , waṯabān)

vb., I

to jump, leap, spring, bound; to skip, hop, caper; to jump up, start; to jump up and run (ʔilà to); to rush, make a rush (ʔilà for); to jump, dash (ʕalà at s.o.), pounce, fall (ʕalà upon s.o.) – WehrCowan1979.

The idea of ‘jumping, making a leap’ that is prominent in MSA is an Ar innovation brought into an older Sem theme *wṯb that originally meant just the opposite: ‘to sit, dwell’. The older meaning is preserved in some ClassAr derivations as well as in Yemeni dialects. It is not clear how the innovation may have happened and how it possibly was motivated.
The old meaning appears also in the word ^†mawṯabān, signifying a ‘king who sits still and does not undertake military expeditions’ (Lane), which according to some is the origin of the European words for marzipan/marchpane (idea first brought up in 1904 by A. Kluyver).
The Sem root and its original meaning also appear in the Engl loan-words Moshav and Yeshiva, both from Hbr (mōšāḇ ‘seat, dwelling’, yəšīḇā ‘sitting, session, academy’).

▪ …

DRS ‘être assis, rester, habiter’ (cf. also Huehnergard2011: Sem *wṯb ‘to sit, dwell’): Akk (w)ašābu ‘s’asseoir, être assis, se tenir, résider’, šubt‑ ‘résidence’, Ug yṯb ‘s’asseoir, être assis’, mṯb ‘siège, demeure’, Phn šbt ‘séjour’, Syr īteb ‘s’asseoir, être assis, séjourner, habiter’, ʔawteb ‘se marier’, Ar waṯṯab‑ ^†‘faire assoir sur un coussin’, wiṯāb ‘siège, lit’, Liḥ mawṯib ‘camp’, YemAr waṯab ‘s’asseoir’, tawaṯṯab ‘s’accroupir sur le sol’, Sab Min wṯb ‘s’asseoir, résider’, hwṯb ‘placer’, Gz ʔawsaba ‘se marier’.

The idea of ‘jumping, making a leap, jumping up, pouncing’ that is present in all MSA items listed under the root in WehrCowan1979, is obviously not the original one, which is ‘to sit, dwell’. ClassAr dictionaries report that the vb. meant ‘to sit, sit down’ only in the dialect of Ḥimyar (Yemen). From this, DRS‑ concludes that ‘to jump, etc.’ must be a NAr innovation. The older Sem meaning is preserved in ClassAr forms like ^†wiṯāb ‘throne; couch, bed; place where persons sit’, ^†mīṯab ‘plain, level, land’, and perhaps also ^†ṯubaẗ ‘assembly, company, troop, congregated body’ (unless this belongs to ^†√ṮBY). (^†mawṯabān ‘king, or prince, who sits still and does not undertake military expeditions’ is said to be an Ḥimyarite expression, too, by Lane, but not by Freytag, Wahrmund or Kazimirksi).

▪ According to Osman2002 (relying on Kluyver1904), the deriv. ^†mawṯabān is the origin of the Eur words for marzipan / marchpane. mawṯabān ‘the sitting one’, it is held, was an Arabic nickname for a ruler who was reluctant to take action, i.e., wage war, against his enemies. The term was transferred to a Byzantine coin that showed the figure of Christ (the ‘ruler, king’) sitting on a throne with the gospels in his hands. In 1193, the Venetians named one of their coins matapan, reminding of the Byzantine coin the Arabs called mawṯabān, while in 1202 mawṯabān is attested in Syria where it meant a tax of 10% levied upon the inhabitants of the country (to be paid in matapan‑ coins?). From there, the word seems to have spread to Cyprus where it came to signify a little box in which a tenth (i.e., 10 %) of a Malter, an old unit for corn, was stored (as the tax due to the sovereign?). By C13 / C14, marzapane appears in Venetia as a term for a little box that featured a portrait of the sitting Christ that was similar to the one on the matapan‑ coin. The type of box was in use as a container for marchpane, esp. when packed for export/shipping. In C14 the term for the box was transferred to its contents, and with the latter then made its way into the rest of Europe. – Other theories agree with Osman/Kluyver’s in that they, too, assume a transfer of meaning from the little boxes to their contents. They differ, however, in tracing the name for the boxes back to Ar mawṯabān. For details ↗marṭabān.

► waṯṯaba, vb. II, and ʔawṯaba, vb. IV, to make (s.o., s.th.) jump, bounce (s.th.) : causative of I.
► wāṯaba, vb. III, to pounce, fall (upon s.th.) :.
► ʔawṯaba, vb. IV = II.
► tawaṯṯaba, vb. V, to jump up, start; to rush, dash (to, at); to hop, skip, bound, leap, jump; to approach eagerly, with enthusiasm, tackle energetically (s.th.); to pounce (upon); to awaken, recover, rise.
► tawāṯaba, vb. VI, to jump, leap, spring, bound, make a jump; to be fast, short, come pantingly (breathing); to spring at each other : reciprocal of I.
► waṯb, n., jump(ing), leap(ing) : vn. I.
► waṯbaẗ, n.f., pl. waṯabāt, jump, leap, bound; attack; daring enterprise, bold undertaking; rise; awakening : n.vic..
► waṯṯāb, adj., given to jumping, bouncy, full of bounce; fiery, hotheaded, impetuous; dashing, daring, enterprising : ints..
► muwāṯabaẗ, n.f., prompt assertion of a claim in the presence of witnesses (Isl. Law) : vn. III.
► mutawaṯṯib, adj., awakening, rising; vigorous, energetic : PA V.

WṮQ وثق

“root”

▪ WṮQ_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WṮQ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘shackles, bonds, to tie up, to secure; to be firm; to trust; to pledge, covenant, to give one’s solemn agreement’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

ṯiqaẗ ثِقَة

vb., I

1, n.f., trust, confidence, faith, reliance; – pl. ‑āt, 2 adj., trustworthy, reliable; 3 n., trustworthy person, trusted agent, informant, reliable authority or source; 4 pl. authorities – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …..

▪ …
▪ …

–

► ʕalà ṯiqaẗ, adj., trusting (min in), relying (min on), confident, certain, sure (min of)
► huwa ʕalà ṯiqaẗ min ʔanna-hū, expr., he is certain that he…
► ṯiqaẗ bi‑’l-naṣri, n.f., confidence in victory
► ṯiqaẗ bi‑nafsi-h or ṯiqaẗ bi‑’l-nafs, n.f., self-confidence, self-reliance
► ʔaḫū ṯiqaẗ, adj., trustworthy
► ʕadam al-ṯiqaẗ, n., distrust, mistrust
► ṭalab ʕadam al-ṯiqaẗ, n., motion of "no confidence" (parl.)
► ṯiqaẗ ʕaskariyyaẗ, n.f., military expert
►

mīṯāq مِيثاق

n.

1 covenant, agreement, contract, treaty, pact, alliance; 2 charter – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► mīṯāq hayʔaẗ al-ʔumam al-muttaḥidaẗ, n., the Charter of the United Nations
► mīṯāq ʕadam al-ĭʕtidāʔ, n., nonaggression pact
►

WṮN وثن

“root”

▪ WṮN_1 ‘idol, graven image’ ↗waṯan
▪ WṮN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘staying firm, being constant, (of land) being rained on, having great wealth, (of women) being endowed with literary talent, being an idol, being an object of worship’. – There is a great degree of overlap between derivatives of this root and the root WTN (q.v.), which perhaps suggests a historical sound change or (historical) dialectal variation in the second radical.

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waṯan وَثَن

n.

graven image, idol – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WǦB وجب

“root”

▪ WǦB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a loud thud, (of the heart) to beat strongly; to fall down, fall dead; to become due, (of the sun) to set, reach the appropriate time’

▪ …

–

.

–

WǦD وجد

“root”

▪ WǦD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘affluence, to find; to perceive, experience, have a strong feeling, be deeply in love, be very angry, be sad; to create, fashion; to become strong’

▪ …

–

.

–

wiǧdān وِجْدان

n.

.

▪ …

.

wiǧdāniyyaẗ وِجْدانيّة

n.f.

.

▪ abstr. formation in -iyyaẗ, from wiǧdān

.

WǦS وجس

“root”

▪ WǦS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘evil premonition, mysterious or suspicious sound, to hear a suspicious sound, fear, become apprehensive; to be weary, be suspicious’

▪ …

–

.

–

WǦʕ وجع

“root”

▪ WǦʕ_1 ‘pain, ache’ ↗waǧaʕ
▪ WǦʕ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waǧaʕ وَجَع

n.

1a pain, ache; b ailment – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waǧaʕ al-sinn, n., toothache
► al-waǧaʕ bi‑kabidi-ka, expr., an imprecation (lit.: may pain strike your liver!)
►

WǦF وجف

“root”

▪ WǦF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘fast-running, to move briskly, be agitated; (of the healt) to beat strongly; to be seized with love or fear’

▪ …

–

.

–

WǦL وجل

“root”

▪ WǦL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WǦL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘fear, dread, to be scared, be apprehensive’

▪ …

–

.

–

WǦH وجه

“root”

▪ WǦH_1 ‘face, front’ ↗waǧh
▪ WǦH_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘face, front, facade; direction, point of view, variety; main point; correct method; person of distinction, honour; to face; to turn towards, to make for, to direct, to turn s.th. towards’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waǧh وَجْه

n.

1 face, countenance; 2a front, face, facade; b outside; c surface; 3a right side of a fabric; b dial (of a clock or watch); c face, obverse (of a coin); 4 prominent personality; 5 exterior, look(s), appearance, guise, semblance; 6 side; 7 direction; 8a intention, intent, design, purpose, aim, goal, objective, end; b course, policy, guiding principle, precept; 9 way, manner, mode, procedure, method; 10 reason, cause; 11 sense, meaning, signification, purport; 12 beginning, start, outset, first part of a given period of time; – pl. ʔawǧūh and wuǧūh, 13a aspect; b approach, point of view; c viewpoint, standpoint; – pl. ʔawǧūh, 14 phase (of the moon; also el.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

I Adverbial phrases:
► waǧhan, adv., apparently
► waǧhan bi‑\li‑waǧh, adv., in private, personally, directly
► waǧhan min al-wuǧūhi, adv., (with preceding negation) in no way (whatsoever)
► bi‑waǧh al-ʔiǧmāl, adv., on the whole, by and large, in general
► bi‑\ʕalà waǧh al-taqrīb, adv., approximately, roughly, nearly
► waǧh ḫāṣṣ or ʕalà waǧh ḫāṣṣ, adv., especially, in particular
► bi‑\ʕalà waǧh ʕāmm, adv., generally, in general
► bi‑waǧh mā, adv., 1 some way or other, somehow; 2 in a certain way, to a certain extent
► bi‑dūn waǧh ḥaqq, adv., without any legitimate claim, without being in the least entitled, in an entirely unlawful manner
► ʕalà waǧh…, prep., 1 in the manner of, in the form of, in the shape of; 2 with regard to, concerning, about
► ʕalà waǧhi-h, adv., 1 in his own way; 2 in the right manner, correctly, properly, as it should be
► ʕalà ġayr waǧhi-h, adv., improperly, incorrectly, wrongly
► maḍà ʕalà waǧhi-h and ḏahaba ʕalà waǧhi-h, vb., one’s own way, go one’s way
► ʕalà hāḏā ’l-waǧh, adv., in this manner, this way, thus
► ʕalà waǧh al-ʔiǧmāl, adv., 1 on the whole, by and large, in general; 2 altogether, in the aggregate
► ʕalà ’l-waǧh al-tālī, adv., in the following manner, as follows
► ʕalà waǧh al-tafṣīl, adv., at great length, in detail, elaborately
► ʕalà waǧh al-ḥaṣr, adv., in a condensed form, briefly stated, in a nutshell
► ʕalà waǧh al-ʕumūm, adv., in general, generally
► ʕalà waǧh al-yaqīn, adv., with certainty
► fī waǧhi-h, adv., 1 before him, in his presence; counter to him; 2 before his (very) eyes
► li‑waǧhi ’llāh, adv., 1 for the sake of God, regardless of any reward in this life; 2 for nothing, gratis
► min kull waǧh, adv., in every respect, from every point of view, on all grounds
► min wuǧūh kaṯīraẗ, adv., many points of view, in many respects
► min baʕḍ al-wuǧūh, adv., in some ways
► min kulli al-wuǧūh, adv., in every respect, in every way, all the way through, completely.
► II Verbal phrases:
► ĭbyaḍḍa waǧhu-h, vb., to enjoy an excellent reputation, stand in good repute
► ĭswadda waǧhu-h, vb., to fall into discredit, be discredited, be in disgrace
► ʔaḫaḏa waǧhan, vb., to win respect, gain prestige
► ʔaḫaḏa waǧh al-ʕarūsaẗ, vb., to consummate marriage
► ʔahāna-hū fī waǧhi-h, vb., to insult s.o. to his face
► bayyaḍa waǧha-h, vb., 1 to make s.o. appear blameless, in a favorable light, to whitewash, exculpate, vindicate, justify s.o., play s.o. up, make much of s.o.; 2 to honor s.o., show honor to s.o.
► ḥalā lahū waǧhu ’l-ṭarīq, expr., his way was unobstructed, he had clear sailing
► saffaha waǧha-h or sawwada waǧha-h, vb., to expose s.o. t show s.o. up, make a fool of s.o., bring s.o. into discredit, disgrace s.o., dishonor s.o.
► šawwaha waǧh al-ḥaqīqaẗ, vb., to distort the truth
► waǧh al-waẓīfaẗ, vb., to disgrace one’s profession or office
► ḍaraba waǧh al-ʔamr wa-ʕayna-h, vb., to touch on the very essence of a matter, hit the mark
► qāma fī waǧh fulān, vb., to stand up to s.o., take a stand against s.o.
► haraba min waǧh fulān, vb., to flee from s.o.
III Nominal phrases:
► al-waǧh al-baḥrī, n., Lower Egypt
► al-waǧh al-qiblī, n., Upper Egypt
► waǧh al-ḥāl, n., the circumstances, the state of affairs, the factual situation
► waǧh al-šabah, n., point of resemblance
► waǧh al-nahār, adv., during the daytime
► kalām ḏū waǧhayn, n. pl., equivocal statement, ambiguous words
► ʔawǧuh al-qamar, n. pl., the lunar phases
► wuǧūh al-nās, n. pl., prominent people, leading personalities.
IV With gen.neg.:
► lā waǧhᵃ li‑, expr., there is no reason for
► lā waǧhᵃ la-hū min al-ṣiḥḥaẗ, expr., it has no validity at all
►

wāǧihaẗ واجِهَة

n.f.

1 face, front; 2 outside; 3 facade; 4 show window – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► wāǧihaẗ al-qitāl, n.f., front line, fighting front
►

WḤD وحد

“root”

▪ WḤD_1 ‘one’ ↗wāḥid, ‘unification, union; theology’ ↗tawḥīd, ‘concord, agreement, union’ ↗ĭttiḥād
▪ WḤD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘one, single, unique, alone, to be alone; the same, one and the same; to be in solitude, to be singular, to be without equal, to be incomparable, to make into one, to unite (see ʔḤD)’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

tawḥīd تَوْحِيد

n.

1 unification, union, combination, fusion; 2a standardization, regularization; b consolidation, amalgamation, merger; 3a belief in the unity of God; b profession of the unity of God; c monotheism; 4 (myst.) mergence in the unity of the universe – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► tawḥīd al-duyūn, n., consolidation of debts
► tawḥīd al-zawǧaẗ, n., monogamy
► tawḥīd al-kalimaẗ, n., unification, union, joining of forces, unanimity
► tawḥīd al-mantūǧāt, n., standardization of industrial products
► ʕilm al-tawḥīd, n., (Islamic) theology
►

ĭttiḥād اِتِّحاد

n.

1 oneness, singleness, unity; 2 concord, accord, unison, harmony, unanimity, agreement; 3 combination; 4 consolidation, amalgamation, merger, fusion; 5a alliance, confederacy; b association; c federation; d union; 6 chemical compound – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► bi‑’ttiḥād, adv., in unison, with combined efforts, together, jointly
► ĭttiḥād al-ārāʔ, n., unanimity
► bi‑’ttiḥād al-ārāʔ, adv., unanimously
► ĭttiḥād al-barīd al-ʕāmm, n., Universal Postal Union
► ĭttiḥād ǧanūb afrīqiyā, n., the Union of South Africa
► ĭttiḥād al-duwal al-ʕarabiyyaẗ, n., the United Arab States (i.e., the United Arab Republic and Yemen)
► ĭttiḥād sufyītī, n., the Soviet Union
►

wāḥid واحِد

adj., num.

1 one (numeral); 2 someone, somebody, a certain person, a certain…; 3 sole, only; 4 (pl. wuḥdān) single, solitary, separate, individual, sporadic, isolated – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► wāḥidan fa-wāḥidan or wāḥidan wāḥidan or wāḥidan baʕdᵃ ’l-ʔāḫar or wāḥid baʕdᵃ wāḥid, adv., one by one, single, separately, one after the other, one at a time, successively
► al-wāḥid, adj., the One (attribute of God)
► al-wāḥid min-hum, pronoun, each of them, every one of them
► wāḥid ka-hāḏā, pronoun, such a one, such a man, (any)one like that
► kullu wāḥidin, pronoun, everyone, everybody
► fī mawḍiʕin wāḥid, adv., in one and the same place
► wa-lā wāḥid, expr., not a single one, not one
► zarāfātin wa-wuḥdānan, expr., in groups and alone
►

WḤŠ وحش

“root”

▪ WḤŠ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḤŠ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḤŠ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘wild beasts; wild fruit; the wrong side; to be desolate, be homesick’

▪ …

–

.

–

WḤY وحي

“root”

▪ WḤY_1 ‘inspiration; revelation (theol.)’ ↗waḥy
▪ WḤY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to give a sign, to whisper, to send a secret message, to intimate; to write down, to record; to command; to call for assistance; to go in a hurry; to reveal, to inspire’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waḥy وَحْي

n.

1 inspiration; 2 revelation (theol.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WDː (WDD) ودّ / ودد

“root”

▪ WDː (WDD)_1 ‘to love; to want’ ↗wadda
▪ WDː (WDD)_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WDː (WDD)_3 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘love, affection, friendship; to desire, to wish for; to be amicable’

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

wadd‑ / wadid‑ وَدَّ / وَدَدْـ , a (wadd, wudd, widd, wadād, wudād, mawaddaẗ)

vb., I

to love, like, be fond of; to want, wish (s.th., ʔan or law or law ʔan, that s.th. be) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2496: from protSem *wad‑ ‘to love, want’, perh. < AfrAs *wad‑ ‘dto.’.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to love’) Akk wdd, Hbr (yāḏīḏ ‘darling’), Syr (ints) ydd, SAr wdd.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2496: Ug ydd, Hbr ydd, Gz wdd. – Outside Sem: (CCh) ‑wuḍ‑, waḍ, wuḍ ‘to want’.

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2496: protSem*wad‑ ‘to love, want’, protCCh *waḍ‑ (with secondary emphatics) ‘to want’, both from AfrAs *wad‑ ‘love, want’.
▪ …

…

►ʔawaddu ʔan yafʕala ḏālika, expr., I should like him to do this.
►kamā yawaddu, adv., as he likes.
►wadidtu law kāna ġaniyyan, expr., I wish he were rich.
►wadda nafsah baʕīdan ʕan…, expr., I wish o.s. far away from.
►wādda, vb. Ill, to make friends, become friends (‑h with s.o.): L‑stem, assoc.
►tawaddada, vb. V, to show love or affection (li‑ or ʔilà to s.o.); to try to gain favor (ʔilà with), seek s.o.’s (JI) friendship; to curry favor, ingratiate o.s. (ʔilà with), flatter one’s way (ʔilà into); to attract, captivate (‑h s.o.), win s.o.’s love or friendship: Dt‑stem.
►tawādda, vb. VI, to love each other, be on friendly terms, be friends: Lt‑stem, recipr.
►wadd, widd, wudd, n., I 1 ^BP#2468(BP: wudd) love, affection, amity, friendship; 2 ^BP#4078(GulfAr widd) wish, desire: vn. I | kāna bi‑waddinā law, expr., we should be pleased if. – II pl. ʔawdād, ʔawudd, ʔawidd, adj., 1a loving; 1b affectionate, tender; 2 fond, attached, devoted; 3 n., lover
►waddī, widdī, ^BP#3066wuddī, adj., friendly, cordial, amicable, warm: nisba formation from w˅dd.
►wadād, widād, wudād, n., love, friendship: vn. I.
►wadādī, adj., amicable, friendly, of a friend: nisba formation from wadād.
►wadūd, and wadīd, adj., favorably disposed, attached, devoted, fond, friendly: ints.adj.
► ^BP#4735mawaddat, n.f., 1 love; 2 friendship: vn. I.
►tawādd, n., friendly relations, good terms: vn. VI.

WDʕ ودع

“root”

▪ WDʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a safe place, a depository; comfort, serenity, to place in good keeping; to bid farewell, see off, leave behind; to leave alone, cease hostility with, exchange pledges of mutual peace’

▪ …

–

.

–

WDQ ودق

“root”

▪ WDQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘rain; war; midday heat; a barrier, to approach, offer hospitality; (of the stomach) to sag’

▪ …

–

.

–

WDY ودي

“root”

▪ WDY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WDY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a place where running water gathers, (of liquid) to run, a valley; a branch, palm tree saplings; blood money; death, to be taken by death’

▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl wadi, from Ar ↗wādī ‘valley, ravine, river bed’, akin to ↗wadà ‘to pay blood money’, in *Š-stem ʔawdà ‘to cut off, kill’.

–

WḎR وذر

“root”

▪ WḎR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḎR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḎR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a small boneless piece of flesh; to cut into small pieces; to leave alone, leave behind, forsake, cease’

▪ …

–

.

–

*WR- ورــ

.

2-cons. "root nucleus"

.

▪ DRS 7 (1997) : « cette séquence consonantique apparaît dans diverses racines comportant une R₃ = ʔ/W/Y : soit WRʔ, WRW, WRY. Pour autant que ces racines aient été rigoureusement distinctes à qq époque, on ne peut que constater dans les usages historiques des rapports sémantiques qui marquent au moins des échanges et des interinfluences. La répartition qu’on a cru pouvoir faire ici [i.e., dans DRS] sur la base de formes radicales à variantes : WRʔ~WRY, WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ, WRW~WRY (doublée d’une racine secondaire WRW~WRR) et WRY, est fondée sur des bases sémantiques parfois hypothétiques ; les hésitations et les doutes sont marqués par les points d’interrogation qui parsèment les articles. »
▪ …

–

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ~WRY-1 Ar warāʔ ‘derrière, ce qui est derrière; petit-fils’, Tham wrʔ ‘postérité’, dial. uṛā ‘derrière (préposition)’; ? Sab hwrt ‘partie postérieure(?)’⁴⁹ , ? Ar waraʔa ‘être rassasié’; Gz warʔa ‘soutenir dans la vieillesse’, warrəʔa ‘soutenir, alimenter, fournir le nécessaire pour vivre’; ? Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’.⁵⁰ – Rather reliable cognates also outside Sem.⁵¹ - ?2 Ar *tawarraʔa (ʕalà) ‘couvrir, enfermer’, warrà(y) ‘cacher, simuler, feindre, faire croire une chose à la place d’une autre; faire une allusion équivoque’, wārà(y) ‘cacher (quelque chose); enterrer sans cérémonie, enterrer’, tawarrà(y), tawārà(y) ‘être dissimulé, se cacher’,⁵² EAr PalAr EgAr wāṛa, wāra (i) ‘cacher, tenir secret, dissimuler’, ? SudAr orī(t) ‘erreur’, Gz warʔa ‘cacher, couvrir’.⁵³ -3 Ar warà(y) ‘blesser au poumon’.⁵⁴ -4 Gur wära ‘gentil, doux’.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’, EmpAram yrʕ ‘faire tort à’, JudPalAram yaraʕ ‘désespérer’, Ar wariʕa ‘être pieux, craignant Dieu, faible, peureux’, waraʕ ‘crainte pieuse, piété’, waraʕa ‘s’abstenir des choses illicites’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa ‘détourner des choses illicites’, yariʕa ‘être peureux, poltron’, yarāʕ, waraʕ ‘poltron; faible, petit’, HispAr *wāriʕ ‘chaste’.⁵⁵ -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’,⁵⁶ warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3 EAr waraʕ ‘se disperser, se répandre (bétail pour brouter, gens)’, warʕa ‘portion de terrain sillonnée de petites rigoles d’irrigation’. -4 Te wärʕe ‘chèvre de montagne’. -?5 Amh wärra ‘jaunir (feuilles, céréales), avoir mauvaise mine’. -6 nSyr wirā ‘qui louche, atteint de strabisme’.⁵⁷
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRW~WRY-1 Akk wurrūm ‘couper, séparer, interrompre’. - ?2 Ug yr, Hbr yōrēʰ, mōrēʰ ‘pluie d’automne’.⁵⁸ -3 Te wära ‘faire, essayer’, wärat ‘travail’, Tña waräyä ‘travailler, faire’. -4 Te woro(t) ‘un’.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRW~WRR-1 Ug *yrw ‘tirer (une flèche)’, Hbr yārā ‘jeter, lancer, tirer (flèche, etc.)’, ? Syr ʔeštawrī ‘arriver par hasard, venir à la rencontre, percer; oser’; EAr warra ‘jeter, rejeter’, warwar ‘jeter, lancer’; Gz warawa, warrawa ‘jeter, lancer, rejeter’, Te Tña wärwärä, Amh Arg wäräwwärä, Gur wəräwwarä ‘jeter, lancer’.⁵⁹ ^/ ⁶⁰ ^/ ⁶¹ | Outside Sem: Cohen Essai 198 #512 considère que WR constitue la base d’une racine à réduplication incomplète qui correspondrait à WRW(~WRY) et une à réduplication totale WRWR, v. s. WR, WRWR; rapproche de Eg wʕ ‘harpon’ (avec ʕ pour r) et [Cush] Or worāna, Som waran ‘lance’ (avec -n suffixe). HSED 527 comp. (Chad) Kabalay wəri, weri, Dangale ore ‘jeter’; il y ajoute SAg wowər-əŋ, m. s.⁶² - ?2 SAr *wrw ‘attaquer’, ? Te wärra ‘assaillir, attaquer de tous côtés’, Tña wärärä, Amh wärrärä ‘fondre en masse sur un pays, faire une razzia, envahir, piller, saccager; pulluler, démanger’, Gur wärär dänägä ‘attaquer audacieusement’, Har woran ‘guerre, lance’.⁶³ | Outside Sem : En dehors du SAr, la racine, avec le sens de ‘attaquer’, est présente dans de très nombreuses langues éthiopiennes, aussi bien couchitiques que sémitiques (Sem > Cush ?, […]). [L]es formes Cush […] associent les notions de ‘guerre’ et de ‘lance’ et justifieraient le rapprochement qui est fait habituellement entre les formes s. 1 et 2. Il est possible cependant, comme le suggère Cerulli ibid., qu’on ait affaire à deux racines originellement différentes et confondues ultérieurement “par étymologie populaire”, comme, selon lui, semblerait le montrer le Kafa. - V. aussi sub 1. – Hohenberger 227 signale des formes de racines de constitution proche dans des langues nilotiques. – Voir aussi WRW~WRY, WRWR et les renvois s. WR‑.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1 Akk (w)arū(m), oAkk oAss warāʔum ‘conduire’.⁶⁴ – ?2 Hbr (Hi) hōrē ‘montrer (avec le doigt), instruire’; – ? tōrāʰ ‘direction, instruction, loi’; mōräʰ ‘enseignant, maître’; JudPalAram ʔōrī ‘enseigner, instruire’; Ar [dial.] warrà, ʔawrà ‘montrer, désigner’, MġrAr warra (i) ‘montrer, faire voir, enseigner’, OranAr wāri ‘évident’, ? YemAr *warā ‘violer l’honneur d’une femme’; Sab hwry ‘annoncer, publier’, Soq ʔere ‘marque (?)’, Gz waraya ‘dire les nouvelles, raconter’, Te wära ‘annoncer’, Tña wäre ‘nouvelle, avis, renommée’, ʔawräyä, Amh ʔawärra ‘donner des nouvelles’, Amh Arg Gur wäre, Har war ‘nouvelle’; Tña wäräyä ‘être utile, servir, aider, assister, être fécond’.⁶⁵ -3 Gur wäriya, wērä, wäyä, Gaf wäyä ‘nouveau’ | Outside Sem: D’après EDG < Cush: Kam Sid hāro, Had hāri-ččo ‘nouveau’. -4 Ar warā(y) ‘s’allumer (feu)’, wariya, warā(y) ‘produire son feu (briquet)’.⁶⁶ -5 warā(y) ‘corrompre et ronger les chairs (pus)’, wary ‘matière purulente, abcès, blessure qui émet pus et sang’. -6 wariya ‘être compacte (moelle, chair)’, warā(y) ‘être gras (chameaux)’.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRR-1 ?Akk err- ‘intestin’.⁶⁷ -2 nHbr wārīr ‘taches blanches dans l’œil, leucomes’. -3 Ar warr ‘os de la hanche’.⁶⁸ -4 ‘fertilité, abondance des fruits de la terre’. -5 warraẗ ‘fossé’ | cognates outside Sem ?⁶⁹ -6 wirr : sorte de bonnet de nuit. -7 EAr warr ‘jeter de haut’. -8 ‘vagir (bébé)’ -9 Tña wärär bälä ‘couler, dégouliner’. -10 Amh wərr, wərro : cri pour appeler le chat.⁷⁰ -11 wärära ‘mine, visage’. -12 Gur wərra ‘seulement’. — Certaines formes qui en doublent d’autres relevant de ↗WRWR sont traitées sous cette dernière racine.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁷¹ - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’ ; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’.⁷² -3 MġrAr warwār, warwīrūr ‘sureau’.⁷³ -4 Gz warwəre, warāwərre ‘topaze’, Amh wärawəre : pierre précieuse, ‘couleur bleue’. -5 wərwərta ‘crépuscule’. -6 Te wirwirro ‘premiers fruits’, EgAr wirwir ‘frais, tendre, sain’.⁷⁴ -7 Gur wärwär : petite saison des pluies. -8 wərwər balä ‘faire une promenade’, wərr beä ‘marcher vite’. — V. aussi ↗WRW~WRR.
▪ Ehret1995 proposes four AfrAs bases containing *WR- : #972 AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’ : (Sem) Ar ↗warwar ‘to speak fast’ (redupl. stem as intens.), protCush *war‑ ‘to call out; news, report’, (Chad) Ng wə̀rd‑ ‘to cry out’ (stem + dur. *‑d), (Omot) Gonga *wor‑ ‘news’ (Mocha wóro). – #973 AfrAs *war ‘light’ : (Sem) Ar wary [↗warà] ‘to burn, blaze’ (stem + denom. *‑y), (Cush) Iraqw warʔes‑ ‘to flash (of lightning)’ (stem + n.suff. *‑ʔ + denom.caus. *‑s), (NOmot) SMao wəro ‘moon’. – #974 AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’ : pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’, Eg wr ‘greatness of size’, wr, wrr ‘great; much, many’, (Cush) SC: PR *war‑ ‘mature young person’, protCChad *wr ‘old’, (NOmot) Ometo *orde ‘big’ (stem + dur. *‑d > stat.), Gonga *wur‑ ‘male animal’ (i.e., in general larger sex; Mocha wuró < *wer‑). – #975 AfrAs *-waar- ‘to soak (intr.)’: (Sem) Ar warq ‘dropping blood or pus’ (↗WRQ: stem + andat. *-kʷ’), ^†wary ‘festering pus’ (↗^†WRY_7: stem + deverb. *-y), Eg wryt ‘cloth for strain-liquids’ (stem + inchoat. *-y + n.suff. *-t), Cush *warb- ‘to hold water’ (stem + extend. *-b), Omot *waːr- ‘fish’ (SOm: Ari-Banna *waːr- ‘to swim’)
▪ ...

49. Sab hwrt : sens douteux; DicSab 57 propose aussi : ‘citerne, pièce d’eau’, rac. HWR, v.s. 50. Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser’ est relié à ‘arrière, dos’ par Cohen Essai 198, entre autres, mais comp. aussi sub W/YRʔ/ʕ. 51. Cohen Essai 198, n° 509. Comp. Eg yʔ.t ‘dos d’homme ou d’animal’? V. sur ce point Vycichl DELC 248 qui fait quelque réserve du fait que les formes nominales Eg et Ar ne concordent pas ; Berb: To arūri (Ahag, Ghat), əruru (Ifoghas), arori (Aïr) ‘dos’; Ouargla iri ‘côte, nuque’; Siwa ərrāo, ərraw ‘dos’, Sened ʕarut ‘épaule’, Kab iraw ‘dos, cou, épaule’, aʕrur ‘dos’; Tmz aruru ‘large dos’. La correspondance semble satisfaisante; en particulier, la finale w/u. Comment expliquer la pharyngale – et éventuellement la laryngale, si ahraw est confirmé à Siwa – qui apparaissent dans un certain nombre de formes ?; Cush : Bed niwa ‘queue’, Af Sa irō ‘dos’, Bilin Qw yewi, Kafa ilō ‘dos’, Iraqw ālu ‘derrière’; Dolgopol’skij 222 reconstruit une forme proto-Cush *ʔyVl(l)Vw- ‘partie arrière’. 52. Pour le sens ‘cacher’, l’expression ClassAr, telle qu’elle est fournie par des lexicographes, est : tawarraʔat ʕalayhi ‘(la terre) se ferma sur lui’ (mais peut-être ‘devint plane sur lui’), synonyme de tawaddaʔat ʕalayhi, selon Ibn Ǧinnī […]. 53. CDG 671: Gz warʔa peut-être reconstruction à partir de morāʔ qui dépend du vb. marʔa ‘porter, transporter’. 54. Formation secondaire sur ↗riʔaẗ ‘poumon’, v. s. Rʔ. 55. (ad #1 and #2) On trouve aussi en Ar, s. ↗√ʕWR, les valeurs ici relevées s. 1 et 2. – EmpAram: lecture incertaine. – Perh. related to ↗Rʕʕ ‘casser en morceaux’; […] for Ar see esp. Nöldeke NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von WRʕ ‘scheu’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.« 56. See also ↗WRʔ~WRY. 57. Sans doute < ʕWR. 58. Il s’agit des premières pluies qui tombent en Palestine en novembre. Les formes sont parfois rapportées à ‘jeter, lancer’ (v. s. WRW~WRR), mais expliquées aussi comme le produit d’une métathèse de la rac. RWY qui comporte la valeur ‘abreuver’ .... – Ug: forme conjecturale, d’après Hbr 59. La racine est présente à Ebla : /tiwriyum/, /tīriyum/ ‘jeter’. – Pour une discussion générale, Nöldeke ZDMG 36:42, 40:726. – Huehnergard2011 reconstructs protSem *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’. 60. Hbr: Gesenius TR. 366 ne sépare pas de mōräʰ ‘maître, enseignant’, interprété comme signifiant ‘lancer la main > désigner, montrer’, v. ici s. ↗WRY; peut-être faut-il invoquer l’usage de l’Ar dans l’expression négative (mā) wuriʔa, wurriʔa ‘(ne pas) savoir’ ?, mais v. s. ↗WRY. 61. Voir aussi s. ↗WRʔ, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRY. 62. Sur des formes similaires désignant la ‘lance’ dans des langues ‘nilo-hamitiques’, Hohenberger 230. 63. Comp. s. BRBR. – Praetorius AMS 56:132 pose, pour étymologie des formes éthiopiennes, Gz barbara, dont les valeurs sont tout à fait analogues, par “affaiblissement de b en w”; comment expliquer alors le SAr ? Faut-il supposer une base à alternance WR~BR ? 64. Le verbe est doublé en Akk par une forme secondaire tarū(m), de valeur analogue, qui connaît une dérivation propre, ...; vonSoden AHW 1473 rapproche l’Akk des formes Sem qui signifient ‘jeter’, v.s. WRW~WRY. Elle peut sembler dans un rapport sémantique plus vraisemblable, sans être certain, avec la notion de ‘montrer, instruire’ sous 2. 65. Cf also ↗WʔR. – .... – For the place of Hbr tōrāʰ among the cognates, see DISC in ↗tawrāẗ. 66. Il s’agit de la production du feu par frottement de deux morceaux (↗zand) d’une certaine espèce de bois, v. Lane 1257, LA III/51. 67. Akk err- (AHW 244; mais CAD 7:181 donne irrū) est proposé interrogativement ici; son appartenance à une racine wrr est présumée, sur la base d’une variante paléo-babylonienne wirr- […]. La forme Akk avait été rapprochée par Leslau LS 327 de Soq ʕérieh ‘intestin’. 68. Pour warr, certains dictionnaires semblent y voir un synonyme de ↗wark ‘hanche, ce qui est au-dessus de la cuisse’, et non pas seulement l’os, v. s. WRK. 69. HSED 53 1 signale en (Chad) Ngizim wuriya, Higi Nkafa wure ‘fossé, trou’. 70. wərro sert aussi de nom pour ‘chat’ […]; la forme est liée à d’autres qu’on trouvera s. ↗HRR, v. aussi s. ↗ʕRY. 71. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR. 72. Outside Sem : note (Berb) Kab aweṛwəṛ. 73. Cf., outside Sem (Berb): Beaussier 25 cite MġrAr (“du berbère”) ʔayrūrī, tāwrīra ‘sureau’. 74. Pour BadawiHinds 934, le mot EgAr est d’origine Copt.

▪ ...

–

▪ DRS #WRʔ~WRY : ↗√WRY (warāʔ, ¹warrà, tawriyaẗ), ↗√Rʔ (riʔaẗ)
▪ DRS #WRʔ/WRʕ~YRʔ/YRʕ : ↗√WRʕ (wariʕa), ↗√YRʕ (yariʕa, ³yarāʕ)
▪ DRS #WRR : ↗√WRː (WRR) (^†warr, ^†warr(aẗ), ^†warraẗ)
▪ DRS #WRW~WRR : ? ↗√WRY (²warrà)
▪ DRS #WRW~WRY : –
▪ DRS #WRWR : ↗√WRWR (warwār, EgAr wirwir), ↗√WRː (WRR) (EgAr warrᵃ)
▪ DRS #WRY : ↗√WRY (warà, ²warrà), ↗tawrāẗ (arranged s.r. ↗√TWR)
▪ Ehret1995 #972 AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’: ↗WRː (WRR) (EgAr warrᵃ), ↗^†WRWR_3 ^†warwarᵃ ‘to speak fast, speak volubly’
▪ Ehret1995 #973 AfrAs *war ‘light’: ↗√WRY (warà ‘to burn, blaze’), ?↗ʔWR (ʔuwār ‘heat, blaze; thirst’)
▪ Ehret1995 #974 AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’: pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’, Eg wr ‘greatness of size’, wr, wrr ‘great; much, many’, ? Ar ↗waràⁿ ‘mortals, man’
▪ Ehret1995 #975 AfrAs *-waar- ‘to soak (intr.)’: (Sem) Ar warq ‘dropping blood or pus’ (↗WRQ: stem + andat. *-kʷ’), ^†wary ‘festering pus’ (↗^†WRY_7: stem + deverb. *-y)

WRː (WRR) ورّ / ورر

"root"

▪ WRː (WRR)_1 ‘to whirr, produce a humming or buzzing sound; to revolve, move around quickly’: EgAr ↗warrᵃ (i, warr) – BadawiHinds1986
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†WRː (WRR)_2 ‘haunch-bone’: ^†warr(aẗ)
▪ ^†WRː (WRR)_3 ‘ditch in the earth’: ^†warraẗ
▪ ^†WRː (WRR)_4 ‘to throw, reject’: SyrAr ^†warrᵃ (u, warr)

▪ [v1] : The notions of ‘whirring, producing a humming or buzzing sound’ and ‘revolving, moving around quickly’ are grouped together as basically one value by DRS 7 (1997) under the reduplicated root #WRWR-2 (see below, section COGN), associated also with the ↗warwār bird (‘bee-eater’) and ‘speaking quickly\volubly’ (↗^†WRWR_3 ^†warwara), as though the vb.s for ‘whirring, humming, buzzing’ and ‘moving around quickly’ were coined with the bee-eater bird in mind (or the warwār as *‘the humming\buzzing one, quickly moving’). Moreover, the authors of DRS ask (cf. the « ? » before #2) whether these notions may, or may not, be related to ‘looking intensely\fixedly’ (↗^†WRWR_4 ^†warwara (’l-naẓarᵃ)) and ‘to wave menacingly with one’s fingers, menace, terrify’ (grouped under #WRWR-1). All these items seem to be inner-Ar developments (but very widespread there), akin to other Sem perh. only via their dependence on warwār. – Cf., however, Ehret1995 #972 who thinks Ar warwar ‘to speak fast’ has cognates outside Sem in Cush, Chad, and Omot languages and therefore posits AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’ as a common ancestor.
▪ ^†[v2] : In DRS, Ar ^†warr(aẗ) ‘haunch-bone’ is without cognates in Sem. The authors note that some ClassAr dictionaries seem to regard it as « synonyme » (and shortened variant?) of ↗wark ‘id.’. – In contrast, MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 give some Gur items for ‘leg’ as cognates and consider a connection of ^†warr with the semantic complex of ‘back, behind, etc.’ (↗warāʔ, < Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ < AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’), with an assumed shift of meaning *‘back > thigh > leg’.
▪ ^†[v3] ^†warraẗ ‘ditch in the earth’: no cognates in Sem, but according to OrelStolbova1994 perh. outside (WCh, CCh); the authors reconstruct Sem *warr‑ ‘pit’, WCh *wur‑ ‘pit, furrow’, and CCh *wur‑ (wure) ‘hole’, all from a hypothetical AfrAs *wur‑ ‘pit, hole’.
▪ ^†[v4] SyrAr ^†warrᵃ (u, warr) ‘to throw, reject’: The notion of ‘throwing, casting’ used to be connected to ‘leading, guiding > showing, teaching’ and thus also to Hbr tōrāhʰ (> Ar ↗tawrāẗ), cf., e.g., Huehnergard2011’s reconstruction of a protSem *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’; but this view has been contested, among others by the authors of DRS 7 (1997) who treat it as a distinct value, though withoug clear etymology: under #WRR-7, they list a EAr warrᵃ ‘jeter de haut’, while EAr warra ‘jeter, rejeter’, warwar ‘jeter, lancer’ is dealt with s.r. #WRW~WRR-1 (cognates in Ug, Hbr, ?Syr, and EthSem) ; for ‘showing’ etc., see ↗²warrà and ↗tawrāẗ (= ↗WRY_4-5). Given that ‘throwing, casting’ sometimes also takes the meaning of ‘shooting’, there is some probability that the extra-Sem (Eg, Cush, Chad) forms quoted in DRS are valid cognates.

–

▪ [v1] EgArwarrᵃ (i, warr) ‘to whirr, produce a humming or buzzing sound; to revolve, move around quickly’: cf. DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁷⁵ - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’ ; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’.⁷⁶ -3-8 .... – ? Cf. also Ehret1995 #972 AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’: (Sem) Ar warwar ‘to speak fast’ (redupl. stem as intens.), protCush *war‑ ‘to call out; news, report’, (Chad) Ng wə̀rd‑ ‘to cry out’ (stem + dur. *‑d), (Omot) Gonga *wor‑ ‘news’ (Mocha wóro).
▪ ^†[v2] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRR-1-2 .... -3 Ar warr ‘os de la hanche’. – Certains dictionnaires semblent y voir un synonyme de ↗wark ‘hanche, ce qui est au-dessus de la cuisse’, et non pas seulement l’os. -4-12 .... – MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 give Ar warr ‘os de la hanche’, [Gur] Cha Eža End Gyt wär ‘leg’ ; moreover, the authors think these items may be related (via a semantic shift *‘back > thigh > leg’) to ↗warāʔ ‘back side, behind, etc.’ (s.r. √WRY).
▪ ^†[v3] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRR-1-4 .... -5 warraẗ ‘fossé’ | cognates outside Sem ? HSED 53 1 signale en (Chad) Ngizim wuriya, Higi Nkafa wure ‘fossé, trou’. -6-12 .... – See also OrelStolbova1994 (HSED) #2548): AfrAs *wur‑ ‘pit, hole’ > Sem *warr‑ ‘pit’: Arab warraẗ;⁷⁷ WCh *wur‑ (> Ngizim wuriya) ‘pit, furrow’ (cf. also Higi Nkafawure ‘to dig (a hole)’), CCh *wur‑ (wure) ‘hole’.
▪ ^†[v4] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRW~WRR-1 Ug *yrw ‘tirer (une flèche)’, Hbr yārā ‘jeter, lancer, tirer (flèche, etc.)’, ? Syr ʔeštawrī ‘arriver par hasard, venir à la rencontre, percer; oser’; EAr warra ‘jeter, rejeter’, warwar ‘jeter, lancer’; Gz warawa, warrawa ‘jeter, lancer, rejeter’, Te Tña wärwärä, Amh Arg wäräwwärä, Gur wəräwwarä ‘jeter, lancer’.⁷⁸ ^/ ⁷⁹ ^/ ⁸⁰ | Outside Sem: Cohen Essai 198 #512 considère que WR constitue la base d’une racine à réduplication incomplète qui correspondrait à WRW(~WRY) et une à réduplication totale WRWR, v. s. WR, WRWR; rapproche de Eg wʕ ‘harpon’ (avec ʕ pour r) et [Cush] Or worāna, Som waran ‘lance’ (avec -n suffixe). HSED 527 comp. (Chad) Kabalay wəri, weri, Dangale ore ‘jeter’; il y ajoute SAg wowər-əŋ, m. s.⁸¹ – Cf. also DRS 7 (1997) #WRR-1-6 .... -7 EAr warr ‘jeter de haut’. -8 ....

75. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR. 76. Outside Sem : note (Berb) Kab aweṛwəṛ. 77. with *u > a after a labial. 78. La racine est présente à Ebla : /tiwriyum/, /tīriyum/ ‘jeter’. – Pour une discussion générale, Nöldeke ZDMG 36:42, 40:726. – Huehnergard2011 reconstructs protSem *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’. 79. Hbr: Gesenius TR. 366 ne sépare pas de mōräʰ ‘maître, enseignant’, interprété comme signifiant ‘lancer la main > désigner, montrer’, v. ici s. ↗WRY; peut-être faut-il invoquer l’usage de l’Ar dans l’expression négative (mā) wuriʔa, wurriʔa ‘(ne pas) savoir’ ?, mais v. s. ↗WRY. 80. Voir aussi s. ↗WRʔ, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRY. 81. Sur des formes similaires désignant la ‘lance’ dans des langues ‘nilo-hamitiques’, Hohenberger 230.

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

EgAr warr- / warrē- وَرّ/وَرّيـــ , i (warr)

vb., I

1 to whirr, produce a humming or buzzing sound; 2 to revolve, move around quickly – BadawiHinds1986

▪ The notions of [v1] ‘whirring, producing a humming or buzzing sound’ and [v2] ‘revolving, moving around quickly’ are grouped together as basically one value by DRS 7 (1997) under the reduplicated root #WRWR-2 (see below, section COGN), associated also with the ↗warwār bird (‘bee-eater’) and ‘speaking quickly\volubly’ (↗^†WRWR_3 ^†warwara), as though the vb.s for ‘whirring, humming, buzzing’ and ‘moving around quickly’ were coined with the bee-eater bird in mind (or the warwār as *‘the humming\buzzing one, quickly moving’?). Moreover, the authors of DRS ask (cf. the « ? » before #2) whether these notions may, or may not, be related to ‘looking intensely\fixedly’ (↗^†WRWR_4 ^†warwara (’l-naẓarᵃ)) and ‘to wave menacingly with one’s fingers, menace, terrify’ (grouped under #WRWR-1). All these items seem to be inner-Ar developments (but very widespread there), akin to other Sem perh. only via their dependence (if valid) on warwār. – Cf., however, Ehret1995 #972 who thinks Ar warwar ‘to speak fast’ has cognates outside Sem in Cush, Chad, and Omot languages and therefore posits AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’ as a common ancestor.
▪ ...

▪ ...

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁸² - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’ ; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’.⁸³ -3-8 ....
▪ ? Cf. also Ehret1995 #972 AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’: (Sem) Ar warwar ‘to speak fast’ (redupl. stem as intens.), protCush *war‑ ‘to call out; news, report’, (Chad) Ng wə̀rd‑ ‘to cry out’ (stem + dur. *‑d), (Omot) Gonga *wor‑ ‘news’ (Mocha wóro).
▪ ...

82. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR. 83. Outside Sem : note (Berb) Kab aweṛwəṛ.

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. root entry ↗WRː (WRR) ; see also the 2-cons. nucleus ↗*WR‑ as well as ↗WRʔ, ↗WRʕ, ↗WRWR and ↗WRY, with partly overlapping semantics.

WRṮ ورث

“root”

▪ WRṮ_1 ʻto inherit; inheritance, legacy’ ↗wariṯa, ↗turāṯ
Other values, now obsolete (Hava1899):
▪ ^†WRṮ_2 ʻto stir (the fire)’: ^† warraṯa
▪ ^†WRṮ_3 ʻ…’: …
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘heirloom, inheritance, legacy; an inheritor; to cause s.o. to acquire s.th.; (of rain) to bring life to the land’.

▪ WRṮ_1: (Kogan2015: 100 #66:) from protWSem *wrṯ ʻto inherit’.
▪ ^†WRṮ_2: ^†warraṯa, vb. II, ʻto stir (the fire)’ – Hava1899.
▪ …

–

▪ WRṮ_1: DRS 7 (1997) #WRṮ-1, Kogan2015 100 #66 (abbr. K): Ug yrṯ, Hbr yāraš, modHbr yrš, oAram yrt, EmpAram SamAram yrt, Palm wrš ʻhériter’, Nab yrt ʻhéritier’, JudPal yᵊrēt, ChrPal yrwt, Syr ʔiret, nSyr yarit, Ar wariṯa ʻhériter’, ThamAr Liḥ wrṯ ʻhéritier’, HispAr waráṯ, reṯ ʻhériter’, werréṯ ʻdonner en héritage; engendrer’, MaltAr wiret ʻhériter, présenter des caractères dus à l’hérédité’, Sab twrṯ (K wrṯ), Min Qat wrṯ ʻhériter de’, Qat trṯ ʻhéritage’, Mhr wīreṯ (K wīrəṯ), Jib érṯ (K erɔ́ṯ), Soq ərət (K érət) ʻhériter de qn’; Ḥrs werōṯ, wēreṯ, Jib eróṯ ʻhériter qc’; Gz warasa, Te wärsa, Tña Gur wäräsä, Har warasa, Amh Gaf wärräsa ʻhériter’. -2 Ug mrṯ ʻvin nouveau ( ?)’, Hbr ? *yrš ʻpresser (?)’, ? tīrōš ʻmoût de raisin non fermenté’; ? Ar warṯ: ce qui est frais, juteux, humide.
▪ WRṮ_2: DRS 7 (1997) #WRŚ/Ṯ : Ar warraṯa ʻexciter, attiser (le feu)’, waraša (bi‑) ʻexciter (contre), soulever (le peuple)’.
▪ …
▪ …

▪ WRṮ_1: »While not directly attested in Akk, the WSem root has a good chance of being related to Akk rašu ʻto acquire, obtain’ […]« – Kogan2015: 100 #66.
▪ …

–

wariṯ‑ وَرِثَ , yariṯu (wirṯ, ʔirṯ, ʔirṯaẗ, wirāṯaẗ, riṯaẗ, turāṯ)

vb., I

1a to be heir (to s.o.), be s.o.’s heir; b to inherit (ʕan or min s.th. from s.o.) – WehrCowan1976.

▪ From protWSem *wrṯ ʻto inherit’ – Kogan2015: 100 #66.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ WRṮ_1: DRS 7 (1997) #WRṮ-1, Kogan2015 100 #66 (abb. K): Ug yrṯ, Hbr yāraš, modHbr yrš, oAram yrt, EmpAram SamAram yrt, Palm wrš ʻhériter’, Nab yrt ʻhéritier’, JudPal yᵊrēt, ChrPal yrwt, Syr ʔiret, nSyr yarit, Ar wariṯa ʻhériter’, ThamAr Liḥ wrṯ ʻhéritier’, HispAr waráṯ, reṯ ʻhériter’, werréṯ ʻdonner en héritage; engendrer’, MaltAr wiret ʻhériter, présenter des caract̀ères dus à l’hérédité’, Sab twrṯ (K wrṯ), Min Qat wrṯ ʻhériter de’, Qat trṯ ʻhéritage’, Mhr wīreṯ (K wīrəṯ), Jib érṯ (K erɔ́ṯ), Soq ərət (K érət) ʻhériter de qn’; Ḥrs werōṯ, wēreṯ, Jib eróṯ ʻhériter qc’; Gz warasa, Te wärsa, Tña Gur wäräsä, Har warasa, Amh Gaf wärräsa ʻhériter’. -2 […].
▪ …

▪ »While not directly attested in Akk, the WSem root has a good chance of being related to Akk rašu ʻto acquire, obtain’« – Kogan2015: 100 #66.
▪ …

–

►warraṯa, vb. II, 1 to appoint as heir (s.o.); 2 to transfer by will, leave, bequeath, make over (to s.o. s.th.): D-stem, ¹declar., ²caus.
►ʔawraṯa, vb. IV, 1 = II; 2 to draw down, bring down (on s.o. s.th.), cause (s.o., s.th.): *š-stem, ²caus.
►tawāraṯa, vb VI, 1a to have inherited (s.th.); b to possess as an inheritance (s.th.): Lt-stem
►ʔirṯ, n., 1 heritage, inheritance, legacy; 2 estate (of inheritance): vn. I.
►wirṯ, n., inheritance, legacy: vn. I.
►wirāṯaẗ, n.f., 1 inheritance, legacy; 2 hereditariness, hereditary transmission, heredity: vn. I.
►^BP#4764wirāṯī, adj., hereditary: nisba formation from preceding. | ʔamrāḍ wirāṯiyyaẗ, non-hum.pl., hereditary diseases
►warīṯ, pl. wuraṯāʔᵘ, n., heir, inheritor: FaʕīL formation, ints.
►turāṯ, n., inheritance, legacy: vn. I.
►mīrāṯ, pl. mawārīṯᵘ, n., heritage, inheritance, legacy, estate: formally a n.instr.
►tawāruṯ, n., 1 transmission by inheritance; 2 heredity: vn. VI.
►wāriṯ, pl. waraṯaẗ, wurrāṯ, n., 1 inheriting; 2 heir, inheritor: PA I.
►mawrūṯ, adj., 1a inherited; b handed down, transmitted, traditional; c hereditary: PP I.
►muwarriṯ, var. mūriṯ, n., testator, legator: PA II, var. IV.
►mutawāraṯ, adj., inherited: PP VI.

turāṯ تُراث

n.

inheritance, legacy – WehrCowan1979.

▪ turāṯ serves as one of several vn.s. of ↗wariṯa ʻto be heir; to inherit’.
▪ …

▪ eC7 (heritage, inheritance, heirloom, legacy): Q 89:19 wa-taʔkulūna ’l-turāṯa ʔaklan lamman ʻand you devour the inheritance [of the orphans] with devouring greed’.
▪ …

▪ See ↗wariṯa.
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ …

–

wirāṯaẗ وِراثة

n.f.

1 inheritance, legacy; 2 hereditariness, hereditary transmission, heredity - WehrCowan1976

▪ vn., I

.

►^BP#4764wirāṯī, adj., hereditary: nisba formation | ʔamrāḍ wirāṯiyyaẗ, non-hum.pl., hereditary diseases

WRD ورد

“root”

▪ WRD_1 ‘rose(s), flowers’ ↗ward
▪ WRD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘blossoms, flowers, to come out in flowers; tree with hanging branches; watering-place, drinking herd or flock, to drive (a flock) to drink (at a watering-hole); daily task, assignment; turn; road, destination, to approach, to arrive; jugular vein; to appear, to supply’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

ward وَرْد

n.coll.

1 rose(s); 2 blossoms, flowers, bloom – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Cheung2017rev (wardaẗ ‘rose-red’): ultimately of Ir origin, but prob. borrowed indirectly, via Aram wrd, cf. Syr wardā ‘rose’ etc. < oIr *warda- ‘id.’. For details, see below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WRŠ ورش

“root”

▪ WRŠ_1 ‘workshop’ ↗waršaẗ
▪ WRŠ_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waršaẗ وَرْشَة , pl. wiraš

n.f.

workshop – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Prob. from Engl workshop (BadawiHinds).
▪ …

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waršaẗ al-ʔiṣlāḥ, n.f., repair shop, service station
► waršaẗ ġasīl, n.f., laundry
►

WRʕ ورع

"root"

▪ WRʕ_1 ‘to be shy, timid, be cautious, hesitate; to be pious and godfearing’ ↗wariʕa
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†WRʕ_2 ‘to consult, discuss’: ^†wāraʕa
▪ ^†WRʕ_ ‘...’: ^†…

▪ [v1] : Ar wariʕa has cognates not only in Ug, Hbr, and Aram, as well as in its own yariʕa ‘to be cowardly, faint-hearted’ (↗YRʕ), but prob. also in Sab, modSAr (Mhr, Ḥrs) and EthSem (Te, ?Tña), though DRS is slightly reluctant to see the former together with the latter. It seems legitimate, however, to assume an original (WSem) *WRʕ meaning ‘to shy away from, shrink back’. From this, both *‘cowardness’ and *‘refraining, abstention’ are easily derived (the latter coming close to ↗WRʔ ‘behind; to conceal, hide’ in some cases). In Ar, the sense of being ‘pious and godfearing, hence also: chaste’ is likely a later development. In the latter, however, there is some overlapping with √ʕWR (cf., e.g., ↗ʕawraẗ ‘defectiveness; weakness; pudenda’), √ʕYR (↗ʕār ‘shame, disgrace, dishonor, ignominy’), as well as √ʕRW/Y (↗ʕariya ‘to be naked, nude, be free, be bare’). – In contrast, Nöldeke1910 (NBSS): 206 would regard WRʕ ‘shyness, cowardness’ as abstract fig. use of the concrete ↗¹yarāʕ ‘cane, reed’ (*‘as flexible and “submissive” as reed’).
▪ ^†[v2] ^†wāraʕa (III) ‘to consult, discuss’ : prob. not a value in its own right but dependent on [v1], the L-stem expressing a *‘mutual intimidation and/or shying away’ during an exchange of words. Cf. also the *Š-stem ^†ʔawraʕa (IV) ‘to interpose, intervene (baynᵃ betw.)’ (< * ‘to make abstain, refrain from s.th.’).
▪ …

–

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’,⁸⁴ EmpAram yrʕ ‘faire tort à’, JudPalAram yaraʕ ‘désespérer’, Ar wariʕa ‘être pieux, craignant Dieu, faible, peureux’, waraʕ ‘crainte pieuse, piété’, waraʕa ‘s’abstenir des choses illicites’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa ‘détourner des choses illicites’, yariʕa ‘être peureux, poltron’, yarāʕ, waraʕ ‘poltron; faible, petit’, HispAr *wāriʕ ‘chaste’.⁸⁵ -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’,⁸⁶ warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3 EAr waraʕ ‘se disperser, se répandre (bétail pour brouter, gens)’, warʕa ‘portion de terrain sillonnée de petites rigoles d’irrigation’. -4-6 ....
▪ …

84. For the oscillation in Can betw. ‑ʔ and ‑ʕ see below, section DISC. 85. (ad #1 and #2) On trouve aussi en Ar, s. ↗√ʕWR, les valeurs ici relevées s. 1 et 2. – EmpAram: lecture incertaine. – Perh. related to ↗Rʕʕ ‘casser en morceaux’; […] for Ar see esp. Nöldeke NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von WRʕ ‘scheu’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.« 86. See also ↗WRʔ~WRY.

▪ Kogan2015 315#76 remarks that »[t]here is no immediate etymological parallel to protCan *yrʔ ‘to be afraid’ [> Ug yrʔ‘to be afraid’, Hbr yrʔ ‘to fear’] which, at least in Hbr, has become the basic verb with this meaning. Hypothetical cognates (DRS 483, 615‒616) involve either metathesis (Ar wʔr ‘to frighten’) or consonantal variation (wrʕ ‘to fear’).
▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

wariʕ- وَرِعَ , i (waraʕ), and waruʕ- وَرُعَ (warāʕaẗ)

vb., I

to be pious and godfearing – WehrCowan1976

▪ Ar wariʕa has cognates not only in Ug, Hbr, and Aram, as well as in its own yariʕa ‘to be cowardly, faint-hearted’ (↗YRʕ), but prob. also in Sab, modSAr (Mhr, Ḥrs) and EthSem (Te, ?Tña), though DRS is slightly reluctant to see the former together with the latter. It seems legitimate, however, to assume an original (WSem) *WRʕ meaning ‘to shy away from, shrink back’. From this, both *‘cowardness’ and *‘refraining, abstention’ are easily derived (the latter coming close to ↗WRʔ ‘behind; to conceal, hide’ in some cases). In Ar, the sense of being ‘pious and godfearing, hence also: chaste’ is likely a later development. In the latter, however, there is some overlapping with √ʕWR (cf., e.g., ↗ʕawraẗ ‘defectiveness; weakness; pudenda’), √ʕYR (↗ʕār ‘shame, disgrace, dishonor, ignominy’), as well as √ʕRW/Y (↗ʕariya ‘to be naked, nude, be free, be bare’). – In contrast, Nöldeke1910 (NBSS): 206 would regard WRʕ ‘shyness, cowardness’ as abstract fig. use of the concrete ↗¹yarāʕ ‘cane, reed’ (*‘as flexible and “submissive” as reed’).
▪ ClassAr ^†wāraʕa (III) ‘to consult, discuss’ (see section HIST) is prob. not a value in its own right, the L-stem expressing a *‘mutual intimidation and/or shying away’ during an exchange of words. Cf. also the *Š-stem ^†ʔawraʕa (IV) ‘to interpose, intervene (baynᵃ betw.)’ (< * ‘to make abstain, compel to refrain from s.th.’).
▪ …

▪ Hava1899 distinguishes (1) wariʕa, ip. yariʕu, yawraʕu (waraʕ, warʕ, warūʕ, wurūʕ, wariʕaẗ, waruʕ, warāʕaẗ) ‘to be pious, godly; to abstain from unlawful things’ and (2) (a) ^†waraʕa, ip. yaraʕu, (b) waruʕa, ip. yaruʕu, both with vn.s. warāʕaẗ, warāʕ, warʕaẗ, wurʕaẗ, wurūʕ, wuruʕ, ‘to be faint-hearted, weak’. – Morevover, he lists ClassAr ^†warraʕa (II) ‘to compel to abstain (ʕan from s.th.)’, ^†ʔawraʕa (IV) ‘to interpose, intervene (baynᵃ betw.), and ^†wāraʕa (III) ‘to consult’.
▪ …

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’,⁸⁷ EmpAram yrʕ ‘faire tort à’, JudPalAram yaraʕ ‘désespérer’, Ar wariʕa ‘être pieux, craignant Dieu, faible, peureux’, waraʕ ‘crainte pieuse, piété’, waraʕa ‘s’abstenir des choses illicites’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa ‘détourner des choses illicites’, yariʕa ‘être peureux, poltron’, yarāʕ, waraʕ ‘poltron; faible, petit’, HispAr *wāriʕ ‘chaste’.⁸⁸ -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’,⁸⁹ warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3-6 ....
▪ …

87. For the oscillation in Can betw. ‑ʔ and ‑ʕ see below, section DISC. 88. (ad #1 and #2) On trouve aussi en Ar, s. ↗√ʕWR, les valeurs ici relevées s. 1 et 2. – EmpAram: lecture incertaine. – Perh. related to ↗Rʕʕ ‘casser en morceaux’; […] for Ar see esp. Nöldeke NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von WRʕ ‘scheu’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.« 89. See also ↗WRʔ~WRY.

▪ Kogan2015 315#76 remarks that »[t]here is no immediate etymological parallel to protCan *yrʔ ‘to be afraid’ [> Ug yrʔ‘to be afraid’, Hbr yrʔ ‘to fear’] which, at least in Hbr, has become the basic verb with this meaning. Hypothetical cognates (DRS 483, 615‒616) involve either metathesis (Ar wʔr ‘to frighten’) or consonantal variation (wrʕ ‘to fear’).
▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

►tawarraʕa, vb. V, to pause (ʕan before), be cautious, hesitate (ʕan about), refrain, abstain (ʕan, min from): tD-stem, self-ref.
►waraʕ, n., 1 piety, piousness, godliness, godfearingness; 2 caution, cautiousness, carefulness; 3 timorousness, timidity, shyness, reserve : perh. the etymon proper
►wariʕ, adj., pl. ʔawrāʕ, 1 pious, godly, godfearing; 2 cautious, careful; 3 reticent, reserved: perh. the etymon proper
For other values attached to the root, cf. root entry ↗WRʕ; see also the 2-cons. nucleus ↗*WR‑ as well as ↗WRː (WRR), ↗WRʔ, ↗WRWR and ↗WRY, with partly overlapping or related semantics.

WRQ ورق

“root”

▪ WRQ_1 ‘foliage, leaves; paper’ ↗waraq
▪ WRQ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(tree) leaf; (book) leaf; (of animals and birds) green, brown or grey; gold or silver coin; to come into leaf’

▪ …
▪ …
▪ …
▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *wrḳ ‘yellow-green’, one of the four basic colours in the protSem colour spectrum²⁸ (see also Ar ↗LBN and BYḌ for ‘white’, ↗ẒLM and SWD for ‘black’, ↗ʔDM and ḤMR for ‘red’). However, the main Ar designation of ‘green’ is ↗ʔaḫḍarᵘ (perh. related to Hbr ḥāṣīr ‘grass; leek’).
▪ …
28. As reconstructed by Bulakh 2003, 2004, 2006a, 2006b.

–

▪ …
▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘¹yellow-green, ²vegetables’) ¹²Akk warqu, Hbr ¹yéreq, ²yārāq, ²Syr yarqā, Gz warq ‘gold’.
▪ …
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

waraq وَرَق

n.coll.

1 foliage, leafage, leaves; 2 paper; 3 paper money, banknotes; 4 thin sheet metal, laminated metal – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waraq tamġaẗ, n., stamped paper
► waraq al-rasm, n., drawing paper
► waraq al-zīnaẗ, n., wallpaper, paper hangings
► waraq al-sanfaraẗ, n., emery paper, glass paper, sandpaper
► waraq šaffāf, n., tracing paper
► waraq al-šāhidaẗ, n., carbon paper
► waraq maṭbūʕ (TunAr), n., stamped paper
► waraq ʕādim, n., wastepaper
► waraq muqawwan, n., cardboard, pasteboard
► waraq al-kitābaẗ, n., writing paper
► waraq al-laʕib, n., playing cards
► waraq al-laff, n., wrapping paper
► waraq naššāf (naššāš), n., blotting paper
► waraq naqdī, n., paper money
► waraq al-yā-naṣīb, n., lottery tickets
► ʔawrāq al-ʔišġāl, n. pl., business papers, commercial papers
► ʔawrāq al-ĭʕtimād, n. pl., credentials
► ʔawrāq al-ḥukūmaẗ, n. pl., government bonds
► ʔawrāq al-qaḍiyyaẗ, n. pl., court records
► ʔawrāq māliyyaẗ, n. pl., 1 securities, bonds; 2 banknotes, paper money
► ʔawrāq al-mūsīqā, n. pl., sheet music
► ʔawrāq naqdiyyaẗ, waraq al-naqd, n. pl., n., banknotes, paper money
► ḥibr ʕalà waraq, expr., mere ink on paper, of no effect (e.g., treaty, agreement)
► ṭaraḥa ’l-ʔawrāq ʕalà ’l-māʔidaẗ, expr., 1 to lay the cards on the table; 2 to show one’s hand
►

WRK ورك

"root"

▪ WRK_1 ‘hip, haunch; thigh’ ↗wark (~wirk, ~warik)
▪ WRK_2 ‘...’ ↗...

▪ [v1] MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #288 gives many cognates and reconstructs Sem *warik(-at)- ‘hip(-bone)’ as their common ancestor. – Ar wark (~wirk, ~warik) ‘hip, haunch; thigh’ may also be related (as a kind of “extension”?) to ^†warr(aẗ) ‘haunch-bone’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2) and, perh., via the latter, to the semantic complex ‘behind, back, rear side’ (↗warāʔ, s.r. WRY).
▪ ...

–

▪ [v1] MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #288 : Akk (w)arkatu (Ass urkatu) ‘rear side’, ?Ug yrk ‘hip’, Hbr yārēk ‘upper thigh; side’, JudAram yərak (det. yarḵā) ‘haunch, thigh’, Sab wrk ‘hip, thigh’, Mhr wərkīt ‘hip, hip-bone and flesh’, Ḥrs wərkēt ‘thighbone, hip’, Jib irs̄ét ‘hip’, Ar wark, wirk ‘hanche, partie supérieure de la cuisse’, warak ‘l’os même de la hanche’, warik ‘le haut du fémur, hanche’, Te wärkät (?wäräkät, Amh wärč ‘foreleg of an animal’
▪ ...

▪ ...

–

wark وَرْك , var. wirk, warik, pl. ʔawrāk

n.f.

1a hip, haunch; b thigh – WehrCowan1976

▪ MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #288 gives many cognates and reconstructs Sem *warik(-at)- ‘hip(-bone)’ as their common ancestor.
▪ Ar wark (~wirk, ~warik) ‘hip, haunch; thigh’ may also be related (as a kind of “extension”?) to ^†warr(aẗ) ‘haunch-bone’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2) and, perh., via the latter, to the semantic complex ‘behind, back, rear side’ (↗warāʔ, s.r. WRY).
▪ ...

▪ LibAr wirik ‘Oberschenkel’ (BehnstedtWoidich2011: 163), other dialects wirk (cf. ibid.: 155, 166, 179–180)
▪ ...

▪ MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #288 : Akk (w)arkatu (Ass urkatu) ‘rear side’, ?Ug yrk ‘hip’, Hbr yārēk ‘upper thigh; side’, JudAram yərak (det. yarḵā) ‘haunch, thigh’, Sab wrk ‘hip, thigh’, Mhr wərkīt ‘hip, hip-bone and flesh’, Ḥrs wərkēt ‘thighbone, hip’, Jib irs̄ét ‘hip’, Ar wark, wirk ‘hanche, partie supérieure de la cuisse’, warak ‘l’os même de la hanche’, warik ‘le haut du fémur, hanche’, Te wärkät (?wäräkät, Amh wärč ‘foreleg of an animal’
▪ Cf. perh. also ↗^†WRː (WRR)_2 (^†warr(aẗ)) and, perh., with the latter also ↗warāʔ (√WRY).
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

WRWR ورور

"root"

▪ WRWR_1 ‘bee-eater (bird of the species Merops; zool.)’ ↗warwār
▪ WRWR_2 ‘crisp and young; green, unexperienced’: EgAr ↗wirwir; cf. also EgAr wirwiraẗ ‘young chicken; [slang] girl; fresh produce! (vegetable vendor’s cry)’
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†WRWR_3 ‘to speak volubly’: ^†warwara (fī ’l-kalām)
▪ ^†WRWR_4 ‘to look fixedly at’: ^†warwara ’l-naẓarᵃ; cf. also ^†warwarī ‘weak-sighted’
▪ ^†WRWR_

▪ [v1] : MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB): from Sem *ʔarVr- ~ *warwar- ‘bee-eater’ < AfrAs *wary- (MilitarevKogan2005 SED II: *w˅r‑) ‘kind of bird’.
▪ [v2] : According to BadawiHinds1986, the EgAr adj. wirwir ‘crisp and young; green, unexperienced’, and the nominalized f. form, EgAr wirwiraẗ ‘young chicken; [slang] girl; fresh produce! (vegetable vendor’s cry)’ are of Copt provenance (Corriente2008 gives Copt brre or bēre ‘new, young’, repeated in some vendors’ cries; cf. also BehnstedtWoidich2011: 258, remarking that the word refers to lambs). – Cf. also DRS #WRWR-6 where the authors see it together with Te wirwirro ‘premiers fruits’.
▪ ^†[v3] : In DRS #WRWR-2, Ar warwara (fī ’l-kalām) ‘to speak volubly’ is juxtaposed to EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, thus regarded akin to [v1] warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau) | bee-eater’. – Cf. also Ehret1995 #972 AfrAs *-war-/-wir- ‘to call out’: ↗WRː (WRR) (EgAr warrᵃ), ↗^†WRWR_3 ^†warwarᵃ ‘to speak fast, speak volubly’. – DRS is not sure whether ‘to speak volubly’ (= their #WRWR-2) should, or should not, be connected to [v4] ‘to look fixedly, intensely’ (= their #WRWR-1).
▪ ^†[v4] ^†warwara ’l-naẓarᵃ ‘to look fixedly at’, ^†warwarī, adj.,weak-sighted : etymology obscure. DRS considers a possible relation betw. ‘to look fixedly, intensely’ (= their #WRWR-1) and [v3] ‘to speak volubly’ (= their #WRWR-2).
▪ …

–

▪ [v1] MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB) #2678: Akk arru ‘bird used for decoy’, Syr warwārā ‘merops’ (< Ar?),⁹⁰ Ar warwār ‘guépier (oiseau)’, Tña ʔirir, ʔǝrir ‘bird which has an instinct to lead a honey gatherer to where there is honey’; ? Tña wari ‘kind of blackbird whose feathers have a metallic sheen’, Amh wari ‘a kind of blackbird’. – Outside Sem: Eg (Pyr) wr ‘swallow’; (WChad) Ha wā́rà ‘eagle’, (CChad) Higi-Futu, H.-Nkafa waři, H.-Kamale (Kapsiki) wəři, H.-Ghye wǝrì ‘kite’; Beja ḗrʔe ‘white-tailed sea-eagle’, (SCush) Dahalo (Sanye) weere ‘peafowl’; (NOmot) Woleta awriya ‘cock’ (< Sem?)⁹¹
▪ [v1] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁹² - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’ ; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’. | Outside Sem : note (Berb) Kab aweṛwəṛ. -3-8 ....
▪ [v2] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1-5 .... -6 Te wirwirro ‘premiers fruits’, EgAr wirwir ‘frais, tendre, sain’. – Pour BadawiHinds 934, le mot EgAr est d’origine Copt. -7-8 ....
▪ ^†[v3] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁹³ - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’.⁹⁴ -3-8 ....
▪ ^†[v4] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1 Ar warwara, warra ‘regarder intensément’, warwarī ‘qui a la vue faible’, EAr warwar ‘être brillante et attirer le regard (couleur)’, SudAr warwar ‘agiter les doigts pour menacer, menacer, réprimander’; Malt werwer ‘terrifier’.⁹⁵ - ?2 Ar warwara ‘parler vite’, SudAr warr (fi l-kalām) ‘parler vite’, EAr ‘parler vite pour ne rien dire, jaser’, Malt werwer ‘jacasser, jaser’; – MġrAr warwar ‘faire rru en roulant (voiture, boule)’, EAr waṛwaṛ ‘faire wör wör comme l’oiseau waṛwāṛ’, warwār ‘guêpier (oiseau)’, ? wirwir ‘revolver’ ; EgAr warr ‘bourdonner; tournoyer’. – ? Amh täwärawwärä ‘se railler mutuellement, échanger des pointes’. -3-8 ....

90. Aram forms like Syr ʔarrā ‘avis illicebra’ are certainly Akkadisms. 91. Sem *ʕarw/y- ~ *ʕawr- ‘bird of prey’, > e.g. Ar ↗ʕuwwār ‘a variety of swallow’, ^†ʔaʕwar, dim. ʕuwayr ‘corbeau’. 92. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR. 93. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR. 94. Outside Sem : note (Berb) Kab aweṛwəṛ. 95. Pour les formes signifiant ‘jeter, lancer, percer’, v. s. ↗*WR-, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRW~WRR.

▪ [v1] MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB) reconstruct Sem *ʔarVr- ~ *warwar- ‘bee-eater (used to find honey)’¹¹⁶ , Eg wr ‘swallow’, protChad *war- (> WChad *wara ‘eagle’, CChad *war- ‘kite’), Beja ḗrʔe ‘white-tailed sea-eagle’, Dahalo weere ‘peafowl’, protOmot *Hawriy- ‘cock’ (< *ʔa-wriy-? but perh. < Sem, see COGN, above).

116. Meaning similarity between the Sem terms is so specific that it is tempting to posit it also for protSem, though a possibility of chance coincidence cannot of course be excluded. Cf. Tña wari ‘kind of blackbird whose feathers have a metallic sheen’ and Amh wari ‘a kind of blackbird’.

–

warwār وَرْوار , pl. warāwīrᵘ

n.

▪ bee eater (bird of the species Merops; zool.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ According to MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB), Ar warwār ‘bee-eater’ is from Sem *ʔarVr- ~ *warwar- ‘id.’ < AfrAs *wary- (MilitarevKogan2005 SED II: *w˅r‑) ‘kind of bird’

.

▪ MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB) #2678: Akk arru ‘bird used for decoy’, Syr warwārā ‘merops’ (< Ar?),⁹⁶ Ar warwār ‘guépier (oiseau)’, Tña ʔirir, ʔǝrir ‘bird which has an instinct to lead a honey gatherer to where there is honey’; ? Tña wari ‘kind of blackbird whose feathers have a metallic sheen’, Amh wari ‘a kind of blackbird’. – Outside Sem: Eg (Pyr) wr ‘swallow’; (WChad) Ha wā́rà ‘eagle’, (CChad) Higi-Futu, H.-Nkafa waři, H.-Kamale (Kapsiki) wəři, H.-Ghye wǝrì ‘kite’; Beja ḗrʔe ‘white-tailed sea-eagle’, (SCush) Dahalo (Sanye) weere ‘peafowl’; (NOmot) Woleta awriya ‘cock’ (< Sem?)⁹⁷
▪ ...

96. Aram forms like Syr ʔarrā ‘avis illicebra’ are certainly Akkadisms. 97. Sem *ʕarw/y- ~ *ʕawr- ‘bird of prey’, > e.g. Ar ↗ʕuwwār ‘a variety of swallow’, ^†ʔaʕwar, dim. ʕuwayr ‘corbeau’.

▪ MilitarevStolbova2007 (StarLingTB) reconstruct Sem *ʔarVr- ~ *warwar- ‘bee-eater (used to find honey)’¹¹⁷ , Eg wr ‘swallow’, protChad *war- (> WChad *wara ‘eagle’, CChad *war- ‘kite’), Beja ḗrʔe ‘white-tailed sea-eagle’, Dahalo weere ‘peafowl’, protOmot *Hawriy- ‘cock’ (< *ʔa-wriy-? but perh. < Sem, see COGN, above).
▪ ...

117. Meaning similarity between the Sem terms is so specific that it is tempting to posit it also for protSem, though a possibility of chance coincidence cannot of course be excluded. Cf. Tña wari ‘kind of blackbird whose feathers have a metallic sheen’ and Amh wari ‘a kind of blackbird’.

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. EgAr ↗wirwir as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗WRWR.

EgAr wirwir وِرْوِر

adj.invar.

1a crisp and young (vegetable vendor’s cry); b green, inexperienced (of people) – BadawiHinds1986

▪ According to BadawiHinds1986 of Copt provenance. Corriente2008 gives Copt brre or bēre ‘new, young’, repeated in some vendors’ cries; cf. also BehnstedtWoidich2011: 258, remarking that the word refers to lambs.
▪ Cf. also DRS #WRWR-6 where the authors see it together with Te wirwirro ‘premiers fruits’.
▪ …

▪ ...

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRWR-1-5 .... -6 Te wirwirro ‘premiers fruits’, EgAr wirwir ‘frais, tendre, sain’. – Pour BadawiHinds1986: 934, le mot EgAr est d’origine Copt. -7-8 ....
▪ ...

▪ ...

–

►EgAr wirwiraẗ, n.f., pl. warāwir, 1a young chicken; b [slang] girl; c fresh produce! (vegetable vendor’s cry) – BadawiHinds1986
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warwār as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗WRWR.

WRY وري

“root”

▪ WRY_1 ‘to kindle, fire, take fire (lighter)’ ↗warà
▪ WRY_2 ‘back, rear; behind’ ↗warāʔ ; ‘to hide, conceal, keep secret; to pretend, feign, simulate’ ↗¹warrà ; ‘double-entendre, allusion’ ↗tawriyaẗ
▪ WRY_3 ‘the mortals, mankind’: al- ↗warà
▪ WRY_4 ‘to show’: (dial. Ar) ↗²warrà
▪ WRY_5 ‘Torah, Pentateuch; Old Testament’ ↗tawrāẗ (see alphabetically, *√TWRā)
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899):
▪ ^†WRY_6 ‘to be compact (marrow, flesh)’: ^†wariya (yarī, vn. wary)
▪ ^†WRY_7 ‘pus, matter; purulent ulcer’: ^†wary
▪ ^†WRY_8 ‘disease of the lungs’: ^†wāriyaẗ and ^†waràⁿ, ‘disease of the lungs’; cf. also ^†³warrà ‘to cause (-h s.o.) irritation in the lungs (wound)’
▪ ^†WRY_ ...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘behind, the rear; before, after, beyond; the lungs; the human race, the entire creation; to kindle fire, exercise one’s intelligence; to allude; to pretend; to conceal, disappear from sight’

▪ [v1] warà ‘to kindle, fire, take fire (lighter)’: an exclusively Ar value in DRS 7 (1997) (#WRY-4, see below, section COGN) where the authors (following Lane) only specify that fire is produced here with the help of ↗zand wood; else no cognates given. – In contrast, Ehret1995 #973 sees Ar wary [vn. of warà] ‘to burn, blaze’ (though without parallels in Sem) as cognate to extra-Sem (Cush, NOmot) items and reconstructs AfrAs *war ‘light’. – Akin also to ↗ʔuwār ‘heat, blaze’ (< protSem *ʔR ‘fire, light’)?
▪ [v2] warāʔ ‘back, rear’: On account of cognates in Akk and Gz (strange distribution!), MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 reconstruct Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ which in turn may go back (together with cognates outside Sem) to a hypothetical AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’. – The D-stem ¹warrà ‘to hide, conceal, keep secret; to pretend, feign, simulate’ seems to be a caus. formation (*‘to make disappear behind..., hold back’); note, however, that for DRS, this dependence obviously is not self-evident, causing the authors to keep value #1 ‘back, rear, behind’ tentatively distinct from “?#2” ‘to hide’ etc. – tawriyaẗ ‘double-entendre, allusion’ is a regular vn. formed from the D-stem vb.; thus, the original meaning of tawriyaẗ as a key concept of literary aesthetics is *‘hiding, concealment’ (sc. of a less overt, parallel meaning).
▪ [v3] al-warà ‘the mortals, mankind’: etymology obscure. In DRS, the value is not mentioned at all. Unless it is fig. use of some other meaning of warà (which one?), could there be a connection to pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ identified by Ehret1995 #974? In AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’, reconstructed by Ehret as the hypothetical common ancestor of Sem and extra-Sem items (Eg, SCush, CChad, NOmot), the *‘growing’ is a feature of human beings or animals... If valid, the meaning ‘mortals, mankind’ of Ar warà would have developed from *‘the growing ones’. – Cf. perh. also ^†[v6] and ^†[v7].
▪ [v4] : The value ‘to show’ seems to be lost in fuṣḥà Ar, but is preserved in many dialects, both eastern and western. According to DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-2, this dialAr ²warrà ‘to show’ can also mean ‘to teach’ in MġrAr, a value prominent, apart from Ar, in Hbr (hence prob. Hbr tōrāʰ, the Torah, which gave [v5] with the Ar loanword tawrāẗ), while notions of ‘announcing’ and ‘new(s)’ prevail among the EthSem cognates. DRS is not sure whether these values should, or should not (“?”), be connected to their value #WRY-1 ‘to lead, guide’, represented only by Akk (w)arū(m), oAkk oAss warāʔum (paralleled by secondary tarū(m) ‘id.’, with a derivation in its own right); vonSoden AHW 1473 regards the Akk forms as cognate to Sem items meaning ‘to throw, cast’, cf. #WRW~WRY, a view that is obviously shared also by Huehnergard2011 when he posits a reconstructed protSem root *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’. In EtymArab, ‘throwing, casting’ is treated as distinct, s.v. ↗^†WRː (WRR)_4 (SyrAr ^†warrᵃ).
▪ [v5] tawrāẗ ‘Torah, Pentateuch; Old Testament’: see preceding paragraph as well as alphabetically, s.r. ↗*TWRā.
▪ ^†[v6] ^†wariya (yarī, vn. wary) ‘to be compact (marrow, flesh)’, ^†warà ‘to be fat (camel)’: no Sem cognates mentioned in DRS. – In contrast, OrelStolbova1994 (HSED) #2529 think (on account of what they regard as extra-Sem parallels) there are good reasons to assume a Sem *w˅r˅y‑ (based on biconsonantal *w˅r‑) ‘to be fat’ (stipulated from Ar wry), from a hypothetical AfrAs *war‑/*ʔur‑ ‘to be big, be strong’ (which also gave Eg, WCh, and Rift forms). – Ehret1995 #974 does not mention Ar wariya or warà but likewise reconstructs a »pre-protSem« *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’, from AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’ (with attested descendants in Eg, SCush, CChad and NOmot – see below, section COGN). – Is there a relation betw. values ^†[v6] ‘to be compact, fat’ (? *‘to grow, increase / be big, strong’) and [v3] ‘mortals, mankind’? – Cf. also ^†[v7]?
▪ ^†[v7] ^†wary ‘pus, matter; purulent ulcer’: Like the preceding, this value too does not seem, according to DRS, to have cognates in Sem. – But cf. Ehret1995 #975 who sees it together with other Ar words with related meaning and also identifies extra-Sem (Eg, Cush, SOmot) candidates for cognateship on account of which the author posits AfrAs *-waar- ‘to soak (intr.)’ as an ancestor common to all. – Our own hypothesis would tend to group this value together with Ar ↗warima ‘to become tall (plants)’ and ↗waram ‘swelling, tumor’ (extension in *-m?) and rather derive it from Ehret’s #974 pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ (< AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’), regarding the notion of ‘purulence’ as secondary and instead interpreting ^†wary ‘pus, matter; purulent ulcer’ as from an orig. *‘growing thing, swelling’, thus related to ^†[v6].
▪ ^†[v8] ^†wāriyaẗ, ^†waràⁿ ‘disease of the lungs’, ^†³warrà ‘to cause (-h s.o.) irritation in the lungs (wound)’: according to DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ~WRY-3, these items are secondary formations based on primary ↗riʔaẗ ‘lung’.
▪ …

–

▪ [v1] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1-3 .... -4 Ar warā(y) ‘s’allumer (feu)’, wariya, warā(y) ‘produire son feu (briquet)’.⁹⁸ -5-6 .... – Ehret1995 #973: (Sem) Ar wary [vn. of warà] ‘to burn, blaze’, (Cush) Iraqw warʔes‑ ‘to flash (of lightning)’, (NOmot) SMao wəro ‘moon’.
▪ [v2] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ~WRY-1 Ar warāʔ ‘derrière, ce qui est derrière; petit-fils’, Tham wrʔ ‘postérité’, dial. uṛā ‘derrière (préposition)’; ? Sab hwrt ‘partie postérieure(?)’⁹⁹ , ? Ar waraʔa ‘être rassasié’; Gz warʔa ‘soutenir dans la vieillesse’, warrəʔa ‘soutenir, alimenter, fournir le nécessaire pour vivre’; ? Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’.¹⁰⁰ – Rather reliable cognates also outside Sem.¹⁰¹ - ?2 Ar *tawarraʔa (ʕalà) ‘couvrir, enfermer’, warrà(y) ‘cacher, simuler, feindre, faire croire une chose à la place d’une autre; faire une allusion équivoque’, wārà(y) ‘cacher (quelque chose); enterrer sans cérémonie, enterrer’, tawarrà(y), tawārà(y) ‘être dissimulé, se cacher’,¹⁰² EAr PalAr EgAr wāṛa, wāra (i) ‘cacher, tenir secret, dissimuler’, ? SudAr orī(t) ‘erreur’, Gz warʔa ‘cacher, couvrir’.¹⁰³ -3-4 .... – Cf. also DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 […]. -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’, (↗WRʕ :) warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3-6 ....
▪ [v2] : Cf. also MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 : Akk erûtu (arûtu) ‘back’, Ar warāʔ ‘partie posterieure, de derriere’, Gz ʔurāʔu ‘waist’ (< *ʔurāw- or *w˅rāʔ- ?). | Outside Sem: (?) Eg (OK) i͗Ꜣ.t ‘Rückgrat; Rücken (der Menschen und Tiere)’ (< */ʔir-/ ?); (Berb :) Ahaggar a-rûri (pl. i-rûriaw-ən) (< *rawray, redupl.), Siwa ərrau ‘dos’, Qabyle iri (pl. iraw-ən) ‘dos; cou; épaule’, Zenaga ọ̄ʔri ‘épaule, creux de l’épaule’ (< *w˅ry ?); (ECush :) Sa Af irō ‘Rückseite, Rücken’, Or wiirtuu ‘spine, mid-back’, (SCush:) Iraqw oriya ‘thigh’ (< *wVriy ?), (WChad:) Tsagu āri, (EChad:) Dangaleat āro ‘back’. – Cf. perh. also Ar ^†warr ‘os de la hanche’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2, ?with semantic shift *‘back > thigh > leg’).
▪ [v3] : ? Ehret1995 #974 AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’: pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ [? Ar ↗waràⁿ ‘mortals, man’], Eg wr ‘greatness of size’, wr, wrr ‘great; much, many’, (Cush) SC: PR *war‑ ‘mature young person’, protCChad *wr ‘old’, (NOmot) Ometo *orde ‘big’, Gonga *wur‑ ‘male animal’ (i.e., in general larger sex; Mocha wuró < *wer‑).
▪ [v4] and [v5] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1 Akk (w)arū(m), oAkk oAss warāʔum ‘conduire’.¹⁰⁴ – ?2 Hbr (Hi) hōrē ‘montrer (avec le doigt), instruire’; – ? tōrāʰ ‘direction, instruction, loi’; mōräʰ ‘enseignant, maître’; JudPalAram ʔōrī ‘enseigner, instruire’; Ar [dial.] warrà, ʔawrà ‘montrer, désigner’, MġrAr warra (i) ‘montrer, faire voir, enseigner’, OranAr wāri ‘évident’, ? YemAr *warā ‘violer l’honneur d’une femme’; Sab hwry ‘annoncer, publier’, Soq ʔere ‘marque (?)’, Gz waraya ‘dire les nouvelles, raconter’, Te wära ‘annoncer’, Tña wäre ‘nouvelle, avis, renommée’, ʔawräyä, Amh ʔawärra ‘donner des nouvelles’, Amh Arg Gur wäre, Har war ‘nouvelle’; Tña wäräyä ‘être utile, servir, aider, assister, être fécond’.¹⁰⁵ -3-6 ....
▪ [v5] : see also alphabetically, s.r. ↗*√TWRā.
▪ ^†[v6] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1-5 .... -6 wariya ‘être compacte (moelle, chair)’, warā(y) ‘être gras (chameaux)’. – OrelStolbova1994 (HSED) #2529: AfrAs *war‑/*ʔur‑ ‘to be big, be strong’ > Sem *w˅r˅y‑ (based on biconsonantal *w˅r‑) ‘to be fat’: Ar wry; Eg (Pyr)wr ‘big; strength’, WCh *war‑ (warr ‘strength’,war‑,wur‑ ‘to surpass’; cf. also onewar-ŋ ‘big’), Rift *ʔur‑ (ur) ‘big, large’. – ? Cf. Ehret1995 #974: pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ [? Ar ↗wariya ‘to be compact’, warà ‘be fat (camel)’], Eg wr ‘greatness of size’, wr, wrr ‘great; much, many’, (Cush) SC: PR *war‑ ‘mature young person’, protCChad *wr ‘old’, (NOmot) Ometo *orde ‘big’, Gonga *wur‑ ‘male animal’ (i.e., in general larger sex; Mocha wuró < *wer‑).
▪ ^†[v7] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1-4 .... -5 warā(y) ‘corrompre et ronger les chairs (pus)’, wary ‘matière purulente, abcès, blessure qui émet pus et sang’ -6 .... – Ehret1995 #975: (Sem) Ar ↗^†warq ‘dropping blood or pus’, ^†wary ‘festering pus’, Eg wryt ‘cloth for strain-liquids’, Cush *warb- ‘to hold water’, (SOmot:) Ari-Banna *waːr- ‘to swim’
▪ ^†[v8] : DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ~WRY-1-2 ... -3 Ar warà(y) ‘blesser au poumon’.¹⁰⁶ -4 ....

98. Il s’agit de la production du feu par frottement de deux morceaux (↗zand) d’une certaine espèce de bois, v. Lane 1257, LA III/51. 99. Sab hwrt : sens douteux; DicSab 57 propose aussi : ‘citerne, pièce d’eau’, rac. HWR, v.s. 100. Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser’ est relié à ‘arrière, dos’ par Cohen Essai 198, entre autres, mais comp. aussi sub W/YRʔ/ʕ. 101. Cohen Essai 198, n° 509. Comp. Eg yʔ.t ‘dos d’homme ou d’animal’? V. sur ce point Vycichl DELC 248 qui fait quelque réserve du fait que les formes nominales Eg et Ar ne concordent pas ; Berb: To arūri (Ahag, Ghat), əruru (Ifoghas), arori (Aïr) ‘dos’; Ouargla iri ‘côte, nuque’; Siwa ərrāo, ərraw ‘dos’, Sened ʕarut ‘épaule’, Kab iraw ‘dos, cou, épaule’, aʕrur ‘dos’; Tmz aruru ‘large dos’. La correspondance semble satisfaisante; en particulier, la finale w/u. Comment expliquer la pharyngale – et éventuellement la laryngale, si ahraw est confirmé à Siwa – qui apparaissent dans un certain nombre de formes ?; Cush : Bed niwa ‘queue’, Af Sa irō ‘dos’, Bilin Qw yewi, Kafa ilō ‘dos’, Iraqw ālu ‘derrière’; Dolgopol’skij 222 reconstruit une forme proto-Cush *ʔyVl(l)Vw- ‘partie arrière’. 102. Pour le sens ‘cacher’, l’expression ClassAr, telle qu’elle est fournie par des lexicographes, est : tawarraʔat ʕalayhi ‘(la terre) se ferma sur lui’ (mais peut-être ‘devint plane sur lui’), synonyme de tawaddaʔat ʕalayhi, selon Ibn Ǧinnī […]. 103. CDG 671: Gz warʔa peut-être reconstruction à partir de morāʔ qui dépend du vb. marʔa ‘porter, transporter’. 104. Le verbe est doublé en Akk par une forme secondaire tarū(m), de valeur analogue, qui connaît une dérivation propre, ...; vonSoden AHW 1473 rapproche l’Akk des formes Sem qui signifient ‘jeter’, v.s. WRW~WRY. Elle peut sembler dans un rapport sémantique plus vraisemblable, sans être certain, avec la notion de ‘montrer, instruire’ sous 2. 105. Cf also ↗WʔR. – .... – For the place of Hbr tōrāʰ among the cognates, see DISC in ↗tawrāẗ. 106. Formation secondaire sur ↗riʔaẗ ‘poumon’, v. s. Rʔ.

▪ [v2] : Sem cognates given by DRS and MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) differ (vs. Akk, Ar, Gz, respectively), while there seems to be a rather broad consensus about the reliability of the extra-Sem cognates. MilitarevKogan2000 #10 reconstruct Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ and Berb *(H)˅r(r)āw ‘back’ (no proto-forms given for the Eg, Cush, and Chad items identified as cognates), from hypothetical AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’. – Based on ‘back’ is perh. also Ar ^†warr ‘os de la hanche’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2) (with cognates in Gur?); if so, a semantic shift *‘back > thigh > leg’ will have to be assumed. – MilitarevKogan further point out that this root has »[t]o be distinguished from #9 Sem *ʔir(r)-at- ‘chest, breast’«, which is not represented in Ar, but possibly related to metathetic Sem forms meaning ‘lung’, cf. #224 Sem *rayʔ(-at)- , > Ar ↗riʔaẗ ‘lung’.
▪ [v2]/[v4]: BadawiHinds1986 assigns EgAr warrà (II, vn. tawriyyaẗ) ‘to show’ to a root √¹WRY, distinct from √²WRY (with warā̆ ‘behind; after, following’, ^MSAtawriyaẗ ‘allusion’, ^MSAwārà (III, vn. miwāriyyaẗ) ‘to obscure, veil’, ĭtwārà (VI) ‘to hide o.s.’.
▪ ...

–

warà / waray‑ وَرَى / وَرَيْــ , yarī (wary)

vb., I

to kindle, fire, take fire (lighter) – WehrCowan1976

▪ In DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-4, warà ‘to kindle, fire, take fire (lighter)’ features as an exclusively Ar value; no cognates given. Following Lane, the authors only specify that fire is produced here with the help of ↗zand wood.
▪ In contrast, Ehret1995 #973 sees Ar wary [vn. of warà] ‘to burn, blaze’ (though without parallels in Sem) as cognate to extra-Sem (Cush, NOmot) items and reconstructs AfrAs *war ‘light’. – Akin also to ↗ʔuwār ‘heat, blaze’ (< protSem *ʔR ‘fire, light’)?
▪ ...

▪ eC7 ʔawrà [vb. IV, to kindle a fire (of a flint or the like), to strike (to make fire)] Q 56:71 ʔa-fa-raʔaytumu ’l-nāra ’llatī tūrūna ‘have you considered the fire you kindle?’ | mūrⁱⁿ (PA IV, one who strikes fire) Q 100:1-2 wa-l-ʕādiyāti ḍabḥᵃⁿ; fa-l-mūriyāti qadḥᵃⁿ ‘by the charging steeds, panting [in their assault]; and striking sparks of fire [with their hoofs]’
▪ For the vb. I, Hava1899 lists not only warà but also ^†wariya, yarī (wary, wury, riyaẗ). In addition to vbs. II and IV, he has also ^†ĭstawrà (X) ‘to produce (fire: flint)’, and the n.s ^†riyaẗ and waryaẗ (al-nār) ‘tinder, tow, dung (for striking fire)’; interesting also the use of the adj. ^†wāriⁿ (PA) and wariyy (quasi-PP) ‘yielding fire (steel); lusty’ in the fig. expressions wārī ’l-zand fī ’l-ĭqtirāḥ ‘extemporiser’ and misk wāriⁿ ‘musk of good quality’
▪ ...

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-4 Ar warā(y) ‘s’allumer (feu)’, wariya, warā(y) ‘produire son feu (briquet)’. [note:] Il s’agit de la production du feu par frottement de deux morceaux (↗zand) d’une certaine espèce de bois, v. Lane 1257, LA III/51.
▪ Ehret1995 #973: (Sem) Ar wary [vn. of warà] ‘to burn, blaze’, (Cush) Iraqw warʔes‑ ‘to flash (of lightning)’, (NOmot) SMao wəro ‘moon’.
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

►warrà, vb. II, 1a = I; b to strike fire; 2 ↗warāʔ : D-stem, caus.
►ʔawrà, vb. IV, 1a = I; b to strike fire: *Š-stem, caus.
►tawarrà, vb. V, 1 = I; 2 ↗warāʔ: tD-stem, refl./intr.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warāʔ, ↗¹warrà, ↗tawriyaẗ, ↗²warrà (prob. related: ↗tawrāẗ), and al- ↗warà (n.), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

¹warrà / warray- وَرَّى / وَرَّيْــ (tawriyaẗ)

vb., II

1 ↗warà; 2a to hide, conceal, keep secret, secrete (s.th.); b to allude (ʕan bi‑ to s.th., with); c to pretend, feign, affect, simulate (bi‑ s.th.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ The D-stem vb. warrà appears with several meanings that seem to have different etymologies. While (1) ‘to strike fire’ is from ↗warà ‘to kindle, take fire’, (2) ‘to hide, conceal, etc.’ is prob. denom. from ↗warāʔ ‘back, rear’; a third warrà with the meaning (3) ‘to show’ is widespread in dialAr, but lost in fuṣḥà (see ↗²warrà).
▪ The D-stem vb. ¹warrà ‘to hide, conceal, keep secret; to pretend, feign, simulate’ seems to be a denom. caus. formation (*‘to make disappear behind..., hold back’) based on ↗warāʔ ‘back, rear’. Note, however, that, for DRS, this dependence is not self-evident: the authors tentatively keep their value #1 ‘back, rear, behind’ separate from #2 ‘to hide, conceal’.
▪ For warāʔ ‘back, rear’, MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 reconstruct (on account of cognates in Akk and Gz – strange distribution!) Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ which in turn may go back (together with cognates outside Sem) to a hypothetical AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’.
▪ tawriyaẗ ‘double-entendre, allusion’ is a regular vn. formed from the D-stem vb. Thus, the original meaning of tawriyaẗ as a key concept of literary aesthetics is *‘hiding, concealment’ (sc. of a less overt, parallel meaning).
▪ ...

▪ wārà (vb. III), 1 (to cover) Q 5:31 fa-baʕaṯa ’llāhu ġurāban yabḥaṯu fī ’l-ʔarḍi li-yuriya-hū kayfa yuwārī sawʔaẗa ʔaḫī-hi ‘then God sent a raven scratching up the ground to show him how to cover his brother’s corpse’; 2 (to conceal, to hide’ Q 7:26 qad ʔanzalnā ʕalay-kum libāsan yuwārī sawʔāti-kum ‘We have given you garments to hide your shameful parts’
▪ tawārà (vb. VI, to hide o.s.) Q 16:56 yatawārā mina ’l-qawmi min sūʔi mā buššira bi-hī ‘he hides away from the people because of [what he considers to be] the evil of what he has been told’
▪ ...

▪ ↗warāʔ
▪ ...

–

►tawarrà, vb. V, 1 = IV; 2 to hide, conceal o.s. (ʕan, min from): tD-stem, self-ref.
►tawriyaẗ, n.f., 1 hiding, concealment; 2 dissemblance, dissimulation, hypocrisy; 3 equivocation, ambiguity, double-entendre, allusion: vn. II
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warà (vb.), ↗warāʔ, ↗tawriyaẗ, ↗²warrà (prob. related: ↗tawrāẗ), and al- ↗warà (n.), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

dialAr ²warrà / warrē- وَرَّى / وَرَّيْــ (tawriyyaẗ)

vb., II

to show – BadawiHinds1986

▪ The value ‘to show’ seems to be lost in fuṣḥà Ar, but is preserved in many dialects, both eastern and western. According to DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-2, this dialAr ²warrà ‘to show’ can also mean ‘to teach’ in MġrAr, a value prominent, apart from Ar, in Hbr (hence prob. Hbr tōrāʰ, the Torah, > Ar loanword ↗tawrāẗ, grouped s.r. ↗√*TWRā), while notions of ‘announcing’ and ‘new(s)’ prevail among the EthSem cognates. DRS is not sure whether these values should, or should not (“?”), be connected to their value #WRY-1 ‘to lead, guide’, represented only by Akk (w)arū(m), oAkk oAss warāʔum (paralleled by secondary tarū(m) ‘id.’, with a derivation in its own right); vonSoden AHW 1473 regards the Akk forms as cognate to Sem items meaning ‘to throw, cast’, cf. #WRW~WRY, a view that is obviously shared also by Huehnergard2011 when he posits a reconstructed protSem root *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’. In EtymArab, ‘throwing, casting’ is treated as distinct, s.v. ↗^†WRː (WRR)_4 (SyrAr ^†warrᵃ).
▪ Both this ²warrà (D-stem) and an also attested (e.g. SyrAr, in Hava1899) ^†ʔawrà (vb. IV, *Š-stem) ‘to show, expose s.th. to view’ are often derived from ↗raʔà ‘to see’ (√RʔY). In both cases, w as R₁ instead of ʔ as R₂ is difficult to explain – perh., first, as a make-up for “missing” R₂ in the MSA vb. IV, ʔarà (< *ʔarʔà), then thought to be missing also in vb. II?
▪ ...

▪ Hava1899 lists SyrAr^†²warrà (II, vn. tawriyaẗ) ‘to show’, SyrAr ^†ʔawrà (IV) ‘to show, expose s.th. to view’, said to be from *ʔarʔà (√RʔY), and ^†ĭstawrà (X) ‘to ask (-h an advice, -h from s.o.)’

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRY-1 Akk (w)arū(m), oAkk oAss warāʔum ‘conduire’.¹⁰⁷ – ?2 Hbr (Hi) hōrē ‘montrer (avec le doigt), instruire’; – ? tōrāʰ ‘direction, instruction, loi’; mōräʰ ‘enseignant, maître’; JudPalAram ʔōrī ‘enseigner, instruire’; Ar [dial.] warrà, ʔawrà ‘montrer, désigner’, MġrAr warra (i) ‘montrer, faire voir, enseigner’, OranAr wāri ‘évident’, ? YemAr *warā ‘violer l’honneur d’une femme’; Sab hwry ‘annoncer, publier’, Soq ʔere ‘marque (?)’, Gz waraya ‘dire les nouvelles, raconter’, Te wära ‘annoncer’, Tña wäre ‘nouvelle, avis, renommée’, ʔawräyä, Amh ʔawärra ‘donner des nouvelles’, Amh Arg Gur wäre, Har war ‘nouvelle’; Tña wäräyä ‘être utile, servir, aider, assister, être fécond’.¹⁰⁸ -3-6 ....
▪ (given here only for the sake of completeness, as earlier research would often see Hbr tōrāʰ as akin to ‘to throw, cast’; DRS itself groups tōrāʰ under #WRY-2, see preceding paragraph) : DRS 7 (1997) #WRW~WRR-1 Ug *yrw ‘tirer (une flèche)’, Hbr yārā ‘jeter, lancer, tirer (flèche, etc.)’, ? Syr ʔeštawrī ‘arriver par hasard, venir à la rencontre, percer; oser’; EAr warra ‘jeter, rejeter’, warwar ‘jeter, lancer’; Gz warawa, warrawa ‘jeter, lancer, rejeter’, Te Tña wärwärä, Amh Arg wäräwwärä, Gur wəräwwarä ‘jeter, lancer’.¹⁰⁹ ^/ ¹¹⁰ ^/ ¹¹¹ ^/ ¹¹² -2 ....

107. Le verbe est doublé en Akk par une forme secondaire tarū(m), de valeur analogue, qui connaît une dérivation propre, ...; vonSoden AHW 1473 rapproche l’Akk des formes Sem qui signifient ‘jeter’, v.s. WRW~WRY. Elle peut sembler dans un rapport sémantique plus vraisemblable, sans être certain, avec la notion de ‘montrer, instruire’ sous 2. 108. Cf also ↗WʔR. – .... – For the place of Hbr tōrāʰ among the cognates, see DISC in ↗tawrāẗ. 109. La racine est présente à Ebla : /tiwriyum/, /tīriyum/ ‘jeter’. – Pour une discussion générale, Nöldeke ZDMG 36:42, 40:726. – Huehnergard2011 reconstructs protSem *√WRW ‘to lead, guide, cast, throw’. 110. Hbr: Gesenius TR. 366 ne sépare pas de mōräʰ ‘maître, enseignant’, interprété comme signifiant ‘lancer la main > désigner, montrer’, v. ici s. ↗WRY; peut-être faut-il invoquer l’usage de l’Ar dans l’expression négative (mā) wuriʔa, wurriʔa ‘(ne pas) savoir’ ?, mais v. s. ↗WRY. 111. Voir aussi s. ↗WRʔ, ↗WRW~WRY, ↗WRY. 112. For poss. cognates outside Sem see complete citation of DRS entry sub ↗*WR‑.

▪ BadawiHinds1986 assigns EgAr warrà (II, vn. tawriyyaẗ) ‘to show’ to a root √¹WRY, distinct from √²WRY (with warā̆ ‘behind; after, following’ (MSA ↗warāʔ), ↗^MSAtawriyaẗ ‘allusion’ (vn. of MSA ↗¹warrà ‘to hide, conceal; to allude’), ^MSAwārà (III, vn. miwāriyyaẗ) ‘to obscure, veil’, ĭtwārà (VI) ‘to hide o.s.’
▪ ...

–

►EgAr ĭtwarrà, vb. V, to be shown: t-stem, pass.
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warà (vb.), ↗warāʔ, ↗¹warrà, ↗tawriyaẗ, and al- ↗warà (n.), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

warāʔ وَرَاء

n.; (quasi-)prep. (warāʔᵃ)

rear, back, backside – WehrCowan1976

▪ On account of cognates in Akk and Gz (strange distribution!), MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 reconstruct Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ which in turn may go back (together with cognates outside Sem) to a hypothetical AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’.
▪ For the D-stem ¹warrà ‘to hide, conceal, keep secret; to pretend, feign, simulate’ and its vn. tawriyaẗ ‘double-entendre, allusion’, see s.v.

▪ ^†¹warrà (tawriyaẗ), vb. II: ^†warrà baṣara-hū, to avert one’s eyes (ʕan from) – Hava1899
▪ ...

▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ~WRY-1 Ar warāʔ ‘derrière, ce qui est derrière; petit-fils’, Tham wrʔ ‘postérité’, dial. uṛā ‘derrière (préposition)’; ? Sab hwrt ‘partie postérieure(?)’¹¹³ , ? Ar waraʔa ‘être rassasié’; Gz warʔa ‘soutenir dans la vieillesse’, warrəʔa ‘soutenir, alimenter, fournir le nécessaire pour vivre’; ? Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’.¹¹⁴ – Rather reliable cognates also outside Sem.¹¹⁵ - ?2 Ar *tawarraʔa (ʕalà) ‘couvrir, enfermer’, warrà(y) ‘cacher, simuler, feindre, faire croire une chose à la place d’une autre; faire une allusion équivoque’, wārà(y) ‘cacher (quelque chose); enterrer sans cérémonie, enterrer’, tawarrà(y), tawārà(y) ‘être dissimulé, se cacher’,¹¹⁶ EAr PalAr EgAr wāṛa, wāra (i) ‘cacher, tenir secret, dissimuler’, ? SudAr orī(t) ‘erreur’, Gz warʔa ‘cacher, couvrir’.¹¹⁷ -3-4 .... – Cf. also DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 […]. -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’, (↗WRʕ :) warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3-6 ....
▪ Cf. also MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) #10 : Akk erûtu (arûtu) ‘back’, Ar warāʔ ‘partie posterieure, de derriere’, Gz ʔurāʔu ‘waist’ (< *ʔurāw- or *w˅rāʔ- ?). | Outside Sem: (?) Eg (OK) i͗Ꜣ.t ‘Rückgrat; Rücken (der Menschen und Tiere)’ (< */ʔir-/ ?); (Berb :) Ahaggar a-rûri (pl. i-rûriaw-ən) (< *rawray, redupl.), Siwa ərrau ‘dos’, Qabyle iri (pl. iraw-ən) ‘dos; cou; épaule’, Zenaga ọ̄ʔri ‘épaule, creux de l’épaule’ (< *w˅ry ?); (ECush :) Sa Af irō ‘Rückseite, Rücken’, Or wiirtuu ‘spine, mid-back’, (SCush:) Iraqw oriya ‘thigh’ (< *wVriy ?), (WChad:) Tsagu āri, (EChad:) Dangaleat āro ‘back’. – Cf. perh. also Ar ^†warr ‘os de la hanche’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2, ?with semantic shift *‘back > thigh > leg’).
▪ ...

113. Sab hwrt : sens douteux; DicSab 57 propose aussi : ‘citerne, pièce d’eau’, rac. HWR, v.s. 114. Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser’ est relié à ‘arrière, dos’ par Cohen Essai 198, entre autres, mais comp. aussi sub W/YRʔ/ʕ. 115. Cohen Essai 198, n° 509. Comp. Eg yʔ.t ‘dos d’homme ou d’animal’? V. sur ce point Vycichl DELC 248 qui fait quelque réserve du fait que les formes nominales Eg et Ar ne concordent pas ; Berb: To arūri (Ahag, Ghat), əruru (Ifoghas), arori (Aïr) ‘dos’; Ouargla iri ‘côte, nuque’; Siwa ərrāo, ərraw ‘dos’, Sened ʕarut ‘épaule’, Kab iraw ‘dos, cou, épaule’, aʕrur ‘dos’; Tmz aruru ‘large dos’. La correspondance semble satisfaisante; en particulier, la finale w/u. Comment expliquer la pharyngale – et éventuellement la laryngale, si ahraw est confirmé à Siwa – qui apparaissent dans un certain nombre de formes ?; Cush : Bed niwa ‘queue’, Af Sa irō ‘dos’, Bilin Qw yewi, Kafa ilō ‘dos’, Iraqw ālu ‘derrière’; Dolgopol’skij 222 reconstruit une forme proto-Cush *ʔyVl(l)Vw- ‘partie arrière’. 116. Pour le sens ‘cacher’, l’expression ClassAr, telle qu’elle est fournie par des lexicographes, est : tawarraʔat ʕalayhi ‘(la terre) se ferma sur lui’ (mais peut-être ‘devint plane sur lui’), synonyme de tawaddaʔat ʕalayhi, selon Ibn Ǧinnī […]. 117. CDG 671: Gz warʔa peut-être reconstruction à partir de morāʔ qui dépend du vb. marʔa ‘porter, transporter’.

▪ Sem cognates given by DRS and MilitarevKogan2000 (SED I) differ (?Sab, Ar, Gz vs. Akk, Ar, Gz, respectively), while there seems to be a rather broad consensus about the reliability of the extra-Sem cognates. MilitarevKogan2000 #10 reconstruct Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ and Berb *(H)˅r(r)āw ‘back’ (no proto-forms given for the Eg, Cush, and Chad items identified as cognates), from hypothetical AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’. – Based on ‘back’ is perh. also Ar ^†warr ‘os de la hanche’ (↗^†WRː (WRR)_2) (with cognates in Gur?); if so, a semantic shift *‘back > thigh > leg’ will have to be assumed. – MilitarevKogan further point out that this root has »[t]o be distinguished from #9 Sem *ʔir(r)-at- ‘chest, breast’«, which is not represented in Ar, but possibly related to metathetic Sem forms meaning ‘lung’, cf. #224 Sem *rayʔ(-at)- , > Ar ↗riʔaẗ ‘lung’.
▪ BadawiHinds1986 assigns EgAr warrà (II, vn. tawriyyaẗ) ‘to show’ to a root √¹WRY, distinct from √²WRY (with warā̆ ‘behind; after, following’, ^MSAtawriyaẗ ‘allusion’, ^MSAwārà (III, vn. miwāriyyaẗ) ‘to obscure, veil’, ĭtwārà (VI) ‘to hide o.s.’. For this dialAr warrà, see our entry ↗²warrà ‘to show’
▪ ...

–

►ʔilà ’l-warāʔⁱ, to the rear; backward;
►min warāʔⁱ..., prep., 1 behind, from behind; 2a beyond, past; b over and above; 3 by means of, through, by; al-takassub min warāʔⁱ ’l-diʕāraẗ, n., professional prostitution; kāna min warāʔⁱ maqduraẗ al-ʕaql al-bašarī, expr., to be beyond the power of human comprehension
►warāʔᵃ, prep., 1 behind, in the rear of, at the back of; 2 after; 3a beyond, past; b over and above, beside, in addition to | kāna warāʔa-hū, to be favorably disposed to s.o., stand behind s.o., support, back s.o.; mā warāʔᵃ ’l-ʔurdunn, n., Transjordan; mā warāʔᵃ ’l-ʔakamaẗ, n., what is at the bottom of it, what’s behind it; warāʔᵃ ’l-ʔakamaẗ mā warāʔa-hā, expr., there is more in it than meets the eye, there is s.th. wrong; mā warāʔa ’l-baḥr, n., overseas; mā warāʔᵃ ’l-ṭabīʕaẗ, n., 1 the supernatural, the transcendental; 2 metaphysics; mā warāʔᵃ ’l-nahr, n., Transoxania
►warāʔᵘ, adv., behind, in the rear, at the back
►warrà, vb. II, 1 ↗warà; 2a to hide, conceal, keep secret, secrete (s.th.); b to allude (ʕan bi‑ to s.th., with); c to pretend, feign, affect, simulate (bi‑ s.th.): D-stem, caus. (?)
►wārà, vb. III, 1a to try to keep secret (s.th.); b to hide, conceal (‑h ‑h s.th. in); c to disguise, mask | wārā-hu ’l-turābᵃ, to inhume, bury s.o.: L-stem, assoc.
►tawarrà, vb. V, 1 = IV; 2 to hide, conceal o.s. (ʕan, min from): tD-stem, self-ref.
►tawārà, vb. VI, 1a to hide, conceal o.s.; b to disappear from the sight (ʕan of s.o., also ʕan al-ʔanẓār): tL-stem, assoc. self-ref.
►warāʔī, adj., hind, rear, back, located at the back, directed backward: nsb-formation
►ʔawrà, adj., better concealing (li‑ s.th.): elat. formation
►tawriyaẗ, n.f., 1 hiding, concealment; 2 dissemblance, dissimulation, hypocrisy; 3 equivocation, ambiguity, double-entendre, allusion: vn. II
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warà (vb.), ↗²warrà (prob. related: ↗tawrāẗ), and al- ↗warà (n.), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

al-warà الوَرَى

n.

the mortals, mankind – WehrCowan1976

▪ Etymology obscure. In DRS, the value is not mentioned at all. Unless it is fig. use of some other meaning of warà (which one?), could there be a connection to pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ identified by Ehret1995 #974? In AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’, reconstructed by Ehret as the hypothetical common ancestor of Sem and extra-Sem items (Eg, SCush, CChad, NOmot), the *‘growing’ is a feature of human beings or animals... If valid, the meaning ‘mortals, mankind’ of Ar warà would have developed from *‘the growing ones’.
▪ Any relation to ↗^†WRY_6 ^†wariya (yarī, vn. wary) ‘to be compact (marrow, flesh)’, ^†warà ‘to be fat (camel)’ and/or ↗^†WRY_7 ^†wary ‘pus, matter; purulent ulcer’?
▪ ...

▪ Hava1899 lists waràⁿ ‘creature’ together with the expression ^†mā ʔadrī ʔayyu ’l-warà huwa ‘I do not know what a man he is’
▪ ...

▪ ? Ehret1995 #974 AfrAs *-wăr-/-wĭr- ‘to grow (person, animal)’: pre-protSem *wr ‘to grow, increase in size’ [? Ar ↗waràⁿ ‘mortals, man’], Eg wr ‘greatness of size’, wr, wrr ‘great; much, many’, (Cush) SC: PR *war‑ ‘mature young person’, protCChad *wr ‘old’, (NOmot) Ometo *orde ‘big’, Gonga *wur‑ ‘male animal’ (i.e., in general larger sex; Mocha wuró < *wer‑).
▪ ...

▪ ...

–

►ḫayr al-warà, n., the best of all men, the Prophet Mohammed
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warà (vb.), ↗warāʔ, ↗¹warrà, ↗tawriyaẗ, and ↗²warrà (prob. related: ↗tawrāẗ), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

tawriyaẗ تَوْرِيَة

n.f.

1 hiding, concealment; 2 dissemblance, dissimulation, hypocrisy; 3 equivocation, ambiguity, double-entendre, allusion – WehrCowan1976
vn. II

▪ tawriyaẗ is the vn. of ↗¹warrà ‘to hide, conceal, keep secret, secrete’ (which is likely from ↗warāʔ ‘back, rear’ (< Sem *ʔ˅rāw-, *w˅rāʔ- ‘back’ < AfrAs *ʔ/wiray/w- ‘back’ – OrelStolbova1994). Like the underlying vb., also its vn. shows [v1] a literary value, [v2] an extended, fig. value (‘to pretend, feign, affect, simulate’ / ‘dissemblance, dissimulation, hypocrisy’), and [v3] the use as a technical term in literary aesthetics (‘to allude to s.th.’ / ‘equivocation, ambiguity, double-entendre, allusion’).
▪ ...

▪ ...

▪ ↗¹warrà.
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗warà (vb.), ↗warāʔ, ↗¹warrà, ↗²warrà (prob. related: ↗tawrāẗ), and al- ↗warà (n.), as well as, for the larger picture, root entry ↗WRY.

WZR وزر

“root”

▪ WZR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WZR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WZR_3 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WZR_4 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WZR_5 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘impregnable mountain, refuge, armament; support, counsellor; to bear, back up; to carry, heavy load, crime, sin’

▪ BAH2008: The word wazar ‘mountain’ or ‘refuge’ is said to be of Nab origin, and wazīr is said to be originally Pers. Cf., however, s.v.
▪ …
▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ For Engl vizier see ↗wazīr).

–

wizr وِزْر , pl. ʔawzār

n.

1 heavy load, burden, encumbrance. – 2 sin, crime. – 3 responsibleness, responsibility – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ wizr ▪ eC7 1 (load, burden, heavy weight) Q 20:87 walākin-nā ḥummilnā ʔawzāran min zīnāti ’l-qawmi fa-qaḏafnā-hā ‘but we were laden with burdens from the people’s ornaments, so we threw them [into the fire]. – 2 (guilt, crime, sin, responsibility) 20:100 man ʔaʕraḍa ʕan-hu fa-ʔinna-hū yaḥmilu yawma ’l-qiyāmati wizran ‘whoever turns away from it will bear a heavy responsibility on the Day of Resurrection’. – wāziraẗ (PA I f., a person/soul having the capacity to be responsible for his/her actions, a legal entity) Q 6:164 wa-lā taziru wāziratun wizra ʔuḫrà ‘no soul capable of carrying responsibility shall bear the guilt of another’. – wazar (refuge, place of refuge) Q 75:11 kallā lā wazara ‘truely, there will be no refuge’. – wazīr (counsellor, helper, supporter) Q 20:29 wa-’ǧʕal lī wazīran min ʔahlī ‘and provide for me a helper from my family’

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WZR-1: Ar wazara ‘porter (un fardeau)’, wazira ‘porter [une charge de] faute, être accusé d’un péché, d’une faute, d’un crime’, wizr ‘lourd fardeau, charge, crime’, wazr ‘montagne pouvant servir de refuge’, wāzara ‘aider, assister qn’, ʔawzara ‘cacher, procurer un refuge’, ĭstawzara ‘emporter qc’, ʔawzar ‘armes’.
▪ Cf. however also ↗wazīr and ↗WZR in general.

…

–

► ḥammala-hū wizra ‑hū, to make s.o. bear the responsibility for s.th., make s.o. answerable for s.th.
► waḍaʕat-i ’l-ḥarbu ʔawzāra ‑hā, the war has come to an end: cf. Q 47:4.
► wazara (1), yaziru (wizr), vb. I, to take upon o.s., carry (a burden): denom.?
► wazara (2), yaziru, and wazira, yawzaru (wizr, wazr, ziraẗ), vb. I, to commit a sin: fig. use of preceding?
► wāzara, vb. III, to help, assist, aid, support (ʕalà in s.th.): L-stem, associative (*‘to carry the burden together with s.o.’). Or var. of ↗ʔāzara ‘id.’, from ↗ʔazara ‘to surround, gird’?
► ʔawzara, vb. IV, to support, back up, strengthen s.o.’s (DO) arm: probably denom. from ^†waz(a)r ‘(mountain-) refuge’ (see WZR_6 s.v. ↗WZR), lit. *‘to provide a refuge for s.o.’?
► tawazzara, vb. V, to become a (cabinet) minister: t-stem (quasi-pass.) of D-stem *wazzara ‘to appoint as vizier, minister’, appell., denom. from wazīr.
► tawāzara, vb. VI, to help each other: t-stem of III, recipr.
► ĭttazara, vb. VIII, 1 ↗wazraẗ. – 2 to commit a sin: t-stem (< *ĭwtazara), denom. from wizr [v2].
► ĭstawzara, vb. X, 1 to appoint as (cabinet) minister; 2 to be appointed as (cabinet) minister: Št-stem, request., denom. from wazīr (*‘to ask s.o. to be a minister’ or *‘to aspire to become a minister’).
► ^BP#96wazīr, pl. wuzarāʔ, n., 1 (cabinet) minister; 2 vizier; 3 queen (in chess): [v1] is modern, [v3] term.tech., both from [v2], which existed in the meaning of ^†‘helper’ as a quasi-PP of vb. I, lit. *‘loaded with a burden (wizr)’, but then merged with, and was superseded by, a loanword from mPers. – For details and compounds, see ↗s.v.
► ^BP#217wizāraẗ, pl. -āt, n.f., 1 ministry; 2 rank of minister; 3 cabinet, government: n.prof., from wazīr. – For compounds see ↗s.v.
► ^BP#2900wizārī, adj., ministerial: nsb-adj., from wizāraẗ.
For other items of √WZR, cf. ↗WZR, ↗wizraẗ, ↗wazaraẗ.

wizraẗ وِزْرة , pl. wizarāt

n.f.

loincloth – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

–

► ĭttazara, vb. VIII, 1 to wear a loincloth; to put on (a garment): denom. – 2 ↗wizr

wazaraẗ وزرة , pl. ‑āt

n.f.

skirt, skirting (arch.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

…

–

wazīr وَزِير , pl. wuzarāʔᵘ

n.

1 (cabinet) minister. – 2 vizier. – 3 queen (in chess) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Cheung2017rev: rather not of Ir origin, but < Ar ↗wazara ‘to take upon oneself, carry a burden’. For details, see below, section DISC.
▪ …

▪ eC7 (counsellor, helper, supporter) Q 20:29 wa-’ǧʕal lī wazīran min ʔahlī ‘and provide for me a helper from my family’

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WZR-2: Ar wazīr, Mhr wəzayr, EJib ɛzayr, Gz wazir ‘vizir, ministre’, Amh wäzir, wazir ‘conseiller d’un monarque’.
▪ Cf. however also ↗wizr.
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl vizier, from Ar wazīr ‘vizier, minister, burdened’, either from ʔāzara ‘to help’, L-stem of ↗ʔazara ‘to surround’ (see above), or from ↗wazara ‘to carry a burden, take upon oneself’.

► wazīr al-dawlaẗ, n.f., minister of state, cabinet minister without portfolio
► wazīr mufawwaḍ, n., minister plenipotentiary (dipl.)
► wazīr muqīm, n., minister resident (Tun.)
► al-wazīr al-ʔakbar or al-wazīr al-ʔawwal, n., the Prime Minister
► maǧlis al-wuzarāʔ, n., cabinet, council of ministers; for the various departments see entry ↗wizāraẗ.
► tawazzara, vb. V, to become a (cabinet) minister: tD-stem, pass. of caus. *II, denom.
► ĭstawzara, vb. X, 1 to appoint as (cabinet) minister: tŠ-stem, appellative; 2 to be appointed as (cabinet) minister: intr./quasi-pass. use of [v1].
► ^BP#217wizāraẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., 1 ministry; 2 rank of minister; 3 cabinet, government: nomin. formation, designating the office of a wazīr. – For the various departments see separate entry ↗wizāraẗ
► ^BP#2900wizārī, adj., ministerial: nsb-adj., from wizāraẗ.

wizāraẗ وِزارَة , pl. ‑āt

n.f.f.

1 ministry. – 2 rank of minister. – 3 cabinet, government – WehrCowan1979.

nomin. formation, designating the office of a ↗wazīr.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► wizāraẗ al-ʔiršād al-qawmī, n.f., ministry of national guidance (Eg.)
► wizāraẗ al-ʔašġāl al-ʕumūmiyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of public works
► wizāraẗ al-ʔiʕlām, n.f., ministry of information
► wizāraẗ al-ĭqtiṣād al-waṭanī, n.f., ministry of national economy
► wizāraẗ al-ʔawqāf, n.f., ministry of religious endowments, wakf ministry
► wizāraẗ al-baḥriyyaẗ, n.f., naval department, ministry of the navy
► wizāraẗ al-tiǧāraẗ, n.f., ministry of commerce
► wizāraẗ al-taḫṭīṭ, n.f., ministry of city planning and road construction
► wizāraẗ al-tarbiyaẗ wa’l-taʕlīm, n.f., ministry of education
► wizāraẗ al-tamwīn, n.f., ministry of supply
► wizāraẗ al-ḥarbiyyaẗ, n.f., war ministry
► wizāraẗ al-ḥaqqāniyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of justice
► wizāraẗ al-ḫāriǧiyyaẗ, n.f., foreign ministry
► wizāraẗ al-dāḫiliyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of the interior
► wizāraẗ al-difāʕ al-waṭanī, n.f., ministry of national defence
► wizāraẗ al-zirāʕaẗ and wizāraẗ al-filāḥaẗ, n.f., ministry of agriculture
► wizāraẗ al-šuʔūn al-ĭǧtimāʕiyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of social affairs
► wizāraẗ al-šuʔūn al-baladiyyaẗ wa’l-qarawiyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of municipal and rural affairs
► wizāraẗ al-ṣiḥḥaẗ al-ʕumūmiyyaẗ, n.f., ministry of public health
► wizāraẗ al-ṣināʕaẗ wa’l-ṭāqaẗ, n.f., ministry of industry and energy ressources
► wizāraẗ al-ṭayarān, n.f., air ministry
► wizāraẗ al-ʕadl (al-ʕadliyyaẗ), n.f., ministry of justice
► wizāraẗ al-quwà al-ʕāmilaẗ wa’l-tadrīb al-mihanī, n.f., ministry of labour and vocational training
► wizāraẗ al-māliyyaẗ, n.f., finance ministry
► wizāraẗ al-maʕārif, n.f., ministry of education
► wizāraẗ al-muwāṣalāt, n.f., ministry of communication
► ^BP#2900wizārī, adj., ministerial: nsb-adj., from wizāraẗ.

WZʕ وزع

“root”

▪ WZʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WZʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WZʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to restrain, keep in line; to urge, encourage; one responsible for keeping the troops in line in battle, to marshall factions, groups; to distribute’

▪ …

–

.

–

WZN وزن

“root”

▪ WZN_1 ‘weight’ ↗wazn, ‘balance, scales’ ↗mīzān
▪ WZN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘weight, measure; scales; to weigh, to weigh out, to estimate, to compare; justice; to be wise; to be parallel with, to be equal or equivalent to’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

mīzān مِيزان

n.

1 balance, scales; 2 weight; 3 measure; 4 poetic measure, meter; 5 rule, method; 6 justice, equity, fairness, impartiality – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► al-mīzān, n., Libra, Balance (astron.)
► mīzān al-ḥarāraẗ, n., thermometer
► mīzān rāṣid, n., self-registering scales
► mīzān ṭablī, n., 1 weighing machine, platform scale; 2 weighbridge
► mīzān al-māʔ, n., spirit level, level
►

WSṬ وسط

“root”

▪ WSṬ_1 ‘middle’ ↗wasaṭ, ‘mediator, agent’ ↗wāsiṭaẗ
▪ WSṬ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘middle, centre; justice; heart, waist; inside; between; the choice, the select; to cause to be in the centre’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

wāsiṭaẗ واسِطَة

n.f.

1 mediator, mediatress, intermediary; 2 mediacy, agency, instrumentality, agent, device, means, medium; 3 expedient – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► bi‑wāsiṭaẗ, adv., 1 by means of, through, by, per; 2 on the part of, by
► bi‑’l-wāsiṭaẗ, adv., indirectly, immediately
► bi‑hāḏihi ’l-wāsiṭaẗ, adv., by this means or device, by that
► bi‑wāsiṭaẗ ḏālik, adv., by means of that, by that
► wāsiṭaẗ al-ĭttiṣāl, n.f., link
►

mutawassiṭ مُتَوَسِّط

adj.

.

▪ PA V, from vb. V, tawassaṭa '…', t-stem (self-referential) of vb. II, wassaṭa 'to place in the middle, center', denom. from wasaṭ 'middle, center'

.

WSʕ وسع

“root”

▪ WSʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘affluence, wealth; benefactor; capacity, ability; to be spacious, accommodate; to encompass; to assist’

▪ …

–

.

–

WSQ وسق

“root”

▪ WSQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a camel’s load, a dry measure of a certain capacity; a flock of birds, a herd of animals; to load, a beast of burden; to cover up (of night), rise up in the sky (of the moon), become a full moon, shine upon the land below; to gather together, be complete, be in perfect order’

▪ …

–

.

–

WSL وسل

▪ WSL_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSL_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘linkage, means, medium, device; rank, station; proximity; to ingratiate o.s.; to implore’

.

▪ …

–

.

–

WSM وسم

“root”

▪ WSM_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSM_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSM_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘brand, sign, branding iron; to cauterise; good looks; seasons, returning occasions, spring rain; to see signs of certain traits in s.o., to gauge; to ornament’

▪ From protSem *√WSM ‘to be(come) fitting, suitable’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl monsoon, from Ar ↗mawsim ‘season’, from ↗wasama ‘to mark’, wasuma ‘to be(come) beautiful’.

–

WSN وسن

“root”

▪ WSN_1 ‘(to) sleep, slumber, to doze’ ↗sinaẗ, wasina
▪ WSN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘slumber, napping, dozing, drowsiness; to be lazy’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

wasin‑ وَسِنَ , yawsanu (wasan , sinaẗ)

vb., I

to sleep, slumber – WehrCowan1979.

▪ The Ar vb. wasina is of Sem origin (*w˅š˅n‑), but is no longer the main vb. used for ‘to sleep’ in Ar – this function has been taken by ↗nāma here. The corresponding n. ↗sinaẗ ‘slumber, sleep’ has cognates everywhere in Sem except EthSem, so that it is safe to assume a common Sem n. *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’ (which probably goes back to AfrAs *šin‑ ‘sleep’).

↗sinaẗ

▪ Fronzaroli#2.10: Ug yšn, Hbr yāšēn ‘to sleep’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2226: Hbr yšn, Ar wsn ‘to sleep’.
▪ Cf. also the cognates given s.v. ↗sinaẗ ‘sleep (n.)’.

▪ Fronzaroli#2.10: Sem *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’, *wašin ‘asleep’.
▪ Kogan2011: A n. cognate to Ar sinaẗ is attested everywhere in Sem except in the Eth branch. It is safe, however, nevertheless to reconstruct Sem *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2226: Sem *w˅š˅n‑ ‘to sleep’ < AfrAs *siʔon‑ /*siwan‑ ‘to sleep’ (metathesis). – Cf. also AfrAs *šin‑ ‘sleep’ (n.) > WCh *s˅n‑ ‘sleep’, CCh *siʔwan‑ ‘dream’, ECh *suwan‑ ‘sleep, dream’, SaAf *son‑ ‘sleep’ (n.).
▪ Cf. also the reconstruction proposed for ↗sinaẗ ‘sleep (n.)’.

–

► wasan, n., slumber, doze: vn. I.
► sinaẗ, n.f., slumber, doze: vn. I | ~ min al-nawm, n., a short nap.
► wasin, adj., sleepy, drowsy, somnolent.
► wasnān ᵘ, f. wasnà, adj., sleepy, drowsy, somnolent: ints. formation.

sinaẗ سِنَة

n.f.

slumber, doze – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Ar sinaẗ ‘slumber, sleep’ has cognates everywhere in Sem except EthSem, so that it is safe to assume a common Sem n. *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’ (which probably goes back to AfrAs *šin‑ ‘sleep’).

▪ eC7 Q 2:255 lā taʔḫuḏuhū sinatun wa-lā-nawm ‘neither slumber nor sleep overtakes Him’

▪ Fronzaroli#2.10: Akk šittu ‘sleep’, šuttu ‘dream’, Ug šnt, Hbr šēnā, Syr šenᵉtā, Ar sinaẗ, wasnaẗ, SAr snt ‘sleep’; Akk Ug yšn ‘to sleep’, Hbr yāšēn, Ar wasin ‘asleep’.
▪ Kogan2011: Akk šittu, Ug šnt, Hbr šēnā, Syr šentā, Ar sinat‑, Sab snt, Mhr šənēt, Jib s̃ónút ‘sleep’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2226: (Sem as Fronzaroli and Kogan). – Outside Sem: (WCh) sunu, sine, sun, šan‑, sin, san, sən, sənasan, asin, sunsuni, sun-at, sunan ‘sleep’; (CCh) sənaʔ-ata, sin-ata, suni, sini, šəʔūnyi, saŋ, šine, suwana, šini, sənin, syon-cii, soʔoni, san, syɛne, siyena ‘dream’; (ECh) sōn, soone, suwən, suniyi, suun‑, suno, soona, suun‑, sonisoni ‘sleep, dream’; (SaAf) sonoo, sonoo ‘sleep’ (n.).

▪ Fronzaroli#2.10: Sem *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’, *wašin ‘asleep’.
▪ Kogan2011: A n. cognate to Ar sinaẗ is attested everywhere in Sem except in the Eth branch. It is safe, however, nevertheless to reconstruct Sem *šin-at‑ ‘sleep’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2226: Sem *w˅š˅n‑ ‘to sleep’ < (metathesis) AfrAs *siʔon‑ /*siwan‑ ‘to sleep’. – Cf. also AfrAs *šin‑ ‘sleep’ (n.) > WCh *s˅n‑ ‘sleep’, CCh *siʔwan‑ ‘dream’, ECh *suwan‑ ‘sleep, dream’, SaAf *son‑ ‘sleep’ (n.).

–

► sinaẗ min al-nawm, n., a short nap

WSWS وسوس

“root”

▪ WSWS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSWS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WSWS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘indistinct hidden sound, whisper; rustle, jingling of anklets; devilish insinuations; tempter; to insinuate bad thoughts, tempt; to be obsessed’

▪ …

–

.

–

WŠY وشي

“root”

▪ WŠY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WŠY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WŠY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘blotch of colour; to ornament; to speak in a sweet deceptive manner, gossip; to increase in wealth, prise out information gently’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṢB وصب

“root”

▪ WṢB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘pain, illness, extreme fatigue; lasting, permanent; to nurse; to persist.’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṢD وصد

“root”

▪ WṢD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘(This root overlaps with the root ↗ʔṢD because of the dialectal difference in pronouncing hamza as a pure vowel.) ‘courtyard, stone enclosure for animals; extreme midday heat; to shut, cover; to loom; to fix’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṢF وصف

“root”

▪ WṢF_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢF_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢF_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘attributes; to describe, detail, become describable; a serving boy or a girl; to ornament, make s.th. seem attractive; to be youthful’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṢL وصل

“root”

▪ WṢL_1 ‘to connect, join, link; to arrive, come, reach’ ↗waṣala
▪ WṢL_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘joint; link, large expanse of land; prosperity, (of land) fertility; to arrive at, to reach; to deliver, to relate; to be kin; to deny one’s ancestors’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl muslin ↗mawṣil, ↗waṣala.

–

waṣal‑ وَصَلَ

vb., I

1a to connect, join, unite, combine, link, interlock (bi‑ s.th. with), attach (bi‑ s.th. to); b to establish (ṣilaẗan, a contact, a connection; a relation bayna s.th. wa‑… wa‑… between… and…); to bring into relation); 2 to give (bi‑ s.o. s.th.), bestow, confer (bi‑ upon s.o. s.th.), award (bi‑ to s.o. s.th.); – (wuṣūl) 3a to arrive (ʔilà or at a place); b to come to s.o.’s (ʔilà) hands; c to reach (ʔilà or s.o., s.th.); d to come, get (ʔilà or s.th., s.o. to); e to reach (ʔilà or an amount), amount to (ʔilà or s.th.); f to enter (ʔilà a phase); g to get (bi‑ ʔilà s.o. to or to the point where) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl muslin, from Ar ↗mawṣil ‘place of joining’, from ↗waṣala ‘to join’.

► waṣala-nī ḫiṭāb, expr., I have received a letter
► waṣala-hū ’l-ḫabar, expr., he received the news
► yaṣilu hāḏā ʔilà ḥadd kāḏā, expr., this gets to the point where…
► waṣala ʔilà ’l-ṣafḥaẗ al-ḥāsimaẗ, vb., to enter the decisive phase
►

WṢY وصف

“root”

▪ WṢY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṢY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘thick, intertwined plants; a will, instruction; to bequeath, urge; to impress upon s.o., relate to s.o.; to obligate; to join together’

▪ From CSem *√WṢY, var. of *√¹ṢWY, ‘to command, order’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

–

WḌʔ وضأ

“root”

▪ WḌʔ_1 ‘to be brillantly clean’ ↗waḍuʔa
▪ WḌʔ_2 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WḌʔ_3 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

waḍuʔ‑ وَضُؤَ , u (yawḍuʔu) (wuḍūʔ, waḍāʔaẗ)

vb., I

to be brillantly clean, be pure, clean – WehrCowan1976.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to exit’) Akk ūṣī, Hbr yāṣā (ipfv yēṣē), Syr īʕā/ī ‘to grow’, Gz waḍʔa (ipfv yéḍāʔ).

▪ What is the semantic connection between ‘to go out’ (Akk, Hbr, Gz) and ‘to grow’ (Aram), on the one hand, and Ar ‘to be pure, clean’, on the other?

…

►tawaḍḍaʔa, vb. V, to perform the ritual ablution before prayer: Dt‑stem, intr./refl.
►wuḍḍāʔ, adj., brilliant, radiant, bright: ints.adj.
►waḍāʔaẗ, n.f., purity, cleanness, cleanliness: vn. I.
►C wuḍūʔ, n., 1 purity, cleanness, cleanliness; 2 ritual ablution before prayer: vn. I.
►waḍūʔ, n., water for the ritual ablution
►waḍīʔ, pl. wiḍāʔ, adj., pure, clean
►C tawaḍḍuʔ, n., ritual ablution: vn. V.
►mīḍaʔaẗ, var. mīḍāʔaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n.f., fountain or basin for the ritual ablution: n.instr.

WḌḤ وضح

“root”

.

▪ …

–

.

–

ĭttaḍaḥa اِتَّضَحَ

vb., VIII

.

▪ Gt-stem

.

WḌʕ وضع

“root”

▪ WḌʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḌʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḌʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘location, place; fixed taxes; luggage; debate, dialogue; to put down, place, fix into position; (of clothes) to wear, take off; to invent; to flatten; to (mutually) agree upon; to show humility; to postpone; to subside; to give birth’

▪ …

–

.

–

WḌN وضن

“root”

▪ WḌN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḌN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WḌN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to plait, braid, interweave, trim with gold and precious stones; to bring close together; to ingratiate o.s.’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṬʔ وطء

“root”

▪ WṬʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṬʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṬʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘low land; force, gravity, pressure, to tread underfoot, defeat, raid; to have sexual intercourse; to facililate, be approachable, agree with, match, synchronise’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṬR وطر

“root”

▪ WṬR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṬR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WṬR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘purpose, goal, desire, want’

▪ …

–

.

–

WṬN وطن

“root”

▪ WṬN_1 ‘to dwell, live, reside, stay’ ↗waṭana, ‘homeland, fatherland, home’ ↗waṭan
▪ WṬN_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘habitat; a battlefield, a place where s.th. is done; to settle in, to reconcile o.s. to s.th.’

▪ …

–

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WṬN–1 Ar waṭana ‘séjourner, habiter’, ʔawṭana ‘se domicilier, s’établir’, waṭan ‘contrée, territoire, patrie’, mawṭin ‘demeure, pays, théâtre d’un combat’, mīṭān ‘but, fin’, MġrAr waṭṭan ‘appliquer, habituer son esprit à qc’, Sab mwṭn ‘champ (?), champ de bataille, temple’, Jib ōṭən ‘commencer à vivre dans un nouveau lieu’. [–2 –4: not attested in Ar].
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994 #2562 connect (WCh) Tala ten ‘to sit’ to the Ar wṭn i ‘to dwell, stay’.

▪ Out of the four values attested in Sem (accord. to DRS), only one is represented in Ar.
▪ BAH2008 give the variety of meanings in ClassAr as ‘habitat; a battlefield, a place where s.th. is done; to settle in, to reconcile o.s. to s.th.’
▪ From the Ar forms, Orel&Stolbova1994 #2562 reconstruct Sem *w˅ṭin‑ (in StarLing modified to Sem *w/y˅ṭin‑) ‘to dwell, stay’, from the WCh verb ten the WCh *ṭyan‑ ‘to sit’ (with loss of initial *w˅‑, which may be a prefix). For both items, the authors assume an origin in AfrAs *w˅ṭen‑ (in StarLing modified to AfrAs *y˅ṭin‑) ‘to dwell, stay’

–

waṭan‑ وَطَنَ , yaṭinu (waṭn)

vb., I

to dwell, live, reside, stay (bi‑ in a place) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Accord. to Orel&Stolbova from Sem *w/y˅ṭin‑ ‘to dwell, stay’, perhaps from AfrAs *y˅ṭin‑ ‘to dwell, stay’. Reconstruction weak.

▪ eC7 mawṭin (place where battles are fought, battlefield (also battles, by extension) Q 9:25 la-qad naṣara-kumu ’ḷḷāhu fī mawāṭina kaṯīratin ‘God has helped you [believers] in many battlefields’

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WṬN–1 Ar waṭana ‘séjourner, habiter’, ʔawṭana ‘se domicilier, s’établir’, waṭan ‘contrée, territoire, patrie’, mawṭin ‘demeure, pays, théâtre d’un combat’, mīṭān ‘but, fin’, MġrAr waṭṭan ‘appliquer, habituer son esprit à qc’, Sab mwṭn ‘champ (?), champ de bataille, temple’, Jib ōṭən ‘commencer à vivre dans un nouveau lieu’. [–2 –4: not attested in Ar].
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994 #2562 connect (WCh) Tala ten ‘to sit’ to the Ar wṭn i ‘to dwell, stay’.

▪ From the Ar forms, Orel&Stolbova1994 #2562 reconstruct Sem *w˅ṭin‑ (in StarLing modified to Sem *w/y˅ṭin‑) ‘to dwell, stay’, from the WCh verb ten the WCh *ṭyan‑ ‘to sit’ (with loss of initial *w˅‑, which may be a prefix). For both items, the authors assume an origin in AfrAs *w˅ṭen‑ (in StarLing modified to AfrAs *y˅ṭin‑) ‘to dwell, stay’

–

The following items are either from vb. I waṭana or from the n. waṭan
► waṭṭana, vb. II, to choose for residence (a place), settle down, get settled, take up one’s residence (DO in a place) | ~ nafsa-hū ʕalà, vb., to get used to, adjust o.s. to, reconcile o.s. to, put up with; to prepare o.s. mentally for; to make up one’s mind to (do s.th.): D-stem, caus.
► tawaṭṭana, vb. V, to settle down (DO or bi‑ in a place): TD-stem.
► ĭstawṭana, vb. X, to choose for residence (a place); to settle (a country); to settle down, get settled, take up one’s residence (DO in); to live permanently (DO in a place); to take root, become naturalized, acclimated (DO in)
► ^BP#373waṭan, pl. ʔawṭān, n., C homeland, home country, fatherland; home | al-~ al-qiblī, n.prop.loc., Cape Bon (tun.); al-~ al-qawmī al-ʔisrāʔīlī, n., the Jewish National Home; ʔahl ~i-hī, n.pl., his countrymen, his compatriots; ḥubb al-~, n., patriotism; šāʔiʕ al-~, adj./n., cosmopolitan.
► ^BP#4087mawṭin, pl. mawāṭinᵘ, n., C residence, domicile; habitat; native place, home town, home; native country, home country, fatherland; place, locality, area, region, section, district, zone; point, spot; right place; right time: n.loc. | ~ al-ḍuʕf, n., soft or sore spot; weak spot, weakness; waḍaʕa yada-hū ʕalà ~ al-ʕillaẗ, expr., to lay one’s finger on an open sore, touch a sore spot; al-~ al-waḍīʕ, n., the lowest point, the low mark, the bottom.
► ĭstīṭān, n., immigration; settling down; settling, settlement, colonization; "istitan", a special impost in Tunisia: vn. X.
► mutawaṭṭin, adj., native, indigenous, domestic; resident; deep-rooted; endemic (med.): PA V.
► mustawṭin, adj., native, indigenous, domestic; resident; deep-rooted: PA X.
► ^BP#3811mustawṭanaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., C settlement, colony: n.loc. X | ~ zirāʕiyyaẗ, n., agricultural collective, kibbutz (in Israel): ↗ĭstīṭān.
For other items belonging to √WṬN, cf. ↗waṭan.

ĭstawṭan‑ اِسْتَوْطَنَ , ‑stawṭin‑ (ĭstīṭān)

vb., X

to choose for residence (a place); to settle (a country); to settle down, get settled, take up one’s residence (DO in); to live permanently (DO in a place); to take root, become naturalized, acclimated (DO in) – WehrCowan1979.

See DISC below.

▪ …

↗waṭan, ↗waṭana.

▪ It is not clear whether one should regard form X (ĭstawṭana, vn. ĭstīṭān) as being derived from the n. ↗waṭan ‘permanent dwelling, residence; home; place where the cattle lie down or are tied up, stable’ or from the vb. I ↗waṭana ‘to be accustomed to a place, stay there permanently, abide, dwell’. In any case, the meaning is autobenefactive, combining the causative notion of a Š-stem with the reflexive one of the T-stem.

–

► ĭstīṭān, n., immigration; settling down; settling, settlement, colonization; "istitan", a special impost in Tunisia: vn. X.
► ^BP#3811mustawṭanaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., settlement, colony: PP f. / n.loc. X. See also s.v..

waṭan وَطَن , pl. ʔawṭān

n., C

homeland, home country, fatherland; home – WehrCowan1979.

▪ In ClassAr, the word meant ‘permanent dwelling, residence; home; place where the cattle lie down or are tied up, stable’, and the pl. al-ʔawṭān was used in the sense of ‘places between which nomads alternate’ (Steingass1884).
▪ In ClassAr, waṭan »is often used in the sense of ‘homeland’ or ‘birthplace,’ and appears frequently with a connotation of sentiment and nostalgia. Longing for one’s waṭan is often associated with lamenting for one’s departed youth. It had no political connotation, and there is no suggestion that the waṭan could in any sense be the focus of allegiance or identity or the basis of some political structure. / The new meaning dates from the last years of the eighteenth century, and can be traced to foreign influence. The earliest examples of its use in a clearly political sense that have so far come to light occur in the report of the Turkish ambassador to Paris after the French Revolution. There he uses the word vatan in a number of contexts where it obviously represents the French patrie, with the normal political connotations which the word held at that time and in that place. / In the course of the nineteenth century, the word waṭan, with derivatives for ‘patriot’ and ‘patriotism,’ passed into common use as part of the new nationalist terminology, and a number of older terms, part of the political language of Islam, began to acquire new meanings. The ideological influences coming from Europe after the French Revolution suggested new concepts of political identity and authority, based, not on communal loyalty and dynastic allegiances, as in the past, but on country or nation.«²⁹
29. B. Lewis, The political language of Islam, Chicago 1988: 40.

▪ …

↗waṭana (vb.)

▪ The word was borrowed into many other "Islamic" languages.
▪ In Tu, vaṭan is first attested in 1377 (Erzurumlu Darir, Ḳıṣṣa-i Yūsuf tercümesi). From the 1860’s onwards, the Ottoman word took on also a political meaning in the sense of Fr patrie – Nişanyan (23.06.2013)

► al-waṭan al-qiblī, n.prop.loc., Cape Bon (tun.).
► al-waṭan al-qawmī al-ʔisrāʔīlī, n., the Jewish National Home.
► ʔahl waṭani-hī, n.pl., his countrymen, his compatriots.
► ḥubb al-waṭan, n., patriotism.
► šāʔiʕ al-waṭan, adj./n., cosmopolitan.
► ^BP#143waṭanī, adj., C home, native; indigenous, domestic; patriotic; national; nationalistic: nsb-adj. from waṭan; (pl. ‑ūn) nationalist, patriot: nominalized nsb-adj. | maṣnūʕāt ~iyyaẗ, n.pl., domestic products, products of the country
► ^BP#3547waṭaniyyaẗ, n.f., C nationalism; national sentiment, patriotism: abstr. formation in ‑iyyaẗ from waṭan.
► ^BP#3606muwāṭanaẗ, n.f., citizenship: vn. III.
► ^BP#327muwāṭin, n., countryman, compatriot, fellow citizen: PA III. | ~ ʕālamī, n., world citizen.
The following items are either (denominative) from waṭan or (deverbative) from vb. I waṭana :
► waṭṭana, vb. II, to choose for residence (a place), settle down, get settled, take up one’s residence (DO in a place) | ~ nafsa-hū ʕalà, vb., to get used to, adjust o.s. to, reconcile o.s. to, put up with; to prepare o.s. mentally for; to make up one’s mind to (do s.th.): D-stem, caus.
► tawaṭṭana, vb. V, to settle down (DO or bi‑ in a place): TD-stem.
► ĭstawṭana, vb. X, to choose for residence (a place); to settle (a country); to settle down, get settled, take up one’s residence (DO in); to live permanently (DO in a place); to take root, become naturalized, acclimated (DO in).
► ^BP#4087mawṭin, pl. mawāṭinᵘ, n., C residence, domicile; habitat; native place, home town, home; native country, home country, fatherland; place, locality, area, region, section, district, zone; point, spot; right place; right time: n.loc. | ~ al-ḍuʕf, n., soft or sore spot; weak spot, weakness; waḍaʕa yada-hū ʕalà ~ al-ʕillaẗ, expr., to lay one’s finger on an open sore, touch a sore spot; al-~ al-waḍīʕ, n., the lowest point, the low mark, the bottom.
► ĭstīṭān, n., immigration; settling down; settling, settlement, colonization; "istitan", a special impost in Tunisia: vn. X.
► mutawaṭṭin, adj., native, indigenous, domestic; resident; deep-rooted; endemic (med.): PA V.
► mustawṭin, adj., native, indigenous, domestic; resident; deep-rooted: PA X.
► ^BP#3811mustawṭanaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., C settlement, colony: n.loc. X | ~ zirāʕiyyaẗ, n., agricultural collective, kibbutz (in Israel): ↗ĭstīṭān.

waṭanī وَطَنِيّ

¹adj.; ²n. C

home, native; indigenous, domestic; patriotic; national; nationalistic; (pl. ‑ūn) nationalist, patriot – WehrCowan1979.

A nsb-adj. coined from ↗waṭan.

▪ …

↗waṭana.

–

► maṣnūʕāt waṭaniyyaẗ, n.pl., domestic products, products of the country

waṭaniyyaẗ وَطَنِيَّة

n.f., C

nationalism; national sentiment, patriotism – WehrCowan1979.

▪ An abstr. formation in ‑iyyaẗ from ↗waṭan. »The word appeared at the end of the 19th century, in the context of the extension to the field of state politics of ↗waṭan (pl. awṭān) ‘homeland’, hitherto applied to place of birth or of residence. The noun-adjective ↗waṭanī refers to the same sectors of meaning (autochthonous, national, patriotic), while the noun ↗muwāṭin denotes a compatriot or fellow-citizen.«³⁰
30. J. Couland, art. »Waṭaniyya«, in EI².

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ 18.. ▪ …

↗waṭana.

–

mawṭin مَوْطِن , pl. mawāṭinᵘ

n., C

residence, domicile; habitat; native place, home town, home; native country, home country, fatherland; place, locality, area, region, section, district, zone; point, spot; right place; right time – WehrCowan1979.

n.loc. of vb. I, ↗waṭana.

▪ eC7 mawṭin (place where battles are fought, battlefield (also battles, by extension) Q 9:25 la-qad naṣara-kumu ’ḷḷāhu fī mawāṭina kaṯīratin ‘God has helped you [believers] in many battlefields’.
▪ The old value of ‘battlefield’ is almost lost in MSA. Wahrmund1887 still gives ‘Schlachtfeld wo Märtyrer fielen; Märtyrerthum’ (= Steingass1884: ‘battlefield where martyrs fell; martyrdom’), and also Hava1899 still has mentions ‘battlefield’.

↗waṭan, ↗waṭana.

–

► mawṭin al-ḍuʕf, n., soft or sore spot; weak spot, weakness.
► waḍaʕa yada-hū ʕalà mawṭin al-ʕillaẗ, expr., to lay one’s finger on an open sore, touch a sore spot.
► al-mawṭin al-waḍīʕ, n., the lowest point, the low mark, the bottom.

muwāṭin مُواطِن , pl. ‑ūn

n., C

countryman, compatriot, fellow citizen – WehrCowan1979.

▪ A PA III, coined from ↗waṭan. As »the modern Arabic word for ‘citizen’, in the legal sense of the term (meaning ‘one holding the citizenship or nationality of a sovereign state’)«, the term »was coined around the turn of the 20th century from ↗waṭan — initially a place of residence and, by extension, a country or patrie.«³¹
▪ 18.. …
31. A. Ayalon, art. »Muwāṭin«, in EI².

See above, section CONC, above.

↗waṭana.

A PA III, coined from ↗waṭan.

–

► muwāṭin ʕālamī, n., world citizen.
Cf. also:
► ^BP#3606muwāṭanaẗ, n.f., citizenship: vn. III.

mustawṭanaẗ مُسْتَوْطَنَة , pl. ‑āt

n.f., C

settlement, colony – WehrCowan1979.

The word is derived from vb. X, ↗ĭstawṭana. It can be interpreted as a PP f. X (‘[spot, city, etc.] which was chosen/made to be a ↗waṭan, i.e., a place to settle and live’) or a singulative (n.un.) of a n.loc. X (‘place that was chosen as waṭan ’, hence: ‘colony’). Given the fact that ‘place to stay, settle, live’ is already expressed in the old n.loc. I, ↗mawṭin, it is clear that the term was coined to express s.th. more specific, a technical term needed to address particularly the phenomenon of Israeli settlements in the Occupied Territories. This assumption is corroborated by the fact that WehrCowan1976 does not yet mention the term (although there is ĭstīṭān); so it seems to have come up only after the mid-1970s.

▪ …

↗waṭana, ↗waṭan.

–

► mustawṭanaẗ zirāʕiyyaẗ, n.f., agricultural collective, kibbutz (in Israel)

WẒF وظف

“root”

▪ WẒF_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WẒF_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

muwaẓẓaf مُوَظَّف

¹adj.; ²n.

1 fixed (salary); 2 employed, appointed; II n., pl. ‑ūn, 3 employee; 4 official, officer, civil servant; functionary – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► muwaẓẓaf al-ḥukūmaẗ, n., government official
► muwaẓẓaf ʕumūmī, n., public functionary
► ʔakbar al-muwaẓẓafīn, n. pl., senior official
►

mutawaẓẓif مُتَوَظِّف

adj.

.

▪ …PA, V

.

WʕB وعب

“root”

… –

▪ … –

–

…

–

waʕab‑ , yaʕibu (waʕb)

vb., I

to take the whole, all (of s.th.) – WehrCowan1976

▪ …

…

–

► ʔawʕaba, vb. IV, 1 to take the whole, all (of s.th.); 2 to insert (s.th. fī in): *Š-stem
► ^BP#3638ĭstawʕaba, vb. X, 1 to uproot, root out, extirpate, exterminate; 2a = I; b to embrace, enclose, encircle (s.o., bayna ḏirāʕayhi, with the arms); c to contain, hold; d to be able to take in, have room (for); 3 to comprehend, understand, grasp, take in (s.th.) *Št-stem, desid.
► ^BP#2773ĭstīʕāb, n., 1 capacity; 2a study; b full comprehension, grasp: vn. X

ʔīʕāb إيعاب

n.

.

▪ vn., IV

.

WʕD وعد

“root”

▪ WʕD_1 ‘to promise’ ↗waʕada
▪ WʕD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘promise, pledge, to promise; threat, to threaten; to make an appointment; to come to an understanding’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waʕad‑ وَعَدَ

vb., I

1a to make a promise; b to give one’s word; c to promise (bi‑ or s.o. s.th.); 2 to threaten (bi‑ s.o. with) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waʕada nafsa-hū bi‑ʔan, vb., to promise o.s. to…, intend firmly to…
► waʕada bi‑šarafi-h, vb., to pledge o.s. on one’s honor, give one’s word of honor
►

WʕẒ وعظ

“root”

▪ WʕẒ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʕẒ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WʕẒ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to admonish, exhort, advise, teach, learn by example; an example, to learn from’

▪ …

–

.

–

WʕY وعي

“root”

▪ WʕY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WʕY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘vessel, container; awareness, comprehension; noise; to collect, to gather, to comprise; to comprehend, to be aware, to be alert; (of a wound) to secrete; to exhaust’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

wāʕīⁿ واعٍ , det. wāʕī

n.

1 attentive, heedful, careful; 2 conscious, in one’s senses, wide awake – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WFD وفد

“root”

▪ WFD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘the fastest camel in a caravan; distinguished group of travellers, honoured group arriving at the residence of a high-ranking person, an envoy between high-ranking people; to arrive’

▪ …

–

.

–

WFR وفر

“root”

▪ WFR_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFR_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFR_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘abundance; to be plentiful, increase; to receive in full; to complete’

▪ …

–

.

–

WFḌ وفض

“root”

▪ WFḌ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFḌ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFḌ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘leather base for a grinding stone, place where water gathers, leather bag; mixture of people, rabble; to hurry, speed up, chase; to go separate ways’

▪ …

–

.

–

WFQ وفق

“root”

▪ WFQ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFQ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFQ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to match, agree with, be in harmony with; to come upon by chance, occur at the time of s.th.; to succeed, be right; to be well-guided, inspire’

▪ …

–

.

–

WFY وفي

“root”

▪ WFY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WFY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘death; goal; loyalty, fidelity, faithfulness; to show up; to carry out a promise; (of debts) to pay back in full, give full measure, complete; to come at an appointed time, be recalled; to increase’

▪ …

–

.

–

WQB وقب

“root”

▪ WQB_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQB_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQB_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘holes in the rock where rainwater collects; foolish person; heavy drinker; to sink in, subside; to disappear, darken’

▪ …

–

.

–

WQT وقت

“root”

▪ WQT_1 ‘period of time, time span; moment, instant’ ↗waqt
▪ WQT_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘time, period of time, timespan, to appoint a time or place, to specify an amount of time, an appointed time’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waqt وَقْت

n.

1a time; b period of time, time span; c moment, instant – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waqtan, adv., once, at one time, one day
► bi‑waqt-hī, adv., at once, right away, immediately
► fī waqti-h, adv., 1a on time; b at the right time, in good time, timely
► fī ġayr waqti-h, adv., at the wrong time, untimely
► fī ’l-waqt nasfi-h or fī nafs al-waqt, adv., at the same time, simultaneously
► fī ʔawwal waqt, adv., one of these days, at the first opportunity
► lil-waqt or li‑waqti-h, adv., at once, right away, immediately
► li‑hādā al-waqt, adv., at this time
► maʕa ’l-waqt, adv., in (due) time, in the course of time, by and by, gradually
► min waqt li‑ʔāḫar, adv., from time to time
► ʔawqātan ʔawqātan, adv., do.
► fī baʕḍ al-ʔawqāt, adv., at times, sometimes
► fī kaṯīr min al-ʔawqāt, adv., often, frequently
► waqt al-farāġ, n., leisure, sparetime, free time
► al-waqt al-madanī, n., civil time
► waqt ʔurubbā al-wusṭà, n., Central European time
► ʔišāraẗ al-waqt, n.f., time signal (radio)
►

WQD وقد

“root”

▪ WQD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘firewood, fuel, extreme heat of day, burn, heat up, kindle; to shine, glimmer; to be agile, be alert, be quick’

▪ …

–

.

–

WQḎ وقذ

“root”

▪ WQḎ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQḎ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQḎ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘an animal killed by striking with a stick, to strike violently, kill by striking; to be slow and dull; to be very ill; to be saddened’

▪ …

–

.

–

WQR وقر

“root”

▪ WQR_1 ‘to break, fracture, crack (esp. a bone)’ ↗waqara
▪ WQR_2 ‘cavity, hollow’ ↗waqr
▪ WQR_3 ‘heavy load, burden’ ↗wiqr, ‘grave, sedate, dignified’ ↗waqūr
▪ WQR_4 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘a load; solemnity, respect, dignity; to be heavily pregnant; to show respect; to be hard of hearing; to exact, to take; to settle down, to be inactive, to stay at home’

▪ Bergsträsser1928 identified 2 meanings of the root in Sem: 1) ‘valuable, precious, dear’ and 2) ‘heavy’. These form complex WQR_3 [v3]. But are also [v1] and [v2] related to [v3], or among each other?

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (waqur ‘grave, sedate, dignified’) Akk waqru, Hbr yāqār ‘rare, expensive, precious, valuable, dear’; Aram ʔīqar nēqar ‘be heavy’; SAr wqr ‘honour’. The Sem root has two meanings: ‘1. valuable, precious, dear; 2. heavy’
▪ …

See above, section CONC.

…

waqar‑ وَقَرَ , i (yaqiru) (waqr)

vb., I

1 to break, fracture, crack (esp. a bone); – 2 ↗wiqr, ↗waqūr – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Related to other items of ↗√WQR, such as ‘cavity, hollow’ (↗waqr) and ‘heavy load, burden’ (↗wiqr), ‘grave, sedate, dignified’ (↗waqūr)?

▪ …

…

▪ See above, section CONC.

…

▪ For other items of the root, see ↗waqr, ↗wiqr, ↗waqūr, and, for the whole picture, ↗√WQR.

waqr وَقْر , pl. wuqūr

n.

cavity, hollow – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Related to other items of ↗√WQR, such as ‘to break, fracture, crack (esp. a bone)’ (↗waqara), ‘heavy load, burden’ (↗wiqr), and ‘grave, sedate, dignified’ (↗waqūr)?

▪ …

…

See above, section CONC.

…

►waqraẗ, n.f., cavity, hollow.
▪ For other items of the root, see ↗waqara, ↗wiqr, ↗waqūr, and, for the whole picture, ↗√WQR.

wiqr وِقْر , pl. ʔawqār

n.

heavy load, burden – WehrCowan1976.

▪ The item seems to be the non-figurative twin of the value ‘grave, sedate, dignified’ and derivatives, cf. ↗waqūr).
▪ Related to other items of ↗√WQR, such as ‘to break, fracture, crack (esp. a bone)’ (↗waqara) and ‘cavity, hollow’ (↗waqr)?

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (waqur ‘grave, sedate, dignified’) Akk waqru, Hbr yāqār ‘rare, expensive, precious, valuable, dear’; Aram ʔīqar nēqar ‘be heavy’; SAr wqr ‘honour’. The Sem root has two meanings: ‘1. valuable, precious, dear; 2. heavy’

▪ See above, section CONC.

…

►ʔawqara, vb. IV, 1 to load, burden, overload (a beast of burden); 2 to oppress, weigh heavily (upon s.o.); 3 to be overloaden with fruit (tree): *Š‑stem, caus.
▪ For figurative use of ‘heavy’ in the sense of ‘grave, dignified, sedate; venerable’, see ↗waqūr. – For other (related?) items of the root, cf. ↗waqara and ↗waqr, as well as, for the whole picture, ↗√WQR.

waqūr وَقور

adj.

1a grave, sedate; 1b dignified; 1c venerable, reverend – WehrCowan1976.

▪ Etymologically, ‘grave, sedate, dignified’ and derived meanings seem to be figurative use of ‘heavy load, burden’ (↗wiqr) or the result of a semantic shift from Sem *‘precious, valuable’.
▪ Related to other items of ↗√WQR, such as ‘to break, fracture, crack (esp. a bone)’ (↗waqara) and ‘cavity, hollow’ (↗waqr)?
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (waqur ‘grave, sedate, dignified’) Akk waqru, Hbr yāqār ‘rare, expensive, precious, valuable, dear’; Aram ʔīqar nēqar ‘be heavy’; SAr wqr ‘honour’. The Sem root has two meanings: ‘1. valuable, precious, dear; 2. heavy’
▪ …

▪ See above, section CONC.

…

►waqara, i (yaqiru) (waqr), vb. I, 1 ↗waqara; – 2a to be settled, certain, an established fact; 2bto stay, remain: denom. from obs. ^†waqur ‘grave, heavy’ ? | waqara fī nafsih\ḫaladih, expr., to him it was an established fact (ʔanna that…); waqarat il‑ṣūraẗ fī nafsih, expr., the picture stood vividly before his mental eye.
►waqura, u (yawquru) (waqār, waqāraẗ), vb. I, to be dignified, sedate, staid, grave: denom. from obs. ^†waqur ‘grave, heavy’ ?
►waqqara, vb. II, 1 to respect, honor, revere, reverence; 2 to render grave or sedate: D‑stem, caus.
►ʔawqara, vb. IV, 1 to load, burden, overload (a beast of burden); 2 to oppress, weigh heavily (upon s.o.); 3 to be overloaden with fruit (tree): *Š‑stem, caus.
►waqār, n., 1a gravity, sobriety, dignity, deportment commanding respect; 1b sedateness, dignified bearing
►tawaqqur, n., dignified bearing: vn. V.
►muwaqqar, adj., 1a respected, held in respect; 1b venerable, reverend: PP II.
▪ For the item’s non-figurative twin, see ↗wiqr ‘heavy load, burden’. – For other (related?) items of the root, cf. ↗waqara and ↗waqr, as well as, for the whole picture, ↗√WQR.

WQʕ وقع

“root”

▪ WQʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WQʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘calamity, war, battle; to fall, befall, occur; to alight upon, guess, expect, gossip, come face-to-face with; (of rain) to fall sporadically’

▪ From Ar root √WQʕ ‘to fall’ – Huehnergard2011.
▪ …

–

.

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Vega, from Ar (an-nasr al-) ↗wāqiʕ ‘(the) falling (eagle)’, from ↗wāqiʕ ‘falling’, PA of ↗waqaʕa ‘to fall’.

–

WQF وقف

“root”

▪ WQF_1 ‘to stand, stand still; to stand up, rise’ ↗waqafa
▪ WQF_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to stand, to erect; to stop; to acquaint o.s. with s.th., to inform, to let know; to become silent, to pause, to be reticent; to fall into dispute; to elucidate, to make clear; bracelet, anklet’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

waqaf‑ وَقَفَ

vb., I

1a to come to a standstill, come to a stop; b to stand still; c to place o.s., post o.s., station o.s., take one’s stand, step (fawqa on s.th.), stand (fawqa on, dūn in the way of s.th.); d to stop (ʕindᵃ or ʕalà at; ʔilà at, short of); e to reach, extend to, go as far as; f to halt; g to pause; 2 to hesitate, waver, have doubts or scruples (fī in s.th.); 3 to use the pausal form, pronounce a word without ʔirʕāb ending (gram.); 4a to rise, get up, stand up, get on one’s feet; b to plant o.s., station o.s., stand erect, hold o.s. erect; c to stand; d to stand on end (hair); e to withstand, resist, oppose; f to take up position (ʕalà at); g to stand (maʕa by s.o.), stick (maʕa to s.o.), side (maʕa with s.o.), support, back (maʕa s.o.); 5 with foll. participle: to continue to do s.th., keep doing s.th.; — (wuqūf) 6a to occupy o.s. (ʕalà with), attend (ʕalà to), go in for (ʕalà)6; b to apply o.s., devote o.s. (ʕalà to); c to take an interest, be interested (ʕalà in); d to inquire, seek information, inform o.s. (ʕalà about); e to learn, be informed (ʕalà of); f to understand, comprehend, grasp, learn (ʕalà s.th.); g to come to know (ʕalà s.th.), become acquainted (ʔalà with); h to know (ʕalà s.th.); 7 to read (ʕalà s.th.); — (waqf) 8a to bring to a standstill, to a stop, arrest, halt, stop (s.o., s.th.), put an end (to s.th.); b to hinder, prevent, hold back (s.o., s.th., or bi‑ s.o., s.th., dūn or ʕan from); 9 to make dependent, conditional (ʕalà s.th. on), pass. wuqifa to depend, be conditional (ʕalà on); 10a to apprise, inform, notify (ʕalà s.o. of), acquaint (ʕalà s.o. with), let s.o. know (ʕalà about); b to tell, advise, instruct (ʕalà s.o. about), call s.o.’s attention (ʕalà to); 11a to donate, grant, create, institute (ʕalà s.th. for a pious or charitable purpose), bequeath as a religious endowment or wakf (ʕalà s.th. to); b to make over, bequeath, transfer (ʕalà s.th. to); c to dedicate, consecrate, devote (s.th. ʕalà, to a purpose); d to assign, appoint (s.th., li‑ to, to a purpose), designate, set apart (s.th., li‑ for s.th., for a purpose); d to apply, devote (nafsa-hū o.s., li‑ to s.th., to a task) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► qif!, vb., 1a halt! (command); b stop! (e.g., on a traffic sign)
► waqafa ʔamāma-hū, vb., to resist, oppose, stop s.th., put an end to s.th.
► waqafa ʔilà ǧānibi‑hī, vb., to be on s.o.’s side
► waqafa ʔilà yasāri-hī, vb., to stand at his left
► waqafa saddan dūn, vb., to rise as an obstacle in the way to s.th., stand in the way to s.th.
► lā yaqifu dūni-hī šayʔun, vb., nothing will stand in his (or its) way, nothing can stop him (or it)
► waqafa ḥāʔiran, vb., to be in a quandary, at a loss what to do
► waqafa ʕalà ’l-ḥiyādi, vb., to remain neutral, observe strict neutrality
► waqafa ʕalà sāqi al-ǧiddi li‑, vb., to throw o.s. into s.th., identify o.s. with s.th., go to great lengths, make every effort in order to…
► waqafa ʕalà safīri al-halāk, vb., to be on the brink of ruin, be about to perish
► waqafa ʕindᵃ …ḥaddi, vb., to stop at or short of…, go as far as…
► waqafa fī waǧh fulān, vb., to offer s.o. resistance, stand up against s.o.
► waqafa mawqifan min, vb., to assume an attitude, take a stand toward or with regard to
► waqafa mawqifan milʔu-hū ’l-ḥazm, vb., to assume an attitude of utmost determination
► waqafa waqfan, vb., to assume a posture
► waqafa waqfaẗan, vb., 1 to stand still; 2 to assume an attitude
► waqafa-hū ʕan al-ʕamal, vb., to suspend s.o. from duty
►

waqf وَقْف

n.

1a stopping, stop; b halting, halt; c discontinuation, suspension, stay, stand still; d pausing, resting; 2 stagnation, dullness, listlessness (of the market); 3 pause (gram.); 4a cheeking, restraining, prevention; b interruption, hitch, impediment, obstacle, obstruction; c suspension from duty, removal from office, discharge, dismissal; d blocking (of an account), stoppage (of salaries); — (pl. ʔawqāf) 5a religious endowment, wakf, habous (lsl. Law); b endowment (in general), endowment fund; c unalienable property – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► kana waqfan ʕalà, vb., to be completely dependent on
► waqfan ʕalà, adj., restricted to
► waqf ʔahlī or waqf ḥāṣṣ or (IrqAr) waqf ḏurrī, n., family endowment, private wakf, estate in mortmain entailed in such a manner that its proceeds will accrue to the members of the donor’s family, and, after the death of its last descendant, go to a charitable purpose
► waqf ḫayrī, waqf ʕāmm (TunAr), n., public endowment, endowment set apart for a charitable or religious purpose, public wakf
► nāẓir al-waqf, n., administrator of an endowment, trustee, curator
► al-ʔawqāf, n. pl., the wakf system, estates in mortmain
► wizāraẗ al-ʔawqāf, n.f., the ministry entrusted with government supervision of estates in mortmain, wakf ministry
► waqf ʔiṭlāq al-nār, n., cease-fire (mil.)
► waqf al-tanfīḏ, n., stay of execution (jur.)
► ʔakala ḫubz al-waqf, vb., to have independent means of subsistence, have a sinecure
►

WQY وقي

“root”

▪ WQY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WQY_2 ‘fear, caution, prudence; dissimulation’ ↗taqiyyaẗ
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to guard, to safeguard; to prevent, to obviate; to avoid, to beware; protection, fear, caution’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

taqiyyaẗ تَقِيَّة

n.f.

1 fear, caution, prudence; 2 (in Shiitic Islam) dissimulation of one’s religion (under duress or in the face of threatening damage) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WKʔ وكء

“root”

▪ WKʔ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKʔ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKʔ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘walking stick; food and nourishment; to lean, recline; to tie up, tighten up’

▪ …

–

.

–

WKD وكد

“root”

▪ WKD_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKD_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKD_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘saddle straps, leather belt; intention; to tighten up; to be on target, give support’

▪ …

–

.

–

WKZ وكز

“root”

▪ WKZ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKZ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WKZ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to strike or poke with the fist, slap, thrust, spur; to break; (of a snake) to bite’

▪ …

–

.

–

WKL وكل

“root”

▪ WKL_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WKL_2 ‘trust, confidence’ ↗tawakkul
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to depend on, to trust, to entrust, to take charge of; to be too lazy to do things for oneself; weakness; representative, proxy, guardian’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Tiglathpileser, from Hbr tiglat pilʔeser, from Akk tukultī-apil-ešarra ‘my trusted one (is) the heir of Esharra’, from tukultī ‘my trusted one’, from tukultu ‘trust, object of trust’, from takālu ‘to trust’, alteration of earlier wakālum, cognate with Ar ↗wakala.

–

tawakkul تَوَكُّل

n.

1a trust, confidence; b trust in God; 2 passivity of living (of the early ascetics and mystics) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

WLǦ ولج

“root”

▪ WLǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WLǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WLǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘land depression, valley, cave; door, entrance, doorway; to enter, cause to enter; confidants, close friends, associates’

▪ …

–

.

–

WLD ولد

“root”

▪ WLD_1 ‘to bear (a child), give birth; to beget, bring forth’ ↗walada, ‘descendent, child, son, boy’ ↗walad
▪ WLD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘newly born baby, boy, child, offspring; mother, father, parents; to give birth, to assist in bringing forth a baby, midwife; to multiply in number; place or time of birth; playmates’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

walad وَلَد

n.

1a descendant, offspring, scion; b child; c son; d boy; e young animal, young one; f (coll.) progeny, offspring, children – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► walad al-zināʔ, n., illegitimate child, bastard
► walad al-mulāʕanaẗ, n., child whose paternity is contested by liʕān (q.v.) (Isl. Law)
►

walad‑ وَلَدَ

vb., I

1 to bear (a child), give birth (to); 2a to beget, generate, procreate; b to bring forth, produce (s.th.) – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *wld ‘to give birth’.
▪ …

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘to give birth’) Akk ūlid, Hbr yālaḏ tēleḏ, Syr ʔīleḏ nēlaḏ, Gz waláda (ipfv yélad).
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

► waladat min-hu, vb., to have a child by s.o. (woman)
►

WLY ولي

“root”

▪ WLY_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ WLY_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘adjacency; to follow; to turn to/from; to befriend, to back up; to take control; helper, backer, guardian, benefactor; next of kin: patron, servant/master: companion, partner. As adjacency is the central meaning of this root some derivatives denote opposite meanings, e.g. master/servant’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl maulana, mullah ↗mawlàⁿ; vilayet ↗wilāyaẗ.

–

waliyy وَلِيّ

n.

1a near, nearby; b neighboring, adjacent; c close; — II n., pl. ʔawliyāʔᵘ, 2a helper, supporter, benefactor, sponsor; b friend, close associate; c relative; d patron, protector; e legal guardian, curator, tutor; 3a a man close to God, holy man, saint (in the popular religion of Islam); b master; c proprietor, possessor, owner – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

…

► waliyy allāh, n., the friend of God
► waliyy al-ʔamr, n., 1 the responsible manager, the man in charge; 2 ruler; 3 tutor, legal guardian
► waliyy al-dam, n., avenger of blood, executor of a blood feud
► waliyy al-saǧǧādaẗ, n., title of the leader of a Sufi order in his capacity of inheritor of the founder’s prayer rug
► waliyy al-ʕahd, n., successor to the throne, heir apparent, crown prince
► waliyy al-niʕmaẗ, n., benefactor
►

wilāyaẗ وِلايَة

n.f.

1a sovereign power, sovereignty; b rule, government; — (pl. ‑āt) 2 administrative district headed by a vali, vilayet (formerly, under the Ottoman Empire), province; 3 state – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl vilayet, from Ar wilāyaẗ ‘province’, from ↗waliya ‘to be(come) near, adjacent, be in charge, manage, govern’.↗

► al-wilāyāt al-muttaḥidaẗ, n. pl., the United States
► wilāyaẗ al-ʕahd, n.f., succession to the throne
►

mawlàⁿ مَوْلىً , det. mawlà

n.

n., 1 master, lord; 2 protector, patron; 3 client; 4 charge; 5 friend, companion, associate; 6 al-~, the Lord, God; 7 mawlāya and mawlānā, form of address to a sovereign – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl maulana, mullah, from Ar mawlā ‘master, patron, friend’, from ↗waliya ‘to be(come) near, adjacent, be in charge, manage, govern’.

►

WNY وني

“root”

▪ WNY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WNY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WNY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘place of rest, relaxation; slackness, weakness; to delay; shortcoming, delaying; docks’

▪ …

–

.

–

WHB وهب

“root”

▪ WHB_1 ‘to give, donate’ ↗wahaba
▪ WHB_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘gift, donation, to give freely, to bestow; to last; to possess; small stream’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

wahab‑ وَهَبَ , yahabu (wahb)

vb., I

to give, donate; to grant, accord; to present; to endow – WehrCowan1979.

From Sem *w˅h˅b‑ ‘to give’.

▪ eC7 Out of the 4 values the root WHB shows in ClassAr according to Badawi2008 – ‘1. gift, donation, to give freely, to bestow; 2. to last; 3. to possess; 4. small stream’ – the Koran has only the first, cf. ‘to grant, to give freely, to bestow’, as in Q 19:19 li-ʔahiba la-ki ġulāman zakiyyan ‘to grant you a pure boy’, and ‘one who is given to bestowing favours’, as in Q 3:8 al-wahhāb ‘the Ever-Giving’ (an attribute of God). No other values given in Polosin1995 either.

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WHB: Hbr *yahab : hab, hābā (impér.) ‘donne!’, yəhab ‘fardeau, charge’, JP yəhab ‘donner, mettre, placer’, yəhᵃbat, yəhābīt ‘don, part’, yəhābā ‘charge’, Syr ya(h)b, yihab, Mand ɛhab, nAram app, appi, nSyr yāwil ‘donner’, Nab Palm yhb ‘déposer, placer’, mwhbh ‘don, donation’, Ar wahaba ‘donner’, hibaẗ, mawhab, mawhabaẗ, mawhibaẗ ‘don’, wāhib ‘donateur’, wahhāb ‘donateur; généreux, libéral’, ʔawhaba (li‑) ‘demeurer, rester (à qn)’, Ṣaf hb, Tham hbn (impér.) ‘donne!’, whb, hb ‘don’, Daṯ habā ‘donner’, HispAr hiba ‘dot’, SAr whb ‘donner concéder’, ythb ‘recevoir’, hbt, mwhbt ‘don’, Soq habu, hibo ‘donne!, donnez!’, weheb ‘généreux’, Gz wahaba, habt, habhab ‘don’, Te haba, Tña habä, Arg hawa, Gaf Gur wabä, Tña wähabi, Amh wabi ‘qui donne, généreux’, Gaf yəb ‘généreux’, Amh habt ‘bonne chance, fortune’, habtam ‘fortuné, riche’; ? wub ‘beau, gracieux’, täwabä ‘être beau, gracieux’. — Outside Sem: En Cush, de nombreuses langues présentent, avec le sens de ‘donner’, des formes qui ont été rapprochées de celles du sémitique: Bed hi(w), Ag Bil uw, Demb Qw yuw, Sa ʕAf uw. — Faut-il rapprocher aussi l’Eg qui atteste h3b dont le sens est ‘envoyer’?
▪ In addition to the Sem forms (as in DRS), TB2007 mentions, as cognate outside Sem, (WChad) Sura hwɔ́p ‘to borrow’, and perhaps also OEg h3b ‘to send’ (but this is doubtful since the function of ‑3‑ is not clear; rather < *hrb), and (Berb) Ahg hub-ǝt, Ayr hub-ǝt ‘to drag, pull along’.

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WHB: En Ug, on relève la forme mhbn comme épithète du dieu Rašap. — Many consider the root √WHB to have developed from √ʔHB (cf. Ar ʔuhbaẗ ‘équipement) [references given]. — Certain formes in modSAr (weheb ‘generous’), as well as Tna wähabi seem to be borrowed from Ar.
▪ TB2007 reconstructs Sem *w˅h˅b‑ ‘to give’, from AfrAs *h˅wab‑ ‘to give, send’, with initial *h˅w, not (as in Sem) *w˅h‑, evidently for now other reason than the possibility of a WChad parallel that is reconstructed as WChad *hwab‑ ‘to borrow’. Given that the latter is based on evidence in only 1 language (and OEg h3b ‘to send’ and Berb *hub‑ ‘to drag, pull along’ are not necessarily related), the AfrAs reconstruction seems rather weak.

–

► wahabat ‑hu min ḏāti nafsihā, vb.f., she gave herself unreservedly to him.
► hab, vb.imp., suppose that…, assuming that…
► hab-nī faʕaltu, vb.imp., suppose I had done it.
► ʔawhaba, vb. IV, to give, present: ints. of vb. I, or denom. from hibaẗ ?
► ĭstawhaba, vb. X, to request as a gift: requestative (denom. from hibaẗ ?)
► ^BP#4067hibaẗ, pl. ‑āt, n., gift, present, donation, grant. | ʕaqd al-hibaẗ, n., deed of gift.
► wahbaẗ, n.f., tip, gratuity: n.un. of vn. I.
► wahhābī, n., Wahabite; adj., Wahabi: nsb-adj from ʕAbd al-Wahhāb, PN of the founder of the W. sect.
► al-wahhābiyyaẗ, n.abstr., Wahabiism: abstr. in aẗ from ʕAbd al-Wahhāb, PN of the founder of the W. sect.
► ^BP#3022mawhibaẗ, var. mawhabaẗ, pl. mawāhibᵘ, gift; talent:.
► ʔīhāb, donation, grant(ing): vn. IV.
► wāhib, n., giver, donor: PA I.
► mawhūb, adj., given, granted; gifted; talented: PP I. | mawhūb lahū, n., recipient of a gilt or grant, donee.

WHǦ وهج

“root”

▪ WHǦ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHǦ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHǦ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘intense midday heat; to burn brightly, blaze; to glitter, glimmer, twinkle, sparkle; (of scent) to waft about’

▪ …

–

.

–

WHN وهن

“root”

▪ WHN_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHN_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHN_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be weak, be feeble, be infirm, be languid, be lethargic; the last hours of the night’

▪ …

–

.

–

WHY وهي

“root”

▪ WHY_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHY_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WHY_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘crack, weakness, to slacken, to collapse, to fall down, to become frayed; to act foolishly’

▪ …

–

.

–

WYL ويل

“root”

▪ WYL_1 ‘(interj.)’ ↗wayl
▪ WYL_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ WYL_3 ‘...’ ↗...

▪ …

–

.

–

wayl ويل

n./interj.

affliction, distress, woe; (with li- or wayla- with pers.prn. suffix: woe! waylun la-ka or wayla-ka woe unto you! – WehrCowan1976

▪ (BAH2008): interjection used either nominally, with or without a definite article, or adverbially

.

–

waylaẗ, pl. -āt, n.f., calamity, disaster, distress, affliction, woe, misfortune, adversity

WYN وين

“root”

↗wayn

▪ …
▪ …

–

^†wayn وَيْن , n.un. ‑aẗ

n.coll. (n.un. ‑aẗ)

red/white grapes,⁷ black grapes.⁸
7. LA. 8. Freytag1837, Kazimirski1860, Steingass1884, Hava1899.

▪ The term that the Arab grammarians gloss as either ‘black grapes’ (ʕinab ʔaswad) or ‘white grapes’ (ʕinab ʔabyaḍ) and which they derive from the root WYN (cf. LA, #WYN), goes back to the early stages of Ar (often referred to as pre-ClassAr), as it is attested at least as early as C8.³² Scholars have proposed two main interpretations so far regarding its origin: “the word may ultimately be Sem in origin (cf. Ar wayn, Hbr yáyin), but more likely it is an indigenous word taken into both IE and Sem languages from a third source”.³³ For Sem, DRS, Kogan2011 and others reconstruct protSem *wayn‑ ‘vine, wine; grapes’.
…
32. Such a datation is based on the fact that the Kufan lexicographer Ibn al-ʔAʕrābī (d. 231/845) is among the sources of the lemma wayn that Ibn Manẓūr quotes in LA. 33. Th. O. Lambdin, An Introduction to the Gothic Language, 285.

While the word is glossed as either ‘black grapes’ (ʕinab ʔaswad) or ‘white grapes’ (ʕinab ʔabyaḍ) in early dictionaries, the more modern ones (C19) give only ‘black grapes’.

▪ DRS 6 (1996)#WYN-1:¹¹⁸ Hbr(Ostraca) īn‑, Ug yn, BiblHbr yáyin ‘wine’, Sab wyn, yyn ‘vineyard’, Gz wayn ‘wine, vine, raisin’, Tña wäyni ‘vine’, Amh wäyn ‘raisin’.¹¹⁹ . — Outside Sem: (Hit wijana ¹²⁰ ), Grk ϝoînos (Myk wono), Lat vinum, Arm gini, Alb venë, Got wein, Ir fin, Bret gwyn.
118. Cf. also Rolland2014 and Chantraine1977 as well as A. Meillet, Aperçu d’une histoire de la langue grecque, 35 ff.; id., “De quelques emprunts probables en grec et en latin”, 161-164; id., “A propos des noms du vin et de l’huile”, 297-304; Th. O. Lambdin, An Introduction to the Gothic Language, 285; A. van Selms, “The Etymology of yayin ‘wine’”, 76-84. 119. According to DRS and others, Akk(Bab) īnu is a loan from Sem. 120. Kluge2002.

The semantic similarity of wayn ‘grapes’ with the IE term for ‘wine’ (e.g. Lat vīnum) is intuitively clear (just as its formal similarity is), but no account is found in the literature concerning the semantic contrast that opposes Ar wayn ‘grapes’ to its IE and Sem counterparts that denote ‘wine’ (produce vs. processed food).

▪ Engl wine, oEngl win ‘wine’, from pGerm *winam (cognates: oSax, oFris, oHGe win, oNor vin, Dutch wijn, Ge Wein), an early borrowing from Lat vinum ‘wine’, from pIE *woin-o‑, related to words for ‘wine’ in Grk (oînos), Arm, Hit, and non-IE Georgian and Sem (Ar wayn, Hbr yayin), probably from a lost Mediterranean language word *win-/*woin‑ ‘wine’. Also from Lat vinum are oChSlav vino, Pol wino, Rus vino, Lith vynas, Welsh gwin, oIr fin, Gaelic fion. Essentially the same word as vine – EtymOnline.
Engl vine ‘plant which bears the grapes from which wine is made’, c.1300, from oFr vigne ‘vine, vinyard’ (C12), from Lat vinea ‘vine, vineyard’, from vinum ‘wine’, from pIE *win-o‑ ‘wine’, an Italic noun related to words for ‘wine’ in Grk, Arm, Hit, and non-IE Georgian and Sem (Hbr yayin, Eth wayn); probably ultimately from a lost Mediterranean language word *w(o)in‑ ‘wine’. From late C14 in reference to any plant with a long slender stem that trails or winds around. The Eur grape vine was imported to California via Mexico by priests in 1564 – EtymOnline.

–

yāʔ ياء

R₁

▪ Y_1 : The letter y of the Arabic alphabet.
▪ Y_2 : verbal prefix y˅-
▪ Y_3 : nominal prefix ya-

▪ Y_1 : … .
▪ Y_2 : … .
▪ Y_3 : (DRS 10 (2012) #Y-2:) »Préformante nominale et élément d’accroissement radical. À quelque stade qu’on le prenne, y- comme préformante nominale, n’a qu’une existence vestigielle. Les formes lexicales dans lesquelles il apparaît, apparemment très anciennes dans toutes les langues sémitiques, sont au nombre de quelques dizaines, essentiellement des noms d’animaux ou de plantes. À quelques exceptions près, cette préformante caractérise un vocabulaire archaïque, peu usité, figé. Certaines langues, pourtant étroitement liées avec celles où une telle construction est la plus fréquemment représentée, ne la connaissent pratiquement pas. […] Les formes de ce type constituent trois groupes différenciés par la voyelle du thème, longue le plus souvent, brève parfois. A ya-R₁R₂āR₃, ya-R₁R₂ūR₃, ya-R₁R₂īR₃: cf. […] Ar ↗yaḥmūr ‘rouge; espèce d’antilope; onagre; montagne qui de loin paraît noire’ (treated s.r. ↗ḤMR), ↗yarbūʕ ‘gerboise’ (↗√RBʕ), ↗yaʕbūb ‘courrier, cheval rapide’ (↗√ʕBː~ʕBB), ↗yaʕqūb ‘perdrix mâle’ (↗√ʕQB), ↗yaʕmūr ‘chevreau, petit agneau’ (↗√ʕMR), ↗yaqṭīn ‘perdrix mâle’ (↗√QṬN), ↗yanbūʕ ‘source d’eau, fontanelle’ (↗√NBʕ). – B ya-R₁R₂aR₃ […]. – C ya-R₁R₂uR₃ […]. – La préformante serait, de l’avis de certains sémitisants, la marque de la 3sg de la conjugaison préfixale et les lexèmes constitueraient des transpositions catégorielles de formes verbales. Ainsi yalmaʕ ‘éclair’ signifierait littéralement ‘il brille’. – La transposition n’est pas aussi claire pour toutes les formes, dans cette perspective. Elle avait dû cesser de l’être à haute époque, puisque la plus grande partie d’entre celles qui nous sont parvenues témoignent de traits phoniques (longueur et timbres des voyelles) qui les différencient des formes verbales correspondantes, du moins de celles qui nous sont connues. Un exemple comme celui de yaʕmal ‘excellent chameau’, yaʕmalaẗ ‘excellente chamelle’ (<yaʕmal ‘il travaille’) où la forme verbale aurait reçu, au féminin, un suffixe nominal, illustrerait bien le statut morphologique du vocable. Comme parallèle à cette construction, on en évoque souvent une autre très répandue dans les langues du Nord, mais qui n’est pas absente de celles du Sud. C’est celle des noms propres théophores, composés par une forme verbale, à la 3sg de la conjugaison à préfixes, et un nom de divinité. C’est en effet l’une des constructions que l’on relève. Mais de manière générale, un grand nombre de noms propres sémitiques sont complexes et leurs éléments formatifs (dont l’un est un nom divin), sont soit en construction nominale comme l’Ar ʕAbd al-Raḥīm ‘Serviteur du Miséricordieux’ […], soit en construction phrastique, formant des phrases complètes nominales ou verbales. Parmi ces dernières, on relève des termes prédicatifs de formes diverses, nom, adjectif, verbe à la conjugaison suffixale, à la conjugaison à préfixes, etc. L’ordre des termes est, selon le cas, sujet – prédicat [SV] ou prédicat – sujet [VS]. C’est dans ce dernier cas, lorsque le prédicat verbal est à la conjugaison préfixale que le nom commence par le préfixe y- 3sg : Ass Iddin Bēl, Ibni Marduk, Hbr yišmaʕyah, yiftaḥʔēl, […] SAr ydʕʔb, ydʕʔl […]. Mais une autre hypothèse, qui mérite d’être prise en considération, a été proposée par Charles Pellat, Arabica IV (1957): 186, il s’agirait de restes très archaïques, antérieurs à la formation du verbe où yazīd signifierait ‘celui qui augmente’.«

▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

–

►

YʔS يأس

“root”

▪ YʔS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YʔS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YʔS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to despair, to give up all hope, desperation; to reach the age of infertility; to come to know’

▪ …

–

.

–

yāqūt ياقُوت , pl. yawāqītᵘ

n.

a precious stone, (syr.) ruby (min.) – WehrCowan1979.

The word is one of only 17 words in the Q which, ultimately, are of Grk origin. Cf. EALL (Gutas, “Greek Loanwords”): a loan from Syr yaqūnṭā that goes back to Grk ὑάκινθος hyákinthos ‘hyazinth’.

▪ eC7 Q 55:58 ‘ruby’

DRS 10 (2012)#YQNT: Aram yaqīnton, Syr yaqundā, Gz yākənt, Amh yakənt ‘hyacinthe (pierre précieuse)’

▪ Jeffery1938, 289: »It was very generally recognized as a loan-word from Pers.¹¹⁸ Some Western scholars such as Freytag¹¹⁹ have accepted this at face value, but the matter is not so simple, for the ModPers yāqūt is from the Ar (Vullers, Lex, ii, 1507), and the alternative form yākand, like the Arm yakownd, is from the Syr yaqūndā.¹²⁰ – The ultimate source of the word is the Grk hyákinthos, used as a flower name as early as the Iliad,¹²¹ and which passed into the Sem languages, cf. Aram YQYNṬWN ¹²² ; Syr yaqūntā, and into Arm as yakintʽ.¹²³ It was from Syr yaqūntā that the word passed into Eth [Gz] as yākənt ¹²⁴ and with dropping of the weak n into Ar.¹²⁵ – It occurs in the old poetry (cf. Geyer, Zwei Gedichte, i, 119), and thus must have been an early borrowing.«
118. al-Jawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 156; al-Ṯaʕālibī, Fiqh, 317; as-Suyūṭī, Itq, 325; Muṭaw, 47, 48; al-Khafāǧī, 216; TA, i, 598. 119. Lexicon, sub voc. 120. Nöldeke in Bessenberger’s Beiträge, iv, 63; Brockelmann, ZDMG, xlvii, 7. 121. Il, xiv, 348. Boissacq, 996, points out that the word is pre-Hellenic. 122. For other forms see Krauss, Griechische Lehnwörter, ii, 212. 123. Hübschmann, Arm. Gramm, i, 366. 124. Nöldeke, Neue Beiträge, 40. 125. Fraenkel, Vocab, 6; Fremdw, 61; Mingana, Syriac Influence, 90; Vollers, ZDMG, li, 305. Note also Parthian y'kwnd (Henning, BSOS, ix, 89).

…

►

YBS يبس

“root”

▪ YBS_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YBS_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YBS_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘dry land (as opposed to the sea), hard, arid; to be afflicted with famine; to keep silent, to be too drunk; to have unpleasant countenances’

▪ …

–

.

–

YTM يتم

“root”

▪ YTM_1 ‘(to be, become) orphan’ ↗yatīm
▪ YTM_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be one of a kind, to be the best; to become detached; an orphan, weak’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YTM distinguishes 1 ‘orphelin’ from 2 ‘être las, fatigué’ (attested only in Ar).
▪ Cf. in this context also the basic values of YTM in ClassAr as given by Badawi2008: ‘to be one of a kind, to be the best; to become detached; an orphan, weak’.
▪ Given that the value ‘to be detached’ is attested only in Ar while ‘orphan’ clearly is Sem, I tend to see it not as a distinct value (from an etymological perspective) but rather as a semantic extension: ‘to be detached’ = ‘to be as alone and detached as an orphan ’. From the orphan’s isolation it is also easy to imagine the figurative value ‘one of a kind’ to be derived. However, should also the ClassAr value ‘to be tired, unable to continue with s.th.’ be connected to ‘orphan’, or should it be treated, with DRS, as a distinct value? The ‘weakness’ of the orphan could have developed into ‘lassitude, fatigue’… As long as we do not have further evidence there are no decisive answers to these questions.

–

—

yatīm يَتِيم , pl. ʔaytām , yatāmà

¹adj.; ²n.

1 n., orphan. – 2 adj., unique of its kind, unequaled, unmatched, incomparable. – 3 single, sole, one only, isolated – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protWSem *yat˅m‑ ‘orphan’.
▪ …

lC6 ʕAntara b. Šaddād 130,10 taḍuǧǧu ’l-nisāʔu min ḫīfati ’l-sabyi wa-tabkī ʕalà ’l-ṣiġāri ’l-yatāmà ‘the women cry out of fear of being taken captive and they weep over (the destiny of) the little orphans’ (Polosin1995)
▪ eC7 Ḥuṭayʔa 31,1: ʔinnahū ṯimālu ’l-yatāmà ʕiṣmatun fī ’l-mahāliki ‘he is the refuge/support of the orphans (and) a defender in the state of perdition’ (Polosin1995)
▪ eC7 Q 6:152 wa-lā taqrabū māla ’l-yatīmi ʔillā bi-’llatī hiya ʔaḥsanu ‘and do not come near the property of the orphan except with the best [of intentions] until they reach their strength’ (Badawi2008)

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YTM–1 Ug Phn ytm, Hbr yātōm, TargAram yatōmā, Syr yatmā, Mhr (ḥə-)ytim, Jib otim, Soq äʔthim ‘orphelin’.¹²¹ –2 Ar yatima ‘être las, fatigué’.
▪ Kogan2011: (Ug Hbr Syr as in DRS, the modSAr forms in slightly different transliteration:) Mhr ḥə-ytīm, Jib ótím, Soq ɛ́ʔtim ‘orphan’.
121. DRS lists also Mand yatim, Te Har yätīm ‘orphelin’ but says that these are loans from Ar.

▪ Kogan2011 reconstructs WSem *yat˅m‑ ‘orphan’, but not without adding that although the root is usually thought to be missing from Akk and Eth, one has perhaps to compare Akk watmu ‘small young animal or man’ and Sod tamʷyä ‘orphan’.
▪ The value ‘be tired, unable to continue with s.th.’ is attested only in ClassAr and may have to be treated separately.
▪ In contrast, ‘(to be) unique, incomparable’ and ‘(to be) single, sole, isolated’ are interpreted here as extensions of ‘orphan’.

–

► malǧaʔ al-ʔaytām and dār al-ʔaytām, n., orphanage.
► yatama i, yatuma u, and yatima a, vb. I, to be or become an orphan, be bereaved of one’s parents: denom.⁷
► ʔaytama, vb. IV, to orphan, deprive of his parents (s.o.): caus.
► tayattama, vb. V, = I.
► yatm, var. yutm, yatam, n., orphanhood: vn. I.
► maytam, pl. mayātimᵘ, n., orphanage: n.loc.
► muyattam, adj., orphaned, parentless: PP II; n., orphan: nominalization
7. Cf. the fact, mention in DRS 10 (2012) #YTM, that also »[l]a plupart des langues (mais pas l’hébreu) forment des verbes à partir des bases nominales«.

YḤMR يحمر

“root”

▪ YḤMR_1 ‘roebuck’ ↗yaḥmūr (s.r. ↗ḤMR).

↗yaḥmūr s.r. ↗ḤMR.

–

↗yaḥmūr (s.r. ↗ḤMR).

▪ …
▪ …

–

YD يد

“root”

▪ YD_1 ‘hand’ ↗yad
▪ YD_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘hand, palm, forearm, handle, to be handy, possession; unity, power, assistance; to give, favour; to have influence on others; to scatter’

↗yad

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl iota, jot, yodh, akin to Ar ↗yad.

–

yad يَد , pl. ʔaydin (def. al‑ʔaydī), ʔayādin (def. al‑ʔayādī)

n.

hand; foreleg; handle; power, control, influence, authority; assistance, help, aid; (Isl.Law) (personal) possession, actual control; benefit; favor – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2015 (Sw#37): from protSem *yad‑ ‘hand’ (SED I #291).
▪ »Selon les langues et les dialectes, le mot peut signaler, outre la ‘main’ proprement dite, l’avant-bras ou le bras, […] ‘du bout des doigts à l’épaule’. – Le nom de la ‘main’, comme ceux d’autres parties du corps, est, dans de nombreuses langues sémitiques, à la base de valeurs et de formes dérivées, de mots outils, prépositions etc.« (DRS 10 (2012)).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YD: Akk id ‘bras, côté, bord; aile’, Ug yd ‘main’, Hbr yād ‘avant-bras, main, côté, rive; part, possession; force’, Phn yd, EmpAram Nab Palm yd, BiblAram yᵊdā, Syr ʔīdā ‘main; côté; pouvoir’, Liḥ yd ‘main, pouvoir’, Sab yd ‘main; part; allégeance, loyalisme’, Mhr Ḥrṣ ḥayd, Soq ʔəd, əʔəd, Jib ed, Gz ʔəd, Te ʔəde, Tña ʔid, Amh ʔəǧǧ, Har iǧi, Arg ənǧ, Gur äǧ, ənǧi ‘main’; Ug yd ‘avec’, Phn Pun bd ‘par l’intermédiaire de’.
▪ Bergsträsser1928: Akk īdu, Hbr yāḏ, Aram īḏ.ā, Gz ed ‘hand, arm, side’.
▪ Elmedlaoui 2012: For Sem yad ‘hand’ cf. Berb ta-yd-t ‘arm’.

▪ From Sem *yad‑ ‘hand’ (Fronzaroli#2.79 ‘arm (with the hand)’).
▪ ….

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl iota, jot, from Grk iōta ‘iota’; yodh, from Hbr yōd ‘yodh’; both from Phoen *yōd ‘hand, tenth letter of the Phoen alphabet’, cf. Ar yad.
▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Betelgeuse, ultimately from Ar yad al-ǧawzāʔ ‘hand of Gemini’, from yad ‘hand’.

► ^BP#4671yadawī, adj., manual, by hand: nsb-adj.

YRʕ يرع

"root"

▪ YRʕ_1 ‘to be a coward, be chickenhearted’ ↗yariʕa (with ³yarāʕ ‘coward’)
▪ YRʕ_2 ‘reed; reed pen, (writing) pen’ ↗¹yarāʕ (n.un. ¹yarāʕaẗ, obs. also ^†‘reed pipe, clarinet’)
▪ YRʕ_3 ‘glowworm, firefly’ ↗²yarāʕ (n.un. ²yarāʕaẗ, obs. also ‘Cicindela; mosquito, gnat’)
Other values, now obsolete, include (Hava1899) :
▪ ^†YRʕ_4 ‘young calf’ : ^†yarʕ
▪ ^†YRʕ_5 ‘ostrich’ : ^†yarāʕaẗ

▪ [gnrl] : The root √YRʕ displays an amazing variety of values for which it seems difficult to find a common denominator. We may distinguish 5 main ideas, of which only [v1] and [v2] may be connected (see next paragraph).
▪ Nöldeke1910 (NBSS) 206 thought [v1] *‘cowardness’ was fig. use based on [v2] ‘reed, cane’, a cowardly person being as weak and submissive as reed bowing under the wind. – Cf., however, verbal cognates for [v1] given in DRS 7 (see below, section COGN).
▪ [v1] : DRS lists yariʕa ‘to be a coward, be chickenhearted’ twice : once in entry DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-4 (without mentioning any cognates), and earlier in DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 where it is listed as cognate with (Ug), Hbr items as well as Ar parallels from √WRʕ meaning ‘to fear, shy away from s.th.’, perh. also with another group, #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-2 (see below, section COGN), about the belonging of which the authors express some doubt (»?«).
▪ [v2] = DRS #YRʕ-3 : ¹yarāʕ ‘reed; reed pen, (writing) pen’ : etymology obscure.
▪ [v3] = DRS #YRʕ-2 : ²yarāʕ ‘glowworm, firefly’, ^†²yarāʕaẗ ‘Cicindela; mosquito, gnat’ : cognates in Aram, but elso without furthur etymology.
▪ ^†[v4] = DRS #YRʕ-5 : ^†yarʕ ‘young calf’: prob. metathesis of likewise obsol. ^†yaʕr ‘goat, goat thrown into a pit to attrack lions or wolves’ which has cognates in Hbr and Te as well as outside Sem, all (accord. to MilitarevKogan2005 SED II #248) from AfrAs *w/yaʕr‑ / *w/yarʕ‑ ‘(young of) ungulate’ (≙ OrelStolbova1994 HSED #1112 AfrAs *ʕor‑ ‘goat’).
▪ ^†[v5] ^†yarāʕaẗ ‘ostrich’: etymology obscure; prob. related to [v1] (ostrich as *‘coward’) or [v2] (likening the ostrich’s long neck to a ‘reed’).

–

▪ [gnrl] DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-1 Hbr yᵉrīʕā, TargAram yərīʕtā, Syr yārīʕtā ‘toile de tente, étoffe de tente’.¹²² -2 yarrīʕā, Ar yarāʕ ‘ver luisant; sorte de cousin (insecte)’. -3 yarāʕaẗ ‘roseau pour écrire (taillé ou encore non taillé)’; yarāʕaẗ ‘clarinette’. -4 Ar yariʕa ‘être poltron’. -5 yarʕ ‘veau’.
▪ [v1] DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’, EmpAram yrʕ ‘faire tort à’, JudPalAram yaraʕ ‘désespérer’, Ar wariʕa ‘être pieux, craignant Dieu, faible, peureux’, waraʕ ‘crainte pieuse, piété’, waraʕa ‘s’abstenir des choses illicites’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa ‘détourner des choses illicites’, yariʕa ‘être peureux, poltron’, yarāʕ, waraʕ ‘poltron; faible, petit’, HispAr *wāriʕ ‘chaste’.¹²³ -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’,¹²⁴ warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3-6 ....
▪ ^†[v4] : if metathesis of ^†yaʕr ‘goat, goat thrown into a pit to attrack lions or wolves’, then compare (with MilitarevKogan2005 SED II #248), Hbr yaʕᵃrā ‘kid’ and Te warʕe ‘mountain-goat’ ; outside Sem : Eg (Med) ʕr ‘goat’, (WCh) Montol Gerka ur, Kulere war ‘he-goat’, (ECh) Lele ōrē ‘goats’, (NOmot) Male wari ‘goat’ ....

122. Hbr > Aram – Nöldeke ZDMG 26 :647. 123. (ad #1 and #2) On trouve aussi en Ar, s. ↗√ʕWR, les valeurs ici relevées s. 1 et 2. – EmpAram: lecture incertaine. – Perh. related to ↗Rʕʕ ‘casser en morceaux’; […] for Ar see esp. Nöldeke[1910] NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von WRʕ ‘scheu’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.« 124. See also ↗WRʔ~WRY.

▪ [v1] : Kogan2015: 315 #76: Ug yrʔ ‘to be afraid’, Hbr yrʔ ‘to fear’ : »There is no immediate etymological parallel to protCan *yrʔ ‘to be afraid,’ which, at least in Hbr, has become the basic verb with this meaning. Hypothetical cognates (DRS 483, 615‒616) involve either metathesis (Ar wʔr ‘to frighten’) or consonantal variation (↗wrʕ ‘to fear’).«

–

yariʕ‑ يَرِعَ , a (yaraʕ)

vb., I

to be a coward, be chickenhearted – WehrCowan1976

▪ The root √YRʕ displays an amazing variety of values for which it seems difficult to find a common denominator. Nöldeke1910 (NBSS) 206 thought *‘cowardness’ was fig. use based on ↗¹yarāʕ ‘reed, cane’ (itself of unknown etymology), a cowardly person being as weak and submissive as reed bowing under the wind. – Cf., however, the other verbal cognates suggested in DRS 7 (see below, section COGN).
▪ DRS lists yariʕa twice : once in entry DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-4 (without mentioning any cognates), and earlier in DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 where it is listed as cognate with Ug, Hbr items as well as Ar parallels from √WRʕ meaning ‘to fear, shy away from s.th.’, perh. also with another group, #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-2 (see below, section COGN), about the belonging of which the authors express some doubt (»?«).
▪ A relation to ↗²yarāʕ ‘glowworm, firefly’ (historically also ^†‘Cicindela; mosquito, gnat’) is unlikely.
▪ Any connection betw. ↗^†YRʕ_4 ^†yarʕ ‘young calf’ and *‘cowardness’ ?
▪ ↗^†YRʕ_5 ^†yarāʕaẗ ‘ostrich’ may be related to yariʕa, the animal being seen as the *‘coward’.

▪ ...

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-4 Ar yariʕa ‘être poltron’.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’, EmpAram yrʕ ‘faire tort à’, JudPalAram yaraʕ ‘désespérer’, Ar wariʕa ‘être pieux, craignant Dieu, faible, peureux’, waraʕ ‘crainte pieuse, piété’, waraʕa ‘s’abstenir des choses illicites’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa ‘détourner des choses illicites’, yariʕa ‘être peureux, poltron’, yarāʕ, waraʕ ‘poltron; faible, petit’, HispAr *wāriʕ ‘chaste’.¹²⁵ -?2 Ar waraʔa ‘repousser, pousser violemment’,¹²⁶ warraʕa ‘ramener (le troupeau) de l’abreuvoir’, wāraʕa ‘discuter’, warraʕa, ʔawraʕa, tawarraʕa ‘repousser, s’interposer’; HispAr warraʕ ‘effrayer’, tawarraʕ ‘craindre’, ʕOmAr warraʕ ‘ramener (bêtes, gens)’, Sab hwrʕ ‘intimider, arrêter, repousser; (faire) revenir’, Mhr həwrā ‘faire revenir, ramener (bêtes, gens); tenir à l’écart (les mauvais esprits)’, Ḥrs awrā ‘ramener (le bétail) au soir’, Te wära ‘menacer, battre’; ? wärʕ ‘eau bénite, magique’, wärʕa ‘asperger (d’eau bénite, magique)’; ? Tña wəruʕ ‘vaniteux’. -3-6 ....
▪ ...

125. (ad #1 and #2) On trouve aussi en Ar, s. ↗√ʕWR, les valeurs ici relevées s. 1 et 2. – EmpAram: lecture incertaine. – Perh. related to ↗Rʕʕ ‘casser en morceaux’; […] for Ar see esp. Nöldeke[1910] NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von WRʕ ‘scheu’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.« 126. See also ↗WRʔ~WRY.

▪ Kogan2015: 315 #76: Ug yrʔ ‘to be afraid’, Hbr yrʔ ‘to fear’ : »There is no immediate etymological parallel to protCan *yrʔ ‘to be afraid,’ which, at least in Hbr, has become the basic verb with this meaning. Hypothetical cognates (DRS 483, 615‒616) involve either metathesis (Ar wʔr ‘to frighten’) or consonantal variation (↗wrʕ ‘to fear’).«

–

►yarāʕ, n./adj., 1 ↗¹yarāʕ; 2 ↗²yarāʕ; 3 coward; cowardly
For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗¹yarāʕ and ↗²yarāʕ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√YRʕ.

¹yarāʕ يَراع

n.

1a cane, reed; b reed pen; 2 ↗²yarāʕ; 3 coward; cowardly – WehrCowan1976

▪ ¹yarāʕ ‘reed; reed pen, (writing) pen’, historically also attested as ¹yarāʕaẗ ‘reed pipe, clarinet’, is of unknown origin – no cognates identified by DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-3.
▪ Nöldeke1910 (NBSS) 206 thought that ↗yariʕa ‘to be cowardly, faint-hearted’ (cf. [v3] was fig. use based on ¹yarāʕ ‘reed, cane’, a cowardly person being as weak and submissive as reed bowing under the wind.
▪ Relation betw. ¹yarāʕ ‘reed, etc.’ and [v2] ↗²yarāʕ ‘glowworm, firefly’ (hist. also ^†²yarāʕaẗ ‘Cicindela; mosquito, gnat’) rather unlikely.
▪ Unlikely also a relation betw. ¹yarāʕ ‘reed, etc.’ and ^†yarʕ ‘young calf’ (↗^†YRʕ_4) as well as ^†yarāʕaẗ ‘ostrich’ (↗^†YRʕ_5). Or is the ostrich perh. called *‘reed, cane’ on account of its long neck?
▪ ...

▪ Hava1899, DRS : ¹yarāʕaẗ attested also as ^†‘reed pipe, clarinet’.
▪ ...

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-3 yarāʕaẗ ‘roseau pour écrire (taillé ou encore non taillé)’; yarāʕaẗ ‘clarinette’.
▪ DRS 7 (1997) #WRʔ/ʕ~YRʔ/ʕ-1 Ug *yrʔ, Hbr yārēʔ ‘craindre’, *yāraʕ ‘trembler, manquer de courage’ ...; Nöldeke[1910] NBSS 206 : »Täuschend ist noch die Ähnlichkeit von ↗wariʕa ‘scheu s.’ in mancherlei Formen und Bedeutungsnuancen mit ↗yarāʕ oder yarāʕaẗ ‘Feigling’ […], denn da haben wir das bekannte Wort, das ‘Rohr’ bedeutet und das als Bild für dem schwachen, feigen Menschen gebraucht wird. […] Wenn das Abstraktum yaraʕ ‘Feigheit’ (Qāmūs) echt ist, so ist es erst von yarāʕ in dieser Bedeutung gebildet.«.
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗yariʕa and ↗²yarāʕ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√YRʕ.

²yarāʕ يَراع

n.coll. (n.un. ‑aẗ)

1 ↗¹yarāʕ; 2 glowworm, firefly; 3 ↗¹yarāʕ, ↗yariʕa – WehrCowan1976

▪ The root √YRʕ displays an amazing variety of values for which it seems difficult to find a common denominator though the identity of words like yarāʕ, used at the same time for ‘reed, cane’, ‘coward’ and ‘glowworm’, etc. raises suspicion about a possible belonging together. Until now, however, such a belonging together seems hard to prove or reject. For instance, the etymology of ²yarāʕ ‘glowworm, firefly’ (historically attested also ^†²yarāʕaẗ ‘Cicindela; mosquito, gnat’) remains as obscure as that of the homonymous items. The fact that this entry’s ²yarāʕ has cognates in Aram does not help much to sort out things : In addition to ↗¹yarāʕ ‘reed, cane’ (hence also ^†yarāʕaẗ‘reed pipe, clarinet’) and ↗³yarāʕ ‘coward’ we find also ^†yarʕ ‘young calf’ (↗^†YRʕ_4) and ^†yarāʕaẗ ‘ostrich’ (↗^†YRʕ_5). What would the ²yarāʕ ‘glowworm, firefly’ have in common with all these?
▪ ...

▪ ...

▪ DRS 10 (2012) #YRʕ-2 Syr yarrīʕā, Ar yarāʕ ‘ver luisant; sorte de cousin (insecte)’.
▪ ...

▪ See above, section CONC.
▪ ...

–

For other values attached to the root, cf. ↗yariʕa and ↗¹yarāʕ, as well as, for the overall picture, root entry ↗√YRʕ.

YSR يسر

“root”

▪ YSR_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ YSR_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘left (side); game of chance; butcher, to divide up into small amounts; to facilitate, ease; to pave; to become lenient, become accommodating; to be(come) available, easy, comfortable (in means)’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

yas˅r‑
yasir‑ يَسِرَ , a (yasar)
yasur‑ يَسُرَ , u (yusr)

vb., I

(yasira) to be or become easy
(yasura) 1 to be small, little, insignificant. – 2 to be or become easy – WehrCowan1979.

From Sem *yašar‑ ‘straight’ < AfrAs *yasar‑ ‘straight’ – Orel&Stolbova1994.

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YŠR: Akk ešēru ‘se redresser, marcher droit, charger (l’ennemi); se développer, prospérer’, šušuru ‘avancer, balayer; aller à la selle; préparer’, išar ‘normal, ordinaire; prospère, favorable; juste, correct’, Ug yšr ‘droit, honnêteté’, Hbr yāšar ‘marcher droit, plaire à’, yāšār ‘droit, juste, honnête’, Phn yšr ‘juste, droit’; Akk mišār , Ug mšr, Pun mysyrth ‘justice’, Hbr mēšārīm ‘ordre, justice’, mīšōr ‘plaine’, EmpAram hwšr ‘envoyer’, Ar yasara ‘être facile, aisé’, yassara ‘faire prospérer, réussir’, yassār ‘gauche’, maysir : sorte de jeu de hasard, Sab yšr, hyšr ‘envoyer, dépêcher’. – Voir aussi les indications données sous ʔ/YŠR.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2582 sees Ar yasar ‘easy, tractable’ akin to Akk išaru, Hbr yāšār, Aram yašrā ‘easy, tractable’. Outside Sem: Or sirri, Sid sēra ‘straight’.

▪ For Sem, Orel&Stolbova1994#2582 reconstruct *yašar‑ ‘straight’, for LEC *sir‑ < *s˅y˅r‑ (with metathesis), and for HEC *sayar‑ ‘straight’. The ancestor common to all of these may have been AfrAs *yasar‑ ‘straight’.

–

► yassara, vb. II, (said of God) to easily attainable, provide, grant, let come; to make possible; to level, smoothen, pave, prepare; to ease, make easy, facilitate | y. al-sabīl ʔamāma… to pave the way for s.o., enable s.o. to (do s.th.): caus.
► yāsara, vb. III, to be lenient, indulgent, obliging, complaisant, humor (with s.o.):.
► ʔaysara, vb. IV, 1 to live in easy circumstances: denom. (from yusr ?); 2 to be or become rich: metaphorical use of v1; 3 to be lucky, fortunate; 4 to have an easy confinement (woman).
► tayassara, vb. V, to become easy; to be made easy, be facilitated; to go smoothly, be easily done; to be made possible, be possible:.
► ĭstaysara, vb. X, 1 to be easy; 2 to succeed, be successful : denom.?
► ^BP#4616yusr, n., 1 ease, easiness, facility; 2 easy, pleasant circumstances; 3 prosperity, affluence, wealth, abundance, luxury: perhaps the etymon proper.
► yasraẗ, n.f., left side :.
► yasār, n., 1 ease, easiness, facility; comfort; prosperity, affluence, wealth, abundance, luxury; ^BP#24242 left hand; left side:.
► yasārī, adj., leftist, left-wing (pol.) : nsb-adj of yasār.
► yusrà, pl. yusrayāt, n.f., left side; al-yusrà, n.f., the left hand: nominalized f., from ʔaysarᵘ.
► yasīr, adj., 1 easy; 2 small, little, slight, insignificant, (of time) short; 3 plain, homely; simple, uncomplicated : ints. adj.
► ^BP#2686ʔaysarᵘ, f. yusrā, adj., 1 easier; 2 smaller, leaser, slighter, more insignificant; 3 more prosperous, wealthier: el. formation; 4 left; left-handed; left-sided:.
► maysir, n., an ancient Arabian game of chance (forbidden by the Koran) played with arrows without heads and feathering, for stakes of slaughtered and quartered camels :.
► maysaraẗ, pl. mayāsirᵘ, n., 1 left side: n.loc.; 2 left wing (of an army): = the troops on the left side, metaphorical use of v1
► maysaraẗ, var. maysuraẗ, maysiraẗ, n., ease, comfort; prosperity, affluence, wealth, abundance, luxury: vn. I (?).
► taysīr, n., facilitation: vn. II.
► maysūr, pl. mayāsīrᵘ, adj., 1 easily done, easily accomplished, within easy reach, easy to carry out, feasible without difficulty; easy; 2 successful, fortunate, lucky; prosperous, well-to-do, in easy circumstances: PP I.
► muyassar, adj., facilitated, made easy, within easy reach; successful, fortunate, lucky; prosperous, well-to-do, wealthy, rich: PP II.
► mūsir, pl. ‑ūn, mayāsirᵘ, n., prosperous, well-to-do, wealthy, rich: PA IV.
► mutayassir, adj., 1 facilitated, made easy; easy; within easy reach; on hand, available; 2 taking a smooth and successful course, going smoothly; 3 successful, fortunate, prosperous, well-to-do: PA V | m. al-ḥāl, well off, in easy circumstances.

ʔaysarᵘ أَيْسَرُ , f. yusrā

adj.

1 easier. – 2 smaller, leaser, slighter, more insignificant. – 3 more prosperous, wealthier: el. formation. – 4 left; left-handed; left-sided – WehrCowan1979.

Belongs to the theme treated under ↗yas˅ra ‘to be or become easy; to be small, little, insignificant; to be or become easy.

▪ …

↗yas˅ra…

↗yas˅ra.

–

See ↗yasVra.

YSMN يسمن

“root”

▪ YSMN_1 ‘jasmine’ ↗yāsimīn
▪ YSMN_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

yāsimīn ياسمين , var. yāsmīn

n.

jasmine – WehrCowan1979.

▪ from mPers yāsaman (Asbaghi).
▪ The word is one out of a plentitude of loans from mPers which testifies to the intense interaction between Arab and Iranian culture during the first centuries of the Muslim expansion. Arabic was then »invigorated by new elements of ideas and images, stimulated with fresh conceptions of excellence and eloquence, and enriched […] with a new vocabulary. Persian, in particular, was responsible for the introduction of new terms in the fields of luxury, ornaments, handicrafts, fine arts, government administration, and public registers."«³⁴ . yāsmīn is one out of the significant number of botanical terms that found their way into Arabic.
34. Khalafallah, »ʕArabiyya: Early Middle Arabic«, in: EI².

▪ …

DRS 10 (2012)#YSMN: Syr yasmā, yāsmīn, Ar yāsamīn, yāsamūn, dial. yāsmīn ‘jasmin’. Emprunt au persan où on relève yāsim, yāsam, yāsaman, yāsamīn, yāsamūn ‘jasmin’.

▪ EALL (Asbaghi, »Persian Loanwords«): a loan from mPers yāsaman.

…

–

YQṬN يقطن

"root"

▪ YQṬN_1 ‘gourd’ ↗yaqṭīn

▪ …

–

.

–

yaqṭīn يَقْطِين

n.

gourd – Jeffery1938

▪ …

▪ eC7 Q xxxvii, 146 – Jeffery1938.

▪ BDB1906: perh. Akk kukkānātu ‘garden plant’ (CAD ‘medicinal plant’)

▪ Jeffery1938: »The word occurs in the Jonah story for the gourd tree which Allah caused to grow up over the Prophet. The reference is obviously to the Biblical story in Jonah iv, 6-11, and yaqṭīn seems to be an attempt to reproduce the qîqāyôn of the Hbr story.¹²⁶ The word was apparently heard during an oral recitation of the story, and then reproduced from memory in this garbled form.«

126. So Torrey, Foundation, 52.

–

YQẒ يقظ

“root”

▪ YQẒ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YQẒ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YQẒ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be awake, to be alert, to be attentive, to stir up, vigilance’

▪ …

–

.

–

YQN يقن

“root”

▪ YQN_1 ‘icon’ ↗ʔīqūnaẗ
▪ YQN_2 ‘certainty, certitude’ ↗yaqīn
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to be certain, to verify; conviction, unshakeable belief’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

yaqīn يَقِين

n.

certainty, certitude, conviction – WehrCowan1979.

The common view is that the word is one of only 17 words in the Q which, ultimately, are of Greek origin: Grk eikṓn > Aram yūqənā > Ar yaqīn. DRS 2012, however, treats Ar yaqina (vb. I) as different from items derived from Grk eikṓn, such as ↗ʔayqūnaẗ / ʔīqūnaẗ ‘icon’ (Chr.).

▪ eC7 Q 4:157, 15:99, 27:22, 56:95, 69:51, 74:47, 102:5,7 ‘certain’

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YQN: Ar yaqina, ʔayqana, Sab *hyqn ‘apprendre, savoir avec certitude’.
▪ Cf. also ↗YQN.

▪ Jeffery1938, 292: »The simple verb yaqina does not occur in the Qurʔān, but we find ʔayqana ii, 3; v, 55, etc.; ĭstayqana xxvii, 14; lxxiv, 31, and the participles mūqin and mustayqin, besides yaqīn. – At first sight it seems clearly to be a borrowing, for there is no Semitic √YQN, and yet we find both yaqīn and the verbal forms therefrom used in the oldest poetry, so it must have come into the language at an early date. The prevalent theory is that it is derived from Grk eikṓn through the Aramaic.¹²⁷ Grk eikṓn means ‘image’, ‘likeness’, ‘similitude’, and from eikóna were borrowed the Aram yəqūnā ¹²⁸ ; Syr yūqunā meaning ‘image’, ‘picture’. From yūqunā was formed a verb yāqen ‘to depict’, ‘describe’, whence hayqonnā and hayqonniyā mean ‘characteristic’. From some dialectal form of yūqənā the word must have passed into Ar.«
▪ EALL (Gutas, “Greek Loanwords”): a loan (from ???) that goes back to Greek εἰκών eikṓn ‘icon’.
127. Fraenkel, Fremdw, 273; Vollers, ZDMQ, 1, 617; li, 305, who depend, however, on a suggestion of Nöldeke. 128. Beside the much more common ʔYQWNYN from [Grk] eikónion.

–

► yaqīnan, adv., certainly, surely, positively.
► ḥaqq al-yaqīn, n., absolute certainty.
► al-ḫabar al-yaqīn, n., certain knowledge of the truth, absolute certainty.
► yaqina, a (yaqn, yaqan), vb. I, to be sure, certain; to know for certain, be sure, be certain, be convinced (bi‑ of): denom.
► ʔayqana, vb. IV; tayaqqana, vb. V; ĭstayqana, vb. X, to ascertain, make sure; to know for certain, be sure, be certain, be convinced (bi‑ of): denom.
► yaqn, yaqan, n., certainty, certitude:.
► yaqan, yaqun, yaqin and yaqanaẗ, adj., credulous, ingenuous, unsuspecting:.
► yaqīnī, adj., definitely laid down, positive, absolute, indisputable: nsb-adj; yaqīniyyāt, n.f.pl., established truths, axioms: pl. of abstr. in ‑iyyaẗ.
► mīqān, adj., credulous:.
► mūqin, adj., convinced (bi‑ of); certain, sure (bi‑ of): PA IV, denom.
► mutayaqqin, adj., convinced, positive, sure, certain: PA V, denom.

ʔayqūnaẗ أيْقُونَة

n.f.

↗ʔīqūnaẗ

–

…

–

YMː (YMM) يمّ / يمم

“root”

▪ YMː (YMM)_1 ‘open sea’ ↗yamm
▪ YMː (YMM)_2 ‘pigeon’ ↗yamām
▪ YMː (YMM)_3 ‘to turn, head towards, venture in’ ↗…

▪ [v1] : "said to be of Syr, Hbr or Copt origin" -- BAH2008
▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

yamm يَمّ , pl. yumūm

n.

1 open sea; 2 (syr.) side – WehrCowan1979.

While [v1] ‘sea’ is a loan from Hbr or Syr (< NWSem *yamm ‘sea’, in itself loanword, perh. from Eg ym), [v2] ‘side’ could be a dialectal form of Ar ↗ǧanb.

▪ [v1] : eC7 Q 7:136, 20:39, 20:81, 20:97, 28:7, 28:40, 51:40 ‘sea, flood, river’

[v1] ‘sea’ :
▪ Kogan2015: No genuine cognates but related are Ug ym, Hbr yām, Syr yammā ‘sea’.
[v2] ‘side’ :
▪ Cf. perhaps Ar ↗ǧanb ?

[v1] ‘sea’:
▪ Jeffery1938, 293: »It is used only in the Moses story, and refers sometimes to the Nile, sometimes to the sea. It was early recognized as foreign (Siddiqi, Studien, 13),¹²⁹ though the early authorities were uncertain of its origin. al-Jawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 156, says it is Syr, which was also the opinion of Ibn Qutayba,¹³⁰ according to as-Suyūṭī, Itq, 326. as-Suyūṭī, however, also tells us that Ibn al-Jawzī said it was Hebrew and Shaidala that it was Coptic.¹³¹ – It apparently came to Ar from Syr yamā, as Fraenkel, Vocab, 21, saw,¹³² though it may possibly have come into Ar from some primitive non-Sem source. The word clearly is not Sem, for Hbr yām; Phn ym; Aram YMā; and Ras Shamra ym cannot be explained from Sem material, and the word is a loan-word in Eg ym; Copt iam, iom, or eiom, and in Akk yamu. As the word occurs in the old poetry and was an early borrowing we cannot be absolutely sure that it was not primitive, having come into Ar, as into the other Sem languages, from some autochthonous source.«
▪ Kogan2015: Ar yamm is almost certainly borrowed from Hbr or Aram (cf. Jeffery 1938), which have a cognate only in Ug ym, but not farther outside NWSem. The pNWSem *yamm - obviously has gradually ousted *tihām (‑at)‑, perhaps the main designation of ‘sea’ in Sem (cf. Ar ↗tihāmaẗ).
▪ Youssef2003 suggests that the word is from Eg ym, Copt iom ‘sea’.
▪ Cf. also ↗ YMː (YMM).
[v2] (syr.) ‘side’:
▪ Wellnhofer thinks this may be a dialectal loan *yamm ~ *yamb from Ar ↗ǧanb ‘side’, which could be loaned from the Gulf to Iraq and Syria (an option still to be checked) – personal communication, 02Feb2016.
129. Cf. as-Suyūṭī, Muzhir, i, 130, and LA, xvi, 134. 130. Adab al-Kātib, 527. 131. Mutaw, 55, 57. 132. So Fraenkel, Fremdw, 231, quoting Nöldeke, and cf. Guidi, Delle Sede, 573.

–

► min yammī, adv., from my side, on my part: belonging to [v2].

YMN يمن

“root”

▪ YMN_1 ‘…’ ↗…
▪ YMN_2 ‘right, right side, right hand’ ↗yamīn
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘right hand, right side; oath; power; truth, generosity; to incline to the right; to be auspicious; to go towards Yemen’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ For Engl Benjamin, cf. Ar ↗yaman, ↗yamīn. – Engl Yemen ↗yaman.

–

yamīn يَمِين (invar. for gender)

¹adj.; ²n.

right, being on the right; right side; (f.) right hand – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *yamīn‑, *yamā̆n‑ ‘right hand (side)’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994: … < AfrAs *yamin‑ ‘right (side)’ (?).

▪ …

▪ DRS 10 (2012)#YMN: Akk imitt‑ ‘côté droit, main droite; aile droite (d’une armée)’, imn , Ebl i-me-tum /yimittum/ ‘droite’, Ug ymn ‘main droite, côté droit’, Hbr yāmīn ‘qui est à droite; sud’, EmpAram ymn, Nab Palm ymnynʔ, Syr Mand yamīnā ‘qui est à droite’, Ar yamīn ‘qui est à droite, côté droit; serment’, Liḥ ymn ‘qui est à droite’, Sab ymn ‘main droite’, ymnt ‘sud’, Qat ʔymnn adj. ‘ceux du sud’, Śḥr ĩn , Gz yamān, Tña yäman, Amh yämin ‘droite, main droite’.
▪ Bergsträsser1928: Akk imnu, Hbr yāmīn, Aram yammīn.ā, Gz yamā́n ‘right, right hand side’
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2578: Akk imnu, Ug ymn, Hbr yāmīn, Syr yāmināy, Gz yammān ‘right (hand)’. – Outside Sem: Berb mni, imna ‘direct’, and Eg (pyr) i͗mn ‘right (side)’.
▪ …

▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2578: Sem *yamīn‑ ‘right (hand)’, Berb *(y˅)m˅n‑ (mni, imna) ‘direct’, Eg (pyr) i͗mn ‘right (side)’. The AfrAs origin may be *yamin ‘right (side)’.
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Benjamin, from Hbr binyāmîn ‘son of the right hand’, from yāmîn ‘right (hand), south’,¹³ cf. Ar ↗yaman, ↗yamīn. – Engl Yemen, from Ar yaman ‘right side, south, Yemen’.↗
13. The Israelite tribal name binyāmîn should perh. instead be understood as the ‘southerner’ and to be compared to a people called ‘sons of the right/south’ in Akk texts of the time of Hammurabi.

► yamana, u / yamina, a / yamuna, u (yumn, maymanaẗ), vb. I, to be lucky, fortunate:.
► yammana, vb. II, to go to the right:.
► tayammana, vb. V, and ĭstaymana, vb. X, to see a good omen:.
► yumn, n., good luck, good fortune, prosperity, success: vn. I.
► yaman and yamnaẗ, n.f., right side or hand:.
► al-yaman, n., f. and m., Yemen:
► ^BP#1689yamanī, adj., from or of Yemen, Yemenite: nsb-adj from al-yaman.
► yamānin, f. yamāniyaẗ, adj., Yemenite:.
► yamānī, adj., from or of Yemen, Yemenite: nsb-adj; (pl. ‑ūn a Yemenite: nominalized adj.
► yamīn, pl. ʔaymun, ʔaymān, n.f., oath:.
► yamīnī, adj., of or pertaining to the right side, right-hand, right; rightist, right-wing (pol.); al-yamīniyyūn the right-wing parties
► yumnā, pl. yumnayāt, n.f., right hand; right side:.
► ^BP#2322ʔaymanᵘ, f. yumnā, n., right-hand, right, on the right; lucky.
► maymanaẗ, pl. mayāminᵘ, n., right side; right wing (of an army): n.loc. (?).
► tayammun, n., auspiciousness, good augury, good omen: vn. V.
► maymūn, adj., pl. mayāmīnᵘ, adj., fortunate, lucky; blessed; n., monkey: PP I.
► muyamman, adj., lucky, auspicious: PP II.
► muyāmin, adj., standing on the right side (also pol.): PA III.

YNʕ ينع

“root”

▪ YNʕ_1 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YNʕ_2 ‘...’ ↗...
▪ YNʕ_3 ‘...’ ↗...
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘to blossom, to ripen, to mellow, to reach the glory of maturity, (of fruit and vegetables) to reach t~e picking stage, (of a woman) to be rosy-cheeked’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

YHWD يهود

“root”

▪ YHD_1 ‘Jew, Jewish’ ↗yahūd
▪ YHD_2 ‘…’ ↗…

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

–

yahūdī يَهُودِيّ , pl. yahūd

¹adj.; ²n.

▪ (pl.) the Jews – Jeffery1938
▪ … – WehrCowan1979.

▪ …

▪ (pl.) eC7 Q ii, 107, 114; iii, 60; v, 21, 56, 69, 85; ix, 30. We also find the form hūd in ii, 105, 129, 134, and the denom. vb. hāda in ii, 59; iv, 48, etc. – Jeffery1938
▪ …

▪ …
▪ …

▪ (pl. ‘the Jews’ ) Jeffery1938: »The philologers recognized it as a foreign word, though they were uncertain whether to derive it from Hbr¹³³ or Pers.¹³⁴ It is curious that anyone should have sought for a Pers origin, and yet Addai Sher, 158, accepts the theory, claiming that hāda (yahūdᵘ, hawdᵃⁿ) with the meaning of raǧaʕa ʔilà ’l-ḥaqq is from the Pers hūdah. It is true that in Šāyast-ne-šāyast, vi, 7, we find Phlv Yahūt,¹³⁵ and in Av the form Yahūd, but these, like the čaχūd of the Christian Soghdian texts (cf. Jansen’s Wörterverzeichnis to F. W. K. Müller’s Soghdische Texte, p. 93), are obviously derived from the Aram. Hirschfeld, New Researches, 27, thinks that Muḥammad’s use of the verb ḥāda shows that he got the word from JudAram sources,¹³⁶ and not understanding it perfectly, gave it an Ar etymology by connecting it with the root hāda ‘to repent’, which is the reason for the form hūd beside yahūd. The fatal objection to this theory, however, is that we find the form yahūdī in the old poetry,¹³⁷ so that it would have been well known in Arabia before Muḥammad’s day. Horovitz points out that in the Qurʔān yahūd always means the Jews of Muḥammad’s day, the Jews of antiquity being referred to as Banū Isrāʔīl. / The word yhd occurs in the SAr inscriptions (Glaser, 394/5),¹³⁸ and Grimme, ZA, xxvi, 161, suggests that it came to the Ḥijāz from the South, which is very possible, though the ultimate origin, of course, will be the Jewish yᵊhûdî.« .
▪ …
▪ …
133. al-Ǧawālīqī, Muʕarrab, 157; al-Suyūṭī, Itq, 326; al-Ḫafāǧī, 216. 134. al-Suyūṭī, Mutaw, 47. 135. Salemann, Manichaeische Studien, i, 87, and the Paz. Zuhud in Shikand, Glossary. Cf. also Kenning, Manichaica, iii, 66. 136. So also p. 104; Beiträge, 15 ff.; Pautz, Offenbarung, 121; Grünbaum, ZDMG, xl, 285; Horovitz, KU, 154; Geiger, 113. 137. Imruʔ al-Qays, xl, 7 (Ahlwardt, Divans, p. 141), and see Margoliouth, Schweich Lectures, 79. 138. See Ryckmans, Noms propres, i, 231, 299.

–

►

YWM يوم

“root”

▪ YWM_1 ‘day’ ↗yawm
▪ YWM_2 ‘…’ ↗…
♦ Semantic value spectrum in ClassAr (acc. to BAH2008): ‘day; today, the present; age, era, time; a certain occurrence, a significant happening, occasion; battle; the universe’

▪ …

–

▪ …
▪ …

▪ Engl Yom Kippur, cf. Ar ↗yawm.

–

yawm يَوْم , pl. ʔayyām

n.

day (= 24 hours, as opposed to ↗nahār); pl. also: age, era, time – WehrCowan1979.

▪ Kogan2011: from protSem *yawm‑ ‘day’ (both ‘daylight’ and ‘24 hours’). – Cf. also ↗šams < protSem *śamš‑ ‘sun’.
▪ Perh. … < AfrAs *yam‑ ‘day’.

▪ …

▪ Bergsträsser1928: (*‘day’) Akk ūmu, Hbr yōm, Syr yawmā, Gz yōm ‘today’.
▪ …

▪ Fronzaroli#3.24, Kogan2011: From Sem *yawm‑ ‘day’.
▪ Orel&Stolbova1994#2576: The Sem word for ‘day’, *yawm‑, seems to have a cognate in ECh *yam‑ and perhaps LEC *yawan‑. All from AfrAs *yam‑ ‘day’. The authors ask themselves if the Sem form was or was not based on a biconsonantal Sem *yam‑ already.
▪ …

▪ (Huehnergard2011:) Engl Yom Kippur, from Hbr yôm ‘day’, cf. Ar yawm.

► yāwama, vb. III, to hire by the day: denom.
► yawmaʔiḏin, adv., (on) that day, then, at that time: adv. of time in ‑iḏin.
► yawmaḏāka, adv., (on) that day, then: adv. of time, suffix ‑ḏāka.
► yawmī, adj., daily; by the day: nsb-adj; pl. yawmiyyāt, n.f.pl., everyday events; everyday chronicle; daily news; diary notes, daily notations; diary: nominalized nsb-adj.
► yawmiyyaẗ, n.f., dialy wages, a day’s wages; daily ration; a day’s work, daily task; diary, journal; daybook; calendar: nominalized nsb-adj., f.
► muyāwamaẗ, n.f., work by the day, day labor: vn. III.
► muyāwam: ʕummāl ~ūn, n.pl., day laborers: PP III.

Permanent link

http://www2.hf.uio.no/common/apps/permlink/permlink.php?app=polyglotta&context=ctext&uid=daecfe10-06ff-11ee-937a-005056a97067

Choose languages

Choose images, etc.

Choose languages

Choose display